在《小部》中显示巴利原文
Khuddakanikāye
《经集》注释显示巴利原文
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathā
(第一分)显示巴利原文
(Paṭhamo bhāgo)
著作起始的叙说显示巴利原文
Ganthārambhakathā
礼敬了最值得礼敬的三宝之后,
那位在《小部》中,以断除“小威仪”而著称的世尊,
由那位世间庇护者、寻求出离世间之道者所宣说。
善说故,可听闻故,于诸义理善能庇护故;
能指示故,能流出故,是故称之为「经」。
将诸如此类的经典,从各处搜集、汇编之后;
由于如此汇集而成,它便获得了「经集」这一名称。
而一切经之所以称为经,是因为它们皆以如理者的教说作为最终的标准。
而这部“编集”,正是将那些如理者的话语,从各处汇集而成的集子。
由于这部编集并不具备其他数目与殊胜的特征来命名它,
因此,“经集”这一名称就这样被确立下来,正如“中央”之名,自然安立。
显示巴利原文 Uttamaṃ vandaneyyānaṃ, vanditvā ratanattayaṃ; Yo khuddakanikāyamhi, khuddācārappahāyinā. Desito lokanāthena, lokanissaraṇesinā; Tassa suttanipātassa, karissāmatthavaṇṇanaṃ. Ayaṃ suttanipāto ca, khuddakesveva ogadho; Yasmā tasmā imassāpi, karissāmatthavaṇṇanaṃ. Gāthāsatasamākiṇṇo, geyyabyākaraṇaṅkito; Kasmā suttanipātoti, saṅkhamesa gatoti ce. Suvuttato savanato, atthānaṃ suṭṭhu tāṇato; Sūcanā sūdanā ceva, yasmā suttaṃ pavuccati. Tathārūpāni suttāni, nipātetvā tato tato; Samūhato ayaṃ tasmā, saṅkhamevamupāgato. Sabbāni cāpi suttāni, pamāṇantena tādino; Vacanāni ayaṃ tesaṃ, nipāto ca yato tato. Aññasaṅkhānimittānaṃ, visesānamabhāvato; Saṅkhaṃ suttanipātoti, evameva samajjhagāti.
第一品 蛇品显示巴利原文
1. Uragavaggo
第一经 蛇经注显示巴利原文
1. Uragasuttavaṇṇanā
如上所述,它以‘经集’之统称而闻名。此《经集》按品划分,共有五品:蛇品、小品、大品、八颂品、彼岸道品。其中,蛇品为首。从经数来说,蛇品有十二经,小品有十四经,大品有十二经,八颂品有十六经,彼岸道品有十六经,合为七十经。在此之中,《蛇经》又居诸经之首。从诵分来说,整部《经集》计有八个诵分。对于这部具足如是品目、经数与诵分之量的《经集》——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ samadhigatasaṅkho ca yasmā esa vaggato uragavaggo, cūḷavaggo, mahāvaggo, aṭṭhakavaggo, pārāyanavaggoti pañca vaggā honti; tesu uragavaggo ādi. Suttato uragavagge dvādasa suttāni, cūḷavagge cuddasa, mahāvagge dvādasa, aṭṭhakavagge soḷasa, pārāyanavagge soḷasāti sattati suttāni. Tesaṃ uragasuttaṃ ādi. Pariyattipamāṇato aṭṭha bhāṇavārā. Evaṃ vaggasuttapariyattipamāṇavato panassa –
‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. –
此偈为起始。因此,以下是对它的义释:显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ gāthā ādi. Tasmā assā ito pabhuti atthavaṇṇanaṃ kātuṃ idaṃ vuccati –
“由谁、于何处、何时、为何而说此偈;
在阐明了这一记说方式之后,我们将作义释。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yena yattha yadā yasmā, vuttā gāthā ayaṃ imaṃ; Vidhiṃ pakāsayitvāssā, karissāmatthavaṇṇana’’nti.
那么,这首偈颂是由谁所说?在哪里说?何时说?为何而说?答:彼世尊曾在二十四位佛陀面前得受授记,从燃灯佛开始,直至作为须大拏的本生,圆满诸波罗蜜;其后生于兜率天,从彼处没已,受生于释迦王族,次第行大出家,于菩提树下证得正自觉,转法轮,为天与人作利益而说法。这首偈正是由彼世尊、自生者、无师、正自觉者所说。而且,这首偈是在阿罗毗城宣说的。当时,制定“草木学处”时,为了给来到那里的比丘们说法而说。这是简要的回答。若要详细解说,则应依远起因、不远起因、近起因而知。其中,远起因是指从燃灯佛起直至现今之事的故事;不远起因是指从兜率天起直至现今之事的故事;近起因是指从菩提座起直至现今之事的故事。显示巴利原文
Kena panāyaṃ gāthā vuttā, kattha, kadā, kasmā ca vuttāti? Vuccate – yo so bhagavā catuvīsatibuddhasantike laddhabyākaraṇo yāva vessantarajātakaṃ, tāva pāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavane uppajji, tatopi cavitvā sakyarājakule upapattiṃ gahetvā, anupubbena katamahābhinikkhamano bodhirukkhamūle sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā deva-manussānaṃ hitāya dhammaṃ desesi, tena bhagavatā sayambhunā anācariyakena sammāsambuddhena vuttā. Sā ca pana āḷaviyaṃ. Yadā ca bhūtagāmasikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tadā tattha upagatānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ vuttāti. Ayamettha saṅkhepavissajjanā. Vitthārato pana dūrenidānaavidūrenidānasantikenidānavasena veditabbā. Tattha dūrenidānaṃ nāma dīpaṅkarato yāva paccuppannavatthukathā , avidūrenidānaṃ nāma tusitabhavanato yāva paccuppannavatthukathā, santikenidānaṃ nāma bodhimaṇḍato yāva paccuppannavatthukathāti.
其中,由于不远起因与近起因都摄归于远起因,所以此处应依远起因详细解说。而此事在《本生注》中已有讲述,故此处不展开。应依照那里面详述的方式来了知。不过有一点差别:在那部注中,第一首偈的故事发生在舍卫城;而在此处,则发生在阿罗毗城。如所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā avidūrenidānaṃ santikenidānañca dūrenidāneyeva samodhānaṃ gacchanti, tasmā dūrenidānavasenevettha vitthārato vissajjanā veditabbā. Sā panesā jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttāti idha na vitthāritā. Tato tattha vitthāritanayeneva veditabbā. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tattha paṭhamagāthāya sāvatthiyaṃ vatthu uppannaṃ, idha āḷaviyaṃ. Yathāha –
那时,佛陀世尊住在阿罗毗的阿伽罗婆寺。那时,阿罗毗的比丘们进行新建筑工程,自己砍树,也让人砍树。有一位阿罗毗的比丘正在砍树。住在那棵树上的天神对那比丘说:“尊者!您想为自己建住处,请不要砍我的住处。”那比丘不理会,继续砍,并击伤了那天神孩子的手臂。那时,那位天神心想:“我何不就在这里把这比丘杀掉呢?”但接着又想:“若就这样把这比丘杀掉,实在不合适。我何不将此事禀告世尊呢?”于是,那位天神便去世尊那里,禀告了这件事。世尊说:“善哉!善哉!天神!你没有杀害那位比丘,你做得很好。天神!若你今天杀害了那比丘,你会造作许多非福。去吧,天神!在某处有一棵孤立的树,你去住在那里吧。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena samayena buddho bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā rukkhaṃ chindantipi chedāpentipi. Aññataropi āḷavako bhikkhu rukkhaṃ chindati. Tasmiṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘mā, bhante, attano bhavanaṃ kattukāmo mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ chindī’ti. So bhikkhu anādiyanto chindiyeva. Tassā ca devatāya dārakassa bāhuṃ ākoṭesi. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyya’nti. Atha kho tassā devatāya etadahosi – ‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ idheva jīvitā voropeyyaṃ, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ āroceyya’nti. Atha kho sā devatā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘Sādhu, sādhu devate, sādhu kho tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā na voropesi. Sacajja tvaṃ, devate, taṃ bhikkhuṃ jīvitā voropeyyāsi, bahuñca tvaṃ, devate, apuññaṃ pasaveyyāsi. Gaccha tvaṃ, devate, amukasmiṃ okāse rukkho vivitto, tasmiṃ upagacchā’’’ti (pāci. 89).
世尊这般说后,为调伏那位天神心中生起的忿怒——显示巴利原文
Evañca pana vatvā puna bhagavā tassā devatāya uppannakodhavinayanatthaṃ –
‘‘Yo ve uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ, rathaṃ bhantaṃva vāraye’’ti. (dha. pa. 222) –
诵出了此偈。此后,世尊听到人们这样非难:‘释迦子沙门竟然自己砍树,还叫人砍树,释迦子沙门伤害独根的生命!’比丘们向世尊报告后,世尊便制立了‘坏生种波逸提’这条学处,并为前来该处的人们说法,而诵出此偈——显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Tato ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rukkhaṃ chindissantipi, chedāpessantipi, ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī’’ti evaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyitaṃ sutvā bhikkhūhi ārocito bhagavā – ‘‘bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiya’’nti (pāci. 90) imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpetvā tattha upagatānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ –
‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, Visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehī’’ti. –
他说了这首偈颂。如此,同一件事便被收录于三处——《律藏》《法句》《经集》。至此,先前安立的总纲——显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Evamidaṃ ekaṃyeva vatthu tīsu ṭhānesu saṅgahaṃ gataṃ – vinaye, dhammapade, suttanipāteti. Ettāvatā ca yā sā mātikā ṭhapitā –
此偈颂由谁、于何处、于何时、以何因缘而说;
阐明其方法后,我们将作义注。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yena yattha yadā yasmā, vuttā gāthā ayaṃ imaṃ; Vidhi pakāsayitvāssā, karissāmatthavaṇṇana’’nti. –
除义注外,此已由略说与广说而阐明。显示巴利原文
Sā saṅkhepato vitthārato ca pakāsitā hoti ṭhapetvā atthavaṇṇanaṃ.
1 以下是这段的义注。‘Yo’:指那位从刹帝利家族出家,或从婆罗门家族出家的人,不论他是新学比丘、中座比丘还是长老比丘。‘Uppatitaṃ’:向上、往头顶方向落下、已去,也就是转起之意,即已生起。所谓‘已生起’,依正在发生、已过去、得机会、得地而有种种分类。其中,一切有为法具足生等相的,称为‘正在发生的已生起’;《法集论·三法论母》中所说‘已生法、未生法、具生法’正是对此而言。已领受所缘味之后才灭去的善与不善,称为‘已尝味后过去’;尚未达到生等三相就灭去的其余有为法,称为‘已过去而过去’,这两种都称作‘已过去的已生起’。这可在‘这些恶见已生起’以及‘当已生起的念觉支修习圆满’等经文中理解。依‘凡他先前所作的那些业’等方式所说的业,过去之后,因阻断其他果报、为自己的果报制造了机会而住立;如此被制造了机会的果报虽然还未生起,但在此已作成的机会中必定会生起,因此称为‘得机会之已生起’。在诸地之中未被断除的不善,称为‘得地之已生起’。显示巴利原文
1. Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā. Yoti yo yādiso khattiyakulā vā pabbajito, brāhmaṇakulā vā pabbajito, navo vā majjhimo vā thero vā. Uppatitanti uddhamuddhaṃ patitaṃ gataṃ, pavattanti attho, uppannanti vuttaṃ hoti. Uppannañca nāmetaṃ vattamānabhutvāpagatokāsakatabhūmiladdhavasena anekappabhedaṃ. Tattha sabbampi saṅkhataṃ uppādādisamaṅgi vattamānuppannaṃ nāma, yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘uppannā dhammā, anuppannā dhammā, uppādino dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. tikamātikā 17) vuttaṃ. Ārammaṇarasamanubhavitvā niruddhaṃ anubhutvāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ kusalākusalaṃ, uppādādittayamanuppatvā niruddhaṃ bhutvāpagatasaṅkhātaṃ sesasaṅkhatañca bhutvāpagatuppannaṃ nāma. Tadetaṃ ‘‘evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.234; pāci. 417) ca, ‘‘yathā ca uppannassa satisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāpāripūrī hotī’’ti ca evamādīsu suttantesu daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Yānissa tāni pubbe katāni kammānī’’ti evamādinā (ma. ni. 3.248; netti. 120) nayena vuttaṃ kammaṃ atītampi samānaṃ aññassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassokāsaṃ katvā ṭhitattā, tathā katokāsañca vipākaṃ anuppannampi evaṃ kate okāse avassamuppattito okāsakatuppannaṃ nāma. Tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu asamūhatamakusalaṃ bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāma.
于此,应当了知‘地’与‘得地’的差别。即:所谓‘地’,是作为观所缘的三界五蕴。所谓‘得地’,是指在这些蕴中适合生起的烦恼种类。正是由于它,那地方被称为‘得地’,故说‘得地’。而这并非就所缘而言。因为如果就所缘来说,对于包括过去等在内、乃至已被遍知的蕴,烦恼也都可能生起,如同以诸漏尽者的蕴为所缘,以大迦旃延、莲华色等的蕴为缘,以及以苏瑞亚长者子、难陀青年等的蕴为缘那样。如果‘得地’真是依所缘而成立,那么它就无法被断除,也就没有人能断除有之根了。但事实上,‘得地’应理解为就事而言。因为在任何地方,未被观所遍知的蕴生起,从它生起的那里开始,烦恼种类便随眠其中,成为轮回之根。由于那种烦恼种类未被断除,故应知名为‘得地之已生起’。而且,若有某人的烦恼在哪些蕴中未被断除地随眠,那么他的那些蕴本身即是那些烦恼的事,而非其他蕴。对于他过去蕴中未被断除而随眠的烦恼,过去蕴本身即是事,而非其他;对未来等亦是同理。同样地,于欲界蕴中未被断除而随眠的烦恼,欲界蕴本身即是事,而非色界、无色界蕴。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca bhūmiyā bhūmiladdhassa ca nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – bhūmi nāma vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā tebhūmakā pañcakkhandhā. Bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma tesu uppattārahaṃ kilesajātaṃ. Tena hi sā bhūmiladdhā nāma hotīti. Tasmā ‘‘bhūmiladdha’’nti vuccati. Tañca pana na ārammaṇavasena. Ārammaṇavasena hi sabbepi atītādibhede pariññātepi ca khīṇāsavānaṃ khandhe ārabbha kilesā uppajjanti mahākaccāyanauppalavaṇṇādīnaṃ khandhe ārabbha soreyyaseṭṭhiputtanandamāṇavakādīnaṃ viya. Yadi cetaṃ bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma siyā, tassa appaheyyato na koci bhavamūlaṃ jaheyya. Vatthuvasena pana bhūmiladdhaṃ nāma veditabbaṃ. Yattha yattha hi vipassanāya apariññātā khandhā uppajjanti, tattha tattha uppādato pabhuti tesu vaṭṭamūlaṃ kilesajātaṃ anuseti. Taṃ appahīnaṭṭhena bhūmiladdhuppannaṃ nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha ca yassa khandhesu appahīnānusayitā kilesā, tassa te eva khandhā tesaṃ kilesānaṃ vatthu, na itare khandhā. Atītakkhandhesu cassa appahīnānusayitānaṃ kilesānaṃ atītakkhandhā eva vatthu, na itare. Eseva nayo anāgatādīsu. Tathā kāmāvacarakkhandhesu appahīnānusayitānaṃ kilesānaṃ kāmāvacarakkhandhā eva vatthu, na itare. Esa nayo rūpārūpāvacaresu.
然而,对于入流者等圣者,不论哪一位圣者,其蕴中哪些轮回之根的烦恼种类已被相应的圣道所断除,那些蕴对于已被断除的那些轮回根本烦恼,便不再被称为‘事之地’。对于凡夫来说,由于一切轮回之根的烦恼全未被断除,无论他造作任何善或不善的业,确实会以烦恼为缘令轮回增长。不应说他的轮回之根只在色蕴,不在受蕴等……或只在识蕴,不在色蕴等。为什么呢?因为它无差别地随眠于五蕴之中。如何理解呢?譬如一棵大树,依于大地,缘取地味和水味,以这些为条件,通过根、干、枝、小枝、嫩叶、老叶、花、果而生长,充塞虚空,直至劫末,以种子相续安立于树类的相续中。不应说‘那地味等只在根部,不在干等;或只在果实,不在根等’。为什么呢?因为它无差别地遍及一切根、干等,此处的道理也是如此。然而,若有某人对这棵树的花果等生起厌离,在树的四个方向施以名为‘蛙刺’的毒药,那么这棵树被毒所遍触,耗尽地味和水味,便归于不能再产生相续的状态,无法重新生起相续;完全同样的,对蕴的转起生起厌离的善男子,即如同对树的四个方向施以毒药一般。显示巴利原文
Sotāpannādīnaṃ pana yassa yassa ariyapuggalassa khandhesu taṃ taṃ vaṭṭamūlaṃ kilesajātaṃ tena tena maggena pahīnaṃ, tassa tassa te te khandhā pahīnānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ vaṭṭamūlakilesānaṃ avatthuto bhūmīti saṅkhaṃ na labhanti. Puthujjanassa pana sabbaso vaṭṭamūlānaṃ kilesānaṃ appahīnattā yaṃ kiñci kariyamānaṃ kammaṃ kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā hoti, iccassa kilesappaccayā vaṭṭaṃ vaḍḍhati. Tassetaṃ vaṭṭamūlaṃ rūpakkhandhe eva, na vedanākkhandhādīsu…pe… viññāṇakkhandhe eva vā, na rūpakkhandhādīsūti na vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Avisesena pañcasu khandhesu anusayitattā. Kathaṃ? Pathavīrasādimiva rukkhe. Yathā hi mahārukkhe pathavītalaṃ adhiṭṭhāya pathavīrasañca āporasañca nissāya tappaccayā mūlakhandhasākhapasākhapattapallavapalāsapupphaphalehi vaḍḍhitvā nabhaṃ pūretvā yāvakappāvasānaṃ bījaparamparāya rukkhapaveṇīsantāne ṭhite ‘‘taṃ pathavīrasādi mūle eva, na khandhādīsu, phale eva vā, na mūlādīsū’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Kasmā? Avisesena sabbesveva mūlādīsu anugatattā, evaṃ. Yathā pana tasseva rukkhassa pupphaphalādīsu nibbinno koci puriso catūsu disāsu maṇḍūkakaṇṭakaṃ nāma rukkhe visaṃ payojeyya, atha so rukkho tena visasamphassena phuṭṭho pathavīrasaāporasapariyādinnena appasavanadhammataṃ āgamma puna santānaṃ nibbattetuṃ samattho na bhaveyya, evamevaṃ khandhappavattiyaṃ nibbinno kulaputto tassa purisassa catūsu disāsu rukkhe visappayojanaṃ viya attano santāne catumaggabhāvanaṃ ārabhati. Athassa so khandhasantāno tena catumaggavisasamphassena sabbaso vaṭṭamūlakilesānaṃ pariyādinnattā kiriyabhāvamattamupagatakāyakammādi sabbakammappabhedo āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattadhammatamāgamma bhavantarasantānaṃ nibbattetuṃ samattho na hoti. Kevalaṃ pana carimaviññāṇanirodhena nirindhano viya jātavedo anupādāno parinibbāti. Evaṃ bhūmiyā bhūmiladdhassa ca nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
此外,还有另一种分类:依现行、所缘已执取、已镇伏、已断除而说四种已生起。其中,正在发生的已生起即是「现行已生起」。当所缘落入眼等感官范围时,在前一阶段虽然尚未生起,但由于所缘已被执取,后一阶段必定会生起的烦恼种类,便称为「所缘已执取之已生起」。例如,在迦罗尼耶村乞食的大提舍长老,因看见不相应的色相而生起的烦恼种类。此用法在“已生起的欲寻”等经文中可以了知。依靠止或观中的一种,尚未被镇伏的烦恼种类,由于缺少能防止其生起的原因,尚未进入心相续,称为「未镇伏之已生起」。这在“诸比丘,如此修习、多修习入出息念定,即是寂静、殊胜、纯粹、乐住,能令已生已生的恶不善法即刻止灭”等经文中可以了知。依靠止或观的力量虽被镇伏,但因未被圣道断除,不能脱离必定生起的法性,故称「未断除之已生起」。此处例证是:一位证得八等至、能在空中行走的长老,在花树盛开的花园中摘花时,听见一位女子以甜美声音歌唱而生起的烦恼种类。此用法在“多修习圣八支道者,能令已生已生的恶不善法于中途止灭”等经文中可以了知。还应知显示巴利原文
Apica aparampi samudācārārammaṇādhiggahitāvikkhambhitāsamūhatavasena catubbidhamuppannaṃ. Tattha vattamānuppannameva samudācāruppannaṃ. Cakkhādīnaṃ pana āpāthagate ārammaṇe pubbabhāge anuppajjamānampi kilesajātaṃ ārammaṇassa adhiggahitattā eva aparabhāge avassamuppattito ārammaṇādhiggahituppannanti vuccati. Kalyāṇigāme piṇḍāya carato mahātissattherassa visabhāgarūpadassanena uppannakilesajātañcettha nidassanaṃ. Tassa ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakka’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 6.58) payogo daṭṭhabbo. Samathavipassanānaṃ aññataravasena avikkhambhitakilesajātaṃ cittasantatimanārūḷhaṃ uppattinivārakassa hetuno abhāvā avikkhambhituppannaṃ nāma. Taṃ ‘‘ayampi kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpetī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 165) daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samathavipassanāvasena vikkhambhitampi kilesajātaṃ ariyamaggena asamūhatattā uppattidhammataṃ anatītanti katvā asamūhatuppannanti vuccati. Ākāsena gacchantassa aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino therassa kusumitarukkhe upavane pupphāni ocinantassa madhurassarena gāyato mātugāmassa gītassaraṃ sutavato uppannakilesajātañcettha nidassanaṃ. Tassa ‘‘ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bahulīkaronto uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme antarāyeva antaradhāpetī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.157) payogo daṭṭhabbo. Tividhampi cetaṃ ārammaṇādhiggahitāvikkhambhitāsamūhatuppannaṃ bhūmiladdheneva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti veditabbaṃ.
如此,在上述已生起的分类中,应知此「忿怒」是依‘得地’、‘所缘已执取’、‘未镇伏’、‘未断除’的已生起。为什么?因为正是这样的已生起需要调伏。唯有这种已生起,才能依某种调伏方法加以调伏。至于那些称为‘正在发生’、‘已过去’、‘得机会’、‘现行’的已生起,对其付出努力是徒劳而无意义的,而且不可能。对于‘已过去’的,努力是徒劳的,因为即使不加努力,它也已灭去。对于‘得机会’的也是如此。对于‘正在发生的现行已生起’则不可能,因为烦恼与清净不能并存。显示巴利原文
Evametasmiṃ yathāvuttappabhede uppanne bhūmiladdhārammaṇādhiggahitāvikkhambhitāsamūhatuppannavasenāyaṃ kodho uppannoti veditabbo. Kasmā? Evaṃvidhassa vinetabbato. Evaṃvidhameva hi uppannaṃ yena kenaci vinayena vinetuṃ sakkā hoti. Yaṃ panetaṃ vattamānabhutvāpagatokāsakatasamudācārasaṅkhātaṃ uppannaṃ, ettha aphalo ca asakyo ca vāyāmo. Aphalo hi bhutvāpagate vāyāmo vāyāmantarenāpi tassa niruddhattā. Tathā okāsakate. Asakyo ca vattamānasamudācāruppanne kilesavodānānaṃ ekajjhamanuppattitoti.
就“调伏”一词而言:显示巴利原文
Vinetīti ettha pana –
所谓调伏有二种,每种更分为五类;显示巴利原文
‘‘Duvidho vinayo nāma, ekamekettha pañcadhā;
Tesu aṭṭhavidhenesa, vinetīti pavuccati’’.
此中,律仪调伏与断调伏即是二种调伏。于这二种调伏中,每一种又可分为五类。律仪调伏即为:戒律仪、念律仪、智律仪、忍律仪、精进律仪,共五种。断调伏即为:彼分断、镇伏断、正断断、止息断、出离断,共五种。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi saṃvaravinayo, pahānavinayoti duvidho vinayo. Ettha ca duvidhe vinaye ekameko vinayo pañcadhā bhijjati. Saṃvaravinayopi hi sīlasaṃvaro, satisaṃvaro, ñāṇasaṃvaro, khantisaṃvaro, vīriyasaṃvaroti pañcavidho. Pahānavinayopi tadaṅgappahānaṃ, vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, samucchedappahānaṃ, paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ, nissaraṇappahānanti pañcavidho.
其中,在「以此巴帝摩卡律仪而具足、等具足」(《分别论》511)等语句中,是指「戒律仪」;在「防护眼根,于眼根成就律仪」(《长部》1.213;《中部》1.295;《相应部》4.239;《增支部》3.16)等语句中,是指「念律仪」。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto’’tiādīsu (vibha. 511) sīlasaṃvaro, ‘‘rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.213; ma. ni. 1.295; saṃ. ni. 4.239; a. ni. 3.16) satisaṃvaro.
‘‘Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, (ajitāti bhagavā) Sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ; Sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, Paññāyete pidhīyare’’ti. (su. ni. 1041) –
于诸如「防护眼根,于眼根成就律仪」等经文中,是指念律仪;于诸如「那些世间诸流,阿耆多!念是它们的防护;我说诸流的律仪,这些以慧便关闭」等经文中,应知是指智律仪;于「他能忍耐寒暑」等经文中,是指忍律仪;于「对已生的欲寻思,不忍受,舍断并除去」等经文中,是指精进律仪。而这一切律仪,由于各自能防护其所应对治、所应调伏的身恶行、语恶行等,故称为「律仪」;又由于能调伏,故称为「律」。应知,律仪与调伏即如此分为五种。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu ñāṇasaṃvaro, ‘‘khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.24; a. ni. 4.114) khantisaṃvaro, ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti, pajahati, vinodetī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.26; a. ni. 4.114) vīriyasaṃvaro veditabbo. Sabbopi cāyaṃ saṃvaro yathāsakaṃ saṃvaritabbānaṃ vinetabbānañca kāyavacīduccaritādīnaṃ saṃvaraṇato saṃvaro, vinayanato vinayoti vuccati. Evaṃ tāva saṃvaravinayo pañcadhā bhijjatīti veditabbo.
同样,在名色辨别等观智支分中,只要各自以不退转的方式生起,便以相应的智断除相应的不善相续。即:以「名色确定」断除有身见;以「把握缘」断除无因见和非因见;接着,以「度疑」断除犹豫状态;以「聚观」断除「是我、我所」的执取;以「道非道确定」断除于非道生起道想;以「观生」断除断见;以「观灭」断除常见;以「观怖」断除于可怖事起无畏想;以「观过患」断除乐味想;以「厌离随观」断除喜乐想;以「欲解脱智」断除不欲解脱;以「舍智」断除不舍;以「随顺」断除对法住与涅槃的违逆状态;以「种姓」断除对诸行相的执取。这称为「彼分断」。其次,依近行定与安止定等定,只要它们各自不退转而转起,由这些定所镇伏的盖,以及各自相应的寻等敌对法不再生起,这种舍断便称为「镇伏断」。再者,由修习四圣道,各个证道者在自己的心相续中,依照“为舍断恶见等”(《法集论》277)所说的方法,令那些属于集的部分的烦恼稠林永不再起而作舍断,这就是「正断断」。此外,在果位的刹那,烦恼达到止息的状态,这种舍断称为「止息断」。此外,显示巴利原文
Tathā yaṃ nāmarūpaparicchedādīsu vipassanaṅgesu yāva attano aparihānavasena pavatti, tāva tena tena ñāṇena tassa tassa anatthasantānassa pahānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – nāmarūpavavatthānena sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā, paccayapariggahena ahetuvisamahetudiṭṭhīnaṃ, tasseva aparabhāgena kaṅkhāvitaraṇena kathaṃkathībhāvassa, kalāpasammasanena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti gāhassa, maggāmaggavavatthānena amagge maggasaññāya, udayadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā, vayadassanena sassatadiṭṭhiyā, bhayadassanena sabhayesu abhayasaññāya, ādīnavadassanena assādasaññāya, nibbidānupassanena abhiratisaññāya, muccitukamyatāñāṇena amuccitukamyatāya, upekkhāñāṇena anupekkhāya, anulomena dhammaṭṭhitiyaṃ nibbāne ca paṭilomabhāvassa, gotrabhunā saṅkhāranimittaggāhassa pahānaṃ, etaṃ tadaṅgappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana upacārappanābhedassa samādhino yāva attano aparihānipavatti , tāva tenābhihatānaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ yathāsakaṃ vitakkādipaccanīkadhammānañca anuppattisaṅkhātaṃ pahānaṃ, etaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana catunnaṃ ariyamaggānaṃ bhāvitattā taṃtaṃmaggavato attano santāne yathāsakaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 277) nayena vuttassa samudayapakkhikassa kilesagahanassa puna accantaappavattibhāvena samucchedasaṅkhātaṃ pahānaṃ, idaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana phalakkhaṇe paṭippassaddhattaṃ kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ, idaṃ paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ nāma. Yaṃ pana sabbasaṅkhatanissaraṇattā pahīnasabbasaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ, etaṃ nissaraṇappahānaṃ nāma. Sabbampi cetaṃ pahānaṃ yasmā cāgaṭṭhena pahānaṃ, vinayanaṭṭhena vinayo, tasmā ‘‘pahānavinayo’’ti vuccati, taṃtaṃpahānavato vā tassa tassa vinayassa sambhavatopetaṃ ‘‘pahānavinayo’’ti vuccati. Evaṃ pahānavinayopi pañcadhā bhijjatīti veditabbo. Evamekekassa pañcadhā bhinnattā dasete vinayā honti.
在这些律中,除去「止息律」与「出离律」,世尊借助其余八种律,以种种方式加以调伏,故被称为调伏者。如何调伏呢?以「戒律仪」调伏身语恶行时,亦调伏了与之相应的忿怒;以「念律仪」与「慧律仪」调伏贪忧等时,亦调伏了与忧相应的忿怒;以「忍律仪」忍受寒热等时,亦调伏了由种种嗔恨事所生的忿怒;以「精进律仪」调伏嗔恚寻思时,亦调伏了与之相应的忿怒。对于那些能成办彼分断、镇伏断与正断断的法,当他在自心中生起这些法,并舍弃相应的所断法时,也就调伏了应当由彼分断断除的、应当由镇伏断镇伏的、应当由正断断断尽的忿怒。在这里,实际上并没有以「断调伏」为律而起作用,但当他借由能成就舍断的法进行调伏时,从方便上说,可称为「以断调伏调伏」。然而,在止息断的阶段,由于已无需要调伏的对象;在出离断的阶段,也无需要再令生起的,因此这两种律不再调伏任何事物。所以,除去「止息律」与「出离律」,世尊借助其余八种律,以种种方式加以调伏,故被称为调伏者。显示巴利原文
Tesu paṭippassaddhivinayaṃ nissaraṇavinayañca ṭhapetvā avasesena aṭṭhavidhena vinayenesa tena tena pariyāyena vinetīti pavuccati. Kathaṃ? Sīlasaṃvarena kāyavacīduccaritāni vinentopi hi taṃsampayuttaṃ kodhaṃ vineti, satipaññāsaṃvarehi abhijjhādomanassādīni vinentopi domanassasampayuttaṃ kodhaṃ vineti, khantisaṃvarena sītādīni khamantopi taṃtaṃāghātavatthusambhavaṃ kodhaṃ vineti, vīriyasaṃvarena byāpādavitakkaṃ vinentopi taṃsampayuttaṃ kodhaṃ vineti. Yehi dhammehi tadaṅgavikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni honti, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ attani nibbattanena te te dhamme pajahantopi tadaṅgappahātabbaṃ vikkhambhetabbaṃ samucchinditabbañca kodhaṃ vineti. Kāmañcettha pahānavinayena vinayo na sambhavati. Yehi pana dhammehi pahānaṃ hoti, tehi vinentopi pariyāyato ‘‘pahānavinayena vinetī’’ti vuccati. Paṭippassaddhippahānakāle pana vinetabbābhāvato nissaraṇappahānassa ca anuppādetabbato na tehi kiñci vinetīti vuccati. Evaṃ tesu paṭippassaddhivinayaṃ nissaraṇavinayañca ṭhapetvā avasesena aṭṭhavidhena vinayenesa tena tena pariyāyena vinetīti pavuccatīti. Ye vā –
“比丘们,有五种调伏嗔恨的方法。当比丘生起嗔恨时,应依这些方法完全加以调伏。哪五种呢?比丘们,若对某人生起嗔恨,便应对此人修习慈……悲……舍……,或对此人作不忆念、不作意;这样便能调伏对此人的嗔恨。又或者,对此人决意业的所有性:‘这位具寿是业的拥有者……将是业的继承者。’”(《增支部》5.161)显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pañca? Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, puggale āghāto jāyetha, mettā tasmiṃ puggale bhāvetabbā…pe… karuṇā… upekkhā… asati-amanasikāro tasmiṃ puggale āpajjitabbo, evaṃ tasmiṃ puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo. Kammassakatā eva vā tasmiṃ puggale adhiṭṭhātabbā kammassako ayamāyasmā…pe… dāyādo bhavissatī’’ti (a. ni. 5.161) –
以上所说,便是五种调伏嗔恨的方法。此外:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pañca āghātapaṭivinayā vuttā. Ye ca –
“贤友们,有五种调伏嗔恨的方法。比丘若生起嗔恨,应依此完全调伏。哪五种呢?贤友们,于此,有一类人,身行不清净,然语行清净;贤友们,即便是对这样的人,也应当调伏嗔恨。”(《增支部》5.162)显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcime, āvuso, āghātapaṭivinayā, yattha bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo. Katame pañca? Idhāvuso , ekacco puggalo aparisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti, parisuddhavacīsamācāro, evarūpepi, āvuso, puggale āghāto paṭivinetabbo’’ti (a. ni. 5.162) –
依此类推,也阐述了五种调伏嗔恨的方法。于此诸方法中,无论以何种调伏嗔恨法来调伏,他都可以称为调伏者。再者,正因为:显示巴利原文
Evamādināpi nayena pañca āghātapaṭivinayā vuttā. Tesu yena kenaci āghātapaṭivinayena vinentopesa vinetīti pavuccati. Apica yasmā –
比丘们,即使盗贼用双柄的锯子把你们的肢体一节节割开,倘若有人在此时候心中生起怨怒,他便不是依我的教诫而行之人。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okkanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padoseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro’’ti (ma. ni. 1.232) –-
这便是导师的教诫。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ satthu ovādaṃ,
以怒报怒的人,比原先愤怒的人更为糟糕;
以不怒回应怒者,他战胜了那难胜的战斗。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tasseva tena pāpiyo, yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati; Kuddhaṃ appaṭikujjhanto, saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ. ‘‘Ubhinnamatthaṃ carati, attano ca parassa ca; Paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā, yo sato upasammati’’. (saṃ. ni. 1.188);
比丘们,有七种敌人所欲、敌人所造的法,会降临在易怒的男女身上。哪七种呢?比丘们,这里,敌人如此希望他的敌人:‘啊,但愿此人相貌丑陋!’这是什么原因呢?比丘们,敌人不会因敌人的容貌端庄而欢喜。比丘们,这个易怒者被嗔怒征服、被嗔怒制伏,即使他已沐浴净身、善涂芳香、修剪须发、穿著白衣,但由于被嗔怒所制伏,他依然容貌丑陋。比丘们,这是第一种敌人所欲、敌人所造之法,降临在易怒的男女身上。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā sapattakantā sapattakaraṇā kodhanaṃ āgacchanti itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Katame satta? Idha, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati – ‘aho, vatāyaṃ dubbaṇṇo assā’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano, atha kho so dubbaṇṇova hoti kodhābhibhūto. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṃ āgacchati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā (a. ni. 7.64).
再者,比丘们,敌人如此希望他的敌人:‘啊,但愿此人受苦!’……‘但愿他不富裕!’……‘但愿他没有受用!’……‘但愿他没有声誉!’……‘但愿他没有朋友!’……‘但愿他身坏命终之后,生于恶趣、堕落之处、地狱之中!’这是什么原因呢?比丘们,敌人不会因敌人出生于善趣而欢喜。比丘们,这个易怒者被嗔怒征服、被嗔怒制伏,便以身行恶,以语……以意行恶。他这样以身、语、意行恶之后,身坏命终……生于地狱,因为他被嗔怒所制伏。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati – ‘aho, vatāyaṃ dukkhaṃ sayeyyā’ti…pe… ‘na pacurattho assā’ti…pe… ‘na bhogavā assā’ti…pe… ‘na yasavā assā’ti…pe… ‘na mittavā assā’ti…pe… ‘kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa sugatigamanena nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya… manasā duccaritaṃ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā…pe… vācāya…pe… manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā…pe… nirayaṃ upapajjati kodhābhibhūto’’ti (a. ni. 7.64).
嗔怒之人,不知义利;嗔怒之人,不见于法……(中略)。
众生以何种愤怒而怒,便由此走向恶趣;
具观者以正智了知那种愤怒之后,便将它舍弃。(《如是语》4)
应当断除愤怒,彻底舍弃骄慢,超越一切结缚。(《法句经》221)
愤怒产生无义,愤怒扰乱心意。
广慧者啊,请原谅那一次过错,智者不会沦为愤怒的奴隶。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuddho atthaṃ na jānāti, kuddho dhammaṃ na passati…pe…. (a. ni. 7.64; mahāni. 5); ‘‘Yena kodhena kuddhāse, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ; Taṃ kodhaṃ sammadaññāya, pajahanti vipassino. (itivu. 4); ‘‘Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ, saṃyojanaṃ sabbamatikkameyya. (dha. pa. 221); ‘‘Anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano. (a. ni. 7.64; itivu. 88); ‘‘Ekāparādhaṃ khama bhūripañña, na paṇḍitā kodhabalā bhavantī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.19) –
以这样的方式观察愤怒的过患,愤怒便会得到调伏。因此,像这样观察之后而调伏愤怒的人,便被称为“调伏者”。显示巴利原文
Evamādinā nayena kodhe ādīnavañca paccavekkhatopi kodho vinayaṃ upeti. Tasmā evaṃ paccavekkhitvā kodhaṃ vinentopi esa vinetīti vuccati.
「愤怒」:指依“他对我行无义,故生愤恨”等(《长部》3.340;《增支部》9.29)方式,在经中所说的九种愤恨事,以及由“他未对我行有义”等从其对立面成立的九种——共十八种,再加上以树桩、荆棘等不合理事为第九种,合计十九种愤恨事中,随某一愤恨事而生起的那种愤怒。「已展开」:即已扩散、蔓延。「如蛇毒」:指蛇的毒液。「犹如」:是譬喻词,此处省略了 i 音,只说 va-(“如”)。「以药」:即用解毒剂。这是说:犹如一位善治蛇毒的医者,能迅速用根、茎、皮、叶、花等各味药调制的药剂,消除那在遭蛇咬后蔓延全身、业已扩散的蛇毒;同样,对于依上述含义在心相续中生起并弥漫而住的愤怒,若能以如上调伏方法中的任何一种予以调伏——也就是不忍受它、舍弃它、去除它、消灭它——即是调伏了愤怒。显示巴利原文
Kodhanti ‘‘anatthaṃ me acarīti āghāto jāyatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.340; a. ni. 9.29) nayena sutte vuttānaṃ navannaṃ, ‘‘atthaṃ me na carī’’ti ādīnañca tappaṭipakkhato siddhānaṃ navannamevāti aṭṭhārasannaṃ, khāṇukaṇṭakādinā aṭṭhānena saddhiṃ ekūnavīsatiyā āghātavatthūnaṃ aññatarāghātavatthusambhavaṃ āghātaṃ. Visaṭanti vitthataṃ. Sappavisanti sappassa visaṃ. Ivāti opammavacanaṃ, i-kāra lopaṃ katvā va-icceva vuttaṃ. Osadhehīti agadehi. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā visatikicchako vejjo sappena daṭṭhaṃ sabbaṃ kāyaṃ pharitvā ṭhitaṃ visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃ mūlakhandhatacapattapupphādīnaṃ aññatarehi nānābhesajjehi payojetvā katehi vā osadhehi khippameva vineyya, evamevaṃ yo yathāvuttenatthena uppatitaṃ cittasantānaṃ byāpetvā ṭhitaṃ kodhaṃ yathāvuttesu vinayanūpāyesu yena kenaci upāyena vineti nādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkarotīti.
「那位比丘,舍弃此岸彼岸」:这是说,那位如此调伏愤怒的比丘,由于愤怒在第三道得以完全断除,因此应知他“舍弃了称为此岸彼岸的五下分结”。其实,通常“岸”一词意指彼岸,故就此而言,“既是此岸又是这轮回苦海的彼岸”,因此称为“此岸彼岸”。又或者,依“比丘调伏那已生起并蔓延的愤怒,犹如以药调伏已扩散的蛇毒”所说,这位比丘由第三道完全调伏愤怒后,住于不来果,从而“舍弃此岸彼岸”。在此,“此岸”指自己的有身,“彼岸”指他人的有身。或者,“此岸”指内六处,“彼岸”指外六处。同样,“此岸”指人界,“彼岸”指天界;“此岸”指欲界,“彼岸”指色界与无色界;“此岸”指欲有及色有,“彼岸”指无色有;“此岸”指有身,“彼岸”指为有身带来快乐的那些资具。如此,在这些“此岸彼岸”的分类中,由第四道断除欲贪的人,即称为“舍弃此岸彼岸”。在这里,虽然不来者的欲贪已经断除,在现前有身等之中也确实已无欲贪,但为了彰显其功德,就像对第三道等所作那样,总括一切此岸彼岸的分类,以断除其中的欲贪而说为“舍弃此岸彼岸”。显示巴利原文
So bhikkhu jahāti orapāranti so evaṃ kodhaṃ vinento bhikkhu yasmā kodho tatiyamaggena sabbaso pahīyati, tasmā orapārasaññitāni pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni jahātīti veditabbo. Avisesena hi pāranti tīrassa nāmaṃ, tasmā orāni ca tāni saṃsārasāgarassa pārabhūtāni cāti katvā ‘‘orapāra’’nti vuccati. Atha vā ‘‘yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi’’, so tatiyamaggena sabbaso kodhaṃ vinetvā anāgāmiphale ṭhito bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ. Tattha oranti sakattabhāvo, pāranti parattabhāvo. Oraṃ vā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, pāraṃ cha bāhirāyatanāni. Tathā oraṃ manussaloko, pāraṃ devaloko. Oraṃ kāmadhātu, pāraṃ rūpārūpadhātu. Oraṃ kāmarūpabhavo, pāraṃ arūpabhavo. Oraṃ attabhāvo, pāraṃ attabhāvasukhūpakaraṇāni. Evametasmiṃ orapāre catutthamaggena chandarāgaṃ pajahanto ‘‘jahāti orapāra’’nti vuccati. Ettha ca kiñcāpi anāgāmino kāmarāgassa pahīnattā idhattabhāvādīsu chandarāgo eva natthi; apica kho panassa tatiyamaggādīnaṃ viya vaṇṇappakāsanatthaṃ sabbametaṃ orapārabhedaṃ saṅgahetvā tattha chandarāgappahānena ‘‘jahāti orapāra’’nti vuttaṃ.
现在,为了阐发其义,举出譬喻说:“犹如蛇蜕去衰老、古旧的皮”。在此,以胸部行走者称为“uraga”(蛇),这是蛇的异名。蛇有两种:能如意变化者和不能如意变化者。能如意变化者又分两类:水生与陆生。水生者仅在水中有如意变化身,不在陆地,如《僧护龙王本生》中的僧护龙王。陆生者仅在陆地有如意变化身,不在水中。那皮,因朽坏而称“衰老”,因历时久远而称“古旧”,被作如是观。蛇舍弃皮时,以四种方式舍弃:即住于同类、生厌离、有依凭、用力量。所谓“同类”,是指蛇类的长身之类。蛇在五种情况下不超越其同类:投生时、死亡时、排泄及睡眠时、与同类交合时,以及蜕去衰老的皮时。当蛇蜕皮时,确实安住于同类而舍弃。虽安住于同类,它也是厌离而舍。“厌离”是指当身体一半已解脱、一半尚在悬附时,对此感到憎厌而舍弃。如此厌离而舍,同时它也靠着树杈间、或树根间、或石头间而舍弃。依凭而舍时,它也生起力量,鼓起勇气,以精进力将弯曲的尾部伸直,犹如以呼气的形式将颈部皮褶竖起而舍弃。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassatthassa vibhāvanatthāya upamaṃ āha ‘‘urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. Tattha urena gacchatīti urago, sappassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. So duvidho – kāmarūpī ca akāmarūpī ca. Kāmarūpīpi duvidho – jalajo thalajo ca. Jalajo jale eva kāmarūpaṃ labhati, na thale, saṅkhapālajātake saṅkhapālanāgarājā viya. Thalajo thale eva, na jale. So jajjarabhāvena jiṇṇaṃ, cirakālatāya purāṇañcāti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Tacaṃ jahanto catubbidhena jahāti – sajātiyaṃ ṭhito, jigucchanto, nissāya, thāmenāti. Sajāti nāma sappajāti dīghattabhāvo. Uragā hi pañcasu ṭhānesu sajātiṃ nātivattanti – upapattiyaṃ, cutiyaṃ, vissaṭṭhaniddokkamane, samānajātiyā methunapaṭisevane, jiṇṇatacāpanayane cāti. Sappo hi yadā tacaṃ jahāti, tadā sajātiyaṃyeva ṭhatvā jahāti. Sajātiyaṃ ṭhitopi ca jigucchanto jahāti. Jigucchanto nāma yadā upaḍḍhaṭṭhāne mutto hoti, upaḍḍhaṭṭhāne amutto olambati, tadā naṃ aṭṭīyanto jahāti. Evaṃ jigucchantopi ca daṇḍantaraṃ vā mūlantaraṃ vā pāsāṇantaraṃ vā nissāya jahāti. Nissāya jahantopi ca thāmaṃ janetvā, ussāhaṃ katvā, vīriyena vaṅkaṃ naṅguṭṭhaṃ katvā, passasantova phaṇaṃ karitvā jahāti. Evaṃ jahitvā yenakāmaṃ pakkamati. Evamevaṃ ayampi bhikkhu orapāraṃ jahitukāmo catubbidhena jahāti – sajātiyaṃ ṭhito, jigucchanto, nissāya, thāmenāti. Sajāti nāma bhikkhuno ‘‘ariyāya jātiyā jāto’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351) vacanato sīlaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sappañño’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.23; peṭako. 22). Evametissaṃ sajātiyaṃ ṭhito bhikkhu taṃ sakattabhāvādibhedaṃ orapāraṃ jiṇṇapurāṇatacamiva dukkhaṃ janentaṃ tattha tattha ādīnavadassanena jigucchanto kalyāṇamitte nissāya adhimattavāyāmasaṅkhātaṃ thāmaṃ janetvā ‘‘divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’ti (a. ni. 3.16; vibha. 519) vuttanayena rattindivaṃ chadhā vibhajitvā ghaṭento vāyamanto urago viya, vaṅkaṃ naṅguṭṭhaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā urago viya passasanto, ayampi asithilaparakkamatāya vāyamanto urago viya phaṇaṃ karitvā, ayampi ñāṇavipphāraṃ janetvā uragova tacaṃ orapāraṃ jahāti. Jahitvā ca urago viya ohitataco yenakāmaṃ ayampi ohitabhāro anupādisesanibbānadhātudisaṃ pakkamatīti. Tenāha bhagavā –
他调伏已生起的愤怒,如用药调伏已扩散的蛇毒;
那位比丘舍弃此岸与彼岸,犹如蛇蜕去旧皮。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ, visaṭaṃ sappavisaṃva osadhehi; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇa’’nti.
如此,世尊以阿拉汉果为顶点,开示了这第一首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Evamesā bhagavatā arahattanikūṭena paṭhamagāthā desitāti.
2 现在,到了解释第二首偈颂义理的时候。此处亦然:显示巴利原文
2. Idāni dutiyagāthāya atthavaṇṇanākkamo anuppatto. Tatrāpi –
这首偈颂是以何方式、于何处、何时、因何而宣说,
阐明了此方式之后,我们便对它进行义理注释。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yena yattha yadā yasmā, vuttā gāthā ayaṃ imaṃ; Vidhiṃ pakāsayitvāssā, karissāmatthavaṇṇana’’nti. –
这就是总纲,也适用于之后的所有偈颂。但为避免过于冗长,以下不再另设纲目,而是直接通过显示偈颂的生起因缘来阐明其义,我将依此方式进行义注。例如,“彻底断除贪欲者”这第二首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Ayameva mātikā. Tato parañca sabbagāthāsu. Ativitthārabhayena pana ito pabhuti mātikaṃ anikkhipitvā uppattidassananayeneva tassā tassā atthaṃ dassento atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāmi. Seyyathidaṃ yo rāgamudacchidā asesanti ayaṃ dutiyagāthā.
此经的缘起是:一时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,尊者舍利弗长老有一位侍者,是一位金匠之子,在长老座下出家。长老心想:“不净业处适合年轻人。”为摧破其贪欲,便授予他不净业处。他修习之后,心中却生不起丝毫兴趣。他便向长老报告:“这对我没有帮助。”长老心想:“这适合年轻人。”于是又再次教导他同一业处。如此过了四个月,他仍未获得任何成就。于是,长老带他去见世尊。世尊说:“舍利弗,了知契合他的业处,并非你的能力所及。他是一位应由佛陀来调伏的人。”说完,便以神通力变出一朵光彩夺目的莲花,放在他手中,说道:“来,比丘,将这朵莲花插在精舍后面的沙地上,用莲茎支稳,然后面对它结跏趺坐,心中持续作意‘红色、红色’。”据说,这位比丘在过去五百世都曾是金匠。因此,世尊了知“红色的所缘适合他”,便授予他红色的业处。他依教奉行,刹那间便次第证得四种禅那,并开始以顺、逆等各种方式游戏于禅那之中。随后,世尊运用神通决意:“让那朵莲花枯萎吧。”他从禅那出定,见那朵莲花枯萎、变黑,便领悟了……显示巴利原文
Tassuppatti – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtattherassa upaṭṭhāko aññataro suvaṇṇakāraputto therassa santike pabbajito. Thero tassa ‘‘daharānaṃ asubhaṃ sappāya’’nti mantvā rāgavighātatthaṃ asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ adāsi. Tassa tasmiṃ āsevanamattampi cittaṃ na labhati. So ‘‘anupakāraṃ mameta’’nti therassa ārocesi. Thero ‘‘daharānametaṃ sappāya’’nti mantvā punapi tadevācikkhi. Evaṃ cattāro māsā atītā, so kiñcimattampi visesaṃ na labhati. Tato naṃ thero bhagavato santikaṃ nesi. Bhagavā ‘‘avisayo, sāriputta, tuyhetassa sappāyaṃ jānituṃ, buddhaveneyyo eso’’ti vatvā pabhassaravaṇṇaṃ padumaṃ iddhiyā nimminitvā tassa hatthe pādāsi – ‘‘handa, bhikkhu, imaṃ vihārapacchāyāyaṃ vālikātale nāḷena vijjhitvā ṭhapehi, abhimukhañcassa pallaṅkena nisīda ‘lohitaṃ lohita’nti āvajjento’’ti. Ayaṃ kira pañca jātisatāni suvaṇṇakārova ahosi. Tenassa ‘‘lohitakanimittaṃ sappāya’’nti ñatvā bhagavā lohitakakammaṭṭhānaṃ adāsi. So tathā katvā muhutteneva yathākkamaṃ tattha cattāripi jhānāni adhigantvā anulomapaṭilomādinā nayena jhānakīḷaṃ ārabhi. Atha bhagavā ‘taṃ padumaṃ milāyatū’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. So jhānā vuṭṭhito taṃ milātaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ disvā ‘‘pabhassararūpaṃ jarāya parimaddita’’nti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tato naṃ ajjhattampi upasaṃhari. Tato ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti tayopi bhave āditte viya passi. Evaṃ passato cassāvidūre padumassaro atthi. Tattha dārakā orohitvā padumāni bhañjitvā bhañjitvā rāsiṃ karonti. Tassa tāni udake padumāni naḷavane aggijālā viya khāyiṃsu, pattāni patantāni papātaṃ pavisantāni viya khāyiṃsu, thale nikkhittapadumānaṃ aggāni milātāni aggiḍaḍḍhāni viya khāyiṃsu. Athassa tadanusārena sabbadhamme upanijjhāyato bhiyyosomattāya tayo bhavā ādittamiva agāraṃ appaṭisaraṇā hutvā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Tato bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova tassa bhikkhuno upari sarīrābhaṃ muñci. Sā cassa mukhaṃyeva ajjhotthari. Tato so ‘‘kimeta’’nti āvajjento bhagavantaṃ āgantvā samīpe ṭhitamiva disvā uṭṭhāyāsanā añjaliṃ paṇāmesi. Athassa bhagavā sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammaṃ desento imaṃ obhāsagāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘yo rāgamudacchidā asesa’’nti.
其中,“贪”:因其具有染着之义,故名为贪,这是对五种欲贪的称呼。“断除”:意为切断、破坏、灭尽。语法学家们认为,在诗律中可以用现在时动词来表示过去时的含义。“无余”:意指连同随眠烦恼一并断除。“如同生于湖中的莲花”:意即如同在湖中生长的红莲花一样。“进入”:意为涉入、没入,也就是深入其中。其余的解释与前面相同。它所表达的含义是什么?如同这些孩童进入湖中,摘取湖中生长的莲花;同样地,这位比丘进入这三界世间之后……显示巴利原文
Tattha rañjanavasena rāgo, pañcakāmaguṇarāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Udacchidāti ucchindati, bhañjati , vināseti. Atītakālikānampi hi chandasi vattamānavacanaṃ akkharacintakā icchanti. Asesanti sānusayaṃ. Bhisapupphaṃva saroruhanti sare virūḷhaṃ padumapupphaṃ viya. Vigayhāti ogayha, pavisitvāti attho. Sesaṃ pubbasadisameva. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā nāma ete dārakā saraṃ oruyha bhisapupphaṃ saroruhaṃ chindanti, evamevaṃ yo bhikkhu imaṃ tedhātukalokasannivāsaṃ ogayha –
那些被贪欲染着的人,堕入欲流,犹如蜘蛛陷入自己所织之网。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Natthi rāgasamo aggi’’; (Dha. pa. 202); ‘‘Kāmarāgena dayhāmi, cittaṃ me paridayhati’’; (Saṃ. ni. 1.212); ‘‘Ye rāgarattānupatanti sotaṃ, sayaṃ kataṃ makkaṭakova jālaṃ’’. (dha. pa. 347);
贤友,为贪欲所染著、所征服,心被彻底掌控者,乃至会杀害生命。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ratto kho, āvuso, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hanatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.56, 72) –
他通过省察贪欲的过患,并以之前所说的种种防护——如戒律防护等——对于有识与无识的所缘,修习不净想。如此逐渐地断除少分贪欲,进而以不还道断除残余的贪欲,最后以阿罗汉道彻底无余地将贪欲断尽。如同前面所说的方式,那位比丘舍弃了此岸与彼岸,犹如蛇蜕去衰老的旧皮。世尊以阿罗汉果为顶点,开示了这首偈颂。开示结束时,那位比丘便住立于阿罗汉果。显示巴利原文
Evamādinayamanugantvā rāgādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena yathāvuttappakārehi sīlasaṃvarādīhi saṃvarehi saviññāṇakāviññāṇakesu vatthūsu asubhasaññāya ca thokaṃ thokaṃ rāgaṃ samucchindanto anāgāmimaggena avasesaṃ arahattamaggena ca tato anavasesampi ucchindati pubbe vuttappakāreneva so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇanti. Evamesā bhagavatā arahattanikūṭena gāthā desitā. Desanāpariyosāne ca so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhitoti.
3 第三颂:“他断除了渴爱”——这一句的缘起是怎样的呢?世尊住在舍卫城。有一位比丘住在迦迦罗池岸边,他因渴爱的力量而寻思不善的寻思。世尊洞悉了他的意乐,便说出下面这首光明偈。显示巴利原文
3.Yotaṇhamudacchidāti kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Aññataro bhikkhu gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre viharanto taṇhāvasena akusalavitakkaṃ vitakketi. Bhagavā tassajjhāsayaṃ viditvā imaṃ obhāsagāthamabhāsi.
其中,“tassatī”即渴爱,意为于感官对象上从不满足。这也是欲爱、有爱、无有爱的同义语。“sarita”指已流去、正在转起的状态,亦即遍满乃至有顶而住。“sīghasara”指快速流动,即不顾现世与来世的过患,于刹那间便能到达其他轮围世界,乃至有顶。如是,渴爱的一切种类皆具如此迅速流动的急流特性。显示巴利原文
Tattha tassatīti taṇhā. Visayehi tittiṃ na upetīti attho. Kāmabhavavibhavataṇhānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Saritanti gataṃ pavattaṃ, yāva bhavaggā ajjhottharitvā ṭhitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sīghasaranti sīghagāminiṃ, sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikaṃ ādīnavaṃ agaṇetvā muhutteneva paracakkavāḷampi bhavaggampi sampāpuṇituṃ samatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evametaṃ saritaṃ sīghasaraṃ sabbappakārampi taṇhaṃ –
即所谓:“向上扩展广大、难以满足,那漫行四方的欲望。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Uparivisālā duppūrā, icchā visaṭagāminī;
Ye ca taṃ anugijjhanti, te honti cakkadhārino’’ti. ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191; cūḷani. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107);
大王,世间是匮乏的、不知足的,是渴爱的奴隶。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ūno loko atitto taṇhādāsoti kho, mahārājā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305) ca –
如此,那位比丘藉由思惟过患及前述的戒防护等方法,渐次削弱烦恼,最终依阿罗汉道将其无余断尽。就在那一刹那,他舍弃了对‘此岸’与‘彼岸’的一切执著。开示结束时,那位比丘便安立于阿罗汉果。显示巴利原文
Evamādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena vuttappakārehi sīlasaṃvarādīhi ca yo thokaṃ thokaṃ visosayitvā arahattamaggena asesaṃ ucchijjati, so bhikkhu tasmiṃyeva khaṇe sabbappakārampi jahāti orapāranti. Desanāpariyosāne so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhitoti.
4 4.“他削弱了慢”的缘起是什么?世尊住在舍卫城时,有一位比丘住在恒河岸边。夏季水少,他见河道上先前搭好的芦苇桥被随后而来的大水冲走,便悚然而立,思惟:“诸行无常。”世尊了知他的心念趋向,便宣说了这首光明偈。显示巴利原文
4.Yo mānamudabbadhīti kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Aññataro bhikkhu gaṅgāya tīre viharanto gimhakāle appodake sote kataṃ naḷasetuṃ pacchā āgatena mahoghena vuyhamānaṃ disvā ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā’’ti saṃviggo aṭṭhāsi. Tassajjhāsayaṃ viditvā bhagavā imaṃ obhāsagāthaṃ abhāsi.
这里的“慢”,是指依出身等事而心生高举。它有三种:“我是优胜者”的慢、“我是同等者”的慢、“我是低劣者”的慢。又可分为九种:对优胜者,心想“我比优胜者更优胜”的慢、“我与优胜者同等”的慢、“我比优胜者低劣”的慢;对同等者,心想“我比同等者优胜”的慢、“我与同等者同等”的慢、“我比同等者低劣”的慢;对低劣者,心想“我比低劣者优胜”的慢、“我与低劣者同等”的慢、“我比低劣者更低劣”的慢。一切此类慢心,显示巴利原文
Tattha mānoti jātiādivatthuko cetaso uṇṇāmo. So ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘sadisohamasmī’’ti māno, ‘‘hīnohamasmī’’ti mānoti evaṃ tividho hoti. Puna ‘‘seyyassa seyyohamasmīti, seyyassa sadiso, seyyassa hīno, sadisassa seyyo, sadisassa sadiso, sadisassa hīno, hīnassa seyyo, hīnassa sadiso, hīnassa hīnohamasmī’’ti mānoti evaṃ navavidho hoti. Taṃ sabbappakārampi mānaṃ –
‘‘Yena mānena mattāse, sattā gacchanti duggati’’nti. (itivu. 6) –
依此理趣,通过思惟过患及前述的戒防护等方法,那位比丘渐次削弱烦恼。因烦恼无力而羸弱,犹如芦苇桥;出世法极为猛利,宛如巨大洪流,他以阿罗汉道将其连根拔除,即是以无余断除的方式,斩断而灭尽。那位比丘于那一刹那,舍断了一切方面的此岸与彼岸。开示结束时,那位比丘便安住于阿罗汉果。显示巴利原文
Ādinā nayena tattha ādīnavapaccavekkhaṇena vuttappakārehi sīlasaṃvarādīhi ca yo thokaṃ thokaṃ vadhento kilesānaṃ abaladubbalattā naḷasetusadisaṃ lokuttaradhammānaṃ atibalattā mahoghasadisena arahattamaggena asesaṃ udabbadhi, anavasesappahānavasena ucchindanto vadhetīti vuttaṃ hoti. So bhikkhu tasmiṃyeva khaṇe sabbappakārampi jahāti orapāranti. Desanāpariyosāne so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhitoti.
5 5. 此偈及其后十二偈的缘起为同一则。一时,世尊住在舍卫城。那时,有一位婆罗门,女儿婚事既定,心里想道:“我要用那些从未被低贱之人用过的花,将小女装扮好后送往夫家。”他在舍卫城里里外外遍寻,竟找不到些许未经先用的草花。后来,他见到一群聚集的婆罗门青年,状如放逸之人,心想:“我去问问他们,这么多人,总有人知道。”于是上前询问。那些青年嘲弄这位婆罗门说:“婆罗门,世间有一种叫乌敦跋罗树的花,根本无人用过。你用此花打扮女儿,将她嫁出去吧。”第二天,他一清早就起身,安排好饭食,前往阿致罗筏底河岸的乌敦跋罗树林,一棵棵树逐一搜寻,却连花的蒂头都没见到。过了正午,他到了对岸,那里有位比丘坐在一棵悦意的树下,为日间住而专注业处。他来到那里,不曾注意到那位比丘,不时坐下、蹲下、站起,在树枝间、叶缝中翻找,疲惫不堪。于是,那位比丘对他说:“婆罗门,你在找什么?”“尊者,我在找乌敦跋罗花。”“婆罗门,世间并没有乌敦跋罗花,此话乃是虚言,不要再徒劳了。”这时,世尊了知那位比丘的心念,放出光显示巴利原文
5. Ti kā uppatti? Imissā gāthāya ito parānañca dvādasannaṃ ekāyeva uppatti. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo attano dhītuyā vāreyye paccupaṭṭhite cintesi – ‘‘kenaci vasalena aparibhuttapubbehi pupphehi dārikaṃ alaṅkaritvā patikulaṃ pesessāmī’’ti. So santarabāhiraṃ sāvatthiṃ vicinanto kiñci tiṇapupphampi aparibhuttapubbaṃ nāddasa. Atha sambahule dhuttakajātike brāhmaṇadārake sannipatite disvā ‘‘ete pucchissāmi, avassaṃ sambahulesu koci jānissatī’’ti upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. Te taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ uppaṇḍentā āhaṃsu – ‘‘udumbarapupphaṃ nāma, brāhmaṇa, loke na kenaci paribhuttapubbaṃ. Tena dhītaraṃ alaṅkaritvā dehī’’ti. So dutiyadivase kālasseva vuṭṭhāya bhattavissaggaṃ katvā aciravatiyā nadiyā tīre udumbaravanaṃ gantvā ekamekaṃ rukkhaṃ vicinanto pupphassa vaṇṭamattampi nāddasa. Atha vītivatte majjhanhike dutiyatīraṃ agamāsi. Tattha ca aññataro bhikkhu aññatarasmiṃ manuññe rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. So tattha upasaṅkamitvā amanasikaritvā, sakiṃ nisīditvā, sakiṃ ukkuṭiko hutvā, sakiṃ ṭhatvā, taṃ rukkhaṃ sabbasākhāviṭapapattantaresu vicinanto kilamati. Tato naṃ so bhikkhu āha – ‘‘brāhmaṇa, kiṃ maggasī’’ti? ‘‘Udumbarapupphaṃ, bho’’ti. ‘‘Udumbarapupphaṃ nāma, brāhmaṇa, loke natthi, musā etaṃ vacanaṃ, mā kilamā’’ti. Atha bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā obhāsaṃ muñcitvā samuppannasamannāhārabahumānassa imā obhāsagāthāyo abhāsi ‘‘yo nājjhagamā bhavesu sāra’’nti sabbā vattabbā.
其中,关于第一首偈:‘未得’(nājjhagamā)即是没有找到,或没有发现。‘于诸有’(bhavesu)指在欲有、色有、无色有、想有、无想有、非想非非想有、一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有之中。‘坚实’(sāraṃ)指恒常性,或是有身(attabhāva)。‘遍寻’(vicinaṃ)指以智慧去寻求。譬如那位婆罗门在优昙跋罗树中遍寻花朵却无所获,同样,任何瑜伽行者以智慧遍寻一切诸有,也找不到丝毫坚实。他以‘无坚实’之义,观照诸法为无常、为无我,次第证得出世间法,舍弃此岸与彼岸,犹如蛇蜕去旧皮。以上是义理及其连接。对其余的偈颂,则不讨论连接,只说明特殊含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭhamagāthāya tāva nājjhagamāti nādhigacchi, nādhigacchati vā. Bhavesūti kāmarūpārūpasaññīasaññīnevasaññīnāsaññīekavokāracatuvokārapañcavokārabhavesu. Sāranti niccabhāvaṃ attabhāvaṃ vā. Vicinanti paññāya gavesanto. Pupphamiva udumbaresūti yathā udumbararukkhesu pupphaṃ vicinanto esa brāhmaṇo nājjhagamā, evaṃ yo yogāvacaropi paññāya vicinanto sabbabhavesu kiñci sāraṃ nājjhagamā. So asārakaṭṭhena te dhamme aniccato anattato ca vipassanto anupubbena lokuttaradhamme adhigacchanto jahāti orapāraṃ urago jiṇṇamiva tacaṃ purāṇanti ayamattho yojanā ca. Avasesagāthāsu panassa yojanaṃ avatvā visesatthamattameva vakkhāma.
‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā, Itibhavābhavatañca vītivatto’’ti. (udā. 20) –
此处,先说这‘内的’一词——显示巴利原文
Ettha tāva ayaṃ ‘antarasaddo’ –
在诸河岸边,会堂中与街道上;
众人聚集议论:“这与此有何差别?”
愤怒招致无益,愤怒扰乱内心;
恐惧从内在生起,人们却不觉知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nadītīresu saṇṭhāne, sabhāsu rathiyāsu ca; Janā saṅgamma mantenti, mañca tañca kimantara’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.228); ‘‘Appamattakena visesādhigamena antarā vosānamāpādi’’ (a. ni. 10.84); ‘‘Anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano nāvabujjhatī’’ti. (a. ni. 7.64; itivu. 88) –
“antara(内在)”一词,在“以理由为中心的心”等多种意义中出现。此处,它指“在心中”。因此,“若其内心已无忿怒”——由于第三道已将它们断除——意思是:他的心中已无忿怒。又,“有”(bhava)即是成就(sampatti),“非有”(vibhava)即是灾祸(vipatti)。同样,“有”是增长,“非有”是衰损;“有”是常见,“非有”是断灭;“有”是福德,“非有”是罪恶。在意义上,“非有”与“无有”相同。因此,“他已超越了如是此彼之有与非有”这句话中,所说的“此彼之有与非有”(itibhavābhavatā),即是指依成就与灾祸、增长与衰损、常见与断灭、福德与罪恶等而说的种种不同的有与非有的状态。他通过四道,以随顺的可能,用种种方式超越了此种有与非有——应如此理解其中的意思。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāraṇavemajjhacittādīsu sambahulesu atthesu dissati. Idha pana citte. Tato yassantarato na santi kopāti tatiyamaggena samūhatattā yassa citte na santi kopāti attho. Yasmā pana bhavoti sampatti, vibhavoti vipatti. Tathā bhavoti vuddhi, vibhavoti hāni. Bhavoti sassato, vibhavoti ucchedo. Bhavoti puññaṃ, vibhavoti pāpaṃ. Vibhavo abhavoti ca atthato ekameva. Tasmā itibhavābhavatañca vītivattoti ettha yā esā sampattivipattivuḍḍhihānisassatucchedapuññapāpavasena iti anekappakārā bhavābhavatā vuccati. Catūhipi maggehi yathāsambhavaṃ tena tena nayena taṃ itibhavābhavatañca vītivattoti evamattho ñātabbo.
7 在这里,“已善消除诸寻者”(Yassavitakkā)的意思是:那位比丘的三种欲寻、嗔寻、害寻,三种亲里寻、国土寻、不死寻,以及三种与怜悯他人相关的寻、与利养恭敬名声相关的寻、与不希望被人轻视相关的寻——这九种寻,依照《周遍祥瑞经》中所说的方式,在处处观察其过患之后,通过确立对立面,以能断除它们各自能力的三个较低之道,已被吹散、猛吹、烤灼、烧尽。如此吹散后,又于内在彻底断尽无余;也就是,在他自身内在的五蕴相续中,以及在心——即内在中的最内在——中,为了使它们永不再生,由阿拉汉道无余彻底地斩断。因为斩断被称为‘kappita(断尽、剃除)’,正如所说:‘须发已剃’(《相应部》1.122; 4.365)。这里的义理应这样来理解。显示巴利原文
7.Yassavitakkāti ettha pana yassa bhikkhuno tayo kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāvitakkā, tayo ñātijanapadāmaravitakkā, tayo parānuddayatāpaṭisaṃyuttalābhasakkārasilokaanavaññattipaṭisaṃyuttavitakkāti ete nava vitakkā samantabhaddake vuttanayena tattha tattha ādīnavaṃ paccavekkhitvā paṭipakkhavavatthānena tassa tassa pahānasamatthehi tīhi heṭṭhimamaggehi ca vidhūpitā bhusaṃ dhūpitā santāpitā daḍḍhāti attho. Evaṃ vidhūpetvā ca ajjhattaṃ suvikappitā asesā, niyakajjhattabhūte attano khandhasantāne ajjhattajjhattabhūte citte ca yathā na puna sambhavanti, evaṃ arahattamaggena asesā chinnā. Chinnañhi kappitanti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘kappitakesamassū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.122; 4.365). Evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
8 现在,解释“他不疾驰”(yo nāccasārī)这一句的意义:“他不疾驰”即不极度奔跑。“他不回退”(na paccasārī)即不落后停滞。这是何义?因为,以过度精进而陷入掉举者,即为“疾驰”;以过于懈怠而陷入懒惰者,即为“回退”。同样,以有爱自我折磨者,是“疾驰”;以欲爱沉溺欲乐者,是“回退”。执持常见者,是“疾驰”;执持断见者,是“回退”。追悔过去者,是“疾驰”;期盼未来者,是“回退”。依于前际见者,是“疾驰”;依于后际见者,是“回退”。因此,舍弃此二边而行于中道者,便被称为“不疾驰亦不回退”。他以阿拉汉道为究竟之中道,超越了一切戏论——即是源于受、想、寻而称为渴爱、慢、见的三种戏论,他已经超越、度过、彻底超越。显示巴利原文
8. Idāni yo nāccasārīti ettha yo nāccasārīti yo nātidhāvi. Na paccasārīti na ohīyi. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Accāraddhavīriyena hi uddhacce patanto accāsarati, atisithilena kosajje patanto paccāsarati. Tathā bhavataṇhāya attānaṃ kilamento accāsarati, kāmataṇhāya kāmasukhamanuyuñjanto paccāsarati. Sassatadiṭṭhiyā accāsarati, ucchedadiṭṭhiyā paccāsarati. Atītaṃ anusocanto accāsarati, anāgata paṭikaṅkhanto paccāsarati. Pubbantānudiṭṭhiyā accāsarati, aparantānudiṭṭhiyā paccāsarati. Tasmā yo ete ubho ante vajjetvā majjhimaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjanto nāccasārī na paccasārīti evaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. Sabbaṃaccagamā imaṃ papañcanti tāya ca pana arahattamaggavosānāya majjhimāya paṭipadāya sabbaṃ imaṃ vedanāsaññāvitakkappabhavaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhisaṅkhātaṃ tividhaṃ papañcaṃ accagamā atikkanto, samatikkantoti attho.
9 紧接着的偈颂“觉知世间此一切为虚妄”(sabbaṃ vitathamidanti ñatvā loke),其义理有这样的区别。其意为:“一切”(sabbaṃ)是指没有剩余、完全无缺。虽然如此,但这里所指的是能作为观照所缘的、世间范畴的蕴、处、界诸分类,即是有为法。“虚妄”(vitathaṃ)指失去了真实的状态。任何法,凡被愚痴凡夫因烦恼而执著为“常”、“乐”、“净”或“我”,由于它实质上处于无常、苦、不净、无我的状态,因此便被说为“虚妄”。“此”(idaṃ)是将那一切法直接指示出来而说的。“觉知”(ñatvā)是以道智现证了知,而非出于迷惑或仅由推论。“世间”(loke)指空间意义上的世间,即蕴等分类的一切法聚。连接整句为:“觉知‘此一切为虚妄’”。显示巴利原文
9. Tadanantaragāthāya pana sabbaṃ vitathamidanti ñatvā loketi ayameva viseso. Tassattho – sabbanti anavasesaṃ, sakalamanūnanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ santepi pana vipassanupagaṃ lokiyakhandhāyatanadhātuppabhedaṃ saṅkhatameva idhādhippetaṃ. Vitathanti vigatatathabhāvaṃ. Niccanti vā sukhanti vā subhanti vā attāti vā yathā yathā kilesavasena bālajanehi gayhati, tathātathābhāvato vitathanti vuttaṃ hoti. Idanti tameva sabbaṃ paccakkhabhāvena dassento āha. Ñatvāti maggapaññāya jānitvā, tañca pana asammohato, na visayato. Loketi okāsaloke sabbaṃ khandhādibhedaṃ dhammajātaṃ ‘‘vitathamida’’nti ñatvāti sambandho.
10-13 现在,从接下来的四首偈颂中,将分别阐明“已离贪”、“已离染”、“已离嗔”、“已离痴”这些不同的特质。此处,以悭吝为特征的状态,称为“贪”。这是对第一个不善根的总称,亦即那种不正当的贪着。正如经中所说:“在某些时候,甚至对如同母亲者亦生起贪法;对如同姐妹者亦生起贪法;对如同女儿者亦生起贪法”(《相应部》4.127)。以染着为特征的状态,称为“染”;这是对五种欲乐之染着的称呼。以凶残恶意伤害为特征的状态,称为“嗔”;这是对前述忿怒的称呼。以迷惑为特征的状态,称为“痴”;这是对四圣谛无知状态的称呼。于此诸法中,因这位比丘厌恶“贪”,而发起了观照:“我何时方能调伏贪,安住于离贪的状态中呢?”因此,为了开示断除贪的方法、显示一切诸行的虚妄本质、阐明断除贪的功德利益,以及断除对此岸与彼岸的执著,他说出了这第一首偈颂。后续几首偈颂的解说理趣,也依此类推。此外,也有其他论师说:“依据刚才所说的道理,某位比丘因厌恶这些不善法而发起观照,从而说出一首偈颂;另一位比丘,显示巴利原文
10-13. Idāni ito parāsu catūsu gāthāsu vītalobho vītarāgo vītadoso vītamohoti ete visesā. Ettha lubbhanavasena lobho. Sabbasaṅgāhikametaṃ paṭhamassa akusalamūlassa adhivacanaṃ, visamalobhassa vā. Yo so ‘‘appekadā mātumattīsupi lobhadhammā uppajjanti, bhaginimattīsupi lobhadhammā uppajjanti, dhītumattīsupi lobhadhammā uppajjantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.127) evaṃ vutto. Rajjanavasena rāgo, pañcakāmaguṇarāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Dussanavasena doso, pubbe vuttakodhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Muyhanavasena moho, catūsu ariyasaccesu aññāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha yasmā ayaṃ bhikkhu lobhaṃ jigucchanto vipassanaṃ ārabhi ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ lobhaṃ vinetvā vigatalobho vihareyya’’nti, tasmā tassa lobhappahānūpāyaṃ sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ vitathabhāvadassanaṃ lobhappahānānisaṃsañca orapārappahānaṃ dassento imaṃ gāthamāha. Esa nayo ito parāsupi. Keci panāhu – ‘‘yathāvutteneva nayena ete dhamme jigucchitvā vipassanamāraddhassa tassa tassa bhikkhuno ekamekāva ettha gāthā vuttā’’ti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Esa nayo ito parāsu catūsu gāthāsu.
14 在此,这是对义理的解释:以未被断除之义,在相续中沉睡,故称为「随眠」;这是欲贪、嗔、慢、见、疑、有贪、无明的同义词。以令相应法随顺自身的方式,称为「根」;以不安稳之义,称为「不善」;作为诸法的依处,也称为「根」;以有过患、苦异熟之义,称为「不善」;这两者皆是贪、嗔、痴的同义词。因为它们正是依「诸比丘,贪是不善及不善根」等方式而被教导的。如是,这些随眠由各别圣道断除,若有人完全无有这些随眠,且这些不善根亦同样被彻底根除,则「被彻底根除」即是此处之义。因为精通声律的学者认为,在表达各别的复数义时,会加上‘se’音。然而,注释书的阿阇梨则解释为:「se」是不变词。随其所宜,当取此义。在此,虽然提到了「即使这样的一位比丘是漏尽者,而漏尽者既不执取,也不弃舍,住于已弃舍的状态」,但依现在时的语法规则,以现在时表示接近现在的状态,故说「他舍弃此岸与彼岸」。或者,应当这样理解:当他在无余涅槃界般涅槃时,舍弃了称为自身内外处的此岸与彼岸。显示巴利原文
14. Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – appahīnaṭṭhena santāne sayantīti anusayā kāmarāgapaṭighamānadiṭṭhivicikicchābhavarāgāvijjānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ attano ākārānuvidhānaṭṭhena mūlā; akhemaṭṭhena akusalā; dhammānaṃ patiṭṭhābhūtātipi mūlā; sāvajjadukkhavipākaṭṭhena akusalā; ubhayampetaṃ lobhadosamohānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te hi ‘‘lobho, bhikkhave, akusalañca akusalamūlañcā’’tiādinā nayena evaṃ niddiṭṭhā. Evamete anusayā tena tena maggena pahīnattā yassa keci na santi, ete ca akusalamūlā tatheva samūhatāse, samūhatā icceva attho. Paccattabahuvacanassa hi se-kārāgamaṃ icchanti saddalakkhaṇakovidā. Aṭṭhakathācariyā pana ‘‘seti nipāto’’ti vaṇṇayanti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ettha pana ‘‘kiñcāpi so evaṃvidho bhikkhu khīṇāsavo hoti, khīṇāsavo ca neva ādiyati, na pajahati, pajahitvā ṭhito’’ti vutto. Tathāpi vattamānasamīpe vattamānavacanalakkhaṇena ‘‘jahāti orapāra’’nti vuccati. Atha vā anupādisesāya ca nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanto attano ajjhattikabāhirāyatanasaṅkhātaṃ jahāti orapāranti veditabbo.
其中,随眠的断除应从两方面理解:依烦恼的次第与依圣道的次第。依烦恼次第,欲贪随眠与嗔随眠由第三道断除,慢随眠由第四道断除,见随眠与疑随眠由第一道断除,有贪随眠与无明随眠唯由第四道断除。依圣道次第,则见随眠与疑随眠由第一道断除;欲贪随眠与嗔随眠由第二道减弱,由第三道完全断除;慢随眠、有贪随眠与无明随眠由第四道断除。其中,因为并非所有随眠都是不善根——唯有欲贪随眠与有贪随眠归入贪不善根,嗔随眠与无明随眠则被称为「嗔是不善根,痴是不善根」,而见、慢、疑随眠则非任何不善根——或者,因为他是依随眠的不存在与不善根的彻底根除来安立烦恼的断除,所以——显示巴利原文
Tattha kilesapaṭipāṭiyā maggapaṭipāṭiyā cāti dvidhā anusayānaṃ abhāvo veditabbo. Kilesapaṭipāṭiyā hi kāmarāgānusayapaṭighānusayānaṃ tatiyamaggena abhāvo hoti, mānānusayassa catutthamaggena, diṭṭhānusayavicikicchānusayānaṃ paṭhamamaggena, bhavarāgānusayāvijjānusayānaṃ catutthamaggeneva. Maggapaṭipāṭiyā pana paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhānusayavicikicchānusayānaṃ abhāvo hoti. Dutiyamaggena kāmarāgānusayapaṭighānusayānaṃ tanubhāvo, tatiyamaggena sabbaso abhāvo, catutthamaggena mānānusayabhavarāgānusayāvijjānusayānaṃ abhāvo hoti. Tattha yasmā na sabbe anusayā akusalamūlā; kāmarāgabhavarāgānusayā eva hi lobhākusalamūlena saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Paṭighānusayāvijjānusayā ca ‘‘doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ’’ icceva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhimānavicikicchānusayā pana na kiñci akusalamūlaṃ honti, yasmā vā anusayābhāvavasena ca akusalamūlasamugghātavasena ca kilesappahānaṃ paṭṭhapesi, tasmā –
‘‘Yassānusayā na santi keci, mūlā ca akusalā samūhatāse’’. –
世尊如是宣说。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā āha.
15 “若人焦灼所生”:在此,最初生起的烦恼因热恼之义而称为“焦灼”;随后辗转生起的烦恼,因从那些焦灼而生,故称“焦灼所生”。“此岸”指自身。如经中说:“比丘,此岸是自身的同义词。”(《相应部》4.238)“来由”即生起。“缘之故”也就是缘。所说为何?若某人那些作为执取五取蕴之缘、称为“焦灼所生”的任何烦恼,已由圣道断除而不存在,则依前文所说方式,那位比丘即是“舍弃此岸与彼岸”。显示巴利原文
15.Yassa darathajāti ettha pana paṭhamuppannā kilesā pariḷāhaṭṭhena darathā nāma, aparāparuppannā pana tehi darathehi jātattā darathajā nāma. Oranti sakkāyo vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘orimaṃ tīranti kho, bhikkhu, sakkāyassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.238). Āgamanāyāti uppattiyā. Paccayāseti paccayā eva. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yassa pana upādānakkhandhaggahaṇāya paccayabhūtā ariyamaggena pahīnattā, keci darathajavevacanā kilesā na santi, pubbe vuttanayeneva so bhikkhu jahāti orapāranti.
16 “若人林莽所生”:在此,亦应如“焦灼所生”般理解“林莽所生”。然于词义,有此差别:“林”者,谓渴望、希求、亲近、依附,是渴爱的同义词。渴爱因希求、亲近诸境,故称为“林”。以缠缚状态令彼“林”坚固、扩展者,为“林莽”,是渴爱随眠的同义词。从林莽生者,为“林莽所生”。有些论师则说:“一切烦恼皆以稠密林莽之义称为林莽;随后辗转生起者,称林莽所生。”在此《蛇喻经》中,所取正是此义;另一义则见于《法句经》偈颂。“为有之结缚”:为有的结缚。或谓:为心于诸境的结缚,及为未来的生起。“因”即是原因。显示巴利原文
16.Yassa vanathajāti etthapi darathajā viya vanathajā veditabbā. Vacanatthe pana ayaṃ viseso – vanute, vanotīti vā vanaṃ yācati sevati bhajatīti attho. Taṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā hi visayānaṃ patthanato sevanato ca ‘‘vana’’nti vuccati. Taṃ pariyuṭṭhānavasena vanaṃ tharati tanotīti vanatho, taṇhānusayassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vanathā jātāti vanathajāti. Keci panāhu ‘‘sabbepi kilesā gahanaṭṭhena vanathoti vuccanti, aparāparuppannā pana vanathajā’’ti. Ayameva cettha uragasutte attho adhippeto, itaro pana dhammapadagāthāyaṃ. Vinibandhāya bhavāyāti bhavavinibandhāya. Atha vā cittassa visayesu vinibandhāya āyatiṃ uppattiyā cāti attho. Hetuyeva hetukappā.
17 「若人已断除五盖」:「盖」者,能障碍心或障碍善行,故称为盖,即覆盖之义。「已断除」:即已舍弃。「五」:指其数量。因无有苦,故为「无苦」。因已度脱疑惑,故为「已度疑惑者」。因已离箭,故为「离箭者」。所说是何?若比丘于欲贪等五盖,依《周利般陀伽经》所说方式,从总相与别相观见诸盖之过患,由各各圣道断除之;因他们已断除故,无有烦恼之苦,而为「无苦」;因已度越如「我于过去世曾存在耶?」等(《中部》1.18;《相应部》2.20)方式生起的疑惑,而为「已度疑惑者」;因已远离所谓「何等为五箭?贪箭、嗔箭、痴箭、慢箭、见箭」之五箭,而为「离箭者」。彼比丘依前述方式,即「舍弃此岸与彼岸」。显示巴利原文
17.Yo nīvaraṇeti ettha nīvaraṇāti cittaṃ, hitapaṭipattiṃ vā nīvarantīti nīvaraṇā, paṭicchādentīti attho. Pahāyāti chaḍḍetvā. Pañcāti tesaṃ saṅkhyāparicchedo. Īghābhāvato anīgho. Kathaṃkathāya tiṇṇattā tiṇṇakathaṃkatho. Vigatasallattā visallo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yo bhikkhu kāmacchandādīni pañca nīvaraṇāni samantabhaddake vuttanayena sāmaññato visesato ca nīvaraṇesu ādīnavaṃ disvā tena tena maggena pahāya tesañca pahīnattā eva kilesadukkhasaṅkhātassa īghassābhāvena anīgho, ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) nayena pavattāya kathaṃkathāya tiṇṇattā tiṇṇakathaṃkatho, ‘‘tattha katame pañca sallā? Rāgasallo, dosasallo, mohasallo, mānasallo, diṭṭhisallo’’ti vuttānaṃ pañcannaṃ sallānaṃ vigatattā visallo. So bhikkhu pubbe vuttanayeneva jahāti orapāranti.
于此,也应当以二种方式了知五盖的断除:即烦恼次第与道次第。依烦恼次第,欲贪盖与嗔恚盖由第三道断除,惛眠盖与掉举盖由第四道断除。如「我确实未作善事」等(《中部》3.248;《导论》120)方式生起的、称为后悔的追悔盖,与疑盖由第一道断除。依道次第:追悔盖与疑盖由第一道断除;欲贪盖与嗔恚盖由第二道变得薄弱,由第三道彻底断除无余;惛眠盖与掉举盖由第四道断除。如此——显示巴利原文
Atrāpi ca kilesapaṭipāṭiyā maggapaṭipāṭiyā cāti dvidhā eva nīvaraṇappahānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kilesapaṭipāṭiyā hi kāmacchandanīvaraṇassa byāpādanīvaraṇassa ca tatiyamaggena pahānaṃ hoti, thinamiddhanīvaraṇassa uddhaccanīvaraṇassa ca catutthamaggena. ‘‘Akataṃ vata me kusala’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 3.248; netti. 120) nayena pavattassa vippaṭisārasaṅkhātassa kukkuccanīvaraṇassa vicikicchānīvaraṇassa ca paṭhamamaggena. Maggapaṭipāṭiyā pana kukkuccanīvaraṇassa vicikicchānīvaraṇassa ca paṭhamamaggena pahānaṃ hoti, kāmacchandanīvaraṇassa byāpādanīvaraṇassa ca dutiyamaggena tanubhāvo hoti, tatiyena anavasesappahānaṃ. Thinamiddhanīvaraṇassa uddhaccanīvaraṇassa ca catutthamaggena pahānaṃ hotīti. Evaṃ –
那位已断除五盖、无苦恼、已度疑惑、已离箭者;
「那位比丘舍弃此岸与彼岸,就像蛇蜕去那张衰老、陈旧的皮(So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamivattacaṃ purāṇaṃ)。」 ──
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo nīvaraṇe pahāya pañca, anīgho tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo; So bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇamivattacaṃ purāṇa’’nti. –
世尊以阿拉汉果为极顶结束开示。开示结束时,那位比丘住立于阿拉汉果。有人说:「在某些情况下,无论对哪些比丘开示了哪一首偈颂,当那首偈颂结束时,那位相应的比丘便住立于阿拉汉果。」显示巴利原文
Arahattanikūṭeneva bhagavā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Ekacce yena yena tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yā yā gāthā desitā, tena tena tassā tassā gāthāya pariyosāne so so bhikkhu arahatte patiṭṭhito’’ti vadanti.
2. 《陀尼耶经》注疏显示巴利原文
2. Dhaniyasuttavaṇṇanā
18 18.「Pakkodano」(已煮的饭)即是《陀尼耶经》。它的缘起是怎样的呢?那时,世尊住在舍卫城。当时,牧人陀尼耶正住在摩醯河岸。他的宿世因缘是这样的:在迦叶世尊的教法住世期间,他曾在两万年中,日复一日地为僧团布施二十份抽签食。从那里死后,他便转生天界。就这样,在天界度过整整一尊佛的间隔期后,到了我们世尊的时代,他投生于毗提诃国中部一个叫山国的地方,那里有一座城市名为法古兰达。他出生在该城一位长者的家庭,以牧牛为生。他大约拥有三万头牛,其中两万七千头是产奶的母牛。这些牧人没有固定居所。雨季四个月,他们住在高地;其余八个月,则前往水草丰沛的地方居住,通常是河边或天然形成的湖边。到了雨季,为了替牛群寻找一个安乐舒适的所在,他离开自己平时居住的村庄。那时,摩希大河分流成两条:一条是黑摩醯河,一条是大摩醯河,各自奔流,最终在大海附近重新汇合。河水冲积形成了一座洲岛,他便进入那里,为小牛搭建了棚舍,也为自己建造了住所,在那里安顿下来。他有七个儿子、七个女儿、七显示巴利原文
18.Pakkodanoti dhaniyasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Tena samayena dhaniyo gopo mahītīre paṭivasati. Tassāyaṃ pubbayogo – kassapassa bhagavato pāvacane dibbamāne vīsati vassasahassāni divase divase saṅghassa vīsati salākabhattāni adāsi. So tato cuto devesu uppanno. Evaṃ devaloke ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ khepetvā amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle videharaṭṭhamajjhe pabbataraṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi tattha dhammakoraṇḍaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, tasmiṃ nagare seṭṭhiputto hutvā abhinibbatto, goyūthaṃ nissāya jīvati. Tassa hi tiṃsamattāni gosahassāni honti, sattavīsasahassā gāvo khīraṃ duyhanti. Gopā nāma nibaddhavāsino na honti. Vassike cattāromāse thale vasanti, avasese aṭṭhamāse yattha tiṇodakaṃ sukhaṃ labbhati, tattha vasanti. Tañca nadītīraṃ vā jātassaratīraṃ vā hoti. Athāyampi vassakāle attano vasitagāmato nikkhamitvā gunnaṃ phāsuvihāratthāya okāsaṃ gavesanto mahāmahī bhijjitvā ekato kālamahī ekato mahāmahicceva saṅkhaṃ gantvā sandamānā puna samuddasamīpe samāgantvā pavattā. Yaṃ okāsaṃ antaradīpaṃ akāsi, taṃ pavisitvā vacchānaṃ sālaṃ attano ca nivesanaṃ māpetvā vāsaṃ kappesi. Tassa satta puttā, satta dhītaro, satta suṇisā, aneke ca kammakārā honti. Gopā nāma vassanimittaṃ jānanti. Yadā sakuṇikā kulāvakāni rukkhagge karonti, kakkaṭakā udakasamīpe dvāraṃ pidahitvā thalasamīpadvārena vaḷañjenti, tadā suvuṭṭhikā bhavissatīti gaṇhanti. Yadā pana sakuṇikā kulāvakāni nīcaṭṭhāne udakapiṭṭhe karonti, kakkaṭakā thalasamīpe dvāraṃ pidahitvā udakasamīpadvārena vaḷañjenti, tadā dubbuṭṭhikā bhavissatīti gaṇhanti.
那时,陀尼耶观察到雨季将至的征兆。临近雨季,他从洲岛出来,在摩希河对岸选了一处地方作为住处——即使连续七个七天降雨,也不会被水淹没。他在周围筑起围栏,搭好牛犊棚舍,便安居下来。之后,他备办柴草木料,召集儿女、佣人和帮工,准备了种种嚼食和啖食。这时,四方天空乌云腾起。他挤好母牛的奶,把小牛安顿在棚舍中,让人在四面为牛群燃起烟,请所有随从用餐。处理完一切事务,又在各处点燃灯火,自己用牛乳调饭用餐,然后躺在高广大床上,望着自己的荣华盛况,心生喜悦。听到另一方向传来雷声,他便躺卧着说出这首感兴语:‘Pakkodano duddhakhīrohamasmī’。显示巴利原文
Atha so dhaniyo suvuṭṭhikanimittāni upasallakkhetvā upakaṭṭhe vassakāle antaradīpā nikkhamitvā mahāmahiyā paratīre sattasattāhampi deve vassante udakena anajjhottharaṇokāse attano vasanokāsaṃ katvā samantā parikkhipitvā, vacchasālāyo māpetvā, tattha nivāsaṃ kappesi. Athassa dārutiṇādisaṅgahe kate sabbesu puttadārakammakaraporisesu samāniyesu jātesu nānappakāre khajjabhojje paṭiyatte samantā catuddisā meghamaṇḍalāni uṭṭhahiṃsu. So dhenuyo duhāpetvā , vacchasālāsu vacche saṇṭhāpetvā, gunnaṃ catuddisā dhūmaṃ kārāpetvā, sabbaparijanaṃ bhojāpetvā, sabbakiccāni kārāpetvā tattha tattha dīpe ujjālāpetvā, sayaṃ khīrena bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, mahāsayane sayanto attano sirisampattiṃ disvā, tuṭṭhacitto hutvā, aparadisāya meghatthanitasaddaṃ sutvā nipanno imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi ‘‘pakkodano duddhakhīrohamasmī’’ti.
此处的词义注释如下:‘Pakkodano’指煮好的饭。‘Duddhakhīro’指挤过母牛之后得到的牛乳。‘Ahaṃ’(我)是指称自己,‘Asmī’(我是)表示自己的存在状态,合起来意思即‘我已有煮好的饭,已得挤出的牛乳’。‘Itī’意为‘如此说’。在义释中则这样解说:‘所谓iti,是词的连接、词的连缀、词的圆满、字母的组合、音节的流畅、词序的得当’(《小义释·阿耆多学童问义释》1),这是对此意义的解释。须知,此处也是就此而说。实际上,无论前面说了哪一个词,都会用‘如此说’来标明它的意思——正是通过后面的词,如‘弥勒云云’或‘世尊云云’等,‘iti’这个词才能实现词语的连接,而非其他作用。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – pakkodanoti siddhabhatto. Duddhakhīroti gāvo duhitvā gahitakhīro. Ahanti attānaṃ nidasseti , asmīti attano tathābhāvaṃ. Pakkodano duddhakhīro ca ahamasmi bhavāmīti attho. Itīti evamāhāti attho. Niddese pana ‘‘itīti padasandhi, padasaṃsaggo, padapāripūri, akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāmeta’’nti (cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 1) evamassa attho vaṇṇito. Sopi idameva sandhāyāti veditabbo. Yaṃ yaṃ hi padaṃ pubbapadena vuttaṃ, tassa tassa evamāhāti etamatthaṃ pakāsentoyeva itisaddo pacchimena padena metteyyo iti vā bhagavā iti vā evamādinā padasandhi hoti, nāññathā.
‘Dhaniyo gopo’(牧人陀尼耶)是他作为长者子的名字组合。在五种财富中,除去布施、持戒等能随人而去的财富,有从田地、园苑等而来的不动产财,从牛马等而来的动产财,从金银等而来的可携带财,以及从工艺技术等而来的身内财。然而,较之这些,那种通过提供五种牛乳而对世人极为有益、并被特称为‘没有能与牛群相比的财富’的牛财——正因为他具足这种牛财,所以称为‘陀尼耶’;而因为养护牛群,所以称为‘牧人’(gopo)。自己养护自己牛群的人,叫做‘gopo’;为他人作雇工赚取工钱的,叫做‘gopālaka’(牧牛人)。这位是自己养护的,因此称为‘牧人’。显示巴利原文
Dhaniyo gopoti tassa seṭṭhiputtassa nāmasamodhānaṃ. So hi yānimāni thāvarādīni pañca dhanāni, tesu ṭhapetvā dānasīlādianugāmikadhanaṃ, khettavatthu-ārāmādito thāvaradhanatopi, gavassādito jaṅgamadhanatopi hiraññasuvaṇṇādito saṃhārimadhanatopi, sippāyatanādito aṅgasamadhanatopi yaṃ taṃ lokassa pañcagorasānuppadānena bahūpakāraṃ taṃ sandhāya ‘‘natthi gosamitaṃ dhana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.13; netti. 123) evaṃ visesitaṃ godhanaṃ, tena samannāgatattā dhaniyo, gunnaṃ pālanato gopo. Yo hi attano gāvo pāleti, so ‘‘gopo’’ti vuccati. Yo paresaṃ vetanena bhaṭo hutvā, so gopālako. Ayaṃ pana attanoyeva, tena gopoti vutto.
“Anutīre”指在河岸附近。“Mahiyā”是指名为摩希大河的河。“Samānavāso”(与随从共住)是指与那些和谐相处、随顺的随从共同居住,他正是如此,故称为“samānavāso”。“Channā”指用草叶覆盖而成的不漏雨处。“Kuṭī”是住处、房屋的别称。“Āhito”指已备好、已点燃。“Ginī”就是火,各个地方燃起的火称为“ginī”。“Atha ce patthayasī”意思是“那么,你若愿意的话”。“Pavassa”是指倾泻、流下、放出水来。“Deva”是呼唤云。以上是这些词的注释。显示巴利原文
Anutīreti tīrassa samīpe. Mahiyāti mahāmahīnāmikāya nadiyā. Samānena anukūlavattinā parijanena saddhiṃ vāso yassa so samānavāso, ayañca tathāvidho. Tenāha ‘‘samānavāso’’ti. Channāti tiṇapaṇṇacchadanehi anovassakā katā. Kuṭīti vasanagharassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Āhitoti ābhato, jālito vā. Ginīti aggi. Tesu tesu ṭhānesu aggi ‘‘ginī’’ti voharīyati. Atha ce patthayasīti idāni yadi icchasīti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavassāti siñca, pagghara, udakaṃ muñcāti attho. Devāti meghaṃ ālapati. Ayaṃ tāvettha padavaṇṇanā.
接下来是义理的注释:这位牧人陀尼耶躺卧在自己卧室的高广大床上,听到雷声后说“我已有煮好的饭”,这是表示自己已具足灭除身苦的方法和获得身乐之因。说“已得挤牛乳”,是表示他已具足灭除心苦的方法和获得心乐之因。“在摩希河岸附近”是显示住处圆满,“与随从共住”则显示在这种时节,他没有与亲爱之人别离的忧伤。“茅舍有遮蔽”显示能防护身苦。“火已点燃”:因为牧人们通常会为了防护、烟熏、柴火等目的点燃三种火,而在他家中这三种火都齐备了,所以他说“火已点燃”——说到四周围的防护火,是显示能阻挡猛兽侵犯;说到牛群中间用牛粪等燃起的烟火,是显示能保护牛群免受蝇蚊等侵扰;说到牧人休息处燃起的柴火,是显示能防护牧人受寒。他这样显示了自己、牛群和随从没有任何因雨天等缘带来的恼害,因此心生喜悦与欢喜,说道:“天啊,你若愿意,就下雨吧!”显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana atthavaṇṇanā – evamayaṃ dhaniyo gopo attano sayanaghare mahāsayane nipanno meghatthanitaṃ sutvā ‘‘pakkodanohamasmī’’ti bhaṇanto kāyadukkhavūpasamūpāyaṃ kāyasukhahetuñca attano sannihitaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Duddhakhīrohamasmī’’ti bhaṇanto cittadukkhavūpasamūpāyaṃ cittasukhahetuñca. ‘‘Anutīre mahiyā’’ti nivāsaṭṭhānasampattiṃ, ‘‘samānavāso’’ti tādise kāle piyavippayogapadaṭṭhānassa sokassābhāvaṃ. ‘‘Channā kuṭī’’ti kāyadukkhāpagamapaṭighātaṃ. ‘‘Āhito ginī’’ti yasmā gopālakā parikkhepadhūmadāruaggivasena tayo aggī karonti. Te ca tassa gehe sabbe katā, tasmā sabbadisāsu parikkhepaggiṃ sandhāya ‘‘āhito ginī’’ti bhaṇanto vāḷamigāgamananivāraṇaṃ dīpeti, gunnaṃ majjhe gomayādīhi dhūmaggiṃ sandhāya ḍaṃsamakasādīhi gunnaṃ anābādhaṃ, gopālakānaṃ sayanaṭṭhāne dāruaggiṃ sandhāya gopālakānaṃ sītābādhapaṭighātaṃ. So evaṃ dīpento attano vā gunnaṃ vā parijanassa vā vuṭṭhipaccayassa kassaci ābādhassa abhāvato pītisomanassajāto āha – ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti.
19 那时,世尊正住在祇园大寺的香室中,他以清净、超越人耳的天耳界,听见了陀尼耶正在说这首偈颂。听闻之后,世尊又以佛眼观察世间,看见了陀尼耶和他的妻子,心中思维:“这两人皆具足善因。若我前去说法,二人都会出家,并证得阿拉汉果。若我不去,明日他们便会被洪水淹死。”于是就在那一刹那,世尊从舍卫城出发,于空中飞行七百由旬,来到陀尼耶的住处,站在他的小屋上方。陀尼耶仍在反复念诵那首偈颂,并不停歇,即使世尊已经到来,他依然在念。世尊听后,为了指明“仅仅如此,尚不足以称满足或为依止,应当如此这般”,于是说道:显示巴利原文
19. Evaṃ dhaniyassa imaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsamānassa assosi bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya jetavanamahāvihāre gandhakuṭiyaṃ viharanto. Sutvā ca pana buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa dhaniyañca pajāpatiñcassa ‘‘ime ubhopi hetusampannā. Sace ahaṃ gantvā dhammaṃ desessāmi, ubhopi pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissanti. No ce gamissāmi, sve udakoghena vinassissantī’’ti taṃ khaṇeyeva sāvatthito satta yojanasatāni dhaniyassa nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ ākāsena gantvā tassa kuṭiyā upari aṭṭhāsi. Dhaniyo taṃ gāthaṃ punappunaṃ bhāsatiyeva , na niṭṭhāpeti, bhagavati gatepi bhāsati. Bhagavā ca taṃ sutvā ‘‘na ettakena santuṭṭhā vā vissatthā vā honti, evaṃ pana hontī’’ti dassetuṃ –
我无嗔恚,已离荒芜,于摩希河畔仅一宿;
茅舍敞开,火已熄灭,天神啊,你若愿意,便降雨吧!
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkodhano vigatakhilohamasmi,anutīre mahiyekarattivāso; Vivaṭā kuṭi nibbuto gini,atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti. –
他诵出此偈,与前偈文句相似而意义不似。何以故?诸如“熟饭”与“不嗔”等词,意义上并不一致,犹如大海的近岸与远岸般迥然有别;然而此处部分文句相似,故称文句相似。其中,与前偈相似的文辞,其义应依前文所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ paṭigāthaṃ abhāsi byañjanasabhāgaṃ no atthasabhāgaṃ. Na hi ‘‘pakkodano’’ti, ‘‘akkodhano’’ti ca ādīni padāni atthato samenti mahāsamuddassa orimapārimatīrāni viya, byañjanaṃ panettha kiñci kiñci sametīti byañjanasabhāgāni honti. Tattha purimagāthāya sadisapadānaṃ vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo.
对于特殊词,则从词义与含义两方面注释如下:「不嗔恚」:即无恼怒的习性。之前所说的那种因愤恨之事而生的嗔怒,在某些人身上,纵使极其微少地生起,也会灼烧内心后才平息;比此更强烈地生起,有人则仅作面部扭曲之态;比此更强烈,有人虽欲说粗话却只是下巴颤抖;比此更强烈,有人说出粗恶语;比此更强烈,有人寻顾棍棒或刀剑,四处张望;比此更强烈,有人执取棍棒或刀剑;比此更强烈,有人持棍棒冲上前去;比此更强烈,有人打了一两下;比此更强烈,有人乃至夺取亲戚或血亲的性命;比此更强烈,有人事后懊悔,亦结束自己的生命,犹如锡兰岛卡拉村的官员那般。到此地步,嗔怒达到了最极端的扩展。世尊于菩提树下已将这些嗔怒完全断除,其根已绝,犹如截顶的多罗树,故世尊说‘我是不嗔恚者’。显示巴利原文
Visesapadānaṃ panāyaṃ padato atthato ca vaṇṇanā – akkodhanoti akujjhanasabhāvo. Yo hi so pubbe vuttappakāraāghātavatthusambhavo kodho ekaccassa suparittopi uppajjamāno hadayaṃ santāpetvā vūpasammati, yena ca tato balavataruppannena ekacco mukhavikuṇanamattaṃ karoti, tato balavatarena ekacco pharusaṃ vattukāmo hanusañcalanamattaṃ karoti, aparo tato balavatarena pharusaṃ bhaṇati, aparo tato balavatarena daṇḍaṃ vā satthaṃ vā gavesanto disā viloketi, aparo tato balavatarena daṇḍaṃ vā satthaṃ vā āmasati, aparo tato balavatarena daṇḍādīni gahetvā upadhāvati, aparo tato balavatarena ekaṃ vā dve vā pahāre deti, aparo tato balavatarena api ñātisālohitaṃ jīvitā voropeti, ekacco tato balavatarena pacchā vippaṭisārī attānampi jīvitā voropeti sīhaḷadīpe kālagāmavāsī amacco viya. Ettāvatā ca kodho paramavepullappatto hoti. So bhagavatā bodhimaṇḍeyeva sabbaso pahīno ucchinnamūlo tālāvatthukato, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘akkodhanohamasmī’’ti āha.
「已离荒芜」:即远离了荒芜。那些因心的束缚状态而被称为五种心荒芜的,以及当心成为荒芜时——正如在布满树桩的土地上,纵使天降四个月的雨水,庄稼亦不能生长;同样,纵使听闻正法等善因之雨普降,善法亦不能生长——世尊在菩提道场便已将其全然断除,故世尊说‘我是已离荒芜者’。显示巴利原文
Vigatakhiloti apagatakhilo. Ye hi te cittabandhabhāvena pañca cetokhilā vuttā, ye hi ca khilabhūte citte seyyathāpi nāma khile bhūmibhāge cattāro māse vassantepi deve sassāni na ruhanti, evamevaṃ saddhammassavanādikusalahetuvasse vassantepi kusalaṃ na ruhati te ca bhagavatā bodhimaṇḍeyeva sabbaso pahīnā, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘vigatakhilohamasmī’’ti āha.
「一夜住」:即仅住一晚。正如陀尼耶于该处固定住了四个月的雨季,世尊并非如此。世尊唯因利他之故,才在那晚住于彼处,因此说‘一夜住’。‘敞开’:指已揭去覆盖。‘小屋’:指身体。此身体依种种目的,可称为身、窟、体、积集、船、车、色、幢、蚁垤、小屋、小棚等。此处,如同依于木材等而有名为‘屋’的小屋,此身体则依于骨等而得名,故称为‘小屋’。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Ekarattiṃ vāso assāti ekarattivāso . Yathā hi dhaniyo tattha cattāro vassike māse nibaddhavāsaṃ upagato, na tathā bhagavā. Bhagavā hi taṃyeva rattiṃ tassa atthakāmatāya tattha vāsaṃ upagato. Tasmā ‘‘ekarattivāso’’ti āha. Vivaṭāti apanītacchadanā. Kuṭīti attabhāvo. Attabhāvo hi taṃ taṃ atthavasaṃ paṭicca kāyotipi guhātipi dehotipi sandehotipi nāvātipi rathotipi vaṇotipi dhajotipi vammikotipi kuṭītipi kuṭikātipi vuccati. Idha pana kaṭṭhādīni paṭicca gehanāmikā kuṭi viya aṭṭhiādīni paṭicca saṅkhyaṃ gatattā ‘‘kuṭī’’ti vutto. Yathāha –
贤友,譬如依凭木头、依凭藤条、依凭泥土、依凭茅草,围起来的空间便称之为‘屋’;同样地,贤友,依凭骨、依凭腱、依凭肉、依凭皮,围起来的空间便称之为‘色’。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kaṭṭhañca paṭicca, valliñca paṭicca, mattikañca paṭicca, tiṇañca paṭicca, ākāso parivārito agāraṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati; evameva kho, āvuso, aṭṭhiñca paṭicca, nhāruñca paṭicca, maṃsañca paṭicca, cammañca paṭicca, ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.306).
或因是心猴的住处,故称小屋。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Cittamakkaṭassa nivāsato vā kuṭi. Yathāha –
‘‘Aṭṭhikaṅkalakuṭi ce sā, makkaṭāvasatho iti; Makkaṭo pañcadvārāya, kuṭikāya pasakkiya; Dvārena anupariyāti, ghaṭṭayanto punappuna’’nti. (theragā. 125);
那间小屋,由于众生被渴爱、慢和见的覆障所遮盖,便一再遭受贪等烦恼之雨的过度浇淋。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Sā kuṭi yena taṇhāmānadiṭṭhichadanena sattānaṃ channattā punappunaṃ rāgādikilesavassaṃ ativassati. Yathāha –
封闭者会被过度淋洒,敞开者则不被过度淋洒;
因此,应敞开那封闭者,如此它便不被过度淋洒。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Channamativassati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati; Tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’’ti. (udā. 45; theragā. 447; pari. 339);
这首偈颂在《犍度》和《长老偈》两处被宣说。在《犍度》中,是针对这样的含义而说:“凡覆藏罪过者,他的烦恼与犯戒便会一再地增长;凡不覆藏者,则不增长。”在《长老偈》中,则说:“凡有贪等覆藏者,由于在可意所缘等处会反复生起贪等,故‘覆盖处被过度淋洒’;或者,凡是容忍已生起烦恼者,由于被所容忍的烦恼覆盖所遮蔽,他的有身小屋就会一再遭受烦恼之雨的过度淋洒。然而,凡以阿拉汉道智之风摧毁了烦恼覆盖、使之敞开者,对他而言,便不被过度淋洒。”这里所取的正是此义。因为世尊已依所说之理,摧毁了所说的覆盖,故说“小屋已敞开”。‘寂灭’:指已寂静。‘火’:指火。因为一切都被这十一种火所燃烧,如经中所说:“被贪火所燃烧”等详细说明。在世尊的菩提树下,那火已被圣道之水浇灭,所以说“火已熄灭”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ gāthā dvīsu ṭhānesu vuttā khandhake theragāthāyañca. Khandhake hi ‘‘yo āpattiṃ paṭicchādeti, tassa kilesā ca punappunaṃ āpattiyo ca ativassanti, yo pana na paṭicchādeti, tassa nātivassantī’’ti imaṃ atthaṃ paṭicca vuttā. Theragāthāyaṃ ‘‘yassa rāgādicchadanaṃ atthi, tassa puna iṭṭhārammaṇādīsu rāgādisambhavato channamativassati . Yo vā uppanne kilese adhivāseti, tasseva adhivāsitakilesacchadanacchannā attabhāvakuṭi punappunaṃ kilesavassaṃ ativassati. Yassa pana arahattamaggañāṇavātena kilesacchadanassa viddhaṃsitattā vivaṭā, tassa nātivassatī’’ti. Ayamattho idha adhippeto. Bhagavatā hi yathāvuttaṃ chadanaṃ yathāvutteneva nayena viddhaṃsitaṃ, tasmā ‘‘vivaṭā kuṭī’’ti āha. Nibbutoti upasanto. Ginīti aggi. Yena hi ekādasavidhena agginā sabbamidaṃ ādittaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘ādittaṃ rāgagginā’’ti vitthāro. So aggi bhagavato bodhimūleyeva ariyamaggasalilasekena nibbuto, tasmā ‘‘nibbuto ginī’’ti āha.
他这样说着,其实是另有所指,以此责备、教导和训诫那位对不应欢喜之事而感到欢喜的陀尼耶。如何呢?当他说‘不嗔恚’时,陀尼耶,你却因‘我的米饭已熟’而欢喜。然而,煮饭一事,只要还活着,便终须因财富耗尽而去实行,而财富耗尽又以守护等苦为其基础;如此,你实是因苦而欢喜。而我因‘我是不嗔恚者’而欢喜,则是表明我因现世与来世的苦皆已无存而感到欢喜。当他说‘已无荒芜’时,你因‘我的牛乳已挤’而欢喜,实则你应做之事尚未完成,却自以为‘我已做完应做之事’而欢喜;而我因‘我已无荒芜’而欢喜,则是表明我已是完成应做之事的人。当他说‘一夜住宿在河岸大地’时,你因‘住在河岸大地同样的住所’而欢喜,其实是依于四个月的固定住处而欢喜。固定住处会带来对住所的系缚,那是苦,如此你实是因苦而欢喜。然而,我因‘一夜住宿’而欢喜,则是以无固定住处而欢喜;无固定住处意味着没有对住所的系缚,无系缚即是乐,这说明我因乐而欢喜。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vadanto ca dhaniyaṃ atuṭṭhabbena tussamānaṃ aññāpadeseneva paribhāsati, ovadati, anusāsati. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Akkodhano’’ti hi vadamāno, dhaniya, tvaṃ ‘‘pakkodanohamasmī’’ti tuṭṭho, odanapāko ca yāvajīvaṃ dhanaparikkhayena kattabbo, dhanaparikkhayo ca ārakkhādidukkhapadaṭṭhāno, evaṃ sante dukkheneva tuṭṭho hosi. Ahaṃ pana ‘‘akkodhanohamasmī’’ti tussanto sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikadukkhābhāvena tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti. ‘‘Vigatakhilo’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ ‘‘duddhakhīrohamasmī’’ti tussanto akatakiccova ‘‘katakiccohamasmī’’ti mantvā tuṭṭho, ahaṃ pana ‘‘vigatakhilohamasmī’’ti tussanto katakiccova tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti. ‘‘Anutīre mahiyekarattivāso’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ anutīre mahiyā samānavāsoti tussanto catumāsanibaddhavāsena tuṭṭho. Nibaddhavāso ca āvāsasaṅgena hoti, so ca dukkho, evaṃ sante dukkheneva tuṭṭho hosi. Ahaṃ pana ekarattivāsoti tussanto anibaddhavāsena tuṭṭho, anibaddhavāso ca āvāsasaṅgābhāvena hoti, āvāsasaṅgābhāvo ca sukhoti sukheneva tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti.
当他说‘小屋已敞开’时,你却说‘小屋是覆盖的’而欢喜,你是以有覆盖的屋宅为欢喜;在你的屋宅中,虽然覆盖着,但你的有身小屋仍被烦恼之雨过度淋洒,你被由这雨所生的四种暴流冲漂,可能遭遇灾祸与不幸,如此,你实是对不应欢喜之事感到欢喜。然而,我因‘小屋已敞开’而欢喜,是因有身小屋没有烦恼的覆盖而欢喜。而且对我而言,由于小屋已敞开,烦恼之雨不会对它过度淋洒,因此,由这雨所生的四种暴流不会冲漂我,不会令我遭遇灾祸与不幸,这表明我确实是因应欢喜之事而欢喜。当他说‘火已熄灭’时,你因‘火已放置’而欢喜,自认为没有采取对灾祸的防范就等于已作了防范而欢喜。然而,我因‘火已熄灭’而欢喜,是由于没有十一种火的热恼,也就是确实已作了灾祸的防范而欢喜,这就是我所要表明的。当他说‘如果你希望,天啊,就下雨吧’时,这是在表明:对于像我这样已远离痛苦、已证得安乐、已作所作之事的人来说,这样的话才是合适的,如果你希望,天啊,就下雨吧,无论你下雨或不下雨,于我们都无增无减;可是,你为什么——显示巴利原文
‘‘Vivaṭā kuṭī’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ channā kuṭīti tussanto channagehatāya tuṭṭho, gehe ca te channepi attabhāvakuṭikaṃ kilesavassaṃ ativassati, yena sañjanitehi catūhi mahoghehi vuyhamāno anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇeyyāsi, evaṃ sante atuṭṭhabbeneva tuṭṭho hosi. Ahaṃ pana ‘‘vivaṭā kuṭī’’ti tussanto attabhāvakuṭiyā kilesacchadanābhāvena tuṭṭho. Evañca me vivaṭāya kuṭiyā na taṃ kilesavassaṃ ativassati, yena sañjanitehi catūhi mahoghehi vuyhamāno anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇeyyaṃ, evaṃ sante tuṭṭhabbeneva tuṭṭho homīti dīpeti. ‘‘Nibbuto ginī’’ti vadamāno tvaṃ āhito ginīti tussanto akatūpaddavanivāraṇova katūpaddavanivāraṇosmīti mantvā tuṭṭho. Ahaṃ pana nibbuto ginīti tussanto ekādasaggipariḷāhābhāvato katūpaddavanivāraṇatāyeva tuṭṭhoti dīpeti. ‘‘Atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vadamāno evaṃ vigatadukkhānaṃ anuppattasukhānaṃ katasabbakiccānaṃ amhādisānaṃ etaṃ vacanaṃ sobhati, atha ce patthayasi, pavassa deva, na no tayi vassante vā avassante vā vuḍḍhi vā hāni vā atthi, tvaṃ pana kasmā evaṃ vadasīti dīpeti. Tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘evaṃ vadanto ca dhaniya atuṭṭhabbeneva tussamānaṃ aññāpadeseneva paribhāsati ovadati, anusāsatī’’ti, taṃ sammadeva vuttanti.
20 即使听了世尊所说的这首偈颂,牧人陀尼耶也没有问‘谁在说此偈’,而是因那善说而完全满意,还想再听类似的偈颂,于是又说出另一偈:‘牛虻与蚊虫……’。其中,‘andhaka’是黑牛虻的别名,也有人说是指赤黄色牛虻。‘makasā’即蚊虫。‘na vijjare’意为不存在。‘kacche’指两类沼泽——河岸沼泽地和山间沼泽地,此处指河岸沼泽地。‘ruḷhatiṇe’指长草的地方。‘caranti’指进行觅食。‘vuṭṭhimpi’指风、雨等种种‘雨’,这些将在《旷野经》中详细说明,而在此是针对雨季之雨而言。‘saheyyuṃ’意为能够忍耐。其余的意思显而易见。此处,陀尼耶指出:那些牛虻和蚊虫一旦聚集吸食血液,片刻之间就能令牛遭受灾祸与不幸,因此牧牛人一见它们出现,便用尘土和树枝扑杀;由于没有这些虫类,牛才得以安全;又因为牛在长草的沼泽地觅食,说明它们没有长途跋涉的疲劳,也没有饥饿的疲乏。陀尼耶以此阐明:‘其他人的牛,由于受……’显示巴利原文
20. Evamimaṃ bhagavatā vuttaṃ gāthaṃ sutvāpi dhaniyo gopo ‘‘ko ayaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsatī’’ti avatvā tena subhāsitena parituṭṭho punapi tathārūpaṃ sotukāmo aparampi gāthamāha ‘‘andhakamakasā’’ti. Tattha andhakāti kāḷamakkhikānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, piṅgalamakkhikānantipi eke. Makasāti makasāyeva. Na vijjareti natthi. Kaccheti dve kacchā – nadīkaccho ca pabbatakaccho ca. Idha nadīkaccho. Ruḷhatiṇeti sañjātatiṇe. Carantīti bhattakiccaṃ karonti. Vuṭṭhimpīti vātavuṭṭhiādikā anekā vuṭṭhiyo, tā āḷavakasutte pakāsayissāma. Idha pana vassavuṭṭhiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Saheyyunti khameyyuṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Ettha dhaniyo ye andhakamakasā sannipatitvā rudhire pivantā muhutteneva gāvo anayabyasanaṃ pāpenti, tasmā vuṭṭhitamatteyeva te gopālakā paṃsunā ca sākhāhi ca mārenti, tesaṃ abhāvena gunnaṃ khemataṃ, kacche ruḷhatiṇacaraṇena addhānagamanaparissamābhāvaṃ vatvā khudākilamathābhāvañca dīpento ‘‘yathā aññesaṃ gāvo andhakamakasasamphassehi dissamānā addhānagamanena kilantā khudāya milāyamānā ekavuṭṭhinipātampi na saheyyuṃ, na me tathā gāvo, mayhaṃ pana gāvo vuttappakārābhāvā dvikkhattuṃ vā tikkhatuṃ vā vuṭṭhimpi saheyyu’’nti dīpeti.
21 于是,世尊因为陀尼耶住在岛洲之上,见到怖畏之后,编扎了筏子,渡过大水,到达那处河岸,便心想:“我安稳抵达,已站在无有怖畏之处了。”然而,他所站立之处恰恰充满怖畏。因此,世尊为了说明自己所到达之处比起他那里更为超越、更为殊胜,便说出了“你已绑好筏……”这首偈颂——文句虽有别,义理却正相应于此。显示巴利原文
21. Tato bhagavā yasmā dhaniyo antaradīpe vasanto bhayaṃ disvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, mahāmahiṃ taritvā, taṃ kacchaṃ āgamma ‘‘ahaṃ suṭṭhu āgato, nibbhayeva ṭhāne ṭhito’’ti maññamāno evamāha, sabhaye eva ca so ṭhāne ṭhito, tasmā tassa āgamanaṭṭhānā attano āgamanaṭṭhānaṃ uttaritarañca paṇītatarañca vaṇṇento ‘‘baddhāsi bhisī’’ti imaṃ gāthamabhāsi, atthasabhāgaṃ no byañjanasabhāgaṃ.
其中,“筏”(bhisī)在世间是指铺开并绑扎而成的宽大竹筏。而在圣者的法与律中,此乃是圣道的异名。因为圣道——显示巴利原文
Tattha bhisīti pattharitvā puthulaṃ katvā baddhakullo vuccati loke. Ariyassa pana dhammavinaye ariyamaggassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ariyamaggo hi –
“道、迹、路径、行途,直路、通衢、至涅槃之径;
船与渡桥,还有筏和桥梁。」(《小部·彼岸道赞颂义释》101)
漫长旅途的起源,在在处处皆有说明。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Maggo pajjo patho pantho, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ; Nāvā uttarasetu ca, kullo ca bhisi saṅkamo’’. (cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 101); ‘‘Addhānaṃ pabhavo ceva, tattha tattha pakāsito’’.
应知世尊同样以这首偈颂教导他,宣说了这样的含义:陀尼耶,你结好筏,渡过大河来到此处,可将来你还得再结筏、再渡河,此地并不安稳。而我,则是将道支收摄于一心中,以智慧之绳将它们束为筏。此筏圆满了三十七菩提分法,体性一味,互不相违,故无需再结;又因天人之中无人能解,所以系缚极为牢固。我依此筏已得渡,到达了先前所希求的彼岸。而且,我的行进并非像入流者等那样只到某处,我是真实到了彼岸——灭尽一切烦恼、抵达一切法彼岸的最安稳涅槃。又或者,‘得渡’是指证得一切知智,‘到彼岸’是指证得阿拉汉果。若问:‘调伏了什么而到彼岸?’即是指调伏了瀑流,渡过了欲流等四种瀑流,超越它们而达彼岸。如今我已无再渡河的必要,故筏已无用。因此,唯有我适合说:‘如果你愿意,天啊,就下雨吧。’显示巴利原文
Imāyapi gāthāya bhagavā purimanayeneva taṃ ovadanto imaṃ atthaṃ āhāti veditabbo – dhaniya, tvaṃ kullaṃ bandhitvā, mahiṃ taritvā, imaṃ ṭhānamāgato, punapi ca te kullo bandhitabbo eva bhavissati, nadī ca taritabbā, na cetaṃ ṭhānaṃ khemaṃ. Mayā pana ekacitte maggaṅgāni samodhānetvā ñāṇabandhanena baddhā ahosi bhisi. Sā ca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammaparipuṇṇatāya ekarasabhāvūpagatattā aññamaññaṃ anativattanena puna bandhitabbappayojanābhāvena devamanussesu kenaci mocetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ca susaṅkhatā. Tāya camhi tiṇṇo, pubbe patthitaṃ tīrappadesaṃ gato. Gacchantopi ca na sotāpannādayo viya kañcideva padesaṃ gato. Atha kho pāragato sabbāsavakkhayaṃ sabbadhammapāraṃ paramaṃ khemaṃ nibbānaṃ gato, tiṇṇoti vā sabbaññutaṃ patto, pāragatoti arahattaṃ patto . Kiṃ vineyya pāragatoti ce? Vineyya oghaṃ, kāmoghādicatubbidhaṃ oghaṃ taritvā atikkamma taṃ pāraṃ gatoti. Idāni ca pana me puna taritabbābhāvato attho bhisiyā na vijjati, tasmā mameva yuttaṃ vattuṃ ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti.
22 听了这话,陀尼耶如同之前那样,说出此偈:“我的妻子是顺从的”。其中,“妻子”(gopī)是指他的妻子。“顺从的”(assavā)意思是言听必从、听命而行。“不浮躁的”(alolā):因为女人有五种浮躁——饮食上的浮躁、打扮上的浮躁、对其他男子的浮躁、对财物的浮躁、以及四处游荡的浮躁。正如女人对于饮食,诸如米饭、糕点、酒等生起浮躁,甚至连为假日修行者准备的饭食也吃,会吃烫手的东西,即使花双倍的钱也要饮酒。因打扮的浮躁,若得不到其他装饰品,哪怕只是用水和油拢一拢头发、擦一擦脸,她也要做。因对其他男子的浮躁,甚至被自己的儿子叫到那种地方,她最初的反应也可能是顺着邪欲去想。因对财物的浮躁,就如“抓住了鹅王,反而丢了金子”的例子。因四处游荡的浮躁,她会养成逛园林的习惯,最终把家产都败光。在这里,陀尼耶为了表示“我的妻子连一种浮躁也没有”,所以说她是“不浮躁的”。显示巴利原文
22. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo purimanayeneva ‘‘gopī mama assavā’’ti imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi. Tattha gopīti bhariyaṃ niddisati. Assavāti vacanakarā kiṃkārapaṭisāvinī. Alolāti mātugāmo hi pañcahi lolatāhi lolo hoti – āhāralolatāya, alaṅkāralolatāya, parapurisalolatāya, dhanalolatāya, pādalolatāya. Tathā hi mātugāmo bhattapūvasurādibhede āhāre lolatāya antamaso pārivāsikabhattampi bhuñjati, hatthotāpakampi khādati, diguṇaṃ dhanamanuppadatvāpi suraṃ pivati. Alaṅkāralolatāya aññaṃ alaṅkāraṃ alabhamāno antamaso udakatelakenapi kese osaṇḍetvā mukhaṃ parimajjati. Parapurisalolatāya antamaso puttenapi tādise padese pakkosiyamāno paṭhamaṃ asaddhammavasena cinteti. Dhanalolatāya ‘‘haṃsarājaṃ gahetvāna suvaṇṇā parihāyatha’’. Pādalolatāya ārāmādigamanasīlo hutvā sabbaṃ dhanaṃ vināseti. Tattha dhaniyo ‘‘ekāpi lolatā mayhaṃ gopiyā natthī’’ti dassento alolāti āha.
“长久共住的”(dīgharattaṃ saṃvāsiyā)指长时间共同生活,从孩提时代起便一同长大。这是为了表明她不认识其他男子。“悦意的”(manāpā)是指她既不识其他男子,心便倾心于我。“我从未听闻她有任何过失”(tassā na suṇāmi kiñci pāpaṃ),是表示我不曾听过诸如“她与某某人说笑交谈”之类的话,她纤毫无有越轨的过失。显示巴利原文
Dīgharattaṃ saṃvāsiyāti dīghakālaṃ saddhiṃ vasamānā komārabhāvato pabhuti ekato vaḍḍhitā. Tena parapurise na jānātīti dasseti. Manāpāti evaṃ parapurise ajānantī mameva manaṃ allīyatīti dasseti. Tassā na suṇāmi kiñci pāpanti ‘‘itthannāmena nāma saddhiṃ imāya hasitaṃ vā lapitaṃ vā’’ti evaṃ tassā na suṇāmi, kañci aticāradosanti dasseti.
23 那时,世尊见陀尼耶正为其妻的这些品德而得意,便教导他,以同样的方式说出此偈:“我的心是顺从的”,意义上相应,语句上也相应。其中,字词表面的意思很清楚。然而,深层的意旨是这样的:陀尼耶,你因“我的妻子是顺从的”而欢喜,可她是否真的顺从,其实很难说。他人的心本来就难以知晓,女人的心尤甚。为什么呢?因为即便女人尚在娘胎中被怀抱着,也根本看不住;她们的心就是这般难以守护。所以,像你们这样的人,是没办法确切知道这个女人是否“不浮躁”、是否“可长久共住”、是否“称心”、是否“没有任何过失”的。而我的心才是真正地顺从——它接受教导,为我所驾驭,而非我被它所牵引。这种心的顺从,在示现双神变、放出六色火焰与水流时,对所有人都是明明白白的。因为要化现火,必须入火遍;要化现水,必须入水遍;要化现青等颜色,则必须入青等遍。即使是佛陀,两个心也不可能同时生起,唯有一个心,正是依凭这种顺从性,才获得了如此自在。再者,我这个心,因脱离了一切烦恼的结缚,所以是“解脱”的;正因为解脱,它才是“不浮躁”的。显示巴利原文
23. Atha bhagavā etehi guṇehi gopiyā tuṭṭhaṃ dhaniyaṃ ovadanto purimanayeneva ‘‘cittaṃ mama assava’’nti imaṃ gāthamabhāsi, atthasabhāgaṃ, byañjanasabhāgañca. Tattha uttānatthāneva padāni. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – dhaniya, tvaṃ ‘‘gopī mama assavā’’ti tuṭṭho, sā pana te assavā bhaveyya vā na vā; dujjānaṃ paracittaṃ, visesato mātugāmassa. Mātugāmañhi kucchiyā pariharantāpi rakkhituṃ na sakkonti, evaṃ durakkhacittattā eva na sakkā tumhādisehi itthī alolāti vā saṃvāsiyāti vā manāpāti vā nippāpāti vā jānituṃ. Mayhaṃ pana cittaṃ assavaṃ ovādapaṭikaraṃ mama vase vattati, nāhaṃ tassa vase vattāmi. So cassa assavabhāvo yamakapāṭihāriye channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ aggidhārāsu ca udakadhārāsu ca pavattamānāsu sabbajanassa pākaṭo ahosi. Agginimmāne hi tejokasiṇaṃ samāpajjitabbaṃ udakanimmāne āpokasiṇaṃ, nīlādinimmāne nīlādikasiṇāni. Buddhānampi hi dve cittāni ekato nappavattanti, ekameva pana assavabhāvena evaṃ vasavatti ahosi. Tañca kho pana sabbakilesabandhanāpagamā vimuttaṃ, vimuttattā tadeva alolaṃ, na tava gopī. Dīpaṅkarabuddhakālato ca pabhuti dānasīlādīhi dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitattā saṃvāsiyaṃ, na tava gopī. Tadetaṃ anuttarena damathena damitattā sudantaṃ, sudantattā attano vasena chadvāravisevanaṃ pahāya mameva adhippāyamanassa vasenānuvattanato manāpaṃ, na tava gopī.
“而我没有恶”(pāpaṃ pana me na vijjati)——以此偈,世尊显示他自己心的无恶,而非像陀尼耶夸示其妻子那般。而且,他的这种无恶,并非仅在成佛之后才有;要知道,在他未出离、尚有贪染、居于俗家的二十九年里,也同样如此。因为即使在那时,他也从未生起过任何与其在家身份相应、为智者所谴责的身恶行、语恶行或意恶行。此后,魔王跟随如来七年——六年在他未成正觉时,一年在他成正觉之后——魔王心里一直盘算着:“或许能找出他微如毫尖的一点恶行。”魔王实在找不出来,彻底灰心,于是说出此偈:显示巴利原文
Pāpaṃ pana me na vijjatīti iminā pana bhagavā tassa attano cittassa pāpābhāvaṃ dasseti, dhaniyo viya gopiyā. So cassa pāpābhāvo na kevalaṃ sammāsambuddhakāleyeva, ekūnatiṃsa vassāni sarāgādikāle agāramajjhe vasantassāpi veditabbo. Tadāpi hissa agāriyabhāvānurūpaṃ viññupaṭikuṭṭhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ vā vacīduccaritaṃ vā manoduccaritaṃ vā na uppannapubbaṃ. Tato paraṃ māropi chabbassāni anabhisambuddhaṃ, ekaṃ vassaṃ abhisambuddhanti satta vassāni tathāgataṃ anubandhi ‘‘appeva nāma vālagganitudanamattampissa pāpasamācāraṃ passeyya’’nti. So adisvāva nibbinno imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
“七年之中,我步步紧跟世尊,”
“却始终找不到具念正自觉者的任何可乘之机。”(《经集》448)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Satta vassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ; Otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato’’ti. (su. ni. 448);
成佛之后,有位优多罗青年为了亲见世尊的行仪是否有什么过失,跟随在身后走了整整七个月。他未发现任何过失,便认定“世尊是行仪完全清净的人”,于是离去。诚然,如来有四种无需刻意防护之处。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Buddhakālepi naṃ uttaramāṇavo satta māsāni anubandhi ābhisamācārikaṃ daṭṭhukāmo. So kiñci vajjaṃ adisvāva parisuddhasamācāro bhagavāti gato. Cattāri hi tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni. Yathāha –
“诸比丘,有四种如来的无需防护之处。是哪四种呢?诸比丘,如来是身行清净者,如来没有任何需要这样防护的身恶行——‘切莫让别人知晓我的此处过失。’是语行清净者……(中略)……是意行清净者……(中略)……诸比丘,如来是活命清净者,如来没有任何需要这样防护的邪命——‘切莫让别人知晓我的此处过失。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Cattārimāni , bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni. Katamāni cattāri? Parisuddhakāyasamācāro, bhikkhave, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ, yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’ti, parisuddhavacīsamācāro…pe… parisuddhamanosamācāro…pe… parisuddhājīvo, bhikkhave, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa micchājīvo, yaṃ tathāgato rakkheyya ‘mā me idaṃ paro aññāsī’’’ti (a. ni. 7.58).
如是,正因为如来的心不仅在成正觉时,远在成正觉之前也完全没有恶,所以世尊才说:“而我,则无有恶。”其中的意趣是:真正无法听闻到任何恶的,唯有我自己的心,而非你的妻子。因此,若你对这些功德感到满意,那么应当说出“若你愿求,就请下雨吧”这句话的,也正是我。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yasmā tathāgatassa cittassa na kevalaṃ sammāsambuddhakāle, pubbepi pāpaṃ natthi eva, tasmā āha – ‘‘pāpaṃ pana me na vijjatī’’ti. Tassādhippāyo – mameva cittassa pāpaṃ na sakkā suṇituṃ, na tava gopiyā. Tasmā yadi etehi guṇehi tuṭṭhena ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vattabbaṃ, mayāvetaṃ vattabbanti.
24 陀尼耶听了这话,还想进一步畅饮善说法味的甘露,为了显示自己是自由之身,便说:「我是自雇自养的人。」这里,「自雇自养的人」是指靠自己的资具获得衣食而养活自己的人。他是在表明:「我是自己劳动过活的,不是领取他人酬劳、替他人做事的。」「儿女们」是指女儿和儿子,他们全部合起来就称为「儿女们」。「都团聚在身边」是说他们都集聚在一起,没有分离。「没有病痛」是说身体没有疾病,表示他们个个都四肢强壮有力。「我听不到他们有任何不好的事」是说:我不曾听说他们有任何不好的事——譬如小偷、奸夫或是戒行败坏的人之类。显示巴利原文
24. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo tatuttaripi subhāsitarasāyanaṃ pivitukāmo attano bhujissabhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘attavetanabhatohamasmī’’ti. Tattha attavetanabhatoti attaniyeneva ghāsacchādanena bhato, attanoyeva kammaṃ katvā jīvāmi, na parassa vetanaṃ gahetvā parassa kammaṃ karomīti dasseti. Puttāti dhītaro ca puttā ca, te sabbe puttātveva ekajjhaṃ vuccanti. Samāniyāti sannihitā avippavuṭṭhā. Arogāti nirābādhā, sabbeva ūrubāhubalāti dasseti. Tesaṃ na suṇāmi kiñci pāpanti tesaṃ corāti vā paradārikāti vā dussīlāti vā kiñci pāpaṃ na suṇāmīti.
25 听他这样说,世尊仍以先前的方式教导陀尼耶,诵出这首偈颂:「我非雇工」。这里的词句本身也都浅显易懂。不过,它的含义是这样的:你心里想着「我是自由人」而欢喜,但从胜义的角度看,即使你靠自己的劳作谋生,因为还是渴爱的奴隶,你其实就是一个奴隶,并没有摆脱「被雇佣」这种说法。因为佛陀已经说过:「世间匮乏、不满足,就是渴爱之奴。」但是,从胜义上说,我不为任何人所雇。因为我不替任何人——无论是替别人还是替自己——当雇工。是什么原因呢?因为我已以偿清债务之身,行于一切世间。我从燃灯佛足下直到菩提树下,的确是在为一切知智做雇工。而证得一切知之后,就像臣子偿还了所有债务、不再有差役一样。我正是以这种偿清债务的一切知状态,以及出世间定之乐而安住。如今,对于我来说,已没有更上应作之事,也没有还需再熟悉去做的事;不像那些尚未断除结生的人,对我来说,已经不再有任何可以通过酬劳去获取的利益可言。这里也有「酬劳」的读法。因此,如果你因为自认为的自由身份而欢喜,当说「若你愿求,天就下雨吧」时,这也是我应当说的。显示巴利原文
25. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā purimanayeneva dhaniyaṃ ovadanto imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi – ‘‘nāhaṃ bhatako’’ti. Atrāpi uttānatthāneva padāni. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – tvaṃ ‘‘bhujissohamasmī’’ti mantvā tuṭṭho, paramatthato ca attano kammaṃ karitvā jīvantopi dāso evāsi taṇhādāsattā, bhatakavādā ca na parimuccasi. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305). Paramatthato pana nāhaṃ bhatakosmi kassaci. Ahañhi kassaci parassa vā attano vā bhatako na homi. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Yasmā nibbiṭṭhena carāmi sabbaloke. Ahañhi dīpaṅkarapādamūlato yāva bodhi, tāva sabbaññutaññāṇassa bhatako ahosiṃ. Sabbaññutaṃ patto pana nibbiṭṭho nibbiso rājabhato viya. Teneva nibbiṭṭhena sabbaññubhāvena lokuttarasamādhisukhena ca jīvāmi. Tassa me idāni uttarikaraṇīyassa kataparicayassa vā abhāvato appahīnapaṭisandhikānaṃ tādisānaṃ viya pattabbo koci attho bhatiyā na vijjati. ‘‘Bhaṭiyā’’tipi pāṭho. Tasmā yadi bhujissatāya tuṭṭhena ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vattabbaṃ, mayāvetaṃ vattabbanti.
26 听他这么说,陀尼耶仍然没有饱足于这善说甘露,为了显示自己牛群具足五种圆满,他说道:「有牝牛」等。在这里,「牝牛」指尚未调伏的年长小牛。「饮乳犊」指正在饮乳的幼犊,也指产乳的母牛。「怀胎母牛」指怀有身孕的母牛。「求偶牛」指已经达到壮龄、想要与牡牛交配的母牛。「牛王首领」是这样一种牛:清晨,牧牛人给它洗浴、喂食,安上五种装饰,系上花鬘,然后吩咐说:「来吧,朋友,把牛群带到行境去,守护好再带回来。」当它被这样派遣后,它就能使牛群远离不该去的地方,只在适合放牧的地方游走,保护它们免于猛虎、雄狮等的怖畏,再把它们带回来。陀尼耶表明:「在我的牛群中,有这样的牝牛、这样的饮乳犊、这样的怀胎牛、这样的求偶牛,还有这样的牛王首领。」显示巴利原文
26. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo atittova subhāsitāmatena attano pañcappakāragomaṇḍalaparipuṇṇabhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘atthi vasā’’ti. Tattha vasāti adamitavuḍḍhavacchakā. Dhenupāti dhenuṃ pivantā taruṇavacchakā, khīradāyikā vā gāvo. Godharaṇiyoti gabbhiniyo. Paveṇiyoti vayappattā balībaddehi saddhiṃ methunapatthanakagāvo. Usabhopi gavampatīti yo gopālakehi pāto eva nhāpetvā, bhojetvā, pañcaṅgulaṃ datvā, mālaṃ bandhitvā – ‘‘ehi, tāta, gāvo gocaraṃ pāpetvā rakkhitvā ānehī’’ti pesīyati, evaṃ pesito ca tā gāvo agocaraṃ pariharitvā, gocare cāretvā, sīhabyagghādibhayā parittāyitvā āneti, tathārūpo usabhopi gavampati idha mayhaṃ gomaṇḍale atthīti dassesi.
27 他这样说后,世尊仍以同样的方式教导陀尼耶,诵出这一首相应的偈颂:「没有牝牛」等。这里的意思是:在我们的教法中,所谓「牝牛」,即种种缠缚烦恼,取其「未调伏」与「年长」之义;所谓「饮乳犊」,即种种随眠烦恼,取其「幼犊」之本义与「产乳者」之流注义;所谓「怀胎母牛」,即福行、非福行、不动行三种思,取其执持结生胎之义;所谓「求偶牛」,即渴爱与贪求,取其希求结合之欲;所谓「牛王首领」或「牡牛」,即行作识,取其增上、前导与最胜之义。这些烦恼,于我已悉皆不存。我为一切结缚彻底止息、不复存在的状态而欢喜;你则为能成为忧愁等事基础的存在状态而欢喜。因此,像我这样为一切结缚止息而欢喜的人,说「你若愿求,天就下雨吧」才正合适。显示巴利原文
27. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā tatheva dhaniyaṃ ovadanto imaṃ paccanīkagāthaṃ āha ‘‘natthi vasā’’ti. Ettha cesa adhippāyo – idha amhākaṃ sāsane adamitaṭṭhena vuḍḍhaṭṭhena ca vasāsaṅkhātā pariyuṭṭhānā vā, taruṇavacchake sandhāya vasānaṃ mūlaṭṭhena khīradāyiniyo sandhāya paggharaṇaṭṭhena dhenupāsaṅkhātā anusayā vā, paṭisandhigabbhadhāraṇaṭṭhena godharaṇisaṅkhātā puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhāracetanā vā, saṃyogapatthanaṭṭhena paveṇisaṅkhātā patthanā taṇhā vā, ādhipaccaṭṭhena pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena seṭṭhaṭṭhena ca gavampatiusabhasaṅkhātaṃ abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ vā natthi, svāhaṃ imāya sabbayogakkhemabhūtāya natthitāya tuṭṭho. Tvaṃ pana sokādivatthubhūtāya atthitāya tuṭṭho . Tasmā sabbayogakkhematāya tuṭṭhassa mamevetaṃ yuttaṃ vattuṃ ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti.
28 听他这么说,陀尼耶还想进一步品尝这善说的甘露味,便以显示牛群桩索之完备说:「诸桩已深栽」等。在此,「诸桩」即拴牛的木柱。「已深栽」指小桩以锤敲入地中,大桩则挖坑埋设。「不可动摇」即不会晃动。「诸绳索」指为拴小牛而制作的各种带有套结的绳结系缚物。「芦苇制」即由芦苇草所制。「新制」指新近制作。「善结构」即结构牢固,或精心编搓而成。「必不能」指绝对不可能;「幼犊亦不能断」是说连小牛也无法将这些绳索咬断。显示巴利原文
28. Tampi sutvā dhaniyo tatuttaripi subhāsitaṃ amatarasaṃ adhigantukāmo attano gogaṇassa khilabandhanasampattiṃ dassento āha ‘‘khilā nikhātā’’ti. Tattha khilāti gunnaṃ bandhanatthambhā. Nikhātāti ākoṭetvā bhūmiyaṃ pavesitā khuddakā mahantā khaṇitvā ṭhapitā. Asampavedhīti akampakā. Dāmāti vacchakānaṃ bandhanatthāya katā ganthitapāsayuttā rajjubandhanavisesā. Muñjamayāti muñjatiṇamayā. Navāti acirakatā. Susaṇṭhānāti suṭṭhu saṇṭhānā, suvaṭṭitasaṇṭhānā vā. Na hi sakkhintīti neva sakkhissanti. Dhenupāpi chettunti taruṇavacchakāpi chindituṃ.
29 他这样说后,世尊知道陀尼耶的诸根已经成熟,正合时机,便仍以先前的方式教导他,诵出这首开示四谛的偈颂:「如牡牛断(usabhoriva chetvā)」等。在此,「牡牛(usabho)」指受到保护、能引导并统领牛群的壮年公牛。然而,有些人说:「百牛之首称为usabha,千牛之首称为vasabha,十万牛之首称为nisabha。」又有人说:「一村田中最胜者称为usabha,两村中最胜者称为vasabha,一切处无有障碍者称为nisabha。」这些说法皆属戏论。实则usabha、vasabha与nisabha均应从「无有等同者(appaṭisama)」的意义来理解。正如经文所说:「乔达摩沙门真是那无可比拟者(nisabho)。」(S.1.38)其中,ra音用于音节连接。诸缚(bandhanāni)既指绳索的结缚,也指烦恼的结缚。如象(nāgo)即如同大象一般。腐败的蔓草(pūtilata)指一种名为gaḷocī的……显示巴利原文
29. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā dhaniyassa indriya-paripākakālaṃ ñatvā purimanayeneva taṃ ovadanto imaṃ catusaccadīpikaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘usabhoriva chetvā’’ti. Tattha usabhoti gopitā gopariṇāyako goyūthapati balībaddo. Keci pana bhaṇanti ‘‘gavasatajeṭṭho usabho, sahassajeṭṭho vasabho, satasahassajeṭṭho nisabho’’ti. Apare ‘‘ekagāmakhette jeṭṭho usabho, dvīsu jeṭṭho vasabho, sabbattha appaṭihato nisabho’’ti. Sabbepete papañcā, apica kho pana usabhoti vā vasabhoti vā nisabhoti vā sabbepete appaṭisamaṭṭhena veditabbā. Yathāha – ‘‘nisabho vata bho samaṇo gotamo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.38). Ra-kāro padasandhikaro. Bandhanānīti rajjubandhanāni kilesabandhanāni ca. Nāgoti hatthī. Pūtilatanti gaḷocīlataṃ. Yathā hi suvaṇṇavaṇṇopi kāyo pūtikāyo, vassasatikopi sunakho kukkuro, tadahujātopi siṅgālo ‘‘jarasiṅgālo’’ti vuccati, evaṃ abhinavāpi gaḷocīlatā asārakattena ‘‘pūtilatā’’ti vuccati. Dālayitvāti chinditvā. Gabbhañca seyyañca gabbhaseyyaṃ. Tattha gabbhaggahaṇena jalābujayoni, seyyaggahaṇena avasesā. Gabbhaseyyamukhena vā sabbāpi tā vuttāti veditabbā. Sesamettha padatthato uttānameva.
然而,此处的义趣是这样的:陀尼耶,你以结缚为乐,我则以结缚为厌离。我具足力量与精进,犹如大牛王,以第四圣道的力量与精进斩断五上分结;又如龙象摧折腐藤,以下三道的力量与精进展转粉碎五下分结。或者说,如牛王断缚、龙象裂藤,于斩断、粉碎随眠与缠缚之后,我安住于此。因此,我不再进入母胎的卧处。就这样,我从以生苦为根本的一切苦中解脱,光芒显耀,而宣说:‘天啊,你若愿求,便降雨吧。’所以,你若有心效我所说,便应斩断那些结缚!于此,结缚即是集谛;母胎之卧即是苦谛;‘不再进入’是指依无余涅槃而不再趋近;‘斩断、粉碎’是指依有余涅槃而作的斩断与破坏;而用以斩断、破坏的,即是道谛。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – dhaniya, tvaṃ bandhanena tuṭṭho, ahaṃ pana bandhanena aṭṭīyanto thāmavīriyūpeto mahāusabhoriva bandhanāni pañcuddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni catutthaariyamaggathāmavīriyena chetvā, nāgo pūtilataṃva pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanabandhanāni heṭṭhāmaggattayathāmavīriyena dālayitvā, atha vā usabhoriva bandhanāni anusaye nāgo pūtilataṃva pariyuṭṭhānāni chetvā dālayitvāva ṭhito. Tasmā na puna gabbhaseyyaṃ upessaṃ. Sohaṃ jātidukkhavatthukehi sabbadukkhehi parimutto sobhāmi – ‘‘atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā’’ti vadamāno. Tasmā sace tvampi ahaṃ viya vattumicchasi, chinda tāni bandhanānīti. Ettha ca bandhanāni samudayasaccaṃ, gabbhaseyyā dukkhasaccaṃ, ‘‘na upessa’’nti ettha anupagamo anupādisesavasena, ‘‘chetvā dālayitvā’’ti ettha chedo padālanañca saupādisesavasena nirodhasaccaṃ, yena chindati padāleti ca, taṃ maggasaccanti.
就这样,听闻了这首开显四谛的偈颂,偈颂结束时,陀尼耶、他的妻子生主以及两个女儿——这四人皆安住于入流果。此时,陀尼耶凭着不坏净信,于如来生起了从根本安立的信心;以此安立的信心,他以慧眼见到了世尊的法身,心为法性所策励,思惟道:‘斩断结缚,我也不复有母胎之卧。从无间地狱直至有顶天,除了世尊,谁能作这样的狮子吼?难道我的导师已经到来了吗?’于是,世尊便放出身体的光明,那光芒犹如彩绘的六色光网,又如熔铸黄金般的颈项充满光辉,照亮陀尼耶的住所,并对他说:‘现在你看吧,如你所愿。’显示巴利原文
Evametaṃ catusaccadīpikaṃ gāthaṃ sutvā gāthāpariyosāne dhaniyo ca pajāpati cassa dve ca dhītaroti cattāro janā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Atha dhaniyo aveccappasādayogena tathāgate mūlajātāya patiṭṭhitāya saddhāya paññācakkhunā bhagavato dhammakāyaṃ disvā dhammatāya coditahadayo cintesi – ‘‘bandhanāni chindiṃ, gabbhaseyyo ca me natthī’’ti avīciṃ pariyantaṃ katvā yāva bhavaggā ko añño evaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadissati aññatra bhagavatā, āgato nu kho me satthāti. Tato bhagavā chabbaṇṇarasmijālavicitraṃ suvaṇṇarasasekapiñjaraṃ viya sarīrābhaṃ dhaniyassa nivesane muñci ‘‘passa dāni yathāsukha’’nti.
30 那时,陀尼耶见到自己的住所仿佛内升日月、又似千灯齐燃般光明遍满,便生起心念:‘世尊已至。’就在同一刹那,雨云也降下大雨。因此,结集者说道:‘充满低地与高地’。其中,‘低地’指池塘沼泽,‘高地’指高耸的陆地。就这样,那片大云将一切高低之处尽皆填平、化为平川,降下大雨,即开始降雨。‘即刻’是指:在世尊放出身体光明,陀尼耶也放出‘我师已至’这一净信心光的那个刹那,雨便降下了。不过,有些注释者还描绘说:‘日出也在同一刹那发生。’显示巴利原文
30. Atha dhaniyo anto paviṭṭhacandimasūriyaṃ viya samantā pajjalitapadīpasahassasamujjalitamiva ca nivesanaṃ disvā ‘‘āgato bhagavā’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi. Tasmiṃyeva ca samaye meghopi pāvassi. Tenāhu saṅgītikārā ‘‘ninnañca thalañca pūrayanto’’ti. Tattha ninnanti pallalaṃ. Thalanti ukkūlaṃ. Evametaṃ ukkūlavikūlaṃ sabbampi samaṃ katvā pūrayanto mahāmegho pāvassi, vassituṃ ārabhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tāvadevāti yaṃ khaṇaṃ bhagavā sarīrābhaṃ muñci, dhaniyo ca ‘‘satthā me āgato’’ti saddhāmayaṃ cittābhaṃ muñci, taṃ khaṇaṃ pāvassīti. Keci pana ‘‘sūriyuggamanampi tasmiṃyeva khaṇe’’ti vaṇṇayanti.
31-32 就这样,在陀尼耶生起信心、如来光芒照耀、太阳升起的那一剎那,他听到了天降大雨的声音。陀尼耶心中生起喜悦与满足,为阐明此义,他说出两首偈颂:「我们确实获得了极大的利益……」。显示巴利原文
31-32. Evaṃ tasmiṃ dhaniyassa saddhuppādatathāgatobhāsapharaṇasūriyuggamanakkhaṇe vassato devassa saddaṃ sutvā dhaniyo pītisomanassajāto imamatthaṃ abhāsatha ‘‘lābhā vata no anappakā’’ti dve gāthā vattabbā.
此处,陀尼耶带着妻儿,因证悟世尊圣道而见到法身,以出世间眼见色身,以世间眼获得信心,因此他说:「这于我们实在不是微小的利益——我们得以亲见世尊。」其中的「实」(vata)是表示惊奇的感叹词。「我们」(no)意为「我们的」。「不小」(anappakā)意为「广大的」。其余词句意义浅显。至于「我们皈依您」:他虽通过证悟圣道,实已成就内在决定性的皈依,但此刻他以言语正式表达奉献。或者说,藉由圣道他已达成奉献的皈依、不动摇的皈依,为使他人明白而以言语表达,从而行合掌皈依。「具眼者」(Cakkhumā):世尊具足肉眼、天眼、慧眼、普眼、佛眼,因此称为具眼者。他这样向世尊致意:「具眼者,我们皈依您。」至于「请您做我们的导师吧,大牟尼」这句话,则是以表达愿为弟子的方式来圆满皈依。而「牧牛女与我都很顺从,我们在善逝跟前修梵行」这句,是依受持而说的。显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā dhaniyo saputtadāro bhagavato ariyamaggapaṭivedhena dhammakāyaṃ disvā, lokuttaracakkhunā rūpakāyaṃ disvā, lokiyacakkhunā saddhāpaṭilābhaṃ labhi. Tasmā āha – ‘‘lābhā vata no anappakā, ye mayaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasāmā’’ti. Tattha vata iti vimhayatthe nipāto. No iti amhākaṃ. Anappakāti vipulā. Sesaṃ uttānameva. Saraṇaṃ taṃ upemāti ettha pana kiñcāpi maggapaṭivedhenevassa siddhaṃ saraṇagamanaṃ, tattha pana nicchayagamanameva gato, idāni vācāya attasanniyyātanaṃ karoti. Maggavasena vā sanniyyātanasaraṇataṃ acalasaraṇataṃ patto, taṃ paresaṃ vācāya pākaṭaṃ karonto paṇipātasaraṇagamanaṃ gacchati. Cakkhumāti bhagavā pakatidibbapaññāsamantabuddhacakkhūhi pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā. Taṃ ālapanto āha – ‘‘saraṇaṃ taṃ upema cakkhumā’’ti. ‘‘Satthā no hohi tuvaṃ mahāmunī’’ti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ sissabhāvūpagamanenāpi saraṇagamanaṃ pūretuṃ bhaṇati, gopī ca ahañca assavā, brahmacariyaṃsugate carāmaseti idaṃ samādānavasena.
此处,「梵行」(brahmacariya)一词是离非梵行、道、沙门法、教法以及安于妻子等的同义词。例如,在出现「梵行者」(Brahmacārī)等词的经文中(《中部》1.83),离非梵行被称为梵行。在「五髻!这梵行确实唯独导向厌离……」等经文中(《长部》2.329),道被称为梵行。在「舍利弗,我记得自己曾修习四支具足的梵行」等经文中(《中部》1.155),沙门法被称为梵行。在「这梵行是发达且兴盛的……」等经文中(《长部》3.174),教法被称为梵行。显示巴利原文
Tattha brahmacariyanti methunaviratimaggasamaṇadhammasāsanasadārasantosānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Brahmacārī’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.83) hi methunavirati brahmacariyanti vuccati. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana me pañcasikha, brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāyā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 2.329) maggo. ‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 1.155) samaṇadhammo. ‘‘Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañcā’’ti evamādīsu (dī. ni. 3.174) sāsanaṃ.
我们不逾越他人的妻子,他人的妻子也不逾越我们;
除与自己的妻子相处之外,我们修持梵行,以此之故,我们的年轻人不会早夭。 (《本生》1.10.97)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mayañca bhariyā nātikkamāma, amhe ca bhariyā nātikkamanti; Aññatra tāhi brahmacariyaṃ carāma, tasmā hi amhaṃ daharā na mīyare’’ti. (jā. 1.10.97) –
上述诸经中所说,是指安于己妻。而此处所指,则是以沙门法梵行为先导、进而趋向更高道果的梵行。 「于善逝处」:意为在善逝的跟前。世尊因不堕二边而善逝,具足庄严的圣道之行,并抵达名为涅槃的吉祥之处,故称善逝。此处所用为处格,表「在……近旁」之义,故指在善逝的身边。 「我们修习」:即「我们修习」。典雅语中所用的「carāmase」,于此即是「carāma」。然诸注疏师言:「seti为一助词。」正因如此,他们针对祈求义,将读法选项定为「carema se」。若两种皆合心意,则可随顺采纳合意者。显示巴利原文
Evamādīsu sadārasantoso. Idha pana samaṇadhammabrahmacariyapubbaṅgamaṃ uparimaggabrahmacariyamadhippetaṃ. Sugateti sugatassa santike. Bhagavā hi antadvayamanupaggamma suṭṭhu gatattā, sobhaṇena ca ariyamaggagamanena samannāgatattā, sundarañca nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā sugatoti vuccati. Samīpatthe cettha bhummavacanaṃ, tasmā sugatassa santiketi attho. Carāmaseti carāma. Yañhi taṃ sakkate carāmasīti vuccati, taṃ idha carāmaseti. Aṭṭhakathācariyā pana ‘‘seti nipāto’’ti bhaṇanti. Teneva cettha āyācanatthaṃ sandhāya ‘‘carema se’’tipi pāṭhaṃ vikappenti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
就这样,檀尼耶以修行梵行为由向世尊请求出家后,为说明出家的目的而说:「让我们成为渡越生死彼岸、终结痛苦的人吧!」其中,「生死的彼岸」指涅槃,他们通过阿拉汉道而到达。「苦」指轮回之苦。「终结者」意为令其完全不存在的人。「愿我们成为」(bhavāmase)即愿我们能如此成就,或表达感叹:「啊!但愿我们能成为!」至于「我们修习」(Carāmase)一句,应如前所述理解。这样说完之后,据说两人又再次礼敬世尊,请求说:「世尊!请让我们出家吧。」显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dhaniyo brahmacariyacaraṇāpadesena bhagavantaṃ pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajjapayojanaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘jātīmaraṇassa pāragū, dukkhassantakarā bhavāmase’’ti. Jātimaraṇassa pāraṃ nāma nibbānaṃ, taṃ arahattamaggena gacchāma. Dukkhassāti vaṭṭadukkhassa. Antakarāti abhāvakarā. Bhavāmaseti bhavāma, atha vā aho vata mayaṃ bhaveyyāmāti. ‘‘Carāmase’’ti ettha vuttanayeneva taṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ vatvāpi ca puna ubhopi kira bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ‘‘pabbājetha no bhagavā’’ti evaṃ pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsūti.
33 于是,魔波旬看见他们两人顶礼后请求出家,心想:「这些人想要超越我的领域,让我给他们制造障碍。」他便前来,展示在俗生活的功德,说了这首偈颂:「有子者因子而欢喜」。其中,「欢喜」意思是满足、喜悦。「因子」指儿子和女儿,是表示伴随或原因的具格词,意思是有子女陪伴而欢喜,或因子女而欢喜。「有子者」指有子女的人。「如是」是这么说。「魔」是他化自在天中的一个暴戾天子,因为他对于想要超越其领域的人,能杀的就杀掉,不能杀的也希望他死去,故称「魔」。「波旬」意思是低劣者或行事邪恶者。这是结集者的话,所有偈颂中的这类词都是如此。正如有子者因子而欢喜,有牛者因牛也同样欢喜。也就是说,如果有牛的人,他也因有牛而同样欢喜。显示巴利原文
33. Atha māro pāpimā evaṃ te ubhopi vanditvā pabbajjaṃ yācante disvā – ‘‘ime mama visayaṃ atikkamitukāmā, handa nesaṃ antarāyaṃ karomī’’ti āgantvā gharāvāse guṇaṃ dassento imaṃ gāthamāha ‘‘nandati puttehi puttimā’’ti. Tattha nandatīti tussati modati. Puttehīti puttehipi dhītarehipi, sahayogatthe, karaṇatthe vā karaṇavacanaṃ, puttehi saha nandati, puttehi karaṇabhūtehi nandatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Puttimāti puttavā puggalo. Itīti evamāha. Māroti vasavattibhūmiyaṃ aññataro dāmarikadevaputto. So hi saṭṭhānātikkamitukāmaṃ janaṃ yaṃ sakkoti, taṃ māreti. Yaṃ na sakkoti, tassapi maraṇaṃ icchati. Tena ‘‘māro’’ti vuccati. Pāpimāti lāmakapuggalo, pāpasamācāro vā. Saṅgītikārānametaṃ vacanaṃ, sabbagāthāsu ca īdisāni. Yathā ca puttehi puttimā, gopiyo gohi tatheva nandati. Yassa gāvo atthi, sopi gopiyo, gohi saha, gohi vā karaṇabhūtehi tatheva nandatīti attho.
这样说了之后,现在指出证明此义的理据:「因为依着就是人的欢喜处」。其中,依着有四种:欲依着、蕴依着、烦恼依着、行依着。欲,作为乐所依止之处,如所说「缘五种欲而生起的喜乐,这就是诸欲的味」(《中部》1.166),以「乐依此而住」之义,称为依着。蕴是依于蕴而生的苦的依止处,烦恼是恶趣之苦的依止处,行是有之苦的依止处。但这里指的是欲依着。依着依有情与诸行又分为二。其中,关于有情的依着更显著,为了说明这点而举「因子、因牛」,然后说出理由:「因为依着就是人的欢喜处」。意思是:因为这些欲依着能令人欢喜、喜悦与满足,所以是人的欢喜处。因此应当知道:有子的人因子而欢喜,有牛的人以同样的方式因牛而欢喜;你也是有子女有牛的人,你就应该因此欢喜,不要期待出家。因为出家人没有这些依着,这样,你尽管希求苦的边际,也仍将是痛苦的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vatvā idāni tassatthassa sādhakakāraṇaṃ niddisati, ‘‘upadhī hi narassa nandanā’’ti. Tattha upadhīti cattāro upadhayo – kāmūpadhi, khandhūpadhi, kilesūpadhi, abhisaṅkhārūpadhīti. Kāmā hi ‘‘yaṃ pañcakāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.166) evaṃ vuttassa sukhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato upadhīyati ettha sukhanti iminā vacanatthena upadhīti vuccanti. Khandhāpi khandhamūlakadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato, kilesāpi apāyadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato, abhisaṅkhārāpi bhavadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvatoti. Idha pana kāmūpadhi adhippeto. So sattasaṅkhāravasena duvidho. Tattha sattapaṭibaddho padhāno, taṃ dassento ‘‘puttehi gohī’’ti vatvā kāraṇamāha – ‘‘upadhī hi narassa nandanā’’ti. Tassattho – yasmā ime kāmūpadhī narassa nandanā, nandayanti naraṃ pītisomanassaṃ upasaṃharantā, tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘nandati puttehi puttimā, gopiyo gohi tatheva nandati, tvañca puttimā gopiyo ca, tasmā etehi, nanda, mā pabbajjaṃ pāṭikaṅkhi. Pabbajitassa hi ete upadhayo na santi, evaṃ sante tvaṃ dukkhassantaṃ patthentopi dukkhitova bhavissasī’’ti.
现在进一步指出这一义理的证明理由:“因为无依者确实不欢喜。”它的意思是:对于没有这些依著的人,他离开了可爱的亲属,没有可资享用的物品,是不会欢喜的;因此,你如果舍弃这些依著而出家,也只会感到痛苦。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassapi atthassa sādhakakāraṇaṃ niddisati ‘‘na hi so nandati, yo nirūpadhī’’ti. Tassattho – yasmā yassete upadhayo natthi, so piyehi ñātīhi vippayutto nibbhogūpakaraṇo na nandati, tasmā tvaṃ ime upadhayo vajjetvā pabbajito dukkhitova bhavissasīti.
34 当时,世尊知道:“这是魔罗波旬,为了作障碍而来。”于是,如同用果实来破开果实一样,他即用魔罗自己所举的譬喻来摧毁魔罗的说法,把那首偈颂翻转过来,显示出“依著是忧愁之依处”,说道:“有子女的人因为子女而忧愁。”在此,从字面意思来看一切都十分明白。然而它的意趣是:波旬,不要这样说“有子女的人因为子女而欢喜”。因为一切可爱、合意的,都免不了离别与分散,这是不可逾越的法则。对于那些可爱合意的子女、妻子、牛、马、骡马、金银等,由于离别,有情的心被极重的忧箭射穿,乃至发狂、精神散乱,承受如同死一般的痛苦,或者仅是近似于死的苦。因此,应当这样理解:有子女的人因为子女而忧愁。正如有子女的人因为子女而忧愁,有牛的人也因为牛而忧愁。是什么原因呢?因为“依著对于人来说是忧愁之因”。又因为依著对于人来说是忧愁之因,所以说:“无依者确实不忧愁。”如果有人由于断除了对依著的执取而成无依,他便知足,随缘拥有足以护身的衣服、足以养腹的团食,无论去往何处,都摄心而行。犹如飞鸟……(中略)……了知“不再有来生”。这样灭尽一切忧愁,因此“无依者确实不忧愁”。显示巴利原文
34. Atha bhagavā ‘‘māro ayaṃ pāpimā imesaṃ antarāyāya āgato’’ti viditvā phalena phalaṃ pātento viya tāyeva mārenābhatāya upamāya māravādaṃ bhindanto tameva gāthaṃ parivattetvā ‘‘upadhi sokavatthū’’ti dassento āha ‘‘socati puttehi puttimā’’ti. Tattha sabbaṃ padatthato uttānameva. Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – mā, pāpima, evaṃ avaca ‘‘nandati puttehi puttimā’’ti. Sabbeheva hi piyehi, manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo, anatikkamanīyo ayaṃ vidhi, tesañca piyamanāpānaṃ puttadārānaṃ gavāssavaḷavahiraññasuvaṇṇādīnaṃ vinābhāvena adhimattasokasallasamappitahadayā sattā ummattakāpi honti khittacittā, maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ gaṇha – socati puttehi puttimā. Yathā ca puttehi puttimā, gopiyo gohi tatheva socatīti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Upadhī hi narassa socanā. Yasmā ca upadhī hi narassa socanā, tasmā eva ‘‘na hi so socati, yo nirūpadhi’’. Yo upadhīsu saṅgappahānena nirupadhi hoti, so santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena, yena yeneva pakkamati, samādāyeva pakkamati. Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo …pe… nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti. Evaṃ sabbasokasamugghātā ‘‘na hi so socati, yo nirupadhī’’ti. Iti bhagavā arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ vosāpesi. Atha vā yo nirupadhi, yo nikkileso, so na socati. Yāvadeva hi kilesā santi, tāvadeva sabbe upadhayo sokapphalāva honti. Kilesappahānā pana natthi sokoti. Evampi arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ vosāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne dhaniyo ca gopī ca ubhopi pabbajiṃsu. Bhagavā ākāseneva jetavanaṃ agamāsi. Te pabbajitvā arahattaṃ sacchikariṃsu. Vasanaṭṭhāne ca nesaṃ gopālakā vihāraṃ kāresuṃ. So ajjāpi gopālakavihārotveva paññāyatīti.
3. 犀牛角经释义显示巴利原文
3. Khaggavisāṇasuttavaṇṇanā
“于一切众生中”等,是《犀牛角经》。这部经的缘起是什么?一切经的缘起有四种:由自心意而发起、由他心意而发起、因事而发起、因问而发起。具体而言,《二边观察经》等是由自心意而发起,《慈经》等是由他心意而发起,《蛇经》等是因事而发起,《法经》等是因问而发起。这其中,《犀牛角经》通常是由问而发起。但特殊的是,因为其中有些偈颂是各个独觉佛被问而说,有些则是无问而自发,随所证得的道相应而发出感兴的偈颂,所以有些偈颂是因问而发起,有些是由自心意而发起。显示巴利原文
Sabbesubhūtesūti khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Sabbasuttānaṃ catubbidhā uppatti – attajjhāsayato, parajjhāsayato, aṭṭhuppattito, pucchāvasito cāti. Dvayatānupassanādīnañhi attajjhāsayato uppatti, mettasuttādīnaṃ parajjhāsayato, uragasuttādīnaṃ aṭṭhuppattito, dhammikasuttādīnaṃ pucchāvasito. Tattha khaggavisāṇasuttassa avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti. Visesena pana yasmā ettha kāci gāthā tena tena paccekasambuddhena puṭṭhena vuttā, kāci apuṭṭhena attanā adhigatamagganayānurūpaṃ udānaṃyeva udānentena, tasmā kāyaci gāthāya pucchāvasito, kāyaci attajjhāsayato uppatti.
其中,就一般性提问所生起的缘起而言,应从最初如是理解:一时,世尊住于舍卫城。那时,尊者阿难独处静坐,心中生起如此思惟:“诸佛的祈愿与志行是可以见到的;同样,声闻的也可以见到,而独觉佛的却见不到。我何不去拜见世尊,请问此事呢?”于是,他从静坐处起身,前往世尊处,依适当礼仪请问了这一义理。那时,世尊便对他开示了《前瑜伽行处经》:显示巴利原文
Tattha yā ayaṃ avisesena pucchāvasito uppatti, sā ādito pabhuti evaṃ veditabbā – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘buddhānaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca dissati; tathā sāvakānaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ na dissati; yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyya’’nti. So paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā yathākkamena etamatthaṃ pucchi. Athassa bhagavā pubbayogāvacarasuttaṃ abhāsi –
阿难,有这五种利益:若前瑜伽行者在现法中,便提早证得阿罗汉果;若不能在现法中提早证得阿罗汉果,则在命终时证得阿罗汉果;若不能在命终时证得阿罗汉果,则生为天子时证得阿罗汉果;或者在诸佛面前时,成为速疾通慧者;或者在最后时期,成为独觉佛。显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcime, ānanda, ānisaṃsā pubbayogāvacare diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti. No ce diṭṭheva dhamme paṭikacceva aññaṃ ārādheti, atha maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti. No ce maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti, atha devaputto samāno aññaṃ ārādheti, atha buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve khippābhiñño hoti, atha pacchime kāle paccekasambuddho hotī’’ti –
如此说完,他接着说道:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vatvā puna āha –
阿难,所谓独觉佛,是那些具足誓愿、往昔修习瑜伽行的行者。因此,对于佛陀、独觉佛与声闻这三者的一切,都应当希求其愿望与誓愿。显示巴利原文
‘‘Paccekabuddhā nāma, ānanda, abhinīhārasampannā pubbayogāvacarā honti. Tasmā buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ sabbesaṃ patthanā ca abhinīhāro ca icchitabbo’’ti.
他问道:“尊者,佛陀的誓愿须经历多长时间?”(回答说:)“阿难,佛陀的誓愿,以最低的下限而言,是四阿僧祇劫与十万劫;以中等界限而言,是八阿僧祇劫与十万劫;以上限而言,是十六阿僧祇劫与十万劫。这些差别,应当依照慧增上、信增上、精进增上的不同来理解。因为慧增上的人,信会较弱,但智慧极为犀利;信增上的人,智慧属中等,但信力很强;精进增上的人,信与慧都较薄弱,但精进力特别强。然而,若尚未圆满四阿僧祇劫与十万劫,即使天天作出如同须大拏太子那样的广大布施,并修习与布施相应的持戒等一切波罗蜜法,也绝不可能在半途成佛。没有这样的道理。何以故?因为成佛的智慧尚未形成‘胎藏’,不曾增广,也尚未成熟。这就好比需要三、四、五个月才能成熟的庄稼,若不经由那样长的时日,即使每日千百次地去照料、灌溉,也绝不可能在半途只用半月或一个月就令它成熟。没有这样的道理。何以故?因为庄稼尚未形成自身的‘胎藏’,不曾茂盛,也不曾成熟。同样地,若尚未达到四阿僧祇劫与十万劫的时限,便不可能中途成佛。”显示巴利原文
So āha – ‘‘buddhānaṃ, bhante, patthanā kīva ciraṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti? Buddhānaṃ, ānanda, heṭṭhimaparicchedena cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, majjhimaparicchedena aṭṭha asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca, uparimaparicchedena soḷasa asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Ete ca bhedā paññādhikasaddhādhikavīriyādhikavasena ñātabbā. Paññādhikānañhi saddhā mandā hoti, paññā tikkhā. Saddhādhikānaṃ paññā majjhimā hoti, saddhā balavā. Vīriyādhikānaṃ saddhāpaññā mandā, vīriyaṃ balavanti. Appatvā pana cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca divase divase vessantaradānasadisaṃ dānaṃ dentopi tadanurūpasīlādisabbapāramidhamme ācinantopi antarā buddho bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Ñāṇaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Yathā nāma timāsacatumāsapañcamāsaccayena nipphajjanakaṃ sassaṃ taṃ taṃ kālaṃ appatvā divase divase sahassakkhattuṃ keḷāyantopi udakena siñcantopi antarā pakkhena vā māsena vā nipphādessatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Kasmā? Sassaṃ gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti, vepullaṃ nāpajjati, paripākaṃ na gacchatīti. Evamevaṃ appatvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni…pe… netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti. Tasmā yathāvuttameva kālaṃ pāramipūraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ ñāṇaparipākatthāya. Ettakenapi ca kālena buddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe aṭṭha sampattiyo icchitabbā. Ayañhi –
出家、功德成就、增上,与欲乐;
八法具足,发愿便得成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.59);
这里所说的「发愿」,即是根本誓愿的异名。其中,「人身」指生而为人。因为除人趣之外,即使生于天身,所立的誓愿亦不得成就。立志成佛者,在人间行布施等福业之后,应当唯愿得人身;得人身已,再正式发愿,方能成就。「性成就」指具备男子身。因为即使获得人身,若是女人、黄门或两性人,所发誓愿亦不得成就。愿成佛者,应行布施等福业,唯愿得男子身;立足于男身已,再正式发愿,方能成就。「因」指具足能证阿罗汉果的亲依止缘。若于此生精进便能证阿罗汉者,其愿方得成就;若非如此,则不得成就,如善慧贤者之例。他正是在燃灯佛足下出家,依彼身即有能力证得阿罗汉。「见师」指亲眼面见佛陀。唯有如此,誓愿方能成就,其它方式皆不得成,如善慧贤者即是面见燃灯佛后发愿。「出家」指离开居家之无家状态。既可在佛教中出家,也可在主张‘业论’的苦行者、游方者团体中出家,如善慧贤者,即是成为名为善慧的苦行者后发愿。「功德成就」。显示巴利原文
Abhinīhāroti ca mūlapaṇidhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha manussattanti manussajāti. Aññatra hi manussajātiyā avasesajātīsu devajātiyampi ṭhitassa paṇidhi na ijjhati. Ettha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthentena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā manussattaṃyeva patthetabbaṃ. Tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Liṅgasampattīti purisabhāvo. Mātugāmanapuṃsakaubhatobyañjanakānañhi manussajātiyaṃ ṭhitānampi paṇidhi na samijjhati. Tattha ṭhitena pana buddhattaṃ patthentena dānādīni puññakammāni katvā purisabhāvoyeva patthetabbo. Tattha ṭhatvā paṇidhi kātabbo. Evañhi samijjhati. Hetūti arahattassa upanissayasampatti. Yo hi tasmiṃ attabhāve vāyamanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho, tassa samijjhati, no itarassa, yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkarapādamūle pabbajitvā tenattabhāvena arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho ahosi . Satthāradassananti buddhānaṃ sammukhādassanaṃ. Evañhi ijjhati, no aññathā; yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi dīpaṅkaraṃ sammukhā disvā paṇidhesi. Pabbajjāti anagāriyabhāvo. So ca kho sāsane vā kammavādikiriyavāditāpasaparibbājakanikāye vā vaṭṭati yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi sumedho nāma tāpaso hutvā paṇidhesi. Guṇasampattīti jhānādiguṇapaṭilābho. Pabbajitassāpi hi guṇasampannasseva ijjhati, no itarassa; yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi pañcābhiñño aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī ca hutvā paṇidhesi. Adhikāroti adhikakāro, pariccāgoti attho. Jīvitādipariccāgañhi katvā paṇidahatoyeva ijjhati, no itarassa; yathā sumedhapaṇḍitassa. So hi –
佛陀啊,请您与弟子们踏着我过去吧;
请不要让他踏进泥沼,这对我将是有利益的。(《佛种姓经》2.53)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.53) –
如此,他舍弃生命而发愿。‘欲乐’即想要去做的意愿。若有强大的欲乐,他便能成就。怎样是强大的欲乐?若有人问:‘谁愿在地狱中转四阿僧祇劫和十万劫之后,求证佛果?’听到后能说‘我’的人,便知他有强大的欲乐。同样,若有人问:‘谁愿踏着遍满轮围的无焰火炭越过去求证佛果?谁愿踏着布满整个轮围的枪尖越过去求证佛果?谁愿渡过与轮围平齐、遍满轮围的大水求证佛果?谁愿踩压无缝覆盖整个轮围的竹丛越过去求证佛果?’听到后能说‘我’的,便知他有强大的欲乐。善慧贤者正是具足这种想要去做的欲乐而发愿的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ katvā paṇidhesi. Chandatāti kattukamyatā. Sā yassa balavatī hoti, tassa ijjhati. Sā ca, sace koci vadeyya ‘‘ko cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni satasahassañca kappe niraye paccitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti, taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Tathā yadi koci vadeyya ‘‘ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ vītaccikānaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūraṃ akkamanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ sattisūlehi ākiṇṇaṃ akkamanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ samatittikaṃ udakapuṇṇaṃ uttaritvā buddhattaṃ icchati, ko sakalacakkavāḷaṃ nirantaraṃ veḷugumbasañchannaṃ maddanto atikkamitvā buddhattaṃ icchatī’’ti taṃ sutvā yo ‘‘aha’’nti vattuṃ ussahati, tassa balavatīti veditabbā. Evarūpena ca kattukamyatāchandena samannāgato sumedhapaṇḍito paṇidhesīti.
这样,以圆满发愿而成就的菩萨,便不会遭遇这十八种不可能的情况。从发愿以来,他不会成为生盲者,不会成为生聋者,不会成为疯子,不会成为哑巴,不会成为跛子,不会投生到蛮族中,不会出生于女奴之胎,不会成为定邪见者,他的性别不会转变,不会造作五无间业,不会患上麻风病;于畜生道,不会以鹌鹑等小身作为最后身;不会投生到常为饥渴逼恼、被渴望烧灼的饿鬼中;不会生为黑身阿修罗;不会生到无间地狱;不会生到中间地狱;于欲界不会成为魔;于色界不会生到无想有情天;不会生到净居天;不会生到无色界;也不会转生到其他的轮围世界。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ samiddhābhinīhāro ca bodhisatto imāni aṭṭhārasa abhabbaṭṭhānāni na upeti. So hi tato pabhuti na jaccandho hoti, na jaccabadhiro, na ummattako, na eḷamūgo, na pīṭhasappī, na milakkhūsu uppajjati, na dāsikucchiyā nibbattati, na niyatamicchādiṭṭhiko hoti, nāssa liṅgaṃ parivattati, na pañcānantariyakammāni karoti, na kuṭṭhī hoti, na tiracchānayoniyaṃ vaṭṭakato pacchimattabhāvo hoti, na khuppipāsikanijjhāmataṇhikapetesu uppajjati, na kālakañcikāsuresu, na avīciniraye, na lokantarikesu, kāmāvacaresu na māro hoti, rūpāvacaresu na asaññībhave, na suddhāvāsabhavesu uppajjati, na arūpabhavesu, na aññaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ saṅkamati.
再者,精进、智慧、安住、利行这四种佛地,他也悉皆具备。其中:显示巴利原文
Yā cimā ussāho ummaṅgo avatthānaṃ hitacariyā cāti catasso buddhabhūmiyo, tāhi samannāgato hoti. Tattha –
‘‘Ussāho vīriyaṃ vuttaṃ, ummaṅgo paññā pavuccati; Avatthānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, hitacariyā mettābhāvanā’’ti. –
应当知道,又有这六种志乐:出离志乐、远离志乐、无贪志乐、无嗔志乐、无痴志乐、出离志乐,这些能令菩提圆满。因为具足这些志乐,菩萨们以此出离志乐见诸欲之过患,以此远离志乐见交际之过患,以此无贪志乐见贪之过患,以此无嗔志乐见嗔之过患,以此无痴志乐见痴之过患,以此出离志乐见一切有之过患;而他也具足这些志乐。显示巴利原文
Veditabbā. Ye cāpi ime nekkhammajjhāsayo, pavivekajjhāsayo, alobhajjhāsayo, adosajjhāsayo, amohajjhāsayo, nissaraṇajjhāsayoti cha ajjhāsayā bodhiparipākāya saṃvattanti, yehi samannāgatattā nekkhammajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā kāme dosadassāvino, pavivekajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā saṅgaṇikāya dosadassāvino, alobhajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā lobhe dosadassāvino, adosajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā dose dosadassāvino, amohajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā mohe dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā sabbabhavesu dosadassāvinoti vuccanti, tehi ca samannāgato hoti.
那么,独觉佛的愿需要持续多久呢?独觉佛需要两个不可数劫与十万大劫,少于这一时间是不可能的。其中的理由,应按照前面讲述的方法来理解。同样,以如此长的时间发愿成就独觉佛,在作出发愿之行时,也须具备五种成就。对他们而言——显示巴利原文
Paccekabuddhānaṃ pana kīva ciraṃ patthanā vaṭṭatīti? Paccekabuddhānaṃ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca. Tato oraṃ na sakkā. Pubbe vuttanayenevettha kāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ettakenāpi ca kālena paccekabuddhattaṃ patthayato abhinīhārakaraṇe pañca sampattiyo icchitabbā. Tesañhi –
获得人身、具足男相、得见无漏者;
愿行与欲求——这些是发愿的因缘。
显示巴利原文 Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, vigatāsavadassanaṃ; Adhikāro chandatā ete, abhinīhārakāraṇā.
此处的“见无漏者”,是指见到任何一位佛陀、独觉佛或声闻弟子。其余的内容,与前文所述的方法相同。显示巴利原文
Tattha vigatāsavadassananti buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ yassa kassaci dassananti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
声闻弟子的愿须经多长时间?两位上首弟子需一不可数劫又十万大劫,八十位大弟子需十万大劫,佛之父母、侍者及儿子等亦复如是。少于如此时间,则无可能,其因如前所说。对于上述这一切,只要具足‘愿行’与‘欲求’此二分,即成就此愿。显示巴利原文
Atha sāvakānaṃ patthanā kittakaṃ vaṭṭatīti? Dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ ekaṃ asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kappasatasahassañca, asītimahāsāvakānaṃ kappasatasahassaṃ, tathā buddhassa mātāpitūnaṃ upaṭṭhākassa puttassa cāti. Tato oraṃ na sakkā. Vuttanayamevettha kāraṇaṃ. Imesaṃ pana sabbesampi adhikāro chandatāti dvaṅgasampannoyeva abhinīhāro hoti.
以如是愿与如是发愿,如前所分说,于相应时间圆满诸波罗蜜后,出现于世间的诸佛,或有生于刹帝利族,或有生于婆罗门族。独觉佛则生于刹帝利族、婆罗门族或居士族之一。而上首弟子,如同诸佛,唯生于刹帝利族或婆罗门族。一切诸佛不出世于劫坏时,唯出世于劫成时。独觉佛不待佛出世,而于有佛之世出世。佛既能自证悟,亦能令他证悟。独觉佛唯自证悟,不能令他证悟。他们通达义味,不通达法味。因为他们不能将出世间法安立为名言概念来教导,他们对法的现观,犹如哑巴所见之梦,又如居于森林者尝到城市之珍馐。他们圆满成就一切神通、禅定、无碍解等所有功德,因其功德殊胜,处于诸佛之下、声闻之上。他们度人出家后,教导增上的威仪学处,于布萨时以‘应极摄心,勿陷懈怠’这一要略而教诫,或只说一句‘今日为布萨日’。他们是在香山摩尼箧树下的宝殿中集会而行布萨。如是,世尊向具寿阿难开示了独觉佛于一切方面圆满的愿。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena yathāvuttappabhedaṃ kālaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā buddhā loke uppajjantā khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā uppajjanti, paccekabuddhā khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatikulānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ, aggasāvakā pana khattiyabrāhmaṇakulesveva buddhā iva sabbabuddhā saṃvaṭṭamāne kappe na uppajjanti, vivaṭṭamāne kappe uppajjanti. Paccekabuddhā buddhe appatvā buddhānaṃ uppajjanakāleyeva uppajjanti. Buddhā sayañca bujjhanti, pare ca bodhenti. Paccekabuddhā sayameva bujjhanti, na pare bodhenti. Attharasameva paṭivijjhanti, na dhammarasaṃ. Na hi te lokuttaradhammaṃ paññattiṃ āropetvā desetuṃ sakkonti, mūgena diṭṭhasupino viya vanacarakena nagare sāyitabyañjanaraso viya ca nesaṃ dhammābhisamayo hoti. Sabbaṃ iddhisamāpattipaṭisambhidāpabhedaṃ pāpuṇanti, guṇavisiṭṭhatāya buddhānaṃ heṭṭhā sāvakānaṃ upari honti, aññe pabbājetvā ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpenti, ‘‘cittasallekho kātabbo, vosānaṃ nāpajjitabba’’nti iminā uddesena uposathaṃ karonti, ‘ajjuposatho’ti vacanamattena vā. Uposathaṃ karontā ca gandhamādane mañjūsakarukkhamūle ratanamāḷe sannipatitvā karontīti. Evaṃ bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa paccekabuddhānaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ patthanañca abhinīhārañca kathetvā, idāni imāya patthanāya iminā ca abhinīhārena samudāgate te te paccekabuddhe kathetuṃ ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’ntiādinā nayena imaṃ khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ abhāsi. Ayaṃ tāva avisesena pucchāvasito khaggavisāṇasuttassa uppatti.
35 现在要分别加以说明。首先,应知这首偈颂的缘起是这样的:据说,这位独觉佛在进入辟支菩萨地的时候,曾在两不可数劫和十万劫中圆满诸波罗蜜,然后在迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为阿兰若住者,履行‘去而复返’的义务,修习沙门法。据说,如果没有完全履行这个义务,就根本没有人能证得辟支菩提。那么,这里所说的‘去而复返的义务’是什么意思呢?就是‘带出与带回’的意思。这个义务是怎样的,我们将依序解说。显示巴利原文
35. Idāni visesena vattabbā. Tattha imissā tāva gāthāya evaṃ uppatti veditabbā – ayaṃ kira paccekabuddho paccekabodhisattabhūmiṃ ogāhanto dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pāramiyo pūretvā kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā āraññiko hutvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Etaṃ kira vattaṃ aparipūretvā paccekabodhiṃ pāpuṇantā nāma natthi. Kiṃ panetaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ nāma? Haraṇapaccāharaṇanti. Taṃ yathā vibhūtaṃ hoti, tathā kathessāma.
这里,有些比丘“带出,而不带回”;有些“带回,而不带出”;有些则“既不带出,也不带回”;还有些“既带出,也带回”。其中,若有比丘清晨起来,履行了塔院与菩提树院的义务,为菩提树浇水,将饮用水瓶灌满放在饮处,履行了对阿阇梨的义务、对亲教师的义务,精勤受持八十二种小义务与十四种大义务之后,整理仪容,进入住所,在托钵时间之前安处空闲。了知时宜后,穿好下衣,系好腰带,披上郁多罗僧衣,将僧伽梨搭在肩上,把钵挂在肩头,内心作意业处,来到塔院,礼拜佛塔与菩提树,在村落附近整好衣袍,持钵入村乞食。如此入村后,若是一位具足福德、得受供养的比丘,受到信众恭敬尊重,在施主家或斋堂用完斋食,被信众询问种种问题时,因解答问题、以说法开示而将那业处作意弃置一旁,方才离开。返回寺院后,若被比丘们询问问题,也照样讲说、说法,从事种种事务。午后、初夜、中夜也如此与比丘们谈说种种虚杂之话,为身体的粗重所制伏,直至后夜倒卧睡眠,完全不再作意业处。这样的比丘,便称为“带出,而不带回”。显示巴利原文
Idhekacco bhikkhu harati, na paccāharati; ekacco paccāharati, na harati; ekacco pana neva harati, na paccāharati; ekacco harati ca paccāharati ca. Tattha yo bhikkhu pageva vuṭṭhāya cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇavattaṃ katvā, bodhirukkhe udakaṃ āsiñcitvā, pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūretvā pānīyamāḷe ṭhapetvā, ācariyavattaṃ upajjhāyavattaṃ katvā, dveasīti khuddakavattāni cuddasa mahāvattāni ca samādāya vattati, so sarīraparikammaṃ katvā, senāsanaṃ pavisitvā, yāva bhikkhācāravelā tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā, velaṃ ñatvā, nivāsetvā, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā, saṅghāṭiṃ khandhe karitvā, pattaṃ aṃse ālaggetvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ patvā, cetiyañca bodhiñca vanditvā, gāmasamīpe cīvaraṃ pārupitvā, pattamādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, evaṃ paviṭṭho ca lābhī bhikkhu puññavā upāsakehi sakkatagarukato upaṭṭhākakule vā paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ vā paṭikkamitvā upāsakehi taṃ taṃ pañhaṃ pucchiyamāno tesaṃ pañhavissajjanena dhammadesanāvikkhepena ca taṃ manasikāraṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamati, vihāraṃ āgatopi bhikkhūnaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, dhammaṃ bhaṇati, taṃ taṃ byāpāramāpajjati, pacchābhattampi purimayāmampi majjhimayāmampi evaṃ bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ papañcitvā kāyaduṭṭhullābhibhūto pacchimayāmepi sayati, neva kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti, ayaṃ vuccati harati, na paccāharatīti.
然而,若有比丘多病,所食之物在清晨时不能很好地消化,清晨起来,既不能履行如前所述的种种义务,也无法作意业处,只是一心希望得到粥或药,于是很早就持钵披衣入村。在那里得到粥、药或饭食之后,用餐完毕,坐在铺设好的座位上作意业处,不论证得殊胜与否,回到寺院后,便依止于那同样的作意而住。这称为“带回,而不带出”。像这样的比丘,饮了粥后便开始修观,在佛陀的教法中证得阿拉汉果者,不计其数。仅在锡兰岛,各个村落的斋堂中,没有一个座位不曾有比丘坐在那里喝了粥后证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Yo pana byādhibahulo hoti, bhuttāhāro paccūsasamaye na sammā pariṇamati, pageva vuṭṭhāya yathāvuttaṃ vattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā manasi kātuṃ, aññadatthu yāguṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā patthayamāno kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ pavisati. Tattha yāguṃ vā bhesajjaṃ vā bhattaṃ vā laddhā bhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā, paññattāsane nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi katvā, visesaṃ patvā vā appatvā vā, vihāraṃ āgantvā, teneva manasikārena viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati paccāharati na haratīti. Edisā ca bhikkhū yāguṃ pivitvā, vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, buddhasāsane arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Sīhaḷadīpeyeva tesu tesu gāmesu āsanasālāya na taṃ āsanaṃ atthi, yattha yāguṃ pivitvā arahattaṃ patto bhikkhu natthīti.
然而,若有比丘放逸而住、舍弃精勤,破坏一切义务,心被五种心荒芜与系缚所捆绑,不致力于作意业处,入村乞食之后,被在家人的种种俗务所搅扰,空无所获而出村,这便称为“既不带出,也不带回”。显示巴利原文
Yo pana pamādavihārī hoti nikkhittadhuro, sabbavattāni bhinditvā pañcavidhacetokhilavinibandhanabaddhacitto viharanto kammaṭṭhānamanasikāramananuyutto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā gihipapañcena papañcito tucchako nikkhamati, ayaṃ vuccati neva harati na paccāharatīti.
若比丘清晨起来,依前述方式圆满履行所有义务后,在托钵时间到来之前,结跏趺坐,作意业处。业处有两种:一切处业处和护持业处。一切处业处,即慈心与死随念。因为在一切处皆需,故称‘一切处业处’。慈心,应于住所等一切处修习。在住所修习慈心而住的比丘,为同梵行者所喜爱,因而安稳无诤而住。对诸天修习慈心者,为诸天守护护持,安乐而住。对国王、大臣等修习慈心者,为他们所爱惜,安乐而住。在村落、城镇等处修习慈心者,于一切处乞食游行时,为众人所恭敬尊重,安乐而住。修习死随念者,则舍弃对生命的爱恋,不放逸而住。显示巴利原文
Yo pana pageva vuṭṭhāya purimanayeneva sabbavattāni paripūretvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ – sabbatthakaṃ, pārihāriyañca. Sabbatthakaṃ nāma mettā ca maraṇassati ca. Taṃ sabbattha icchitabbato ‘‘sabbatthaka’’nti vuccati. Mettā nāma āvāsādīsu sabbattha icchitabbā. Āvāsesu hi mettāvihārī bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo hoti, tena phāsu asaṅghaṭṭho viharati. Devatāsu mettāvihārī devatāhi rakkhitagopito sukhaṃ viharati. Rājarājamahāmattādīsu mettāvihārī, tehi mamāyito sukhaṃ viharati. Gāmanigamādīsu mettāvihārī sabbattha bhikkhācariyādīsu manussehi sakkatagarukato sukhaṃ viharati. Maraṇassatibhāvanāya jīvitanikantiṃ pahāya appamatto viharati.
至于应当恒常守护的业处,即随顺个人习性,从十不净、遍、随念中任选一种,或仅以四界分别为所缘,由于须恒常守护、护持与修习,故称‘护持业处’,也即是根本业处。在此,应先作意一切处业处,后作意护持业处。我们将以四界分别的途径来显示。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana sadā pariharitabbaṃ caritānukūlena gahitattā dasāsubhakasiṇānussatīsu aññataraṃ, catudhātuvavatthānameva vā, taṃ sadā pariharitabbato, rakkhitabbato, bhāvetabbato ca pārihāriyanti vuccati, mūlakammaṭṭhānantipi tadeva. Tattha yaṃ paṭhamaṃ sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā pacchā pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti, taṃ catudhātuvavatthānamukhena dassessāma.
这位比丘,如其身体安立、摆放的状态,依界而审察:‘于此身体二十个部分中,坚硬、粗糙者,为地界;于十二个部分中,起黏结作用、润滑性者,为水界;于四个部分中,起消化作用、温热性者,为火界;于六个部分中,起支持作用、动性者,为风界。其中,未被四大种所触的空隙、空洞,为空界;了知这一切的心,为识界。’此外,再无其他众生或人,唯是清净诸行的聚合而已。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ kāyaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati – yaṃ imasmiṃ sarīre vīsatikoṭṭhāsesu kakkhaḷaṃ kharagataṃ, sā pathavīdhātu. Yaṃ dvādasasu ābandhanakiccakaraṃ snehagataṃ, sā āpodhātu. Yaṃ catūsu paripācanakaraṃ usumagataṃ, sā tejodhātu. Yaṃ pana chasu vitthambhanakaraṃ vāyogataṃ, sā vāyodhātu. Yaṃ panettha catūhi mahābhūtehi asamphuṭṭhaṃ chiddaṃ vivaraṃ, sā ākāsadhātu. Taṃvijānanakaṃ cittaṃ viññāṇadhātu. Tato uttari añño satto vā puggalo vā natthi. Kevalaṃ suddhasaṅkhārapuñjova ayanti.
这样,从开始、中间到结束,对业处作意之后,知道时间,从座位起身,穿好下裙,像之前讲过的方式那样,进村去乞食。在走路的过程中,他不会像盲目的凡夫那样,在前进等动作里迷惑地认为:‘有一个我在前进,前进这件事是由我造作出来的。’也不会迷惑地认为‘我正前进着,前进是被我造作出来的。’他怎样不迷惑呢?‘当“我正在前进”这个念头在心中生起时,与这个心一起,由心等起的能保持姿势的风界就生起了。这个风界促使这个由地界等组合而成、被世人假名为“身体”的骨骸堆聚震动,接着依靠心生作的风界的震动之力,这个被称为身体的骨骸堆聚就向前移动了。当这样前进时,在做每一个抬脚的动作当中,四大里面,跟随风界的火界会变得力量很强,其他界比较弱。在把脚移前、移回、移向侧边的动作里,跟随火界的风界力量变得很强,其他界比较弱。在把脚往下放的动作里,跟随地界的水界力量变得很强,其他界比较弱。在把脚踏实、往下压的动作里,跟随水界的地界力量变得很强,其他界比较弱。就这样,这些界,和各自生起它们的心在一起,就在各自当下的地方坏灭了。在这里,到底哪一个单一的东西在前进?或者,是谁的单一前进呢?’他用这种方式,在每一个抬脚等动作的阶段里,对于每一阶段生起的那些界,以及和它们不能分离的其余色法,还有引发它们的那个心,以及和那个心相应的其余名法,他就把这些都看成只是色法或名法。这些名色法,在接下来做移前、移回等动作的阶段,是无法到达下一个动作的,就在各自当下的地方坏灭了,所以是无常的。而凡是无常的,就是苦的;凡是苦的,就是非我的。’如此,他始终圆满一切角度地作意着业处向前走。
确实,有意思解脱的善男子们,在佛陀的教法里出家以后,有的十人,有的二十人、三十人、四十人、五十人、六十人、七十人,乃至一百人,共同住在同一个地方,互相定下规矩而共住。他们会说:‘贤友们,你们不是因为欠债,不是因为害怕什么,也不是被生计所迫才出家的,而是为了从苦当中解脱才在这个教法中出家。所以,在走路时生起的烦恼,就应该在走路的时候立刻降伏它;在站着时、坐着时、躺卧时生起的烦恼,也都应该就着那个姿势立刻降伏它。’他们这样立下规矩之后,在出去乞食的路上,把距离半牛呼、一牛呼、半牛吼、一牛吼之间的那些石头,取为其所缘,持续不断地作意着业处向前走。如果有人走路的时候烦恼生起了,就在当时当地就降伏它。如果做不到,就停下来站着。这时,跟在他后面来的人也会停下来站着。前面这个人就会责备自己:‘那位比丘已经知道你心里生起寻思了,这实在不像样!’于是他便增长观智,就在那个地方进入圣者的境地。如果还是做不到,他就坐下来。这时候,跟在后面来的人也会坐下来,道理跟先前一样。如果还是不能进入圣者的境地,那么他就把那个烦恼镇伏住,然后继续作意着业处向前走。他从来不会用心离开了业处来抬脚。如果不小心那样抬了脚,他就会转身走回先前那个地方,就像锡兰岛上的‘门廊住者’大普沙提婆长老那样。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānato kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā, kālaṃ ñatvā, uṭṭhāyāsanā nivāsetvā, pubbe vuttanayeneva gāmaṃ piṇḍāya gacchati. Gacchanto ca yathā andhaputhujjanā abhikkamādīsu ‘‘attā abhikkamati, attanā abhikkamo nibbattito’’ti vā, ‘‘ahaṃ abhikkamāmi, mayā abhikkamo nibbattito’’ti vā sammuyhanti, tathā asammuyhanto ‘‘abhikkamāmīti citte uppajjamāne teneva cittena saddhiṃ cittasamuṭṭhānā sandhāraṇavāyodhātu uppajjati. Sā imaṃ pathavīdhātvādisannivesabhūtaṃ kāyasammataṃ aṭṭhikasaṅghāṭaṃ vippharati, tato cittakiriyāvāyodhātuvipphāravasena ayaṃ kāyasammato aṭṭhikasaṅghāṭo abhikkamati. Tassevaṃ abhikkamato ekekapāduddhāraṇe catūsu dhātūsu vāyodhātuanugatā tejodhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Atiharaṇavītiharaṇāpaharaṇesu pana tejodhātuanugatā vāyodhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Orohaṇe pana pathavīdhātuanugatā āpodhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Sannikkhepanasamuppīḷanesu āpodhātuanugatā pathavīdhātu adhikā uppajjati, mandā itarā. Iccetā dhātuyo tena tena attano uppādakacittena saddhiṃ tattha tattheva bhijjanti . Tattha ko eko abhikkamati, kassa vā ekassa abhikkamana’’nti evaṃ ekekapāduddhāraṇādippakāresu ekekasmiṃ pakāre uppannadhātuyo, tadavinibbhuttā ca sesā rūpadhammā, taṃsamuṭṭhāpakaṃ cittaṃ, taṃsampayuttā ca sesā arūpadhammāti ete rūpārūpadhammā. Tato paraṃ atiharaṇavītiharaṇādīsu aññaṃ pakāraṃ na sampāpuṇanti, tattha tattheva bhijjanti. Tasmā aniccā. Yañca aniccaṃ, taṃ dukkhaṃ. Yaṃ dukkhaṃ, tadanattāti evaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontova gacchati. Atthakāmā hi kulaputtā sāsane pabbajitvā dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi saṭṭhipi sattatipi satampi ekato vasantā katikavattaṃ katvā viharanti – ‘‘āvuso, tumhe na iṇaṭṭhā, na bhayaṭṭhā, na jīvikāpakatā pabbajitā; dukkhā muccitukāmā panettha pabbajitā. Tasmā gamane uppannakilesaṃ gamaneyeva niggaṇhatha, ṭhāne nisajjāya, sayane uppannakilesaṃ gamaneyeva niggaṇhathā’’ti. Te evaṃ katikavattaṃ katvā bhikkhācāraṃ gacchantā aḍḍhausabhausabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutantaresu pāsāṇā honti, tāya saññāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontāva gacchanti. Sace kassaci gamane kileso uppajjati, tattheva naṃ niggaṇhāti. Tathā asakkonto tiṭṭhati. Athassa pacchato āgacchantopi tiṭṭhati. So – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu tuyhaṃ uppannavitakkaṃ jānāti, ananucchavikaṃ te eta’’nti attānaṃ paṭicodetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tattheva ariyabhūmiṃ okkamati. Tathā asakkonto nisīdati. Athassa pacchato āgacchantopi nisīdatīti soyeva nayo. Ariyabhūmi okkamituṃ asakkontopi taṃ kilesaṃ vikkhambhetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontova gacchati. Na kammaṭṭhānavippayuttena cittena pādaṃ uddharati. Uddharati ce, paṭinivattitvā purimappadesaṃyeva eti sīhaḷadīpe ālindakavāsī mahāphussadevatthero viya .
据说,那位长老圆满‘去回之行’的义务,如此度过十九年。人们有时在途中,或耕田、播种、踩泥或作种种活计时,看见长老那样行路,便议论道:‘这位长老反复地走去又走回,究竟是迷了路,还是忘记了什么东西呢?’长老完全不理会这些话,只是一心专注业处,精勤修习沙门法,在二十年内便证得阿拉汉果。就在他证得阿拉汉果的那一天,住在他经行道末端的一位天神,以手指点燃一盏灯,站在那里。四大天王、诸天之主帝释以及娑婆主梵天都前来承事。林住大提沙长老见到那片光,第二天便问他:‘尊者,昨夜您的住处有光,那是什么光?’大普沙提婆长老想要掩饰,说:‘所谓光嘛,有灯光,也有宝石的光……’等等。林住大提沙长老追问:‘您是在隐瞒吧?’经坚持询问,他承认了:‘是的。’并把原委讲了出来。显示巴利原文
So kira ekūnavīsati vassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento eva vihāsi. Manussāpi sudaṃ antarāmagge kasantā ca vapantā ca maddantā ca kammāni karontā theraṃ tathā gacchantaṃ disvā – ‘‘ayaṃ thero punappunaṃ nivattitvā gacchati, kiṃ nu kho maggamūḷho, udāhu kiñci pamuṭṭho’’ti samullapanti. So taṃ anādiyitvā kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena samaṇadhammaṃ karonto vīsativassabbhantare arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Arahattappattadivase cassa caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ adhivatthā devatā aṅgulīhi dīpaṃ ujjāletvā aṭṭhāsi. Cattāropi mahārājāno sakko ca devānamindo, brahmā ca sahampati upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamaṃsu. Tañca obhāsaṃ disvā vanavāsī mahātissatthero taṃ dutiyadivase pucchi ‘‘rattibhāge āyasmato santike obhāso ahosi, kiṃ so obhāso’’ti? Thero vikkhepaṃ karonto ‘‘obhāso nāma dīpobhāsopi hoti, maṇiobhāsopī’’ti evamādiṃ āha. So ‘‘paṭicchādetha tumhe’’ti nibaddho ‘‘āmā’’ti paṭijānitvā ārocesi.
也像那位住在迦罗瓦利讲堂的大那伽长老一样。据说他也圆满‘去回之行’,心想‘首先,我要礼敬世尊的大精进’,于是七年间只决意站着和经行。之后,又用十六年圆满‘去回之行’,证得了阿拉汉果。他就是这样,以与业处结合的心抬脚,如果脚抬起时心已与业处分离,他就折返。走到村子附近时,停在那种会让人生起‘那是牛还是出家人呢’的怀疑的地方,披好僧伽帝,拿起钵,到了村门口,从腋窝处取水,含在口中,然后进村,心想:‘对于前来布施食物或者礼拜的人们,哪怕只用一句“愿你们长寿”这样的话,也不要让我的业处遭到散乱。’如果被人问:‘尊者,今天是初七还是初八?’这样问日子,他就把水咽下去然后回答。如果没有人问日子,他就在出村时在村门口把水吐掉,然后离去。显示巴利原文
Kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya ca. Sopi kira gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūrento ‘‘paṭhamaṃ tāva bhagavato mahāpadhānaṃ pūjemī’’ti satta vassāni ṭhānacaṅkamameva adhiṭṭhāsi. Puna soḷasa vassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Evaṃ kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena pādaṃ uddharanto vippayuttena cittena uddhaṭe pana paṭinivattanto gāmasamīpaṃ gantvā, ‘‘gāvī nu pabbajito nū’’ti āsaṅkanīyappadese ṭhatvā, saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ gahetvā, gāmadvāraṃ patvā, kacchakantarato udakaṃ gahetvā, gaṇḍūsaṃ katvā gāmaṃ pavisati ‘‘bhikkhaṃ dātuṃ vā vandituṃ vā upagate manusse ‘dīghāyukā hothā’ti vacanamattenapi mā me kammaṭṭhānavikkhepo ahosī’’ti sace pana ‘‘ajja, bhante, kiṃ sattamī, udāhu aṭṭhamī’’ti divasaṃ pucchanti, udakaṃ gilitvā āroceti. Sace divasapucchakā na honti, nikkhamanavelāyaṃ gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvāva yāti.
又如同在锡兰岛的迦蓝巴提塔寺入雨安居的五十位比丘那样。据说,他们在入雨安居的布萨日立下约定:“不证阿拉汉果,彼此决不交谈。”他们进村乞食时,先在村口含一口水,再进入村子。若有人问及日期,便咽下水回答;若无人问,便在村口将水吐出,返回寺院。村里人看见地上有水迹,便知道:“今天来了一位,今天来了两位。”他们又想:“这些尊者是不同我们说话,还是彼此之间也不交谈呢?若是彼此都不交谈,那定是起了争执。好吧,我们去请他们互相忏谢吧。”于是大家都向寺院走去。在那寺中入雨安居的五十位比丘,没有两人同住一处。这时,其中一位有眼力的人说道:“唉,起争执者的住处不会像这样。塔院与菩提树院打扫得极为整洁,扫帚安放得井井有条,饮用水与日常用水也置备得妥妥当当。”他们便从那里返回了。这些比丘就在雨安居期间开始修观,证得阿拉汉果,并在大自恣日举行了“清净自恣”。显示巴利原文
Sīhaḷadīpeyeva kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatā paññāsabhikkhū viya ca. Te kira vassūpanāyikauposathadivase katikavattaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā aññamaññaṃ nālapissāmā’’ti. Gāmañca piṇḍāya pavisantā gāmadvāre udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā pavisiṃsu, divase pucchite udakaṃ gilitvā ārocesuṃ, apucchite gāmadvāre niṭṭhubhitvā vihāraṃ āgamaṃsu. Tattha manussā niṭṭhubhanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā jāniṃsu ‘‘ajja eko āgato, ajja dve’’ti. Evañca cintesuṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ete amheheva saddhiṃ na sallapanti, udāhu aññamaññampi? Yadi aññamaññampi na sallapanti, addhā vivādajātā bhavissanti, handa nesaṃ aññamaññaṃ khamāpessāmā’’ti sabbe vihāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tattha paññāsabhikkhūsu vassaṃ upagatesu dve bhikkhū ekokāse nāddasaṃsu. Tato yo tesu cakkhumā puriso, so evamāha – ‘‘na, bho, kalahakārakānaṃ vasanokāso īdiso hoti, susammaṭṭhaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ bodhiyaṅgaṇaṃ, sunikkhittā sammajjaniyo, sūpaṭṭhapitaṃ pānīyaparibhojanīya’’nti. Te tatova nivattā. Te bhikkhū antotemāseyeva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā arahattaṃ patvā mahāpavāraṇāya visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresuṃ.
正如住在迦罗瓦利讲堂的大那伽长老,以及迦蓝巴提塔寺入雨安居的比丘们那样,他们以与业处相应的心抬起脚步,行至村落附近,含一口水,观察街道,再选择没有酒鬼、赌徒等喧闹之人,也没有狂象狂马等的街道进入。在那里乞食时,他们并不像慌张之人那样匆匆行走——因为并没有所谓“快速乞食者头陀支”这一说。遇到不平坦的地面,便如满载水的车那样,平稳地走过。逐户进入之后,为了辨别有意施与无意施与者,他们会等待适当的时机取得食物。在合适的地方坐下后,便作意业处,对食物修习“厌逆想”,以“如为车轴加油、如为疮口敷药、如食亲子之肉想”来审察,受用具足八支的饮食——不为嬉戏,不为骄逸……餐后,处理好饮水等事宜,稍作休息以消除饭后的倦怠,随后如同午前一般,于午后、初夜、后夜也同样如此作意业处。这就称为“持去又持回”,也就是“去回之行”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāḷavallimaṇḍapavāsī mahānāgatthero viya kalambatitthavihāre vassūpagatabhikkhū viya ca kammaṭṭhānayutteneva cittena pādaṃ uddharanto gāmasamīpaṃ patvā, udakagaṇḍūsaṃ katvā, vīthiyo sallakkhetvā, yattha surāsoṇḍadhuttādayo kalahakārakā caṇḍahatthiassādayo vā natthi, taṃ vīthiṃ paṭipajjati. Tattha ca piṇḍāya caramāno na turitaturito viya javena gacchati, javanapiṇḍapātikadhutaṅgaṃ nāma natthi. Visamabhūmibhāgappattaṃ pana udakabharitasakaṭamiva niccalova hutvā gacchati. Anugharaṃ paviṭṭho ca dātukāmaṃ adātukāmaṃ vā sallakkhetuṃ tadanurūpaṃ kālaṃ āgamento bhikkhaṃ gahetvā, patirūpe okāse nisīditvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonto āhāre paṭikūlasaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā, akkhabbhañjanavaṇālepanaputtamaṃsūpamāvasena paccavekkhanto aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āhāreti, neva davāya na madāya…pe… bhuttāvī ca udakakiccaṃ katvā, muhuttaṃ bhattakilamathaṃ paṭippassambhetvā, yathā pure bhattaṃ, evaṃ pacchā bhattaṃ purimayāmaṃ pacchimayāmañca kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karoti. Ayaṃ vuccati harati ceva paccāharati cāti. Evametaṃ haraṇapaccāharaṇaṃ gatapaccāgatavattanti vuccati.
圆满修习此法者,若具足亲依止,则能在青年时期即证阿拉汉果。若未在青年时期证得,则于中年时期证得。若未在中年时期证得,则在临命终时证得。若未在临命终时证得,则生为天人后证得。若生为天人仍未证得,则成为独觉佛而般涅槃。若成为独觉佛仍未般涅槃,则会在诸佛面前成为速通智者——例如巴希耶长老,或成为大智慧者——例如舍利弗长老。显示巴利原文
Etaṃ pūrento yadi upanissayasampanno hoti, paṭhamavaye eva arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. No ce paṭhamavaye pāpuṇāti, atha majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti. No ce majjhimavaye pāpuṇāti, atha maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti. No ce maraṇasamaye pāpuṇāti, atha devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti. No ce devaputto hutvā pāpuṇāti, atha paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti. No ce paccekasambuddho hutvā parinibbāti, atha buddhānaṃ santike khippābhiñño hoti; seyyathāpi – thero bāhiyo, mahāpañño vā hoti; seyyathāpi thero sāriputto.
这位辟支菩萨曾在迦叶世尊的教法中出家,成为林居者,用两万年的时间圆满修习上述的去回之行,命终后生于欲界天。从彼处死后,结生于波罗奈国王第一夫人的胎中。善巧的妇女当日便能了知受胎,她正是这样的女子,于是将入胎之事禀告国王。有这样一种常法:凡有福的众生入胎,母体便应受安胎的护持。国王因此赐予她安胎的守护。从此以后,她不能摄取任何过热、过冷、过酸、过咸、过辣、过苦的饮食。若母亲食用过热的食物,胎儿犹如处在铜锅之中;若过冷,则犹如处在世界之间的黑暗;若过酸、过咸、过辣、过苦,便会使胎儿卧处的肢体产生剧痛,犹如被刀剖开后再浇上酸液等。还制止她过多地行走、站立、坐下和躺卧,以免腹中的胎儿动转受苦。为让她获得柔软的敷具,允许她在适当的范围内在地上经行等;并得到色香味俱全、可口适宜的食物。而且妥善保护,让她适度地经行、安坐、起立。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā, āraññiko hutvā, vīsati vassasahassāni etaṃ gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā, kālaṃ katvā, kāmāvacaradevaloke uppajji. Tato cavitvā bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Kusalā itthiyo tadaheva gabbhasaṇṭhānaṃ jānanti, sā ca tāsamaññatarā , tasmā taṃ gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṃ rañño nivedesi. Dhammatā esā, yaṃ puññavante satte gabbhe uppanne mātugāmo gabbhaparihāraṃ labhati. Tasmā rājā tassā gabbhaparihāraṃ adāsi. Sā tato pabhuti nāccuṇhaṃ kiñci ajjhoharituṃ labhati, nātisītaṃ, nātiambilaṃ, nātiloṇaṃ, nātikaṭukaṃ, nātitittakaṃ. Accuṇhe hi mātarā ajjhohaṭe gabbhassa lohakumbhivāso viya hoti, atisīte lokantarikavāso viya, accambilaloṇakaṭukatittakesu bhuttesu satthena phāletvā ambilādīhi sittāni viya gabbhaseyyakassa aṅgāni tibbavedanāni honti. Aticaṅkamanaṭṭhānanisajjāsayanatopi naṃ nivārenti – ‘‘kucchigatassa sañcalanadukkhaṃ mā ahosī’’ti. Mudukattharaṇatthatāya bhūmiyaṃ caṅkamanādīni mattāya kātuṃ labhati, vaṇṇagandhādisampannaṃ sādusappāyaṃ annapānaṃ labhati. Pariggahetvāva naṃ caṅkamāpenti, nisīdāpenti, vuṭṭhāpenti.
她这样受到保护,到胎熟之时,进入产房,于破晓时分诞下一子,肤色犹如磨成的熟油团,又如打磨过的朱砂团,具足谷堆般的吉祥相。到了第五天,众人将孩子打扮整齐,抱示给国王看。国王欢喜,安排了六十二位乳母来抚养他。他在一切荣华中成长,不久便已成年。就在他十六岁那年,国王为他灌顶,令其继承王位,并为他陈设各种表演。灌顶后的王子以“梵授王”之名统治整个赡部洲的二十座城市。据说过去赡部洲有八万四千个城市,后来渐次减为六万,再减为四万;在一切衰落之时,则仅有二十。这位梵授王即出生于一切衰落之时,因此他拥有二万座城市、二万座宫殿、二万头象、二万匹马、二万乘车、二万步兵、二万女子——包括内宫妃嫔与歌舞伎,还有二万大臣。他在治理大王国之余,修习遍处的预备行,成就了五神通和八等至。然而作为灌顶的国王,必须坐于断事处。一日清晨,他用完早食,坐于断事处,那里人声喧哗。他想:“这声音正是等至的随烦恼。”于是登上宫殿之顶,坐下心想“我要入等至”,却因国政的干扰无法入定,等至退失。他继而思维:“是王位殊胜,还是沙门法殊胜?”他认……显示巴利原文
Sā evaṃ parihariyamānā gabbhaparipākakāle sūtigharaṃ pavisitvā paccūsasamaye puttaṃ vijāyi pakkatelamadditamanosilāpiṇḍisadisaṃ dhaññapuññalakkhaṇūpetaṃ. Tato naṃ pañcamadivase alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ rañño dassesuṃ, rājā tuṭṭho chasaṭṭhiyā dhātīhi upaṭṭhāpesi. So sabbasampattīhi vaḍḍhamāno na cirasseva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ soḷasavassuddesikameva samānaṃ rājā rajje abhisiñci, vividhanāṭakāni cassa upaṭṭhāpesi. Abhisitto rājaputto rajjaṃ kāresi nāmena brahmadatto sakalajambudīpe vīsatiyā nagarasahassesu. Jambudīpe hi pubbe caturāsīti nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tāni parihāyantāni saṭṭhi ahesuṃ, tato parihāyantāni cattālīsaṃ, sabbaparihāyanakāle pana vīsati honti. Ayañca brahmadatto sabbaparihāyanakāle uppajji. Tenassa vīsati nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ, vīsati pāsādasahassāni, vīsati hatthisahassāni, vīsati assasahassāni, vīsati rathasahassāni , vīsati pattisahassāni, vīsati itthisahassāni – orodhā ca nāṭakitthiyo ca, vīsati amaccasahassāni. So mahārajjaṃ kārayamāno eva kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā pañca abhiññāyo, aṭṭha samāpattiyo ca nibbattesi. Yasmā pana abhisittaraññā nāma avassaṃ aṭṭakaraṇe nisīditabbaṃ, tasmā ekadivasaṃ pageva pātarāsaṃ bhuñjitvā vinicchayaṭṭhāne nisīdi. Tattha uccāsaddamahāsaddaṃ akaṃsu. So ‘‘ayaṃ saddo samāpattiyā upakkileso’’ti pāsādatalaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘samāpattiṃ appemī’’ti nisinno nāsakkhi appetuṃ, rajjavikkhepena samāpatti parihīnā. Tato cintesi ‘‘kiṃ rajjaṃ varaṃ, udāhu samaṇadhammo’’ti. Tato ‘‘rajjasukhaṃ parittaṃ anekādīnavaṃ, samaṇadhammasukhaṃ pana vipulamanekānisaṃsaṃ uttamapurisasevitañcā’’ti ñatvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘imaṃ rajjaṃ dhammena samena anusāsa, mā kho adhammakāraṃ akāsī’’ti sabbaṃ niyyātetvā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattisukhena viharati, na koci upasaṅkamituṃ labhati aññatra mukhadhovanadantakaṭṭhadāyakabhattanīhārakādīhi.
过了大约半个月,王后问道:“国王在游园、观兵、观歌舞等处都不见踪影,他去了何处?”有人将实情告诉了她。她便派人到那位大臣那里说:“国王隐居,我也一同隐居,让他来与我共同生活。”大臣捂住双耳说:“这话不堪入耳。”拒绝了。王后又再三派人去,见他仍不答应,便威胁道:“你若不肯照办,我既能罢免你的官职,也能取走你的性命。”他心中害怕,心想:“女人意志坚定,或许真会让人这么做。”有一天,他私下前去与她共卧在吉祥床上。她是有福德之人,触感安乐。大臣被她的触欲所迷,此后虽然心怀恐惧,仍时常前往。渐渐地,他便如同自家丈夫一般毫无顾忌地出入。显示巴利原文
Tato addhamāsamatte vītikkante mahesī pucchi ‘‘rājā uyyānagamanabaladassananāṭakādīsu katthaci na dissati, kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tassā tamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sā amaccassa pāhesi ‘‘rajje paṭicchite ahampi paṭicchitā homi, etu mayā saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappetū’’ti. So ubho kaṇṇe thaketvā ‘‘asavanīyameta’’nti paṭikkhipi. Sā punapi dvattikkhattuṃ pesetvā anicchamānaṃ tajjāpesi – ‘‘yadi na karosi, ṭhānāpi te cāvemi, jīvitāpi voropemī’’ti. So bhīto ‘‘mātugāmo nāma daḷhanicchayo, kadāci evampi kārāpeyyā’’ti ekadivasaṃ raho gantvā tāya saddhiṃ sirisayane saṃvāsaṃ kappesi. Sā puññavatī sukhasamphassā. So tassā samphassarāgena ratto tattha abhikkhaṇaṃ saṅkitasaṅkitova agamāsi. Anukkamena attano gharasāmiko viya nibbisaṅko pavisitumāraddho.
后来,国王的侍从们将此事禀告了国王。国王不信。他们第二次、第三次又去禀告。于是国王隐藏起来,亲自目睹后,便召集所有大臣,宣告了此事。大臣们说:“这欺君之罪人,应断其手,应断其足。”如此乃至说及尖桩刺穿之刑,列举了种种刑罚。国王说:“对他杀戮、捆绑、鞭打,都会在我心中生起伤害之念;若夺他性命,便是杀生;若夺他财物,便是不与取。不可再行此类事,将他逐出我的国土吧。”大臣们便剥夺了他的官职。他便携带着自己的贵重财物与妻儿,投奔他国。那里的国王听闻后,问他:“你来此处,欲为何事?”他说:“大王,我想侍奉您。”国王便接纳了他。过了些日子,此大臣赢得了信任,便对那位国王说:“大王,我曾见无蝇之蜜,吃着吃着就没了。”国王以为他想嘲讽,便没有理会。后来,他得到机会,又更为详细地禀告形容。国王问:“那是什么?”他说:“就是波罗奈的王国,陛下。”国王说:“你想带我去送死吗?”他说:“陛下,切勿这样说。您若不信,可派人前去察看。”国王便派了人。那些人去后,挖开城门,出现在国王的寝室。显示巴利原文
Tato rājamanussā taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā na saddahati. Dutiyampi tatiyampi ārocesuṃ. Tato nilīno sayameva disvā sabbāmacce sannipātāpetvā ārocesi. Te – ‘‘ayaṃ rājāparādhiko hatthacchedaṃ arahati, pādacchedaṃ arahatī’’ti yāva sūle uttāsanaṃ, tāva sabbakammakāraṇāni niddisiṃsu. Rājā – ‘‘etassa vadhabandhanatāḷane mayhaṃ vihiṃsā uppajjeyya, jīvitā voropane pāṇātipāto bhaveyya, dhanaharaṇe adinnādānaṃ, alaṃ evarūpehi katehi, imaṃ mama rajjā nikkaḍḍhathā’’ti āha. Amaccā taṃ nibbisayaṃ akaṃsu. So attano dhanasārañca puttadārañca gahetvā paravisayaṃ agamāsi. Tattha rājā sutvā ‘‘kiṃ āgatosī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Deva, icchāmi taṃ upaṭṭhātu’’nti. So taṃ sampaṭicchi. Amacco katipāhaccayena laddhavissāso taṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja, amakkhikamadhuṃ passāmi, taṃ khādanto natthī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ uppaṇḍetukāmo bhaṇatī’’ti na suṇāti. So antaraṃ labhitvā punapi suṭṭhutaraṃ vaṇṇetvā ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti pucchi. ‘‘Bārāṇasirajjaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘maṃ netvā māretukāmosī’’ti āha. So ‘‘mā, deva, evaṃ avaca, yadi na saddahasi, manusse pesehī’’ti. So manusse pesesi. Te gantvā gopuraṃ khaṇitvā rañño sayanaghare uṭṭhahiṃsu.
国王看见了他们,问道:“你们为何而来?”他们说:“大王,我们是盗贼。”国王便令人施予他们财物,并教诲道:“以后不要再做这样的事。”然后放他们离去。他们回去后,禀告了那位国王。那国王又这样再三试探后,认为“这确是具戒的国王”,便集合四部军队,来到边界附近的一座城市,向梵授王的大臣传信:“要么交出城市,要么准备战斗。”大臣将此事禀告梵授王:“请陛下指示,我是迎战,还是交出城市?”国王回信说:“不应战斗,把城市给他,你且回到这里来。”大臣便照此而行。敌王取得那座城后,又对其他城市同样遣使。那些大臣也同样禀告梵授王,得到“不应战斗,应当回来”的指示后,便都回到了波罗奈。显示巴利原文
Rājā disvā ‘‘kissa āgatātthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Corā mayaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā tesaṃ dhanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘mā puna evamakatthā’’ti ovaditvā vissajjesi. Te āgantvā tassa rañño ārocesuṃ. So punapi dvattikkhattuṃ tatheva vīmaṃsitvā ‘‘sīlavā rājā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā sīmantare ekaṃ nagaraṃ upagamma tattha amaccassa pāhesi ‘‘nagaraṃ vā me dehi yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So brahmadattassa tamatthaṃ ārocāpesi ‘‘āṇāpetu devo kiṃ yujjhāmi, udāhu nagaraṃ demī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, nagaraṃ datvā idhāgacchā’’ti pesesi. So tathā akāsi. Paṭirājāpi taṃ nagaraṃ gahetvā avasesanagaresupi tatheva dūtaṃ pāhesi. Tepi amaccā tatheva brahmadattassa ārocetvā tena ‘‘na yujjhitabbaṃ, idhāgantabba’’nti vuttā bārāṇasiṃ āgamaṃsu.
于是,大臣们对梵授王说:“大王,让我们与他交战吧。”国王阻止道:“这将使我犯下杀生。”大臣们便以种种方便劝解国王:“大王,我们会将他活捉,带到这里来。”之后便开始催促:“来吧,大王。”国王说:“只要你们不做杀害、打击、掠夺之事,我便前往。”大臣们答:“陛下,我们不做这些,只是显示大军的威势,将他们吓退。”于是,他们集合了四支大军,将灯放进瓶中,在夜间行军。那天,敌王刚好攻取了波罗奈附近的一座城,心中得意,想“现在还能怎样呢”,便脱下铠甲,与大军一起放逸地入睡了。这时,大臣们护送着波罗奈国王来到敌王营地,将瓶中所有的灯一齐取出,顿时全军灯火通明,并发出震天呐喊。敌王的大臣见此雄壮军势,惊恐地跑到自家国王面前,大声喊道:“起来,吃你的无蝇之蜜吧!”如此喊了第二次、第三次。敌王被这声音惊醒,陷入极大的恐惧与惊慌,四周随之响起一片惊叫。他想:“因为听信别人的话,我竟落入了敌人手中。”整夜辗转悲叹。次日天亮后,他想:“这是一位具足法德的国王,应不至于加害于我,我且去向他忏悔,乞求原谅吧。”于是,他来到国王面前,双膝跪地,说:“请原谅我,大王。”显示巴利原文
Tato amaccā brahmadattaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, tena saha yujjhāmā’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘mama pāṇātipāto bhavissatī’’ti vāresi. Amaccā – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, taṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gahetvā idheva ānessāmā’’ti nānāupāyehi rājānaṃ saññāpetvā ‘‘ehi mahārājā’’ti gantuṃ āraddhā. Rājā ‘‘sace sattamāraṇappaharaṇavilumpanakammaṃ na karotha, gacchāmī’’ti bhaṇati. Amaccā ‘‘na, deva, karoma, bhayaṃ dassetvā palāpemā’’ti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā ghaṭesu dīpe pakkhipitvā rattiṃ gacchiṃsu. Paṭirājā taṃ divasaṃ bārāṇasisamīpe nagaraṃ gahetvā idāni kinti rattiṃ sannāhaṃ mocāpetvā pamatto niddaṃ okkami saddhiṃ balakāyena. Tato amaccā bārāṇasirājānaṃ gahetvā paṭirañño khandhāvāraṃ gantvā sabbaghaṭehi dīpe niharāpetvā ekapajjotāya senāya saddaṃ akaṃsu. Paṭirañño amacco mahābalaṃ disvā bhīto attano rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi amakkhikamadhuṃ khādāhī’’ti mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Tathā dutiyopi, tatiyopi. Paṭirājā tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā bhayaṃ santāsaṃ āpajji. Ukkuṭṭhisatāni pavattiṃsu. So ‘‘paravacanaṃ saddahitvā amittahatthaṃ pattomhī’’ti sabbarattiṃ taṃ taṃ vippalapitvā dutiyadivase ‘‘dhammiko rājā, uparodhaṃ na kareyya, gantvā khamāpemī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘khama, mahārāja, mayhaṃ aparādha’’nti āha. Rājā taṃ ovaditvā ‘‘uṭṭhehi, khamāmi te’’ti āha. So raññā evaṃ vuttamatteyeva paramassāsappatto ahosi, bārāṇasirañño samīpeyeva janapade rajjaṃ labhi. Te aññamaññaṃ sahāyakā ahesuṃ.
那时,梵授王看见双方军队和睦地合在一处,心想:“为了守护我一人之心,在这人群中,连一只小苍蝇吸食的血滴都不曾生起。啊,真是善哉!啊,真是微妙!愿一切众生安乐,无怨,无恼!”他生起慈心禅那后,便以此禅那为近依,观照诸行,证悟了辟支菩提智,达到了自成之境。大臣们向这位因道乐与果乐而安乐、坐在象肩上的他合掌礼敬,说道:“大王,现在该乘车了:当尊崇得胜之军,为败军发放食粮与路资。”他答:“朋友,我并非国王,我是称作独觉佛的。”大臣们说:“大王您说什么?独觉佛怎会是这般模样?”他问:“朋友,那么独觉佛是何等模样?”大臣们说:“所谓独觉佛,须发不过两指长,具备八种资具。”他以右手抚首,当下在家之相隐没,出家之相显现,具足两指之须发,成就八种资具,犹如百岁长老之仪。他入第四禅那,从象肩上腾身虚空,坐于莲花之上。大臣们顶礼后问道:“尊者,您的修行业处是什么?依靠何法而证悟?”他所依的业处正是慈心禅那,并藉由观照此业处而证悟。为了演说显示巴利原文
Atha brahmadatto dvepi senā sammodamānā ekato ṭhitā disvā ‘‘mamekassa cittānurakkhaṇāya asmiṃ janakāye khuddakamakkhikāya pivanamattampi lohitabindu na uppannaṃ. Aho sādhu, aho suṭṭhu, sabbe sattā sukhitā hontu, averā hontu, abyāpajjhā hontū’’ti mettājhānaṃ uppādetvā, tadeva pādakaṃ katvā, saṅkhāre sammasitvā, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ sacchikatvā, sayambhutaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ maggasukhena phalasukhena sukhitaṃ hatthikkhandhe nisinnaṃ amaccā paṇipātaṃ katvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘yānakālo, mahārāja, vijitabalakāyassa sakkāro kātabbo, parājitabalakāyassa bhattaparibbayo dātabbo’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā, paccekabuddho nāmāha’’nti. Kiṃ devo bhaṇati, na edisā paccekabuddhā hontīti? Kīdisā, bhaṇe, paccekabuddhāti? Paccekabuddhā nāma dvaṅgulakesamassu aṭṭhaparikkhārayuttā bhavantīti. So dakkhiṇahatthena sīsaṃ parāmasi, tāvadeva gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyi, pabbajitaveso pāturahosi, dvaṅgulakesamassu aṭṭhaparikkhārasamannāgato vassasatikattherasadiso ahosi. So catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā hatthikkhandhato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā padumapupphe nisīdi. Amaccā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kammaṭṭhānaṃ, kathaṃ adhigatosī’’ti pucchiṃsu. So yato assa mettājhānakammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi , tañca vipassanaṃ vipassitvā adhigato, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento udānagāthañca byākaraṇagāthañca imaññeva gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍa’’nti.
此处“一切”指无余。“众生”指有情。这是略说,广释将于《宝经》注释中阐明。“放下”即放下、舍弃。“杖”指身、语、意的杖,是身恶行等的同义词。身恶行能打击,故称为杖,意谓它恼害、带来不幸与灾祸。语恶行与意恶行亦然。或者,能击打的杖本身即称杖,放下此杖,也应作如是观。“不害”指不伤害。“即使一个”指任何一个。“对于他们”指对于那一切众生。“不应求子”意谓在四种儿子——亲生子、田生子、给与子、弟子——中,不应追求任何一个儿子。“何况友伴”即哪里还会去求友伴呢?那更是无从谈起了。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbesūti anavasesesu. Bhūtesūti sattesu. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana ratanasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma. Nidhāyāti nikkhipitvā. Daṇḍanti kāyavacīmanodaṇḍaṃ, kāyaduccaritādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kāyaduccaritañhi daṇḍayatīti daṇḍo, bādheti anayabyasanaṃ pāpetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ ca. Paharaṇadaṇḍo eva vā daṇḍo, taṃ nidhāyātipi vuttaṃ hoti. Aviheṭhayanti aviheṭhayanto. Aññatarampīti yaṃkiñci ekampi. Tesanti tesaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ. Na puttamiccheyyāti atrajo, khetrajo, dinnako, antevāsikoti imesu catūsu puttesu yaṃ kiñci puttaṃ na iccheyya. Kuto sahāyanti sahāyaṃ pana iccheyyāti kuto eva etaṃ.
“独一”:指出家意义上的独一,无伴意义上的独一,断除贪爱意义上的独一,彻底远离烦恼意义上的独一,独自证悟辟支菩提意义上的独一。纵使身处千位沙门之中,因已断除在家束缚,他仍是独一的——这便是出家意义上的独一。独自站立,独自行走,独自坐下,独自躺卧,独自活动——这便是无伴意义上的独一。显示巴利原文
Ekoti pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko, adutiyaṭṭhena eko, taṇhāpahānena eko, ekantavigatakilesoti eko, eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko. Samaṇasahassassāpi hi majjhe vattamāno gihisaññojanassa chinnattā eko – evaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātena eko. Eko tiṭṭhati, eko gacchati, eko nisīdati, eko seyyaṃ kappeti, eko iriyati vattatīti – evaṃ adutiyaṭṭhena eko.
以爱为第二者,流转于漫长的轮回;
此有转为彼有,轮回不能超越。
如此了知其过患,了知爱是苦的根源;
远离贪爱、无所执取、具足正念的比丘,应如此游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhādutiyo puriso, dīghamaddhānasaṃsaraṃ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. ‘‘Evamādīnavaṃ ñatvā, taṇhaṃ dukkhassa sambhavaṃ; Vītataṇho anādāno, sato bhikkhu paribbaje’’ti. (itivu. 15, 105; mahāni. 191; cūḷani. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107) –
如此,依断除渴爱的意义,称为「独一」。因他的一切烦恼已断除,其根被彻底斩断,犹如截顶的多罗树,归于无有,成为未来不生之法——依此究竟远离一切烦恼的意义,也称为「独一」。他无师自成,自然而生,独自证悟辟支菩提——依此一人自证辟支菩提的意义,也称为「独一」。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ taṇhāpahānaṭṭhena eko. Sabbakilesāssa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti – evaṃ ekantavigatakilesoti eko. Anācariyako hutvā sayambhū sāmaññeva paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti – evaṃ eko paccekasambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti eko.
「行」(care):指如下八种行——即:誓愿圆满者于四种威仪中的「威仪路行」;守护根门者于内六处中的「处行」;住于不放逸者于四念处中的「念行」;致力于增上心者于四种禅那中的「定行」;智慧具足者于四圣谛中的「智行」;正确行道者于四圣道中的「道行」;已证果者于四种沙门果中的「证果行」;以及佛陀利益众生所作的三种「世间利行」,其中一部分,独觉佛与声闻亦具有。正如所说:‘行有八种:威仪路行……’等,并有详细展开。意谓:应具足这些行而游行。或者,又如世尊所说:‘以信决意而行者,依信而行;策励者,依精进而行;安立者,依念而行;不散乱者,依定而行;了知者,依慧而行;识知者,依识而行。如此行道之人,善法得以增长,故此为依处行而行;如此行道之人,能证得殊胜,故此为依殊胜行而行。’如此,又有另外八种行。意谓:也应具足这些行而游行。「如犀牛角」(khaggavisāṇakappo):此处,犀牛角即指犀牛的角。‘kappo’一词显示巴利原文
Careti yā imā aṭṭha cariyāyo; seyyathidaṃ – paṇidhisampannānaṃ catūsu iriyāpathesu iriyāpathacariyā , indriyesu guttadvārānaṃ ajjhattikāyatanesu āyatanacariyā, appamādavihārīnaṃ catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu saticariyā, adhicittamanuyuttānaṃ catūsu jhānesu samādhicariyā, buddhisampannānaṃ catūsu ariyasaccesu ñāṇacariyā, sammā paṭipannānaṃ catūsu ariyamaggesu maggacariyā, adhigatapphalānaṃ catūsu sāmaññaphalesu patticariyā, tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ sabbasattesu lokatthacariyā, tattha padesato paccekabuddhasāvakānanti. Yathāha – ‘‘cariyāti aṭṭha cariyāyo iriyāpathacariyā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.28) vitthāro. Tāhi cariyāhi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Atha vā yā imā ‘‘adhimuccanto saddhāya carati, paggaṇhanto vīriyena carati, upaṭṭhahanto satiyā carati, avikkhitto samādhinā carati, pajānanto paññāya carati, vijānanto viññāṇena carati, evaṃ paṭipannassa kusalā dhammā āyatantīti āyatanacariyāya carati, evaṃ paṭipanno visesamadhigacchatīti visesacariyāya caratī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.197; 3.29) evaṃ aparāpi aṭṭha cariyā vuttā. Tāhipi samannāgato bhaveyyāti attho. Khaggavisāṇakappoti ettha khaggavisāṇaṃ nāma khaggamigasiṅgaṃ. Kappasaddassa atthaṃ vitthārato maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ pakāsayissāma. Idha panāyaṃ ‘‘satthukappena vata, bho, kira sāvakena saddhiṃ mantayamānā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.260) evamādīsu viya paṭibhāgo veditabbo. Khaggavisāṇakappoti khaggavisāṇasadisoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ tāvettha padato atthavaṇṇanā.
若从意趣的连结来理解,应知如下:所说的那种刀杖,当它施加于有情时,便会造成损害。由于他不在有情身上那样做,而是以与刀杖相反的慈心,并将利益施予他人,故于一切众生中放下了刀杖;正因已放下刀杖,便与那些未放下刀杖的众生不同——他们用刀杖、刀、手或石块伤害其他有情,而这位已放下刀杖者,不伤害其中任何一个。他以这慈心作为业处而修习,然后观察此中属于受所摄、想所摄、行所摄、识所摄的诸法,顺着这些,也观照其他行所摄的诸法,从而证得辟支菩提。这就是此偈颂所表达的主要意趣。显示巴利原文
Adhippāyānusandhito pana evaṃ veditabbā – yvāyaṃ vuttappakāro daṇḍo bhūtesu pavattiyamāno ahito hoti, taṃ tesu appavattanena tappaṭipakkhabhūtāya mettāya parahitūpasaṃhārena ca sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, nihitadaṇḍattā eva ca. Yathā anihitadaṇḍā sattā bhūtāni daṇḍena vā satthena vā pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā viheṭhayanti, tathā aviheṭhayaṃ aññatarampi tesaṃ. Imaṃ mettākammaṭṭhānamāgamma yadeva tattha vedanāgataṃ saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇagataṃ tañca tadanusāreneva tadaññañca saṅkhāragataṃ vipassitvā imaṃ paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti ayaṃ tāva adhippāyo.
而此处的连结是这样的:大臣们听了这番话后,问道:‘尊者,您现在要去哪里?’那位独觉佛便忆念:‘过去的独觉佛们都住在哪里?’知道后,回答:‘在香醉山。’大臣们又说:‘尊者,那么您现在就舍弃我们吧,我们不愿如此。’于是,独觉佛说出了‘不应希求儿子’等全部话语。其中的意趣是:我现在于此处或他处,连一个儿子都不希求,何况像你们这样的同伴呢?因此,你们当中若有人想跟我同行,或想成为像我这样的人,就应当独自游化,如同犀牛角。再者,当大臣们说‘尊者,那么您现在就舍弃我们吧,我们不愿’时,独觉佛说了‘不应希求儿子,更何况同伴’,依自己之前所说的道理,见到独行的功德,心中欢喜踊跃,充满喜悦,便宣说了此优陀那:‘应独行,如犀牛角。’说完之后,他在众人注视下,升入虚空,前往香醉山。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana anusandhi – evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘idāni, bhante, kuhiṃ gacchathā’’ti? Tato tena ‘‘pubbapaccekasambuddhā kattha vasantī’’ti āvajjetvā ñatvā ‘‘gandhamādanapabbate’’ti vutte punāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha, na icchathā’’ti. Atha paccekabuddho āha – ‘‘na puttamiccheyyā’’ti sabbaṃ. Tatrādhippāyo – ahaṃ idāni atrajādīsu yaṃ kiñci puttampi na iccheyyaṃ, kuto pana tumhādisaṃ sahāyaṃ? Tasmā tumhesupi yo mayā saddhiṃ gantuṃ mādiso vā hotuṃ icchati, so eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Atha vā tehi ‘‘amhe dāni, bhante, pajahatha na icchathā’’ti vutte so paccekabuddho ‘‘na puttamiccheyya kuto sahāya’’nti vatvā attano yathāvuttenatthena ekacariyāya guṇaṃ disvā pamudito pītisomanassajāto imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Evaṃ vatvā pekkhamānasseva mahājanassa ākāse uppatitvā gandhamādanaṃ agamāsi.
所谓香醉山,位于雪山之中,越过小迦罗山、大迦罗山、龙缠绕山、月窟山、日窟山、金崖山和雪山这七座山后,便到达那里。那里有一处名为欢喜根的山窟,是独觉佛们的住处。还有三个洞窟:金窟、宝窟、银窟。在宝窟门口,有一棵曼殊沙迦树,高一由旬,树冠伸展的宽度也有一由旬。无论是水中还是陆地上的各种花朵,它都会绽放;尤其在独觉佛到来的那一天,花开得格外殊胜。树的上方有以一切宝物制成的伞盖。在那里,有扫除之风,将垃圾吹走;有平整地面之风,将一切宝沙铺平;有洒水之风,从无热恼湖取水洒下;有载香之风,从雪山把一切香树的香气带来;有摘花之风,将花摘下,飘落于地;有铺花之风,把花铺满各处。那里常设座位,在独觉佛出现的日子以及布萨日,所有的独觉佛都会集会,坐于座上。这是那里的常态。这位已成正觉的独觉佛到达那里后,便坐在铺设好的座位上。那时,如果有其他独觉佛存在,他们也会立刻集会,坐在铺设的座位上。坐下后,他们进入某种定,然后从定中出来。接着,僧团中的长老为了对新来的独觉佛表示随喜赞叹,显示巴利原文
Gandhamādano nāma himavati cūḷakāḷapabbataṃ, mahākāḷapabbataṃ, nāgapaliveṭhanaṃ, candagabbhaṃ, sūriyagabbhaṃ, suvaṇṇapassaṃ, himavantapabbatanti satta pabbate atikkamma hoti. Tattha nandamūlakaṃ nāma pabbhāraṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanokāso. Tisso ca guhāyo – suvaṇṇaguhā, maṇiguhā, rajataguhāti. Tattha maṇiguhādvāre mañjūsako nāma rukkho yojanaṃ ubbedhena, yojanaṃ vitthārena. So yattakāni udake vā thale vā pupphāni, sabbāni tāni pupphayati visesena paccekabuddhāgamanadivase. Tassūparito sabbaratanamāḷo hoti. Tattha sammajjanakavāto kacavaraṃ chaḍḍeti, samakaraṇavāto sabbaratanamayaṃ vālikaṃ samaṃ karoti, siñcanakavāto anotattadahato ānetvā udakaṃ siñcati, sugandhakaraṇavāto himavantato sabbesaṃ gandharukkhānaṃ gandhe āneti, ocinakavāto pupphāni ocinitvā pāteti, santharakavāto sabbattha santharati. Sadā paññattāneva cettha āsanāni honti, yesu paccekabuddhuppādadivase uposathadivase ca sabbapaccekabuddhā sannipatitvā nisīdanti. Ayaṃ tattha pakati. Abhisambuddha-paccekabuddho tattha gantvā paññattāsane nisīdati. Tato sace tasmiṃ kāle aññepi paccekabuddhā saṃvijjanti, tepi taṅkhaṇaṃ sannipatitvā paññattāsanesu nisīdanti. Nisīditvā ca kiñcideva samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahanti, tato saṅghatthero adhunāgatapaccekabuddhaṃ sabbesaṃ anumodanatthāya ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchati. Tadāpi so tameva attano udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ bhāsati. Puna bhagavāpi āyasmatā ānandena puṭṭho tameva gāthaṃ bhāsati, ānando ca saṅgītiyanti evamekekā gāthā paccekasambodhiabhisambuddhaṭṭhāne, mañjūsakamāḷe , ānandena pucchitakāle, saṅgītiyanti catukkhattuṃ bhāsitā hotīti.
36 “与交好而生者”的缘起是怎样的呢?这位辟支菩萨也曾在迦叶世尊的教法中,如前所述修习沙门法两万年,修遍业处的前行而成就初禅,确定名色,作相审察,但未证得圣道,因而投生梵天界。从彼处死后,他投生到波罗奈国王的第一王后胎中,依前所说方式成长。自从他开始能分辨“这是女人,这是男人”之后,便不喜欢被女人抱,涂油、沐浴、打扮等事也一概不肯接受,只让男子照料。哺乳时,乳母们须穿上紧身衣,扮作男子模样喂奶。他一闻到女人的气味,或听到女人的声音,就会哭闹。到了懂事的年纪,他仍不愿见到女人,因此大家都称他为“不近女色者”。显示巴利原文
36.Saṃsaggajātassāti kā uppatti? Ayampi paccekabodhisatto kassapassa bhagavato sāsane vīsati vassasahassāni purimanayeneva samaṇadhammaṃ karonto kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā, paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā, nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā, lakkhaṇasammasanaṃ katvā, ariyamaggaṃ anadhigamma brahmaloke nibbatti. So tato cuto bārāṇasirañño aggamahesiyā kucchimhi uppajjitvā purimanayeneva vaḍḍhamāno yato pabhuti ‘‘ayaṃ itthī ayaṃ puriso’’ti visesaṃ aññāsi, tatupādāya itthīnaṃ hatthe na ramati, ucchādananhāpanamaṇḍanādimattampi na sahati. Taṃ purisā eva posenti, thaññapāyanakāle dhātiyo kañcukaṃ paṭimuñcitvā purisavesena thaññaṃ pāyenti. So itthīnaṃ gandhaṃ ghāyitvā saddaṃ vā sutvā rodati, viññutaṃ pattopi itthiyo passituṃ na icchati, tena taṃ anitthigandhotveva sañjāniṃsu.
当他年满十六岁时,国王心想:“应当延续家族血脉了。”于是从各个家族中找来与他相配的少女,并命令一位大臣说:“让王子享乐吧。”大臣想以方便之法令他生起欢心,便在离他不远处围起布幔,让人表演戏剧。王子听到歌舞音乐的声音,便问:“这是什么声音?”大臣回答:“王子,这是为您演出的歌舞声。有福德者才有这样的伎乐。王子,请享乐吧,您是大福德之人。”王子用棍杖打了大臣,把他赶了出去。大臣向国王禀报了此事。国王与王子的母亲一同前去,让王子原谅了他,又重新把那位大臣派回去。王子被催逼不过,便拿出上等黄金,命令金匠说:“你们打造一尊美丽的女子像。”金匠们便造出一尊如同毗首羯磨天工所造、以一切庄严具装饰得极为美丽的女子像,呈给他看。王子见了,惊奇得连连摇头,派人去对父母说:“如果能得到这样的女子,我就接受。”父母心想:“我们的儿子是大福德之人,必定有某位曾与他共同造作福德的女子生在世间。”于是把那尊金像装上马车,交给大臣们,说:“去吧,去寻找这样的女子。”大臣们带着金像,游历十六大国。他们显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassuddesike jāte rājā ‘‘kulavaṃsaṃ saṇṭhapessāmī’’ti nānākulehi tassa anurūpā kaññāyo ānetvā aññataraṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘kumāraṃ ramāpehī’’ti. Amacco upāyena taṃ ramāpetukāmo tassa avidūre sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā nāṭakāni payojāpesi. Kumāro gītavāditasaddaṃ sutvā – ‘‘kasseso saddo’’ti āha. Amacco ‘‘taveso, deva, nāṭakitthīnaṃ saddo, puññavantānaṃ īdisāni nāṭakāni honti, abhirama, deva, mahāpuññosi tva’’nti āha. Kumāro amaccaṃ daṇḍena tāḷāpetvā nikkaḍḍhāpesi. So rañño ārocesi. Rājā kumārassa mātarā saha gantvā, kumāraṃ khamāpetvā, puna amaccaṃ appesi. Kumāro tehi atinippīḷiyamāno seṭṭhasuvaṇṇaṃ datvā suvaṇṇakāre āṇāpesi – ‘‘sundaraṃ itthirūpaṃ karothā’’ti. Te vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ itthirūpaṃ katvā dassesuṃ. Kumāro disvā vimhayena sīsaṃ cāletvā mātāpitūnaṃ pesesi ‘‘yadi īdisiṃ itthiṃ labhissāmi, gaṇhissāmī’’ti. Mātāpitaro ‘‘amhākaṃ putto mahāpuñño, avassaṃ tena saha katapuññā kāci dārikā loke uppannā bhavissatī’’ti taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ rathaṃ āropetvā amaccānaṃ appesuṃ ‘‘gacchatha, īdisiṃ dārikaṃ gavesathā’’ti. Te gahetvā soḷasa mahājanapade vicarantā taṃ taṃ gāmaṃ gantvā udakatitthādīsu yattha yattha janasamūhaṃ passanti, tattha tattha devataṃ viya suvaṇṇarūpaṃ ṭhapetvā nānāpupphavatthālaṅkārehi pūjaṃ katvā, vitānaṃ bandhitvā, ekamantaṃ tiṭṭhanti – ‘‘yadi kenaci evarūpā diṭṭhapubbā bhavissati, so kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti? Etenupāyena aññatra maddaraṭṭhā sabbe janapade āhiṇḍitvā taṃ ‘‘khuddakaraṭṭha’’nti avamaññamānā tattha paṭhamaṃ agantvā nivattiṃsu.
这时,大臣们心想:“我们暂且也去一趟末陀国吧,免得我们进入波罗奈城之后,国王又派我们外出。”于是他们便前往末陀国的沙竭罗城。沙竭罗城的国王名叫末陀婆,他有一个年方十六、容貌美丽的女儿。她的仆女们正要去水边取洗澡水,到了那里,远远看见大臣们放置在那里的那尊金像,便说:“主人派我们来取水,怎么公主自己倒先来了?”走近后才发现:“这不是我们的女主人,我们的女主人比这还要美丽。”大臣们听到这番话,便去拜见国王,以得体合宜的方式求娶那位少女,国王也同意了。随后他们便送信给波罗奈的国王说:“已经得到那位少女了,是她自己过来,还是我们护送她过去?”国王回复:“若我过去,会搅扰沿途百姓,你们护送她过来吧。”显示巴利原文
Tato nesaṃ ahosi ‘‘maddaraṭṭhampi tāva gacchāma, mā no bārāṇasiṃ paviṭṭhepi rājā puna pāhesī’’ti maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagaraṃ agamaṃsu. Sāgalanagare ca maddavo nāma rājā. Tassa dhītā soḷasavassuddesikā abhirūpā hoti. Tassā vaṇṇadāsiyo nhānodakatthāya titthaṃ gatā. Tattha amaccehi ṭhapitaṃ taṃ suvaṇṇarūpaṃ dūratova disvā ‘‘amhe udakatthāya pesetvā rājaputtī sayameva āgatā’’ti bhaṇantiyo samīpaṃ gantvā ‘‘nāyaṃ sāminī, amhākaṃ sāminī ito abhirūpatarā’’ti āhaṃsu. Amaccā taṃ sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā anurūpena nayena dārikaṃ yāciṃsu, sopi adāsi. Tato bārāṇasirañño pāhesuṃ ‘‘laddhā dārikā, sāmaṃ āgacchissati, udāhu amheva ānemā’’ti? So ca ‘‘mayi āgacchante janapadapīḷā bhavissati, tumheva ānethā’’ti pesesi.
大臣们带着那位少女离开都城,便送信给王子说:“已得一位如金像般的女子。”王子仅听闻此消息,便被贪爱征服,从初禅退失。他一再派出信使催促:“快!快把她带来!”那些大臣每处只停留一夜,就这样赶到了波罗奈,停留在城外,并向国王报告问:“今日是否入城?”国王吩咐道:“这是从豪门迎来的女子,应当先举行吉祥仪式,再以隆重盛大的礼遇接她入城。暂且带她到御花园去。”他们照办了。然而这位少女极其娇嫩,因车驾颠簸疲惫不堪,又加旅途劳顿,患了风疾,如同枯萎的花环一般,当晚便去世了。大臣们悲叹:“我们的荣耀与供养都丧失了。”国王与市民们也都悲叹:“王族的血脉就此断绝了。”城中陷入一片喧嚷骚动。王子刚一听到这个消息,心中顿时生起极大的忧伤。接着,这位王子便开始探究这忧愁的根源。他思惟:“忧愁并不会在未产生的事物上生起,只会在已产生的事物上生起。因此,忧愁依存于生。那么,生又是依存于什么呢?”就这样,他凭借过去世修习的力量,如理作意。显示巴利原文
Amaccā dārikaṃ gahetvā nagarā nikkhamitvā kumārassa pāhesuṃ – ‘‘laddhā suvaṇṇarūpasadisī dārikā’’ti. Kumāro sutvāva rāgena abhibhūto paṭhamajjhānā parihāyi. So dūtaparamparaṃ pesesi ‘‘sīghaṃ ānetha, sīghaṃ ānethā’’ti. Te sabbattha ekarattivāseneva bārāṇasiṃ patvā bahinagare ṭhitā rañño pāhesuṃ – ‘‘ajja pavisitabbaṃ, no’’ti? Rājā ‘‘seṭṭhakulā ānītā dārikā, maṅgalakiriyaṃ katvā mahāsakkārena pavesessāma, uyyānaṃ tāva naṃ nethā’’ti āṇāpesi. Te tathā akaṃsu. Sā accantasukhumālā yānugghātena ubbāḷhā addhānaparissamena uppannavātarogā milātamālā viya hutvā rattiṃyeva kālamakāsi. Amaccā ‘‘sakkārā paribhaṭṭhamhā’’ti parideviṃsu. Rājā ca nāgarā ca ‘‘kulavaṃso vinaṭṭho’’ti parideviṃsu. Nagare mahākolāhalaṃ ahosi. Kumārassa sutamatteyeva mahāsoko udapādi. Tato kumāro sokassa mūlaṃ khaṇitumāraddho. So cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ soko nāma na ajātassa hoti, jātassa pana hoti, tasmā jātiṃ paṭicca soko’’ti. ‘‘Jāti pana kiṃ paṭiccā’’ti? Tato ‘‘bhavaṃ paṭicca jātī’’ti evaṃ pubbabhāvanānubhāvena yoniso manasikaronto anulomapaṭilomapaṭiccasamuppādaṃ disvā saṅkhāre sammasanto tattheva nisinno paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ maggaphalasukhena sukhitaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā, paṇipātaṃ katvā, amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mā soci, deva, mahanto jambudīpo, aññaṃ tato sundarataraṃ ānessāmā’’ti. So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ socako, nissoko paccekabuddho aha’’nti. Ito paraṃ sabbaṃ purimagāthāsadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāvaṇṇanaṃ.
于偈颂注释中,「与交好而生者」意思是‘由交好所产生的’。其中,交好分为五种:见交好、闻交好、身交好、言谈交好、受用交好。这当中,两人彼此相见,依眼识路而生起贪著,即名「见交好」。于此有一实例:锡兰岛迦罗长池村,善见寺有一位名叫长颂的年少比丘安居,他在托钵乞食时被一位长者的女儿看见,她心生恋慕,虽想尽办法也未能得到他,后来便去世了。又有另一个人,看见那位少女所穿衣服的一块碎片,心想:‘这就是穿着那种衣服的女子啊,可惜我未能与她共住。’结果心碎而死。那位年少比丘便是这样的一个例证。显示巴利原文
Gāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ pana saṃsaggajātassāti jātasaṃsaggassa. Tattha dassana, savana, kāya, samullapana, sambhogasaṃsaggavasena pañcavidho saṃsaggo. Tattha aññamaññaṃ disvā cakkhuviññāṇavīthivasena uppannarāgo dassanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tattha sīhaḷadīpe kāḷadīghavāpīgāme piṇḍāya carantaṃ kalyāṇavihāravāsīdīghabhāṇakadaharabhikkhuṃ disvā paṭibaddhacittā kenaci upāyena taṃ alabhitvā, kālakatā kuṭumbiyadhītā, tassā nivāsanacoḷakhaṇḍaṃ disvā ‘‘evarūpavatthadhāriniyā nāma saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ nālattha’’nti hadayaṃ phāletvā kālakato. So eva ca daharo nidassanaṃ.
从别人口中听说容貌等各方面的美好,或听到自己嬉笑、说话、唱歌的声音,依耳识路而生起贪著,即名「闻交好」。此处也有一个例证:山居村一位铁匠的女儿,与五位少女同伴一起去莲花湖,沐浴后戴上花环,放声高歌。那时,一位住在五窗窟、名叫提舍的年少比丘正从空中飞过,听闻其声,便因这欲贪,退失了殊胜的禅定,最终遭遇不幸与堕落。显示巴利原文
Parehi pana kathiyamānaṃ rūpādisampattiṃ attanā vā hasitalapitagītasaddaṃ sutvā sotaviññāṇavīthivasena uppanno rāgo savanasaṃsaggo nāma. Tatrāpi girigāmavāsīkammāradhītāya pañcahi kumārīhi saddhiṃ padumassaraṃ gantvā, nhatvā mālaṃ āropetvā, uccāsaddena gāyantiyā ākāsena gacchanto saddaṃ sutvā kāmarāgena visesā parihāyitvā anayabyasanaṃ patto pañcaggaḷaleṇavāsī tissadaharo nidassanaṃ.
两人互相触碰对方肢体的贪著,便称为「身交好」。一位说法年轻比丘可作为此处的例证。据说,在大寺,有位年轻比丘正在讲法。那时,大众云集,国王也带着后宫眷属同来。当时,国王的女儿因那位年轻比丘的相貌和音声,对他生起了强烈的贪爱;年轻比丘对她也是如此。国王察觉后,便命人以布幔将他们两人围起。两人于是在内互相抚摸、拥抱。后来撤去布幔一看,发现两人都已死去。显示巴利原文
Aññamaññaṃ aṅgaparāmasanena uppannarāgo kāyasaṃsaggo nāma. Dhammagāyanadaharabhikkhu cettha nidassanaṃ. Mahāvihāre kira daharabhikkhu dhammaṃ bhāsati . Tattha mahājane āgate rājāpi agamāsi saddhiṃ antepurena. Tato rājadhītāya tassa rūpañca saddañca āgamma balavarāgo uppanno, tassa ca daharassāpi. Taṃ disvā rājā sallakkhetvā sāṇipākārena parikkhipāpesi. Te aññamaññaṃ parāmasitvā āliṅgiṃsu. Puna sāṇipākāraṃ apanetvā passantā dvepi kālakateyeva addasaṃsūti.
在相互问候与交谈中生起的贪著,则称为「言谈交好」。与比丘、比丘尼共同受用时生起的贪著,称为「受用交好」。于这后两种情形中,犯了波罗夷罪的比丘与比丘尼都可作为例证。据说,在摩利遮瓦提大寺的大供养时,杜多伽摩尼无畏大王备办了极其盛大的布施,供养两众僧团。当时,在分发热粥之际,一位新入僧团的沙弥尼,把齿环送给了一位无依的沙弥,并与他攀谈。两人后来皆受具足戒,直至年届六十、成为长老后,因事远赴他方,又因那次相互交谈勾起了昔日记忆,顿时生起爱染,从而违越学处,成为波罗夷。显示巴利原文
Aññamaññaṃ ālapanasamullapane uppanno rāgo pana samullapanasaṃsaggo nāma. Bhikkhubhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ paribhogakaraṇe uppannarāgo sambhogasaṃsaggo nāma. Dvīsupi cetesu pārājikappatto bhikkhu ca bhikkhunī ca nidassanaṃ. Maricivaṭṭināmamahāvihāramahe kira duṭṭhagāmaṇi abhayamahārājā mahādānaṃ paṭiyādetvā ubhatosaṅghaṃ parivisati. Tattha uṇhayāguyā dinnāya saṅghanavakasāmaṇerī anādhārakassa saṅghanavakasāmaṇerassa dantavalayaṃ datvā samullāpaṃ akāsi. Te ubhopi upasampajjitvā saṭṭhivassā hutvā paratīraṃ gatā aññamaññaṃ samullāpena pubbasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā tāvadeva jātasinehā sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamitvā pārājikā ahesunti.
如此,于这五种交好中,不论由何种交好而生起交好,随之便有爱著;以先前的贪爱为缘,更强的贪著便会生起。从此,追随那爱著而来的这苦便产生:即现世与来世的忧、悲等种种苦,这苦便产生、生起、存在、出生。然而,另有一些人说:‘心对所缘的投入,即是交好。’由此而有爱著,由爱著而有这些苦。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pañcavidhe saṃsagge yena kenaci saṃsaggena jātasaṃsaggassa bhavati sneho, purimarāgapaccayā balavarāgo uppajjati. Tato snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti tameva snehaṃ anugacchantaṃ sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikasokaparidevādinānappakārakaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti, nibbattati, bhavati, jāyati. Apare pana ‘‘ārammaṇe cittassa vossaggo saṃsaggo’’ti bhaṇanti. Tato sneho, snehā dukkhamidanti.
如此说明了这半偈的义理差别后,那位独觉佛说道:“我正是这样,掘出那‘随爱著而来之忧等苦’的根,证得了辟支菩提。”听他这样说后,那些大臣问道:“尊者,那么现在我们应当做什么呢?”于是,他回答说:“不论是你们还是其他任何人,只要想从这苦中解脱,全都应当观察这由爱所生的过患,独自游行,如同犀牛角。”于此应知,前文所说“随爱著而来,此苦便产生”,正是为了阐明这句“观察由爱所生的过患”而说。或者也可这样结合:如之前所说,“由交好而生起交好的人,便会有爱著;随爱著而来,此苦便产生。”如此如实地观察这“由爱所生的过患”而证悟。当知,如此结合之后,第四句偈也可依前文所述,理解为出于感兴而说。此后的一切,大致与前一首偈颂所说相同。显示巴利原文
Evamatthappabhedaṃ imaṃ aḍḍhagāthaṃ vatvā so paccekabuddho āha – ‘‘svāhaṃ yamidaṃ snehanvayaṃ sokādidukkhaṃ pahoti, tassa dukkhassa mūlaṃ khananto paccekasambodhimadhigato’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘amhehi dāni, bhante, kiṃ kātabba’’nti? Tato so āha – ‘‘tumhe vā aññe vā yo imamhā dukkhā muccitukāmo, so sabbopi ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti. Ettha ca yaṃ ‘‘snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahotī’’ti vuttaṃ ‘‘tadeva sandhāya ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā yathāvuttena saṃsaggena saṃsaggajātassa bhavati sneho, snehanvayaṃ dukkhamidaṃ pahoti, etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno ahaṃ adhigatoti. Evaṃ abhisambandhitvā catutthapādo pubbe vuttanayeneva udānavasena vuttopi veditabbo. Tato paraṃ sabbaṃ purimagāthāya vuttasadisamevāti.
37 37.“于朋友、善心友”这一偈的缘起是怎样的?这位独觉佛按照前一偈中所说的方式降生后,在波罗奈治理国家,证得初禅。他思惟“沙门法与王位,何者更为殊胜”之后,将国政托付给四位大臣,自己则修习沙门法。大臣们虽受命“依法、公正地治理”,却收受贿赂,以非法行事。他们收受贿赂,使真正的物主败诉。有一次,他们让一位国王的亲信败诉了。那位亲信趁着与给国王送饭的人一同进宫时,把全部经过禀告了国王。第二天,国王亲临断案之处。当时,大众发出巨大的喧闹声,说:“大臣们把有主的人变成了无主的人!”那声音大得如同发生了一场大战。这时,国王从断案处起身,登上宫殿,坐下来想要入定,心却被那阵喧闹声所扰乱,无法进入定境。他心想:“治理国家于我何用?沙门法才是殊胜的。”于是,他舍弃了治理国王的快乐,再次证得禅定,并依照前文所说的方法修习观,最终亲证了辟支菩提。当被问及他的修行方法时,他便诵出了这首偈颂:显示巴利原文
37.Mitte suhajjeti kā uppatti? Ayaṃ paccekabodhisatto purimagāthāya vuttanayeneva uppajjitvā bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārento paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nibbattetvā ‘‘kiṃ samaṇadhammo varo, rajjaṃ vara’’nti vīmaṃsitvā catunnaṃ amaccānaṃ hatthe rajjaṃ niyyātetvā samaṇadhammaṃ karoti. Amaccā ‘‘dhammena samena karothā’’ti vuttāpi lañjaṃ gahetvā adhammena karonti. Te lañjaṃ gahetvā sāmike parājentā ekadā aññataraṃ rājavallabhaṃ parājesuṃ. So rañño bhattahārakena saddhiṃ pavisitvā sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā dutiyadivase sayaṃ vinicchayaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi. Tato mahājanakāyā – ‘‘amaccā sāmike asāmike karontī’’ti mahāsaddaṃ karontā mahāyuddhaṃ viya akaṃsu. Atha rājā vinicchayaṭṭhānā vuṭṭhāya pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā samāpattiṃ appetuṃ nisinno tena saddena vikkhittacitto na sakkoti appetuṃ. So ‘‘kiṃ me rajjena, samaṇadhammo varo’’ti rajjasukhaṃ pahāya puna samāpattiṃ nibbattetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassanto paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Kammaṭṭhānañca pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
若对朋友、善心之友心生悲悯,而心为其所缚,便会退失自己的真舍利益;
看见交往中的这种恐惧,便应如同犀牛角一般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mitte suhajje anukampamāno, hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto; Etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,以慈爱相连,故称“朋友”;因心地善良,故称“善心友”。有些人唯愿对方得利,因而只是“朋友”,并非“善心友”。有些人只是在来去、站立、共坐、交谈等之中令人心生欢喜,因而只是“善心友”,并非“朋友”。有些人则兼具这两种特质,既是“朋友”,也是“善心友”。这类人又分两种:在家人与出家人。在家人又有三种:饶益者、同甘共苦者、怜悯者。出家人则特指那些能开示真实义理的人。他们具足四种特点,正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha mettāyanavasena mittā. Suhadayabhāvena suhajjā. Keci hi ekantahitakāmatāya mittāva honti, na suhajjā. Keci gamanāgamanaṭṭhānanisajjāsamullāpādīsu hadayasukhajananena suhajjāva honti, na mittā. Keci tadubhayavasena suhajjā ceva mittā ca. Te duvidhā honti – agāriyā anagāriyā ca. Tattha agāriyā tividhā honti – upakāro, samānasukhadukkho, anukampakoti. Anagāriyā visesena atthakkhāyino eva. Te catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā honti. Yathāha –
“居士子,当由四种情况了知饶益之友乃是善心友:他保护放逸者,保护放逸者的财物;他是心怀恐惧者的皈依处;当有应作之事时,他便提供加倍的财物。”(《长部》3.261)显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi upakāro mitto suhado veditabbo – pamattaṃ rakkhati, pamattassa sāpateyyaṃ rakkhati, bhītassa saraṇaṃ hoti, uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu taddiguṇaṃ bhogaṃ anuppadeti’’ (dī. ni. 3.261).
“居士子,应通过四种情况了知同甘共苦之友为善心之友:他向你吐露自己的秘密,他为你保守秘密,于危难中不舍弃你,甚至愿为你舍弃生命。”(《长部》3.262)显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi samānasukhadukkho mitto suhado veditabbo – guyhamassa ācikkhati, guyhamassa parigūhati, āpadāsu na vijahati, jīvitampissa atthāya pariccattaṃ hoti’’ (dī. ni. 3.262).
居士子,应从四种相状了知具悲悯的善友:你失意时他不欢喜,你得意时他欢喜;他制止说你坏话的人,赞扬说你好话的人。显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi anukampako mitto suhado veditabbo – abhavenassa na nandati, bhavenassa nandati, avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ nivāreti, vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇamānaṃ pasaṃsati’’ (dī. ni. 3.264).
居士子,应从四种情况了知那劝导利益的善友:他阻止你造恶,让你安住于善,使你听闻未曾闻法,为你指示通往天界之道。显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi kho, gahapatiputta, ṭhānehi atthakkhāyī mitto suhado veditabbo – pāpā nivāreti, kalyāṇe niveseti, assutaṃ sāveti, saggassa maggaṃ ācikkhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.263).
此处是针对在家人而说。但就义理而言,所有这一切也全都适用。他们是朋友、善心友。‘怜悯者’是指心怀慈悯的人,他想要为他们带来快乐,也想为他们去除痛苦。显示巴利原文
Tesvidha agāriyā adhippetā. Atthato pana sabbepi yujjanti. Te mitte suhajje. Anukampamānoti anudayamāno. Tesaṃ sukhaṃ upasaṃharitukāmo dukkhaṃ apaharitukāmo ca.
‘他减损利益’:这包括现法利益、来世利益、究竟义三种,也包括自利、利他与自他两利三种。所谓减损,是指已得的利益遭到破坏,未得的利益无法生起,由此两方面造成减损和毁灭。‘心被系缚者’:即使心想‘离开这个人,我就活不了,他是我的归宿,是我的依靠’,从而把自己置于低下之位,这也是心被系缚;或者心想‘离开我,这些人活不了,我是他们的归宿,我是他们的依靠’,从而把自己置于高尚之位,这也是心被系缚。而这里所指的,是前一种心被系缚。‘此怖畏’:这是指利益减损的怖畏,是针对自己等至的退失而说。‘交往’:交往有三种——基于爱的交往、基于见的交往,以及基于友情的交往。其中,爱有百零八种分别,由此成为爱交往;见有六十二种分别,由此成为见交往;由于心被系缚而对朋友生起的怜悯,是友情交往。这里所指的,是最后一种。正是由于这种交往,导致他的等至退失。因此说:‘看见交往中的这怖畏后,我已证得’。其余应当知道与前面所说类似。显示巴利原文
Hāpeti atthanti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthavasena tividhaṃ, tathā attatthaparatthaubhayatthavasenāpi tividhaṃ. Atthaṃ laddhavināsanena aladdhānuppādanenāti dvidhāpi hāpeti vināseti. Paṭibaddhacittoti ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ vinā na jīvāmi, esa me gati, esa me parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. ‘‘Ime maṃ vinā na jīvanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ gati, tesaṃ parāyaṇa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapentopi paṭibaddhacitto hoti. Idha pana evaṃ paṭibaddhacitto adhippeto. Etaṃ bhayanti etaṃ atthahāpanabhayaṃ, attano samāpattihāniṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Santhaveti tividho santhavo – taṇhādiṭṭhimittasanthavavasena. Tattha aṭṭhasatappabhedāpi taṇhā taṇhāsanthavo, dvāsaṭṭhibhedāpi diṭṭhi diṭṭhisanthavo, paṭibaddhacittatāya mittānukampanā mittasanthavo. So idhādhippeto. Tena hissa samāpatti parihīnā. Tenāha – ‘‘etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno ahamadhigato’’ti. Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevāti veditabbanti.
38 ‘竹蔓延’等的缘起为何?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法中,有三位辟支菩萨出家,在两万年中履行了去而复返的义务后,生于天界。从那里命终,最长者出生于波罗奈王族,其余两位出生于边地王族。那两位也学习了业处,舍弃王位出家,次第成为独觉佛,住在欢喜根窟。一天,他们出定后观察:‘我们曾造下什么业,而证得此出世间乐?’审察时,看见了在迦叶佛时的修行。于是他们观察:‘第三位在哪里?’看见他正在波罗奈治理王政,便忆念他的德行:‘他本就具备少欲等功德,是我们的教导者、说话者、堪忍教诲者、呵责恶行者。来,我们为他示现所缘,度脱他。’他们寻找机会。一日,看见他盛装前往园林,便从空中而来,站在园林门口的竹丛根部。大众因得见国王而目不暂舍,都看向国王。那时国王思惟:‘是否有人对我的出现无动于衷?’于是看见了独觉佛。一见之下,他便对他们生起了爱念。显示巴利原文
38.Vaṃso visāloti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane tayo paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirājakule nibbatto, itare paccantarājakulesu. Te ubhopi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā, nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ‘‘mayaṃ kiṃ kammaṃ katvā imaṃ lokuttarasukhaṃ anuppattā’’ti āvajjetvā paccavekkhamānā kassapabuddhakāle attano cariyaṃ addasaṃsu. Tato ‘‘tatiyo kuhi’’nti āvajjentā bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kārentaṃ disvā tassa guṇe saritvā ‘‘so pakatiyāva appicchatādiguṇasamannāgato ahosi, amhākaññeva ovādako vattā vacanakkhamo pāpagarahī, handa, naṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassetvā mocessāmā’’ti okāsaṃ gavesantā taṃ ekadivasaṃ sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ disvā ākāsenāgantvā uyyānadvāre veḷugumbamūle aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahājano atitto rājadassanena rājānaṃ oloketi. Tato rājā ‘‘atthi nu kho koci mama dassane abyāvaṭo’’ti olokento paccekabuddhe addakkhi. Saha dassaneneva cassa tesu sineho uppajji.
他从象背下来,以如法的威仪走到他们近前,问道:“尊者,你们如何称呼?”
他们答道:“大王,我们叫作不执著者。”
大王又问:“尊者,‘不执著’是什么意思?”
“就是不黏着的意思,大王。”
接着,他们指着那一丛竹子说:“大王,就像这一大丛竹子,根、茎、枝、小枝全都互相缠绕着长在一起。假如有人拿刀从根部砍断,然后使劲去拉,也无法把它拉出来。同样地,你也被爱欲紧紧地绑缚、缠绕、黏着,内外都黏着其中。再比如这棵长在竹丛正中央的嫩竹笋,因为还没有长出枝叶,所以什么也没有黏着,而且不管是从顶端砍还是从根部砍,都能把它拔出来。同样地,我们在任何地方都不黏着,可以随意前往任何方向。”
说完,他们当下便入第四禅,在国王面前凌空飞向欢喜根窟。
国王见了,心想:“我何时才能这样毫不黏着?”于是就地坐下修观,亲证了辟支菩提。依照前面求问业处的缘起,他说出了下面这首偈颂:显示巴利原文
So hatthikkhandhā oruyha santena upacārena te upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bhante, kiṃ nāmā tumhe’’ti pucchi. Te āhaṃsu ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, asajjamānā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, ‘asajjamānā’ti etassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Alagganattho, mahārājā’’ti. Tato taṃ veḷugumbaṃ dassentā āhaṃsu – ‘‘seyyathāpi, mahārāja, imaṃ veḷugumbaṃ sabbaso mūlakhandhasākhānusākhāhi saṃsibbitvā ṭhitaṃ asihattho puriso mūle chetvā āviñchanto na sakkuṇeyya uddharituṃ , evameva tvaṃ anto ca bahi ca jaṭāya jaṭito āsattavisatto tattha laggo. Seyyathāpi vā panassa vemajjhagatopi ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīro asañjātasākhattā kenaci alaggo ṭhito, sakkā ca pana agge vā mūle vā chetvā uddharituṃ, evameva mayaṃ katthaci asajjamānā sabbadisā gacchāmā’’ti tāvadeva catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā passato eva rañño ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamaṃsu. Tato rājā cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ asajjamāno bhaveyya’’nti tattheva nisīditvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Purimanayeneva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
犹如蔓延的竹子缠绕在一起,对儿女妻子的爱著也是如此;
应如竹笋般无所执著,宛如犀牛角独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vaṃso visālova yathā visatto, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā; Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这首偈颂中,“竹”指竹子。“广延”指铺展、蔓延之状。“而”字表强调,相当于“正是”或“就是”,由于连音规则,此处的“e”音脱落了。它与后文相关联,我们稍后会加以说明。“犹如”指近似的比喻。“纠结”意指黏着、缠结、紧密交织一处。“于儿女与妻子”指对于儿子、女儿和妻室。“那爱著”便是指那种渴爱、那种情执。"应如竹笋般无所执著",意思是像竹笋一样不黏着于任何事物。这整段的主旨是什么?意思是:如同蔓延的竹子,其自性便是相互缠结;对儿女妻子的那种爱著,也正是因为紧密依附于那些对象而存在,因此它本身就是一种缠结。而拥有这爱著的我,就像那蔓延的竹子一样是被缠缚不清的——如此看清爱著的过患之后,便以道智斩断那爱著,犹如这竹笋一般,无论是对于色等所缘,还是对于贪等烦恼,或是对于欲有等生存境界,乃至对于种种邪见,都不再以渴爱、慢、邪见的方式去执取,从而证得了辟支菩提。其余的解释,依前面所述的方法来理解即可。显示巴利原文
Tattha vaṃsoti veḷu. Visāloti vitthiṇṇo. Cakāro avadhāraṇattho, evakāro vā ayaṃ, sandhivasenettha ekāro naṭṭho. Tassa parapadena sambandho, taṃ pacchā yojessāma. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Visattoti laggo, jaṭito saṃsibbito. Puttesu dāresu cāti puttadhītubhariyāsu. Yā apekkhāti yā taṇhā yo sneho. Vaṃsakkaḷīrova asajjamānoti vaṃsakaḷīro viya alaggamāno. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā vaṃso visālo visatto eva hoti, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā, sāpi evaṃ tāni vatthūni saṃsibbitvā ṭhitattā visattā eva. Svāhaṃ tāya apekkhāya apekkhavā visālo vaṃso viya visattoti evaṃ apekkhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ apekkhaṃ maggañāṇena chindanto ayaṃ vaṃsakaḷīrova rūpādīsu vā lobhādīsu vā kāmabhavādīsu vā diṭṭhādīsu vā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena asajjamāno paccekabodhiṃ adhigatoti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
39 “如鹿在林野”这句的缘起是怎样的?据说,有一位比丘在迦叶世尊的教法中修习业处,命终之后,投生于波罗奈城的一个富豪家族,财富极多,资财极广,且相貌十分英俊。后来,他与人通奸,犯了邪淫,因此过失死后落入地狱。在地狱受完罪报后,以残余的业力,他在一位富豪妻子的腹中获得了女性的结生识。由于从地狱投生而来的众生身皆炽热,因此那位富豪妻子怀此胎儿时,腹部像被火烧一样难受,极为艰难辛苦才得以保住此胎。足月后,她产下一个女婴。这个女婴自出生之日起,便令她的父母及所有亲戚、随从心生厌恶。待她长大成人,无论被婚配至哪户人家,也同样遭其丈夫与公婆的厌弃,人人都觉得她不可意,不喜乐她。后来,在一个庆祝星宿节的日子,那位富豪的儿子不想与她一同游乐,便召来一名妓女嬉戏作乐。她从女仆口中听闻此事后,便去往富豪儿子面前,以种种方法讨好劝说,然后说道:“少爷,身为女人,即便是十方国王的妹妹,或是转轮圣王的女儿,也终究要服侍丈夫、仰仗丈夫的恩惠。一旦丈夫不理睬自己,那苦楚就如同被利矛穿身一般。倘若显示巴利原文
39.Migoaraññamhīti kā uppatti? Eko kira bhikkhu kassapassa bhagavato sāsane yogāvacaro kālaṃ katvā, bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhikule uppanno aḍḍhe mahaddhane mahābhoge, so subhago ahosi. Tato paradāriko hutvā tattha kālakato niraye nibbatto tattha paccitvā vipākāvasesena seṭṭhibhariyāya kucchimhi itthipaṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Nirayato āgatānaṃ gattāni uṇhāni honti. Tena seṭṭhibhariyā ḍayhamānena udarena kicchena kasirena taṃ gabbhaṃ dhāretvā kālena dārikaṃ vijāyi. Sā jātadivasato pabhuti mātāpitūnaṃ sesabandhuparijanānañca dessā ahosi. Vayappattā ca yamhi kule dinnā, tatthāpi sāmikasassusasurānaṃ dessāva ahosi appiyā amanāpā. Atha nakkhatte ghosite seṭṭhiputto tāya saddhiṃ kīḷituṃ anicchanto vesiṃ ānetvā kīḷati. Sā taṃ dāsīnaṃ santikā sutvā seṭṭhiputtaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nānappakārehi anunayitvā āha – ‘‘ayyaputta, itthī nāma sacepi dasannaṃ rājūnaṃ kaniṭṭhā hoti, cakkavattino vā dhītā, tathāpi sāmikassa pesanakarā hoti. Sāmike anālapante sūle āropitā viya dukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. Sace ahaṃ anuggahārahā, anuggahetabbā. No ce, vissajjetabbā, attano ñātikulaṃ gamissāmī’’ti. Seṭṭhiputto – ‘‘hotu, bhadde, mā soci, kīḷanasajjā hohi, nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmā’’ti āha. Seṭṭhidhītā tāvatakenapi sallāpamattena ussāhajātā ‘‘sve nakkhattaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti bahuṃ khajjabhojjaṃ paṭiyādeti. Seṭṭhiputto dutiyadivase anārocetvāva kīḷanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Sā ‘‘idāni pesessati, idāni pesessatī’’ti maggaṃ olokentī nisinnā ussūraṃ disvā manusse pesesi. Te paccāgantvā ‘‘seṭṭhiputto gato’’ti ārocesuṃ. Sā sabbaṃ taṃ paṭiyāditaṃ ādāya yānaṃ abhiruhitvā uyyānaṃ gantuṃ āraddhā.
那时,在欢喜根窟,有一位独觉佛于第七日从灭尽定中出定,他在阿耨达池洗净面容,咀嚼了龙蔓制成的齿木以清洁口腔。他心中思惟:“今日我应去何处乞食?”此时他看见了那位富家女,了知:“她若对我作供养,那份业报便将彻底耗尽。”于是,他站立在距石窟六十由旬的摩尼石台上,整齐下衣,执持衣钵,入于以神通为根基的禅那,从空中飞度而来,降落在她的必经之路上,朝向波罗奈城的方向行去。女仆们望见独觉佛,立即禀告了富家女。她便下车,恭恭敬敬地顶礼,接过钵,装满种种美味、极为精致的嚼食与啖食,并于钵上覆盖青莲花,钵底也衬垫着青莲花。她手中持着一束花,走到独觉佛跟前,将钵奉置于他手中,顶礼后,手捧花束发愿道:“尊者,愿我如此花一般,无论生于何处,皆能成为大众喜爱、令人愉悦之人。”如此发愿后,她又发了第二个愿:“尊者,怀胎之苦实在难忍,愿我不再受胎,能如此青莲花一般,莲花化生。”继而她发了第三个愿:“尊者,女身实为可厌,纵然贵为转轮圣王的女儿,也须依附他人而活,因此,愿我不再生为女身,愿生为男子。”她又发了第四个愿:“尊者,愿我最终能显示巴利原文
Atha nandamūlakapabbhāre paccekasambuddho sattame divase nirodhā vuṭṭhāya anotatte mukhaṃ dhovitvā nāgalatādantapoṇaṃ khāditvā ‘‘kattha ajja bhikkhaṃ carissāmī’’ti āvajjento taṃ seṭṭhidhītaraṃ disvā ‘‘imissā mayi sakkāraṃ karitvā taṃ kammaṃ parikkhayaṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā pabbhārasamīpe saṭṭhiyojanaṃ manosilātalaṃ, tattha ṭhatvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā ākāsenāgantvā tassā paṭipathe oruyha bārāṇasībhimukho agamāsi. Taṃ disvā dāsiyo seṭṭhidhītāya ārocesuṃ. Sā yānā oruyha sakkaccaṃ vanditvā, pattaṃ gahetvā, sabbarasasampannena khādanīyabhojanīyena pūretvā, padumapupphena paṭicchādetvā heṭṭhāpi padumapupphaṃ katvā, pupphakalāpaṃ hatthena gahetvā, paccekabuddhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, tassa hatthe pattaṃ datvā, vanditvā, pupphakalāpahatthā patthesi ‘‘bhante, yathā idaṃ pupphaṃ, evāhaṃ yattha yattha uppajjāmi, tattha tattha mahājanassa piyā bhaveyyaṃ manāpā’’ti. Evaṃ patthetvā dutiyaṃ patthesi ‘‘bhante, dukkho gabbhavāso, taṃ anupagamma padumapupphe evaṃ paṭisandhi bhaveyyā’’ti. Tatiyampi patthesi ‘‘bhante, jigucchanīyo mātugāmo, cakkavattidhītāpi paravasaṃ gacchati, tasmā ahaṃ itthibhāvaṃ anupagamma puriso bhaveyya’’nti. Catutthampi patthesi ‘‘bhante, imaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ atikkamma pariyosāne tumhehi pattaṃ amataṃ pāpuṇeyya’’nti.
她这样发下四个誓愿,便以那束青莲花供养,五体投地礼敬独觉佛后,再发第五个誓愿:“愿我的香气与容貌,恰如这花朵一般!”随后,独觉佛手持钵与花束,安住于空中——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ caturo paṇidhayo katvā, taṃ padumapupphakalāpaṃ pūjetvā, paccekabuddhassa pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā ‘‘pupphasadiso eva me gandho ceva vaṇṇo ca hotū’’ti imaṃ pañcamaṃ paṇidhiṃ akāsi. Tato paccekabuddho pattaṃ pupphakalāpañca gahetvā ākāse ṭhatvā –
愿你心中所愿、所求,速得成就;
愿一切心愿悉皆圆满,犹如十五的满月。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Icchitaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, khippameva samijjhatu; Sabbe pūrentu saṅkappā, cando pannaraso yathā’’ti. –
他以这首偈颂向富豪的女儿表达了随喜赞叹,接着决意道:“愿富豪的女儿看着我离去。”说完便朝欢喜根窟方向走去。富豪的女儿目睹这一幕,心中生起极大的欢喜。她在往昔轮回中所造的不善业,因长久未得现起之缘而彻底耗尽,变得清净无瑕,正如被酸汁洗净的铜器一般。就在那一刻,她夫家与亲族中所有人等都欢喜起来,问道:“我们能做些什么呢?”并送来了温言与礼物。富豪的儿子也派人传话说:“快,快将富豪的女儿带来,我竟忘了她,独自去了园林。”自此以后,他便如同珍爱胸前的栴檀香膏、佩戴的珍珠项链与花鬘一般,珍爱着她,悉心照料。显示巴利原文
Imāya gāthāya seṭṭhidhītāya anumodanaṃ katvā ‘‘seṭṭhidhītā maṃ gacchantaṃ passatū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Seṭṭhidhītāya taṃ disvā mahatī pīti uppannā. Bhavantare kataṃ akusalakammaṃ anokāsatāya parikkhīṇaṃ, ciñcambiladhotatambabhājanamiva suddhā jātā. Tāvadeva cassā patikule ñātikule ca sabbo jano tuṭṭho ‘‘kiṃ karomā’’ti piyavacanāni paṇṇākārāni ca pesesi. Seṭṭhiputto manusse pesesi ‘‘sīghaṃ sīghaṃ ānetha seṭṭhidhītaraṃ, ahaṃ vissaritvā uyyānaṃ āgato’’ti. Tato pabhuti ca naṃ ure vilittacandanaṃ viya āmuttamuttāhāraṃ viya pupphamālaṃ viya ca piyāyanto parihari.
她在那裡尽其寿命,享尽权势与欲乐之福,命终之后,以男性身化生于名为“莲花”的天界的一朵青莲之中。这位天子,行走时住于莲花苞内,站立时、坐着时、躺卧时,也都不离莲花苞。他们为他取名“大莲花天子”。他凭借这神通威力,在六欲天中顺逆流转,轮转不息。显示巴利原文
Sā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ issariyabhogasukhaṃ anubhavitvā kālaṃ katvā purisabhāvena devaloke padumapupphe uppajji. So devaputto gacchantopi padumapupphagabbheyeva gacchati, tiṭṭhantopi, nisīdantopi, sayantopi padumagabbheyeva sayati. Mahāpadumadevaputtoti cassa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Evaṃ so tena iddhānubhāvena anulomapaṭilomaṃ chadevaloke eva saṃsarati.
那时,波罗奈王有两万名宫女。国王却未曾从任何一位的腹中诞下子嗣。大臣们劝谏国王说:“陛下,理应求一子以守护家族传承。若无亲生之子,生于自己领地内的子嗣,也可承续家族宗脉。”国王便说:“除王后外,其余歌女,你们七日之内去演出法义的舞剧吧。”他听任她们随意外出游观,然而依旧未得子嗣。大臣们又进言:“大王,王后在所有女子当中,福德与智慧最为殊胜,或许陛下能从王后的腹中获得子嗣。”国王便将此意转告王后。王后答道:“大王,唯有言语真实、具足戒行的女子,才能得子;一个失去惭与愧的女人,子嗣从何而来呢?”于是她登上宫楼,受持五戒,并反复忆念。当这位具足戒行的王后不断忆念五戒,求子之念刚刚生起,帝释天的座位便发热了。显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena bārāṇasirañño vīsati itthisahassāni honti. Rājā ekissāpi kucchiyaṃ puttaṃ na labhati. Amaccā rājānaṃ viññāpesuṃ ‘‘deva, kulavaṃsānupālako putto icchitabbo, atraje avijjamāne khetrajopi kulavaṃsadharo hotī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘ṭhapetvā mahesiṃ avasesā nāṭakitthiyo sattāhaṃ dhammanāṭakaṃ karothā’’ti yathākāmaṃ bahi carāpesi, tathāpi puttaṃ nālattha. Puna amaccā āhaṃsu – ‘‘mahārāja, mahesī nāma puññena ca paññāya ca sabbitthīnaṃ aggā, appeva nāma devo mahesiyāpi kucchismiṃ puttaṃ labheyyā’’ti. Rājā mahesiyā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Sā āha – ‘‘mahārāja, yā itthī saccavādinī sīlavatī, sā puttaṃ labheyya, hirottapparahitāya kuto putto’’ti pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā pañca sīlāni samādiyitvā punappunaṃ anumajjati. Sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya pañca sīlāni anumajjantiyā puttapatthanācitte uppannamatte sakkassa āsanaṃ santappi.
于是,帝释天观察座位发热的原因,了知此事后心想:“我要赐予这位戒行具足的王后一个殊胜的儿子。”他便从空中降临,站在王后面前,问道:“王后,你希求什么?”王后回答:“一个儿子,大王。”帝释天说:“王后,我给你一个儿子,不必忧虑。”说完便返回天界,观察道:“这里有寿命将尽的天子吗?”当他了知“这位大莲花天子将从此处死殁,投生上层天界”后,便前往那天子的宫殿,恳求说:“亲爱的孩子大莲花,请你去往人界吧。”大莲花天子回答:“大王,请不要这样说,人界是令人厌恶的。”帝释天说:“亲爱的孩子,你正是因为过去在人界修福才得以生到这里,仍需安住人界,圆满你种种波罗蜜。去吧,亲爱的孩子。”大莲花天子说:“大王,住胎是极其痛苦的,我无法待在那里。”帝释天说:“亲爱的孩子,你何必担忧住胎呢?由于你过去所造的业,你将自然化生在莲花苞中。去吧,亲爱的孩子。”如此再三劝说之后,大莲花天子最终答应了。显示巴利原文
Atha sakko āsanatāpakāraṇaṃ āvajjento etamatthaṃ viditvā ‘‘sīlavatiyā rājadhītāya puttavaraṃ demī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā deviyā sammukhe ṭhatvā ‘‘kiṃ patthesi devī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Puttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Dammi te, devi, puttaṃ, mā cintayī’’ti vatvā devalokaṃ gantvā ‘‘atthi nu kho ettha khīṇāyuko’’ti āvajjento ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpadumo uparidevaloke uppajjituṃ ito cavatī’’ti ñatvā tassa vimānaṃ gantvā ‘‘tāta mahāpaduma, manussalokaṃ gacchāhī’’ti yāci. So āha – ‘‘mahārāja, mā evaṃ bhaṇi, jeguccho manussaloko’’ti. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ manussaloke puññaṃ katvā idhūpapanno, tattheva ṭhatvā pāramiyo pūretabbā, gaccha, tātā’’ti. ‘‘Dukkho, mahārāja, gabbhavāso, na sakkomi tattha vasitu’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ te, tāta, gabbhavāsena, tathā hi tvaṃ kammamakāsi, yathā padumagabbheyeva nibbattissasi, gaccha, tātā’’ti punappunaṃ vuccamāno adhivāsesi.
于是,大莲花天子从天界命终,化生在波罗奈王御苑中石板池塘的一朵莲花苞里。就在那一夜,王后在破晓时分梦见自己被两万名宫女围绕,前往御苑,在石板池塘的莲池中获得了一个儿子。天亮以后,她守护着戒律,就如梦中那般去到了那里,见到一朵莲花。那花既不生于岸边,也不长在深处。方才见到,她心中便对那孩子生起了如亲子般的爱怜。她亲自走入池中,采下那朵花。花刚被摘下,花瓣便绽放开来。她在花中看见一个男孩,如同注入托盘的黄金雕像一般。一见之下,她便高声宣告:“我得到儿子了!”大众发出千百声称赞,并禀告了国王。国王听后问道:“在哪里得到的?”得知获得的地点和经过后,国王说:“御苑、池塘与莲花,都是我们自己的领地,因此,这孩子生于我的领地之内,应当叫作‘领生’。”说完,便迎入城中,命两万名宫女担任乳母之职。凡能知晓王子喜好,并用他想吃的嚼食喂他者,谁就能获得一千钱币的赏赐。整个波罗奈城都为之轰动,所有人都给王子送来千般礼物。王子并没有接受那些馈赠,却因为不停地被围着劝说“吃这……显示巴利原文
Tato mahāpadumo devalokā cavitvā bārāṇasirañño uyyāne silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumagabbhe nibbatto. Tañca rattiṃ mahesī paccūsasamaye supinantena vīsatiitthisahassaparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ padumassare puttaṃ laddhā viya ahosi. Sā pabhātāya rattiyā sīlāni rakkhamānā tatheva tattha gantvā ekaṃ padumapupphaṃ addasa. Taṃ neva tīre hoti na gambhīre. Saha dassaneneva cassā tattha puttasineho uppajji. Sā sāmaṃyeva pavisitvā taṃ pupphaṃ aggahesi. Pupphe gahitamatteyeva pattāni vikasiṃsu. Tattha taṭṭake āsittasuvaṇṇapaṭimaṃ viya dārakaṃ addasa. Disvāva ‘‘putto me laddho’’ti saddaṃ nicchāresi. Mahājano sādhukārasahassāni muñci, rañño ca pesesi. Rājā sutvā ‘‘kattha laddho’’ti pucchitvā laddhokāsañca sutvā ‘‘uyyānañca pokkharaṇiyaṃ padumañca amhākaññeva khettaṃ, tasmā amhākaṃ khette jātattā khetrajo nāmāyaṃ putto’’ti vatvā nagaraṃ pavesetvā vīsatisahassaitthiyo dhātikiccaṃ kārāpesi. Yā yā kumārassa ruciṃ ñatvā patthitapatthitaṃ khādanīyaṃ khādāpeti, sā sā sahassaṃ labhati. Sakalabārāṇasī calitā, sabbo jano kumārassa paṇṇākārasahassāni pesesi. Kumāro taṃ taṃ atinetvā ‘‘imaṃ khāda, imaṃ bhuñjā’’ti vuccamāno bhojanena ubbāḷho ukkaṇṭhito hutvā, gopuradvāraṃ gantvā, lākhāguḷakena kīḷati.
当时,有一位独觉佛依止波罗奈城,住在仙人堕处。他于清晨早早起身,完成住处、身体清洁及作意等所有事务后,从静修中出定,心想:“今天要去哪里乞食呢?”他观察王子的殊胜成就后,便探究道:“此人过去曾造何业?”当他了知“此人曾供养如我这样的修行者团食,并发下四个誓愿;其中三个已经实现,还有一个至今未果。我可用善巧方便为他指示所缘”后,便以乞食行为由,来到王子附近。王子看见他后,说:“沙门!不要到这里来,这里的人也会对你说‘吃这个,吃那个’的。”那位独觉佛只听了这一句话,便从那里转身返回了自己的住处。王子对侍从们说:“这位沙门只因我说了一句就回去了,莫非生我的气了?”虽然侍从们告诉他:“主人,出家之人不会心怀瞋恨,他们只是以他人净信所施之物维生。”王子仍然想:“这位沙门肯定是对我生气了,我要去向他道歉。”于是他禀告父母,乘上大象,凭借大王的威势前往仙人堕处。途中,他看到一群鹿,便问:“这些叫什么?”回答:“主人,这些叫鹿。”王子问:“有没有人照……显示巴利原文
Tadā aññataro paccekabuddho bārāṇasiṃ nissāya isipatane vasati. So kālasseva vuṭṭhāya senāsanavattasarīraparikammamanasikārādīni sabbakiccāni katvā, paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito ‘‘ajja kattha bhikkhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti āvajjento kumārassa sampattiṃ disvā ‘‘esa pubbe kiṃ kammaṃ karī’’ti vīmaṃsanto ‘‘mādisassa piṇḍapātaṃ datvā, catasso patthanā patthesi tattha tisso siddhā, ekā tāva na sijjhati, tassa upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassemī’’ti bhikkhācariyavasena kumārassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘samaṇa, mā idha āgacchi, ime hi tampi ‘idaṃ khāda, idaṃ bhuñjā’ti vadeyyu’’nti āha. So ekavacaneneva tato nivattitvā attano senāsanaṃ pāvisi. Kumāro parijanaṃ āha – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo mayā vuttamattova nivatto, kuddho, nu, kho mamā’’ti. Tato tehi ‘‘pabbajitā nāma, deva, na kodhaparāyaṇā honti, parena pasannamanena yaṃ dinnaṃ hoti, tena yāpentī’’ti vuccamānopi ‘‘kuddho eva mamāyaṃ samaṇo, khamāpessāmi na’’nti mātāpitūnaṃ ārocetvā hatthiṃ abhiruhitvā, mahatā rājānubhāvena isipatanaṃ gantvā, migayūthaṃ disvā, pucchi ‘‘kiṃ nāma ete’’ti? ‘‘Ete, sāmi, migā nāmā’’ti. Etesaṃ ‘‘imaṃ khādatha, imaṃ bhuñjatha, imaṃ sāyathā’’ti vatvā paṭijaggantā atthīti. Natthi sāmi, yattha tiṇodakaṃ sulabhaṃ, tattha vasantīti.
王子心想:“这些鹿虽无人守护,却能随心所欲地安住在想去的地方,我何时才能那样安住呢?”他便以此为所缘。那位独觉佛知道王子要来,便将通往坐卧处的路与经行道打扫干净、整理平整,自己来回经行了一两次,留下脚印;又将白天的休息处和叶屋也打扫干净、整理平整,留下进入的脚印,却不留离开的脚印,随后去了别处。王子来到那里,看见那一带被打扫得如此整洁,心想:“那位独觉佛大概就住在这里吧。”他听了侍从们的话后,说道:“今天早上那位沙门就已经不悦了,现在再看到住处被象、马等践踏,恐怕更生气了,你们就待在此处,不要动。”他从象背上下来,独自走进坐卧处。一进门,便看到极为平整的地方留有脚印,心想:“这位沙门在这里经行时,心中所思并非买卖之类的俗务,定是在思虑自身解脱的利益吧。”他生起净信与喜悦,便登上经行处。他舍弃了远方种种散乱的寻思,走过去坐在石板上,令心转趋专一,进入叶屋。在修观时,他证得了辟支菩提智。如同先前有一次,国师向他请问业处时那样,他坐于虚空之中,说出了这首偈颂:显示巴利原文
Kumāro ‘‘yathā ime arakkhiyamānāva yattha icchanti, tattha vasanti, kadā nu, kho, ahampi evaṃ vaseyya’’nti etamārammaṇaṃ aggahesi. Paccekabuddhopi tassa āgamanaṃ ñatvā senāsanamaggañca caṅkamañca sammajjitvā, maṭṭhaṃ katvā, ekadvikkhattuṃ caṅkamitvā, padanikkhepaṃ dassetvā, divāvihārokāsañca paṇṇasālañca sammajjitvā, maṭṭhaṃ katvā, pavisanapadanikkhepaṃ dassetvā, nikkhamanapadanikkhepaṃ adassetvā, aññatra agamāsi. Kumāro tattha gantvā taṃ padesaṃ sammajjitvā maṭṭhaṃ kataṃ disvā ‘‘vasati maññe ettha so paccekabuddho’’ti parijanena bhāsitaṃ sutvā āha – ‘‘pātopi so samaṇo kuddho, idāni hatthiassādīhi attano okāsaṃ akkantaṃ disvā, suṭṭhutaraṃ kujjheyya, idheva tumhe tiṭṭhathā’’ti hatthikkhandhā oruyha ekakova senāsanaṃ paviṭṭho vattasīsena susammaṭṭhokāse padanikkhepaṃ disvā, ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo ettha caṅkamanto na vaṇijjādikammaṃ cintesi, addhā attano hitameva cintesi maññe’’ti pasannamānaso caṅkamaṃ āruhitvā, dūrīkataputhuvitakko gantvā, pāsāṇaphalake nisīditvā, sañjātaekaggo hutvā, paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ adhigantvā, purimanayeneva purohitena kammaṭṭhāne pucchite gaganatale nisinno imaṃ gāthamāha –
“犹如林中之鹿,无有系缚,随心所欲觅食而行;
智者观此自在之行,当如犀牛角,独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho, yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya; Viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,“鹿”指两种鹿:麋鹿与花鹿。另外,这也是所有林中四足众生的通称。但此处特指花鹿。“在林野”:除去村落及村落近郊,其余地方称为林野;但此处是指御苑,故说“在御苑中”。“犹如”是譬喻的意思。“无拘无束”指未被绳索等系缚,以此显示自在而行的状态。“随其所欲,觅食而行”:想要往哪个方向觅食,就往那个方向去。关于这一点,世尊也曾说过:显示巴利原文
Tattha migoti dve migā eṇīmigo, pasadamigo cāti. Apica sabbesaṃ āraññikānaṃ catuppadānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana pasadamigo adhippeto. Araññamhīti gāmañca gāmūpacārañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ araññaṃ, idhaṃ pana uyyānamadhippetaṃ, tasmā uyyānamhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāti paṭibhāge. Abaddhoti rajjubandhanādīhi abaddho, etena vissatthacariyaṃ dīpeti. Yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāyati yena yena disābhāgena gantumicchati, tena tena disābhāgena gocarāya gacchati. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,犹如林野中的鹿,在林中漫游时,自在而行,自在而立,自在而坐,自在而卧。这是什么原因呢?诸比丘,因为它不在猎人的行猎范围之内。同样地,诸比丘,比丘远离诸欲……乃至……具足初禅而住。诸比丘,这就称为:比丘令魔罗盲目、无迹可寻,摧破魔罗之眼,令邪恶者不得看见。”——详细展开即是如此。显示巴利原文
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āraññako migo araññe pavane caramāno vissattho gacchati, vissattho tiṭṭhati, vissattho nisīdati, vissattho seyyaṃ kappeti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Anāpāthagato, bhikkhave, luddassa; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu andhamakāsi māraṃ apadaṃ, vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato’’ti (ma. ni. 1.287; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 125) vitthāro.
“智者”指贤善之人。所谓“自在”,指随心所欲、不依他人的状态。“观察”指以慧眼观照。又或者,可理解为法自在与人之自在。因为出世间法不随烦恼力而转,故为自在;具足这些法的人也为自在,对其修习的说明即是“自在”。因此,“观察自在”的意思是说:恰如林中无拘无束的鹿,随心所欲地觅食;我曾被你们前后左右环绕,如被束缚,不能随心而行。我见不能随心而行的困境,以及随心而行的功德,便渐次修习止观,令得圆满。由此,我证得辟支菩提。因此,其他有智之人,观察此自在,亦当如犀牛角,独自行游。其余内容可按前文所说的道理来理解。显示巴利原文
Viññūnaroti paṇḍitapuriso. Seritanti sacchandavuttitaṃ aparāyattataṃ. Pekkhamānoti paññācakkhunā olokayamāno. Atha vā dhammaseritaṃ puggalaseritañca. Lokuttaradhammā hi kilesavasaṃ agamanato serino tehi samannāgatā puggalā ca, tesaṃ bhāvaniddeso seritā. Taṃ pekkhamānoti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? ‘‘Yathā migo araññamhi abaddho yenicchakaṃ gacchati gocarāya, kadā nu kho ahampi evaṃ gaccheyya’’nti iti me tumhehi ito cito ca parivāretvā ṭhitehi baddhassa yenicchakaṃ gantuṃ alabhantassa tasmiṃ yenicchakagamanābhāvena yenicchakagamane cānisaṃsaṃ disvā anukkamena samathavipassanā pāripūriṃ agamaṃsu. Tato paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhi. Tasmā aññopi viññū paṇḍito naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
40 “有人招呼”这句话的由来是这样的。据说过去有一位名叫一王梵授的国王,性情温和。每当大臣们想和他商议适当或不适当的事情时,就会一次次地把他单独叫到僻静处。有一天,他正在午休,一位大臣请求说:“王上,我有事要禀明”,便请他到一边说话,国王就起身跟他去了。后来,又有一位大臣在他坐在大宝座上时请求单独谈话;一位在他坐在象背上时;一位在他骑在马上时;一位在他乘坐金车时;还有一位在他乘轿前往御苑的路上,请他停下说话,国王便从轿上下来,走到一边。又有一次,国王巡行地方时,一位大臣请求进言,国王听了也从象背上下来,走到一边。就这样,他对这些事感到十分厌倦,便出家了。那些大臣们却因权势而变得骄横起来,其中一个人跑去对大王说:“大王,请把某某地方赐给我。”大王说:“那地方由某某人管辖。”那人根本不听王的话,说道:“我去把那地方抢来享用。”便去了那里,挑起争斗。之后双方又都来到大王面前,互相揭发对方的过失。大王心想:“我是没有办法让这些人满足的。”他看到了贪欲的过患,修习观法,证得了辟支菩提。于是他便如前文所说的那样,说了这显示巴利原文
40.Āmantanā hotīti kā uppatti? Atīte kira ekavajjikabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi mudukajātiko. Yadā amaccā tena saha yuttaṃ vā ayuttaṃ vā mantetukāmā honti, tadā naṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ ekamantaṃ nenti. Taṃ ekadivasaṃ divāseyyaṃ upagataṃ aññataro amacco ‘‘deva, mama sotabbaṃ atthī’’ti ekamantaṃ gamanaṃ yāci. So uṭṭhāya agamāsi. Puna eko mahāupaṭṭhāne nisinnaṃ varaṃ yāci, eko hatthikkhandhe, eko assapiṭṭhiyaṃ , eko suvaṇṇarathe, eko sivikāya nisīditvā uyyānaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci. Rājā tato orohitvā ekamantaṃ agamāsi. Aparo janapadacārikaṃ gacchantaṃ yāci, tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā hatthito oruyha ekamantaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ so tehi nibbinno hutvā pabbaji. Amaccā issariyena vaḍḍhanti. Tesu eko gantvā rājānaṃ āha – ‘‘amukaṃ, mahārāja, janapadaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘taṃ itthannāmo bhuñjatī’’ti bhaṇati. So rañño vacanaṃ anādiyitvā ‘‘gacchāmahaṃ taṃ janapadaṃ gahetvā bhuñjāmī’’ti tattha gantvā, kalahaṃ katvā, puna ubhopi rañño santikaṃ āgantvā, aññamaññassa dosaṃ ārocenti. Rājā ‘‘na sakkā ime tosetu’’nti tesaṃ lobhe ādīnavaṃ disvā vipassanto paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. So purimanayeneva imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
“招呼”是指:在朋友之间、在住处、在停留之处、在出行时、在游行的过程中,总会有诸如“听我说这个”“给我那个”之类的招呼。
观察那不被他物所贪求、自在独立的出家法,应当犹如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe, vāse ṭhāne gamane cārikāya; Anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这首偈颂的含义是:当人处于朋友中间,无论是在称为“昼住”的住处,在称为“大朝会”的场所,在称为“游园”的出行,还是在称为“游行人间”的游行时,总会不断地被人以“听我说这个”“给我那个”等方式招呼。因此,我对这些感到厌离。那种为圣者所亲近、具足多种功德、纯一安乐的出家,即使如此,却被那些被贪欲制伏的恶人所不希求、不渴望。我观察这不被希求的出家法——它不随他人主宰,凭法与人的品质而自在独立——便着手修习观,依次证悟了辟支菩提。其余的意义,与前面已解说过的道理相同。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – sahāyamajjhe ṭhitassa divāseyyasaṅkhāte vāse ca, mahāupaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte ṭhāne ca, uyyānagamanasaṅkhāte gamane ca, janapadacārikasaṅkhātāya cārikāya ca ‘‘idaṃ me suṇa, idaṃ me dehī’’tiādinā nayena tathā tathā āmantanā hoti, tasmā ahaṃ tattha nibbijjitvā yāyaṃ ariyajanasevitā anekānisaṃsā ekantasukhā, evaṃ santepi lobhābhibhūtehi sabbakāpurisehi anabhijjhitā anabhipatthitā pabbajjā, taṃ anabhijjhitaṃ paresaṃ avasavattanena dhammapuggalavasena ca seritaṃ pekkhamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā anukkamena paccekasambodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
41 “游戏与乐”这段话的来历是怎样的呢?在波罗奈,有一位名叫独子梵授的国王。他有一个独生子,非常可爱,讨人喜欢,国王爱他如同自己的生命。国王在行住坐卧一切威仪中,都将孩子带在身边。有一天,国王要去园林,就把孩子留了下来,自己出去了。而就在那一天,王子突然生了病,死去了。大臣们心想:“国王对儿子的感情那么深,如果知道这件事,恐怕心脏都会碎掉。”于是他们没有禀报,就直接将王子的遗体火化了。国王在园林中因酒醉倒,完全不记得儿子的事,第二天沐浴、用餐时也同样没想起来。后来,当他用完餐坐下时,才忽然记起,说道:“把我儿子带来。”大臣们于是用婉转的方式,把事情的经过告诉了他。国王顿时陷入极度的悲痛,他坐在那里,如理作意道:“此有故彼有,此生故彼生。”就这样,他依着顺、逆的顺序思惟缘起,渐次亲证了辟支菩提。除了偈颂本身的词义解释之外,其余情节与《交结偈》中所说的类似。显示巴利原文
41.Khiḍḍā ratīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ ekaputtakabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So cassa ekaputtako piyo ahosi manāpo pāṇasamo. So sabbiriyāpathesu puttaṃ gahetvāva vattati. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto taṃ ṭhapetvā gato. Kumāropi taṃ divasaṃyeva uppannena byādhinā mato. Amaccā ‘‘puttasinehena rañño hadayampi phaleyyā’’ti anārocetvāva naṃ jhāpesuṃ. Rājā uyyāne surāmadena matto puttaṃ neva sari, tathā dutiyadivasepi nhānabhojanavelāsu. Atha bhuttāvī nisinno saritvā ‘‘puttaṃ me ānethā’’ti āha. Tassa anurūpena vidhānena taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato sokābhibhūto nisinno evaṃ yoniso manasākāsi ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti. So evaṃ anukkamena anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sammasanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Sesaṃ saṃsaggagāthāya vuttasadisameva ṭhapetvā gāthāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ.
在词义解释上:“游戏”指嬉戏,可分为两种:身戏与语戏。其中,身戏如乘象嬉戏、骑马嬉戏、驾车嬉戏、拉弓嬉戏、舞剑嬉戏等;语戏则指唱歌、吟诵诗句、用嘴模仿鼓声等。“乐”指五种欲乐。“广大”指遍满全身,深达骨髓。其余义理易于了解。此处文脉的连结,与《交结偈》中所说的连接方式相同,此后的一切也都如此。显示巴利原文
Atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ pana khiḍḍāti kīḷanā. Sā duvidhā hoti – kāyikā, vācasikā ca. Tattha kāyikā nāma hatthīhipi kīḷanti, assehipi, rathehipi, dhanūhipi, tharūhipīti evamādi. Vācasikā nāma gītaṃ, silokabhaṇanaṃ, mukhabherīti evamādi. Ratīti pañcakāmaguṇarati. Vipulanti yāva aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca ṭhānena sakalattabhāvabyāpakaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Anusandhiyojanāpi cettha saṃsaggagāthāya vuttanayeneva veditabbā, tato parañca sabbanti.
42 “四方者”(Cātuddisa)的来历是怎样的呢?据说,过去在迦叶世尊的教法中,有五位独觉佛菩萨出家,于两万年中圆满修习了往返的仪轨,随后投生于天界。从彼处命终之后,他们之中的最长者成为波罗奈城的国王,其余几位则成为普通的国王。他们四人都学习了业处,然后舍弃王位出家,次第成就为独觉佛,住于欢喜根窟。一日,他们从定中出定,如竹笋偈中所说,审察自身业缘与同伴之后,了知时机已至,便开始寻找能善巧地向波罗奈国王显示所缘的机会。那时,国王一夜之间三次骤然惊怖,恐惧大叫,奔至宫殿宽阔的平台上。国师清晨起来,问国王是否睡得安稳,国王答:“老师,我哪得安乐!”并将全部经过告诉了他。国师心想:“此病非催吐、下泻等医药所能治愈,不过我有一巧妙对策。”于是他故意恐吓国王说:“大王,这些乃是王国衰败、性命危难等灾祸之前兆啊!”国王愈发恐惧。随后,为平息这些灾祸,国师劝请国王说:“应当献出如许、如许的象、马、车乘,以及金银钱财作为供养,举行一场祭祀。”显示巴利原文
42.Cātuddisoti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pañca paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasiyaṃ rājā ahosi, sesā pākatikarājāno. Te cattāropi kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, anukkamena paccekabuddhā hutvā nandamūlakapabbhāre vasantā ekadivasaṃ samāpattito vuṭṭhāya vaṃsakaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayeneva attano kammañca sahāyañca āvajjetvā ñatvā bārāṇasirañño upāyena ārammaṇaṃ dassetuṃ okāsaṃ gavesanti. So ca rājā tikkhattuṃ rattiyā ubbijjati, bhīto vissaraṃ karoti, mahātale dhāvati. Purohitena kālasseva vuṭṭhāya sukhaseyyaṃ pucchitopi ‘‘kuto me, ācariya, sukha’’nti sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Purohitopi ‘‘ayaṃ rogo na sakkā yena kenaci uddhaṃvirecanādinā bhesajjakammena vinetuṃ , mayhaṃ pana khādanūpāyo uppanno’’ti cintetvā ‘‘rajjahānijīvitantarāyādīnaṃ pubbanimittaṃ etaṃ mahārājā’’ti rājānaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ ubbejetvā tassa vūpasamanatthaṃ ‘‘ettake ca ettake ca hatthiassarathādayo hiraññasuvaṇṇañca dakkhiṇaṃ datvā yañño yajitabbo’’ti taṃ yaññayajane samādapesi.
那时,诸位独觉佛看见成千上万的众生为了祭祀而被聚集起来,心想:“此事若成,他将难以受教。我们现在便先去看看吧。”于是,他们如竹笋偈中所说的方法前来,在王宫庭院中列队托钵而行。国王站在狮子窗前,眺望庭院,看见了他们。一见之下,他便生起亲切感,于是召请他们,敷设空中座位,恭敬供养饮食。食已,国王问:“你们是谁?”他们答:“大王,我等是四方者。”“尊者,何为四方者?”“大王,于任何方向,我等皆无恐惧与惊惶。”“尊者,为何无有恐惧?”“大王,我等修习慈、修习悲、修习喜、修习舍,故而无所恐惧。”语毕,他们从座起身,返回住处。显示巴利原文
Tato paccekabuddhā anekāni pāṇasahassāni yaññatthāya sampiṇḍiyamānāni disvā ‘‘etasmiṃ kamme kate dubbodhaneyyo bhavissati, handa naṃ paṭikacceva gantvā pekkhāmā’’ti vaṃsakaḷīragāthāyaṃ vuttanayeneva āgantvā piṇḍāya caramānā rājaṅgaṇe paṭipāṭiyā agamaṃsu. Rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito rājaṅgaṇaṃ olokayamāno te addakkhi , saha dassaneneva cassa sineho uppajji. Tato te pakkosāpetvā ākāsatale paññattāsane nisīdāpetvā sakkaccaṃ bhojetvā katabhattakicce ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, cātuddisā nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, cātuddisāti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Catūsu disāsu katthaci kutoci bhayaṃ vā cittutrāso vā amhākaṃ natthi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ kiṃ kāraṇā na hotī’’ti? ‘‘Mayañhi, mahārāja, mettaṃ bhāvema, karuṇaṃ bhāvema, muditaṃ bhāvema, upekkhaṃ bhāvema, tena no taṃ bhayaṃ na hotī’’ti vatvā uṭṭhāyāsanā attano vasatiṃ agamaṃsu.
于是国王心想:“这些沙门说,通过慈等修习就没有恐惧,而婆罗门却赞叹杀害成千上万的众生。到底谁的话才是真的呢?”然后他心里又想:“沙门是用清净来洗净不净,婆罗门却是用不净来对待不净。无法以不净洗净不净,只有出家者的话是真实的。”于是,他依“愿一切众生安乐”等方法,修习了慈等四种梵住。以遍施慈悯之心,他命令大臣们:“释放一切众生,让他们喝清凉的水,吃青绿的草,并让凉风吹拂他们。”大臣们照做了。显示巴利原文
Tato rājā cintesi ‘‘ime samaṇā mettādibhāvanāya bhayaṃ na hotīti bhaṇanti, brāhmaṇā pana anekasahassapāṇavadhaṃ vaṇṇayanti, kesaṃ nu kho vacanaṃ sacca’’nti. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘samaṇā suddhena asuddhaṃ dhovanti, brāhmaṇā pana asuddhena asuddhaṃ. Na ca sakkā asuddhena asuddhaṃ dhovituṃ, pabbajitānaṃ eva vacanaṃ sacca’’nti. So ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’tiādinā nayena mettādayo cattāropi brahmavihāre bhāvetvā hitapharaṇacittena amacce āṇāpesi ‘‘sabbe pāṇe muñcatha, sītāni pānīyāni pivantu, haritāni tiṇāni khādantu, sīto ca nesaṃ vāto upavāyatū’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu.
于是,国王心想:‘凭善友之言,我今已从恶业中解脱。’他便就地坐下,观修之后,证得了独觉佛菩提。到了用餐时分,大臣们说:‘大王,请用膳,时候到了。’他答道:‘我并非国王。’随后,如前所说那般,说明一切后,他诵出了这首自说记别偈:显示巴利原文
Tato rājā ‘‘kalyāṇamittānaṃ vacaneneva pāpakammato muttomhī’’ti tattheva nisinno vipassitvā paccekasambodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Amaccehi ca bhojanavelāyaṃ ‘‘bhuñja, mahārāja, kālo’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti purimanayeneva sabbaṃ vatvā imaṃ udānabyākaraṇagāthaṃ abhāsi –
四方无碍而无嗔,随所得而恒知足;
于诸险难能忍而无畏,应如犀牛角般独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cātuddiso appaṭigho ca hoti, santussamāno itarītarena; Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,“四方者”意谓随意住于四方;或依“遍满一方而住”等方法(《长部》3.308;《增支部》4.125;《小部·犀牛角经注》128),由梵住修习遍满四方,故称“四方者”。于彼诸方任何处,对有情怀或对诸行,皆无恐惧障碍,故称“无嗔”。“满足于任何所得”:谓依十二种知足而成为知足者;“任何所得”指不论好坏的一切资具。“于诸难处能忍而无畏”:此处,“难处”指折磨身心、或令功德退失、或依此而生的种种,故称“难处”。这是对外在的狮、虎等,及内在的爱欲等身心祸害的总称。他以堪忍——即忍耐与精进等法——克服这些难处,故说“于诸难处能忍”。又因无有令心僵硬的恐惧,故称“无畏”。这是何义?犹如那四位沙门,他满足于任何资具,安住于这行道处的知足中,于四方以慈等修习而成为四方者,对有情及诸行无有阻碍与恐惧,故成为无嗔者。因具四方的性质,故于上述诸难处能忍;因无嗔,故无畏。如此,见行道功德,如理行持后,我证辟支菩提。显示巴利原文
Tattha cātuddisoti catūsu disāsu yathāsukhavihārī, ‘‘ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.308; a. ni. 4.125; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 128) vā nayena brahmavihārabhāvanāpharitā catasso disā assa santītipi cātuddiso. Tāsu disāsu katthaci satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihaññatīti appaṭigho. Santussamānoti dvādasavidhassa santosassavasena santussako, itarītarenāti uccāvacena paccayena. Parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhīti ettha parissayanti kāyacittāni, parihāpenti vā tesaṃ sampattiṃ, tāni vā paṭicca sayantīti parissayā, bāhirānaṃ sīhabyagghādīnaṃ abbhantarānañca kāmacchandādīnaṃ kāyacittupaddavānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te parissaye adhivāsanakhantiyā ca vīriyādīhi dhammehi ca sahatīti parissayānaṃ sahitā. Thaddhabhāvakarabhayābhāvena achambhī. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā te cattāro samaṇā, evaṃ itarītarena paccayena santussamāno ettha paṭipattipadaṭṭhāne santose ṭhito catūsu disāsu mettādibhāvanāya cātuddiso, sattasaṅkhāresu paṭihananabhayābhāvena appaṭigho ca hoti. So cātuddisattā vuttappakārānaṃ parissayānaṃ sahitā, appaṭighattā achambhī ca hotīti evaṃ paṭipattiguṇaṃ disvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Atha vā te samaṇā viya santussamāno itarītarena vuttanayeneva cātuddiso hotīti ñatvā evaṃ cātuddisabhāvaṃ patthayanto yoniso paṭipajjitvā adhigatomhi. Tasmā aññopi īdisaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthayamāno cātuddisatāya parissayānaṃ sahitā appaṭighatāya ca achambhī hutvā eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
43 43.“难护”的来历是怎样的?据说,波罗奈王的王后去世了。哀悼的日子过去后,有一天,大臣们请求道:“大王,于种种事务中,王后对国王来说实不可缺,陛下,请迎娶另一位王后吧。”国王说:“那么,你们去找吧。”他们寻觅时,发现邻国国王已死,其王后在治理国家,且已怀有身孕。大臣们知道她堪配国王,便向她提出请求。她说:“怀孕的女人往往不讨人喜欢。若你们愿等我分娩,此事可行;否则,请另觅他人。”大臣们将此事禀告国王。国王说:“即使怀孕也无妨,带她来。”他们便将她带来。国王为她灌顶,赐予一切王后应有的受用,并以种种赠品善待她的随从。后来,她生下儿子。国王待他犹如亲生儿子,在一切威仪中将他抱于膝上、搂于怀中。这时,王后的随从们心想:“国王过度宠爱这个王子,国王的心容易产生过度的信任,我们离间他们吧。”显示巴利原文
43.Dussaṅgahāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira aggamahesī kālamakāsi. Tato vītivattesu sokadivasesu ekaṃ divasaṃ amaccā ‘‘rājūnaṃ nāma tesu tesu kiccesu aggamahesī avassaṃ icchitabbā, sādhu, devo, aññaṃ deviṃ ānetū’’ti yāciṃsu. Rājā‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, jānāthā’’ti āha. Te pariyesantā sāmantarajje rājā mato. Tassa devī rajjaṃ anusāsati. Sā ca gabbhinī hoti. Amaccā ‘‘ayaṃ rañño anurūpā’’ti ñatvā taṃ yāciṃsu. Sā ‘‘gabbhinī nāma manussānaṃ amanāpā hoti, sace āgametha, yāva vijāyāmi, evaṃ hotu, no ce, aññaṃ pariyesathā’’ti āha. Te raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ‘‘gabbhinīpi hotu ānethā’’ti. Te ānesuṃ. Rājā taṃ abhisiñcitvā sabbaṃ mahesībhogaṃ adāsi. Tassā parijanañca nānāvidhehi paṇṇākārehi saṅgaṇhāti. Sā kālena puttaṃ vijāyi. Tampi rājā attano jātaputtamiva sabbiriyāpathesu aṅke ca ure ca katvā viharati. Tato deviyā parijano cintesi ‘‘rājā ativiya saṅgaṇhāti kumāraṃ, ativissāsaniyāni rājahadayāni, handa naṃ paribhedemā’’ti.
于是,他们对王子说:“孩子,你是我们国王的儿子,不是这位国王的儿子,不要在这里对他生起信赖。”此后,即使国王说“来,孩子”,并且拉着他的手拽过来,王子也不像以前那样亲近国王了。国王心里思量“这是怎么回事”,了解到这个情况后,心想:“唉,这些人受到我如此善待,却如此背逆。”于是感到厌离,舍弃王位出家了。“国王出家了”的消息一传出,许多大臣和随从也出家了。人们说:“国王带着随从出家了”,便供养了很殊胜的资具。国王把这些殊胜的资具按长幼顺序分配。其中,得到美好物品的人感到满意,其余的人则抱怨说:“所有打扫住处、清扫落叶等工作都是我们做,却得到粗糙的饭食和破旧的衣服。”他知道这件事后,心想:“唉,即使按长幼顺序分配,他们还是抱怨。啊,这群大众真是难摄受啊!”于是,他拿起钵与衣,独自一人进入阿兰若,开始修观,证悟了辟支菩提。后来,有来的人向他请问业处,他便开示了这首偈颂:显示巴利原文
Tato kumāraṃ – ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, amhākaṃ rañño putto, na imassa rañño, mā ettha vissāsaṃ āpajjī’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha kumāro ‘‘ehi puttā’’ti raññā vuccamānopi hatthe gahetvā ākaḍḍhiyamānopi pubbe viya rājānaṃ na allīyati. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti vīmaṃsanto taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā ‘‘are, ete mayā evaṃ saṅgahitāpi paṭikūlavuttino evā’’ti nibbijjitvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito. ‘‘Rājā pabbajito’’ti amaccaparijanāpi bahū pabbajitā , ‘‘saparijano rājā pabbajito’’ti manussā paṇīte paccaye upanenti. Rājā paṇīte paccaye yathāvuḍḍhaṃ dāpeti. Tattha ye sundaraṃ labhanti, te tussanti. Itare ujjhāyanti ‘‘mayaṃ pariveṇasammajjanādīni sabbakiccāni karontā lūkhabhattaṃ jiṇṇavatthañca labhāmā’’ti. So tampi ñatvā ‘‘are, yathāvuḍḍhaṃ diyyamānepi nāma ujjhāyanti, aho, ayaṃ parisā dussaṅgahā’’ti pattacīvaraṃ ādāya eko araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tattha āgatehi ca kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
有些出家者亦难摄受,而在家人则居家而住;
对他人之子无所期待、无所求取,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā; Appossukko paraputtesu hutvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其义本即明瞭。然此处的连结方式是——‘有些出家者亦难摄受,即那些被不知足所降伏者,而在家人同样居家而住。’我因厌离此难摄受之相,便着手修观,证得辟支菩提。其余内容应依前文之理而解。显示巴利原文
Sā atthato pākaṭā eva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – dussaṅgahā pabbajitāpi eke, ye asantosābhibhūtā, tathāvidhā eva ca atho gahaṭṭhā gharamāvasantā. Etamahaṃ dussaṅgahabhāvaṃ jigucchanto vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
44 44.“舍弃”这句话的缘起是怎样的呢?据说在波罗奈城,有一位名叫四月梵授的国王,在夏初第一个月前往园林。在那里一处怡人的地面上,他看到一棵枝叶浓密、绿荫覆盖的黑檀树,便说:“在黑檀树下为我敷设床座。”他在园中戏乐之后,于傍晚时分在那里卧息。到了夏季的第二个月,他又去园林,当时黑檀树正花开满枝,他仍然像先前那样行事。至夏季最后一个月,他再次前往。那时黑檀树已叶落凋尽,如同枯树一般。虽然已经没认出那棵树,却因为先前留下的熟悉感,仍命人在那里铺设床座。大臣们知道树已枯槁,但畏惧这是国王的命令,便照样在那里铺好床座。国王在园中戏乐后,傍晚卧息时望见那棵树,心想:“啊!这棵树从前枝叶繁茂,如同宝石所成,极为悦目。那些如宝石般的枝条间,安放着宛如珊瑚嫩芽的花朵,光彩照人,无比美丽。树下的地面铺满了仿佛串串珍珠的落蕊,犹如铺开了红色绒毯。如今却像一棵枯树,只剩下光秃的枝条。唉!黑檀树已被衰老所摧残了。”他这样思惟后,体悟到无常的道理:“连无所执取的东西尚且被衰老摧残,何况有所执取的呢?”显示巴利原文
44.Oropayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā gimhānaṃ paṭhame māse uyyānaṃ gato. Tattha ramaṇīye bhūmibhāge nīlaghanapattasañchannaṃ koviḷārarukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘koviḷāramūle mama sayanaṃ paññāpethā’’ti vatvā uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ tattha seyyaṃ kappesi. Puna gimhānaṃ majjhime māse uyyānaṃ gato. Tadā koviḷāro pupphito hoti, tadāpi tatheva akāsi. Puna gimhānaṃ pacchime māse gato. Tadā koviḷāro sañchinnapatto sukkharukkho viya hoti. Tadāpi so adisvāva taṃ rukkhaṃ pubbaparicayena tattheva seyyaṃ āṇāpesi. Amaccā jānantāpi ‘‘raññā āṇatta’’nti bhayena tattha sayanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. So uyyāne kīḷitvā sāyanhasamayaṃ tattha seyyaṃ kappento taṃ rukkhaṃ disvā ‘‘are, ayaṃ pubbe sañchannapatto maṇimayo viya abhirūpadassano ahosi. Tato maṇivaṇṇasākhantare ṭhapitapavāḷaṅkurasadisehi pupphehi sassirikacārudassano ahosi. Muttādalasadisavālikākiṇṇo cassa heṭṭhā bhūmibhāgo bandhanā pamuttapupphasañchanno rattakambalasanthato viya ahosi. So nāmajja sukkharukkho viya sākhāmattāvaseso ṭhito. ‘Aho, jarāya upahato koviḷāro’’’ti cintetvā ‘‘anupādinnampi tāva jarā haññati, kimaṅga pana upādinna’’nti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tadanusāreneva sabbasaṅkhāre dukkhato anattato ca vipassanto ‘‘aho vatāhampi sañchinnapatto koviḷāro viya apetagihibyañjano bhaveyya’’nti patthayamāno anupubbena tasmiṃ sayanatale dakkhiṇena passena nipannoyeva paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tato gamanakāle amaccehi ‘‘kālo gantuṃ, mahārājā’’ti vutte ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’tiādīni vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
舍弃了在家相之后,犹如叶落凋尽的黑檀树;
勇者斩断种种在家的系缚,应当如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro; Chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此处,“舍弃”即除去。“在家征相”指头发、胡须、白衣、饰物、花鬘、香、涂香,以及女人、子女、奴婢等。这些特征标明了在家的状态,因此称为“在家征相”。“叶尽落”即叶子已全部脱落。“断除”即用道智截断。“勇者”即具足道精进的人。“在家束缚”即贪欲的束缚,因为贪欲正是在家人所受的束缚。以上是词义。显示巴利原文
Tattha oropayitvāti apanetvā. Gihibyañjanānīti kesamassuodātavatthālaṅkāramālāgandhavilepanaitthiputtadāsidāsādīni. Etāni hi gihibhāvaṃ byañjayanti, tasmā ‘‘gihibyañjanānī’’ti vuccanti. Sañchinnapattoti patitapatto. Chetvānāti maggañāṇena chinditvā. Vīroti maggavīriyasamannāgato. Gihibandhanānīti kāmabandhanāni. Kāmā hi gihīnaṃ bandhanāni. Ayaṃ tāva padattho.
此处的意趣是:他这样思惟:“啊,愿我也能舍弃在家征相,如同黑檀一般叶尽落。”当他这样思惟时,便发起观修,证得了辟支菩提。其余部分如前文所述的方式理解即可。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana adhippāyo – ‘‘aho vatāhampi oropayitvā gihibyañjanāni sañchinnapatto yathā koviḷāro bhaveyya’’nti evañhi cintayamāno vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbanti.
45-46 关于“若能得”偈颂的起源:据说过去在迦叶世尊的教法中,有两位辟支菩萨出家,在两万年里尽到了往返的行持后,转生天界。命终之后,其中年长的成为波罗奈国王之子,年少的成为国师之子。他们在同一天结生,同一天从母胎降生,成为一起玩泥巴的伙伴。国师的儿子很有智慧,他对王子说:“朋友,父亲去世后,你便能得到王位,我则得到国师之位。善加学习之后,便可安乐地治理王国。来吧,我们去学习技艺。”于是,这两位宿世累积善业的人,在村落与城镇之间乞食游行,来到了一处边远的村落。那时,独觉佛们正值乞食时间,进入了那个村子。人们见到独觉佛,生起信心,铺设座位,供养殊胜的嚼食与啖食,恭敬供养。两位王子心中想道:“与我们相似的高贵种姓者是没有的,然而那些人高兴了才给我们食物,不高兴就不给。对这些出家人,他们却如此恭敬,显然这些出家人通晓某种技艺。来吧,我们便跟随他们学习技艺。”显示巴利原文
45-46.Sacelabhethāti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane dve paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā vīsati vassasahassāni gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannā. Tato cavitvā tesaṃ jeṭṭhako bārāṇasirañño putto ahosi, kaniṭṭho purohitassa putto ahosi. Te ekadivasaṃyeva paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā ekadivasameva mātukucchito nikkhamitvā sahapaṃsukīḷitasahāyakā ahesuṃ. Purohitaputto paññavā ahosi. So rājaputtaṃ āha – ‘‘samma, tvaṃ pituno accayena rajjaṃ labhissasi, ahaṃ purohitaṭṭhānaṃ, susikkhitena ca sukhaṃ rajjaṃ anusāsituṃ sakkā, ehi sippaṃ uggahessāmā’’ti. Tato ubhopi pubbopacitakammā hutvā gāmanigamādīsu bhikkhaṃ caramānā paccantajanapadagāmaṃ gatā. Tañca gāmaṃ paccekabuddhā bhikkhācāravelāya pavisanti. Atha manussā paccekabuddhe disvā ussāhajātā āsanāni paññāpenti, paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ upanāmenti, mānenti, pūjenti. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘amhehi sadisā uccākulikā nāma natthi, atha ca panime manussā yadi icchanti, amhākaṃ bhikkhaṃ denti, yadi ca nicchanti, na denti, imesaṃ pana pabbajitānaṃ evarūpaṃ sakkāraṃ karonti, addhā ete kiñci sippaṃ jānanti, handa nesaṃ santike sippaṃ uggaṇhāmā’’ti.
人们离去后,他们得到了机会,便请求道:“尊者,你们通晓什么技艺,请教给我们吧。”独觉佛们说:“未出家者无法学习。”他们便请求出家,得以出家。接着,独觉佛们教导他们增上行仪:“你们应当这样穿下衣,这样披上衣”等等,并分给每人各自的树叶屋,告诉他们:“这技艺的成就,在于乐于独处,因此应当一人坐、一人经行、一人站立、一人躺卧。”之后,他们各自进入自己的树叶屋坐下。国师之子从坐下那一刻起,便获得了心的等持,证得禅那。而王子不久便心生厌倦,来到他跟前。他见后问道:“朋友,怎么了?”王子说:“我厌倦了。”他说:“那么,坐在这里吧。”王子在那里坐了一会儿,说:“朋友,据说这技艺的成就,在于乐于独处。”国师之子说:“是的,朋友,那么你就回你自己的地方去吧,我要成就这技艺。”王子回去了,但不久又厌倦了,如同前两次一样,第三次又来了。显示巴利原文
Te manussesu paṭikkantesu okāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘yaṃ, bhante, tumhe sippaṃ jānātha, taṃ amhepi sikkhāpethā’’ti yāciṃsu. Paccekabuddhā ‘‘na sakkā apabbajitena sikkhitu’’nti āhaṃsu. Te pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajiṃsu. Tato nesaṃ paccekabuddhā ‘‘evaṃ vo nivāsetabbaṃ, evaṃ pārupitabba’’ntiādinā nayena ābhisamācārikaṃ ācikkhitvā ‘‘imassa sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphatti, tasmā ekeneva nisīditabbaṃ, ekena caṅkamitabbaṃ, ṭhātabbaṃ, sayitabba’’nti pāṭiyekkaṃ paṇṇasālamadaṃsu. Tato te attano attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nisīdiṃsu. Purohitaputto nisinnakālato pabhuti cittasamādhānaṃ laddhā jhānaṃ labhi. Rājaputto muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito tassa santikaṃ āgato. So taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ, sammā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ukkaṇṭhitomhī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tena hi idha nisīdā’’ti. So tattha muhuttaṃ nisīditvā āha – ‘‘imassa kira, samma, sippassa ekībhāvābhirati nipphattī’’ti purohitaputto ‘‘evaṃ, samma, tena hi tvaṃ attano nisinnokāsaṃ eva gaccha, uggahessāmi imassa sippassa nipphatti’’nti āha. So gantvā punapi muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito purimanayeneva tikkhattuṃ āgato.
于是,国师之子同样地送走了他,等他走后,心想:“这人荒废自己的修行,还频频到我这里来。”他出了树叶屋,走进森林。另一位坐在自己的树叶屋里,没过多久又生厌倦,便来到他的树叶屋,四处寻找不见,心想:“他在家时,有人带着礼物来都见不到他,如今我来了,他竟然不愿露面就走了。哎呀,心啊,你难道不感到羞耻吗?你让我第四次来到这里。现在我不再顺从你了,我要让你服从我的支配。”于是他进入自己的坐卧处,开始修观,现证辟支菩提,从空中前往欢喜原窟。另一位也进入森林,开始修观,现证辟支菩提后,同样前往那里。他们两位都坐在红砒石板上,各自诵出这些优陀那偈颂——显示巴利原文
Tato naṃ purohitaputto tatheva uyyojetvā tasmiṃ gate cintesi ‘‘ayaṃ attano ca kammaṃ hāpeti, mama ca idhābhikkhaṇaṃ āgacchanto’’ti. So paṇṇasālato nikkhamma araññaṃ paviṭṭho. Itaro attano paṇṇasālāyeva nisinno punapi muhutteneva ukkaṇṭhito hutvā tassa paṇṇasālaṃ āgantvā ito cito ca maggantopi taṃ adisvā cintesi – ‘‘yo gahaṭṭhakāle paṇṇākārampi ādāya āgato maṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhati, so nāma mayi āgate dassanampi adātukāmo pakkāmi, aho, re citta, na lajjasi, yaṃ maṃ catukkhattuṃ idhānesi, sodāni te vase na vattissāmi, aññadatthu taṃyeva mama vase vattāpessāmī’’ti attano senāsanaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā ākāsena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Itaropi araññaṃ pavisitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā tattheva agamāsi. Te ubhopi manosilātale nisīditvā pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ imā udānagāthāyo abhāsiṃsu –
若能得遇一位聪慧的伴侣,与他同行,善能安住且具智慧,
战胜一切危难之后,当与那欢喜而具念的同伴同行。
若不能获得一位聪慧、能与他安稳共住、有智慧的同伴,
犹如国王舍弃已征服的国土,应如象王那般,独自游行于林野。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ; Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya tenattamano satīmā. ‘‘No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ; Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅgaraññeva nāgo’’ti.
在此,「聪慧者」指天性善巧、聪慧,于遍作等修行中极为善巧之人。「善住者」指具备安止住或近行住之人。「坚毅者」指具足坚毅之人。前文所说「聪慧」已表达了智慧的具足,而此处「坚毅者」正是指具足坚毅之人。所谓「坚毅」,即是不松懈的精进,如经中所言:“即使仅剩皮、筋、骨……”由此生起的精进便是其同义词。此外,已远离诸恶者亦被称为「坚毅者」。<br>「如国王舍弃已征服的领土」:正如敌对国王认识到“这被征服的国土会带来祸患”,因而舍弃王位,独自游走;同样,修行者舍弃愚痴的同伴后,应当独行。或者也可作此解:如同须陀素摩王舍弃所征服的国土后独自游行,又如大简瞿王那般,如此独行亦是此句之义。其余内容,按前文所述即可明了,故不再赘述。显示巴利原文
Tattha nipakanti pakatinipuṇaṃ paṇḍitaṃ kasiṇaparikammādīsu kusalaṃ. Sādhuvihārinti appanāvihārena vā upacārena vā samannāgataṃ. Dhīranti dhitisampannaṃ. Tattha nipakattena dhitisampadā vuttā. Idha pana dhitisampannamevāti attho. Dhiti nāma asithilaparakkamatā, ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Apica dhikatapāpotipi dhīro. Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāyāti yathā paṭirājā ‘‘vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ anatthāvaha’’nti ñatvā rajjaṃ pahāya eko carati, evaṃ bālasahāyaṃ pahāya eko care. Atha vā rājāva raṭṭhanti yathā sutasomo rājā vijitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ pahāya eko cari, yathā ca mahājanako, evaṃ eko careti ayampi tassattho. Sesaṃ vuttānusārena sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
47 “确实称赞”——此偈的缘起,直到独觉佛们坐于虚空所敷设的座位上为止,都与四方偈的缘起经过相似。然而有一处不同:那位国王曾在夜间三度惊惧,而这位国王并无此事;他当时也没有正在举行祭祀。他让独觉佛们坐于虚空所敷的座位上,随即问道:“诸位是谁?”“大王,我们是‘无过失食者’。”“尊者,‘无过失食者’是何意?”“大王,无论得到好的或是不好的食物,我们都无差别地受用。”国王听闻后心想:“我应当检验他们是否真的如此。”那一天,他以碎米粥与酸粥汁作供养。独觉佛们却如同受用甘露一般,毫无分别地食用。国王心想:“或许是因为只答应停留一日,所以才示现无差别,我明日再看看。”于是又邀请他们次日再来。第二天,他依然布施同样粗劣的食物,他们仍然同样受用。接着,国王又想:“如今我要用美好的食物来考验他们。”他再次提出邀请,并在两日内大加恭敬,以极为精美、各式各样的嚼食与啖食作供养。独觉佛们依然毫无差别地受用,用毕后为国王祝福,便离去了。他们离开后不久,国王心想:“显示巴利原文
47.Addhā pasaṃsāmāti imissā gāthāya yāva ākāsatale paññattāsane paccekabuddhānaṃ nisajjā, tāva cātuddisagāthāya uppattisadisā eva uppatti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā so rājā rattiyā tikkhattuṃ ubbijji, na tathā ayaṃ, nevassa yañño paccupaṭṭhito ahosi. So ākāsatale paññattesu āsanesu paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Mayaṃ, mahārāja, anavajjabhojino nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, ‘anavajjabhojino’ti imassa ko attho’’ti? ‘‘Sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ vā laddhā nibbikārā bhuñjāma, mahārājā’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rañño etadahosi ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ime upaparikkheyyaṃ edisā vā no vā’’ti. Taṃ divasaṃ kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisi. Paccekabuddhā amataṃ bhuñjantā viya nibbikārā bhuñjiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘honti nāma ekadivasaṃ paṭiññātattā nibbikārā, sve jānissāmī’’ti svātanāyapi nimantesi. Tato dutiyadivasepi tathevākāsi. Tepi tatheva paribhuñjiṃsu. Atha rājā ‘‘idāni sundaraṃ datvā vīmaṃsissāmī’’ti punapi nimantetvā, dve divase mahāsakkāraṃ katvā, paṇītena ativicitrena khādanīyena bhojanīyena parivisi. Tepi tatheva nibbikārā bhuñjitvā rañño maṅgalaṃ vatvā pakkamiṃsu. Rājā acirapakkantesu tesu ‘‘anavajjabhojinova ete samaṇā, aho vatāhampi anavajjabhojī bhaveyya’’nti cintetvā mahārajjaṃ pahāya pabbajjaṃ samādāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, paccekabuddho hutvā, mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe attano ārammaṇaṃ vibhāvento imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
我们确实称叹善友的成就,应当亲近最上或同等的友伴;
若不得这些友伴,则为无过失食者,犹如犀牛角独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ, seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā; Ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
就词义而言,此偈本易明了。然而,此处应知:「同伴成就」指的是唯有具备无学戒蕴等成就的同伴,方堪称为同伴成就。此偈的意趣是:我们确实赞叹此种同伴成就,即全然称扬赞叹。何以故?因「应亲近最上与同等的友伴」。亲近于戒等修行上胜过自己的人,则未生起的戒等善法得以生起,已生起的得以增长、广大、圆满。亲近与自己同等的人,则通过相互扶持与消除追悔,已得之法便不会退失。但若得不到这类最上或同等的友伴,则远离诈现威仪等邪命,以如法、清净所得的食物维生,且于食物不生瞋恚或迎合,成为「无过失食者」,志求义利的善男子即应如犀牛角独自游行。我(那位独觉佛)也正是依此行持,方证得此成就的。显示巴利原文
Sā padatthato uttānā eva. Kevalaṃ pana sahāyasampadanti ettha asekhehi sīlādikkhandhehi sampannā sahāyā eva sahāyasampadāti veditabbā. Ayaṃ panettha yojanā – yāyaṃ vuttā sahāyasampadā, taṃ sahāyasampadaṃ addhā pasaṃsāma, ekaṃseneva thomemāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyāti. Kasmā? Attano hi sīlādīhi seṭṭhe sevamānassa sīlādayo dhammā anuppannā uppajjanti, uppannā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇanti. Same sevamānassa aññamaññaṃ samadhāraṇena kukkuccassa vinodanena ca laddhā na parihāyanti. Ete pana sahāyake seṭṭhe ca same ca aladdhā kuhanādimicchājīvaṃ vajjetvā dhammena samena uppannaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjanto tattha ca paṭighānunayaṃ anuppādento anavajjabhojī hutvā atthakāmo kulaputto eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. Ahampi hi evaṃ caranto imaṃ sampattiṃ adhigatomhīti.
48 第48偈「看见黄金…」的缘起如下:过去波罗奈国有一位国王,于盛夏时节午间小休。近旁有一容貌秀丽的女仆,正在研磨清凉的栴檀香。那女仆一臂上戴着一只金镯,另一臂上戴着两只;两只的彼此碰撞出声,单独那只则悄然无声。国王见后,心想:「群居便有碰撞,独处即无碰撞。」他一边反复注视那女仆,一边如是思维。此时,满身璎珞的皇后正站在一旁为国王扇风。她暗想:「国王的心似乎系着于那女仆。」于是令女仆退下,自己亲手研磨栴檀。然而皇后双臂戴了许多金镯,那些镯子互相碰撞,发出很大的声响。国王因此更强烈地生起厌离心,便保持右胁而卧的姿势开始修观,现证了辟支菩提。当国王安住于无上之乐中时,手持栴檀的皇后近前说:「我来为您涂抹,大王。」国王说:「走开,不必涂。」皇后问:「这是为何,大王?」国王答:「我已不再是国王了。」大臣们听闻此言,也前来询问。他们同样以「大王」称呼他,国王回答:「听着,我非国王。」余下情节与第一偈所述相似。显示巴利原文
48.Disvāsuvaṇṇassāti kā uppatti? Aññataro bārāṇasirājā gimhasamaye divāseyyaṃ upagato. Santike cassa vaṇṇadāsī gosītacandanaṃ pisati. Tassā ekabāhāyaṃ ekaṃ suvaṇṇavalayaṃ, ekabāhāyaṃ dve, tāni saṅghaṭṭanti itaraṃ na saṅghaṭṭati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘evameva gaṇavāse saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti punappunaṃ taṃ dāsiṃ olokayamāno cintesi. Tena ca samayena sabbālaṅkārabhūsitā devī taṃ bījayantī ṭhitā hoti. Sā ‘‘vaṇṇadāsiyā paṭibaddhacitto maññe rājā’’ti cintetvā taṃ dāsiṃ uṭṭhāpetvā sayameva pisitumāraddhā . Tassā ubhosu bāhāsu aneke suvaṇṇavalayā, te saṅghaṭṭantā mahāsaddaṃ janayiṃsu. Rājā suṭṭhutaraṃ nibbinno dakkhiṇena passena nipannoyeva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ anuttarena sukhena sukhitaṃ nipannaṃ candanahatthā devī upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ālimpāmi, mahārājā’’ti āha. Rājā – ‘‘apehi, mā ālimpāhī’’ti āha. Sā ‘‘kissa, mahārājā’’ti āha. So ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti. Evametesaṃ taṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā amaccā upasaṅkamiṃsu. Tehipi mahārājavādena ālapito ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, rājā’’ti āha. Sesaṃ paṭhamagāthāya vuttasadisameva.
对偈颂的注释——“disvā”意为“看见”。“suvaṇṇassa”指“黄金的”,其后省略了“valayāni(手镯)”一词,故整句意为“黄金手镯的”。“pabhassarāni”指“有光辉的”,即光泽闪耀之意。其余语词意义显明。此处的整体连接脉络为:看见手臂上的黄金手镯,心中思惟“群体共住则有碰撞,独居便无碰撞”,如此思惟后便着手修观,我因此证得辟支菩提。其余解释与前述相同。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana gāthāvaṇṇanā – disvāti oloketvā. Suvaṇṇassāti kañcanassa ‘‘valayānī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Sāvasesapāṭho hi ayaṃ attho. Pabhassarānīti pabhāsanasīlāni, jutimantānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Ayaṃ pana yojanā – disvā bhujasmiṃ suvaṇṇassa valayāni ‘‘gaṇavāse sati saṅghaṭṭanā, ekavāse asaṅghaṭṭanā’’ti evaṃ cintento vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
49 第49偈“如此与第二人同住”的缘起为何?有一位波罗奈国王,年纪轻轻便欲出家。他敕令大臣们道:“你们拥戴王后,守护王国,我要出家了。”大臣们劝谏说:“不可,大王,没有国王的王国我们无法守护,邻国君主听闻后会来掠夺。请您稍待,哪怕直到一位王子降生也好。”这位仁柔的国王答应了。后来,王后怀了孕。国王再次命令他们:“王后已怀孕,待王子降生后,为他举行灌顶,立为国王,你们守护王国。我要出家了。”大臣们又说:“这很难预先确知,大王,王后可能生男也可能生女。请您至少等到她生产之时。”于是又一次劝止了他。后来,王后生下了一个儿子。国王又用同样的话命令大臣们。大臣们又用种种理由挽留说:“请再等等,大王,待王子堪能执政之时。”后来,王子长大成人了,国王便召集大臣们说:“这孩子已能胜任,为他灌顶册立后,你们便依此行事。”不容大臣们说话,他便让人从集市取来袈裟等全部出家资具,在宫中直接出家,如同大阇那迦王那样离去了。所有眷属以种种方式悲泣着追随在国王身后。显示巴利原文
49.Evaṃ dutiyenāti kā uppatti? Aññataro bārāṇasirājā daharova pabbajitukāmo amacce āṇāpesi ‘‘deviṃ gahetvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘na, mahārāja, arājakaṃ rajjaṃ amhehi sakkā rakkhituṃ, sāmantarājāno āgamma vilumpissanti, yāva ekaputtopi uppajjati, tāva āgamehī’’ti saññāpesuṃ. Muducitto rājā adhivāsesi. Atha devī gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. Rājā punapi te āṇāpesi – ‘‘devī gabbhinī, puttaṃ jātaṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā rajjaṃ pariharatha, ahaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘dujjānaṃ, mahārāja, etaṃ devī puttaṃ vā vijāyissati dhītaraṃ vā, vijāyanakālaṃ tāva āgamehī’’ti punapi saññāpesuṃ. Atha sā puttaṃ vijāyi. Tadāpi rājā tatheva amacce āṇāpesi. Amaccā punapi rājānaṃ ‘‘āgamehi, mahārāja, yāva, paṭibalo hotī’’ti bahūhi kāraṇehi saññāpesuṃ. Tato kumāre paṭibale jāte amacce sannipātāpetvā ‘‘paṭibalo ayaṃ, taṃ rajje abhisiñcitvā paṭipajjathā’’ti amaccānaṃ okāsaṃ adatvā antarāpaṇā kāsāyavatthādayo sabbaparikkhāre āharāpetvā antepure eva pabbajitvā mahājanako viya nikkhami. Sabbaparijano nānappakārakaṃ paridevamāno rājānaṃ anubandhi.
国王走到自己王国的边界,用折断的杖在地上划了一条线,说:“这条线不可越过。”百姓们以头触线,伏在地上悲泣道:“父亲啊,如今这是国王的命令,又能如何呢?”然而,他们却让王子越过了线。王子喊着“父亲,父亲”,奔跑着追上了国王。国王看见王子,心想:“我治理国家时看顾了那么多百姓,如今难道连一个小孩也照管不了吗?”于是带着王子进入山林。在那里,他们看到先前独觉佛居住过的草屋,便与儿子一同住下。王子过惯了高广大床等优裕的生活,如今躺在草垫或绳床上,不停地哭泣。被寒风等触及身体时,便说:“冷啊,父亲;热啊,父亲;苍蝇咬我,父亲;我饿了,父亲;我渴了,父亲。”国王整夜都在安抚他。白天,国王外出乞食,带回来的饭食是一种掺杂了大量糙米、稗子、绿豆之类的杂粮饭。王子虽因饥饿而勉强进食,但没几天便如放置在热处的莲花般枯萎了。而那位辟支菩萨,依凭思择之力,安然食用此种食物。显示巴利原文
Rājā yāva attano rajjasīmā, tāva gantvā kattaradaṇḍena lekhaṃ katvā ‘‘ayaṃ lekhā nātikkamitabbā’’ti āha. Mahājano lekhāya sīsaṃ katvā, bhūmiyaṃ nipanno paridevamāno ‘‘tuyhaṃ dāni, tāta, rañño āṇā, kiṃ karissatī’’ti kumāraṃ lekhaṃ atikkamāpesi. Kumāro ‘‘tāta, tātā’’ti dhāvitvā rājānaṃ sampāpuṇi. Rājā kumāraṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ mahājanaṃ pariharanto rajjaṃ kāresiṃ, kiṃ dāni ekaṃ dārakaṃ pariharituṃ na sakkhissa’’nti kumāraṃ gahetvā araññaṃ paviṭṭho, tattha pubbapaccekabuddhehi vasitapaṇṇasālaṃ disvā vāsaṃ kappesi saddhiṃ puttena. Tato kumāro varasayanādīsu kataparicayo tiṇasanthārake vā rajjumañcake vā sayamāno rodati. Sītavātādīhi phuṭṭho samāno ‘‘sītaṃ, tāta, uṇhaṃ, tāta, makkhikā, tāta, khādanti, chātomhi, tāta, pipāsitomhi, tātā’’ti vadati. Rājā taṃ saññāpentoyeva rattiṃ vītināmeti. Divāpissa piṇḍāya caritvā bhattaṃ upanāmeti, taṃ hoti missakabhattaṃ kaṅguvarakamuggādibahulaṃ. Kumāro acchādentampi taṃ jighacchāvasena bhuñjamāno katipāheneva uṇhe ṭhapitapadumaṃ viya milāyi. Paccekabodhisatto pana paṭisaṅkhānabalena nibbikāroyeva bhuñjati.
于是,国王为劝说王子,说道:“孩子,城中能得精妙饮食,我们回城去吧。”王子回答:“好的,父王。”国王便带着王子,沿着来路返回。王子的母亲心想:“现在国王带着王子,不可能在林中久住,不过几日便会折返。”她便在国王先前以杖划界之处,命人筑起围墙,自己住于其中。国王在离围墙不远处停下,对王子说:“孩子,你母亲就在那边,去吧。”他目送王子抵达彼处,心想:“愿无人伤害他。”王子向母亲奔去。守卫看见了,禀报王后。王后在两万舞女的簇拥下前来迎接王子,并探问国王的讯息。听到“国王随后便来”,便差人去迎接。国王也在那时即刻返回了自己的住处。被差遣的人未见国王,只得返回。王后遂大感失望,便带着王子回到都城,为他灌顶,立他为王。国王则回到住处,坐下修观,现证辟支菩提,随后在芒果树下诸独觉佛的集会中,诵出这首自说偈——显示巴利原文
Tato so kumāraṃ saññāpento āha – ‘‘nagarasmiṃ, tāta, paṇītāhāro labbhati, tattha gacchāmā’’ti. Kumāro ‘‘āma, tātā’’ti āha. Tato naṃ purakkhatvā āgatamaggeneva nivatti. Kumāramātāpi devī ‘‘na dāni rājā kumāraṃ gahetvā araññe ciraṃ vasissati, katipāheneva nivattissatī’’ti cintetvā raññā kattaradaṇḍena likhitaṭṭhāneyeva vatiṃ kārāpetvā vāsaṃ kappesi. Tato rājā tassā vatiyā avidūre ṭhatvā ‘‘ettha te, tāta, mātā nisinnā, gacchāhī’’ti pesesi. Yāva ca so taṃ ṭhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tāva udikkhanto aṭṭhāsi ‘‘mā heva naṃ koci viheṭheyyā’’ti. Kumāro mātu santikaṃ dhāvanto agamāsi. Ārakkhakapurisā ca naṃ disvā deviyā ārocesuṃ. Devī vīsatināṭakitthisahassaparivutā gantvā paṭiggahesi, rañño ca pavattiṃ pucchi. Atha ‘‘pacchato āgacchatī’’ti sutvā manusse pesesi. Rājāpi tāvadeva sakavasatiṃ agamāsi. Manussā rājānaṃ adisvā nivattiṃsu. Tato devī nirāsāva hutvā, puttaṃ gahetvā, nagaraṃ gantvā, taṃ rajje abhisiñci. Rājāpi attano vasatiṃ patvā, tattha nisinno vipassitvā, paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, mañjūsakarukkhamūle paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
如是,与第二人共住,便生言谈与彼此的执著;
预见未来之怖畏,便当如犀牛角者,独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ dutiyena saha mamassa, vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā; Etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这一颂就字面含义而言本是清晰的。然而,此处尚有深义:与那位童子——即第二位同伴——同住时,他将冷热等感受告知于我,我则加以安抚,由此产生言语上的应对;又因对他的爱恋,生起了执取。若我不舍弃他,未来也将如此,只要与另一同伴共处,便会生起我的言语应对与执取。这两者都将成为证得殊胜成就的障碍。因此,预见到未来的过患,我将之捨离,依正理修行,证得辟支菩提。其余部分,依照前文所述之理理解即可。显示巴利原文
Sā padatthato uttānā eva. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yvāyaṃ etena dutiyena kumārena sītuṇhādīni nivedentena sahavāsena taṃ saññāpentassa mama vācābhilāpo, tasmiṃ sinehavasena abhisajjanā ca jātā, sace ahaṃ imaṃ na pariccajāmi, tato āyatimpi hessati yatheva idāni; evaṃ dutiyena saha mamassa vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā. Ubhayampi cetaṃ antarāyakaraṃ visesādhigamassāti etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno taṃ chaḍḍetvā yoniso paṭipajjitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
50 宣说「诸欲确实缤纷」等的因缘如何呢?据说在波罗奈城,有位长者的儿子,年纪很轻便继承了长者之位。他拥有对应三个季节的三座宫殿,在其中享受一切圆满,犹如天子般娱乐。他年纪轻轻,便向父母请求:「我要出家。」父母阻止,他仍然坚持。父母又以种种方式劝阻道:「孩子,你娇嫩,出家修行极为艰难,如同在刀刃上行走。」他依然不改其志。父母心想:「若此人出家,我们会生起忧恼;若加制止,他又生起忧恼。然而,宁可我们生起忧恼,也不要让他生起忧恼。」于是便同意了。随后,他不顾所有亲属的悲叹,前往仙人堕处,在独觉佛前出家。在那里,他得不到上好的床座,只在床上铺开草席躺卧。他习惯了上等的床铺,整夜痛苦不堪。清晨,他整束好自身,持钵著衣,与独觉佛众一同入城乞食。在那儿,长老比丘们得到上等的座位与上等的施食,而新学比丘得到的则是不起眼的座位与粗糙的饮食。由于饮食粗糙,他极为痛苦。仅仅几天,他便消瘦憔悴、面色难看,生起了厌离,正如沙门法尚未成熟时那样。于是他派人送信给父母,便还俗了。过……显示巴利原文
50.Kāmā hi citrāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira seṭṭhiputto daharova seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ labhi. Tassa tiṇṇaṃ utūnaṃ tayo pāsādā honti . So tattha sabbasampattīhi devakumāro viya paricāreti. So daharova samāno ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti mātāpitaro yāci. Te naṃ vārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Punapi naṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, sukhumālo, dukkarā pabbajjā, khuradhārāya upari caṅkamanasadisā’’ti nānappakārehi vārenti. So tatheva nibandhati. Te cintesuṃ ‘‘sacāyaṃ pabbajati, amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hoti. Sace naṃ nivārema, etassa domanassaṃ hoti. Apica amhākaṃ domanassaṃ hotu, mā ca etassā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Tato so sabbaparijanaṃ paridevamānaṃ anādiyitvā isipatanaṃ gantvā paccekabuddhānaṃ santike pabbaji. Tassa uḷārasenāsanaṃ na pāpuṇāti, mañcake taṭṭikaṃ pattharitvā sayi. So varasayane kataparicayo sabbarattiṃ atidukkhito ahosi. Pabhātepi sarīraparikammaṃ katvā, pattacīvaramādāya paccekabuddhehi saddhiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tattha vuḍḍhā aggāsanañca aggapiṇḍañca labhanti, navakā yaṃkiñcideva āsanaṃ lūkhabhojanañca. So tena lūkhabhojanenāpi atidukkhito ahosi. So katipāhaṃyeva kiso dubbaṇṇo hutvā nibbijji yathā taṃ aparipākagate samaṇadhamme. Tato mātāpitūnaṃ dūtaṃ pesetvā uppabbaji. So katipāhaṃyeva balaṃ gahetvā punapi pabbajitukāmo ahosi. Tato teneva kamena pabbajitvā punapi uppabbajitvā tatiyavāre pabbajitvā sammā paṭipanno paccekasambodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ vatvā puna paccekabuddhānaṃ majjhe imameva byākaraṇagāthaṃ abhāsi –
诸欲确实缤纷、甘甜、悦意,以种种形相扰乱心意;
见到五欲中的过患,应如犀牛角者一般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ; Ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,“诸欲”有两种:事欲与烦恼欲。事欲是指令人欢喜等法,烦恼欲则是欲求等一切贪染的类别。此处所指为事欲。因色等品类众多,故说“缤纷”;因具备世间的滋味,故说“甘甜”;因令愚痴凡夫心生喜乐,故说“令人愉悦”。所谓“以种种形态”,即是以不同的形式——也就是种种各异的自性而言。这些欲以色等方式而缤纷,而色等之中又以青等差别,形态多样。如此,以种种形态一再显示乐味,从而“搅乱心”,使人无法乐于出家。这里其余的语句都很清楚。结尾也应如前几颂所说,用两三个词连贯起来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāmāti dve kāmā vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca. Tattha vatthukāmā manāpiyarūpādayo dhammā, kilesakāmā chandādayo sabbepi rāgappabhedā. Idha pana vatthukāmā adhippetā. Rūpādianekappakāravasena citrā. Lokassādavasena madhurā. Bālaputhujjanānaṃ manaṃ ramentīti manoramā. Virūparūpenāti virūpena rūpena, anekavidhena sabhāvenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te hi rūpādivasena citrā, rūpādīsupi nīlādivasena vividharūpā. Evaṃ tena virūparūpena tathā tathā assādaṃ dassetvā mathenti cittaṃ pabbajjāya abhiramituṃ na dentīti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi dvīhi tīhi vā padehi yojetvā purimagāthāsu vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
51 那么,“Ītī ca”等的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,在波罗奈城,国王身上长了一个痈疽,剧烈疼痛持续不绝。医师们说:“如果不施行手术,便不能康复。”国王赐予他们无畏,令他们做手术。他们切开痈疽,排出脓血,清理伤口后,用布条包扎好,并在饮食和起居上妥善指导国王。国王因为吃粗劣的食物而身体消瘦,痈疽也随之萎缩。感觉舒适之后,他便吃了油腻的食物,体力因而恢复,又耽着于欲乐。他的痈疽再次恢复到原先的状况。如此反复,直到第三次动手术之后,被众医师放弃,他心生厌离,舍弃王位而出家,进入森林,着手修观,历经七年证得辟支菩提,诵出这首感兴偈颂,随后去往难陀窟。显示巴利原文
51.Ītīcāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira rañño gaṇḍo udapādi. Bāḷhā vedanā vattanti. Vejjā ‘‘satthakammena vinā phāsu na hotī’’ti bhaṇanti. Rājā tesaṃ abhayaṃ datvā satthakammaṃ kārāpesi. Te phāletvā, pubbalohitaṃ nīharitvā, nibbedanaṃ katvā, vaṇaṃ paṭṭena bandhiṃsu, āhārācāresu ca naṃ sammā ovadiṃsu. Rājā lūkhabhojanena kisasarīro ahosi, gaṇḍo cassa milāyi. So phāsukasaññī hutvā siniddhāhāraṃ bhuñji. Tena ca sañjātabalo visaye paṭisevi. Tassa gaṇḍo puna purimasabhāvameva sampāpuṇi. Evaṃ yāva tikkhattuṃ satthakammaṃ kārāpetvā, vejjehi parivajjito nibbijjitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, araññaṃ pavisitvā, vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, sattahi vassehi paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
这便是灾患、疮瘤、祸害,也是疾病、箭刺与怖畏;
见到诸欲中的这些怖畏后,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ītī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca, rogo ca sallañca bhayañca metaṃ; Etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,「īti」(灾患)一词,即指「灾害」,是对外来、属于不善类、导致毁灭之原因的别名。因此,诸欲功德也因带来多种破坏、坚固聚合之义,而称为「灾患」。「疮瘤」(gaṇḍa)流出不净,肿胀、成熟、破裂。因此,这些欲功德因流出烦恼之不净,且由生、老、坏而呈现肿胀、成熟、破裂之相,故称为「疮瘤」。「祸害」(upaddava)的词根是 upaddavati,意为产生无利益、征服、压制,即侵夺之义。这是对王罚等事的别名。因此,这些欲功德因不能令人了知涅槃、不能带来利益,且是一切祸害的根源,故称为「祸害」。再者,这些欲功德产生烦恼的病态,而夺取名为「戒」的健康;或产生贪爱而夺取本有的健康,以此夺取健康之义,称为「疾病」。因深入内部、在内刺痛、难以拔出之义,称为「箭刺」。因带来现世与来世的怖畏,故称为「怖畏」。「metaṃ」意为「我此」,即「此」。其余文义,于此易解,依前文所述方式理解即可。显示巴利原文
Tattha etīti īti, āgantukānaṃ akusalabhāgiyānaṃ byasanahetūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpi ete anekabyasanāvahaṭṭhena daḷhasannipātaṭṭhena ca īti. Gaṇḍopi asuciṃ paggharati, uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinno hoti. Tasmā ete kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātaparipakkaparibhinnabhāvato ca gaṇḍo. Upaddavatīti upaddavo; anatthaṃ janento abhibhavati; ajjhottharatīti attho, rājadaṇḍādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā kāmaguṇāpete aviditanibbānatthāvahahetutāya sabbupaddavavatthutāya ca upaddavo. Yasmā panete kilesāturabhāvaṃ janentā sīlasaṅkhātamārogyaṃ, loluppaṃ vā uppādentā pākatikameva ārogyaṃ vilumpanti, tasmā iminā ārogyavilumpanaṭṭheneva rogo. Abbhantaramanuppaviṭṭhaṭṭhena pana antotudakaṭṭhena dunniharaṇīyaṭṭhena ca sallaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhayāvahanato bhayaṃ. Me etanti metaṃ. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Nigamanaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
52 “冷……”等的缘起是怎样的?据说,在波罗奈曾有一位名叫尸陀卢迦梵授的国王。他出家后,住在森林中的一间小屋。当地因是露天之处,寒冷时极为寒冷,炎热时极为炎热。在托钵的村庄中,无法获得足够的食物,饮用水也难得,更有风、烈日、蚊虻与蛇类的侵扰。他心里想:“离此大约半由旬处,有个舒适之地,完全没有这些危险。我何不前往那里?安稳住下,便能证得殊胜。”接着又想:“出家人不应为资具所支配,应当调伏此心,而不应随心念而动。我不去了。”如此省察后,他未去。就这样直到第三次生起此念,他每次都省察后打消念头。于是,他就在那里住了七年,如法修行,证得辟支菩提,宣说这首感兴偈后,前往难陀窟。显示巴利原文
52.Sītañcāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira sītālukabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pabbajitvā araññakuṭikāya viharati. Tasmiñca padese sīte sītaṃ, uṇhe uṇhameva ca hoti abbhokāsattā padesassa. Gocaragāme bhikkhā yāvadatthāya na labbhati. Pivanakapānīyampi dullabhaṃ, vātātapaḍaṃsasarīsapāpi bādhenti. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘ito aḍḍhayojanamatte sampanno padeso, tattha sabbepi ete parissayā natthi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ tattha gaccheyyaṃ; phāsukaṃ viharantena sakkā visesaṃ adhigantu’’nti. Tassa puna ahosi – ‘‘pabbajitā nāma na paccayavasikā honti, evarūpañca cittaṃ vase vattenti, na cittassa vase vattenti, nāhaṃ gamissāmī’’ti paccavekkhitvā na agamāsi. Evaṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ uppannacittaṃ paccavekkhitvā nivattesi. Tato tattheva satta vassāni vasitvā, sammā paṭipajjamāno paccekasambodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ bhāsitvā nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi.
“寒与热、饥与渴,风与烈日、蚊虻与蛇类;
克服这一切之后,应如犀牛角一般独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sītañca uṇhañca khudaṃ pipāsaṃ, vātātape ḍaṃsasarīsape ca; Sabbānipetāni abhisambhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在此,「冷」有两种:一种是引起内界扰动的缘,另一种是引起外界扰动的缘;「热」也是如此。「蚊虻」指黄蝇。「蛇类」指任何身长、爬行而去的生物。其余词义显然易知。结语的部分,也应按所述的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha sītañcāti sītaṃ nāma duvidhaṃ abbhantaradhātukkhobhapaccayañca, bāhiradhātukkhobhapaccayañca; tathā uṇhaṃ. Ḍaṃsāti piṅgalamakkhikā. Sarīsapāti ye keci dīghajātikā saritvā gacchanti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Nigamanampi vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
53 “如象……”这则譬喻的起因是什么呢?据说在波罗奈,有一位国王治理国家二十年,命终之后堕入地狱,整整受了二十年的苦。此后,他在雪山边地投生于象胎,出生为一头肩峰饱满、周身如莲华色、尊贵而统领象群的大象。幼象们啃食着他折断散落的枝叶;当他步入水中时,母象们便将泥浆涂抹在他身上。这一切都如同巴利雷亚象的遭遇。他因厌倦象群而离去,象群则顺着他留下的足迹追寻。他如此离开三次,每次都被象群紧紧追随。那时他心想:‘如今我的孙子正在波罗奈治理国家,我不妨前往我前世的林苑,在那里他会保护我。’于是,当夜晚象群熟睡之际,他离开了象群,独自进入那座林苑。守苑人看见后,便报告了国王。国王说:‘我要捕捉这头大象!’随即带领军队将他包围。大象径直朝国王走来。国王心想:‘他正朝我而来。’于是搭好箭,站立等待。此时,大象用人语说道:‘梵授,不要射我,我是你的祖父。’国王问:‘你说什么?’便详细询问了一切经过。大象于是将治理王国、堕入地狱以及投生为象的全部经历都告诉了他。国王说:‘很好,不要害怕,也不要惊吓任何人。’便为这头大象提供了食物、护卫与象饰。显示巴利原文
53.Nāgovāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāretvā kālakato niraye vīsati eva vassāni paccitvā himavantappadese hatthiyoniyaṃ uppajjitvā sañjātakkhandho padumavaṇṇasakalasarīro uḷāro yūthapati mahānāgo ahosi. Tassa obhaggobhaggaṃ sākhābhaṅgaṃ hatthichāpāva khādanti. Ogāhepi naṃ hatthiniyo kaddamena limpanti , sabbaṃ pālileyyakanāgasseva ahosi. So yūthā nibbijjitvā pakkami. Tato naṃ padānusārena yūthaṃ anubandhi. Evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ pakkanto anubaddhova. Tato cintesi – ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ nattako bārāṇasiyaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, yaṃnūnāhaṃ attano purimajātiyā uyyānaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, tatra maṃ so rakkhissatī’’ti. Tato rattiṃ niddāvasaṃ gate yūthe yūthaṃ pahāya tameva uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Uyyānapālo disvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘hatthiṃ gahessāmī’’ti senāya parivāresi. Hatthī rājānaṃ eva abhimukho gacchati. Rājā ‘‘maṃ abhimukho etī’’ti khurappaṃ sannayhitvā aṭṭhāsi. Tato hatthī ‘‘vijjheyyāpi maṃ eso’’ti mānusikāya vācāya ‘‘brahmadatta, mā maṃ vijjha, ahaṃ te ayyako’’ti āha. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ bhaṇasī’’ti sabbaṃ pucchi. Hatthīpi rajje ca narake ca hatthiyoniyañca pavattiṃ sabbaṃ ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sundaraṃ, mā bhāyi, mā ca kañci bhiṃsāpehī’’ti hatthino vaṭṭañca ārakkhake ca hatthibhaṇḍe ca upaṭṭhāpesi.
后来有一天,国王骑在象背上,心中思惟:‘他治理国家二十年,却堕入地狱,又因残余的业报投生于畜生道。即使在那里,也因不堪群居生活的纷扰而来到此处。啊,群居真是苦,唯有独处才是快乐。’当下,他便开始修观,证得了辟支菩提。大臣们走近这位以出世间之乐为乐的他,行礼之后说道:‘大王,是出发的时候了。’他便回答:‘我不是国王。’接着,就如前面所说的方式,说出了这则偈颂:显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ rājā hatthikkhandhagato ‘‘ayaṃ vīsati vassāni rajjaṃ katvā niraye pakko, vipākāvasesena ca tiracchānayoniyaṃ uppanno, tatthapi gaṇavāsasaṅghaṭṭanaṃ asahanto idhāgato. Aho dukkho gaṇavāso, ekībhāvo eva ca pana sukho’’ti cintetvā tattheva vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Taṃ lokuttarasukhena sukhitaṃ amaccā upasaṅkamitvā, paṇipātaṃ katvā ‘‘yānakālo mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato ‘‘nāhaṃ rājā’’ti vatvā purimanayeneva imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
如象离开象群——那肩峰成就、殊胜的莲花象;
随心所欲地住在山林,应如犀牛角者般独自游历。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāgova yūthāni vivajjayitvā, sañjātakhandho padumī uḷāro; Yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
就文句而言,这首偈颂本身是清晰的。然而在此,是将其意趣加以关联,而这种关联是基于理则,并非凭传闻。就像这头“象”,因为于人和天所喜爱的戒律中得到了调伏,所以不会进入未调伏的境地;又或因身躯巨大而被称为“象”。同样,我何时方能因于圣所喜戒上得到调伏,不进入未调伏之地、不再造恶、不再投生任何生命状态,或因功德之身广大而成为“象”呢?又像这头象“离开象群”,凭借独行之乐,随心所欲地住在山林,“如犀牛角者”般独自行走;我何时方能这般离开群体,凭借独住之乐与禅那之乐,随心所欲地住在山林,无论想在林中住多久就住多久,如同“如犀牛角者”那般独自行走呢?又像这头象由于肩峰长成得极好,故称“肩峰成就”;我何时方能因无学位的圣戒蕴之广大而成为“肩峰成就”呢?又像这头象由于身体犹如莲花,或因出生于莲花族而被称为“莲花象”;我何时方能因身体如莲花般正直,或出于圣种姓的莲花中而成为“莲花象”呢?又像这头象由于力量、体力、速度等而被称作“殊胜”,显示巴利原文
Sā padatthato pākaṭā eva. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyayojanā. Sā ca kho yuttivaseneva, na anussavavasena. Yathā ayaṃ hatthī manussakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgacchatīti vā, sarīramahantatāya vā nāgo, evaṃ kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyakantesu sīlesu dantattā adantabhūmiṃ nāgamanena āguṃ akaraṇena puna itthattaṃ anāgamanena ca guṇasarīramahantatāya vā nāgo bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa yūthāni vivajjetvā ekacariyasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe eko care khaggavisāṇakappo, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ gaṇaṃ vivajjetvā ekavihārasukhena jhānasukhena yathābhirantaṃ viharaṃ araññe attano yathā yathā sukhaṃ, tathā tathā yattakaṃ vā icchāmi, tattakaṃ araññe nivāsaṃ eko care khaggavisāṇakappo careyyanti attho. Yathā cesa susaṇṭhitakkhandhatāya sañjātakkhandho, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ asekhasīlakkhandhamahantatāya sañjātakkhandho bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa padumasadisagattatāya vā padumakule uppannatāya vā padumī, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ padumasadisaujugattatāya vā ariyajātipadume uppannatāya vā padumī bhaveyyaṃ. Yathā cesa thāmabalajavādīhi uḷāro, kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ parisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi sīlasamādhinibbedhikapaññādīhi vā uḷāro bhaveyyanti evaṃ cintento vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ adhigatomhīti.
54 关于“非处”这句的由来是这样的:据说,波罗奈国王有一位王子,年纪尚幼便想出家,于是向父母乞求许可。父母阻止了他。他虽被拦阻,却依然坚持:“我一定要出家。”于是,就如同先前所提到的那位商主之子的例子一样,父母在把一切交代清楚之后,便应允了他,但让他立下承诺:出家后只能住在王室的御苑里。王子也就照做了。他的母亲每天清早,由两万舞女簇拥着前往御苑,先让儿子喝粥,稍后再让他吃些干食等点心,接着便与他聊天谈笑,一直待到正午时分才回城。他的父亲则在正午过来,让他用餐,自己也一同进食;白天便陪着他说话解闷,到了傍晚,安排好守卫人员驻守之后,便回城了。就这样,这位王子日日夜夜都处于不能远离的状态。当时,有一位名叫日亲的独觉佛,正安住在欢喜根本山窟中。他入定观察,看到了这位王子,心想:“这位王子虽然出家了,却无法断除烦恼的结缚。”接着他又进一步观察:“他能凭着自己的天性自然生起厌离吗?看来是不会的。”于是他明白:显示巴利原文
54.Aṭṭhāna tanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira putto daharo eva samāno pabbajitukāmo mātāpitaro yāci. Mātāpitaro naṃ vārenti. So vāriyamānopi nibandhatiyeva ‘‘pabbajissāmī’’ti. Tato naṃ pubbe vuttaseṭṭhiputtaṃ viya sabbaṃ vatvā anujāniṃsu. Pabbajitvā ca uyyāneyeva vasitabbanti paṭijānāpesuṃ, so tathā akāsi. Tassa mātā pātova vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiparivutā uyyānaṃ gantvā, puttaṃ yāguṃ pāyetvā, antarā khajjakādīni ca khādāpetvā, yāva majjhanhikasamayaṃ tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā, nagaraṃ pavisati. Pitā ca majjhanhike āgantvā, taṃ bhojetvā attanāpi bhuñjitvā, divasaṃ tena saddhiṃ samullapitvā, sāyanhasamaye jagganapurise ṭhapetvā nagaraṃ pavisati. So evaṃ rattindivaṃ avivitto viharati. Tena kho pana samayena ādiccabandhu nāma paccekabuddho nandamūlakapabbhāre viharati. So āvajjento taṃ addasa – ‘‘ayaṃ kumāro pabbajituṃ asakkhi, jaṭaṃ chindituṃ na sakkotī’’ti. Tato paraṃ āvajji ‘‘attano dhammatāya nibbijjissati, no’’ti. Atha ‘‘dhammatāya nibbindanto aticiraṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘tassa ārammaṇaṃ dassessāmī’’ti pubbe vuttanayeneva manosilātalato āgantvā uyyāne aṭṭhāsi. Rājapuriso disvā ‘‘paccekabuddho āgato, mahārājā’’ti rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘idāni me putto paccekabuddhena saddhiṃ anukkaṇṭhito vasissatī’’ti pamuditamano hutvā paccekabuddhaṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahitvā tattheva vāsaṃ yācitvā paṇṇasālādivāvihāraṭṭhānacaṅkamādisabbaṃ kāretvā vāsesi.
他在那里住下后,有一天觅得机会,问王子:“你是谁?”王子答道:“我是出家人。”独觉佛说:“出家人可不是你这个样子。”王子问:“那么,尊者,出家人应该是什么样子呢?我有什么地方不合适的吗?”独觉佛说:“你看不到自己不合适的地方吗?你母亲不是每天上午带着两万女眷过来,把这御苑弄得不清净吗?你父亲傍晚带着大军过来,守卫人员又彻夜留驻。出家人并非像你这样,而是像这样的。”说完,他当场运用神通,显现出雪山中某处的一座寺院。王子在那里见到独觉佛们:有的倚着栏杆而立,有的在经行,还有的在做染衣、缝补之类的活计。王子便问:“你们不是来此了吗?出家的生活是你们所认可的吗?”独觉佛回答:“是的,出家的生活是认可的。从出家那一刻起,沙门为了寻求自己的出离,可以去任何想去、心中向往的地方,这样做是合适的。”说完,便腾空而立——显示巴利原文
So tattha vasanto ekadivasaṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā kumāraṃ pucchi ‘‘kosi tva’’nti? So āha ‘‘ahaṃ pabbajito’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajitā nāma na edisā hontī’’ti. ‘‘Atha bhante, kīdisā honti, kiṃ mayhaṃ ananucchavika’’nti vutte ‘‘tvaṃ attano ananucchavikaṃ na pekkhasi , nanu te mātā vīsatisahassaitthīhi saddhiṃ pubbaṇhasamaye āgacchantī uyyānaṃ avivittaṃ karoti, pitā mahatā balakāyena sāyanhasamaye, jagganapurisā sakalarattiṃ; pabbajitā nāma tava sadisā na honti, ‘edisā pana hontī’’’ti tatra ṭhitasseva iddhiyā himavante aññataraṃ vihāraṃ dassesi. So tattha paccekabuddhe ālambanabāhaṃ nissāya ṭhite ca caṅkamante ca rajanakammasūcikammādīni karonte ca disvā āha – ‘‘tumhe idha, nāgacchatha, pabbajjā nāma tumhehi anuññātā’’ti. ‘‘Āma, pabbajjā anuññātā, pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya samaṇā nāma attano nissaraṇaṃ kātuṃ icchitapatthitañca padesaṃ gantuṃ labhanti, ettakaṃva vaṭṭatī’’ti vatvā ākāse ṭhatvā –
“对于一个乐于群聚的人而言,想要触证暂时的解脱,这是非处,是不可能的。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṭṭhāna taṃ saṅgaṇikāratassa, yaṃ phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimutti’’nti. –
说完这半首偈颂后,日亲独觉佛便以可见之身飞回了欢喜根本山窟。独觉佛如此离去后,王子走进自己的树叶屋,躺了下来。看守的人心想:“王子既已睡下,现在还能去哪儿呢?”于是便放松了警惕,沉沉睡去。王子察觉看守的人已心生懈怠,便取了自己的钵与衣,走进森林。在那里,他获得远离,修习内观,亲证了辟支菩提。在那里,当被问及“如何证得”时,他将日亲独觉佛所说的那半首偈颂补足完整,并宣说了出来。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ upaḍḍhagāthaṃ vatvā, dissamāneneva kāyena nandamūlakapabbhāraṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ gate paccekabuddhe so attano paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā nipajji. Ārakkhakapurisopi ‘‘sayito kumāro, idāni kuhiṃ gamissatī’’ti pamatto niddaṃ okkami. So tassa pamattabhāvaṃ ñatvā pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā araññaṃ pāvisi. Tatra ca vivitto vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, paccekabuddhaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Tatra ca ‘‘kathamadhigata’’nti pucchito ādiccabandhunā vuttaṃ upaḍḍhagāthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā abhāsi.
它的意思是:aṭṭhāna,即“非处”、无因之意。此处省略了鼻音,如同“圣谛之见”(ariyasaccāna dassana)等经文中的用法一样。“乐于群聚者”(saṅgaṇikāratassa),即贪着于群体生活的人。“那”(yaṃ)在此是表示工具的格,如同“若以应羞惭处而羞惭”(yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbenā)等句中的用法。“触证”(phassayeti),就是证得的意思。“暂时的解脱”(sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ),在此指世间的等至。为何如此称呼?因为它只有在投入的当下那一刻,才能从对立法中解脱出来,故称“暂时的解脱”。对于乐于群聚生活的人来说,想要触证此种暂时的解脱,乃是“非处”,即不存在能令他借此证得的原因。这位新证果的独觉佛的意思是:“我正是仔细听闻了日亲独觉佛的这番话,舍弃了乐群聚的习性,如理修行,从而证悟的。”其余文义,与前述相同。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – aṭṭhāna tanti. Aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, akāraṇaṃ tanti vuttaṃ hoti, anunāsikalopo kato ‘‘ariyasaccāna dassana’’ntiādīsu (khu. pā. 5.11; su. ni. 270) viya. Saṅgaṇikāratassāti gaṇābhiratassa. Yanti karaṇavacanametaṃ ‘‘yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbenā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 30) viya. Phassayeti adhigacche. Sāmayikaṃ vimuttinti lokiyasamāpattiṃ. Sā hi appitappitasamaye eva paccanīkehi vimuccanato ‘‘sāmayikā vimuttī’’ti vuccati. Taṃ sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ. Aṭṭhānaṃ taṃ, na taṃ kāraṇaṃ vijjati saṅgaṇikāratassa, yena kāraṇena phassayeti etaṃ ādiccabandhussa paccekabuddhassa vaco nisamma saṅgaṇikāratiṃ pahāya yoniso paṭipajjanto adhigatomhīti āha. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
55 “诸见之摇摆”(diṭṭhīvisūkāni)一句的缘起是这样的:据说,在波罗奈城,有一位国王在独处时心中思惟:“如同对于冷等,有热等作为对治,那么,对于轮回的对治——还灭,它到底存在还是不存在呢?”于是,他询问大臣们:“你们知道还灭吗?”大臣们回答:“我们知道,大王。”国王问:“那是什么呢?”大臣们便以“世界是有限的”等方式,宣说了常见和断见。国王心想:“这些人并不知道,他们全都是陷入邪见之人。”他亲自看出了他们那些说法的相违与不合理之处,然后思惟:“必定存在轮回的对治——还灭,我应当去寻求它。”于是,他舍弃王位而出家,修习内观,亲证了辟支菩提。在独觉佛的集会中,他宣说了这首优陀那偈颂及作为记说的偈颂。显示巴利原文
55.Diṭṭhīvisūkānīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā rahogato cintesi – ‘‘yathā sītādīnaṃ paṭighātakāni uṇhādīni atthi, atthi nu kho evaṃ vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vinaṭṭaṃ, no’’ti. So amacce pucchi – ‘‘vivaṭṭaṃ jānāthā’’ti? Te ‘‘jānāma, mahārājā’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā – ‘‘kiṃ ta’’nti? Tato ‘‘antavā loko’’tiādinā nayena sassatucchedaṃ kathesuṃ. Atha rājā ‘‘ime na jānanti, sabbepime diṭṭhigatikā’’ti sayameva tesaṃ vilomatañca ayuttatañca disvā ‘‘vaṭṭapaṭighātakaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ atthi, taṃ gavesitabba’’nti cintetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Imañca udānagāthaṃ abhāsi paccekabuddhamajjhe byākaraṇagāthañca –
已超越「诸见的摇摆」(diṭṭhīvisūkāni),到达「决定性」(niyāma),获得了「道」(magga);
我已生起智慧,不须他人引导,当如犀牛角独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto, patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo; Uppannañāṇomhi anaññaneyyo, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
它的意思是:「诸见的摇摆(diṭṭhīvisūkāni)」指六十二种邪见(diṭṭhigata)。因为这些邪见对于道正见(maggasammādiṭṭhi)来说,具有摇摆的意思、刺穿的意思和相违的意思,所以称为「摇摆」。因此,这些是见的摇摆,或者说见本身就是摇摆,所以称为「见之摇摆」。「超越了(upātivatto)」:指以见道(dassanamagga)超越了它们。「达到了决定性(patto niyāmaṃ)」:指由于不退堕法(avinipātadhammatā)和以菩提为归宿(sambodhiparāyaṇatā)的性质,而证得了决定性的状态,或者说到达了称为「正性决定」(sammattaniyāma)的第一道。到此为止,说明了初道作用的完成及其获得。现在,「获得了道(paṭiladdhamaggo)」以此显示其余诸道的获得。「我已生起智(uppannañāṇomhi)」:即我已经生起了辟支菩提智。以此显示果(phala)。「无需他人引导(anaññaneyyo)」:指不依靠别人所说的“这是真理,这是真理”而被引导。以此彰显独觉的特性,或者说,在获得辟支菩提智后,由于不再有能被引导的状态,所以是自己成就的。或者也可以这样理解:依止(samatha)与观(vipassanā)超越了诸见的摇摆,以初道到达决定性,以其余诸道获得道,以果智生起智慧,这一切都是靠自身证得的,所以是「无需他人引导」。其余部分,可以按照前面说过的方式去理解。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – diṭṭhīvisūkānīti dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni. Tāni hi maggasammādiṭṭhiyā visūkaṭṭhena vijjhanaṭṭhena vilomaṭṭhena ca visūkāni. Evaṃ diṭṭhiyā visūkāni, diṭṭhi eva vā visūkāni diṭṭhivisūkāni. Upātivattoti dassanamaggena atikkanto. Patto niyāmanti avinipātadhammatāya sambodhiparāyaṇatāya ca niyatabhāvaṃ adhigato, sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ vā paṭhamamagganti. Ettāvatā paṭhamamaggakiccanipphatti ca tassa paṭilābho ca vutto. Idāni paṭiladdhamaggoti iminā sesamaggapaṭilābhaṃ dasseti. Uppannañāṇomhīti uppannapaccekabodhiñāṇo amhi. Etena phalaṃ dasseti. Anaññaneyyoti aññehi ‘‘idaṃ saccaṃ, idaṃ sacca’’nti na netabbo. Etena sayambhutaṃ dīpeti, patte vā paccekabodhiñāṇe aneyyatāya abhāvā sayaṃvasitaṃ. Samathavipassanāya vā diṭṭhivisūkāni upātivatto, ādimaggena patto niyāmaṃ, sesehi paṭiladdhamaggo, phalañāṇena uppannañāṇo, taṃ sabbaṃ attanāva adhigatoti anaññaneyyo. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
56 “无贪求”的起源是怎样的?据说,波罗奈王的厨师在午餐时备好膳食,呈上一道外观悦目、滋味美妙的食物,心中寻思:“或许国王会因此而赏赐我一些财物。”那食物的香气勾起了国王想吃的欲望,令他口中生出津液。然而,当第一口饭刚送进嘴中,七千条味觉神经便如同被甘露触及一般。厨师心想:“这回他会赏赐我,这回他会赏赐我。”国王也觉得“这位厨师值得嘉奖”,但又想到:“若在尝过味道之后给予赏赐,恶名便会传开——‘这国王是个贪求滋味、看重味道的人’”,于是默然不语。就这样,直到用餐结束,厨师还在盘算着“现在会赏赐,现在会赏赐”,而国王因为畏惧恶名,始终一言不发。于是厨师心想:“这位国王没有舌识。”第二天便呈上了寡淡无味的食物。国王用餐时,虽知“今日的厨师应受呵责”,但仍如之前那般思量,因畏惧恶名,依然沉默不语。于是厨师心想:“这国王既不辨美味,也不识粗劣。”便将所有开销中饱私囊,随便弄些什么给国王吃。国王心想:“啊!这就是贪欲!我身为拥有两万座城池的国王,却因为这厨师……”
},
{显示巴利原文
56.Nillolupoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira sūdo antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi manuññadassanaṃ sādurasaṃ ‘‘appeva nāma me rājā dhanamanuppadeyyā’’ti. Taṃ rañño gandheneva bhottukāmataṃ janesi mukhe kheḷaṃ uppādentaṃ. Paṭhamakabaḷe pana mukhe pakkhittamatte sattarasaharaṇisahassāni amateneva phuṭṭhāni ahesuṃ. Sūdo ‘‘idāni me dassati, idāni me dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi ‘‘sakkārāraho sūdo’’ti cintesi – ‘‘rasaṃ sāyitvā pana sakkarontaṃ maṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggaccheyya – ‘lolo ayaṃ rājā rasagaruko’’’ti na kiñci abhaṇi. Evaṃ yāva bhojanapariyosānaṃ, tāva sūdopi ‘‘idāni dassati, idāni dassatī’’ti cintesi. Rājāpi avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘natthi imassa rañño jivhāviññāṇa’’nti dutiyadivase arasabhattaṃ upanāmesi. Rājā bhuñjanto ‘‘niggahāraho ajja sūdo’’ti jānantopi pubbe viya paccavekkhitvā avaṇṇabhayena na kiñci abhaṇi. Tato sūdo ‘‘rājā neva sundaraṃ nāsundaraṃ jānātī’’ti cintetvā sabbaṃ paribbayaṃ attanā gahetvā yaṃkiñcideva pacitvā rañño deti. Rājā ‘‘aho vata lobho, ahaṃ nāma vīsati nagarasahassāni bhuñjanto imassa lobhena bhattamattampi na labhāmī’’ti nibbijjitvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi, purimanayeneva ca imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
成为无贪求、无欺诳、无渴爱、无污垢、已断除烦恼与愚痴的人;
于一切世间都成为无欲求者之后,应如犀牛角,独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso, nimmakkho niddhantakasāvamoho; Nirāsayo sabbaloke bhavitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,「无贪求」(nillolupo)即无贪(alolupo)。若人被味爱所征服,便会极度地贪求,一再地贪求,因此称为贪求者(lolupa)。他因舍弃了那种状态,故称「无贪求」。「无欺诳」(nikkuhoti):此处,虽然一般而言,任何人若无三种谄伪事,即可称为无欺诳,但在这首偈颂中,其特殊用意是:对于可意的美食等,不显露惊奇,也不令人心生悦意,所以称为「无欺诳」。「无渴」(nippipāso):其中,pipāsā(渴)是饮欲;因已断除它,故称无渴。意思就是断除了对美味食物因贪味道而生起的进食欲。「无污垢」(nimmakkho):此处,makkha(污垢)的特征是毁灭他人的功德;因无有它,故称「无污垢」。这是指他尚在家时,从未污损厨师的功德。「已涤除秽恶与无明」(niddhantakasāvamoho):这里,贪等三种,以及身恶行等三种,共六种法,依据各自显示巴利原文
Tattha nillolupoti alolupo. Yo hi rasataṇhābhibhūto hoti, so bhusaṃ luppati punappunañca luppati, tena lolupoti vuccati. Tasmā esa taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha ‘‘nillolupo’’ti. Nikkuhoti ettha kiñcāpi yassa tividhaṃ kuhanavatthu natthi, so nikkuhoti vuccati. Imissā pana gāthāya manuññabhojanādīsu vimhayamanāpajjanato nikkuhoti ayamadhippāyo . Nippipāsoti ettha pātumicchā pipāsā, tassā abhāvena nippipāso, sādurasalobhena bhottukamyatāvirahitoti attho. Nimmakkhoti ettha paraguṇavināsanalakkhaṇo makkho, tassa abhāvena nimmakkho. Attano gahaṭṭhakāle sūdassa guṇamakkhanābhāvaṃ sandhāyāha. Niddhantakasāvamohoti ettha rāgādayo tayo, kāyaduccaritādīni ca tīṇīti cha dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ appasannaṭṭhena sakabhāvaṃ vijahāpetvā parabhāvaṃ gaṇhāpanaṭṭhena kasaṭaṭṭhena ca kasāvāti veditabbā. Yathāha –
当中,哪三种是秽恶?「贪秽」(rāgakasāvo)、「嗔秽」(dosakasāvo)、「痴秽」(mohakasāvo),这三种是秽恶。其中,还有哪三种是秽恶?「身秽」(kāyakasāvo)、「语秽」(vacīkasāvo)、「意秽」(manokasāvo)。(《分别论》924)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha, katame tayo kasāvā? Rāgakasāvo, dosakasāvo, mohakasāvo, ime tayo kasāvā. Tattha, katame aparepi tayo kasāvā? Kāyakasāvo, vacīkasāvo, manokasāvo’’ti (vibha. 924).
在这当中,由于除了无明之外,五种秽恶以及作为这一切根本的无明都已涤除,故称「已涤除秽恶与无明」;或者,由于身、语、意三种秽恶以及无明都已涤除,故称「已涤除秽恶与无明」。在其他词中,由「不贪求」等可知贪秽已得涤除,由「无污垢」可知嗔秽已得涤除,这已是成立的。「无求」(nirāsayo)即没有渴爱。「于一切世间」(sabbaloke),指在一切世间,于三有或十二处中,已远离有爱与非有爱(bhavavibhavataṇhā),这就是它的意思。其余部分应依前面所说而了知。或者,在说完三句之后,「独自行走」(eko care)是指能够独自行走,也可以如此连接文句。显示巴利原文
Tesu mohaṃ ṭhapetvā pañcannaṃ kasāvānaṃ tesañca sabbesaṃ mūlabhūtassa mohassa niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho, tiṇṇaṃ eva vā kāyavacīmanokasāvānaṃ mohassa ca niddhantattā niddhantakasāvamoho. Itaresu nillolupatādīhi rāgakasāvassa, nimmakkhatāya dosakasāvassa niddhantabhāvo siddho eva. Nirāsayoti nittaṇho. Sabbaloketi sakalaloke, tīsu bhavesu dvādasasu vā āyatanesu bhavavibhavataṇhāvirahito hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Atha vā tayopi pāde vatvā eko careti eko carituṃ sakkuṇeyyāti evampi ettha sambandho kātabboti.
57 “恶友偈”的缘起是这样的:据说在波罗奈,有一位国王,他凭借盛大威仪右绕都城巡视时,看见人们正从仓库里把旧粮食搬到外面,便问大臣:“这是在做什么?”大臣答道:“大王,新粮就要收成了,这些人为了腾出地方,正把旧粮丢弃。”国王问:“后宫以及军队等所需的供给都充足吗?”大臣答:“是的,大王,都充足。”国王说:“既然如此,那就让人建造布施堂,我要行布施,不要任由这些谷物无益地毁坏。”当时,有一位持邪见的大臣,以“大王,布施是没有果报的”为由,乃至以“愚者与智者流转轮回之后,都将令苦终结”等话,加以阻止。第二次、第三次,国王看到仓库里的谷物被弃置,又同样下令。第三次时,那位大臣又以“大王,所谓的布施之说”等话阻止。国王心想:“唉!我连属于自己的东西都不能用来布施,要这些恶友有何用!”他心生厌离,舍弃王位而出家,修习观行而证得了辟支菩提。他呵责那位恶友,说出了这首优陀那偈:显示巴利原文
57.Pāpaṃ sahāyanti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto manusse koṭṭhāgārato purāṇadhaññāni bahiddhā nīharante disvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, ida’’nti amacce pucchi. ‘‘Idāni, mahārāja, navadhaññāni uppajjissanti, tesaṃ okāsaṃ kātuṃ ime manussā purāṇadhaññādīni chaḍḍentī’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘kiṃ, bhaṇe, itthāgārabalakāyādīnaṃ vaṭṭaṃ paripuṇṇa’’nti ? ‘‘Āma, mahārāja, paripuṇṇanti’’. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, dānasālaṃ kārāpetha, dānaṃ dassāmi, mā imāni dhaññāni anupakārāni vinassiṃsū’’ti. Tato naṃ aññataro diṭṭhigatiko amacco ‘‘mahārāja, natthi dinna’’nti ārabbha yāva ‘‘bālā ca paṇḍitā ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissantī’’ti vatvā nivāresi. So dutiyampi tatiyampi koṭṭhāgāre vilumpante disvā tatheva āṇāpesi. Tatiyampi naṃ ‘‘mahārāja, dattupaññattaṃ yadidaṃ dāna’’ntiādīni vatvā nivāresi. So ‘‘are, ahaṃ attano santakampi na labhāmi dātuṃ, kiṃ me imehi pāpasahāyehī’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi. Tañca pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ garahanto imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
应当回避恶友,回避见无利益、耽着邪途的人;
不应独自亲近放逸、懈怠者,应如犀牛角一般独自游化。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha, anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ; Sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
这首偈的简要意思是:那个人由于具足十事邪见,所以称为“恶”;他又会将别人引向无义,所以称为“见无义者”;他住于身恶行等不正道中,称为“行于不正道者”。希求利益的善男子应当回避这样的恶友,即回避那种见无义、行于不正道的人。“自己不亲近”(Sayaṃ na seve)是指自己不主动去亲近。但若自己受制于他人,那还能做什么呢?意思是,若被他人所控制,便无能为力了。“放逸”(Pasutaṃ)即“pasaṭaṃ”,指被邪见牵引而处处执著。“昏昧”(Pamattaṃ)是指心沉溺于五欲,或未修习善法。对于这样的人,不应亲近,不应结交,不应承事,只应当如犀牛角般独自游化。显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yvāyaṃ dasavatthukāya pāpadiṭṭhiyā samannāgatattā pāpo, paresampi anatthaṃ passatīti anatthadassī, kāyaduccaritādimhi ca visame niviṭṭho, taṃ atthakāmo kulaputto pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ. Sayaṃ na seveti attano vasena na seve. Yadi pana paravaso hoti, kiṃ sakkā kātunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pasutanti pasaṭaṃ , diṭṭhivasena tattha tattha lagganti attho. Pamattanti kāmaguṇesu vossaṭṭhacittaṃ, kusalabhāvanārahitaṃ vā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ na seve, na bhaje, na payirupāse, aññadatthu eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
58 关于“多闻”(bahussuta)这首偈的缘起:据说过去在迦叶世尊的教法中,有八位辟支菩萨出家,圆满履行了来去往返的义务后,生于天界。这一切都与《无过失食偈》中所说的情形相似。不同之处在于:国王请独觉佛们坐下后,问:“你们是谁?”他们回答:“大王,我们是多闻。”国王心想:“我的名字叫闻梵授,对听闻从不感到满足。正好,我愿听他们宣说种种理趣精微的正法。”他心生欢喜,供养了净水,亲自招待饮食。饭后,他接过僧团长老的钵,顶礼后坐在前面说:“尊者,请说法吧。”那位长老只说了“愿大王快乐,愿贪灭尽”,便从座位起身。国王心想:“这一位并不算是多闻,第二位应该是多闻,明天我就能听到精彩的说法了。”就这样,他日复一日地邀请,直到所有独觉佛都轮过一遍。他们每个人也都只变换一个字,分别说“愿瞋灭尽”、“愿痴灭尽”、“愿趣灭尽”、“愿轮回灭尽”、“愿依着灭尽”、“愿爱灭尽”,其余都和第一位所说完全相同,说完便起身而去。显示巴利原文
58.Bahussutanti kā uppatti? Pubbe kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane aṭṭha paccekabodhisattā pabbajitvā gatapaccāgatavattaṃ pūretvā devaloke uppannāti sabbaṃ anavajjabhojīgāthāya vuttasadisameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paccekabuddhe nisīdāpetvā rājā āha ‘‘ke tumhe’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, bahussutā nāmā’’ti. Rājā – ‘‘ahaṃ sutabrahmadatto nāma, sutena tittiṃ na gacchāmi, handa, nesaṃ santike vicitranayaṃ saddhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti attamano dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā, parivisitvā, bhattakiccapariyosāne saṅghattherassa pattaṃ gahetvā, vanditvā, purato nisīdi ‘‘dhammakathaṃ, bhante, karothā’’ti. So ‘‘sukhito hotu, mahārāja, rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti vatvā uṭṭhito. Rājā ‘‘ayaṃ na bahussuto, dutiyo bahussuto bhavissati, sve dāni vicitradhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti svātanāya nimantesi. Evaṃ yāva sabbesaṃ paṭipāṭi gacchati, tāva nimantesi. Te sabbepi ‘‘dosakkhayo hotu, mohakkhayo, gatikkhayo, vaṭṭakkhayo, upadhikkhayo, taṇhakkhayo hotū’’ti evaṃ ekekaṃ padaṃ visesetvā sesaṃ paṭhamasadisameva vatvā uṭṭhahiṃsu.
于是国王心想:“这些出家人自称‘我们是多闻’,却未说出什么丰富多彩的言辞,他们到底表达了什么意思呢?”他便开始审察他们话语的义理。当他以“愿贪灭尽”这句话来推敲时,领悟到:“当贪灭尽时,瞋、痴以及其他种种烦恼也必定灭尽。”领悟之后,他心生欢喜:“这些沙门是真实不虚的多闻。就像有人用手指指向大地或虚空,所指的虽只是指尖大的一块地方,但被指的实为大地或虚空本身;同样,他们每指出一个意义,便已指摄了无量的意义。”于是他想:“什么时候我也能成为这样的多闻啊!”他向往那样的多闻,便舍弃王位出家,修习观而证得辟支菩提,说出了这首自说偈:显示巴利原文
Tato rājā ‘‘ime ‘bahussutā maya’nti bhaṇanti, na ca tesaṃ vicitrakathā, kimetehi vutta’’nti tesaṃ vacanatthaṃ upaparikkhitumāraddho. Atha ‘‘rāgakkhayo hotū’’ti upaparikkhanto ‘‘rāge khīṇe dosopi mohopi aññataraññatarepi kilesā khīṇā hontī’’ti ñatvā attamano ahosi – ‘‘nippariyāyabahussutā ime samaṇā. Yathā hi purisena mahāpathaviṃ vā ākāsaṃ vā aṅguliyā niddisantena na aṅgulimattova padeso niddiṭṭho hoti, apica, kho, pana pathavīākāsā eva niddiṭṭhā honti, evaṃ imehi ekamekaṃ atthaṃ niddisantehi aparimāṇā atthā niddiṭṭhā hontī’’ti. Tato so ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi evaṃ bahussuto bhavissāmī’’ti tathārūpaṃ bahussutabhāvaṃ patthento rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
应当去亲近一位「多闻」(bahussuta)、「持法」(dhammadhara)、「殊胜」(uḷāra)、「具辩才」(paṭibhānavanta)的朋友,
以智慧了知种种义理、断除疑惑后,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha, mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ; Aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此处略意:「多闻」有两种:一为「教理多闻」,即于三藏的一切义理完全通达;二为「通达多闻」,即因通达道果、明与神通而称为多闻。「持法者」指通达经教之人。「殊胜者」指身、语、意三业殊胜之人。「辩才者」则有应机辩才、无碍辩才、应机无碍辩才三种。又或依教理、问答及证得分为三种辩才来理解:若教典于心中清晰显现,则为「教理辩才者」;若于义理、智慧、特征、处非处等问题问难时能应答自如,则为「问答辩才者」;若已通达道等证悟,则为「证得辩才者」。应当亲近这样一位多闻、持法、殊胜而具辩才的朋友。然后,依凭他的威德,以智慧了知种种义理——这些义理可按自……显示巴利原文
Tatthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – bahussutanti duvidho bahussuto tīsu piṭakesu atthato nikhilo pariyattibahussuto ca, maggaphalavijjābhiññānaṃ paṭividdhattā paṭivedhabahussuto ca. Āgatāgamo dhammadharo. Uḷārehi pana kāyavacīmanokammehi samannāgato uḷāro. Yuttapaṭibhāno ca muttapaṭibhāno ca yuttamuttapaṭibhāno ca paṭibhānavā. Pariyattiparipucchādhigamavasena vā tidhā paṭibhānavā veditabbo. Yassa hi pariyatti paṭibhāti, so pariyattipaṭibhānavā. Yassa atthañca ñāṇañca lakkhaṇañca ṭhānāṭṭhānañca paripucchantassa paripucchā paṭibhāti, so paripucchāpaṭibhānavā. Yena maggādayo paṭividdhā honti, so adhigamapaṭibhānavā. Taṃ evarūpaṃ bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha mittaṃ uḷāraṃ paṭibhānavantaṃ. Tato tassānubhāvena attatthaparatthaubhayatthabhedato vā diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthabhedato vā anekappakārāni aññāya atthāni. Tato – ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) kaṅkhaṭṭhānesu vineyya kaṅkhaṃ, vicikicchaṃ vinetvā vināsetvā evaṃ katasabbakicco eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
59 第五十九首,「嬉戏、喜乐」(khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ)这首偈的缘起:在波罗奈城,有一位名为毗布沙迦梵授(Vibhūsakabrahmadatto)的国王。他每日清晨用过粥或饭后,便以种种饰物装扮自己,然后在大镜中观视全身,将不满意的部分除去,再换上别的饰品来装饰。一日,他正这样装扮时,用餐时间已至正午(majjhanhikasamaya)。他尚未装扮完毕,便用布条缠裹头部,先用饭,随后进行午休(divāseyya)。起身后,他又继续那样装扮,一直装扮到日落。次日如此,第三日亦如此。他这样沉溺于装扮,背上便生起了疾病。他心想:‘唉!我耗尽所有心力来装扮自己,却对这欺诳的装扮从未满足,生起了贪爱。贪爱这个法,可是导向恶趣的法啊。好吧,让我来降伏贪爱!’于是,他舍弃王位出家,修习观法,证得了辟支菩提,说出这首自说偈:显示巴利原文
59.Khiḍḍaṃratinti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ vibhūsakabrahmadatto nāma rājā pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā nānāvidhavibhūsanehi attānaṃ vibhūsāpetvā mahāādāse sakalasarīraṃ disvā yaṃ na icchati taṃ apanetvā aññena vibhūsanena vibhūsāpeti. Tassa ekadivasaṃ evaṃ karoto bhattavelā majjhanhikasamayo patto. Atha avibhūsitova dussapaṭṭena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā, bhuñjitvā, divāseyyaṃ upagacchi. Punapi uṭṭhahitvā tatheva karoto sūriyo atthaṅgato. Evaṃ dutiyadivasepi tatiyadivasepi. Athassa evaṃ maṇḍanappasutassa piṭṭhirogo udapādi. Tassetadahosi – ‘‘aho re, ahaṃ sabbathāmena vibhūsantopi imasmiṃ kappake vibhūsane asantuṭṭho lobhaṃ uppādesiṃ. Lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ, lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
对于世间的嬉戏(khiḍḍa)、娱乐(rati)、欲乐(kāmasukha),不加以装饰(analaṅkaritvā),也不存期盼(anapekkhamāno);
远离装饰之处,说真实语,应如犀牛角般独自行走。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca loke, analaṅkaritvā anapekkhamāno; Vibhūsanaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,游戏与喜乐前文已述。‘欲乐’指所依的欲乐。因为所依的欲作为乐的所缘等,也被称为‘乐’,正如所说:‘有物质性的乐,为乐所随’(《相应部》3.60)。如此,对于这游戏、喜乐与欲乐,于此世间不以之为庄严,不认为‘这就够了’,也不执取‘这就是精华’或‘这就是真实’。‘不希求’指不希求那种庄严,无贪求,无渴爱,远离装饰之处,说真实语,应独行。在此,装饰有两种:在家者的装饰与出家者的装饰。在家者的装饰如衣饰、头巾、花环、香料等;出家者的装饰如对钵等的美化。装饰本身就是装饰之处。因此,从装饰之处以三种远离而远离。由于所说真实不虚,故称‘说真实语’。应如此理解其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha khiḍḍā ca rati ca pubbe vuttāva. Kāmasukhanti vatthukāmasukhaṃ. Vatthukāmāpi hi sukhassa visayādibhāvena sukhanti vuccanti. Yathāha – ‘‘atthi rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.60). Evametaṃ khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañca imasmiṃ okāsaloke analaṅkaritvā alanti akatvā, etaṃ tappakanti vā sārabhūtanti vā evaṃ aggahetvā. Anapekkhamānoti tena alaṅkaraṇena anapekkhaṇasīlo, apihāluko, nittaṇho, vibhūsanaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī eko careti. Tattha vibhūsā duvidhā – agārikavibhūsā, anagārikavibhūsā ca. Tattha agārikavibhūsā sāṭakaveṭhanamālāgandhādi, anagārikavibhūsā pattamaṇḍanādi. Vibhūsā eva vibhūsanaṭṭhānaṃ. Tasmā vibhūsanaṭṭhānā tividhāya viratiyā virato. Avitathavacanato saccavādīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
60 ‘儿子与妻子’这一颂的由来如何?据说,波罗奈王的儿子在年幼时就被灌顶,登位治国。他如同第一偈所说的那位辟支菩萨一样,享受着王权的荣华。有一天,他心想:‘我治理国家,给许多人带来痛苦。为了一餐饭而造这样的恶业,于我何益?就让我来寻求安乐吧。’于是舍弃王位,出家修行,修观之后证得辟支菩提,说出了这首优陀那偈——显示巴利原文
60.Puttañcadāranti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasirañño kira putto daharakāle eva abhisitto rajjaṃ kāresi. So paṭhamagāthāya vuttapaccekabodhisatto viya rajjasirimanubhavanto ekadivasaṃ cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ rajjaṃ kārento bahūnaṃ dukkhaṃ karomi. Kiṃ me ekabhattatthāya iminā pāpena, handa sukhamuppādemī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
放下儿子与妻子、父亲与母亲,钱财、谷物与亲属;
断尽随其本身而存在的诸欲乐后,应当如犀牛角一般独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puttañca dāraṃ pitarañca mātaraṃ, dhanāni dhaññāni ca bandhavāni; Hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,‘财宝’(dhanāni)指珍珠、摩尼宝、琉璃、螺贝、宝石、珊瑚、银、黄金等宝物。‘谷物’(dhaññāni)指稻、米、大麦、小麦、黍、稗、雀稗这七种,以及其他蔬豆类作物。‘亲族’(bandhavāni)指依亲族血缘、同族血缘、朋友关系、技艺关系这四种联结而存在的关系。‘如其限量’(yathodhikāni)指它们皆安住于其各自本身的状态。余义如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhanānīti muttāmaṇiveḷuriyasaṅkhasilāpavāḷarajatajātarūpādīni ratanāni. Dhaññānīti sālivīhiyavagodhumakaṅkuvarakakudrūsakapabhedāni satta sesāparaṇṇāni ca. Bandhavānīti ñātibandhugottabandhumittabandhusippabandhuvasena catubbidhe bandhave. Yathodhikānīti sakasakaodhivasena ṭhitāneva. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
61 ‘此为贪着’(Saṅgo eso)这一颂的由来是怎样的呢?据说,在波罗奈城,有一位名为‘游走贪味梵授’(Pādalola-Brahmadatta)的国王。他清晨用过粥或饭后,便前往三座宫殿观赏三种舞蹈。所谓三种舞蹈,据说是从前代国王传下来的、从邻国国王那里得来的,以及他本人在位期间所兴起的。一日清晨,他来到年少舞姬的宫殿。那些舞姬心想:‘我们要让国王心生欢喜’,便如同帝释天的天女一般,表演了极为曼妙的舞蹈、歌唱与音乐。国王并不满意,心想:‘这些年轻舞姬的表演,原是寻常之事。’于是,他前往中年舞姬的宫殿。那里的舞姬也同样作了表演。他在那里依然不满意,便又去了年长舞姬的宫殿,那里的舞姬也同样地表演。国王见到历经了两三代的老舞姬们,她们的舞蹈犹如在摆动骷髅,歌声也已不再动听,便又折回年少舞姬的宫殿,再去中年舞姬的宫殿,如此游走不息,在任何一处都得不到满足。他便思惟:‘这些舞姬为了让我欢喜,竭尽全力像帝释天的天女一样表演歌舞音乐,可我在任何一处都未得满足,只是在增长贪欲罢了。这种名为贪的法,是导向恶趣的法。好吧,我应当调伏这个贪!’于是显示巴利原文
61.Saṅgo esoti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira pādalolabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi. So pātova yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā bhuñjitvā tīsu pāsādesu tividhanāṭakāni passati. Tividhanāṭakānīti kira pubbarājato āgataṃ, anantararājato āgataṃ, attano kāle uṭṭhitanti. So ekadivasaṃ pātova daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tā nāṭakitthiyo ‘‘rājānaṃ ramāpessāmā’’ti sakkassa devānamindassa accharāyo viya atimanoharaṃ naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ. Rājā – ‘‘anacchariyametaṃ daharāna’’nti asantuṭṭho hutvā majjhimanāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tāpi nāṭakitthiyo tatheva akaṃsu. So tatthāpi tatheva asantuṭṭho hutvā mahānāṭakapāsādaṃ gato. Tāpi nāṭakitthiyo tatheva akaṃsu. Rājā dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe atītānaṃ tāsaṃ mahallakabhāvena aṭṭhikīḷanasadisaṃ naccaṃ disvā gītañca amadhuraṃ sutvā punadeva daharanāṭakapāsādaṃ, puna majjhimanāṭakapāsādanti evaṃ vicaritvā katthaci asantuṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘imā nāṭakitthiyo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ accharāyo viya maṃ ramāpetukāmā sabbathāmena naccagītavāditaṃ payojesuṃ, svāhaṃ katthaci asantuṭṭho lobhameva vaḍḍhemi, lobho ca nāmesa apāyagamanīyo dhammo, handāhaṃ lobhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
这是执著,其中安乐微小,乐味稀薄,苦却更多;
了知这是钓钩之后,智者应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅgo eso parittamettha sokhyaṃ, appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyo; Gaḷo eso iti ñatvā matimā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
它的意思是:「这是执著」——意指自己的受用。因为众生在其中执著,犹如陷入泥沼的大象,故称为执著。「此处安乐微小」的意思:在享受五欲功德时,由于生起颠倒想,或因属于欲界法而性质低劣,故此安乐微小;就像闪电所照见的舞蹈之乐,仅是暂时。「此处乐味少而苦更多」:依于五欲功德而生起的喜乐,即是欲的乐味,如经中所说;此处所说的苦,则如经中以这种方式指出:‘比丘们,什么是欲的过患?在此,比丘们,有位善男子凭借某种技能谋生,无论书写,还是计算……’(《中部》)。与那乐味相比,乐味如一小滴水般微少,而苦却更广大,有如四大海水。因此说「此处乐味少而苦更多」。「这是钓钩」的意思:如同先展示诱饵再行拖拽的钓钩,这五种欲功德正是如此。如此了知之后,智者舍弃这一切,应如犀牛角般独自游行。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – saṅgo esoti attano upabhogaṃ niddisati. So hi sajjanti tattha pāṇino kaddame paviṭṭho hatthī viyāti saṅgo. Parittamettha sokhyanti ettha pañcakāmaguṇūpabhogakāle viparītasaññāya uppādetabbato kāmāvacaradhammapariyāpannato vā lāmakaṭṭhena sokhyaṃ parittaṃ, vijjuppabhāya obhāsitanaccadassanasukhaṃ viya ittaraṃ , tāvakālikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyoti ettha ca yvāyaṃ ‘‘yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ kāmānaṃ assādo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.166) vutto. So yadidaṃ ‘‘ko ca, bhikkhave, kāmānaṃ ādīnavo? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena sippaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ kappeti, yadi muddāya, yadi gaṇanāyā’’ti evamādinā (ma. ni. 1.167) nayenettha dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ upanidhāya appo udakabindumatto hoti. Atha kho dukkhameva bhiyyo bahu, catūsu samuddesu udakasadisaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘appassādo dukkhamettha bhiyyo’’ti. Gaḷo esoti assādaṃ dassetvā ākaḍḍhanavasena baḷiso viya eso yadidaṃ pañca kāmaguṇā. Iti ñatvā matimāti evaṃ ñatvā buddhimā paṇḍito puriso sabbampetaṃ pahāya eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.
62 关于“破坏后”(Sandālayitvānā)这一颂的缘起是怎样的?据说,在波罗奈城,曾有一位国王名为不退转梵授。他若投入战斗不获胜,或开始任何事业不完成,便绝不退转回头,因此人们以此名称呼他。一日,他前往园林。那时,林中燃起了大火。大火焚烧干草、青草等,一路向前,毫不退转。国王见到此景象,内心便生起一个相似的相(作为禅修所缘的悚惧相)。他心想:“如同这森林大火一样,十一种火焚烧一切众生,向前不退,引发巨大苦。何时我也能像这火一般,运用圣道智之火焚烧烦恼,一路向前不退,止息此苦呢?”稍行片刻后,又看见渔夫们在河中捕鱼。一条大鱼被围入网中,却冲破网逃走了。那些渔夫喊叫起来:“鱼破网逃走了!”国王听闻此言,又生起一个相似的相:“何时我也能用圣道智冲破爱欲和邪见的罗网,无所粘着而自在行进呢?”于是他舍弃王位,出家修行,开始修习观法,最终证得辟支菩提,并诵出这首优陀那偈:显示巴利原文
62.Sandālayitvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira anivattabrahmadatto nāma rājā ahosi . So saṅgāmaṃ otiṇṇo ajinitvā aññaṃ vā kiccaṃ āraddho aniṭṭhapetvā na nivattati, tasmā naṃ evaṃ sañjāniṃsu. So ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchati. Tena ca samayena vanadāho uṭṭhāsi. So aggi sukkhāni ca haritāni ca tiṇādīni dahanto anivattamāno eva gacchati. Rājā taṃ disvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi. ‘‘Yathāyaṃ vanadāho, evameva ekādasavidho aggi sabbasatte dahanto anivattamānova gacchati mahādukkhaṃ uppādento, kudāssu nāmāhampi imassa dukkhassa nivattanatthaṃ ayaṃ aggi viya ariyamaggañāṇagginā kilese dahanto anivattamāno gaccheyya’’nti? Tato muhuttaṃ gantvā kevaṭṭe addasa nadiyaṃ macche gaṇhante . Tesaṃ jālantaraṃ paviṭṭho eko mahāmaccho jālaṃ bhetvā palāyi. Te ‘‘maccho jālaṃ bhetvā gato’’ti saddamakaṃsu. Rājā tampi vacanaṃ sutvā tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ uppādesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi ariyamaggañāṇena taṇhādiṭṭhijālaṃ bhetvā asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti. So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā paccekabodhiṃ sacchākāsi, imañca udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
已破坏种种结缚后,犹如水中游鱼破网而出;
如同大火焚烧而不退转,应如犀牛角独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni, jālaṃva bhetvā salilambucārī; Aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,第二句中的“网”是指用线制成的网。“水”指水,于水中游动者,称为“水生者”,这是对鱼的称呼。将“水中的水生者”连缀起来,便说为“salilambucārī”,意为:在河流水中破网而出的鱼。第三句中的“已燃烧的”是指已被烧过的地方。正如火对于已燃烧过的地方不再返回,不会再去那里;同样,以圣道智之火已燃烧过的五欲之处,修行者也不再返回,不再去往那里。其余的解释与前述相同。显示巴利原文
Tassā dutiyapāde jālanti suttamayaṃ vuccati. Ambūti udakaṃ, tattha caratīti ambucārī, macchassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Salile ambucārī salilambucārī, tasmiṃ nadīsalile jālaṃ bhetvā ambucārīvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyapāde daḍḍhanti daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Yathā aggi daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ puna na nivattati, na tattha bhiyyo āgacchati, evaṃ maggañāṇagginā daḍḍhaṃ kāmaguṇaṭṭhānaṃ anivattamāno tattha bhiyyo anāgacchantoti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
63 第63偈“眼下垂”的缘起是怎样的?据说,在波罗奈,有一位名为眼贪梵授的国王。如同足贪梵授,他也热衷于观看戏剧。但这里有一点不同——足贪梵授是由于不满足而四处游走,而这一位则是观看种种戏剧后,极度欢喜,通过不断观看剧情的变换来增长渴爱,四处游历。相传,他见到一位前来观戏的居士妻子,便生起了贪欲。于是他感到悚惧,心想:‘我如此增长渴爱,必将成为恶趣的填充者。如今我应当调伏它。’于是出家,修习观,证得辟支菩提。他责备自己往昔的修行,并说明与之对立的功德,诵出了这首优陀那偈:显示巴利原文
63.Okkhittacakkhūti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira cakkhulolabrahmadatto nāma rājā pādalolabrahmadatto viya nāṭakadassanamanuyutto hoti. Ayaṃ pana viseso – so asantuṭṭho tattha tattha gacchati, ayaṃ taṃ taṃ nāṭakaṃ disvā ativiya abhinanditvā nāṭakaparivattadassanena taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento vicarati. So kira nāṭakadassanāya āgataṃ aññataraṃ kuṭumbiyabhariyaṃ disvā rāgaṃ uppādesi. Tato saṃvegamāpajjitvā puna ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhento apāyaparipūrako bhavissāmi, handa naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
眼下垂,而非足贪;防护根门,善护意根;
无漏,不被烧燃;应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Okkhittacakkhū na ca pādalolo, guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno; Anavassuto apariḍayhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,「眼下垂」(okkhittacakkhū):即目光向下垂,安顿好七节颈椎,为避开不应取著的物事,只注视身前约一轭的距离。并不是用颔骨紧抵胸骨,因为那样垂目并不适合沙门。「非足贪」(na ca pādalolo):不像那些想要混入人群——成为一人的第二者、两人的第三者——那样脚痒贪行;即是已远离长期游方与无固定居所的游荡。「防护根门」(guttindriyo):此处指在六根中,除已分别说过的诸根外,对其余诸根也加以防护,从而守护根门。「善护意根」(rakkhitamānasāno):此中mānasaṃ即是意(心),由于它被保护,故称善护意根。意思是,如此防护心,心便不会被烦恼所劫夺。「无漏」(anavassuto):由于这样的修行方式,于种种所缘,烦恼皆无漏泄。「不被烧燃」(apariḍayhamāno):因为无漏,所以不被烦恼之火所烧燃。又或者,对外无漏,于内不被烧燃。其余的解释与前面所说相同。显示巴利原文
Tattha okkhittacakkhūti heṭṭhākhittacakkhu, satta gīvaṭṭhīni paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapetvā parivajjagahetabbadassanatthaṃ yugamattaṃ pekkhamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. Na tu hanukaṭṭhinā hadayaṭṭhiṃ saṅghaṭṭento. Evañhi okkhittacakkhutā na samaṇasāruppā hotī. Na ca pādaloloti ekassa dutiyo, dvinnaṃ tatiyoti evaṃ gaṇamajjhaṃ pavisitukāmatāya kaṇḍūyamānapādo viya abhavanto, dīghacārikaanavaṭṭhitacārikavirato vā. Guttindriyoti chasu indriyesu idha visuṃvuttāvasesavasena gopitindriyo. Rakkhitamānasānoti mānasaṃ yeva mānasānaṃ, taṃ rakkhitamassāti rakkhitamānasāno. Yathā kilesehi na viluppati, evaṃ rakkhitacittoti vuttaṃ hoti. Anavassutoti imāya paṭipattiyā tesu tesu ārammaṇesu kilesaanvāssavavirahito. Apariḍayhamānoti evaṃ anvāssavavirahāva kilesaggīhi apariḍayhamāno. Bahiddhā vā anavassuto, ajjhattaṃ apariḍayhamāno. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
64 第六十四偈「卸下」(Ohārayitvā) 的缘起如何?据说在波罗奈,还有一位名叫「四个月梵授」的国王,他每隔四个月便去园林游乐一回。一日,正值盛夏仲月,他进入林苑时,在园门口看见一株昼度树与一株甄叔迦树,枝叶覆蔽,花满枝条。他摘下一朵花,便入园中。此时,有一位大臣心想「国王取了最胜妙的花」,便站在象背上也摘下一朵。如此这般,全军都来摘花。那些不满足于花的人,连叶子也摘。那棵树变得无花无叶,只剩光秃的树干。傍晚时分,国王从林苑出来,看见这棵树,心想:「这棵树怎么了?我来时,它那如玉般的枝条间还缀着珊瑚似的花朵,此刻却花叶全无。」不远之处,他见到一棵不开花却枝叶繁茂的树。见后,他如此思惟:「这棵树因繁花满枝,招来众人贪取,片时之间便遭涂炭;而那一棵,因不惹人贪著,得以安住本然。王权正如这棵花树,易招贪著;比丘身份则像那棵不花的树,不惹贪著。因此,趁着王权尚未像这棵树一样被劫掠,我应当像那棵枝叶繁茂的树那样,出家修道。」显示巴利原文
64.Ohārayitvāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira ayaṃ aññopi cātumāsikabrahmadatto nāma rājā catumāse catumāse uyyānakīḷaṃ gacchati. So ekadivasaṃ gimhānaṃ majjhime māse uyyānaṃ pavisanto uyyānadvāre pattasañchannaṃ pupphālaṅkataviṭapaṃ pāricchattakakoviḷāraṃ disvā ekaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā uyyānaṃ pāvisi. Tato ‘‘raññā aggapupphaṃ gahita’’nti aññataropi amacco hatthikkhandhe ṭhito eva ekaṃ pupphaṃ aggahesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbo balakāyo aggahesi. Pupphaṃ anassādentā pattampi gaṇhiṃsu. So rukkho nippattapuppho khandhamattova ahosi. Taṃ rājā sāyanhasamaye uyyānā nikkhamanto disvā ‘‘kiṃ kato ayaṃ rukkho, mama āgamanavelāyaṃ maṇivaṇṇasākhantaresu pavāḷasadisapupphālaṅkato ahosi, idāni nippattapuppho jāto’’ti cintento tassevāvidūre apupphitaṃ rukkhaṃ sañchannapalāsaṃ addasa. Disvā cassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ rukkho pupphabharitasākhattā bahujanassa lobhanīyo ahosi, tena muhutteneva byasanaṃ patto, ayaṃ panañño alobhanīyattā tatheva ṭhito. Idampi rajjaṃ pupphitarukkho viya lobhanīyaṃ, bhikkhubhāvo pana apupphitarukkho viya alobhanīyo. Tasmā yāva idampi ayaṃ rukkho viya na viluppati, tāva ayamañño sañchannapatto yathā pāricchattako, evaṃ kāsāvena parisañchannena hutvā pabbajitabba’’nti. So rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
舍弃在家的表相,如同波利质多树枝叶繁茂;
身穿袈裟衣出家后,应如犀牛角一般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ohārayitvā gihibyañjanāni, sañchannapatto yathā pārichatto; Kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,“着袈裟衣出家后”这句的意思是:从家中出离之后,成为身着袈裟的人。其余的内容可依前述的方法了知,此处不再详述。显示巴利原文
Tattha kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvāti imassa pādassa gehā abhinikkhamitvā kāsāyavattho hutvāti evamattho veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
65 〈于味〉(Rasesu)一偈的缘起是怎样的呢?据传,波罗奈有位国王在园林中,由众大臣之子围绕,在石板铺成的池塘里戏水。他的厨师取来各种肉类的精华之味,精心烹制了一道极为甘美、犹如不死甘露的间食,呈送上来。国王对此食物生起贪著,不分给任何人,独自享用。而且他从水戏中很晚才出来,匆忙进食。那些往日与他共餐的人,他一个也没有想起。后来,他心生反省:“啊,我造了恶业!我被味爱(rasataṇhā)征服,忘了所有人,独享美食。好吧,我要调伏这味爱。”于是,他舍弃王位,出家修习观禅,证得了辟支菩提。他责备自己过去贪著味道的行径,为彰显与之相反的功德,宣说了这首优陀那偈——显示巴利原文
65.Rasesūti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā uyyāne amaccaputtehi parivuto silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇiyaṃ kīḷati. Tassa sūdo sabbamaṃsānaṃ rasaṃ gahetvā atīva susaṅkhataṃ amatakappaṃ antarabhattaṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. So tattha gedhamāpanno kassaci kiñci adatvā attanāva bhuñji. Udakakīḷato ca ativikāle nikkhanto sīghaṃ sīghaṃ bhuñji. Yehi saddhiṃ pubbe bhuñjati, na tesaṃ kañci sari. Atha pacchā paṭisaṅkhānaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘aho, mayā pāpaṃ kataṃ, yvāhaṃ rasataṇhāya abhibhūto sabbajanaṃ visaritvā ekakova bhuñjiṃ. Handa rasataṇhaṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano purimapaṭipattiṃ garahanto tappaṭipakkhaguṇadīpikaṃ imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
于味不贪著、不渴求,不养他人,次第乞食;
于每一家庭心无系缚,应如犀牛角独自游行。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo, anaññaposī sapadānacārī; Kule kule appaṭibaddhacitto, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在这里,「于味」是指酸、甜、苦、辣、咸、涩等种种可品尝之味。「不贪著」即不作贪求,意为不生起渴爱。「不渴求」是指不会因“我要尝这个,我要尝那个”而在种种味道中迷乱。「不养他人」是指没有需要抚养的共住比丘等人,仅以维持身体的基本需求为满足。或者也可以这样理解:如同过去在园林中,因贪著味道、渴求美味而成为需要他人抚养的人,如今则不再如此。由于对味道的渴爱而产生贪著,此处指出,断除那种渴爱之后,未来便不会再有以渴爱为根的另一具‘有身’生起,因此称为‘不养他人’。此外,从能损害利益的角度而言,烦恼被称为‘其他’;因为不去滋养那些烦恼,所以此处也有‘不养他人’的意思。「次第乞食」是指不跳跃、按顺序而行,不拣择而跳过门户,不论贫富,次第进入人家乞食。「于家家心无系着」是指在刹帝利等各个家族中,无论在哪一家,都不会因烦恼的力量而产生执着,其心犹如月亮,始终保持一种常作新客的状态。其余的解释,与前面所述的方式相同。显示巴利原文
Tattha rasesūti ambilamadhuratittakakaṭukaloṇikakhārikakasāvādibhedesu sāyanīyesu. Gedhaṃ akaranti giddhiṃ akaronto, taṇhaṃ anuppādentoti vuttaṃ hoti. Aloloti ‘‘idaṃ sāyissāmi, idaṃ sāyissāmī’’ti evaṃ rasavisesesu anākulo. Anaññaposīti posetabbakasaddhivihārikādivirahito , kāyasandhāraṇamattena santuṭṭhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā vā pubbe uyyāne rasesu gedhakaraṇalolo hutvā aññaposī āsiṃ, evaṃ ahutvā yāya taṇhāya lolo hutvā rasesu gedhaṃ karoti. Taṃ taṇhaṃ hitvā āyatiṃ taṇhāmūlakassa aññassa attabhāvassa anibbattanena anaññaposīti dasseti. Atha vā atthabhañjanakaṭṭhena aññeti kilesā vuccanti. Tesaṃ aposanena anaññaposīti ayampettha attho. Sapadānacārīti avokkammacārī anupubbacārī, gharapaṭipāṭiṃ achaḍḍetvā aḍḍhakulañca daliddakulañca nirantaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisamānoti attho. Kule kule appaṭibaddhacittoti khattiyakulādīsu yattha katthaci kilesavasena alaggacitto, candūpamo niccanavako hutvāti attho. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
66 “舍弃五盖”这句偈的缘起是什么?据说在波罗奈城,有位国王证得初禅。他为了守护禅那而舍弃王位出家,修观而证辟支菩提。为了彰显自己的修行成就,他说了这首自说偈:显示巴利原文
66.Pahāyapañcāvaraṇānīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā paṭhamajjhānalābhī ahosi. So jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
“舍弃心中五种盖,消除一切随烦恼;”
无依止而断除爱与嗔,如犀牛角独行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso, upakkilese byapanujja sabbe; Anissito chetva sinehadosaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此处,“覆盖”即指“盖”。其含义已在《蛇经》中说明。这些盖犹如云雾等遮蔽日月一般,能遮蔽心,因此称之为“心中的覆盖”。以近行定或安止定舍弃它们。“随烦恼”指侵入内心并造成损害的不善法,或如《事广》等经中所说的贪欲等。“消除”即驱除、灭尽,意指以观道舍弃它们。“一切”即无有剩余。如此,已具足止与观的人,由于以初道断除了对邪见的依止,故称为“无所依著”。以其余的道,彻底断尽三界内的爱与嗔,即渴爱与贪著之义。实际上,因“爱”具有与功德相对的性质,故说为“爱与嗔”。其余解释,依前文所述。显示巴利原文
Tattha āvaraṇānīti nīvaraṇāneva. Tāni atthato uragasutte vuttāni. Tāni pana yasmā abbhādayo viya candasūriye ceto āvaranti, tasmā ‘‘āvaraṇāni cetaso’’ti vuttāni. Tāni upacārena vā appanāya vā pahāya. Upakkileseti upagamma cittaṃ vibādhente akusale dhamme, vatthopamādīsu vutte abhijjhādayo vā. Byapanujjāti panuditvā vināsetvā, vipassanāmaggena pajahitvāti attho. Sabbeti anavasese. Evaṃ samathavipassanāsampanno paṭhamamaggena diṭṭhinissayassa pahīnattā anissito. Sesamaggehi chetvā tedhātukaṃ sinehadosaṃ, taṇhārāganti vuttaṃ hoti. Sineho eva hi guṇapaṭipakkhato sinehadosoti vutto. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
67 “背弃”这句偈的缘起为何?据说波罗奈城曾有一位国王证得第四禅。他为守护禅那而舍弃王位出家,修习观后证悟辟支菩提。为了彰显自己的修行成就,他诵出这首自说偈:显示巴利原文
67.Vipiṭṭhikatvānāti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā catutthajjhānalābhī ahosi. So jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano paṭipattisampadaṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
舍弃乐与苦,亦弃舍先前的喜与忧,
获得清净的舍与寂静,如犀牛角般独自游方。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukhañca, pubbeva ca somanassadomanassaṃ; Laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,“vipiṭṭhikatvānā”意为“背弃”(字面为“作于背后”),指丢弃、舍弃。“Sukhaṃ dukhañcā”指身体上的乐受与苦受。“Somanassadomanassaṃ”指心理上的喜与忧。“Upekkhaṃ”指第四禅的舍。“Samathaṃ”即第四禅的寂静。“Visuddhaṃ”因脱离了九种敌对法——即五盖、寻、伺、喜、乐——故为清净,犹如已炼去杂质的黄金一般。显示巴利原文
Tattha vipiṭṭhikatvānāti piṭṭhito katvā, chaḍḍetvā jahitvāti attho. Sukhaṃ dukhañcāti kāyikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Somanassadomanassanti cetasikaṃ sātāsātaṃ. Upekkhanti catutthajjhānupekkhaṃ. Samathanti catutthajjhānasamathameva. Visuddhanti pañcanīvaraṇavitakkavicārapītisukhasaṅkhātehi navahi paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā visuddhaṃ, niddhantasuvaṇṇamiva vigatūpakkilesanti attho.
此处的连接方式如下:在初禅近行地中,苦已于先前断除;第三禅近行地中,乐于先前断除——这是意趣所在。再将最初偈颂中的“ca”字移至后方,则成“已先舍弃喜与忧”,作为总摄。由此显示:喜于第四禅近行处断除,忧于第二禅近行处断除,这是依修行次第所说的断除之处。若不按次第,则苦的断除处是初禅,忧的断除处是第二禅,乐的断除处是第三禅,喜的断除处是第四禅。如(经)中所说:“安住初禅而住时,彼处所生之苦根无余灭尽……”等(《相应部》5.510)。这一切于《殊胜义注》(《法集论注》165)中已有说明。因此,于前三禅等中,苦、忧、乐已先断除,唯独于第四禅中断除喜;依此道而得舍、止与清净后,应独行。其余各处已明了可知。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana yojanā – vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukkhañca pubbeva paṭhamajjhānupacārabhūmiyaṃyeva dukkhaṃ, tatiyajjhānupacārabhūmiyaṃ sukhanti adhippāyo. Puna ādito vuttaṃ cakāraṃ parato netvā ‘‘somanassaṃ domanassañca vipiṭṭhikatvāna pubbevā’’ti adhikāro. Tena somanassaṃ catutthajjhānupacāre, domanassañca dutiyajjhānupacāreyevāti dīpeti. Etāni hi etesaṃ pariyāyato pahānaṭṭhānāni. Nippariyāyato pana dukkhassa paṭhamajjhānaṃ, domanassassa dutiyajjhānaṃ, sukhassa tatiyajjhānaṃ, somanassassa catutthajjhānaṃ pahānaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati etthuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.510). Taṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 165) vuttaṃ. Yato pubbeva tīsu paṭhamajjhānādīsu dukkhadomanassasukhāni vipiṭṭhikatvā ettheva catutthajjhāne somanassaṃ vipiṭṭhikatvā imāya paṭipadāya laddhānupekkhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ eko careti. Sesaṃ sabbattha pākaṭamevāti.
68 “已发勤精进者”的来历如何?据说,有一位边地国王,拥有一支千名勇士的军队。他的国土虽小,智慧却大。一日,他想:“我虽弱小,但凭智慧,同样能夺取整个赡部洲。”思量已定,他便派遣使者往邻国国王处,传话说:“七日之内,要么交出王位,要么开战。”随后,他召集大臣,对他们说:“我未征得你们的同意,便轻率行事,向那国王下了如此最后通牒。现在当如何是好?”大臣们说:“大王,还能派人在中途截回那位使者吗?”国王说:“不可能了,他应已走远。”大臣们说:“若是这样,我们便毁在您手里了。既然如此,与其惨死于敌刃之下,不如我们互相砍杀而死,或自刎而死,或上吊,或服毒。”就这样,他们一个接一个,都只称扬死亡。这时,国王说:“我要你们这些人有何用?喂,我的勇士们何在?”于是,那一千名勇士纷纷挺身而出,喊道:“大王,我是勇士!大王,我是勇士!”显示巴利原文
68.Āraddhavīriyoti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira paccantarājā sahassayodhaparimāṇabalakāyo rajjena khuddako, paññāya mahanto ahosi. So ekadivasaṃ ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ khuddako, paññavatā ca pana sakkā sakalajambudīpaṃ gahetu’’nti cintetvā sāmantarañño dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sattadivasabbhantare me rajjaṃ vā detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. Tato so attano amacce samodhānetvā āha – ‘‘mayā tumhe anāpucchāyeva sāhasaṃ kataṃ, amukassa rañño evaṃ pahitaṃ, kiṃ kātabba’’nti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘sakkā, mahārāja, so dūto nivattetu’’nti? ‘‘Na sakkā, gato bhavissatī’’ti. ‘‘Yadi evaṃ vināsitamhā tayā, tena hi dukkhaṃ aññassa satthena marituṃ. Handa, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ paharitvā marāma, attānaṃ paharitvā marāma, ubbandhāma, visaṃ khādāmā’’ti. Evaṃ tesu ekameko maraṇameva saṃvaṇṇeti. Tato rājā – ‘‘kiṃ me, imehi, atthi, bhaṇe, mayhaṃ yodhā’’ti āha. Atha ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, yodho, ahaṃ, mahārāja, yodho’’ti taṃ yodhasahassaṃ uṭṭhahi.
国王心想“我要考验他们”,便令人堆起柴堆,说道:“诸位,我做了如此鲁莽之事,大臣们都责备我。我将进入这火堆,谁愿与我同入?谁愿为我舍弃生命?”如此言毕,五百名勇士起立应道:“大王,我们同入!”接着,国王又对另外五百名勇士说:“你们这些儿辈,现在打算如何?”他们答道:“大王,方才所说不是男子汉所为,乃是妇人之举。不过大王既已向敌王遣使,我们便与大王一同战斗,至死方休。”于是国王说:“你们已为我舍弃生命。”便集合四支军队,由那千名勇士围绕,行至国境边界,坐了下来。显示巴利原文
Rājā ‘‘ete upaparikkhissāmī’’ti mantvā citakaṃ sajjetvā āha – ‘‘mayā, bhaṇe, idaṃ nāma sāhasaṃ kataṃ, taṃ me amaccā paṭikkosanti, sohaṃ citakaṃ pavisissāmi, ko mayā saddhiṃ pavisissati, kena mayhaṃ jīvitaṃ pariccatta’’nti? Evaṃ vutte pañcasatā yodhā uṭṭhahiṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, mahārāja, pavisāmā’’ti. Tato rājā apare pañcasate yodhe āha – ‘‘tumhe idāni, tātā, kiṃ karissathā’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘nāyaṃ, mahārāja, purisakāro, itthikiriyā esā, apica mahārājena paṭirañño dūto pesito, tena mayaṃ raññā saddhiṃ yujjhitvā marissāmā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘pariccattaṃ tumhehi mama jīvita’’nti caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā tena yodhasahassena parivuto gantvā rajjasīmāya nisīdi.
敌王听到这一消息,愤怒地说道:“那个小国王连我的奴仆都抵不上!”随即率领全军出战。小国王见敌军汹涌而来,就对部下说:“诸位,我们人数不多;大家聚合起来,手持剑与盾,径直冲到此王面前!”部下依令而行,敌军随之分为两半,让开一条道路,于是他们擒获了敌王,其余兵士四散奔逃。小国王冲到敌王面前正要杀他,敌王乞求饶恕。小国王便施以无畏,命他立下誓言,收为部属,又与他一同进攻另一位国王,大军驻扎在对方国境,派使者传话说:“要么交出王国,要么交战。”那位国王说:“我连一战都无法承受。”于是献出了王国。依此方法,他降伏了所有国王,最后也降伏了波罗奈国王。显示巴利原文
Sopi paṭirājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘are, so khuddakarājā mama dāsassāpi nappahotī’’ti kujjhitvā sabbaṃ balakāyaṃ ādāya yujjhituṃ nikkhami. Khuddakarājā taṃ abbhuyyātaṃ disvā balakāyaṃ āha – ‘‘tātā, tumhe na bahukā; sabbe sampiṇḍitvā, asicammaṃ gahetvā, sīghaṃ imassa rañño purato ujukaṃ eva gacchathā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Atha sā senā dvidhā bhijjitvā antaramadāsi. Te taṃ rājānaṃ jīvaggāhaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, aññe yodhā palāyiṃsu. Khuddakarājā ‘‘taṃ māremī’’ti purato dhāvati, paṭirājā taṃ abhayaṃ yāci. Tato tassa abhayaṃ datvā, sapathaṃ kārāpetvā, taṃ attano manussaṃ katvā, tena saha aññaṃ rājānaṃ abbhuggantvā, tassa rajjasīmāya ṭhatvā pesesi – ‘‘rajjaṃ vā me detu yuddhaṃ vā’’ti. So ‘‘ahaṃ ekayuddhampi na sahāmī’’ti rajjaṃ niyyātesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbarājāno gahetvā ante bārāṇasirājānampi aggahesi.
他由一百零一位国王围绕,统领整个赡部洲时,心中思惟:“从前我微渺卑小,凭藉自身智慧之成就,才成为全赡部洲之主。然而,此智慧尚与世间精进相应,既不导向厌离,亦不导向离欲。善哉!我当以此智慧追寻出世间法。”于是,他将王国交付波罗奈王,又将妻儿送回故土,随后出家,修习观禅,最终亲证辟支菩提。为彰显其精进成就,他诵出这首优陀那偈:显示巴利原文
So ekasatarājaparivuto sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ anusāsanto cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ pubbe khuddako ahosiṃ, somhi attano ñāṇasampattiyā sakalajambudīpassa issaro jāto. Taṃ kho pana me ñāṇaṃ lokiyavīriyasampayuttaṃ, neva nibbidāya na virāgāya saṃvattati, sādhu vatassa svāhaṃ iminā ñāṇena lokuttaradhammaṃ gaveseyya’’nti. Tato bārāṇasirañño rajjaṃ datvā, puttadārañca sakajanapadameva pesetvā, pabbajjaṃ samādāya vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā, paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā attano vīriyasampattiṃ dīpento imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
‘‘Āraddhaviriyo paramatthapattiyā, alīnacitto akusītavutti; Daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,「已发勤精进者」:指他的精进已经发动。这显示了自身的精进策励,即初始的精进。「究竟义」指涅槃,为了证得此义,故说「为证究竟义」。这显示了以此精进策励所当证得的果。「心无退缩」:这显示了被强力精进所扶持的诸心与心所的坚毅不退。「无懈怠行」:这显示了在站立、经行等威仪中,身体不会消沉。「精勤坚定」:这显示了如‘纵使皮肉干枯……’那样策励精进的状态。当于次第学等处策励时,即称为‘以身证得最上谛,以慧观照而通达’。或者,以此显示与道相应的精进。这种精进因修习圆满而坚固,又因完全脱离对立面而称为‘出离’,因此具足此精进者便被称为「精勤坚定」。「具足力量与力」:是指在道刹那,具足身力与慧力;或者说,他因具足成为力量的力而「具足力量」,亦显示巴利原文
Tattha āraddhaṃ vīriyamassāti āraddhaviriyo. Etena attano vīriyārambhaṃ ādivīriyaṃ dasseti. Paramattho vuccati nibbānaṃ, tassa pattiyā paramatthapattiyā. Etena vīriyārambhena pattabbaphalaṃ dasseti. Alīnacittoti etena balavīriyūpatthambhānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ alīnataṃ dasseti. Akusītavuttīti etena ṭhānaāsanacaṅkamanādīsu kāyassa anavasīdanaṃ. Daḷhanikkamoti etena ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.184; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) evaṃ pavattaṃ padahanavīriyaṃ dasseti, yaṃ taṃ anupubbasikkhādīsu padahanto ‘‘kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca naṃ ativijjha passatī’’ti vuccati. Atha vā etena maggasampayuttavīriyaṃ dasseti. Tañhi daḷhañca bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gatattā, nikkamo ca sabbaso paṭipakkhā nikkhantattā, tasmā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalopi daḷho nikkamo assāti ‘‘daḷhanikkamo’’ti vuccati. Thāmabalūpapannoti maggakkhaṇe kāyathāmena ñāṇabalena ca upapanno, atha vā thāmabhūtena balena upapannoti thāmabalūpapanno, thirañāṇabalūpapannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Etena tassa vīriyassa vipassanāñāṇasampayogaṃ dīpento yoniso padahanabhāvaṃ sādheti. Pubbabhāgamajjhimaukkaṭṭhavīriyavasena vā tayopi pādā yojetabbā. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
69 「隐居」的起源是什么?此偈的起源与序偈的起源相似,并无差别。在释义中,此处的「隐居」,是指从种种众生行中回转、隐退,独处而住,成为单一的状态,这是身远离的意思。「禅那」:因为能烧尽对立面,以及能专注所缘之相,所以称为心远离。其中,八等至因能烧尽五盖等对立面并专注所缘,故称「禅那」;观、道、果因能烧尽众生想等对立面并专注其相,果也是如此。但在这里,只取专注所缘这一层意义。如此,不舍弃、不放弃、不离弃此隐居与禅那。「于诸法」:指与观相应的五蕴等诸法。「恒常」:即恒常、相续、无间断。「随法行者」:即针对那些法,随顺现行而修习观法。或者,「法」指九种出世间法,随顺那些法的法称为「随法」,这是观的别名。这里本应说‘对法恒常为随法行者’,但为偈颂韵律之便,因格的变化而说为‘于诸法’。‘他于诸有审观过患’:即以此显示巴利原文
69.Paṭisallānanti kā uppatti? Imissā gāthāya āvaraṇagāthāya uppattisadisā eva uppatti, natthi koci viseso. Atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ panassā paṭisallānanti tehi tehi sattasaṅkhārehi paṭinivattitvā sallīnaṃ ekattasevitā ekībhāvo, kāyavivekoti attho. Jhānanti paccanīkajhāpanato ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānato ca cittaviveko vuccati. Tattha aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nīvaraṇādipaccanīkajhāpanato ārammaṇūpanijjhānato ca jhānanti vuccati, vipassanāmaggaphalāni sattasaññādipaccanīkajhāpanato, lakkhaṇūpanijjhānatoyeva cettha phalāni. Idha pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānameva adhippetaṃ. Evametaṃ paṭisallānañca jhānañca ariñcamāno, ajahamāno, anissajjamāno. Dhammesūti vipassanūpagesu pañcakkhandhādidhammesu. Niccanti satataṃ, samitaṃ, abbhokiṇṇaṃ. Anudhammacārīti te dhamme ārabbha pavattamānena anugataṃ vipassanādhammaṃ caramāno. Atha vā dhammāti nava lokuttaradhammā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anulomo dhammoti anudhammo, vipassanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tattha ‘‘dhammānaṃ niccaṃ anudhammacārī’’ti vattabbe gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ vibhattibyattayena ‘‘dhammesū’’ti vuttaṃ siyā. Ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesūti tāya anudhammacaritāsaṅkhātāya vipassanāya aniccākārādidosaṃ tīsu bhavesu samanupassanto evaṃ imaṃ kāyavivekacittavivekaṃ ariñcamāno sikhāppattavipassanāsaṅkhātāya paṭipadāya adhigatoti vattabbo eko careti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.
70 “渴爱灭尽”的起源是什么?据说,有位波罗奈国王,以极大的王威右绕城池而行。众人为他的身光所倾倒,走在前面的,转过身来注视他;走在后面的、走在两旁的,也都注视着他。本来,世人见到佛陀、满月或大海王时,总是看不够的。那时,一位富豪的妻子登上高楼,打开狮形窗洞,站着观看。国王一见到她,心便被迷住了,便命令一位大臣:“去查查,这女子有夫还是无夫。”大臣查后回报:“有夫之妇。”国王心想:“我这两万名舞女,犹如天女,只讨我一人欢心,我对她们尚不满足,竟对别人的妻子生起了渴爱。这生起的渴爱,只会把人拖入恶趣啊。”见到渴爱的过患后,他想:“来吧,我现在就制伏它!”于是舍弃王位出家,修观,证得辟支菩提后,诵出这首优陀那偈:显示巴利原文
70.Taṇhakkhayanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā mahaccarājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti. Tassa sarīrasobhāya āvaṭṭitahadayā sattā purato gacchantāpi nivattitvā tameva ullokenti, pacchato gacchantāpi, ubhohi passehi gacchantāpi. Pakatiyā eva hi buddhadassane puṇṇacandasamuddarājadassane ca atitto loko. Atha aññatarā kuṭumbiyabhariyāpi uparipāsādagatā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā olokayamānā aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvāva paṭibaddhacitto hutvā amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘jānāhi tāva, bhaṇe, ayaṃ itthī sasāmikā vā asāmikā vā’’ti. So gantvā ‘‘sasāmikā’’ti ārocesi. Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘imā vīsatisahassanāṭakitthiyo devaccharāyo viya maṃyeva ekaṃ abhiramenti, so dānāhaṃ etāpi atusitvā parassa itthiyā taṇhaṃ uppādesiṃ, sā uppannā apāyameva ākaḍḍhatī’’ti taṇhāya ādīnavaṃ disvā ‘‘handa naṃ niggaṇhāmī’’ti rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
希求渴爱灭尽、不放逸、不痴不哑、多闻具念者,
悟法、坚定、精勤者,应独行如犀牛角。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayamappamatto, aneḷamūgo sutavā satīmā; Saṅkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此处,“渴爱灭尽”即指涅槃——已见其过患的渴爱不再生起。“不放逸者”是指恒常精进、恭敬行事之人。“不痴不哑者”:指不口拙之人;也可理解为,既不痴也不哑,即贤明通达之人。“多闻者”:指听闻了能带来利益安乐之法教的人,即具足圣教传承之人。“具念者”:能忆念久远往事等,是具足忆念能力的人。“已知法者”:通过审察法而遍知诸法的人。“决定者”:依靠圣道而达到不堕恶趣、必定解脱状态的人。“具勤者”:是具备正勤精进的人。这些内容应依次第理解:如此,一个人以不放逸等品质为基础,再加上了能成就决定状态的勤精进,故称“具勤者”;又因以此精进而达到了决定,故称“决定者”;进而证得阿拉汉果,便成为“已知法者”。因为阿拉汉再无任何法需要了知,故称“已知法者”。正如所说:“那些已知法者,以及此世间众多的有学。”显示巴利原文
Tattha taṇhakkhayanti nibbānaṃ, evaṃ diṭṭhādīnavāya taṇhāya eva appavattiṃ. Appamattoti sātaccakārī sakkaccakārī. Aneḷamūgoti alālāmukho. Atha vā aneḷo ca amūgo ca, paṇḍito byattoti vuttaṃ hoti. Hitasukhasampāpakaṃ sutamassa atthīti sutavā āgamasampannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Satīmāti cirakatādīnaṃ anussaritā. Saṅkhātadhammoti dhammupaparikkhāya pariññātadhammo. Niyatoti ariyamaggena niyāmaṃ patto. Padhānavāti sammappadhānavīriyasampanno. Uppaṭipāṭiyā esa pāṭho yojetabbo. Evametehi appamādādīhi samannāgato niyāmasampāpakena padhānena padhānavā, tena padhānena pattaniyāmattā niyato, tato arahattappattiyā saṅkhātadhammo. Arahā hi puna saṅkhātabbābhāvato ‘‘saṅkhātadhammo’’ti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idhā’’ti (su. ni. 1044; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 7). Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
71 第71则。“如狮子般”等的来历是怎样的?据说,波罗奈国王有一座离城很远的园林。一日清晨,国王动身前往园林,行至半路下车,走到一处水边想洗脸。就在这附近,一头母狮刚产下幼崽,便外出觅食去了。国王的随从看见了狮子幼崽,禀告说:“陛下,这里有一头幼狮。”国王听说“狮子对任何事都不会惧怕”,便想试探它,于是命人擂响大鼓等。幼狮听到这些声响,依旧照常躺着不动。国王又命人敲打,直到第三次,幼狮方才抬起头,环视了周围所有的人,然后继续躺回原处。国王便说:“趁它母亲还没回来,我们走吧。”他边走边思惟:“这头幼狮才刚出生,就已不惊慌、不恐惧。我何时才能断除对渴爱与邪见的怖畏,也像它这样不惊慌、不恐惧呢?”他便将此情景作为观想的所缘。继续行路时,他又看见渔夫捕到鱼后,将鱼挂在树枝上,然后张开渔网;风吹过时,网却不沾着树枝。他又把这一情景作为禅相,心想:“我何时也能撕破渴爱见网、乃至痴网,如此无所沾着地行走呢?”显示巴利原文
71.Sīho vāti kā uppatti? Aññatarassa kira bārāṇasirañño dūre uyyānaṃ hoti. So pageva vuṭṭhāya uyyānaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge yānā oruyha udakaṭṭhānaṃ upagato ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti. Tasmiñca padese sīhī potakaṃ janetvā gocarāya gatā. Rājapuriso taṃ disvā ‘‘sīhapotako devā’’ti ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira na kassaci bhāyatī’’ti taṃ upaparikkhituṃ bheriādīni ākoṭāpesi. Sīhapotako taṃ saddaṃ sutvāpi tatheva sayi. Rājā yāvatatiyakaṃ ākoṭāpesi, so tatiyavāre sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā sabbaṃ parisaṃ oloketvā tatheva sayi. Atha rājā ‘‘yāvassa mātā nāgacchati, tāva gacchāmā’’ti vatvā gacchanto cintesi – ‘‘taṃ divasaṃ jātopi sīhapotako na santasati na bhāyati, kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhiparitāsaṃ chetvā na santaseyyaṃ na bhāyeyya’’nti. So taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā, gacchanto puna kevaṭṭehi macche gahetvā sākhāsu bandhitvā pasārite jāle vātaṃ alaggaṃyeva gacchamānaṃ disvā, tampi nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi taṇhādiṭṭhijālaṃ mohajālaṃ vā phāletvā evaṃ asajjamāno gaccheyya’’nti.
而后,他进入园林,坐在石板池岸边,看见被风吹弯的莲花,低垂触水,风停后又恢复原位,不染着于水。他便以此作为禅相,心想:‘我何时才能像这些生于水中却不染着于水的莲花一样,虽生于世间,却能不染着于世间而安住呢?’他反复思惟:‘应当如狮子、如风、如莲花一般,不惊慌、不黏着、不被染着。’于是,他舍弃王位出家,修习观禅,证得辟支菩提后,诵出了这首感兴偈:显示巴利原文
Atha uyyānaṃ gantvā silāpaṭṭapokkharaṇitīre nisinno vātabbhāhatāni padumāni onamitvā udakaṃ phusitvā vātavigame puna yathāṭhāne ṭhitāni udakena anupalittāni disvā tampi nimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhampi yathā etāni udake jātāni udakena anupalittāni tiṭṭhanti, evamevaṃ loke jāto lokena anupalitto tiṭṭheyya’’nti. So punappunaṃ ‘‘yathā sīhavātapadumāni, evaṃ asantasantena asajjamānena anupalittena bhavitabba’’nti cintetvā, rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā, vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
‘‘Sīhova saddesu asantasanto, vātova jālamhi asajjamāno; Padumaṃva toyena alippamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
此处,“狮子”有四种:草狮、黄狮、黑狮、鬃狮。鬃狮被认为是其中最殊胜者,此处所指正是它。“风”依东向等而有多种,“莲花”依赤、白等亦有多种,其中任何一种风或任何一种莲花,皆适用于此。何以故?因惊怖乃源于对自身的爱着,而自身爱着即是渴爱的黏着,此二者又由与见相应或不与见相应的贪所生,彼贪即是渴爱。而“黏着”则是无有审察之痴,彼痴即是无明。这其中,以止断除渴爱,以观断除无明。是故,以止断除了对自身的爱着,便能犹如狮子于众声中,对无常等事不惊不怖;以观断除了痴,便能犹如风于网中,对蕴、处、界等法无所滞着;以止断除了贪及与贪相应之见,便能犹如莲花不为水所染污,于一切有与财物之贪皆不染着。于此,戒为止之立足处,止即是定,观即是慧。如是二法成就时,三蕴亦得成就。其中,以戒蕴成就善调御者,犹如狮子于众声中,于可瞋事不起瞋欲而不惊不怖。以慧蕴通达诸法自性者,犹如风于网中,于蕴等法种种差别中无所滞着。以定蕴离贪者,犹如莲花不为水所染,不被贪欲所染着。如是,通过止与观,以及通过戒、定、慧三蕴,如应断除无明、渴爱与三种不善。显示巴利原文
Tattha sīhoti cattāro sīhā – tiṇasīho, paṇḍusīho, kāḷasīho, kesarasīhoti. Kesarasīho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati. Sova idha adhippeto. Vāto puratthimādivasena anekavidho, padumaṃ rattasetādivasena. Tesu yo koci vāto yaṃkiñci padumañca vaṭṭatiyeva. Tattha yasmā santāso attasinehena hoti, attasineho ca taṇhālepo, sopi diṭṭhisampayuttena vā diṭṭhivippayuttena vā lobhena hoti, so ca taṇhāyeva. Sajjanaṃ pana tattha upaparikkhāvirahitassa mohena hoti, moho ca avijjā. Tattha samathena taṇhāya pahānaṃ hoti, vipassanāya, avijjāya. Tasmā samathena attasinehaṃ pahāya sīhova saddesu aniccādīsu asantasanto, vipassanāya mohaṃ pahāya vātova jālamhi khandhāyatanādīsu asajjamāno, samatheneva lobhaṃ lobhasampayuttaṃ eva diṭṭhiñca pahāya, padumaṃva toyena sabbabhavabhogalobhena alippamāno. Ettha ca samathassa sīlaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, samatho samādhi, vipassanā paññāti. Evaṃ tesu dvīsu dhammesu siddhesu tayopi khandhā siddhā honti. Tattha sīlakkhandhena surato hoti. So sīhova saddesu āghātavatthūsu kujjhitukāmatāya na santasati. Paññākkhandhena paṭividdhasabhāvo vātova jālamhi khandhādidhammabhede na sajjati, samādhikkhandhena vītarāgo padumaṃva toyena rāgena na lippati. Evaṃ samathavipassanāhi sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhehi ca yathāsambhavaṃ avijjātaṇhānaṃ tiṇṇañca akusalamūlānaṃ pahānavasena asantasanto asajjamāno alippamāno ca veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayamevāti.
72 此偈「犹如狮子……」的由来是怎样的呢?据说,波罗奈城有一位国王,为了平定叛乱的边境,避开绕行村落的道路,取直路穿越森林,率大军前进。那时,在一座山脚下,有一只狮子正躺着沐浴晨光。国王的属下看见后,便禀报了国王。国王心想:「听说狮子不会被声音惊吓。」于是命令击鼓、吹螺、鸣钹等作响。狮子依然躺卧不动。国王下令再次发声,狮子还是不动。第三次下令发声后,狮子心想:「看来有可与我一战的对手来了。」便四足稳稳站起,发出狮子吼。一听到吼声,象兵等立刻从大象等坐骑上跳下,躲入草丛之中;象群、马群四散奔逃。国王所乘的大象也驮着国王,慌乱中冲撞着丛林逃走。国王无法驾驭,抓住一根树枝悬吊,随后跌落地上,沿一条小径前行,来到了独觉佛们的住处。在那里,他问那些独觉佛:「诸位尊者,你们听到声音了吗?」「听到了,大王。」「是什么声音呢,尊者?」「先有鼓声、螺声等,后来是狮子的吼声。」「尊者,你们不害怕吗?」「大王,我们不害怕任何声音。」「尊者,那么,我也能做到这样吗?」「可以的,大王,如果你出家的话。」「我出家,尊者。」显示巴利原文
72.Sīho yathāti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira bārāṇasirājā paccantaṃ kuppitaṃ vūpasametuṃ gāmānugāmimaggaṃ chaḍḍetvā, ujuṃ aṭavimaggaṃ gahetvā, mahatiyā senāya gacchati. Tena ca samayena aññatarasmiṃ pabbatapāde sīho bālasūriyātapaṃ tappamāno nipanno hoti. Taṃ disvā rājapuriso rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘sīho kira saddena na santasatī’’ti bherisaṅkhapaṇavādīhi saddaṃ kārāpesi. Sīho tatheva nipajji. Dutiyampi kārāpesi. Sīho tatheva nipajji. Tatiyampi kārāpesi. Sīho ‘‘mama paṭisattu atthī’’ti catūhi pādehi suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā sīhanādaṃ nadi. Taṃ sutvāva hatthārohādayo hatthiādīhi orohitvā tiṇagahanāni paviṭṭhā, hatthiassagaṇā disāvidisā palātā. Rañño hatthīpi rājānaṃ gahetvā vanagahanāni pothayamāno palāyi. So taṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkonto rukkhasākhāya olambitvā , pathaviṃ patitvā, ekapadikamaggena gacchanto paccekabuddhānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇitvā tattha paccekabuddhe pucchi – ‘‘api, bhante, saddamassutthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kassa saddaṃ, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ bherisaṅkhādīnaṃ, pacchā sīhassā’’ti. ‘‘Na bhāyittha, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, kassaci saddassa bhāyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā pana, bhante, mayhampi edisaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkā, mahārāja, sace pabbajasī’’ti. ‘‘Pabbajāmi, bhante’’ti. Tato naṃ pabbājetvā pubbe vuttanayeneva ābhisamācārikaṃ sikkhāpesuṃ. Sopi pubbe vuttanayeneva vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
犹如狮子,牙力具足,以威势降伏,是众兽之王,游行于所伏之处;
应亲近那远离嚣尘的坐卧处,如犀牛一角,独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha, rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyya cārī; Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在此,“狮子”:因能忍耐、能击杀且行动迅捷,故称狮子。此处特指鬃毛狮子。“具牙力”:指拥有以牙齿为武器所展现的力量。“征服”与“威伏”:这两个词都应连结“行”字来理解,即“以征服而行”“以威伏而行”。其中,“以征服而行”指通过压制对方而活动;“以威伏而行”指通过压倒、惊吓、调伏对方而活动。这只狮子是以身体力量压制而行,以威光镇伏而行。在此,若有人问:“征服、威伏谁而行呢?”则应将领格“走兽”转作业格,回答说:“征服、威伏诸走兽而行。”“远僻的”:指距离遥远的。“坐卧处”:指居住的地方。其余如前所述即可了知,故不详述。显示巴利原文
Tattha sahanā ca hananā ca sīghajavattā ca sīho. Kesarasīhova idha adhippeto. Dāṭhā balamassa atthīti dāṭhabalī. Pasayha abhibhuyyāti, ubhayaṃ cārīsaddena saha yojetabbaṃ pasayhacārī abhibhuyyacārīti tattha pasayha niggahetvā caraṇena pasayhacārī, abhibhavitvā, santāsetvā, vasīkatvā, caraṇena abhibhuyyacārī. Svāyaṃ kāyabalena pasayhacārī, tejasā abhibhuyyacārī. Tattha sace koci vadeyya – ‘‘kiṃ pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti, tato migānanti sāmivacanaṃ upayogavacanaṃ katvā ‘‘mige pasayha abhibhuyya cārī’’ti paṭivattabbaṃ. Pantānīti dūrāni. Senāsanānīti vasanaṭṭhānāni. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva sakkā jānitunti na vitthāritanti.
73 73.“慈与舍……”这首偈颂的由来是什么?据说,曾有一位国王证得了慈等禅那。他思惟:“王位会障碍禅那之乐。”为守护禅那,他舍弃王位而出家。修习观禅后,他现证独觉佛菩提,并诵出这首自说偈:显示巴利原文
73.Mettaṃ upekkhanti kā uppatti? Aññataro kira rājā mettādijhānalābhī ahosi. So ‘‘jhānasukhantarāyakaraṃ rajja’’nti jhānānurakkhaṇatthaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā, imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
于时修习慈、舍、悲、解脱,亦适时修习喜;
与一切世间不冲突,应如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 Mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle; Sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
在此,以‘愿一切众生快乐’等为相,意愿施与利益安乐,是慈;以‘啊,愿他们能从此苦解脱’等为相,意愿拔除不利与痛苦,是悲;以‘这些众生真喜悦啊!他们喜悦得好,非常地好’等为相,意愿他们不与利益安乐分离,是喜;以‘他们将随自己的业而显现’为相,于苦乐保持中舍的态度,是舍。然而,为连缀成偈颂的方便,顺序作了颠倒:先说慈,次说舍,喜则置于后。就‘解脱’而言:此四种无量心,各从其对立法中解脱,故皆称为解脱。因此说:‘修习慈、舍、悲解脱,及适时修习喜。’显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhitā hontū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhupanayanakāmatā mettā. ‘‘Aho vata imamhā dukkhā vimucceyyu’’ntiādinā nayena ahitadukkhāpanayanakāmatā karuṇā. ‘‘Modanti vata bhonto sattā modanti sādhu suṭṭhū’’tiādinā nayena hitasukhāvippayogakāmatā muditā. ‘‘Paññāyissanti sakena kammenā’’ti sukhadukkhesu ajjhupekkhanatā upekkhā. Gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana uppaṭipāṭiyā mettaṃ vatvā upekkhā vuttā, muditā pacchā. Vimuttinti catassopi hi etā attano paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā vimuttiyo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘mettaṃ upekkhaṃ karuṇaṃ, vimuttiṃ, āsevamāno muditañca kāle’’ti.
其中,「修习」:依三禅与四禅修习慈、悲、喜,依第四禅修习舍。「适时」:若人修习慈心,从中出定后修习悲;从悲出定后修习喜;再从喜或其他无喜的禅那出定后修习舍,如此名为「适时修习」;或可理解为于适宜修习这些法门之时而修习。「与一切世间不冲突」:于十方一切有情世间,皆不与之冲突。以修习慈等故,众生非可厌,冲突之根——嗔即止息。故说‘与一切世间不冲突’。此仅为概要,详释如《法集论注》所述。余如前说。显示巴利原文
Tattha āsevamānoti tisso tikacatukkajjhānavasena, upekkhaṃ catutthajjhānavasena bhāvayamāno. Kāleti mettaṃ āsevitvā tato vuṭṭhāya karuṇaṃ, tato vuṭṭhāya muditaṃ, tato itarato vā nippītikajhānato vuṭṭhāya upekkhaṃ āsevamāno ‘‘kāle āsevamāno’’ti vuccati, āsevituṃ phāsukāle vā. Sabbena lokena avirujjhamānoti dasasu disāsu sabbena sattalokena avirujjhamāno. Mettādīnañhi bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti. Sattesu ca virodhabhūto paṭigho vūpasammati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno’’ti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārena pana mettādikathā aṭṭhasāliniyā dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 251) vuttā. Sesaṃ pubbavuttasadisamevāti.
74 74. 那么,“舍断了贪、瞋……”这一偈颂的缘起为何?据说,在王舍城附近,住着一位名唤摩登伽的独觉佛,他是一切独觉佛中的最后一位。那时,我们的菩萨降生,众多天神前来供养菩萨,她们见到这位独觉佛,便说道:“贤者啊,贤者啊,佛陀已出现于世间!”他从灭尽定出定,听到此声,便了知自己寿命已尽。在雪山中,有一座名为“大悬崖”的山,乃是诸独觉佛入般涅槃之处。他由空中前往彼处,将先前般涅槃的独觉佛遗骨投入悬崖,随后坐在石板上,说出这首自说偈:显示巴利原文
74.Rāgañca dosañcāti kā uppatti? Rājagahaṃ kira upanissāya mātaṅgo nāma paccekabuddho viharati sabbapacchimo paccekabuddhānaṃ. Atha amhākaṃ bodhisatte uppanne devatāyo bodhisattassa pūjanatthāya āgacchantiyo taṃ disvā ‘‘mārisā, mārisā, buddho loke uppanno’’ti bhaṇiṃsu . So nirodhā vuṭṭhahanto taṃ saddaṃ sutvā, attano ca jīvitakkhayaṃ disvā, himavante mahāpapāto nāma pabbato paccekabuddhānaṃ parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha ākāsena gantvā pubbe parinibbutapaccekabuddhassa aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ papāte pakkhipitvā, silātale nisīditvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
舍断贪、瞋与痴,彻底粉碎诸结缚;
于寿命灭尽时,心无畏惧,当如犀牛角独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, sandālayitvāna saṃyojanāni; Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
其中,贪、嗔、痴诸烦恼已在《蛇经》中开示。「诸结」即十结,由各圣道次第断除。「于寿尽时无有恐惧」:寿尽是指死亡心的坏灭;因为在寿尽时已断除了对生命的渴爱,所以无有恐惧。至此,显示了他所证悟的有余涅槃界;而在偈颂结尾,则以无余涅槃界而般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tattha rāgadosamohā uragasutte vuttā. Saṃyojanānīti dasa saṃyojanāni. Tāni ca tena tena maggena sandālayitvā. Asantasaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhīti jīvitasaṅkhayo vuccati cuticittassa paribhedo, tasmiñca jīvitasaṅkhaye jīvitanikantiyā pahīnattā asantasanti. Ettāvatā sopādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ attano dassetvā gāthāpariyosāne anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyīti.
75 75.「人们亲近……」这句偈颂的缘起是怎样的呢?据说,在波罗奈,有一位国王,正如最初偈颂所说的那样,统治着一个繁荣的国家。他罹患重病,生起剧苦的感受。两万宫女围绕着他,为他按摩手脚等。大臣们心想:‘这位国王如今活不成了,我们应当为自己寻求依靠。’于是他们去到另一位国王那里请求侍奉。他们在那里侍奉,却一无所获。国王病愈后问:‘某某与某某在哪里?’听到事情经过后,他摇了摇头,默然不语。那些大臣听说‘国王痊愈了’,而在那里什么也得不到,陷入了极大的困厄,于是又回来,顶礼国王后站在一旁。国王问他们:‘朋友们,你们去了哪里?’他们回答:‘见大王病重,我们因害怕失去生计,便去了某处。’国王摇了摇头,心想:‘我何不考验他们一下,看他们是否还会这样做?’于是,他像先前被重病折磨时那样,表现出剧烈痛苦,装成生病的样子。宫女们如同先前一般围绕着他。大臣们也如前一次,这次带着更多人离开了。国王这样做了三次,他们每次都同样离去。第四次,当他们再次回来时,国王见到他们,生起厌离心,心想:‘唉,这些人竟做出了如此难以做出的事。’显示巴利原文
75.Bhajantīti kā uppatti? Bārāṇasiyaṃ kira aññataro rājā ādigāthāya vuttappakārameva phītaṃ rajjaṃ samanusāsati. Tassa kharo ābādho uppajji, dukkhā vedanā vattanti. Vīsatisahassitthiyo parivāretvā hatthapādasambāhanādīni karonti. Amaccā ‘‘na dānāyaṃ rājā jīvissati, handa mayaṃ attano saraṇaṃ gavesāmā’’ti cintetvā aññassa rañño santikaṃ gantvā upaṭṭhānaṃ yāciṃsu. Te tattha upaṭṭhahantiyeva, na kiñci labhanti. Rājāpi ābādhā vuṭṭhahitvā pucchi ‘‘itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca kuhi’’nti? Tato taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā sīsaṃ cāletvā tuṇhī ahosi. Tepi amaccā ‘‘rājā vuṭṭhito’’ti sutvā tattha kiñci alabhamānā paramena pārijuññena samannāgatā punadeva āgantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Tena ca raññā ‘‘kuhiṃ, tātā, tumhe gatā’’ti vuttā āhaṃsu – ‘‘devaṃ dubbalaṃ disvā ājīvikabhayenamhā asukaṃ nāma janapadaṃ gatā’’ti. Rājā sīsaṃ cāletvā cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ ime vīmaṃseyyaṃ, kiṃ punapi evaṃ kareyyuṃ no’’ti? So pubbe ābādhikarogena phuṭṭho viya bāḷhavedanaṃ attānaṃ dassento gilānālayaṃ akāsi. Itthiyo samparivāretvā pubbasadisameva sabbaṃ akaṃsu. Tepi amaccā tatheva puna bahutaraṃ janaṃ gahetvā pakkamiṃsu. Evaṃ rājā yāvatatiyaṃ sabbaṃ pubbasadisaṃ akāsi. Tepi tatheva pakkamiṃsu. Tato catutthampi te āgate disvā ‘‘aho ime dukkaraṃ akaṃsu, ye maṃ byādhitaṃ pahāya anapekkhā pakkamiṃsū’’ti nibbinno rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajitvā vipassanto paccekabodhiṃ sacchikatvā imaṃ udānagāthaṃ abhāsi –
人们亲近、侍奉,皆出于利益;如今,不为利益而结交的朋友,实在难得。
人们只谋一己之利,内心不净,应当如犀牛角般独自游行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā, nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā; Attaṭṭhapaññā asucī manussā, eko care khaggavisāṇakappo’’ti.
“亲近”(bhajantī):指以身体靠近而亲近奉侍。“侍奉”(sevantī):指通过合掌等行为,并表现出某种动机来服侍。“以利益为因由”(kāraṇatthā):意指亲近和侍奉并没有其他原因,利益就是他们的原因;也就是说,他们是为了利益而侍奉。“无缘由的朋友今日难得”(nikkāraṇā dullabhā ajja mittā):这是说,心里想着“我们或许能从此人身上得到些什么”,这样出于利己的动机,就成了没有真正情谊(无缘由)的人,仅仅是——显示巴利原文
Tattha bhajantīti sarīrena allīyitvā payirupāsanti. Sevantīti añjalikammādīhi kiṃ kārapaṭissāvitāya ca paricaranti. Kāraṇaṃ attho etesanti kāraṇatthā, bhajanāya sevanāya ca nāññaṃ kāraṇamatthi, attho eva nesaṃ kāraṇaṃ, atthahetu sevantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nikkāraṇādullabhā ajja mittāti ‘‘ito kiñci lacchāmā’’ti evaṃ attapaṭilābhakāraṇena nikkāraṇā, kevalaṃ –
能提供帮助的人,才是朋友,
于快乐与痛苦中,能相伴者才是朋友;
能指出利益者,是朋友;
能以悲悯对待朋友者,是朋友。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upakāro ca yo mitto, Sukhe dukkhe ca yo sakhā; Atthakkhāyī ca yo mitto, Yo ca mittānukampako’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –
同样地,具备圣者之谊的友伴在今日实难寻觅。“以自身利益为慧”:他们的智慧只关注自己、只看向自己,而不看向他人。据说另有古本读作“现见于义为慧”,意谓他们的智慧仅着眼于眼前利益,不顾来世。“不净”:指具备不净、卑劣的身语意业。其余部分应依前述方式来理解。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttena ariyena mittabhāvena samannāgatā dullabhā ajja mittā. Attani ṭhitā etesaṃ paññā, attānaṃyeva olokenti, na aññanti attaṭṭhapaññā. Diṭṭhatthapaññāti ayampi kira porāṇapāṭho, sampati diṭṭhiyeva atthe etesaṃ paññā, āyatiṃ na pekkhantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Asucīti asucinā anariyena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
如此,这部共四十一首偈颂的《犀牛角经》,应在一切处依于某处所提及的连接方法,随宜配合,并从连接与义理两方面来理解。然而,由于担心过于冗长,我们并未于每一处都作连接。显示巴利原文
Evametaṃ ekacattālīsagāthāparimāṇaṃ khaggavisāṇasuttaṃ katthacideva vuttena yojanānayena sabbattha yathānurūpaṃ yojetvā anusandhito atthato ca veditabbaṃ. Ativitthārabhayena pana amhehi na sabbattha yojitanti.
《耕者婆罗堕阇经》注释显示巴利原文
4. Kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā
如是我闻,此即《耕者婆罗堕阇经》。其缘起为:世尊住于摩揭陀国南山的一那罗婆罗门村时,于两种佛陀所应作中,完成了“食前之事”;在“午后之事”终了时,以佛眼观察世间,见耕者婆罗堕阇婆罗门具备证得阿拉汉果的亲依止成就。世尊知悉:“若我前往彼处,将引发对话;对话终了,此婆罗门闻我说法,将出家而证得阿拉汉果。”于是世尊前往该处,发起交谈,由此宣说了这部经。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā magadhesu viharanto dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ ekanālāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme purebhattakiccaṃ pacchābhattakiccanti imesu dvīsu buddhakiccesu purebhattakiccaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā pacchābhattakiccāvasāne buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento kasibhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ arahattassa upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate yathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti ca ñatvā, tattha gantvā, kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā, imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
这里可能会问:「什么是食前之事,什么是午后之事?」答:「食前之事」是:佛陀清晨起来,为了摄受侍者并令身体安乐,先洗脸等整理身仪,然后在乞食时分到来之前,在空闲处安住。到了乞食时分,着下衣,系腰带,披袈裟,手持钵盂。有时独自一人,有时则由比丘僧团围绕,进入村落或城镇乞食。有时示现平常之相,有时则显现诸多神变。譬如:世间怙主进城乞食时,身前有柔和之风清扫地面;云朵降下细雨,平息路上尘土,并在上空形成华盖;另有风吹来花朵,铺撒于道路;高起的路面变低,低凹的路面隆起,脚踩下时地面自然平坦;脚下有触感柔软、如车轮大小的莲花承接;当他方跨门槛、右足踏地时,身上便放射出六色光芒,如同金网与彩绸帷幕,映照殿堂楼阁,光芒四处流溢;象、马、鸟等各于其处,发出和雅之声;同样,鼓、琴等乐器以及人们所佩饰物也发出声响。人们见这些瑞相,便知:『今日世尊来此乞食了。』于是他们整理衣裳,佩戴庄严,手持香花等来到街中,恭敬供养世尊,顶礼。显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā ‘‘katamaṃ buddhānaṃ purebhattakiccaṃ, katamaṃ pacchābhattakicca’’nti? Vuccate – buddho bhagavā pāto eva uṭṭhāya upaṭṭhākānuggahatthaṃ sarīraphāsukatthañca mukhadhovanādisarīraparikammaṃ katvā yāva bhikkhācāravelā, tāva vivittāsane vītināmetvā, bhikkhācāravelāya nivāsetvā, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, cīvaraṃ pārupitvā, pattamādāya kadāci ekakova kadāci bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati, kadāci pakatiyā, kadāci anekehi pāṭihāriyehi vattamānehi. Seyyathidaṃ – piṇḍāya pavisato lokanāthassa purato purato gantvā mudugatiyo vātā pathaviṃ sodhenti; valāhakā udakaphusitāni muñcantā magge reṇuṃ vūpasametvā upari vitānaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhanti. Apare vātā pupphāni upasaṃharitvā magge okiranti, unnatā bhūmippadesā onamanti, onatā unnamanti, pādanikkhepasamaye samāva bhūmi hoti, sukhasamphassāni rathacakkamattāni padumapupphāni vā pāde sampaṭicchanti, indakhīlassa anto ṭhapitamatte dakkhiṇapāde sarīrā chabbaṇṇarasmiyo niccharitvā suvaṇṇarasapiñjarāni viya citrapaṭaparikkhittāni viya ca pāsādakūṭāgārādīni karontiyo ito cito ca vidhāvanti, hatthiassavihaṅgādayo sakasakaṭṭhānesu ṭhitāyeva madhurenākārena saddaṃ karonti, tathā bherivīṇādīni tūriyāni manussānaṃ kāyūpagāni ca ābharaṇāni, tena saññāṇena manussā jānanti ‘‘ajja bhagavā idha piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. Te sunivatthā supārutā gandhapupphādīni ādāya gharā nikkhamitvā antaravīthiṃ paṭipajjitvā bhagavantaṃ gandhapupphādīhi sakkaccaṃ pūjetvā vanditvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ , bhante, dasa bhikkhū, amhākaṃ vīsati, amhākaṃ bhikkhusataṃ dethā’’ti yācitvā bhagavatopi pattaṃ gahetvā, āsanaṃ paññāpetvā sakkaccaṃ piṇḍapātena paṭimānenti.
世尊用餐完毕,观察众人之根性,随宜说法:令一些人安住于皈依,一些人受持五戒,一些人证得入流果、一来果或不还果中的一种,一些人出家后证得最上的阿拉汉果。如此这般摄受大众后,世尊从座而起,返回寺院。于彼园亭中所设的殊胜佛座坐下,等候比丘们用餐完毕。待比丘们用餐结束,侍者便向世尊禀告。世尊随即进入香室。以上便是「食前之事」。此处未详述的内容,应依《梵摩经》中所说而了知。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā katabhattakicco tesaṃ santānāni oloketvā tathā dhammaṃ deseti, yathā keci saraṇagamane patiṭṭhahanti, keci pañcasu sīlesu, keci sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ, keci pabbajitvā aggaphale arahatteti. Evaṃ tathā tathā janaṃ anuggahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ gacchati. Tattha maṇḍalamāḷe paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdati bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosānaṃ āgamayamāno. Tato bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosāne upaṭṭhāko bhagavato nivedeti. Atha bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisati. Idaṃ tāva purebhattakiccaṃ. Yañcettha na vuttaṃ, taṃ brahmāyusutte vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ.
那时,世尊如此成办食前之事后,坐于香室侍者处,洗足,立于脚凳上,教诫比丘僧众:『诸比丘,当以不放逸成就。佛陀出现于世,甚为难得;获得人身,甚为难得;具足正信,甚为难得;出家,甚为难得;听闻正法,甚为难得。』比丘们顶礼世尊,请问业处。世尊随顺比丘们的习性,授予业处。他们领受业处后,礼敬世尊,各往住处:或至林野,或至树下,或至山间等处,或有至四天王天……乃至他化自在天。然后,世尊进入香室,若有意乐,便以正念正知右胁作师子卧,暂得安歇。继之,身体得安适而起身,于第二时分观察世间。至第三时分,世尊所依止的村邑、城镇的人们,于食前作布施已,食后穿戴整齐,持香、花等来至寺院集会。其时,世尊以相应所集大众之神变,往至法堂,坐于所敷之胜妙佛座,宣说适时、适量之法。后觉时宜,便令众散。显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā evaṃ katapurebhattakicco gandhakuṭiyā upaṭṭhāne nisīditvā, pāde pakkhāletvā, pādapīṭhe ṭhatvā, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ovadati – ‘‘bhikkhave, appamādena sampādetha, buddhuppādo dullabho lokasmiṃ, manussapaṭilābho dullabho, saddhāsampatti dullabhā, pabbajjā dullabhā, saddhammassavanaṃ dullabhaṃ lokasmi’’nti. Tato bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ vanditvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ pucchanti. Atha bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ cariyavasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ deti. Te kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā, bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā, attano attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti; keci araññaṃ, keci rukkhamūlaṃ, keci pabbatādīnaṃ aññataraṃ, keci cātumahārājikabhavanaṃ…pe… keci vasavattibhavananti. Tato bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā sace ākaṅkhati, dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno muhuttaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti. Atha samassāsitakāyo uṭṭhahitvā dutiyabhāge lokaṃ voloketi. Tatiyabhāge yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati, tattha jano purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā pacchābhattaṃ sunivattho supāruto gandhapupphādīni ādāya vihāre sannipatati. Tato bhagavā sampattaparisāya anurūpena pāṭihāriyena gantvā dhammasabhāyaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisajja dhammaṃ deseti kālayuttaṃ pamāṇayuttaṃ. Atha kālaṃ viditvā parisaṃ uyyojeti.
之后,若他想沐浴,便从佛座起身,来到侍者备好水等的处所,从侍者手中取过浴衣,进入浴房。侍者则将佛座搬来,铺设在香室庭院中。世尊沐浴身体后,穿上深红下裙,系好腰带,披上上衣,回到原处,独自静坐片刻。接着,比丘们从各处前来事奉世尊。其中有人请问问题,有人请求业处,有人请法。世尊随顺其意,如此度过初夜。显示巴利原文
Tato sace gattāni osiñcitukāmo hoti. Atha buddhāsanā uṭṭhāya upaṭṭhākena udakapaṭiyāditokāsaṃ gantvā, upaṭṭhākahatthato udakasāṭikaṃ gahetvā, nhānakoṭṭhakaṃ pavisati. Upaṭṭhākopi buddhāsanaṃ ānetvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññāpeti. Bhagavā gattāni osiñcitvā, surattadupaṭṭaṃ nivāsetvā , kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā, tattha āgantvā, nisīdati ekakova muhuttaṃ paṭisallīno. Atha bhikkhū tato tato āgamma bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti. Tattha ekacce pañhaṃ pucchanti, ekacce kammaṭṭhānaṃ, ekacce dhammassavanaṃ yācanti. Bhagavā tesaṃ adhippāyaṃ sampādento paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ vītināmeti.
于中夜,一万世界中的诸天获得机会,来到世尊面前,随其所愿请问问题,乃至简短的四字。世尊解答诸天的疑问,如此度过中夜。其后,将后夜分为四分:一分用于决意经行;第二分进入香室,正念正知右胁而卧,作狮子卧;第三分安住于果等至;第四分入大悲等至后,以佛眼观察世间,为见少垢、多垢等众生。此即食后所行之事。显示巴利原文
Majjhimayāme sakaladasasahassilokadhātudevatāyo okāsaṃ labhamānā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchanti yathābhisaṅkhataṃ antamaso caturakkharampi. Bhagavā tāsaṃ devatānaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento majjhimayāmaṃ vītināmeti. Tato pacchimayāmaṃ cattāro bhāge katvā ekaṃ bhāgaṃ caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, dutiyabhāgaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti, tatiyabhāgaṃ phalasamāpattiyā vītināmeti, catutthabhāgaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ pavisitvā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ voloketi apparajakkhamahārajakkhādisattadassanatthaṃ. Idaṃ pacchābhattakiccaṃ.
如此,在此食后所行中,当其观察世间的第四分结束时,世尊以佛眼观察世间,为观见那些于佛、法、僧,于布施、持戒、布萨羯磨等未作功德与已作功德的,未具足亲依止与已具足亲依止的众生。世尊见耕者婆罗堕阇婆罗门具足了证得阿拉汉的亲依止,知:‘若我前往那里,将有交谈生起,谈话结束后,此婆罗门将因闻法而出家,证得阿拉汉果。’于是便往其处,引入谈话,宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
Evamimassa pacchābhattakiccassa lokavolokanasaṅkhāte catutthabhāgāvasāne buddhadhammasaṅghesu dānasīlauposathakammādīsu ca akatādhikāre katādhikāre ca anupanissayasampanne upanissayasampanne ca satte passituṃ buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento kasibhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ arahattassa upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate kathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti ca ñatvā, tattha gantvā, kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
其中,“如是我闻”等开头,是阿难尊者在第一次大结集时,由大迦叶长老提问,在五百位阿拉汉面前所诵出的;而“沙门,我耕田也播种”是耕者婆罗堕阇所说,“婆罗门,我也耕田也播种”等则是世尊所说。合此全部,即称为《耕者婆罗堕阇经》。显示巴利原文
Tattha evaṃ me sutantiādi āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle dhammasaṅgītiṃ karontena āyasmatā mahākassapattherena puṭṭhena pañcannaṃ arahantasatānaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘ahaṃ, kho, samaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’’ti kasibhāradvājena vuttaṃ, ‘‘ahampi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’’tiādi bhagavatā vuttaṃ. Tadetaṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘kasibhāradvājasutta’’nti vuccati.
其中,“如是”一词,具有指示形态、举例说明及表达决定的意义。以指示形态义表明:世尊之语,具足种种理趣、甚深微妙,依多种意乐而生起,富含义理与文句,有种种神变,其法义开示与证悟甚深,能被一切众生依各自语言而了别的自性,谁又能以一切方式完全了知呢?然而,如是我闻只是以一种方式听闻而已。以举例说明义,则是为了避免“我并非自生者,此法也非我亲证”之类的误解,故以“如是我闻,我如此听闻”来标示现在要说的全部经文。以表达决定义,则显示忆持力与世尊所称赞的“比丘们,于我声闻比丘中,多闻者、具慧者、具念者、具坚忍者、担任侍者者,即是阿难”相应,令众生生起想听闻的心:“这如是我闻,在义理和文句上无缺无增,正是如此,不应视作他样。”在“我闻”中,“我”字义为“被我”,“闻”字义为耳门识。因此,“如是我闻”的意思是:如此,被我以耳识为前导的识流所领受。显示巴利原文
Tattha evanti ayaṃ ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇattho evaṃ-saddo. Ākāratthena hi etena etamatthaṃ dīpeti – nānānayanipuṇamanekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ atthabyañjanasampannaṃ vividhapāṭihāriyaṃ dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīraṃ sabbasattehi sakasakabhāsānurūpamupalakkhaṇiyasabhāvaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ, taṃ sabbākārena ko samattho viññātuṃ; atha, kho, ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, mayāpi ekenākārena suta’’nti. Nidassanatthena ‘‘nāhaṃ sayambhū, na mayā idaṃ sacchikata’’nti attānaṃ parimocento ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, mayā evaṃ suta’’nti idāni vattabbaṃ sakalasuttaṃ nidasseti. Avadhāraṇatthena ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahussutānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando, gatimantānaṃ, satimantānaṃ, dhitimantānaṃ, upaṭṭhākānaṃ yadidaṃ ānando’’ti (a. ni. 1.219-223) evaṃ bhagavatā pasatthabhāvānurūpaṃ attano dhāraṇabalaṃ dassento sattānaṃ sotukamyataṃ janeti ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ tañca atthato vā byañjanato vā anūnamanadhikaṃ, evameva, na aññathā daṭṭhabba’’nti. Me sutanti ettha mayāsaddattho me-saddo, sotadvāraviññāṇattho sutasaddo. Tasmā evaṃ me sutanti evaṃ mayā sotaviññāṇapubbaṅgamāya viññāṇavīthiyā upadhāritanti vuttaṃ hoti.
「一时」:即某一个时间。「世尊」:意为具足祥瑞、已断除烦恼、应受供养者。「在摩揭陀国住」——摩揭陀本是地方王子的名称,他们居住的区域依惯用名称也叫作摩揭陀,即指那个摩揭陀国的地方。然而有些人却以种种方式加以敷演,例如:“因为那位塔庙王说了妄语,没入地中时被告知‘莫入圬泥’,或者因为寻找该国王而挖掘地面的人被告知‘莫造圬泥’,所以叫摩揭陀”等等。随各自所好去理解吧。「住」:以另一种威仪中断一种威仪的持续,使身体不致衰败而维持运转,即令其持续。或者,以天住、梵住、圣住为众生带来种种利益,故称为住。“带来”即亲近、引导、令生起、令产生。确实如此:当众生在欲乐上邪行时,据说世尊便以天住而住,为了令他们生起无贪善根,心想:“或许他们看到这种行道后,会对此产生喜好,从而远离欲染。”当众生为了权力而邪行时,世尊便以梵住而住,为了令他们生起无嗔善根,心想:“或许他们看到这种行道后,会对此产生喜好,从而以无嗔平息嗔怒。”当出家人因法事而争论时,世尊便以圣住而住,为了令他们生起无痴善根,心想:“……”显示巴利原文
Ekaṃsamayanti ekaṃ kālaṃ. Bhagavāti bhāgyavā, bhaggavā, bhattavāti vuttaṃ hoti. Magadhesu viharatīti magadhā nāma janapadino rājakumārā, tesaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhīsaddena ‘‘magadhā’’ti vuccati. Tasmiṃ magadhesu janapade. Keci pana ‘‘yasmā cetiyarājā musāvādaṃ bhaṇitvā bhūmiṃ pavisanto ‘mā gadhaṃ pavisā’ti vutto, yasmā vā taṃ rājānaṃ maggantā bhūmiṃ khanantā purisā ‘mā gadhaṃ karothā’ti vuttā, tasmā magadhā’’ti evamādīhi nayehi bahudhā papañcenti. Yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbanti. Viharatīti ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhanaṃ aparena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā aparipatantaṃ attabhāvaṃ harati, pavattetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dibbabrahmaariyavihārehi vā sattānaṃ vividhaṃ hitaṃ haratīti viharati. Haratīti upasaṃharati, upaneti, janeti, uppādetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathā hi yadā sattā kāmesu vippaṭipajjanti, tadā kira bhagavā dibbena vihārena viharati tesaṃ alobhakusalamūluppādanatthaṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma imaṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā ettha ruciṃ uppādetvā kāmesu virajjeyyu’’nti. Yadā pana issariyatthaṃ sattesu vippaṭipajjanti, tadā brahmavihārena viharati tesaṃ adosakusalamūluppādanatthaṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma imaṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā ettha ruciṃ uppādetvā adosena dosaṃ vūpasameyyu’’nti. Yadā pana pabbajitā dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vivadanti, tadā ariyavihārena viharati tesaṃ amohakusalamūluppādanatthaṃ – ‘‘appeva nāma imaṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā ettha ruciṃ uppādetvā amohena mohaṃ vūpasameyyu’’nti. Iriyāpathavihārena pana na kadāci na viharati taṃ vinā attabhāvapariharaṇābhāvatoti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
「在南山」:环绕王舍城的那座山,其南侧的地区被称为“南山”,即指在该地区。那里的寺院也以此命名。「在一那罗婆罗门村」:“一那罗”是该村的名称。因为该处住有众多婆罗门,或者说该村属于婆罗门所有,故称“婆罗门村”。显示巴利原文
Dakkhiṇāgirisminti yo so rājagahaṃ parivāretvā ṭhito giri, tassa dakkhiṇapasse janapado ‘‘dakkhiṇāgirī’’ti vuccati, tasmiṃ janapadeti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha vihārassāpi tadeva nāmaṃ. Ekanāḷāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāmeti ekanāḷāti tassa gāmassa nāmaṃ. Brāhmaṇā cettha sambahulā paṭivasanti, brāhmaṇabhogo vā so, tasmā ‘‘brāhmaṇagāmo’’ti vuccati.
「那时」:即世尊在无可征服的金刚座上结跏趺坐,证悟无上正自觉,转起殊胜法轮之后,安住于摩揭陀国,依一那罗婆罗门村,在南山大寺中等待这位婆罗门根器成熟的那个时候。以彼时为因缘而说。此处的两个小品词,仅为凑足音节,或可视为用来指示不同的篇章。「耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门」:这位婆罗门以耕田为生,其族姓为婆罗堕阇,故得此名。「五百具」:如同“于食知量”中的“量”字表示标准、限量,此处亦然,因此“五百具”即不多不少,恰好五百张犁。「系驾」:指已经系驾完备,即将犁安放在牛肩,用轭与绳联结妥当。显示巴利原文
Tenakho pana samayenāti yaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aparājitapallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā pavattitavaradhammacakko magadharaṭṭhe ekanāḷaṃ brāhmaṇagāmaṃ upanissāya dakkhiṇāgirimahāvihāre brāhmaṇassa indriyaparipākaṃ āgamayamāno viharati, tena samayena karaṇabhūtenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kho panāti idaṃ panettha nipātadvayaṃ padapūraṇamattaṃ, adhikārantaradassanatthaṃ vāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassāti so brāhmaṇo kasiyā jīvati, bhāradvājoti cassa gottaṃ, tasmā evaṃ vuccati. Pañcamattānīti yathā – ‘‘bhojane mattaññū’’ti ettha mattasaddo pamāṇe vattati, evamidhāpi, tasmā pañcapamāṇāni anūnāni anadhikāni, pañcanaṅgalasatānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Payuttānīti payojitāni, balibaddānaṃ khandhesu ṭhapetvā yuge yottehi yojitāni hontīti attho.
「播种时」:即撒种、下种之时。播种有两种:泥播与土播,此处指的是土播,且为第一天的吉祥播种。当时各种用具齐备:备有三千头牛,所有牛角都套着金制角套,蹄皆安有银制蹄铁,牛颈挂满白茉莉花环,以种种香、种种香粉涂抹,并饰有五色毛饰,形体圆满,具足一切祥瑞之相。其中,有些牛如眼膏般纯黑,有些如水晶般纯白,有些如珊瑚般赤红,有些如玛瑙般斑驳。那五百耕夫,皆着崭新洁净的白衣,饰以花环,右肩处垫着花垫,身上涂有雌黄与朱砂,光彩照人。他们十人一组,各组依次犁地而行。犁头、轭与刺棒皆以黄金包卷。第一张犁套了八头牛,其余各套四头,剩下的牛是带来替换疲劳之牛的。每一组配有一辆种子车,一人犁地,一人撒种。显示巴利原文
Vappakāleti vapanakāle, bījanikkhipakāleti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha dve vappāni kalalavappañca, paṃsuvappañca. Paṃsuvappaṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Tañca kho paṭhamadivase maṅgalavappaṃ. Tatthāyaṃ upakaraṇasampadā – tīṇi balibaddasahassāni upaṭṭhāpitāni honti, sabbesaṃ suvaṇṇamayāni siṅgāni paṭimukkāni, rajatamayā khurā, sabbe setamālāhi sabbagandhasugandhehi pañcaṅgulikehi ca alaṅkatā paripuṇṇaṅgapaccaṅgā sabbalakkhaṇasampannā, ekacce kāḷā añjanavaṇṇāyeva, ekacce setā phalikavaṇṇā, ekacce rattā pavāḷavaṇṇā, ekacce kammāsā masāragallavaṇṇā. Pañcasatā kassakapurisā sabbe ahatasetavatthanivatthā mālālaṅkatā dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭesu ṭhapitapupphacumbaṭakā haritālamanosilālañchanujjalitagattabhāgā dasa dasa naṅgalā ekekagumbā hutvā gacchanti. Naṅgalānaṃ sīsañca yugañca patodā ca suvaṇṇavinaddhā. Paṭhamanaṅgale aṭṭha balibaddā yuttā, sesesu cattāro cattāro, avasesā kilantaparivattanatthaṃ ānītā. Ekekagumbe ekamekaṃ bījasakaṭaṃ ekeko kasati, ekeko vapati.
那位婆罗门一早就让人修面沐浴,涂上各种妙香,穿上价值五百钱的衣服,将价值一千钱的上衣偏袒一肩,每只手指各戴两枚戒指,共计二十枚戒指,耳戴狮子耳环,头系梵绳头巾,颈挂金链,由一群婆罗门围绕着,在现场监督耕作。而他的婆罗门妻子则让人用数百容器煮好乳粥,装在大车上。她自己以香水沐浴,佩戴一切首饰装扮妥当,由一群婆罗门妇女围绕,也来到了耕作之处。他的家中,处处以香涂饰均匀,用花朵布置得庄严美丽;田间各处则竖起了旗帜。连同仆人与工人,参与劳作的大众共有二千五百人。所有人全都穿着崭新的净衣,并且为所有这些人都备办了乳粥作为饭食。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇo pana pageva massukammaṃ kārāpetvā nhatvā sugandhagandhehi vilitto pañcasatagghanakaṃ vatthaṃ nivāsetvā sahassagghanakaṃ ekaṃsaṃ karitvā ekamekissā aṅguliyā dve dve katvā vīsati aṅgulimuddikāyo, kaṇṇesu sīhakuṇḍalāni, sīse ca brahmaveṭhanaṃ paṭimuñcitvā suvaṇṇamālaṃ kaṇṭhe katvā brāhmaṇagaṇaparivuto kammantaṃ vosāsati. Athassa brāhmaṇī anekasatabhājanesu pāyāsaṃ pacāpetvā mahāsakaṭesu āropetvā gandhodakena nhāyitvā sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitā brāhmaṇīgaṇaparivutā kammantaṃ agamāsi. Gehampissa sabbattha gandhehi suvilittaṃ pupphehi sukatabalikammaṃ, khettañca tesu tesu ṭhānesu samussitapaṭākaṃ ahosi. Parijanakammakārehi saha kammantaṃ osaṭaparisā aḍḍhateyyasahassā ahosi. Sabbe ahatavatthanivatthā, sabbesañca pāyāsabhojanaṃ paṭiyattaṃ ahosi.
然后,那位婆罗门叫人将自己平日用餐的金钵洗净,装满乳粥,备办了酥油、蜂蜜、糖蜜等,举行了犁祭。婆罗门女令那五百耕夫持金、银、铜、锡所制的食器安坐,自己手持金勺,一边行走一边以乳粥供养他们。婆罗门在祭祀完毕后,穿上系有红金带的凉鞋,手持红金杖,四处巡视指挥:“此处给乳粥,此处给酥油,此处给糖。”就在那时,世尊在香室中静坐,了知婆罗门正在行供养,心中想:“这是调伏这位婆罗门的时机了。”于是,便穿上下衣,系好腰带,披上僧伽梨,持钵,如无上调御丈夫一般,从香室中走了出来。正是因此,阿难尊者才说:“那时,世尊在日晨时分,穿上下衣……。”显示巴利原文
Atha brāhmaṇo yattha sāmaṃ bhuñjati, taṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ dhovāpetvā pāyāsassa pūretvā sappimadhuphāṇitādīni abhisaṅkharitvā naṅgalabalikammaṃ kārāpesi. Brāhmaṇī pañca kassakasatāni suvaṇṇarajatakaṃsatambamayāni bhājanāni gahetvā nisinnāni suvaṇṇakaṭacchuṃ gahetvā pāyāsena parivisantī gacchati. Brāhmaṇo pana balikammaṃ kārāpetvā rattasuvaṇṇabandhūpāhanāyo ārohitvā rattasuvaṇṇadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā ‘‘idha pāyāsaṃ detha, idha sappiṃ, idha sakkharaṃ dethā’’ti vosāsamāno vicarati. Atha bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova brāhmaṇassa parivesanaṃ vattamānaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ayaṃ kālo brāhmaṇaṃ dametu’’nti nivāsetvā, kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā, saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā, pattaṃ gahetvā, gandhakuṭito nikkhami yathā taṃ anuttaro purisadammasārathi. Tenāha āyasmā ānando ‘‘atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā’’ti.
“atha”(时)是一个小品词,用于引出另一件事的开始;“kho”则是补足语气的词。“世尊”的意思就如前面所解释的那样。“日晨时分”(pubbaṇhasamayaṃ)即一天之中的上午时段,也就是早晨时分;或者说,将上午的那个时刻称为“日晨时分”,意指上午的某一个特定时刻。如此,在表示“持续密切关联”时,可用受格来表达。“著下衣已”(nivāsetvā)就是穿好了下衣,应理解为在寺院内更衣、穿着的动作过程,因为此前世尊并非未着衣裳。“持钵与衣”(pattacīvaramādāya)即手拿钵、身着衣,意指接受并保持。据说,当世尊欲入村落乞食时,那个如蓝宝石色的石钵,便会像蜜蜂飞入两朵盛开的莲花中间那样,自动来到他的双手中。因此,应如此理解:用手接受了这般自动前来的钵,并以身体保持穿着周正圆满的衣。无论以何种方式拿取,都可称为“持”(ādāya),正如经文所说“持筹而去”一般。显示巴利原文
Tattha atha iti nipāto aññādhikāravacanārambhe khoti padapūraṇe. Bhagavāti vuttanayameva. Pubbaṇhasamayanti divasassa pubbabhāgasamayaṃ, pubbaṇhasamayeti attho, pubbaṇhe vā samayaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ, pubbaṇhe ekaṃ khaṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ labbhati. Nivāsetvāti paridahitvā, vihāranivāsanaparivattanavasenetaṃ veditabbaṃ. Na hi bhagavā tato pubbe anivattho āsi. Pattacīvaramādāyāti pattaṃ hatthehi, cīvaraṃ kāyena ādiyitvā, sampaṭicchitvā dhāretvāti attho. Bhagavato kira piṇḍāya pavisitukāmassa bhamaro viya vikasitapadumadvayamajjhaṃ, indanīlamaṇivaṇṇaṃ selamayaṃ pattaṃ hatthadvayamajjhaṃ āgacchati. Tasmā evamāgataṃ pattaṃ hatthehi sampaṭicchitvā cīvarañca parimaṇḍalaṃ pārutaṃ kāyena dhāretvāti evamassa attho veditabbo. Yena vā tena vā hi pakārena gaṇhanto ādāya icceva vuccati yathā ‘‘samādāyeva pakkamatī’’ti.
“由彼”(yena)即是沿着哪一条路;“作务处”(kammanto)指从事劳作之处;“由彼”(tena)即顺着那条路;“前往”(upasaṅkamī)意为已去,意思是:世尊沿着通往耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门劳作处的那条路走去了。那么,为何比丘们没有跟随世尊呢?回答是:每当世尊想独自前往某处时,在乞食时分,他会关上门进入香室。比丘们见此便了知:“今日世尊欲独入村,必定看到某位应被调伏者。”于是他们取钵与衣,右绕香室之后,各自出发乞食。当时世尊正是如此,因此比丘们没有随行。显示巴利原文
Yenāti yena maggena. Kammantoti kammakaraṇokāso. Tenāti tena maggena. Upasaṅkamīti gato, yena maggena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto gammati, tena maggena gatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha kasmā, bhikkhū, bhagavantaṃ nānubandhiṃsūti? Vuccate – yadā bhagavā ekakova katthaci upasaṅkamitukāmo hoti, bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ dvāraṃ pidahitvā antogandhakuṭiṃ pavisati. Tato bhikkhū tāya saññāya jānanti – ‘‘ajja bhagavā ekakova gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo, addhā kañci eva vinetabbapuggalaṃ addasā’’ti. Te attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā, gandhakuṭiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bhikkhācāraṃ gacchanti. Tadā ca bhagavā evamakāsi. Tasmā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ nānubandhiṃsūti.
“于彼时”(tena kho pana samayena)是指世尊前往劳作处的那一刻,正是那位婆罗门正在分发食物、施与饭食的时候。如前面所说:“婆罗门女让五百农夫拿着金、银、铜、青铜制成的器皿坐下,她自己执金勺,依次巡行供养乳粥。”那时,世尊便径直走向分食之处。这是为什么呢?是为了利益那位婆罗门。世尊并非像贫苦乞者,因为想吃东西才去分食处。实际上,世尊有释迦族与拘利族的八万二千王族亲属,他们各凭财富成就,乐于供养常年的饮食。然而,世尊并非为饮食而出家,恰恰相反,他是这样出家的:“我在无数劫中,舍弃五种伟大布施,圆满诸波罗蜜;已解脱者,我令解脱;已调伏者,我令调伏;已寂静者,我令寂静;已般涅槃者,我令入般涅槃。”因此,应当了知:世尊正是以自身已解脱……乃至自身已般涅槃之状态游行世间时,为了利益那位婆罗门,才前往分食之处。显示巴利原文
Tenakho pana samayenāti yena samayena bhagavā kammantaṃ upasaṅkami, tena samayena tassa brāhmaṇassa parivesanā vattati, bhattavissaggo vattatīti attho. Yaṃ pubbe avocumha – ‘‘brāhmaṇī pañca kassakasatāni suvaṇṇarajatakaṃsatambamayāni bhājanāni gahetvā nisinnāni suvaṇṇakaṭacchuṃ gahetvā pāyāsena parivisantī gacchatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena parivesanā tenupasaṅkami. Kiṃ kāraṇāti? Brāhmaṇassa anuggahakaraṇatthaṃ. Na hi bhagavā kapaṇapuriso viya bhottukāmatāya parivesanaṃ upasaṅkamati. Bhagavato hi dve asītisahassasaṅkhyā sakyakoliyarājāno ñātayo, te attano sampattiyā nibaddhabhattaṃ dātuṃ ussahanti. Na pana bhagavā bhattatthāya pabbajito, apica kho pana ‘‘anekāni asaṅkhyeyyāni pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajanto pāramiyo pūretvā mutto mocessāmi, danto damessāmi; santo samessāmi, parinibbuto parinibbāpessāmī’’ti pabbajito. Tasmā attano muttattā…pe… parinibbutattā ca paraṃ mocento…pe… parinibbāpento ca loke vicaranto brāhmaṇassa anuggahakaraṇatthaṃ yena parivesanā tenupasaṅkamīti veditabbaṃ.
“前往后,站在一边”(upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi)意为如此前往后,便立于一边。“一边”(ekamantaṃ)是抽象名词的中性表述,意思是“一隅、一侧”。或者说,此处以受格表示处所:即在婆罗门能看见的范围、能听闻说话的地方,世尊站在了高而显眼的位置。站定之后,世尊放射出身体的光芒,那光色宛如金笼,超过千日千月的光辉,向四面八方照耀了八十肘的区域。被这光芒所覆盖,婆罗门劳作处的墙壁、树木、耕土、泥块等,全都如同纯金所成。那时,正在食用乳粥的人们,看见具足三十二种殊胜大丈夫相、以八十种随形好为庄严,臂间装饰一寻圆光,顶髻灿烂辉耀,相好端严犹如移动的莲花池,如光网闪烁繁星的天空,又好似炽燃的金色山顶一般,以威神荣耀光明照耀的正自觉者,立于一旁。他们净洗手脚,合掌致敬,簇拥而立。耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门,看到世尊如此被众人围绕、为乞食而立,见后便对世尊说:显示巴利原文
Upasaṅkamitvāekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsīti evaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ca ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantanti bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso, ekokāsaṃ ekapassanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhummatthe vā upayogavacanaṃ, tassa dassanūpacāre kathāsavanaṭṭhāne, yattha ṭhitaṃ brāhmaṇo passati, tattha uccaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Ṭhatvā ca suvaṇṇarasapiñjaraṃ sahassacandasūriyobhāsātibhāsayamānaṃ sarīrābhaṃ muñci samantato asītihatthaparimāṇaṃ, yāya ajjhottharitattā brāhmaṇassa kammantasālābhittirukkhakasitamattikāpiṇḍādayo suvaṇṇamayā viya ahesuṃ. Atha manussā pāyāsaṃ bhuttā asītianubyañjanaparivāradvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitasarīraṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepavibhūsitabāhuyugaḷaṃ ketumālāsamujjalitasassirikadassanaṃ jaṅgamamiva padumassaraṃ, raṃsijālujjalitatārāgaṇamiva gaganatalaṃ, ādittamiva ca kanakagirisikharaṃ siriyā jalamānaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ disvā hatthapāde dhovitvā añjaliṃ paggayha samparivāretvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Evaṃ tehi samparivāritaṃ addasa kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ piṇḍāya ṭhitaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘ahaṃ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’’ti.
为什么他要这样说呢?难道他对这位一切处清净、令人欢喜生信、已达最上调伏与止息的世尊内心没有净信吗?还是说,虽然准备了供养两千五百人的乳粥,却吝惜一勺之食?两种情况都不是。其实,他是看到众人因对世尊百看不厌而放下了手中的工作,心中不悦,生起了“这是来破坏我工作”的念头,所以才那样说。再者,他见世尊相好圆满,心中又想:“如果此人从事农业劳作,便会成为整个赡部洲所有人头顶上的摩尼宝珠般的人物,还有什么利益不会成就呢?他却这样懒惰,不事劳作,在播种庆典等时节也靠托钵乞食,吃了养身,到处游走。”因此,他才说:“沙门,我确实是耕田和播种,耕了种了之后我才吃。”他的意思是:我的耕作事业从不中断,我也不像你这样虽具足相好……你也应该耕田、播种然后再吃。言下之意是:你具足如此相好,什么利益会不成就呢?显示巴利原文
Kasmā panāyaṃ evamāha? Kiṃ samantapāsādike pasādanīye uttamadamathasamathamanuppattepi bhagavati appasādena, udāhu aḍḍhateyyānaṃ janasahassānaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiyādetvāpi kaṭacchubhikkhāya maccherenāti? Ubhayathāpi no, apica khvāssa bhagavato dassanena atittaṃ nikkhittakammantaṃ janaṃ disvā ‘‘kammabhaṅgaṃ me kātuṃ āgato’’ti anattamanatā ahosi. Tasmā evamāha. Bhagavato ca lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘sacāyaṃ kammante payojayissa, sakalajambudīpe manussānaṃ sīse cūḷāmaṇi viya abhavissa, ko nāmassa attho na sampajjissa, evamevaṃ alasatāya kammante appayojetvā vappamaṅgalādīsu piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjanto kāyadaḷhībahulo vicaratī’’tipissa ahosi. Tenāha – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi ca, kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmī’’ti. Na me kammantā byāpajjanti, na camhi yathā tvaṃ evaṃ lakkhaṇasampannoti adhippāyo. Tvampi samaṇa…pe… bhuñjassu, ko te attho na sampajjeyya evaṃ lakkhaṇasampannassāti adhippāyo.
此外,这位婆罗门也曾听说:“据说释迦王族中诞生了一位王子,他舍弃转轮王位出家了。”因此,他认出“现在眼前这位就是他了”,便想挖苦地说:“听说你舍弃转轮王位后,就这样游手好闲地度日吗?”于是他说道:“沙门,我确实是……”再者,这位婆罗门是个敏锐聪慧的人,他并非在轻视诽谤世尊,而是见到世尊的容貌成就,从而推知其智慧成就,为了开启对话,才这样说:“沙门,我确实是……”于是,世尊顺应所应调伏者的心性,为了向包含天神在内的世间显示自己是最殊胜的耕者与播种者,便回应道:“婆罗门,我也确实是……”显示巴利原文
Apicāyaṃ assosi – ‘‘sakyarājakule kira kumāro uppanno, so cakkavattirajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘idāni ayaṃ so’’ti ñatvā ‘‘cakkavattirajjaṃ kira pahāya kilantosī’’ti upārambhaṃ karonto āha ‘‘ahaṃ kho samaṇā’’ti. Apicāyaṃ tikkhapañño brāhmaṇo, na bhagavantaṃ avakkhipanto bhaṇati, bhagavato pana rūpasampattiṃ disvā paññāsampattiṃ sambhāvayamāno kathāpavattanatthampi evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ kho samaṇā’’ti. Tato bhagavā veneyyavasena sadevake loke aggakassakavappakabhāvaṃ attano dassento āha ‘‘ahampi kho brāhmaṇā’’ti.
这时,婆罗门心中生起这样的念头:“这位沙门说‘我也耕田和播种’,可我并没有看到那些粗重的轭、犁等农具,他难道是在说谎吗?不。”他从脚底开始,向上一直观察到发梢,由于他精通相术,了知世尊具足三十二种殊胜大人相,便心想:“具足如此相貌的人,是不可能也不会说假话的。”于是,他顿时对世尊生起极大的敬意,不再称世尊为“沙门”,转而用姓氏称呼,问道:“然而,我们并没有看见尊者乔达摩的……”显示巴利原文
Atha brāhmaṇassa cintā udapādi – ‘‘ayaṃ samaṇo ‘kasāmi ca vapāmi cā’ti āha. Na cassa oḷārikāni yuganaṅgalādīni kasibhaṇḍāni passāmi, so musā nu kho bhaṇati, no’’ti bhagavantaṃ pādatalā paṭṭhāya yāva upari kesantā sammālokayamāno aṅgavijjāya katādhikārattā dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasampattimassa ñatvā ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ evarūpo musā bhaṇeyyā’’ti tāvadeva sañjātabahumāno bhagavati samaṇavādaṃ pahāya gottena bhagavantaṃ samudācaramāno āha ‘‘na kho pana mayaṃ passāma bhoto gotamassā’’ti.
说完这番话后,这位敏锐的婆罗门知道:“他所说的是着眼于甚深的义理。”为了通过询问了知此义,他便以偈颂向世尊发问。因此阿难尊者说:“那时,耕田婆罗堕阇婆罗门即以偈颂向世尊提问。”此处“以偈颂”(gāthāya)是指受字母、音节和词句限定的语言。“向……提问”(ajjhabhāsi)即上前言说。显示巴利原文
Evañca pana vatvā tikkhapañño brāhmaṇo ‘‘gambhīratthaṃ sandhāya iminā etaṃ vutta’’nti ñatvā pucchitvā tamatthaṃ ñātukāmo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi. Tenāha āyasmā ānando ‘‘atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsī’’ti. Tattha gāthāyāti akkharapadaniyamitena vacanena. Ajjhabhāsīti abhāsi.
76-77 此处,婆罗门所说的“耕”是指将轭、犁等耕作所需的工具组合起来使用。然而,世尊以与前分相应的方式来安立教说,这正是诸佛的威神力所在。为显示此威神力,他以与前分相应的方式安立,而说:“信为种子。”但此处的前分相应是什么呢?难道不是婆罗门向世尊问了轭、犁等工具的配合,世尊却以他未曾问及的“种子”作为呼应来安立,而说“信为种子”吗?若如此,这说法岂不是前后“无连结”了吗?答:诸佛绝无“无连结”的说法,诸佛在说法时,也必定会导入前分之法作为呼应。此处的连结应这样理解:这位婆罗门是就轭、犁等工具来问“耕田”的。世尊出于慈悯,为了不遗漏未问及的部分,让他彻底了知包含根本、助缘、所需工具、最终成果的完整耕田,便从根本处开始为他开示耕田,而说:“信为种子。”因为种子是耕田的根本:有了种子才需要耕作,没有种子便不必耕作,并且要根据种子的多少来决定耕作的规模。有种子,人们才会去耕作;无种子,就不会去耕作。善耕的农夫会依据种子的量来犁田,不会因……显示巴利原文
76-77. Tattha brāhmaṇo ‘‘kasi’’nti yuganaṅgalādikasisambhārasamāyogaṃ vadati. Bhagavā pana yasmā pubbadhammasabhāgena ropetvā kathanaṃ nāma buddhānaṃ ānubhāvo, tasmā buddhānubhāvaṃ dīpento pubbadhammasabhāgena ropento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti. Ko panettha pubbadhammasabhāgo, nanu brāhmaṇena bhagavā yuganaṅgalādikasisambhārasamāyogaṃ pucchito atha ca pana apucchitassa bījassa sabhāgena ropento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti, evañca sati ananusandhikāva ayaṃ kathā hotīti? Vuccate – na buddhānaṃ ananusandhikā nāma kathā atthi, nāpi buddhā pubbadhammasabhāgaṃ anāropetvā kathenti. Evañcettha anusandhi veditabbā – anena hi brāhmaṇena bhagavā yuganaṅgalādikasisambhāravasena kasiṃ pucchito. So tassa anukampāya ‘‘idaṃ apucchita’’nti aparihāpetvā samūlaṃ saupakāraṃ sasambhāraṃ saphalaṃ kasiṃ ñāpetuṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya kasiṃ dassento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti. Bījañhi kasiyā mūlaṃ tasmiṃ sati kattabbato, asati akattabbato, tappamāṇena ca kattabbato. Bīje hi sati kasiṃ karonti, asati na karonti. Bījappamāṇena ca kusalā kassakā khettaṃ kasanti, na ūnaṃ ‘‘mā no sassaṃ parihāyī’’ti, na adhikaṃ ‘‘mā no mogho vāyāmo ahosī’’ti. Yasmā ca bījameva mūlaṃ, tasmā bhagavā mūlato paṭṭhāya kasiṃ dassento tassa brāhmaṇassa kasiyā pubbadhammassa bījassa sabhāgena attano kasiyā pubbadhammaṃ ropento āha – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti. Evamettha pubbadhammasabhāgo veditabbo.
若问:为何不说完了所问的内容,再说那些未问及的呢?这是因为“信”对他有助益,而且法的连接有如此效力。这位婆罗门虽具智慧,但因生于邪见家族,故欠缺“信”。一个缺信的智者,若不愿依止他人的信而进入自己的修行领域,便无法证得殊胜的成就。即便他有一分微弱的、以去除了烦恼混浊而显明净为相的信,当它与强大的慧共同运作时,也无法成就真实的利益,就像与大象同轭的牛,力量悬殊,无法配合一样。因此,“信”对他是有益的。正因为这位婆罗门需要信的辅助,为令他安立于“信”中,这个本应在后面才说的道理,世尊却以说法的善巧先说了出来。正如其他经典中也有类似的情况,例如:“信能积聚资粮”“信是人的伴侣”“信在此世间是人的最上财富”“以信渡过暴流”“大龙象以信为手”“比丘们!圣弟子是以信为寻求者”等。又如雨水是种子的助缘,在紧接着种子之后来提到它才显得合理。同样地,由于法之间的连结有如此效力,这个本应在后面才说的道理便先被说了出来。其他……显示巴利原文
Pucchitaṃyeva vatvā apucchitaṃ pacchā kiṃ na vuttanti ce? Tassa upakārabhāvato dhammasambandhasamatthabhāvato ca. Ayañhi brāhmaṇo paññavā, micchādiṭṭhikule pana jātattā saddhāvirahito. Saddhāvirahito ca paññavā paresaṃ saddhāya attano visaye apaṭipajjamāno visesaṃ nādhigacchati, kilesakālussiyabhāvāpagamappasādamattalakkhaṇāpi cassa dubbalā saddhā balavatiyā paññāya saha vattamānā atthasiddhiṃ na karoti, hatthinā saha ekadhure yuttagoṇo viya. Tasmā tassa saddhā upakārikā. Evaṃ tassa brāhmaṇassa saupakārabhāvato taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ saddhāya patiṭṭhāpentena pacchāpi vattabbo ayamattho pubbe vutto desanākusalatāya yathā aññatrāpi ‘‘saddhā bandhati pātheyya’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.79) ca, ‘‘saddhā dutiyā purisassa hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.59) ca, ‘‘saddhīdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.73, 246; su. ni. 184) ca, ‘‘saddhāya tarati ogha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 1.246) ca, ‘‘saddhāhattho mahānāgo’’ti (a. ni. 6.43; theragā. 694) ca, ‘‘saddhesiko kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakoti cā’’ti (a. ni. 7.67). Bījassa ca upakārikā vuṭṭhi, sā tadanantaraññeva vuccamānā samatthā hoti . Evaṃ dhammasambandhasamatthabhāvato pacchāpi vattabbo ayamattho pubbe vutto, añño ca evaṃvidho īsāyottādi.
此中,信:以内心澄净为相,或以信受为相;以踊跃投入为作用;以心已决意、信受为现起,或以不浑浊为现起;以入流支为近因,或以可信仰之法为近因。如同令镜面、水面等清净之物,它是心的澄净状态;又如令水清净的净水宝珠,能令相应的心所法也变得清净。显示巴利原文
Tattha sampasādanalakkhaṇā saddhā, okappanalakkhaṇā vā, pakkhandanarasā, adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā, akālussiyapaccupaṭṭhānā vā, sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānā, saddahitabbadhammapadaṭṭhānā vā, ādāsajalatalādīnaṃ pasādo viya cetaso pasādabhūtā, udakappasādakamaṇi viya udakassa, sampayuttadhammānaṃ pasādikā. Bījanti pañcavidhaṃ – mūlabījaṃ, khandhabījaṃ, phalubījaṃ, aggabījaṃ, bījabījameva pañcamanti. Taṃ sabbampi viruhanaṭṭhena bījaṃtveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Yathāha – ‘‘bījañcetaṃ viruhanaṭṭhenā’’ti.
其中,犹如婆罗门耕作时,作为根本的种子起两种作用:向下以根安立,向上催生嫩芽。同样地,作为世尊修行根本的信,向下以戒为根而安立,向上催生止与观的嫩芽。又如那种子,通过根吸取地界与水界的滋味,经由茎秆而生长,旨在结成成熟的谷实;同样地,此信通过戒的根吸取止与观的滋味,经由圣道的茎秆而生长,旨在收获圣果的成熟谷实。再者,犹如种子在肥沃土地中扎根后,历经根、芽、叶、茎、节的生长,达到增长、繁茂与广大,生出乳液,最终结出充满众多稻谷的穗;同样地,此信在心相续中扎根后,历经戒清净、心清净、见清净、度疑清净、道非道知见清净、行道知见清净,达到增长、繁茂与广大,生出知见清净的乳液,最终结出充满众多无碍解与神通的阿拉汉果。因此,世尊说:‘信为种子。’显示巴利原文
Tattha yathā brāhmaṇassa kasiyā mūlabhūtaṃ bījaṃ dve kiccāni karoti, heṭṭhā mūlena patiṭṭhāti, upari aṅkuraṃ uṭṭhāpeti; evaṃ bhagavato kasiyā mūlabhūtā saddhā heṭṭhā sīlamūlena patiṭṭhāti, upari samathavipassanaṅkuraṃ uṭṭhāpeti. Yathā ca taṃ mūlena pathavirasaṃ āporasaṃ gahetvā nāḷena dhaññaparipākagahaṇatthaṃ vaḍḍhati; evamayaṃ sīlamūlena samathavipassanārasaṃ gahetvā ariyamagganāḷena ariyaphaladhaññaparipākagahaṇatthaṃ vaḍḍhati. Yathā ca taṃ subhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā mūlaṅkurapaṇṇanāḷakaṇḍappasavehi vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ patvā, khīraṃ janetvā, anekasāliphalabharitaṃ sālisīsaṃ nipphādeti; evamayaṃ cittasantāne patiṭṭhahitvā sīlacittadiṭṭhikaṅkhāvitaraṇamaggāmaggañāṇadassanapaṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhīhi vuḍḍhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ patvā ñāṇadassanavisuddhikhīraṃ janetvā anekapaṭisambhidābhiññābharitaṃ arahattaphalaṃ nipphādeti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘saddhā bīja’’nti.
于此,或有问言:‘五十余种善法同时生起时,为何唯独称信为种子?’答曰:因其能行种子之作用。譬如他们善法中,唯识执行了别的作用;同样地,信执行种子的作用,且它是一切善法的根本。如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha siyā ‘‘paropaññāsakusaladhammesu ekato uppajjamānesu kasmā saddhāva bījanti vuttā’’ti? Vuccate – bījakiccakaraṇato. Yathā hi tesu viññāṇaṃyeva vijānanakiccaṃ karoti, evaṃ saddhā bījakiccaṃ, sā ca sabbakusalānaṃ mūlabhūtā. Yathāha –
由信生起信心之人,便去亲近;亲近即恭敬承事;恭敬承事即倾耳谛听;倾耳谛听已,便听闻正法;听闻正法已,便忆持其法;于所忆持诸法,审察其义;于审察义时,诸法因深思而得认可;得法深思认可已,便生起意欲;意欲生起已,便发奋精勤;发奋已,便权衡抉择;权衡抉择已,便励力精修;如是精勤之人,既以自身证悟最上真实,复以智慧彻见其义。显示巴利原文
‘‘Saddhājāto upasaṅkamati, upasaṅkamanto payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati , ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, sutvā dhammaṃ dhāreti, dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhati , atthaṃ upaparikkhato dhammā nijjhānaṃ khamanti, dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā sati chando jāyati, chandajāto ussahati, ussāhetvā tulayati, tulayitvā padahati, pahitatto samāno kāyena ceva paramasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca naṃ ativijjhapassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.183, 432).
以热恼烧灭不善法及此身,故名为苦行;此为根律仪、精进、头陀支与难行等之同义语。而此处,是指根律仪。‘雨’有降雨、风雨等诸多种类。此处,则指降雨。正如婆罗门的种子,得降雨滋润,以种子为根本之庄稼便能生长,不枯而获成熟;同理,世尊之信,及以信为根本的戒等诸法,得根律仪之雨滋润,便能生长,不枯而获成熟。以此故说:‘苦行是雨’。至于‘慧是我……’等句中,‘我’字亦应连贯后句,谓‘信是我的种子,苦行是我的雨’。此欲说明何义?即如:婆罗门,你播下种子后,若有雨水则善;若无雨水,便须供水。与我相同,当我以惭为轭柄,以慧为轭与犁,以意为系绳将它们联结成一体,进而套上精进之牛,用念的刺棒鞭策,在自己心相续的田地中播下信的种子时,绝不会缺乏雨水。而我的苦行,正是这持续不断的雨水。显示巴利原文
Tapati akusale dhamme kāyañcāti tapo; indriyasaṃvaravīriyadhutaṅgadukkarakārikānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana indriyasaṃvaro adhippeto. Vuṭṭhīti vassavuṭṭhivātavuṭṭhītiādinā anekavidhā. Idha vassavuṭṭhi adhippetā. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa vassavuṭṭhisamanuggahitaṃ bījaṃ bījamūlakañca sassaṃ viruhati na milāyati nipphattiṃ gacchati, evaṃ bhagavato indriyasaṃvarasamanuggahitā saddhā saddhāmūlā ca sīlādayo dhammā viruhanti na milāyanti nipphattiṃ gacchanti. Tenāha – ‘‘tapo vuṭṭhī’’ti. ‘‘Paññā me’’ti ettha ca vutto me-saddo imesupi padesu yojetabbo ‘‘saddhā me bījaṃ, tapo me vuṭṭhī’’ti. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yathā, brāhmaṇa, tayā vapite bīje sace vuṭṭhi atthi, sādhu, no ce atthi, udakampi dātabbaṃ hoti, tathā mayā hiri-īse paññāyuganaṅgale manoyottena ekābaddhe kate vīriyabalibadde yojetvā satipācanena vijjhitvā attano cittasantānakhette saddhābīje vapite vuṭṭhi-abhāvo nāma natthi. Ayaṃ pana me satataṃ samitaṃ tapo vuṭṭhīti.
‘慧’者,因彼有情依此而了知,或其自身能了知,故名慧。慧依欲界等差别,而有诸多类别。此处所说,乃与观相伴之道慧。‘轭与犁’,即轭和犁。正如婆罗门有轭与犁,世尊亦有此二种慧。其中,如轭之于轭柄,为亲依止缘,位于其前,为轭柄所系缚,是系绳之所依,且令两头牛行步均等;同理,慧之于以惭为首诸法,亦是亲依止缘。正如所说:‘一切善法以慧为最上’,及‘善人称慧为最胜,犹如群星中月王’。慧为善法前导,故位于前。如所说:‘戒、惭以及真实法,常随具慧者而行’。若离于惭,慧则不能生起,故慧为轭柄所系缚;慧作为名为‘意’之定中系绳的依止缘,故为系绳之所依;慧能遮止精进力过度与不足之状态,故能维持精进之牛步调一致。再者,如犁配备犁铧,耕作时能碎坚块,断诸盘错根须;同理,配备正念之慧,于修观时,能碎诸法之相续密集、积聚密集、作用密集及所缘密集,并能断除一切烦恼盘错之根须。且此种慧必定是出世间的,而另一种慧则亦可是世间的。以此故说。显示巴利原文
Pajānāti etāya puggalo, sayaṃ vā pajānātīti paññā, sā kāmāvacarādibhedato anekavidhā. Idha pana saha vipassanāya maggapaññā adhippetā. Yuganaṅgalanti yugañca naṅgalañca. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa yuganaṅgalaṃ, evaṃ bhagavato duvidhāpi paññā. Tattha yathā yugaṃ īsāya upanissayaṃ hoti, purato hoti, īsābaddhaṃ hoti, yottānaṃ nissayaṃ hoti, balibaddānaṃ ekato gamanaṃ dhāreti, evaṃ paññā hiripamukhānaṃ dhammānaṃ upanissayā hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘paññuttarā sabbe kusalā dhammā’’ti (a. ni. 8.83) ca, ‘‘paññā hi seṭṭhā kusalā vadanti, nakkhattarājāriva tārakāna’’nti (jā. 2.17.81) ca. Kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena purato ca hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘sīlaṃ hirī cāpi satañca dhammo, anvāyikā paññavato bhavantī’’ti. Hirivippayogena anuppattito īsābaddhā hoti, manosaṅkhātassa samādhiyottassa nissayapaccayato yottānaṃ nissayo hoti, accāraddhātilīnabhāvapaṭisedhanato vīriyabalibaddānaṃ ekato gamanaṃ dhāreti. Yathā ca naṅgalaṃ phālayuttaṃ kasanakāle pathavighanaṃ bhindati, mūlasantānakāni padāleti, evaṃ satiyuttā paññā vipassanākāle dhammānaṃ santatisamūhakiccārammaṇaghanaṃ bhindati, sabbakilesamūlasantānakāni padāleti. Sā ca kho lokuttarāva itarā pana lokiyāpi siyā. Tenāha – ‘‘paññā me yuganaṅgala’’nti.
「惭」是指:人们依它而感到羞耻,或者它自身对不善行的生起感到羞耻、厌恶。由于提及惭,与之俱行的愧也一并被包括在内。「轭柄」是连接轭与犁的木杆。正如婆罗门的轭柄支撑着轭与犁,世尊的惭也支撑着名为世间慧与出世间慧的轭犁;因为没有惭,慧便不存在。也正如被轭柄系缚的轭犁,方能发挥作用,不动摇、不懈怠;同样,被惭所系缚的慧,方能发挥作用,不动摇、不懈怠,且不与无惭者混杂。因此说:「惭是轭柄」。显示巴利原文
Hirīyati etāya puggalo, sayaṃ vā hirīyati akusalappavattiṃ jigucchatīti hirī. Taggahaṇena sahacaraṇabhāvato ottappaṃ gahitaṃyeva hoti. Īsāti yuganaṅgalasandhārikā dāruyaṭṭhi. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa īsā yuganaṅgalaṃ sandhāreti, evaṃ bhagavatopi hirī lokiyalokuttarapaññāsaṅkhātaṃ yuganaṅgalaṃ sandhāreti hiriyā asati paññāya abhāvato. Yathā ca īsāpaṭibaddhaṃ yuganaṅgalaṃ kiccakaraṃ hoti acalaṃ asithilaṃ, evaṃ hiripaṭibaddhā ca paññā kiccakārī hoti acalā asithilā abbokiṇṇā ahirikena. Tenāha ‘‘hirī īsā’’ti.
「意」即能了知,是心的同义词。此处则以「意」为代表,指与它相应的定。「系绳」即用来绑缚的绳索。它有三种:将轭柄与轭绑在一起的,将轭与牛绑在一起的,御者用来绑缚牛的。其中,正如婆罗门的系绳将轭柄、轭与牛联结成一体,使它们各尽其职;同样,世尊的定,以心住一境、不散乱的方式,将惭、慧、精进等这一切法联结起来,使它们各尽其职。因此说:「意是系绳」。显示巴利原文
Munātīti mano, cittassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Idha pana manosīsena taṃsampayutto samādhi adhippeto. Yottanti rajjubandhanaṃ. Taṃ tividhaṃ īsāya saha yugassa bandhanaṃ, yugena saha balibaddānaṃ bandhanaṃ, sārathinā saha balibaddānaṃ bandhananti. Tattha yathā brāhmaṇassa yottaṃ īsāyugabalibadde ekābaddhe katvā sakakicce paṭipādeti, evaṃ bhagavato samādhi sabbeva te hiripaññāvīriyadhamme ekārammaṇe avikkhepabhāvena bandhitvā sakakicce paṭipādeti. Tenāha – ‘‘mano yotta’’nti.
「念」是指:人们借以忆念久远所作等事,或者它本身能够铭记不忘;其特相为不忘失。「犁铧」是能切割的器具。「刺棒」是用来驱赶的器具,此处称为「刺棒」,是刺杖的同义词。犁铧与刺棒合称「犁铧与刺棒」。正如婆罗门有犁铧与刺棒,世尊则有与观相应及与道相应的念。其中,犹如犁铧保护犁头并走在其前方;同样,念在探寻诸善法的去向,或将心安住于所缘时,守护着智慧这把犁。正如「他以具念守护之心而住」等教导所说,念被称为「守护者」。同时,由于它不忘失,故能行于智慧的前方。因为智慧只能了知那些念已经熟记的诸法,对于忘失的则不能了知。又如刺棒,向牛显示被刺打的怖畏,使其不致沉滞,并阻止它走上歧路;同样地,念向精进这头牛显示堕入恶趣的怖畏,使其不致陷入懈怠的沉滞;并且,通过阻止它在名为五欲的非行处行走,将其驱策到业处上,从而阻止它走上邪道。因此说:「念是我犁铧与刺棒」。显示巴利原文
Sarati etāya cirakatādimatthaṃ puggalo, sayaṃ vā saratīti sati, sā asammussanalakkhaṇā. Phāletīti phālo. Pājeti etenāti pājanaṃ. Taṃ idha ‘‘pācana’’nti vuccati, patodassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Phālo ca pācanañca phālapācanaṃ. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa phālapācanaṃ, evaṃ bhagavato vipassanāyuttā maggayuttā ca sati. Tattha yathā phālo naṅgalamanurakkhati, purato cassa gacchati, evaṃ sati kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ gatiyo samanvesamānā ārammaṇe vā upaṭṭhāpayamānā paññānaṅgalaṃ rakkhati, tathā hi ‘‘satārakkhena cetasā viharatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 10.20) ‘‘ārakkhā’’ti vuttā. Asammussanavasena cassa purato hoti. Satiparicite hi dhamme paññā pajānāti, no sammuṭṭhe. Yathā ca pācanaṃ balibaddānaṃ vijjhanabhayaṃ dassentaṃ saṃsīdanaṃ na deti, uppathagamanañca vāreti, evaṃ sati vīriyabalibaddānaṃ apāyabhayaṃ dassentī kosajjasaṃsīdanaṃ na deti, kāmaguṇasaṅkhāte agocare cāraṃ nivāretvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojentī uppathagamanañca vāreti. Tenāha – ‘‘sati me phālapācana’’nti.
78 “身防护”指由三种身善行而得防护。“语防护”指由四种语善行而得防护。至此所说为巴帝摩卡律仪戒。“于食物、于腹部能调御”:在此,由于以“食物”为入口已总摄一切资具,故对四种资具皆能防护、调御而无烦恼。以此句阐明活命遍净戒。“于腹部”,即于腹中食物知量而调御,是为饮食知量。以此句,由饮食知量之门阐明资具受用戒。这是在阐明什么?婆罗门,譬如你播种后,为了守护庄稼,设置荆棘篱笆、树木围栏,或砌筑围墙;如此,牛、水牛、鹿等兽群便无法进入糟蹋庄稼。同样,我播下信心种子后,为了守护善法庄稼,作了由身防护、语防护、食物防护构成的三重围墙。如此,名为贪等不善法的牛、水牛、鹿等兽群便无有入口,不能糟蹋我的善法庄稼。显示巴利原文
78.Kāyaguttoti tividhena kāyasucaritena gutto. Vacīguttoti catubbidhena vacīsucaritena gutto. Ettāvatā pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Āhāre udare yatoti ettha āhāramukhena sabbapaccayānaṃ saṅgahitattā catubbidhepi paccaye yato saṃyato nirupakkilesoti attho. Iminā ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Udare yatoti udare yato saṃyato mitabhojī, āhāre mattaññūti vuttaṃ hoti. Iminā bhojane mattaññutāmukhena paccayapaṭisevanasīlaṃ vuttaṃ. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yathā tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bījaṃ vapitvā sassaparipālanatthaṃ kaṇṭakavatiṃ vā rukkhavatiṃ vā pākāraparikkhepaṃ vā karosi, tena te gomahiṃsamigagaṇā pavesaṃ alabhantā sassaṃ na vilumpanti, evamahampi saddhābījaṃ vapitvā nānappakārakusalasassaparipālanatthaṃ kāyavacīāhāraguttimayaṃ tividhaparikkhepaṃ karomi. Tena me rāgādiakusaladhammagomahiṃsamigagaṇā pavesaṃ alabhantā nānappakārakusalasassaṃ na vilumpantīti.
“我以谛作割断”中:由两种门而无欺诳的,即是“谛”。“割断”指切割、割除、拔除,此处应知为作具格的用法。因为这里的意思正是“我以谛作割断”。这是说什么呢?如同你耕种外在田地后,对毁坏庄稼的杂草,用手或镰刀加以割断;同样,我耕了内在田地后,对毁坏善庄稼的虚诳杂草,也以“谛”来割断。或者,此“谛”应理解为智谛——即名为“如实智”者。我以此智对“我想”等杂草作割断,应如此连结理解。或者,“割断”意为切割者、割刈者、拔除者。如此,则如同你吩咐奴仆或佣人去作割断,说“去拔除那些草”,就是让他们成为草的切割者、割刈者、拔除者;同样,我使“谛”成为割断者——藉由依作具格即能表达此义。再或者,“谛”指见谛,我使那见谛成为割断者,即令它成为应被切断、应被割除、应被拔除的对象——依作具格亦可表达此义。显示巴利原文
Saccaṃ karomi niddānanti ettha dvīhi dvārehi avisaṃvādanaṃ saccaṃ. Niddānanti chedanaṃ lunanaṃ uppāṭanaṃ, karaṇatthe cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ayañhi ettha attho ‘‘saccena karomi niddāna’’nti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā tvaṃ bāhiraṃ kasiṃ kasitvā sassadūsakānaṃ tiṇānaṃ hatthena vā asitena vā niddānaṃ karosi; evamahampi ajjhattikaṃ kasiṃ kasitvā kusalasassadūsakānaṃ visaṃvādanatiṇānaṃ saccena niddānaṃ karomi. Ñāṇasaccaṃ vā ettha saccanti veditabbaṃ, yaṃ taṃ yathābhūtañāṇanti vuccati. Tena attasaññādīnaṃ tiṇānaṃ niddānaṃ karomīti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Atha vā niddānanti chedakaṃ lāvakaṃ, uppāṭakanti attho. Evaṃ sante yathā tvaṃ dāsaṃ vā kammakaraṃ vā niddānaṃ karosi, ‘‘niddehi tiṇānī’’ti tiṇānaṃ chedakaṃ lāvakaṃ uppāṭakaṃ karosi; evamahaṃ saccaṃ karomīti upayogavacaneneva vattuṃ yujjati. Atha vā saccanti diṭṭhisaccaṃ. Tamahaṃ niddānaṃ karomi, chinditabbaṃ lunitabbaṃ uppāṭetabbaṃ karomīti evampi upayogavacaneneva vattuṃ yujjati.
“清净是我的释放”:在此,若如“身不违犯、语不违犯”等所说,依此而说戒即是“清净”,此处所指并非此义,因为这已在“身已守护”等处说过了。这里所指是阿拉汉果。阿拉汉果也因乐于殊胜涅槃,故被称为“清净”。“释放”指卸下轭具、解开。这是什么意思呢?如同你的释放,可能在傍晚、或次日、或来年又需重新套轭,故非彻底释放;而我则不然。于我,绝无中途释放之事。我自燃灯佛、十力者以来,便套上智慧之犁与精进力之牛,耕耘四不可数劫与十万大劫的大田,从未释放,直至证得正自觉。经历如此漫长时劫后,坐于菩提树下不败之座,获得为一切功德所围绕的阿拉汉果时,我才由一切忧恼的止息而释放了它,如今再不复需套轭。世尊正是就此义而说:“清净是我的释放”。显示巴利原文
Soraccaṃ me pamocananti ettha yaṃ taṃ ‘‘kāyiko avītikkamo, vācasiko avītikkamo’’ti, evaṃ sīlameva ‘‘soracca’’nti vuttaṃ, na taṃ idha adhippetaṃ, vuttameva etaṃ ‘‘kāyagutto’’tiādinā nayena, arahattaphalaṃ pana adhippetaṃ. Tampi hi sundare nibbāne ratabhāvato ‘‘soracca’’nti vuccati. Pamocananti yoggavissajjanaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathā tava pamocanaṃ punapi sāyanhe vā dutiyadivase vā anāgatasaṃvacchare vā yojetabbato appamocanameva hoti, na mama evaṃ. Na hi mama antarā mocanaṃ nāma atthi. Ahañhi dīpaṅkaradasabalakālato pabhuti paññānaṅgale vīriyabalibadde yojetvā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca mahākasiṃ kasanto tāva na muñciṃ, yāva na sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhi. Yadā ca me sabbaṃ taṃ kālaṃ khepetvā bodhirukkhamūle aparājitapallaṅke nisinnassa sabbaguṇaparivāraṃ arahattaphalaṃ udapādi, tadā mayā taṃ sabbussukkapaṭippassaddhippattiyā pamuttaṃ, na dāni puna yojetabbaṃ bhavissatīti. Etamatthaṃ sandhāyāha bhagavā – ‘‘soraccaṃ me pamocana’’nti.
79 「精进是我的负轭牛」:这里所说的「精进」,是指依“身之策勤,或心之策勤”等方式所说的精进。Dhuradhorayha,意为在轭中的负轭牛,即拉轭者。正如婆罗门那由负轭牛拉动的犁,能破开坚硬的土地,并割断盘根错节;同样地,世尊那由精进拉动的智慧之犁,能破开前文所说的坚硬的烦恼,并割断烦恼的蔓延。因此他说:“精进是我的负轭牛”。又一种解释:dhurā是拉前轭的牛,dhorayhā是拉主轭的牛,二者合称dhuradhorayhā。其中,如同婆罗门的每张犁上,由四头牛各自配合而形成的负轭牛群,在拉行时,能断除已生和未生的草根,并成就庄稼的丰收;同样地,世尊由四正勤精进各自配合而形成的负轭牛群,在拉行时,能断除已生和未生的不善根,并成就善法的圆满。因此他说:“精进是我的负轭牛”。显示巴利原文
79.Vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayhanti ettha vīriyanti ‘‘kāyiko vā, cetasiko vā vīriyārambho’’tiādinā nayena vuttapadhānaṃ. Dhurāyaṃ dhorayhaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ, dhuraṃ vahatīti attho. Yathā hi brāhmaṇassa dhurāyaṃ dhorayhākaḍḍhitaṃ naṅgalaṃ bhūmighanaṃ bhindati, mūlasantānakāni ca padāleti, evaṃ bhagavato vīriyākaḍḍhitaṃ paññānaṅgalaṃ yathāvuttaṃ ghanaṃ bhindati, kilesasantānakāni ca padāleti. Tenāha – ‘‘vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayha’’nti. Atha vā purimadhuraṃ vahantā dhurā, mūladhuraṃ vahantā dhorayhā; dhurā ca dhorayhā ca dhuradhorayhā. Tattha yathā brāhmaṇassa ekamekasmiṃ naṅgale catubalibaddappabhedaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ vahantaṃ uppannānuppannatiṇamūlaghātaṃ sassasampattiñca sādheti, evaṃ bhagavato catusammappadhānavīriyappabhedaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ vahantaṃ uppannānuppannākusalamūlaghātaṃ kusalasampattiñca sādheti. Tenāha – ‘‘vīriyaṃ me dhuradhorayha’’nti.
「驶向瑜伽安稳」:在此,因为从诸轭中得到安稳,所以“瑜伽安稳”指的是涅槃;特别地朝向涅槃而被拉行,或径直朝向涅槃而被牵引,这就称为“驶向”。朝向瑜伽安稳的拉行,即是“驶向瑜伽安稳”。这其中说明了什么呢?就如你的负轭牛,被牵引着朝向东方或西方等某一个方向;同样地,我的负轭牛,被牵引着朝向涅槃的方向。显示巴利原文
Yogakkhemādhivāhananti ettha yogehi khemattā ‘‘yogakkhema’’nti nibbānaṃ vuccati, taṃ adhikatvā vāhīyati, abhimukhaṃ vā vāhīyatīti adhivāhanaṃ. Yogakkhemassa adhivāhanaṃ yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ. Tena kiṃ dīpeti? Yathā tava dhuradhorayhaṃ puratthimaṃ disaṃ pacchimādīsu vā aññataraṃ abhimukhaṃ vāhīyati, tathā mama dhuradhorayhaṃ nibbānābhimukhaṃ vāhīyati.
这负轭牛如此被驾驭,便「行进而不退转」。就像你的牛拉着犁,到达田地的尽头后便又转回;但这负轭牛从燃灯佛时起,就一直行进,不再退转。再者,由各圣道所断除的烦恼,不必再反复断除,不像你的犁割断的草,日后还需再割;因此,这负轭牛以第一道之力断除见所断的烦恼,以第二道之力断除粗重的烦恼,以第三道之力断除随眠烦恼,以第四道之力断除一切烦恼,如此行进而不退转。又或者说,“行进而不退转”的意思即是:无有退转地行进。这里的“nti taṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ”即指那负轭牛。应当如此理解文句。它如此行进,并不像你的负轭牛那样——到达了某个地方,农夫便无忧、无扰、离垢而不再忧愁;相反,它前往那样的目的地:到达之后,便不再忧愁。当以念锄鞭策这精进的负轭牛而行时,像我这样的农夫,到达后便无忧、无扰、离垢而不再忧愁——它前往那断除一切忧箭的、名为不死涅槃的境界。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vāhiyamānañca gacchati anivattantaṃ. Yathā tava naṅgalaṃ vahantaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ khettakoṭiṃ patvā puna nivattati, evaṃ anivattantaṃ dīpaṅkarakālato pabhuti gacchateva. Yasmā vā tena tena maggena pahīnā kilesā punappunaṃ pahātabbā na honti, yathā tava naṅgalena chinnāni tiṇāni punapi aparasmiṃ samaye chinditabbāni honti, tasmāpi etaṃ paṭhamamaggavasena diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese, dutiyavasena oḷārike, tatiyavasena anusahagate kilese, catutthavasena sabbakilese pajahantaṃ gacchati anivattantaṃ. Atha vā gacchati anivattanti nivattanarahitaṃ hutvā gacchatīti attho. Nti taṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ. Evampettha padacchedo veditabbo. Evaṃ gacchantañca yathā tava dhuradhorayhaṃ na taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, yattha gantvā kassako asoko nissoko virajo hutvā na socati, etaṃ pana taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati, yattha gantvā na socati. Yattha satipācanena etaṃ vīriyadhuradhorayhaṃ codento gantvā mādiso kassako asoko nissoko virajo hutvā na socati, taṃ sabbasokasallasamugghātabhūtaṃ nibbānāmatasaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchatīti.
80 此时,世尊作总结而宣说此偈:显示巴利原文
80. Idāni nigamanaṃ karonto bhagavā imaṃ gāthamāha –
「如此耕种之田,能带来不死之果;耕种此田之后,便从一切苦中解脱。」
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evamesā kasī kaṭṭhā, sā hoti amatapphalā; Etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna, sabbadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti.
其简略义为:婆罗门,我以信为种子,以苦行为甘雨,滋润了这片田;以慧为轭与犁,以惭为犁柄,以意为缰绳,将它们联结成一体。我用智慧之犁安上念的犁铧,手握念锄,以守护身、语、食来守护它,以真实为系缚,以柔和为解缚,以精进为负轭的牛,驱向瑜伽安稳、不退转处而拉行。如此耕作此田,到达耕作的究竟——四种沙门果,这田便成为不死之果,即结出不死之果。所谓‘不死’,即是涅槃,意为这田之果便是涅槃。然而,能得这不死之果的,并非只有我一人。任何刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,或是在家人、出家人,只要耕耘此田,耕耘之后,便能从一切苦中解脱,从一切轮回之苦——苦苦、行苦、变易苦中解脱。就这样,世尊为这位婆罗门,以阿拉汉道为究竟、以涅槃为归宿,宣说了法义。显示巴利原文
Tassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – mayā brāhmaṇa esā saddhābījā tapovuṭṭhiyā anuggahitā kasi, paññāmayaṃ yuganaṅgalaṃ, hirimayañca īsaṃ, manomayena yottena, ekābaddhaṃ katvā, paññānaṅgale satiphālaṃ ākoṭetvā, satipācanaṃ gahetvā, kāyavacīāhāraguttiyā gopetvā, saccaṃ niddānaṃ katvā, soraccaṃ pamocanaṃ vīriyaṃ dhuradhorayhaṃ yogakkhemābhimukhaṃ anivattantaṃ vāhentena kaṭṭhā, kasikammapariyosānaṃ catubbidhaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ pāpitā, sāhoti amatapphalā, sā esā kasi amatapphalā hoti. Amataṃ vuccati nibbānaṃ, nibbānānisaṃsā hotīti attho. Sā kho panesā kasi na mamevekassa amatapphalā hoti, apica, kho, pana yo koci khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā etaṃ kasiṃ kasati, so sabbopi etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna, sabbadukkhā pamuccati, sabbasmā vaṭṭadukkhadukkhadukkhasaṅkhāradukkhavipariṇāmadukkhā pamuccatīti. Evaṃ bhagavā brāhmaṇassa arahattanikūṭena nibbānapariyosānaṃ katvā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
那时,婆罗门听闻了如此甚深的教法后,心想:‘我耕种所得之果,享用后隔日依然会饥饿;而世尊所耕之田,却结出不死的果实,享用其果,便能解脱一切苦。’于是他生起净信,为表净信,便开始供养乳糜。因此经中说:‘那时,耕田婆罗堕阇……’。其中,‘极大的’指容量很大。‘铜钵’指金钵,是他自身那价值十万金的钵。‘盛满’即铺满、装满。‘奉献于世尊’是说以酥、蜜、糖等种种调和,用绢布覆盖,双手捧持,恭敬地奉献给如来。为什么这样奉献呢?经中说:‘请乔达摩尊者享用乳糜,尊者正是耕作者。’随后,为了说明他是耕作之人的理由,而说:‘因为尊师……耕作这样的田’,意即‘因为尊师您……耕作这样的田’。接着,世尊说:‘婆罗门,我不应受用由偈颂唱诵所得的食物。’显示巴利原文
Tato brāhmaṇo gambhīratthaṃ desanaṃ sutvā ‘‘mama kasiphalaṃ bhuñjitvā aparajju eva chāto hoti, imassa pana kasi amatapphalā, tassā phalaṃ bhuñjitvā sabbadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti ca viditvā pasanno pasannākāraṃ kātuṃ pāyāsaṃ dātumāraddho. Tenāha ‘‘atha kho kasibhāradvājo’’ti. Tattha mahatiyāti mahatiyanti attho. Kaṃsapātiyāti suvaṇṇapātiyaṃ, satasahassagghanake attano suvaṇṇathāle. Vaḍḍhetvāti chupitvā, ākiritvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavato upanāmesīti sappimadhuphāṇitādīhi vicitraṃ katvā, dukūlavitānena paṭicchādetvā, ukkhipitvā, sakkaccaṃ tathāgatassa abhihari. Kinti? ‘‘Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ gotamo pāyāsaṃ, kassako bhava’’nti. Tato kassakabhāvasādhakaṃ kāraṇamāha ‘‘yañhi…pe… kasatī’’ti, yasmā bhavaṃ…pe… kasatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha bhagavā ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ me’’ti āha.
81 此处,‘gāthābhigītaṃ’指以偈颂唱诵而获得者,即通过言说偈颂后所得的食物。‘me’指‘我’。‘abhojaneyyaṃ’意为不应受用。‘sampassataṃ’指正确照见正命清净者,或从各方面照见者,即诸佛。意谓:‘由偈颂唱诵所得可以食用’——这种法、这种行持,并非诸佛之法。因此,诸佛舍弃由偈颂唱诵所得,拒绝而不受用。那么,世尊难道是为了乳糜而唱诵偈颂,才说这话的吗?并非为此目的而唱诵。实际上,世尊从清晨就站在田边,连一匙食物也未得到;后来,他是在开显了诸佛的一切功德之后,才得到供养,这犹如那些歌舞者通过表演而获得酬劳,故称为‘以偈颂唱诵所得’。因为这种所得对诸佛并不适宜,所以说‘不应受用’。而且,这也有违少欲的原则,同时,也是出于对后来众生的悲悯,世尊才这样说。既然连少欲的陶师嘎帝咖罗,都尚且拒绝由他人称赞自己功德而产生的利养,那么已达少欲究竟的世尊,又怎会接受由自己开显功德而产生的利养呢?因此,世尊这样做是极为恰当的。显示巴利原文
81. Tattha gāthābhigītanti gāthāhi abhigītaṃ, gāthāyo bhāsitvā laddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Meti mayā. Abhojaneyyanti bhuñjanārahaṃ na hoti. Sampassatanti sammā ājīvasuddhiṃ passataṃ , samantā vā passataṃ sampassataṃ, buddhānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Nesa dhammoti ‘‘gāthābhigītaṃ bhuñjitabba’’nti esa dhammo etaṃ cārittaṃ na hoti, tasmā gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā paṭikkhipanti na bhuñjantīti. Kiṃ pana bhagavatā pāyāsatthaṃ gāthā abhigītā, yena evamāhāti? Na etadatthaṃ abhigītā, apica, kho, pana pāto paṭṭhāya khettasamīpe ṭhatvā kaṭacchubhikkhampi alabhitvā puna sakalabuddhaguṇe pakāsetvā laddhaṃ tadetaṃ naṭanaccakādīhi naccitvā gāyitvā ca laddhasadisaṃ hoti, tena ‘‘gāthābhigīta’’nti vuttaṃ. Tādisañca yasmā buddhānaṃ na kappati, tasmā ‘‘abhojaneyya’’nti vuttaṃ. Appicchatānurūpañcetaṃ na hoti, tasmāpi pacchimaṃ janataṃ anukampamānena ca evaṃ vuttaṃ. Yatra ca nāma parappakāsitenāpi attano guṇena uppannaṃ lābhaṃ paṭikkhipanti seyyathāpi appiccho ghaṭikāro kumbhakāro, tatra kathaṃ koṭippattāya appicchatāya samannāgato bhagavā attanāva attano guṇappakāsanena uppannaṃ lābhaṃ sādiyissati, yato yuttameva etaṃ bhagavato vattunti.
至此,为了从“沙门乔达摩通过唱诵偈颂,使原本不敬信、不愿布施的婆罗门愿意布施后,接受了食物——他是为了物质利益而说法”的世间非难中解脱出来,在揭示了说法清净之后,现在为阐明活命清净,世尊说:“当有法时,婆罗门,这行便是。”其含义为:当活命清净之法、或十善行之法、或诸佛所行之法现前、无坏而持续时,此行便全然清净,犹如空中伸手一般——这样的寻求、觅食、谋生方式,正是诸佛的行持,婆罗门。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ‘‘appasannaṃ adātukāmaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāgāyanena dātukāmaṃ katvā, samaṇo gotamo bhojanaṃ paṭiggahesi, āmisakāraṇā imassa desanā’’ti imamhā lokāpavādā attānaṃ mocento desanāpārisuddhiṃ dīpetvā, idāni ājīvapārisuddhiṃ dīpento āha ‘‘dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vuttiresā’’ti tassattho – ājīvapārisuddhidhamme vā dasavidhasucaritadhamme vā buddhānaṃ cārittadhamme vā sati saṃvijjamāne anupahate vattamāne vuttiresā ekantavodātā ākāse pāṇippasāraṇakappā esanā pariyesanā jīvitavutti buddhānaṃ brāhmaṇāti.
82 听了这话,婆罗门心想:“他拒绝了我的乳粥,看来这食物是不合规矩的。我真是个不幸的人,连布施都无法完成。”他因而生起忧愁,又想:“或许他会接受别的吧。”世尊了知其心,思惟:“我是在托钵时分限定而来的——打算在这段时间里令这位婆罗门生起信心。但婆罗门却产生了忧愁。现在,若他带着此忧愁对我生起恼怒,便无法通达不死之法了。”于是,为了让婆罗门生起信心并满足其内心的愿望,世尊说道:“再者,你当奉侍另一位圆满者……”此处,“圆满者”指具足一切功德者,或已脱离一切束缚者;“大仙”指寻求广大戒蕴等功德者;“诸漏尽者”是因一切烦恼灭尽;“远离悔恨”是因一切悔恨,如手足无意义动作等,皆已完全止息;“你当归敬奉侍”意为:你应当亲手供养、恭敬侍奉。就这样,即使婆罗门心中已有此念,世尊也只是以委婉的方式说话,并不直言:“给!拿来!”。其余内容显而易见。显示巴利原文
82. Evaṃ vutte brāhmaṇo ‘‘pāyāsaṃ me paṭikkhipati, akappiyaṃ kiretaṃ bhojanaṃ, adhañño vatasmiṃ, dānaṃ dātuṃ na labhāmī’’ti domanassaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘appeva nāma aññaṃ paṭiggaṇheyyā’’ti ca cintesi. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā ‘‘ahaṃ bhikkhācāravelaṃ paricchinditvā āgato – ‘ettakena kālena imaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pasādessāmī’ti, brāhmaṇo ca domanassaṃ akāsi. Idāni tena domanassena mayi cittaṃ pakopetvā amatavaradhammaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na sakkhissatī’’ti brāhmaṇassa pasādajananatthaṃ tena patthitamanorathaṃ pūrento āha ‘‘aññena ca kevalina’’nti. Tattha kevalinanti sabbaguṇaparipuṇṇaṃ, sabbayogavisaṃyuttaṃ vāti attho. Mahantānaṃ sīlakkhandhādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ esanato mahesiṃ. Parikkhīṇasabbāsavattā khīṇāsavaṃ. Hatthapādakukkuccamādiṃ katvā vūpasantasabbakukkuccattā kukkuccavūpasantaṃ. Upaṭṭhahassūti parivisassu paṭimānayassu. Evaṃ brāhmaṇena citte uppāditepi pariyāyameva bhaṇati, na tu bhaṇati ‘‘dehi, āharāhī’’ti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
接着,婆罗门心想:“这乳粥是献给世尊的,我没有权利随自心意将它给予别人。”便说:“那么,我该给谁呢?”世尊了知“这乳粥除了如来与如来弟子,对其他人来说是无法消化的”之后,便说:“确实,我没有看见……”。其中,“含天神的”一词指执著于五种欲乐的天神;“含魔罗的”指第六欲界天;“含梵天的”指色界梵天;无色界众生无法受用此食,故未包含。“含沙门婆罗门的”一词指教法的敌人、对立一方的沙门婆罗门,以及已止息诸恶、灭除诸恶的沙门婆罗门。“众生”指众生世间;“含天人的”指假名天人及其余人类。应知,这里以三个词涵盖了空间世间,以“众生”与“天人”涵盖了众生世间。此为概要,详细解释将在《旷野夜叉经》中进行。显示巴利原文
Atha brāhmaṇo ‘‘ayaṃ pāyāso bhagavato ānīto nāhaṃ arahāmi taṃ attano chandena kassaci dātu’’nti cintetvā āha ‘‘atha kassa cāha’’nti. Tato bhagavā ‘‘taṃ pāyāsaṃ ṭhapetvā tathāgataṃ tathāgatasāvakañca aññassa ajīraṇadhammo’’ti ñatvā āha – ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ta’’nti. Tattha sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ, samārakavacanena chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ, sabrahmakavacanena rūpāvacarabrahmaggahaṇaṃ arūpāvacarā pana bhuñjeyyunti asambhāvaneyyā. Sassamaṇabrāhmaṇivacanena sāsanapaccatthikapaccāmittasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇaṃ samitapāpabāhitapāpasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇañca. Pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇaṃ, sadevamanussavacanena sammutidevaavasesamanussaggahaṇaṃ. Evamettha tīhi vacanehi okāsaloko, dvīhi pajāvasena sattaloko gahitoti veditabbo. Esa saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana āḷavakasutte vaṇṇayissāma.
为什么这乳粥在含天界等世间中,对任何众生都未能正确消化呢?因为粗劣的食物中注入了精微的滋养。当这碗乳粥为世尊而取用的那一刻,天人便将滋养注入了其中,如同在须佳陀的乳粥中、在纯陀的菌类软食正在烹煮时、在毗兰若世尊所取的每一口食物中,以及在《医药犍度》中迦旃延糖罐里剩余的糖中所发生的一样。由于在粗劣的食物中加入了精微的滋养,天人无法消化它:天人的身体微细,粗糙的人间食物他们无法正确消化。人类也无法消化它:人类的身体粗糙,精微的天界滋养他们无法正确消化。然而,如来依其自身本具的体火便能消化,得以正确地熟化。有一种说法是,凭借身力与慧力的威德,对如来弟子中诸漏尽者,依定力与知量而得以消化;但对于其他具神通者,则无法消化。又或者,此处的原因不可思议,这是佛陀的境界。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana sadevakādīsu kassaci na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyyāti? Oḷārike sukhumojāpakkhipanato. Imasmiñhi pāyāse bhagavantaṃ uddissa gahitamatteyeva devatāhi ojā pakkhittā yathā sujātāya pāyāse, cundassa ca sūkaramaddave paccamāne, verañjāyañca bhagavatā gahitagahitālope, bhesajjakkhandhake ca kaccānassa guḷhakumbhasmiṃ avasiṭṭhaguḷhe. So oḷārike sukhumojāpakkhipanato devānaṃ na pariṇamati. Devā hi sukhumasarīrā, tesaṃ oḷāriko manussāhāro na sammā pariṇamati. Manussānampi na pariṇamati. Manussā hi oḷārikasarīrā, tesaṃ sukhumā dibbojā na sammā pariṇamati. Tathāgatassa pana pakatiaggināva pariṇamati, sammā jīrati. Kāyabalañāṇabalappabhāvenāti eke tathāgatasāvakassa khīṇāsavassetaṃ samādhibalena mattaññutāya ca pariṇamati, itaresaṃ iddhimantānampi na pariṇamati. Acintanīyaṃ vā ettha kāraṇaṃ, buddhavisayo esoti.
“那么,你……”这句话的意思是:“由于我没有看到其他能受用的人,对我来说把这食物给他人是不合规矩的;对我不合规矩,对我的弟子同样不合规矩。因此,婆罗门,你把它处理掉吧。”“在少草的地方”(appaharite):指只有少量青草的地方,或者寸草不生、如同石板表面的地方。“在没有细小生命的地方”(appāṇake):指没有生命的地方,或者因为倾倒乳粥而可能致死的小生命不存在的空地,或是大片的水域。“连同那些依草而住的生命”(saha tiṇanissitehi pāṇehi)这句,是为了保护草与那些依草而生的小生命而说的。“发出嘶嘶声”(cicciṭāyati):发出“咝咝”的声响。“冒烟”(saṃdhūpāyati):到处烟气升腾。“剧烈冒烟”(sampadhūpāyati):同样,冒烟的程度更为猛烈。为什么会出现这些现象呢?这是由于世尊的神力,其既不是水的作用,不是乳粥的作用,不是婆罗门的作用,也不是其他天、夜叉等的作用。世尊为了令婆罗门对法产生惊惧感而显示巴利原文
Tena hi tvanti yasmā aññaṃ na passāmi, mama na kappati, mama akappantaṃ sāvakassāpi me na kappati, tasmā tvaṃ brāhmaṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Appahariteti parittaharitatiṇe, apparuḷharitatiṇe vā pāsāṇapiṭṭhisadise. Appāṇaketi nippāṇake, pāyāsajjhottharaṇakāraṇena maritabbapāṇarahite vā mahāudakakkhandhe. Saha tiṇanissitehi pāṇehi tiṇānaṃ pāṇakānañca anurakkhaṇatthāya etaṃ vuttaṃ. Cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyatīti evaṃ saddaṃ karoti. Saṃdhūpāyatīti samantā dhūpāyati. Sampadhūpāyatīti tatheva adhimattaṃ dhūpāyati. Kasmā evaṃ ahosīti? Bhagavato ānubhāvena, na udakassa, na pāyāsassa, na brāhmaṇassa, na aññesaṃ devayakkhādīnaṃ. Bhagavā hi brāhmaṇassa dhammasaṃvegatthaṃ tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Seyyathāpi nāmāti opammanidassanamattametaṃ, yathā phāloti ettakameva vuttaṃ hoti. Saṃviggo cittena, lomahaṭṭhajāto sarīrena. Sarīre kirassa navanavutilomakūpasahassāni suvaṇṇabhittiyā āhatamaṇināgadantā viya uddhaggā ahesuṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
他俯伏于世尊足下,随喜赞叹世尊的说法,对世尊这样说:“太奇妙了,乔达摩尊长!太奇妙了,乔达摩尊长!”在这里,“奇妙”(abhikkanta)一词是用来表示随喜赞叹的。它详细的词义解释将在《吉祥经》的注疏中阐明。应当知道,因为是随喜赞叹的意思,所以实质上是在说:“善哉,善哉,乔达摩尊长!”显示巴利原文
Pādesu pana nipatitvā bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ abbhanumodamāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti. Abbhanumodane hi ayamidha abhikkanta saddo. Vitthārato panassa maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ atthavaṇṇanā āvi bhavissati. Yasmā ca abbhanumodanatthe, tasmā sādhu sādhu bho gotamāti vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
在怖畏、愤怒与赞叹时,在急促、狂喜与悭吝时;
在欢乐、悲伤与净信时,智者使用重复语。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhaye kodhe pasaṃsāyaṃ, turite kotūhalacchare; Hāse soke pasāde ca, kare āmeḍitaṃ budho’’ti. –
依此语法特征,应知此处重复两次的词语,是出于净信与赞叹两种原因而说。又或者,‘奇妙’(abhikkantaṃ)的意思是:极其悦意、极其可意、极其美好。显示巴利原文
Iminā ca lakkhaṇena idha pasādavasena pasaṃsāvasena cāyaṃ dvikkhattuṃ vuttoti veditabbo. Atha vā abhikkantanti abhikantaṃ atiiṭṭhaṃ, atimanāpaṃ, atisundaranti vuttaṃ hoti.
在此,他以一个“殊胜”赞叹说法,以另一个“殊胜”表达自己内心的净信。其含义是:“殊胜啊,乔达摩尊者!”即乔达摩尊者的说法殊胜;“殊胜啊!”即我因乔达摩尊者的说法而获得净信。或者,他亦就世尊的话语,从成双的道理来赞叹:“乔达摩尊者的话语殊胜,能断除过失;殊胜,能获得功德;能生起信心,能生起智慧;既有义理,又有文采;用词浅白,义理甚深;听来悦耳,深入人心;不自赞,不贬他;以悲心带来清凉,以智慧带来明净;一听便觉愉悦,经得起反复推敲;听时感到安乐,深究则带来利益。”应如此结合种种角度来理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekena abhikkantasaddena desanaṃ thometi, ekena attano pasādaṃ. Ayañhi ettha adhippāyo – abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanā, abhikkantaṃ yadidaṃ bhoto gotamassa dhammadesanaṃ āgamma mama pasādoti. Bhagavato eva vā vacanaṃ dve dve atthe sandhāya thometi – bhoto gotamassa vacanaṃ abhikkantaṃ dosanāsanato, abhikkantaṃ guṇādhigamanato, tathā saddhājananato, paññājananato, sātthato, sabyañjanato, uttānapadato, gambhīratthato, kaṇṇasukhato, hadayaṅgamato, anattukkaṃsanato, aparavambhanato, karuṇāsītalato, paññāvadātato, āpātharamaṇīyato, vimaddakkhamato, suyyamānasukhato, vīmaṃsiyamānahitatoti evamādīhi yojetabbaṃ.
接着,以四个譬喻进一步赞叹说法。其中,“已倾倒的”,指被倒置、口朝下放置,或面朝下倒伏者。“令向上”,即将其翻转,令面朝上。“已被覆盖的”,指被草叶等所遮盖者。“令揭开”,即将其掀开。“对迷路者”,指迷失方向、不辨道路之人。“应指示道路”,即执其手告诉他:“这便是路”。“在黑暗中”,指四种黑暗:黑分十四日的月黑夜、半夜、密林深处,以及厚云蔽空。这是先说明字面意思。显示巴利原文
Tato parampi catūhi upamāhi desanaṃyeva thometi. Tattha nikkujjitanti adhomukhaṭṭhapitaṃ, heṭṭhā mukhajātaṃ vā. Ukkujjeyyāti uparimukhaṃ kareyya. Paṭicchannanti tiṇapaṇṇādicchāditaṃ. Vivareyyāti ugghāṭeyya. Mūḷhassāti disāmūḷhassa. Maggaṃ ācikkheyyāti hatthe gahetvā ‘‘esa maggo’’ti vadeyya. Andhakāreti kāḷapakkhacātuddasīaḍḍharattaghanavanasaṇḍameghapaṭalehi caturaṅge tamasi. Ayaṃ tāva padattho.
以下是这些譬喻的意图连接——如同有人会把倒置的扶正,就这样,把我这个背离正法、堕入非法的人从非法中救拔出来;如同有人会把覆盖的揭开,就这样,自从迦叶世尊的教法隐没以来,把被邪见丛林覆盖的教法揭开;如同有人会给迷路者指示道路,就这样,给走上邪路、误入歧途的我指示天界与解脱的道路;如同有人在黑暗中会持油灯,就这样,给沉没于无明黑暗、看不见佛等宝之样貌的我,以破除那覆盖的无明黑暗的说法之灯的执持,乔达摩尊者通过这些方式对我说法,因此以种种方式阐明了法。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana adhippāyayojanā – yathā koci nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyya, evaṃ saddhammavimukhaṃ asaddhammapatitaṃ maṃ asaddhammā vuṭṭhāpentena, yathā paṭicchannaṃ vivareyya; evaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānā pabhuti micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchannaṃ sāsanaṃ vivarantena, yathā mūḷhassa maggaṃ ācikkheyya, evaṃ kummaggamicchāmaggapaṭipannassa me saggamokkhamaggaṃ ācikkhantena, yathā andhakāre telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, evaṃ mohandhakāranimuggassa me buddhādiratanarūpāni apassato tappaṭicchādakamohandhakāraviddhaṃsakadesanāpajjotadhāraṇena mayhaṃ bhotā gotamena etehi pariyāyehi desitattā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.
又或以另一种方式:由见苦而断除‘于不净作净想’的颠倒,此法就如将倒下的扶正;由见集而断除‘于苦作乐想’的颠倒,就如将覆盖的揭开;由见灭而断除‘于无常作常想’的颠倒,就如为迷途者指示道路;由见道而断除‘于无我作我想’的颠倒,就如黑暗中持来油灯。正如经中所说:‘将倒下的扶起……持油灯,有眼的人们将会看见种种色。’此法便是这样被阐明的。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ekacciyena mattena yasmā ayaṃ dhammo dukkhadassanena asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipallāsappahānena ca nikkujjitukkujjitasadiso, samudayadassanena dukkhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipallāsappahānena ca paṭicchannavivaraṇasadiso, nirodhadassanena anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti vipallāsappahānena ca mūḷhassa maggācikkhaṇasadiso, maggadassanena anattani ‘‘attā’’ti vipallāsappahānena ca andhakāre pajjotasadiso, tasmā seyyathāpi nāma nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya…pe… pajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’’ti, evaṃ pakāsito hoti.
再者,在此经中:通过信、防护、守护等义,阐明了戒蕴;通过智慧,阐明了慧蕴;通过惭与愧等义,阐明了定蕴;通过安稳处,阐明了灭。如是,三蕴与圣道及灭,由其自性便直接开显了两圣谛。其中,圣道是集谛的对治法,灭谛是苦谛的对治法,由此又以对治的方式开显了其余两谛。如此,四圣谛皆得以阐明。因此当知‘(法)以种种方式被阐明’一句的义趣。显示巴利原文
Yasmā panettha saddhātapakāyaguttatādīhi sīlakkhandho pakāsito hoti, paññāya paññākkhandho, hirimanādīhi samādhikkhandho, yogakkhemena nirodhoti evaṃ tikkhandho ariyamaggo nirodho cāti sarūpeneva dve ariyasaccāni pakāsitāni. Tattha maggo paṭipakkho samudayassa, nirodho dukkhassāti paṭipakkhena dve. Iti iminā pariyāyena cattāri saccāni pakāsitāni. Tasmā anekapariyāyena pakāsito hotīti veditabbo .
于‘esāhaṃ’等句中:‘eso ahaṃ’即是‘esāhaṃ’(此我)。‘saraṇaṃ gacchāmi’(我皈依):虽此前已伏身于足下,以顶礼的方式皈依了,如今乃是以言语正式领受而说出此言。或谓:先前他仅以顶礼拜倒皈依了佛陀,今以此语为起始,欲兼皈依其余的法与众僧,故如是说。‘ajjatagge’:即以今日作为开端;或读作‘ajjadagge’,其中‘d’为连声字,意为‘从今日起’。‘pāṇupetaṃ’:尽形寿,只要我生命尚存,恒常皈依,不以余者为师。愿乔达摩尊者如是忆念我、了知我为三皈依者。至此,便显示了与所闻法相应的行道。或者,前以‘倒置’等譬喻显示了导师的成就,此以‘此我’等句显示了弟子的成就;又或者,前文显示了智慧的获得,此文显示了信心的获得。今这位已得信心与智慧的人,欲行其应行之事,乃向世尊请求:‘愿我得……’显示巴利原文
Esāhantiādīsu eso ahanti esāhaṃ. Saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti pādesu nipatitvā paṇipātena saraṇagamanena gatopi idāni vācāya samādiyanto āha. Atha vā paṇipātena buddhaṃyeva saraṇaṃ gatoti idāni taṃ ādiṃ katvā sese dhammasaṅghepi gantuṃ āha. Ajjataggeti ajjataṃ ādiṃ katvā, ajjadaggeti vā pāṭho, da-kāro padasandhikaro, ajja aggaṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāṇehi upetaṃ pāṇupetaṃ, yāva me jīvitaṃ pavattati, tāva upetaṃ, anaññasatthukaṃ tīhi saraṇagamanehi saraṇaṃ gataṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu jānātūti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettāvatā anena sutānurūpā paṭipatti dassitā hoti. Nikkujjitādīhi vā satthusampattiṃ dassetvā iminā ‘‘esāha’’ntiādinā sissasampatti dassitā. Tena vā paññāpaṭilābhaṃ dassetvā iminā saddhāpaṭilābho dassito. Idāni evaṃ paṭiladdhasaddhena paññavatā yaṃ kattabbaṃ, taṃ kattukāmo bhagavantaṃ yācati ‘‘labheyyāha’’nti. Tattha bhagavato iddhiyādīhi abhippasāditacitto ‘‘bhagavāpi cakkavattirajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito, kimaṅgaṃ panāha’’nti saddhāya pabbajjaṃ yācati, tattha paripūrakāritaṃ patthento paññāya upasampadaṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
在'eko vūpakaṭṭho'(独居、远离)等词句之中:'eko'(独一)指以身远离而成为独一,'vūpakaṭṭho'(远离)指以心远离而成为远离,'appamatto'(不放逸)指在业处上不舍离正念,'ātāpī'(精勤)指以身精进与心精进为体的精勤而成为精勤,'pahitatto'(心志坚定)指对身体与生命都无所恋着,以某一种威仪的方式而安住。所说的'na cirasseva'(不久),是从出家时算起。'kulaputtā'(良家子)有两种:出身上的良家子和品行上的良家子,而这位尊者两者兼具。'agārasmā'(从在家)即从家中。对家有益的事业,称为'agāriyaṃ'(在家之务),指耕种、养牛等维持家庭的工作。在此没有那些在家之务,故称'anagāriyaṃ'(无家),这是出家的别名。'pabbajanti'(出家)即趋向、接近(无家的状态)。'tadanuttaraṃ'(那无上的)就是那至高无上的。'brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ'(梵行显示巴利原文
Eko vūpakaṭṭhotiādīsu pana eko kāyavivekena, vūpakaṭṭho cittavivekena, appamatto kammaṭṭhāne satiavijahanena, ātāpī kāyikacetasikavīriyasaṅkhātena ātāpena, pahitatto kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhatāya viharanto aññatarairiyāpathavihārena. Na cirassevāti pabbajjaṃ upādāya vuccati. Kulaputtāti duvidhā kulaputtā, jātikulaputtā, ācārakulaputtā ca. Ayaṃ pana ubhayathāpi kulaputto. Agārasmāti gharā. Agārānaṃ hitaṃ agāriyaṃ kasigorakkhādikuṭumbaposanakammaṃ vuccati. Natthi ettha agāriyanti anagāriyaṃ, pabbajjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ pabbajantīti upagacchanti upasaṅkamanti. Tadanuttaranti taṃ anuttaraṃ. Brahmacariyapariyosānanti maggabrahmacariyassa pariyosānaṃ, arahattaphalanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassa hi atthāya kulaputtā pabbajanti. Diṭṭheva dhammeti tasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvāti attanāyeva paññāya paccakkhaṃ katvā, aparappaccayaṃ ñatvāti attho. Upasampajja vihāsīti pāpuṇitvā sampādetvā vā vihāsi. Evaṃ viharanto ca khīṇā jāti…pe… abbhaññāsi. Etenassa paccavekkhaṇabhūmiṃ dasseti.
那么,他的什么‘生’已尽了呢?他又如何了知这一点呢?答曰:并非他过去的生已尽,因那些生先前已灭;并非未来的生已尽,因对未来不再作努力;并非现在的生已尽,因现在这一生还存在着。然而,由于圣道未修习时,于一种蕴、四种蕴、五种蕴的生存界中,本会生起分为一种蕴、四种蕴、五种蕴差别的‘生’;由于圣道已修习圆满,那种‘生’便进入了不再生起的性质,因此说它已尽。他通过修习圣道,省察已断的烦恼后,了知:‘在烦恼断尽时,虽然业还存在,但它于未来不会导致结生。’他便是这样了知。显示巴利原文
Katamā panassa jāti khīṇā, kathañca naṃ abbhaññāsīti? Vuccate – na tāvassa atītā jāti khīṇā pubbeva khīṇattā, na anāgatā anāgate vāyāmābhāvato, na paccuppannā vijjamānattā. Yā pana maggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhedā jāti, sā maggassa bhāvitattā anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena khīṇā. Taṃ so maggabhāvanāya pahīnakilese paccavekkhitvā kilesābhāve vijjamānampi kammaṃ āyatiṃ apaṭisandhikaṃ hotīti jānanto jānāti.
'Vusitaṃ'(已住)即已住、遍住,意思是已作、已行、已究竟。'Brahmacariyaṃ'(梵行)指道梵行。'Kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ'(所作已作),意思是:于四圣谛,通过四道,以遍知、断除、作证、修习的方式,那十六种应作之事皆已究竟。'Nāparaṃ itthattāya'(不再有如此状态),即:现在不再为如此状态——那十六种应作之事的状态,或为了烦恼的灭尽——而有道的修习。或者,'itthattāya'指‘从此状态’,即从此正在运作的蕴相续之外,没有其他的蕴相续。他了知:‘这五蕴已被遍知,安住着,犹如一棵被截断根的树。’'Aññataro'(某一位)即一位。'Arahataṃ'(阿罗汉)即在阿罗汉们当中。这是说:‘在诸大弟子之中,尊者婆罗堕阇是其中一位。’这就是此处的意趣。显示巴利原文
Vusitanti vutthaṃ parivutthaṃ, kataṃ caritaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Kataṃ karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena soḷasavidhampi kiccaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti idāni puna itthabhāvāya evaṃ soḷasakiccabhāvāya kilesakkhayāya vā maggabhāvanā natthīti. Atha vā itthattāyāti itthabhāvato, imasmā evaṃpakārā idāni vattamānakkhandhasantānā aparaṃ khandhasantānaṃ natthi. Ime pana pañcakkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlako rukkho viyāti abbhaññāsi. Aññataroti eko. Arahatanti arahantānaṃ. Mahāsāvakānaṃ abbhantaro āyasmā bhāradvājo ahosīti ayaṃ kirettha adhippāyoti.
《经集》注疏中,《耕者婆罗堕阇经》的注释部分至此结束。显示巴利原文
Suttanipāta-aṭṭhakathāya kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
5. 纯陀经的注释显示巴利原文
5. Cundasuttavaṇṇanā
83 “我要问牟尼,广慧者”——此是《纯陀经》。缘起为何?简而言之,在依自心欲乐、他心欲乐、事由发生及由提问所摄的这四种缘起中,这部经的缘起是由提问所摄。若详述:一时,世尊在末罗族中游行,与大比丘僧团同行,到达波婆城。在那里,世尊住于波婆城铁匠之子纯陀的芒果园中。此后,直至“那时,世尊于午前披好下衣,持钵与衣,与比丘僧团一同前往铁匠之子纯陀的住处;到达后,坐于已敷设的座上”(长部2.189)为止,皆应依经中所述详细展开。显示巴利原文
83.Pucchāmimuniṃ pahūtapaññanti cundasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Saṅkhepato tāva attajjhāsayaparajjhāsayaaṭṭhuppattipucchāvasikabhedato catūsu uppattīsu imassa suttassa pucchāvasikā uppatti. Vitthārato pana ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Ito pabhuti yāva ‘‘atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.189), tāva sutte āgatanayeneva vitthāretabbaṃ.
如此,世尊与比丘僧团一同坐好后,铁匠之子纯陀在侍奉以佛陀为首的比丘僧团用餐时,为盛取菜肴、汤等,便将金制器皿递予比丘们。于学处尚未制立时,有些比丘接受了金器,有些则未接受。世尊自己只用一只石钵——诸佛不用第二只钵。当时,有一恶比丘,将一只价值千金的金器取到手,为供自己吃饭,竟生起盗心,将其塞入自己装零星物件的袋中。纯陀侍奉完毕,洗净手脚,礼敬世尊、环顾比丘僧团时,看见了那位比丘;见后,他佯装未见,未对那位比丘说任何话,这既是出于对世尊和长老们的恭敬,也心想:“莫让邪见者有机会议论。”他欲知:“这些沙门,是全都真正防护戒律呢,还是也有如此毁坏防护的沙门?”于是,在傍晚时分,他来到世尊处,说道:“我要问牟尼。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ nisinne bhagavati cundo kammāraputto buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisanto byañjanasūpādigahaṇatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ suvaṇṇabhājanāni upanāmesi. Apaññatte sikkhāpade keci bhikkhū suvaṇṇabhājanāni paṭicchiṃsu keci na paṭicchiṃsu. Bhagavato pana ekameva bhājanaṃ attano selamayaṃ pattaṃ, dutiyabhājanaṃ buddhā na gaṇhanti. Tattha aññataro pāpabhikkhu sahassagghanakaṃ suvaṇṇabhājanaṃ attano bhojanatthāya sampattaṃ theyyacittena kuñcikatthavikāya pakkhipi. Cundo parivisitvā hatthapādaṃ dhovitvā bhagavantaṃ namassamāno bhikkhusaṅghaṃ olokento taṃ bhikkhuṃ addasa, disvā ca pana apassamāno viya hutvā na naṃ kiñci abhaṇi bhagavati theresu ca gāravena, apica ‘‘micchādiṭṭhikānaṃ vacanapatho mā ahosī’’ti. So ‘‘kiṃ nu kho saṃvarayuttāyeva samaṇā, udāhu bhinnasaṃvarā īdisāpi samaṇā’’ti ñātukāmo sāyanhasamaye bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha ‘‘pucchāmi muni’’nti.
此处,“我要问”(pucchāmi)一词,在《小义释·富楼那卡学童问经解说》等处,以“有三问:未见解明之问……”等方式,已依解说中所释之方式解释过了。“牟尼”(muni)一词,亦以“牟那,即是智慧。此慧即了知……乃至正见。具此智慧者称为牟尼,即达到牟那境界者;有三种牟那:身牟那……”等方式,同样于其中已作解释。在此仅简略而言:“我要问”是请求允诺,而以“牟尼”称呼世尊,意为牟尼中的牟尼。“广慧”(pahūtapañña)等是称赞之辞,他以这些话语赞美那位牟尼。其中,“广慧”指智慧广博。当知他的智慧之所以广博,是因为已穷尽一切应知范畴。“铁匠之子纯陀”一句,于这两处皆应如《陀尼耶经》中所说而解。自此以下,于其所说,不再赘言,一切已说之处皆略去,唯解释未说之部分。显示巴利原文
Tattha pucchāmīti idaṃ ‘‘tisso pucchā adiṭṭhajotanā pucchā’’tiādinā (cūḷani. puṇṇakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 12) nayena niddese vuttanayameva. Muninti etampi ‘‘monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. Yā paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi, tena ñāṇena samannāgato muni, monappattoti, tīṇi moneyyāni kāyamoneyya’’ntiādinā (mahāni. 14) nayena tattheva vuttanayameva . Ayampanettha saṅkhepo. Pucchāmīti okāsaṃ kārento muninti munimuniṃ bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Pahūtapaññantiādīni thutivacanāni, tehi taṃ muniṃ thunāti. Tattha pahūtapaññanti vipulapaññaṃ. Ñeyyapariyantikattā cassa vipulatā veditabbā. Iti cundo kammāraputtoti idaṃ dvayaṃ dhaniyasutte vuttanayameva. Ito paraṃ pana ettakampi avatvā sabbaṃ vuttanayaṃ chaḍḍetvā avuttanayameva vaṇṇayissāma.
“佛陀”:指三种佛中的第三种佛。“法主”:因为他是道法的出生者,犹如儿子之于父亲,又如教导自所生起工巧处等技艺的老师,故称为法的主人,意即法的自在者、法王、法的掌控者。此义也曾如是说:显示巴利原文
Buddhanti tīsu buddhesu tatiyabuddhaṃ. Dhammassāminti maggadhammassa janakattā puttasseva pitaraṃ attanā uppāditasippāyatanādīnaṃ viya ca ācariyaṃ dhammassa sāmiṃ, dhammissaraṃ dhammarājaṃ dhammavasavattinti attho. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“确实,婆罗门,彼世尊令未生之道得以生起,令未生之道得以产生,宣说未曾宣说之道。他是知道者、见道者、于道善巧者。而如今,随道而行的弟子们,乃是后时才具足这些的。”(《中部》3.79)显示巴利原文
‘‘So hi, brāhmaṇa, bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū, maggavidū, maggakovido. Maggānugā ca pana etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchā samannāgatā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.79).
“离爱”:指已远离了对欲有、对有、对无有的渴爱。“两足最胜”:指在两足众生中最为尊胜。于此,虽然世尊并不仅仅是两足中的最胜者,实则凡所有众生,无论是无足的、两足的……乃至非想非非想的,他在这一切之中都是最胜的。然而,为取最殊胜的界定,才称之为“两足最胜”。因为两足在一切众生中最为殊胜,转轮王、大弟子、独觉佛都出现其中,所以说他在这些中最胜,即意味着“一切众生中最胜”。“驭者中之最胜者”:“驭者”意为能令驾驭者,是对象师等的称呼;世尊在他们中最为殊胜,因为他能以无上调御调伏应被调伏者。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Vītataṇhanti vigatakāmabhavavibhavataṇhaṃ. Dvipaduttamanti dvipadānaṃ uttamaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi bhagavā na kevalaṃ dvipaduttamo eva, atha kho yāvatā sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tesaṃ sabbesaṃ uttamo. Atha kho ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena dvipaduttamotveva vuccati. Dvipadā hi sabbasattānaṃ ukkaṭṭhā cakkavattimahāsāvakapaccekabuddhānaṃ tattha uppattito, tesañca uttamoti vutte sabbasattuttamoti vuttoyeva hoti. Sārathīnaṃ pavaranti sāretīti sārathi, hatthidamakādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tesañca bhagavā pavaro anuttarena damanena purisadamme dametuṃ samatthabhāvato. Yathāha –
比丘们!象师所调御的应调之象,只朝一个方向奔跑:或东方、西方、北方或南方。比丘们!马师所调御的应调之马……乃至牛师所调御的应调之牛……也只朝或南方奔跑。然而,比丘们!如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者所调御的应调之人,则向八个方向奔驰,即:有色者见色,这是一个方向……乃至具足想受灭定而住,这是第八个方向。显示巴利原文
‘‘Hatthidamakena, bhikkhave, hatthidammo sārito ekaṃ eva disaṃ dhāvati puratthimaṃ vā pacchimaṃ vā uttaraṃ vā dakkhiṇaṃ vā. Assadamakena, bhikkhave, assadammo…pe… godamakena, bhikkhave, godammo…pe… dakkhiṇaṃ vā. Tathāgatena hi, bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena purisadammo sārito aṭṭha disā vidhāvati, rūpī rūpāni passati, ayamekā disā…pe… saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamī disā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.312).
Katī(有多少)是询问义理分类的差别。Loke(世间)指有情世间。Samaṇā(沙门)标示出所应问的义理。Iṅgha(请)是表达祈求的语气词。Tadiṅgha(请说他们)即“请你说说他们”。Brūhi(说吧)意为“你讲述,你宣说出来”。显示巴利原文
Katīti atthappabhedapucchā. Loketi sattaloke. Samaṇāti pucchitabbaatthanidassanaṃ. Iṅghāti yācanatthe nipāto. Tadiṅghāti te iṅgha. Brūhīti ācikkha kathayassūti.
84 如此说时,世尊观察到铁匠之子纯陀并非如《中部》等经所载,先以“什么是善?什么是不善?”等方式询问在家人的问题,然后再问沙门的问题。世尊思惟后了知:“他是针对那位恶比丘而问的。”于是,为了指出那位恶比丘徒有名称而并非沙门,世尊便说:“有四种沙门。”在这里,“四种”(caturo)是对数量的界定。而“沙门”(samaṇā)这个词——有时世尊用它称说外道,如:“那些普通沙门、婆罗门所用的种种誓愿、喧闹、吉兆等。”(《中部》1.407);有时用它称说凡夫,如:“比丘们!人们就认为这些是‘沙门们、沙门们’。”(《中部》1.435);有时称说有学,如:“比丘们!就在这里有一位沙门,这里有第二位沙门。”(《中部》1.139;《长部》2.214;《增支部》4.241);有时称说漏尽者,如:“因漏尽而成为沙门。”(《中部》1.438);有时只称说他自己,如:“比丘们!‘沙门’一词,是如来的别名。”(《增支部》8.85)。但在这里,他用前三种称谓包含了所有圣者以及持戒者。显示巴利原文
84. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, kusalaṃ, kiṃ akusala’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 3.296) nayena gihipañhaṃ apucchitvā samaṇapañhaṃ pucchantaṃ disvā āvajjento ‘‘taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ sandhāya ayaṃ pucchatī’’ti ñatvā tassa aññatra vohāramattā assamaṇabhāvaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘caturo samaṇā’’ti. Tattha caturoti saṅkhyāparicchedo. Samaṇāti kadāci bhagavā titthiye samaṇavādena vadati; yathāha – ‘‘yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vatakotūhalamaṅgalānī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.407). Kadāci puthujjane; yathāha – ‘‘samaṇā samaṇāti kho, bhikkhave, jano sañjānātī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.435). Kadāci sekkhe; yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; dī. ni. 2.214; a. ni. 4.241). Kadāci khīṇāsave; yathāha – ‘‘āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.438). Kadāci attānaṃyeva; yathāha – ‘‘samaṇoti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (a. ni. 8.85). Idha pana tīhi padehi sabbepi ariye sīlavantaṃ puthujjanañca , catutthena itaraṃ assamaṇampi bhaṇḍuṃ kāsāvakaṇṭhaṃ kevalaṃ vohāramattakena samaṇoti saṅgaṇhitvā ‘‘caturo samaṇā’’ti āha. Na pañcamatthīti imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vohāramattakena paṭiññāmattakenāpi pañcamo samaṇo nāma natthi.
“我为你显明他们”(Te te āvikaromī)的意思是:我将那四位沙门清楚地展示给你。“被当面询问”(Sakkhipuṭṭho)指被面对面地询问。“道之胜者”(Maggajino)的意思是:通过道而征服一切烦恼的人。“说道者”(Maggadesako)是指为他人开示道的人。“于道活命者”(Magge jīvati)是指:在七种有学当中,任何一位尚未圆满道迹、安住于出世间道的,即称为‘于道活命者’;持戒的凡夫则安住于世间道,故也是‘于道活命者’;又,持戒凡夫为谋生计而缘取出世间道相,亦可了知为‘于道活命者’。而“坏道者”(Yo ca maggadūsī)是指那些不持戒、怀有邪见,以违反道的修行来破坏道的人,这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
Te te āvikaromīti te caturo samaṇe tava pākaṭe karomi. Sakkhipuṭṭhoti sammukhā pucchito. Maggajinoti maggena sabbakilese vijitāvīti attho. Maggadesakoti paresaṃ maggaṃ desetā. Magge jīvatīti sattasu sekkhesu yo koci sekkho apariyositamaggavāsattā lokuttare, sīlavantaputhujjano ca lokiye magge jīvati nāma, sīlavantaputhujjano vā lokuttaramagganimittaṃ jīvanatopi magge jīvatīti veditabbo. Yo ca maggadūsīti yo ca dussīlo micchādiṭṭhi maggapaṭilomāya paṭipattiyā maggadūsakoti attho.
85 当世尊以“这四位沙门”(Ime te caturo samaṇā)简略地举出四位沙门之后,纯陀无法分别了知“此即道之胜者,此即说道者,此即于道活命者,此即坏道者”,于是他再次问道:“谁是道之胜者?”(Kaṃ maggajinaṃ)。在此,“于道活命者”(magge jīvati me)的意思是:请你告诉我那位住于道而活命的人。其余文句的含义显而易见。显示巴利原文
85. ‘‘Ime te caturo samaṇā’’ti evaṃ bhagavatā saṅkhepena uddiṭṭhe caturo samaṇe ‘‘ayaṃ nāmettha maggajino, ayaṃ maggadesako, ayaṃ magge jīvati, ayaṃ maggadūsī’’ti evaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ asakkonto puna pucchituṃ cundo āha ‘‘kaṃ maggajina’’nti. Tattha magge jīvati meti yo so magge jīvati, taṃ me brūhi puṭṭhoti. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
86 于是,世尊为以四首偈颂分别说明这四位沙门,而说:“那位渡越疑惑、离却箭刺者……”(yo tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo)。其中,“渡越疑惑、离却箭刺者”(tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo)的意义,与《蛇喻经》中所释相同。然而此处有一特别之处:因为此偈所指的是作为“道之胜者”的佛陀沙门,故他以一切知智,渡越了对于一切法那类似疑惑的无明,因此也应当了知为“渡越疑惑者”。如前所述,即使预流者乃至独觉佛等亦被称为渡越疑惑者,但因其对一来者的境界,乃至对佛陀境界等,智慧光明有所障碍,故从权宜而言,他们并非完全渡越疑惑。唯有世尊,才是一切方式完全渡越疑惑之人。“乐涅槃者”(Nibbānābhirato)意为:乐于涅槃;即以果等至的成就,心恒常趣向涅槃。世尊正是如此。正如所说:显示巴利原文
86. Idānissa bhagavā caturopi samaṇe catūhi gāthāhi niddisanto āha ‘‘yo tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo’’ti. Tattha tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visalloti etaṃ uragasutte vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso. Yasmā imāya gāthāya maggajinoti buddhasamaṇo adhippeto, tasmā sabbaññutaññāṇena kathaṃkathāpatirūpakassa sabbadhammesu aññāṇassa tiṇṇattāpi ‘‘tiṇṇakathaṃkatho’’ti veditabbo. Pubbe vuttanayena hi tiṇṇakathaṃkathāpi sotāpannādayo paccekabuddhapariyosānā sakadāgāmivisayādīsu buddhavisayapariyosānesu paṭihatañāṇappabhāvattā pariyāyena atiṇṇakathaṃkathāva honti. Bhagavā pana sabbappakārena tiṇṇakathaṃkathoti. Nibbānābhiratoti nibbāne abhirato, phalasamāpattivasena sadā nibbānaninnacittoti attho. Tādiso ca bhagavā. Yathāha –
阿耆毗舍那,就在那段话结束之时,我即在那先前的定相上,将心向内安置,令安稳、令专一、令入定。显示巴利原文
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tassā eva kathāya pariyosāne, tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi, sannisādemi, ekodiṃ karomi, samādahāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.387).
“不贪著者”:指不以渴爱的贪欲去贪求任何法。
“含天神的世间之引路者”:谓随顺众生之意乐与随眠而说法,于《彼岸道》《大会经》等众多经典中,引导无量人、天证悟真理,故为含天神的世间之引导者,能令度脱,到达彼岸。
“如彼者”:即具有上述特质,于世间法完全不受扰动之人。
其余的意义已很清楚。显示巴利原文
Anānugiddhoti kañci dhammaṃ taṇhāgedhena ananugijjhanto. Lokassa sadevakassa netāti āsayānusayānulomena dhammaṃ desetvā pārāyanamahāsamayādīsu anekesu suttantesu aparimāṇānaṃ devamanussānaṃ saccapaṭivedhasampādanena sadevakassa lokassa netā, gamayitā, tāretā, pāraṃ sampāpetāti attho. Tādinti tādisaṃ yathāvuttappakāralokadhammehi nibbikāranti attho. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
87 “最胜者”:即涅槃,乃一切法中最高、最上之义。
“凡此了知最胜者以为最胜”:指任何人在此教法中,以省察智了知那最胜者即是“最胜”。
“他宣说、他分别,唯在此处之法”:谓他宣说涅槃法——“这是涅槃”,因自证通达,故能令他人亦明;又详细分别道法:“此即四念处……乃至圣八支道。”或对利根者略说开示,对广慧者广说分别,如是开示、分别,作狮子吼:“此法唯在此教法中,不在外道。”故言“他宣说、他分别,唯在此处之法”。
那位“断疑者、牟尼、不动者”:因自证通达四谛,并能为他人说法断除疑惑,故为“断疑者”;具足牟尼之功德,故为“牟尼”;已无名为渴爱的贪著,故为“不动者”。
诸比丘称此第二种沙门为“说道者”。显示巴利原文
87. Evaṃ bhagavā imāya gāthāya ‘‘maggajina’’nti buddhasamaṇaṃ niddisitvā idāni khīṇāsavasamaṇaṃ niddisanto āha ‘‘paramaṃ paramantī’’ti. Tattha paramaṃ nāma nibbānaṃ, sabbadhammānaṃ aggaṃ uttamanti attho. Paramanti yodha ñatvāti taṃ paramaṃ paramamicceva yo idha sāsane ñatvā paccavekkhaṇañāṇena. Akkhāti vibhajate idheva dhammanti nibbānadhammaṃ akkhāti, attanā paṭividdhattā paresaṃ pākaṭaṃ karoti ‘‘idaṃ nibbāna’’nti, maggadhammaṃ vibhajati ‘‘ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti. Ubhayampi vā ugghaṭitaññūnaṃ saṅkhepadesanāya ācikkhati, vipañcitaññūnaṃ vitthāradesanāya vibhajati. Evaṃ ācikkhanto vibhajanto ca ‘‘idheva sāsane ayaṃ dhammo, na ito bahiddhā’’ti sīhanādaṃ nadanto akkhāti ca vibhajati ca. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘akkhāti vibhajate idheva dhamma’’nti. Taṃ kaṅkhachidaṃ muniṃ anejanti taṃ evarūpaṃ catusaccapaṭivedhena attano, desanāya ca paresaṃ kaṅkhacchedanena kaṅkhacchidaṃ , moneyyasamannāgamena muniṃ, ejāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāya abhāvato anejaṃ dutiyaṃ bhikkhunamāhu maggadesinti.
88 「法句」(dhammapade):之所以称为法句,是因它以涅槃法为足处;或因它不落两边而善说,又或因它随顺意乐、以四念处等多种方式而善说,故称「善说」(sudesite)。一位具有道的人,由于道业尚未完成,所以「于道活命」(magge jīvati);他以戒的调御而得防护(saññato);以身等为所缘的念已善安立,或以长时修习等为依因而有念,故称「有念」(satimā);他连微细的过失也没有,故称「无过」(anavajjattā);那些以部分为足处、称为三十七菩提分法的无过之句(anavajjapadāni),他通过从坏灭智开始的修习而恒常持守,故为「修习无过句」。诸比丘称这第三种比丘为「道活命者」。显示巴利原文
88. Evaṃ imāya gāthāya sayaṃ anuttaraṃ maggaṃ uppādetvā desanāya anuttaro maggadesī samānopi dūtamiva lekhavācakamiva ca rañño attano sāsanaharaṃ sāsanajotakañca ‘‘maggadesi’’nti khīṇāsavasamaṇaṃ niddisitvā idāni sekkhasamaṇañca sīlavantaputhujjanasamaṇañca niddisanto āha ‘‘yo dhammapade’’ti. Tattha padavaṇṇanā pākaṭāyeva. Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – yo nibbānadhammassa padattā dhammapade, ubho ante anupagamma desitattā āsayānurūpato vā satipaṭṭhānādinānappakārehi desitattā sudesite, maggasamaṅgīpi anavasitamaggakiccattā magge jīvati, sīlasaṃyamena saññato, kāyādīsu sūpaṭṭhitāya cirakatādisaraṇāya vā satiyā satimā, aṇumattassāpi vajjassa abhāvato anavajjattā, koṭṭhāsabhāvena ca padattā sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammasaṅkhātāni anavajjapadāni bhaṅgañāṇato pabhuti bhāvanāsevanāya sevamāno, taṃ bhikkhunaṃ tatiyaṃ maggajīvinti āhūti.
89 「作了遮掩」(chadanaṃ katvānā)意为:装出正当的模样,披上外相,执持外在的形相。「善戒者」(Subbatānanti)指佛陀、独觉佛与声闻弟子这些具足善戒者。因其所持戒行善美,故称「善戒者」。「窜入者」(Pakkhandī)指跳入、混入其中之人。恶戒者为了掩盖自身恶戒,犹如以草叶等遮掩粪便一般,也伪装成善戒者的样子,窜入比丘众中,声称「我也是比丘」;当分发资具提到「这物品应由有这些腊数的比丘领取」时,他便窜入去取,说「我有这么多腊数了」。因此说:「于善戒者中作了遮掩而窜入。」对于四种姓(刹帝利等)家族所生起的信心,他以自身不正当的行为加以败坏,故称「败家者」(kuladūsako)。「不庄重者」(Pagabbho)指具足八种身不庄重、四种语不庄重以及多种心不庄重的人。此处仅为略说,详解见于《慈经注》。显示巴利原文
89. Evaṃ bhagavā imāya gāthāya ‘‘maggajīvi’’nti sekkhasamaṇaṃ sīlavantaputhujjanasamaṇañca niddisitvā idāni taṃ bhaṇḍuṃ kāsāvakaṇṭhaṃ kevalaṃ vohāramattasamaṇaṃ niddisanto āha ‘‘chadanaṃ katvānā’’ti. Tattha chadanaṃ katvānāti patirūpaṃ karitvā, vesaṃ gahetvā, liṅgaṃ dhāretvāti attho. Subbatānanti buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ. Tesañhi sundarāni vatāni, tasmā te subbatāti vuccanti. Pakkhandīti pakkhandako, anto pavisakoti attho. Dussīlo hi gūthapaṭicchādanatthaṃ tiṇapaṇṇādicchadanaṃ viya attano dussīlabhāvaṃ paṭicchādanatthaṃ subbatānaṃ chadanaṃ katvā ‘‘ahampi bhikkhū’’ti bhikkhumajjhe pakkhandati, ‘‘ettakavassena bhikkhunā gahetabbaṃ eta’’nti lābhe dīyamāne ‘‘ahaṃ ettakavasso’’ti gaṇhituṃ pakkhandati, tena vuccati ‘‘chadanaṃ katvāna subbatānaṃ pakkhandī’’ti. Catunnampi khattiyādikulānaṃ uppannaṃ pasādaṃ ananurūpapaṭipattiyā dūsetīti kuladūsako. Pagabbhoti aṭṭhaṭṭhānena kāyapāgabbhiyena, catuṭṭhānena vacīpāgabbhiyena, anekaṭṭhānena manopāgabbhiyena ca samannāgatoti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāraṃ pana mettasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
「诈伪者」(māyāvī):因具足以掩盖为特征的谄曲,故称诈伪者。「不防护者」(asaññato):因无戒的调御,故为不防护者。「谷壳」(palāpo):因其如同谷壳。正如谷壳内无米粒,外覆糠皮而看似稻谷;同样,此中有人内无戒等功德之坚实核心,外却以善行伪装、沙门形相而显似沙门。因其类似谷壳,故称「谷壳」。在《入出息念经》中,曾说:「比丘们,此众无谷壳,比丘们,此众离谷壳,清净安立于核心」(《中部·入出息念经》),那里把善凡夫也称为「谷壳」。但在此处及《迦毗罗经》中:「所以应将谷壳驱逐,这些非沙门却以沙门自傲的人」(《经集·蛇品》),则是把犯根本戒者称为「谷壳」。「以伪装而行持,坏道者」(Patirūpena caraṃ samaggadūsī)指:他以善行外表为掩盖,如此行持,使得人们这样认知:「这个人是林栖者、树下住者、粪扫衣者、乞食者、少欲知足者」。他以这种伪装、外在看似适宜的威仪而行,这种人由于毁坏了自己出世间的……显示巴利原文
Katapaṭicchādanalakkhaṇāya māyāya samannāgatattā māyāvī. Sīlasaṃyamābhāvena asaññato. Palāpasadisattā palāpo. Yathā hi palāpo anto taṇḍularahitopi bahi thusena vīhi viya dissati, evamidhekacco anto sīlādiguṇasāravirahitopi bahi subbatacchadanena samaṇavesena samaṇo viya dissati. So evaṃ palāpasadisattā ‘‘palāpo’’ti vuccati. Ānāpānassatisutte pana ‘‘apalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā, nippalāpāyaṃ, bhikkhave, parisā, suddhā sāre patiṭṭhitā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.146) evaṃ puthujjanakalyāṇopi ‘‘palāpo’’ti vutto . Idha pana kapilasutte ca ‘‘tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine’’ti (su. ni. 284) evaṃ parājitako ‘‘palāpo’’ti vutto. Patirūpena caraṃ samaggadūsīti taṃ subbatānaṃ chadanaṃ katvā yathā carantaṃ ‘‘āraññiko ayaṃ rukkhamūliko, paṃsukūliko, piṇḍapātiko, appiccho, santuṭṭho’’ti jano jānāti, evaṃ patirūpena yuttarūpena bāhiramaṭṭhena ācārena caranto puggalo attano lokuttaramaggassa, paresaṃ sugatimaggassa ca dūsanato ‘‘maggadūsī’’ti veditabbo.
90 “而这些,他已通达”(ete ca paṭivijjhī)意思是:任何在家居士,无论是刹帝利、婆罗门还是其他种姓,只要听闻了这四种沙门的特征,就成为多闻者;由于这些特征是从圣者那里听闻的,所以是圣弟子;仅凭了知“此人具此特征,彼人具彼特征”,就成为具慧者。他明白:像最后所说的坏道者正是如此,而其余沙门都并非如此。如此了知后,他这样观察,即使见到那个造恶的恶比丘……。此处的句子连接是:“而这些,他已通达”——任何一位多闻的在家圣弟子、具慧者,依其智慧了知“所有其他沙门都不是这样”而安住,这样观察后,他的信心便不退失;即使看见正在造此恶业的恶比丘,信心也不会退失、不会减弱、不会消失。显示巴利原文
90. Evaṃ imāya gāthāya ‘‘maggadūsī’’ti dussīlaṃ vohāramattakasamaṇaṃ niddisitvā idāni tesaṃ aññamaññaṃ abyāmissībhāvaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘ete ca paṭivijjhī’’ti. Tassattho – ete caturo samaṇe yathāvuttena lakkhaṇena paṭivijjhi aññāsi sacchākāsi yo gahaṭṭho khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā añño vā koci, imesaṃ catunnaṃ samaṇānaṃ lakkhaṇassavanamattena sutavā, tasseva lakkhaṇassa ariyānaṃ santike sutattā ariyasāvako, teyeva samaṇe ‘‘ayañca ayañca evaṃlakkhaṇo’’ti pajānanamattena sappañño, yādiso ayaṃ pacchā vutto maggadūsī, itarepi sabbe netādisāti ñatvā iti disvā evaṃ pāpaṃ karontampi etaṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ disvā. Tatthāyaṃ yojanā – ete ca paṭivijjhi yo gahaṭṭho sutavā ariyasāvako sappañño, tassa tāya paññāya sabbe ‘‘netādisā’’ti ñatvā viharato iti disvā na hāpeti saddhā, evaṃ pāpakammaṃ karontaṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ disvāpi na hāpeti, na hāyati, na nassati saddhāti.
这样,以此偈颂阐明他们没有混杂之后,为了称赞那位虽然看见如此事实、却仍了知“并非所有人都是这样”的圣弟子,世尊说:“怎会以污……”(kathañhi duṭṭhena)。句中连接是:对于多闻的圣弟子,这正是恰当的——即使见到某个比丘在作恶,仍能了知“并非所有人都是那样”。什么原因呢?“怎会以污将未染污、清净与不清净等同视之?”(kathañhi duṭṭhena asampaduṭṭhaṃ, suddhaṃ asuddhena samaṃ kareyya)即:多闻的圣弟子、具慧者,怎会因为戒行败坏而染污、毁坏道的人,就把未染污的其余三种沙门、清净的沙门,以及因身行不清净等而不清净的最后那种徒有虚名的沙门,看作相同、相似呢?在这部经结束时,并未为那位在家居士解说任何道或果,因为他仅仅是断除了疑惑。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ imāya gāthāya tesaṃ abyāmissībhāvaṃ dīpetvā idāni iti disvāpi ‘‘sabbe netādisā’’ti jānantaṃ ariyasāvakaṃ pasaṃsanto āha ‘‘kathañhi duṭṭhenā’’ti. Tassa sambandho – etadeva ca yuttaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa, yadidaṃ ekaccaṃ pāpaṃ karontaṃ iti disvāpi sabbe ‘‘netādisā’’ti jānanaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Kathañhi duṭṭhena asampaduṭṭhaṃ, suddhaṃ asuddhena samaṃ kareyyāti? Tassattho – kathañhi sutavā ariyasāvako sappañño, sīlavipattiyā duṭṭhena maggadūsinā aduṭṭhaṃ itaraṃ samaṇattayaṃ, suddhaṃ samaṇattayamevaṃ aparisuddhakāyasamācāratādīhi asuddhena pacchimena vohāramattakasamaṇena samaṃ kareyya sadisanti jāneyyāti. Suttapariyosāne upāsakassa maggo vā phalaṃ vā na kathitaṃ. Kaṅkhāmattameva hi tassa pahīnanti.
6.《衰败经》释义显示巴利原文
6. Parābhavasuttavaṇṇanā
这部《衰败经》以“如是我闻”开头。它由何因缘而起?据说,那些天神听闻了《吉祥经》后,心中生起这样的念头:“世尊在《吉祥经》中,宣说了众生的进步与平安,决定地开示了‘兴盛’,却没有谈到‘衰败’。那么,我们现在就来请问那些令众生退步、毁灭的衰败吧。”于是,在宣讲《吉祥经》的次日,十千世界的天神们都希望听闻《衰败经》,便全部聚集到这一个世界来。他们在如发梢尖许的空间里,化现出十、二十、三十、四十、五十、六十、七十、八十乃至极微细之身,光明与威势盖过了一切欲界天神、魔众和梵天众。他们围绕着坐在特地敷设的最胜佛座上的世尊,恭敬而立。此时,一位由帝释天王所派遣的天子,便向世尊请问衰败的问题。于是,世尊便依他所问,开示了这部经。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti parābhavasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Maṅgalasuttaṃ kira sutvā devānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā maṅgalasutte sattānaṃ vuḍḍhiñca sotthiñca kathayamānena ekaṃsena bhavo eva kathito, no parābhavo. Handa dāni yena sattā parihāyanti vinassanti, taṃ nesaṃ parābhavampi pucchāmā’’ti. Atha maṅgalasuttaṃ kathitadivasato dutiyadivase dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatāyo parābhavasuttaṃ sotukāmā imasmiṃ ekacakkavāḷe sannipatitvā ekavālaggakoṭiokāsamatte dasapi vīsampi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi saṭṭhipi sattatipi asītipi sukhumattabhāve nimminitvā sabbadevamārabrahmāno siriyā ca tejena ca adhigayha virocamānaṃ paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Tato sakkena devānamindena āṇatto aññataro devaputto bhagavantaṃ parābhavapañhaṃ pucchi. Atha bhagavā pucchāvasena imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
在此,「如是我闻」等语句,出自尊者阿难之口。那些一问一答交替而成的偈颂——如「衰败的人」等——是天子所说;而那些作为答偈的,如「容易了知他是兴盛的人」等,以及最后的结偈,则是世尊所说。将这一切汇集起来,便称为《衰败经》。至于其中「如是我闻」等应解释的文句,我们将在《吉祥经》的注释中详加说明。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādi āyasmatā ānandena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Parābhavantaṃ purisa’’ntiādinā nayena ekantarikā gāthā devaputtena vuttā, ‘‘suvijāno bhavaṃ hotī’’tiādinā nayena ekantarikā eva avasānagāthā ca bhagavatā vuttā, tadetaṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘parābhavasutta’’nti vuccati. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
91 在「衰败的人」等句中,“衰败”指正在退步、毁灭。“人”指任何众生、有情。“我们来请问乔达摩”——这位天子为了表示自己与其余天神一同前来,并请求说法之机,便以姓氏称呼世尊。“我们前来请问您这位尊者”,意思是:我们从各处轮围世界来到这里,想请问您这位尊者,以此表达恭敬。“什么是衰败之门?”整句意思是:请您为前来的人解说,衰败的人以什么为门、入口、根源、原因,好让我们能够认出衰败的人。这样,他是在询问「衰败的人」这个词语中所指的衰败者的衰败之因。因为知道了衰败的原因,由于那个原因的共通性,就能认出任何一个衰败的人了。显示巴利原文
91.Parābhavantaṃ purisantiādīsu pana parābhavantanti parihāyantaṃ vinassantaṃ. Purisanti yaṃkiñci sattaṃ jantuṃ. Mayaṃ pucchāmagotamāti sesadevehi saddhiṃ attānaṃ nidassetvā okāsaṃ kārento so devaputto gottena bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Bhavantaṃ puṭṭhumāgammāti mayañhi bhavantaṃ pucchissāmāti tato tato cakkavāḷā āgatāti attho. Etena ādaraṃ dasseti. Kiṃ parābhavato mukhanti evaṃ āgatānaṃ amhākaṃ brūhi parābhavato purisassa kiṃ mukhaṃ, kiṃ dvāraṃ, kā yoni, kiṃ kāraṇaṃ, yena mayaṃ parābhavantaṃ purisaṃ jāneyyāmāti attho. Etena ‘‘parābhavantaṃ purisa’’nti ettha vuttassa parābhavato purisassa parābhavakāraṇaṃ pucchati. Parābhavakāraṇe hi ñāte tena kāraṇasāmaññena sakkā yo koci parābhavapuriso jānitunti .
92 接着,世尊为了清楚揭示其义,先明对立面,在以个人为根本的教导中阐明衰败之门,于是说:「容易了知他是兴盛的人」。它的意思是:那个正在兴盛、增长而不衰败的人,是容易了知的——可以轻松、不费力、不难地认出来。而“衰败”指的是正在退步、毁灭,也就是你们所问的那个衰败之人的门;这个人,也同样容易了知。如何呢?一个“喜爱法的人”就是那个“兴盛的人”:他喜爱、好乐、希求、听闻并实践十善业道法。由于看到、听到他这样的实践,便能知道他,所以说“容易了知”。相反地,一个“憎恶法的人”就是那个“衰败的人”:他憎恶、不喜爱、不好乐、不希求、不听闻、不实践同样的法。由于看到、听到他这样违反正道的行径,便能知道他,所以也说“容易了知”。如此,世尊在此通过显示对立面,从义理上先指明了“爱法”是兴盛之门,再指明“憎法”是衰败之门。应当这样来理解。显示巴利原文
92. Athassa bhagavā suṭṭhu pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ dassetvā puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya parābhavamukhaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘suvijāno bhava’’nti. Tassattho – yvāyaṃ bhavaṃ vaḍḍhanto aparihāyanto puriso, so suvijāno hoti, sukhena akasirena akicchena sakkā vijānituṃ. Yopāyaṃ parābhavatīti parābhavo, parihāyati vinassati, yassa tumhe parābhavato purisassa mukhaṃ maṃ pucchatha, sopi suvijāno. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi dhammakāmo bhavaṃ hoti dasakusalakammapathadhammaṃ kāmeti, piheti, pattheti, suṇāti, paṭipajjati, so taṃ paṭipattiṃ disvā sutvā ca jānitabbato suvijāno hoti. Itaropi dhammadessī parābhavo, tameva dhammaṃ dessati, na kāmeti, na piheti, na pattheti, na suṇāti, na paṭipajjati, so taṃ vippaṭipattiṃ disvā sutvā ca jānitabbato suvijāno hotīti. Evamettha bhagavā paṭipakkhaṃ dassento atthato dhammakāmataṃ bhavato mukhaṃ dassetvā dhammadessitaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ dassetīti veditabbaṃ.
93 接着,那位天神对世尊所说感到欢喜,便说:“正是如此,世尊!正是如此。”其含义为:正如世尊所说,我们正是这样了知、这样把握、这样铭记——这就是第一种衰败,其特征为憎恶法。我们正是为了了知种种衰败之门而来,在这些衰败之门中,这便是一种。此处应知词源:“衰败”意指以此而衰败。以何而衰败?即以彼衰败之门,亦即其因。此处仅是文字表达上的差别,从义理来看,说“衰败”与说“衰败之门”并无差异。如此,因了知了一种衰败之门而生起欢喜;继而因欲了知更多,便问:“世尊,请说第二种,什么是衰败之门?”此后,对于第三种、第四种等的提问,亦应依此理趣而解。显示巴利原文
93. Atha sā devatā bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandamānā āha ‘‘iti heta’’nti. Tassattho – iti hi yathā vutto bhagavatā, tatheva etaṃ vijānāma, gaṇhāma, dhārema, paṭhamo so parābhavo so dhammadessitālakkhaṇo paṭhamo parābhavo. Yāni mayaṃ parābhavamukhāni vijānituṃ āgatamhā, tesu idaṃ tāva ekaṃ parābhavamukhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha viggaho, parābhavanti etenāti parābhavo. Kena ca parābhavanti? Yaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ, kāraṇaṃ, tena. Byañjanamattena eva hi ettha nānākaraṇaṃ, atthato pana parābhavoti vā parābhavato mukhanti vā nānākaraṇaṃ natthi. Evamekaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ vijānāmāti abhinanditvā tato paraṃ ñātukāmatāyāha ‘‘dutiyaṃ bhagavā brūhi, kiṃ parābhavato mukha’’nti. Ito parañca tatiyaṃ catutthantiādīsupi imināva nayenattho veditabbo.
94 在回答的部分,也应当如此理解:因为各类众生各自具足种种不同的衰败之门,并非一人具足所有衰败之门,也并非所有人都具足同一种衰败之门。因此,为了向他们显示各自不同的衰败之门,佛陀以“非善者对他们而言是可爱的”等方式,立足于个人的教法,宣说了种种衰败之门。显示巴利原文
94. Byākaraṇapakkhepi ca yasmā te te sattā tehi tehi parābhavamukhehi samannāgatā, na ekoyeva sabbehi, na ca sabbe ekeneva, tasmā tesaṃ tesaṃ tāni tāni parābhavamukhāni dassetuṃ ‘‘asantassa piyā hontī’’tiādinā nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānāya eva desanāya nānāvidhāni parābhavamukhāni byākāsīti veditabbā.
于此,先作简要的义解:“非善者”指的是六位大师,或是其他任何身业、语业、意业尚未寂静的人。这些非善者,对善星等人而言,也是不受喜爱的,正如裸形者科罗卡蒂亚等人一样。“善者”指的是佛陀、独觉佛与声闻,或是其他任何身业、语业、意业已得寂静的人。“不以善者为可爱”的意思是:不将自身所喜爱、所欲求、所乐意、所悦意的人视作善者;换言之,不亲近善者。因为声韵学家说,在“亲近国王”的意义上,所用之词便是“把国王当作可爱”。“喜爱”指对所爱者生起欢喜、欣喜、欢悦。“非善者之法”指的是六十二种恶见,或者十种不善业道。他喜好、希求、渴望、亲近那种非善者之法。如此,通过这首偈颂,开示了三种衰败之门:亲近非善者、不以善者为可爱、乐于不正法。因为具足这些的人,会衰败、会退堕,不论在此世还是他世,都无法得到增长,所以被称为“衰败之门”。而这里的详细说明,将在解释“不亲近愚者而亲近智者”的偈颂注释中再展开。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepato atthavaṇṇanā – asanto nāma cha satthāro, ye vā panaññepi avūpasantena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā, te asanto assapiyā honti sunakkhattādīnaṃ acelakakorakhattiyādayo viya. Santo nāma buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakā. Ye vā panaññepi vūpasantena kāyavacīmanokammena samannāgatā, te sante na kurute piyaṃ, attano piye iṭṭhe kante manāpe na kuruteti attho. Veneyyavasena hettha vacanabhedo katoti veditabbo. Atha vā sante na kuruteti sante na sevatīti attho, yathā ‘‘rājānaṃ sevatī’’ti etasmiñhi atthe rājānaṃ piyaṃ kuruteti saddavidū mantenti. Piyanti piyamāno, tussamāno, modamānoti attho. Asataṃdhammo nāma dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni, dasākusalakammapathā vā. Taṃ asataṃ dhammaṃ roceti, piheti, pattheti, sevati. Evametāya gāthāya asantapiyatā, santaappiyatā, asaddhammarocanañcāti tividhaṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato puriso parābhavati parihāyati, neva idha na huraṃ vuḍḍhiṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuccati. Vitthāraṃ panettha ‘‘asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā’’ti gāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ vakkhāma.
96 “嗜睡者”,是指无论在行走、站立、坐下还是躺卧时,都一味沉睡的人。“好谈者”,是指乐于聚会、耽著谈论的人。“不努力者”,是指缺乏精进活力、没有奋起习惯的人,只有在他人催促时,在家者才去做在家的事务,出家者才去做出家的事务。“懒惰者”,是指天生懈怠,完全被昏沉所压服,站着就只是站着,坐着就只是坐着,不会凭自己的努力转换到其他姿态。例如古时森林起火,有人因懒惰而不逃跑,这里可以作为一个例证。这是对懒惰最显著的界定,但即使程度稍轻一些的,也仍应视为懒惰者。“如车上的旗、烟中的火,他的智慧就是嗔怒”,所以称为“嗔心智慧者”。嗔恚行、容易发怒、心像伤口一般的人,就是这一类。通过这首偈颂,指出了五种衰败之门:嗜睡性、好谈性、不努力性、懒惰性、嗔心智慧性。因为具足这些的人,无论是居家者无法增长居家之益,还是出家人无法增长出家之益,只会完全退堕、彻底衰败,因此被称为“衰败之门”。显示巴利原文
96.Niddāsīlī nāma yo gacchantopi, nisīdantopi, tiṭṭhantopi, sayānopi niddāyatiyeva. Sabhāsīlī nāma saṅgaṇikārāmataṃ, bhassārāmatamanuyutto. Anuṭṭhātāti vīriyatejavirahito uṭṭhānasīlo na hoti, aññehi codiyamāno gahaṭṭho vā samāno gahaṭṭhakammaṃ , pabbajito vā pabbajitakammaṃ ārabhati. Alasoti jātialaso, accantābhibhūto thinena ṭhitaṭṭhāne ṭhito eva hoti, nisinnaṭṭhāne nisinno eva hoti, attano ussāhena aññaṃ iriyāpathaṃ na kappeti. Atīte araññe aggimhi uṭṭhite apalāyanaalasā cettha nidassanaṃ. Ayamettha ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo, tato lāmakaparicchedenāpi pana alaso alasotveva veditabbo. Dhajova rathassa, dhūmova aggino, kodho paññāṇamassāti kodhapaññāṇo. Dosacarito khippakopī arukūpamacitto puggalo evarūpo hoti. Imāya gāthāya niddāsīlatā, sabhāsīlatā, anuṭṭhānatā, alasatā, kodhapaññāṇatāti pañcavidhaṃ parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato neva gahaṭṭho gahaṭṭhavuḍḍhiṃ, na pabbajito pabbajitavuḍḍhiṃ pāpuṇāti, aññadatthu parihāyatiyeva parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuccati.
98 “母”,应知就是生母。“父”,就是生父。“衰老”,指身体已经虚弱无力。“青春已过”,指过了青春,到了八十岁或九十岁,自己已经没有能力做各种事。“有能力、安乐”,指有能力、安乐地生活着。“不奉养”,就是不养育。通过这首偈颂,指出了不养育、不照料、不侍奉父母这一种衰败之门。因为具足这一项的人,无法获得那——显示巴利原文
98.Mātāti janikā veditabbā. Pitāti janakoyeva. Jiṇṇakaṃ sarīrasithilatāya. Gatayobbanaṃ yobbanātikkamena āsītikaṃ vā nāvutikaṃ vā sayaṃ kammāni kātumasamatthaṃ. Pahu santoti samattho samāno sukhaṃ jīvamāno. Na bharatīti na poseti. Imāya gāthāya mātāpitūnaṃ abharaṇaṃ, aposanaṃ, anupaṭṭhānaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato yaṃ taṃ –
“正因为对父母这样恭敬事奉,世间有智慧的人,于此世便受称赞,身坏命终后在天界喜悦。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā; Idheva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī’’ti. (itivu. 106; a. ni. 4.63) –
经中开示了奉养父母的利益果报。他非但得不到这种果报,反而会招来“连父母都不奉养,又能奉养谁呢?”的指责,成为可谴责的对象,并趋向恶道,就这样衰败下去,因此被称为“衰败之门”。显示巴利原文
Mātāpitubharaṇe ānisaṃsaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ na pāpuṇāti, aññadatthu ‘‘mātāpitaropi na bharati, kaṃ aññaṃ bharissatī’’ti nindañca vajjanīyatañca duggatiñca pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuccati.
100 “婆罗门”(brāhmaṇaṃ)意指远离诸恶法;“沙门”(samaṇaṃ)意指止息烦恼。或者,出生于婆罗门家族者称为婆罗门,已出家者称为沙门,乃至其他任何前来乞求者。“以妄语欺诳”(musāvādena vañceti)的意思是:先用“请说,尊者,您需要什么资具”这样的话发出邀请,待对方开口请求或应允之后,后来却不予布施,使他的期望落空,如此欺诳。这首偈颂指出以妄语欺骗婆罗门等这一种衰败之门。因为具足这种行为的人,在此世受谴责,来世堕入恶趣,即使生到善趣也会遭遇心愿不遂的损失。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
100. Pāpānaṃ bāhitattā brāhmaṇaṃ, samitattā samaṇaṃ. Brāhmaṇakulappabhavampi vā brāhmaṇaṃ, pabbajjupagataṃ samaṇaṃ, tato aññaṃ vāpi yaṃkiñci yācanakaṃ. Musāvādena vañcetīti ‘‘vada, bhante, paccayenā’’ti pavāretvā yācito vā paṭijānitvā pacchā appadānena tassa taṃ āsaṃ visaṃvādeti. Imāya gāthāya brāhmaṇādīnaṃ musāvādena vañcanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato idha nindaṃ, samparāye duggatiṃ sugatiyampi adhippāyavipattiñca pāpuṇāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
犯戒、戒行有失之人,恶名远扬。(《长部》2.149;《增支部》5.213;《大品》285)显示巴利原文
‘‘Dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.149; a. ni. 5.213; mahāva. 285).
“诸比丘,具足四法者,如自取灭亡,必堕地狱。哪四种法?妄语者……等,如是以广说。”(《增支部》4.82)显示巴利原文
‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ niraye. Katamehi catūhi? Musāvādī hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.82).
舍利弗,在此,有人前往沙门或婆罗门处,邀请说:‘尊者,请说出您需要的资具吧。’他却不给予自己所邀请的东西。若他由此处命终投生为人,那么他所经营的任何生意都会失败。然而,舍利弗,……(中略)……他并未依照所邀请的意图而给予。若他由此处命终投生为人,那么他所经营的任何生意都不能如愿。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idha, sāriputta, ekacco samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā pavāreti, ‘vada, bhante, paccayenā’ti, so yena pavāreti, taṃ na deti. So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati. So yaṃ yadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa hoti chedagāminī. Idha pana sāriputta…pe… so yena pavāreti, na taṃ yathādhippāyaṃ deti. So ce tato cuto itthattaṃ āgacchati. So yaṃ yadeva vaṇijjaṃ payojeti, sāssa na hoti yathādhippāyā’’ti (a. ni. 4.79).
他这样遭受种种指责等,便走向了衰败,因此称为‘衰败之门’。显示巴利原文
Evamimāni nindādīni pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuttaṃ.
102 “拥有大量财富”(pahūtavitto)指拥有大量的金银、珠宝。“有金子”(sahirañño)指拥有属于自己的钱币。“有食物”(sabhojano)指具备多种汤羹与菜肴的食物。“独自享用美味”(eko bhuñjati sādūni)指那些美味的食物,连自己的儿子也不给,却在隐蔽处独自受用,因此说为“独自享用美味”。此偈颂说明了因贪着食物而生的对食物的悭吝,这一种衰败之门。因为具足这种悭吝者,会遭受指责、应受呵斥、堕入悲惨境地等,正在走向衰败,所以称为“衰败之门”。以上内容,应如前面所说的方法,随顺经文予以贯通解释。然而,恐文句过于冗长,此处便不再展示其贯通方法,唯说其义理。显示巴利原文
102.Pahūtavittoti pahūtajātarūparajatamaṇiratano. Sahiraññoti sakahāpaṇo. Sabhojanoti anekasūpabyañjanabhojanasampanno. Eko bhuñjati sādūnīti sādūni bhojanāni attano puttānampi adatvā paṭicchannokāse bhuñjatīti eko bhuñjati sādūni. Imāya gāthāya bhojanagiddhatāya bhojanamacchariyaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ. Etena hi samannāgato nindaṃ vajjanīyaṃ duggatinti evamādīni pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tasmā ‘‘parābhavato mukha’’nti vuttaṃ. Vuttanayeneva sabbaṃ suttānusārena yojetabbaṃ, ativitthārabhayena pana idāni yojanānayaṃ adassetvā atthamattameva bhaṇāma.
104 “以出身而傲慢者”(jātitthaddho)指的是这样一个人:他生起“我是出身具足者”的慢心,因此变得顽固傲慢,仿佛一只被风鼓满的皮囊般膨胀,不向任何人低头。对于以财富、家族而傲慢的人,也是同样的道理。“轻视自己的亲戚”(saññātiṃ atimaññeti)指他因出身而轻视自己的亲戚,如同释迦族人轻视维吒杜跋一样。又以财富轻视,心想:“这是个可怜的穷人”,连最起码的礼仪也不做。他的那些亲戚,都只希望他衰败。由此偈颂可知:就事相而言,此偈已开示四种衰败之门;就其特征而言,则开示了单一一种衰败之门。显示巴利原文
104.Jātitthaddho nāma yo ‘‘ahaṃ jātisampanno’’ti mānaṃ janetvā tena thaddho vātapūritabhastā viya uddhumāto hutvā na kassaci onamati. Esa nayo dhanagottatthaddhesu. Saññātiṃ atimaññetīti attano ñātimpi jātiyā atimaññati sakyā viya viṭaṭūbhaṃ. Dhanenāpi ca ‘‘kapaṇo ayaṃ daliddo’’ti atimaññati, sāmīcimattampi na karoti, tassa te ñātayo parābhavameva icchanti. Imāya gāthāya vatthuto catubbidhaṃ, lakkhaṇato ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
106 「沉溺女色者」指对女人有染着的人,将自己拥有的一切全都给了之后,还不断地接济一个女人又一个女人。同样,把自己的一切都典当出去之后,从事饮酒,称为「沉溺于酒者」。把所穿的下衣也典当出去之后,从事赌博游戏,称为「沉溺于骰子者」。要知道,通过这三种情况,无论得到什么东西,都会被他败坏,所以说「将所得一再地毁坏」。像这样的人正是走向衰败,因此,通过这个偈颂,对他宣说了三种衰败之门。显示巴利原文
106.Itthidhuttoti itthīsu sāratto, yaṃkiñci atthi, taṃ sabbampi datvā aparāparaṃ itthiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tathā sabbampi attano santakaṃ nikkhipitvā surāpānapayutto surādhutto. Nivatthasāṭakampi nikkhipitvā jūtakīḷanamanuyutto akkhadhutto. Etehi tīhi ṭhānehi yaṃkiñcipi laddhaṃ hoti, tassa vināsanato laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vināsetīti veditabbo. Evaṃvidho parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya tividhaṃ parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
108 “自己的妻子们”:指自己的妻子。若有人对自己的妻子感到不满足,而向妓女或他人之妻行邪淫,由于他以财物馈赠妓女、与有夫之妇交合,因而遭受国王的刑罚等,便由此走向衰败。因此,这首偈颂宣示了这两种衰败之门。显示巴利原文
108.Sehi dārehīti attano dārehi. Yo attano dārehi asantuṭṭho hutvā vesiyāsu padussati, tathā paradāresu, so yasmā vesīnaṃ dhanappadānena paradārasevanena ca rājadaṇḍādīhi parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya duvidhaṃ parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
110 “过了年轻期”:已过年轻时期,到了八十或九十岁,才娶妻占有。“蒂姆巴鲁果般的腰”:指腰肢如同蒂姆巴鲁果的年轻女子。“她的嫉妒使他无法入睡”:因为守护她,他心想“年轻女子与老翁共住,欲乐与生活皆不惬意,但愿她不要贪求年轻男子”,出于嫉妒而守护着她,因此无法安眠。他因欲贪与嫉妒而炽燃,又不将事务交托外人,必定走向衰败。因此,这首偈颂将这种因嫉妒而无法入睡的情况,宣说为一种衰败之门。显示巴利原文
110.Atītayobbanoti yobbanamaticca āsītiko vā nāvutiko vā hutvā āneti pariggaṇhāti. Timbarutthaninti timbaruphalasadisatthaniṃ taruṇadārikaṃ. Tassā issā na supatīti ‘‘daharāya mahallakena saddhiṃ rati ca saṃvāso ca amanāpo, mā heva kho taruṇaṃ pattheyyā’’ti issāya taṃ rakkhanto na supati. So yasmā kāmarāgena ca issāya ca ḍayhanto bahiddhā kammante ca appayojento parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya imaṃ issāya asupanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
112 “贪求者”:指对鱼肉等贪着、生性渴求的人。“挥霍散财者”:指为了他们而将财富如同尘土般挥霍殆尽、有败坏习性的人。“将这样的人置于自在之位”:若有一个男子也是如此,而有人把他安置在掌权的职位上,授予印章、指环等,令他在家务或买卖等事务中专管。由于此人的过失,他遭受财富耗尽而走向衰败。因此,这首偈颂对他宣说了将这种人置于自在之位这一种衰败之门。显示巴利原文
112.Soṇḍinti macchamaṃsādīsu lolaṃ gedhajātikaṃ. Vikiraṇinti tesaṃ atthāya dhanaṃ paṃsukaṃ viya vikiritvā nāsanasīlaṃ. Purisaṃ vāpi tādisanti puriso vāpi yo evarūpo hoti, taṃ yo issariyasmiṃ ṭhapeti, lañchanamuddikādīni datvā gharāvāse kammante vā vaṇijjādivohāresu vā tadeva vāvaṭaṃ kāreti. So yasmā tassa dosena dhanakkhayaṃ pāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya tathāvidhassa issariyasmiṃ ṭhapanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
114 「财富少者」指既无积蓄的财富,也无财富来源的人。「大渴爱者」指怀有对财富的巨大渴爱,对已得之财不知满足的人。「生于刹帝利家族」指出生在刹帝利种姓的家庭中。「而他希求王位」指他以此大渴爱,通过不正当的手段,妄想越级获取本属自己继承或不可得的他人王位。当他这样希求时,却因将少许财富也散给了军人等,以致无法取得王位,这正是走向衰败。因此,通过这个偈颂,为他开示了希求王位这一衰败之门。显示巴利原文
114.Appabhogo nāma sannicitānañca bhogānaṃ āyamukhassa ca abhāvato. Mahātaṇhoti mahatiyā bhogataṇhāya samannāgato, yaṃ laddhaṃ, tena asantuṭṭho. Khattiye jāyate kuleti khattiyānaṃ kule jāyati. So ca rajjaṃ patthayatīti so etāya mahātaṇhatāya anupāyena uppaṭipāṭiyā attano dāyajjabhūtaṃ alabbhaneyyaṃ vā parasantakaṃ rajjaṃ pattheti, so evaṃ patthento yasmā tampi appakaṃ bhogaṃ yodhājīvādīnaṃ datvā rajjaṃ apāpuṇanto parābhavatiyeva, tenassetaṃ imāya gāthāya rajjapatthanaṃ ekaṃyeva parābhavamukhaṃ vuttaṃ.
115 此后,即使那位天神问:‘世尊,请说第十三个……乃至……请说一千二百五十个。’世尊也都会一一宣说。但那位天神心想:‘问这些又有何用?其中没有一个能带来增长。’于是,她对那些衰败之门感到厌倦,仅仅问到此处便心生懊悔,沉默不语。世尊了知她的心意后,为结束开示而说出这个偈颂:‘这些便是世间的衰败。’显示巴利原文
115. Ito paraṃ yadi sā devatā ‘‘terasamaṃ bhagavā brūhi…pe… satasahassimaṃ bhagavā brūhī’’ti puccheyya, tampi bhagavā katheyya. Yasmā pana sā devatā ‘‘kiṃ imehi pucchitehi, ekamettha vuḍḍhikaraṃ natthī’’ti tāni parābhavamukhāni asuyyamānā ettakampi pucchitvā vippaṭisārī hutvā tuṇhī ahosi, tasmā bhagavā tassāsayaṃ viditvā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpento imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi ‘‘ete parābhave loke’’ti.
其中,「智者」指具备审察力的人。「观察后」指以慧眼观察之后。「圣者」:并非因证得圣道或圣果,而是因他不行于名为衰败的非道,故称圣者。他由于具备了那见到衰败后便避开的见与智慧,所以称为「具见者」。「他亲近幸福之世间」:意思是像这样的人,亲近、依附、到达那安稳、无恼、最上、无灾的天界。开示结束时,诸天神听闻这些衰败之门,生起了相应的悚惧,如理精进。其中证得入流果、一来果、不来果的天神,其数无量,不可算计。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Tattha paṇḍitoti parivīmaṃsāya samannāgato. Samavekkhiyāti paññācakkhunā upaparikkhitvā. Ariyoti na maggena, na phalena, apica kho, pana etasmiṃ parābhavasaṅkhāte anaye na iriyatīti ariyo. Yena dassanena yāya paññāya parābhave disvā vivajjeti, tena sampannattā dassanasampanno. Sa lokaṃ bhajate sivanti so evarūpo sivaṃ khemamuttamamanupaddavaṃ devalokaṃ bhajati, allīyati, upagacchatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Desanāpariyosāne parābhavamukhāni sutvā uppannasaṃvegānurūpaṃ yoniso padahitvā sotāpattisakadāgāmianāgāmiphalāni pattā devatā gaṇanaṃ vītivattā. Yathāha –
在《大会经》与《吉祥经》中,
以及在《平等心经》、《罗睺罗教诫经》、《法轮经》、《衰败经》中,
那里的天神集会,其数无量、不可胜计;
这里的法现观,同样不可计数,无量无边。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mahāsamayasutte ca, atho maṅgalasuttake; Samacitte rāhulovāde, dhammacakke parābhave. ‘‘Devatāsamitī tattha, appameyyā asaṅkhiyā; Dhammābhisamayo cettha, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyo’’ti.
《显扬究竟义》——《小部注释》中《经集注释》的《衰败经》释义完毕。显示巴利原文
Paramatthajotikāya khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya
7.《拜火婆罗堕阇经》释义显示巴利原文
7. Aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā
以“如是我闻”开篇的即是《拜火婆罗堕阇经》,也称为《贱民经》。它的缘起是这样:世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。依《耕田婆罗堕阇经》中所说的方法,于午后事务完毕时,世尊以佛眼观察世间,见到拜火婆罗堕阇婆罗门已具备皈依和学处的近依,他知道:“我若去那里,便会展开对话;对话结束时,这位婆罗门听我说法后,将皈依并受持学处。”于是世尊前往那里,展开对话后,应婆罗门的请求而说法,宣说了此经。其中“如是我闻”等部分,将在《吉祥经》的释义中说明;而“那时,世尊于清晨时”等,则按《耕田婆罗堕阇经》中已说明的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti aggikabhāradvājasuttaṃ, ‘‘vasalasutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayena pacchābhattakiccāvasāne buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento aggikabhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ saraṇasikkhāpadānaṃ upanissayasampannaṃ disvā ‘‘tattha mayi gate kathā pavattissati, tato kathāvasāne dhammadesanaṃ sutvā esa brāhmaṇo saraṇaṃ gantvā sikkhāpadāni samādiyissatī’’ti ñatvā, tattha gantvā, pavattāya kathāya brāhmaṇena dhammadesanaṃ yācito imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādiṃ maṅgalasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vaṇṇayissāma, ‘‘atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamaya’’ntiādi kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
至于那时拜火婆罗堕阇的情形,凡是前面未说明的,现在在此说明。这位婆罗门由于供火、事火,以“拜火”之名著称,以“婆罗堕阇”为姓,因此经中说“拜火婆罗堕阇的”。“住所”指家中。据说,这位婆罗门的住所大门与内街之间建有火供堂。因此,原本应说“在住所门口”,但由于那一区域也属于住所范围,故说“在住所”。或者,这是以依格表示邻近之意,即“在住所附近”。“火已点燃”:指安置于火坛中的火,因除去灰烬、添加薪木又用扇子扇风,故而燃烧起来,呈现火焰上腾、熊熊汇聚的状态。“供物已举起”:指以洗头沐浴等极大恭敬心,将乳糜、酥油、蜂蜜、糖浆等祭品准备周全。凡是投入火中供养之物,这一切都称为“供物”。“次第”就是挨家挨户。世尊为利益一切众生,并对所得的任何食物都感到满足,不分高门大宅还是低微人家,依序次第托钵乞食,因此说“次第乞食而行”。显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena aggikabhāradvājassāti yaṃ yaṃ avuttapubbaṃ, taṃ tadeva vaṇṇayissāma. Seyyathidaṃ – so hi brāhmaṇo aggiṃ juhati paricaratīti katvā aggikoti nāmena pākaṭo ahosi, bhāradvājoti gottena. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘aggikabhāradvājassā’’ti. Nivesaneti ghare. Tassa kira brāhmaṇassa nivesanadvāre antaravīthiyaṃ aggihutasālā ahosi. Tato ‘‘nivesanadvāre’’ti vattabbe tassapi padesassa nivesaneyeva pariyāpannattā ‘‘nivesane’’ti vuttaṃ. Samīpatthe vā bhummavacanaṃ, nivesanasamīpeti attho. Aggi pajjalito hotīti aggiyādhāne ṭhito aggi katabbhuddharaṇo samidhāpakkhepaṃ bījanavātañca labhitvā jalito uddhaṃ samuggataccisamākulo hoti. Āhuti paggahitāti sasīsaṃ nhāyitvā mahatā sakkārena pāyāsasappimadhuphāṇitādīni abhisaṅkhatāni hontīti attho. Yañhi kiñci aggimhi juhitabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘āhutī’’ti vuccati. Sapadānanti anugharaṃ. Bhagavā hi sabbajanānuggahatthāya āhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca uccanīcakulaṃ avokkamma piṇḍāya carati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno’’ti.
既然如此,为何见到了具足一切相好、周遍庄严的世尊,这位婆罗门的心却不生净信呢?又为何以如此粗暴的言语对待世尊呢?答案是:听说这位婆罗门持有“在吉祥的仪礼中见到沙门是不祥之兆”这样的见解,于是心想:“大梵天用餐之时,这个扫帚星、秃头沙门竟来到我的住处。”如此一想,心便不清净,完全被嗔怒所牵转。他便心生嗔恼、不悦,口出不悦之言:“就在那,你这个秃头……”等等。这其中,又因婆罗门们持有“秃头者不净”的见解,故他厌恶地称其为“秃头”,意思是:此人不净,因此不配作为供养诸天与婆罗门的人。又因其秃头,而被视为不净之物,不应来到此地;即使作了沙门,也不赞叹这些身上的秽事。出于对沙门身份的厌弃,他称之为“沙门”。不仅是因为嗔怒,他还认为:让贱民出家,并与他们共同拥有、受用物品,这种行为比贱民本身还要低劣,因此厌恶地呼其为“贱民”。或者,他心里想:“见到或听闻贱民种姓者献供,会有罪过。”于是便说了这样的话。显示巴利原文
Atha kimatthaṃ sabbākārasampannaṃ samantapāsādikaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā brāhmaṇassa cittaṃ nappasīdati? Kasmā ca evaṃ pharusena vacanena bhagavantaṃ samudācaratīti? Vuccate – ayaṃ kira brāhmaṇo ‘‘maṅgalakiccesu samaṇadassanaṃ avamaṅgala’’nti evaṃdiṭṭhiko, tato ‘‘mahābrahmuno bhuñjanavelāya kāḷakaṇṇī muṇḍakasamaṇako mama nivesanaṃ upasaṅkamatī’’ti mantvā cittaṃ nappasādesi, aññadatthu dosavasaṃyeva agamāsi. Atha kuddho anattamano anattamanavācaṃ nicchāresi ‘‘tatreva muṇḍakā’’tiādi. Tatrāpi ca yasmā ‘‘muṇḍo asuddho hotī’’ti brāhmaṇānaṃ diṭṭhi, tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ asuddho, tena devabrāhmaṇapūjako na hotī’’ti jigucchanto ‘‘muṇḍakā’’ti āha. Muṇḍakattā vā ucchiṭṭho esa, na imaṃ padesaṃ arahati āgacchitunti samaṇo hutvāpi īdisaṃ kāyakilesaṃ na vaṇṇetīti ca samaṇabhāvaṃ jigucchanto ‘‘samaṇakā’’ti āha. Na kevalaṃ dosavaseneva, vasale vā pabbājetvā tehi saddhiṃ ekato sambhogaparibhogakaraṇena patito ayaṃ vasalatopi pāpataroti jigucchanto ‘‘vasalakā’’ti āha – ‘‘vasalajātikānaṃ vā āhutidassanamattasavanena pāpaṃ hotī’’ti maññamānopi evamāha.
世尊虽遭这般辱骂,却仍以清净的面容、甜美的音声,怀着对那婆罗门的慈悯清凉之心,开示自身与一切众生不共的功德,说道:“婆罗门,你知道吗?”此时,婆罗门见到世尊清净面容所显露的如如不动之相,听到由慈悯清凉之心流出的甜美音声,心似被甘露所滋润,便生欢喜,诸根澄净,折伏了自身的傲慢。他舍离了先前那种如毒蛇吐毒般的粗恶言行,心中思惟:“我先前将出身下贱者当作贱民,或许在胜义上,他并非贱民;而且,仅凭卑劣的出身,并不成为使人成为贱民的法。”于是说道:“乔达摩尊者,我确实不知道。”的确,有这样一个常理:有智慧根器的人,在不得因缘时会显得很粗暴;一旦得到机缘,就会变得柔和。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā tathā vuttopi vippasanneneva mukhavaṇṇena madhurena sarena brāhmaṇassa upari anukampāsītalena cittena attano sabbasattehi asādhāraṇatādibhāvaṃ pakāsento āha ‘‘jānāsi pana, tvaṃ brāhmaṇā’’ti. Atha brāhmaṇo bhagavato mukhappasādasūcitaṃ tādibhāvaṃ ñatvā anukampāsītalena cittena nicchāritaṃ madhurassaraṃ sutvā amateneva abhisittahadayo attamano vippasannindriyo nihatamāno hutvā taṃ jātisabhāvaṃ visauggirasadisaṃ samudācāravacanaṃ pahāya ‘‘nūna yamahaṃ hīnajaccaṃ vasalanti paccemi, na so paramatthato vasalo, na ca hīnajaccatā eva vasalakaraṇo dhammo’’ti maññamāno ‘‘na khvāhaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti āha. Dhammatā hesā, yaṃ hetusampanno paccayālābhena pharusopi samāno laddhamatte paccaye muduko hotīti.
在此,“善哉”一词,可表达祈求、接受、随喜、美好、令坚固等多种意义。例如,在“善哉!尊者,请世尊为我简略说法”这类句中,是用于祈求。在“那位比丘随喜、赞同世尊所说:‘善哉!尊者!’”这类句中,是用于接受。在“善哉,善哉,舍利弗”这类句中,是用于随喜。显示巴利原文
Tattha sādhūti ayaṃ saddo āyācanasampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundaradaḷhīkammādīsu dissati. ‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.95; a. ni. 7.83) hi āyācane. ‘‘Sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane. ‘‘Sādhu, sādhu, sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349) sampahaṃsane.
‘‘Sādhu dhammarucī rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro; Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukha’’nti. (jā. 2.18.101) –
上述例句中,“善哉”表示美好;而在“汝等谛听,善作意”中,则表示令心坚固。此处则是祈求之意。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu sundare. ‘‘Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.1) daḷhīkamme. Idha pana āyācane.
“那么”一词,是在表明他的意图,意思是“如果你想要知道”。或者,它也可以表示原因,意思是“正是因为你想要知道,所以,婆罗门,你好好听着,好好地作意,我就为你解说,让你能够明白”——应当这样来理解它与其它词句的关联。其中,“你好好听”是为了防止耳根的散乱;“好好地作意”则是通过强化作意,防止意根的散乱。前者是防止执取颠倒的字句,后者是防止执取颠倒的义理。进一步说,前者是让你致力于听法,后者是让你致力于领受、审察所听的法。前者表明“此法有严谨的字句,故值得听闻”,后者表明“此法有深奥的义理,故应当作意”。或者,将“善”(sādhu)一词与前后两句相连,便是在点明这层意思:“正因为此法,法义与教说方式都甚深,所以你要好好听;正因为它的义理与证悟极为甚深,所以你要好好地作意。”因此他才说:“你好好听,好好地作意!”显示巴利原文
Tena hīti tassādhippāyanidassanaṃ, sace ñātukāmosīti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāraṇavacanaṃ vā, tassa yasmā ñātukāmosi, tasmā, brāhmaṇa, suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, tathā te bhāsissāmi, yathā tvaṃ jānissasīti evaṃ parapadehi saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo. Tatra ca suṇāhīti sotindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ, sādhukaṃ manasi karohīti manasikāre daḷhīkammaniyojanena manindriyavikkhepavāraṇaṃ. Purimañcettha byañjanavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ, pacchimaṃ atthavipallāsaggāhavāraṇaṃ . Purimena ca dhammassavane niyojeti, pacchimena sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇatthūpaparikkhādīsu. Purimena ca ‘‘sabyañjano ayaṃ dhammo, tasmā savanīyo’’ti dīpeti, pacchimena ‘‘sāttho, tasmā manasi kātabbo’’ti. Sādhukapadaṃ vā ubhayapadehi yojetvā ‘‘yasmā ayaṃ dhammo dhammagambhīro ca desanāgambhīro ca, tasmā suṇāhi sādhukaṃ. Yasmā atthagambhīro paṭivedhagambhīro ca, tasmā sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti etamatthaṃ dīpento āha – ‘‘suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohī’’ti.
接着,那位婆罗门似乎有些气馁,心想:“如此甚深之法,我何处得立?”为了鼓励他,世尊便说:“我要开讲了。”此处应这样理解世尊的用意:“我将以圆满的字句、清晰的途径为你解说,让你能够明白。”于是,拜火婆罗堕阇婆罗门闻言振作,回答世尊:“是的,尊者!”这话的意思是:他随喜、认可、领受了;或者说,他依教奉行,当面谛听。此后,为了引出“世尊宣说了如下内容”这一段,便举出“忿怒者、怀恨者……”等语。显示巴利原文
Tato ‘‘evaṃ gambhīre kathamahaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ labhissāmī’’ti visīdantamiva taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ samussāhento āha – ‘‘bhāsissāmī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘yathā tvaṃ ñassasi, tathā parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi uttānena nayena bhāsissāmī’’ti evamadhippāyo veditabbo. Tato ussāhajāto hutvā ‘‘evaṃ bho’’ti kho aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavato paccassosi, sampaṭicchi paṭiggahesīti vuttaṃ hoti, yathānusiṭṭhaṃ vā paṭipajjanena abhimukho assosīti. Athassa ‘‘bhagavā etadavocā’’ti idāni vattabbaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘kodhano upanāhī’’ti evamādikaṃ.
116 在此,“忿怒者”指具有易怒习性的人。“怀恨者”指通过强化那种忿怒、具备怀恨心的人。“覆藏功德者”:“覆藏”指损坏、抹杀他人的功德;既邪恶又覆藏他人功德的人,故名覆藏功德者。“邪见者”:指毁坏正见的人,或者具足乖违、颠倒的十事邪见的人。“虚伪者”:指具有虚伪特质的人,这种虚伪的特征是隐藏自己存在的过失。经中说“应知此人为贱民”:对于具有这些下劣法的人,由于他流溢、浇灌、随顺这些法,应当知道“他即是贱民”。以上种种,说明他虽生于婆罗门种姓的顶端,从胜义上而观,他却正是贱民。这仅是他内心自以为乐,并不为他人所认可。在此,世尊仅以开端的语词便调伏了那位婆罗门的忿怒,以“具有忿怒等法之人即是卑劣者”这种以补特伽罗为根本的教示,来教导忿怒等法。世尊首先以此方式教示贱民及导致贱民之法。如此教示时,世尊不用“你”、“我”等贬抑他人、抬高自己的言辞,唯以如法、平等的正理,令那位婆罗门自己安住于贱民的状态,同时自己也安住于婆罗门的状态。显示巴利原文
116. Tattha kodhanoti kujjhanasīlo. Upanāhīti tasseva kodhassa daḷhīkammena upanāhena samannāgato. Paresaṃ guṇe makkheti puñchatīti makkhī, pāpo ca so makkhī cāti pāpamakkhī. Vipannadiṭṭhīti vinaṭṭhasammādiṭṭhi, vipannāya vā virūpaṃ gatāya dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato. Māyāvīti attani vijjamānadosapaṭicchādanalakkhaṇāya māyāya samannāgato. Taṃ jaññā vasalo itīti taṃ evarūpaṃ puggalaṃ etesaṃ hīnadhammānaṃ vassanato siñcanato anvāssavanato ‘‘vasalo’’ti jāneyyāti, etehi sabbehi brāhmaṇamatthake jāto. Ayañhi paramatthato vasalo eva, attano hadayatuṭṭhimattaṃ, na paranti. Evamettha bhagavā ādipadeneva tassa brāhmaṇassa kodhaniggahaṃ katvā ‘‘kodhādidhammo hīnapuggalo’’ti puggalādhiṭṭhānāya ca desanāya kodhādidhamme desento ekena tāva pariyāyena vasalañca vasalakaraṇe ca dhamme desesi. Evaṃ desento ca ‘‘tvaṃ aha’’nti paravambhanaṃ attukkaṃsanañca akatvā dhammeneva samena ñāyena taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vasalabhāve, attānañca brāhmaṇabhāve ṭhapesi.
117 现在,某些婆罗门执持这样的邪见:“即使偶尔行杀生、不与取等事,婆罗门也依然是婆罗门。”为了遮止此邪见,并为那些具足种种伤害众生等不善法、却不见其过患而造作这些法的人,指出其中过患——“这些法是下劣的,是使人成为贱民的”——进而以种种方式阐明贱民及导致贱民的法,世尊宣说了“一生者或二生者”等偈颂。显示巴利原文
117. Idāni yāyaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ diṭṭhi ‘‘kadāci pāṇātipātaadinnādānādīni karontopi brāhmaṇo evā’’ti. Taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭisedhento, ye ca sattavihiṃsādīsu akusaladhammesu tehi tehi samannāgatā ādīnavaṃ apassantā te dhamme uppādenti, tesaṃ ‘‘hīnā ete dhammā vasalakaraṇā’’ti tattha ādīnavañca dassento aparehipi pariyāyehi vasalañca vasalakaraṇe ca dhamme desetuṃ ‘‘ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vā’’ti evamādigāthāyo abhāsi.
其中,“一生者”指除卵生之外,其余从胎、湿等而生的有情,因为他只受生一次。“二生者”指卵生有情,他先从母胎降生,再从卵壳中出,经历两次出生,故名“二生者”。经文“该一生者或二生者”一句衔接下文。“凡在此伤害有情”:指在此世间对于有情行伤害。“伤害”:即由身门思所发起的动作,或由语门思所发起的动作,而断除其命根。也有“伤害诸有情”的读法。此处应如此理解词句关联:“凡在此伤害种种有情,无论是一生者、二生者等。”“他于有情无悲悯”:以此表示其心中毫无慈悯。此处的其余解释如前所述。从下一偈颂开始,我不再如此详细解说,只对未注释的词句作简要注释,意义明显的词句则略过。显示巴利原文
Tattha ekajoti ṭhapetvā aṇḍajaṃ avasesayonijo. So hi ekadā eva jāyati. Dvijoti aṇḍajo. So hi mātukucchito aṇḍakosato cāti dvikkhattuṃ jāyati. Taṃ ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vāpi. Yodha pāṇanti yo idha sattaṃ. Vihiṃsatīti kāyadvārikacetanāsamuṭṭhitena vā vacīdvārikacetanāsamuṭṭhitena vā payogena jīvitā voropeti. ‘‘Pāṇāni hiṃsatī’’tipi pāṭho. Tattha ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vāti evaṃpabhedāni yodha pāṇāni hiṃsatīti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Yassa pāṇe dayā natthīti etena manasā anukampāya abhāvaṃ āha. Sesamettha vuttanayameva. Ito parāsu ca gāthāsu, yato ettakampi avatvā ito paraṃ uttānatthāni padāni pariharantā avaṇṇitapadavaṇṇanāmattameva karissāma.
118 “杀害”指杀、毁灭。“包围”指以军队四面包围并固守。“村庄与市镇”:在此,因有“与”字,故“城”也应包括在内。“被称为压迫者”:由于他从事杀害与包围等事,在世间便被视作村庄、市镇和城池的毁灭者。显示巴利原文
118.Hantīti hanati vināseti. Parirundhatīti senāya parivāretvā tiṭṭhati. Gāmāni nigamāni cāti ettha ca-saddena nagarānītipi vattabbaṃ. Niggāhako samaññātoti iminā hananaparirundhanena gāmanigamanagaraghātakoti loke vidito.
119 「或在村落,或在阿兰若」:这里的“村落”包括村庄、市镇、王城及其周边区域;除此以外,其余皆为阿兰若。在那村落或阿兰若中,“凡是他人所执受的东西”,指被其他有情执持、尚未舍离者,不论是有情生命还是无情的诸行所成物。“以盗心取未予之物”:对未予、未经允许之物,生起偷盗之心而取;以任何方便、以任何窃取的方式,成就自己获取的目的。显示巴利原文
119.Gāme vā yadi vāraññeti gāmopi nigamopi nagarampi sabbova idha gāmo saddhiṃ upacārena, taṃ ṭhapetvā sesaṃ araññaṃ. Tasmiṃ gāme vā yadi vāraññe yaṃ paresaṃ mamāyitaṃ, yaṃ parasattānaṃ pariggahitamapariccattaṃ satto vā saṅkhāro vā. Theyyā adinnamādetīti tehi adinnaṃ ananuññātaṃ theyyacittena ādiyati, yena kenaci payogena yena kenaci avahārena attano gahaṇaṃ sādheti.
120 「举债」:或是把自己的物品寄存后,以取受抵押品的方式(举债);或是不寄存物品,而说“我将于若干时日后付与如此利息”,以取利息的方式(举债);或是约定“从此所得收益,本金归我,赢利归你”,或是约定“赢利双方共享”——以如此种种取用约定的方式而举债。“被催促时,他便逃避,说:我不欠你债”:当那位债主前来催讨“还我债款”时,他便说:“我不欠你债,我借过吗?谁是证人?”这样说着,即使他正住在家里,也算作逃避。显示巴利原文
120.Iṇamādāyāti attano santakaṃ kiñci nikkhipitvā nikkhepaggahaṇena vā, kiñci anikkhipitvā ‘‘ettakena kālena ettakaṃ vaḍḍhiṃ dassāmī’’ti vaḍḍhiggahaṇena vā, ‘‘yaṃ ito udayaṃ bhavissati, taṃ mayhaṃ mūlaṃ taveva bhavissatī’’ti vā ‘‘udayaṃ ubhinnampi sādhāraṇa’’nti vā evaṃ taṃtaṃāyogaggahaṇena vā iṇaṃ gahetvā. Cujjamāno palāyati na hi te iṇamatthīti tena iṇāyikena ‘‘dehi me iṇa’’nti codiyamāno ‘‘na hi te iṇamatthi, mayā gahitanti ko sakkhī’’ti evaṃ bhaṇanena ghare vasantopi palāyati.
121 「出于对某物的贪求」:指即使对微小之物,也生起想要获取的欲求。“途中的行人”:指在道路上行走的任何女人或男子。“杀害后取走某物”:将那人杀害、击倒后,抢走其物品。显示巴利原文
121.Kiñcikkhakamyatāti appamattakepi kismiñcideva icchāya. Panthasmiṃ vajantaṃ jananti magge gacchantaṃ yaṃkiñci itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Hantvā kiñcikkhamādetīti māretvā koṭṭetvā taṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhāti.
122 “为自因”:指为了自己生命的原因。“为他因”也是如此,指为了他人的原因。“为财因”:指为了自己或他人财产的原因。其中的“而”字各处皆表选择之义。“被问作证”:指被如此问道:“你所知道的,如实说出来吧!”时。“说妄语”:知而说“不知”,不知而说“知”;将无主物说成有主物,将有主物说成无主物。显示巴利原文
122.Attahetūti attano jīvitakāraṇā, tathā parahetu. Dhanahetūti sakadhanassa vā paradhanassa vā kāraṇā. Ca-kāro sabbattha vikappanattho. Sakkhipuṭṭhoti yaṃ jānāsi, taṃ vadehīti pucchito. Musā brūtīti jānanto vā ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti ajānanto vā ‘‘jānāmī’’ti bhaṇati, sāmike asāmike, asāmike ca sāmike karoti.
123 “亲属的”:指有血缘关系的亲人。“朋友的”:指同辈伙伴。“于他人妻子”:指被他人所拥有、所受护的女子。“被发现”:以可厌恶的方式被看见,即正在行邪行时被看见。“以暴行”:指以强力逼迫不情愿者。“以两情相悦”:指他与那些妻子彼此渴求,自己亦心生欲求,即出于双方的爱意。显示巴利原文
123.Ñātīnanti sambandhīnaṃ. Sakhīnanti vayassānaṃ dāresūti parapariggahitesu. Paṭidissatīti paṭikūlena dissati, aticaranto dissatīti attho. Sāhasāti balakkārena anicchaṃ. Sampiyenāti tehi tesaṃ dārehi patthiyamāno sayañca patthayamāno, ubhayasinehavasenāpīti vuttaṃ hoti.
124 “或母或父”:虽为慈心的基础所缘;“已衰老、青春已逝”:虽为悲心的基础所缘;“虽有能力却不赡养”:指即使拥有财富、具备扶助的能力,也不予奉养。显示巴利原文
124.Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vāti evaṃ mettāya padaṭṭhānabhūtampi, jiṇṇakaṃ gatayobbananti evaṃ karuṇāya padaṭṭhānabhūtampi . Pahu santo na bharatīti atthasampanno upakaraṇasampanno hutvāpi na poseti.
125 「婆婆」:指丈夫的母亲。「打」:用手、土块或任何其他物品加以击打。「使他恼怒」:激其瞋怒,即以粗恶言语刺激他。显示巴利原文
125.Sasunti sassuṃ. Hantīti pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā aññena vā kenaci paharati. Rosetīti kodhamassa sañjaneti vācāya pharusavacanena.
126 「有义」:指于现见利益、来世利益与究竟义中,任何有意义之事。「被询问时」:指受人请教时。「教导无义」:却只告以对他无利益之事。「以隐密语教导」:虽在解释义理,却以不明显、不公开的词句作隐晦之说,让对方不能理解;或如老师紧握其拳,令弟子长期随侍之后,才把剩余的部分教给他。显示巴利原文
126.Atthanti sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikaparamatthesu yaṃkiñci. Pucchito santoti puṭṭho samāno. Anatthamanusāsatīti tassa ahitameva ācikkhati. Paṭicchannena mantetīti atthaṃ ācikkhantopi yathā so na jānāti, tathā apākaṭehi padabyañjanehi paṭicchannena vacanena manteti, ācariyamuṭṭhiṃ vā katvā dīgharattaṃ vasāpetvā sāvasesameva manteti.
127 「做已」:此前部分,我(注疏者)已说过恶欲。所谓恶欲,即如经中所说:「在此,有人身行恶行、语行恶行、意行恶行,为覆藏他们恶行,生起邪恶之欲,希望『勿使他人知我所行』。」为使他人不知,便以如此方式造作,且不显露所作恶事,依此令其行业隐覆——这便称为「隐藏业行」。显示巴利原文
127.Yo katvāti ettha mayā pubbabhāge pāpicchatā vuttā. Yā sā ‘‘idhekacco kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṃ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṃ caritvā, tassa paṭicchādanahetu pāpikaṃ icchaṃ paṇidahati, mā maṃ jaññāti icchatī’’ti evaṃ āgatā. Yathā aññe na jānanti, tathā karaṇena katānañca avivaraṇena paṭicchannā assa kammantāti paṭicchannakammanto.
128 「他人之族」:指亲戚之家或朋友之家。「已来」:意谓那人在彼家受用了饮食等款待,等对方来到自己家中时,他却不以饮品、食物等回报款待,不给与,或只给一些自己未用的残余之食——此为要旨。显示巴利原文
128.Parakulanti ñātikulaṃ vā mittakulaṃ vā. Āgatanti yassa tena kule bhuttaṃ, taṃ attano gehamāgataṃ pānabhojanādīhi nappaṭipūjeti, na vā deti, avabhuttaṃ vā detīti adhippāyo.
129 「若对婆罗门」:此与《衰败经》(Parābhavasutta)中所阐明的方法相同。显示巴利原文
129.Yo brāhmaṇaṃ vāti parābhavasutte vuttanayameva.
130 「饭食时已至」:指用餐之时已到。另有一读作“已来临者”,义为正当饭食时到来。「以语激怒而不施」:意谓不如是想:‘此人为了我的利益,以强势之法来令我作福才前来’,反以不合宜的粗恶言语激怒他,乃至连当面相见的机会亦不与他,况复施食——此为意旨。显示巴利原文
130.Bhattakāleupaṭṭhiteti bhojanakāle jāte. Upaṭṭhitantipi pāṭho, bhattakāle āgatanti attho. Roseti vācā na ca detīti ‘‘atthakāmo me ayaṃ balakkārena maṃ puññaṃ kārāpetuṃ āgato’’ti acintetvā appatirūpena pharusavacanena roseti, antamaso sammukhabhāvamattampi cassa na deti, pageva bhojananti adhippāyo.
131 「在此说虚妄语者」:指有人根据所见的征兆,说“在某天你会得到这个那个”之类恶人的话。也有读作“不真实”的,即不真实之事。「说」:就如骗子欺骗他人的妻子或女仆,说:“在某某村庄我有这样的家财,来吧,我们去那里,你做我的女主人,我会给你这个那个。” 「贪婪地寻求」:即贪求、探寻,意在欺骗取得任何财物后逃跑,这便是其用意。显示巴利原文
131.Asataṃ yodha pabrūtīti yo idha yathā nimittāni dissanti ‘‘asukadivase idañcidañca te bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ asajjanānaṃ vacanaṃ pabrūti. ‘‘Asanta’’ntipi pāṭho, abhūtanti attho. Pabrūtīti bhaṇati ‘‘amukasmiṃ nāma gāme mayhaṃ īdiso gharavibhavo, ehi tattha gacchāma, gharaṇī me bhavissasi, idañcidañca te dassāmī’’ti parabhariyaṃ paradāsiṃ vā vañcento dhutto viya. Nijigīsānoti nijigīsamāno maggamāno, taṃ vañcetvā yaṃkiñci gahetvā palāyitukāmoti adhippāyo.
132 「抬高自己」:指有人抬高自己。「且轻视他人」:即用出身等抬高自己,将自己置于高位;同样用那些出身等轻视他人,贬低他人。Ma-是连音字。「卑劣」:指从功德增长中退堕,或已达到低劣的状态。「以那样的我慢」:即以那种称为自赞毁他的我慢。显示巴利原文
132.Yo cattānanti yo ca attānaṃ. Samukkaṃseti jātiādīhi samukkaṃsati uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapeti. Pare ca mavajānātīti tehiyeva pare avajānāti, nīcaṃ karoti. Ma-kāro padasandhikaro . Nihīnoti guṇavuḍḍhito parihīno, adhamabhāvaṃ vā gato. Sena mānenāti tena ukkaṃsanāvajānanasaṅkhātena attano mānena.
133 “Rosako”(激怒者):指以身体和言语激怒他人的人。“Kadariyo”(悭吝者):指顽固的吝啬者,当别人布施或做其他功德时,他便加以阻止,这是它的同义词。“Pāpiccho”(恶欲者):指具有想被称赞不实功德之欲望的人。“Maccharī”(悭吝者):指具有住所等悭吝的人。“Saṭho”(诈伪者):指具有以宣扬不实功德为相的虚伪,或者明明不想做却说“我会做”等不实之语的人。没有以厌离恶行为相的惭(hirī),没有以畏惧恶行为相的愧(ottappa),因此成为无惭无愧者(ahiriko anottappī)。显示巴利原文
133.Rosakoti kāyavācāhi paresaṃ rosajanako. Kadariyoti thaddhamaccharī, yo pare paresaṃ dente aññaṃ vā puññaṃ karonte vāreti, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pāpicchoti asantaguṇasambhāvanicchāya samannāgato. Maccharīti āvāsādimacchariyayutto. Saṭhoti asantaguṇappakāsanalakkhaṇena sāṭheyyena samannāgato, asammābhāsī vā akātukāmopi ‘‘karomī’’tiādivacanena. Nāssa pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇā hirī, nāssa uttāsanato ubbegalakkhaṇaṃ ottappanti ahiriko anottappī.
134 “Buddhanti”意为“佛陀”,即正自觉者。“Paribhāsatī”意为“诽谤”,如以“非一切知者”等语加以诋毁,对弟子则以“邪行者”等语加以诋毁。“Paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vā”指“对游方出家者或在家人”,这只是对弟子的限定说明,意思是:其出家的弟子,或在家的资具施主。又或者,对任何外道游方者或在家人,以不实之过失进行诽谤——古师们于此采取这样的意思。显示巴利原文
134.Buddhanti sammāsambuddhaṃ. Paribhāsatīti ‘‘asabbaññū’’tiādīhi apavadati, sāvakañca ‘‘duppaṭipanno’’tiādīhi. Paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vāti sāvakavisesanamevetaṃ pabbajitaṃ vā tassa sāvakaṃ, gahaṭṭhaṃ vā paccayadāyakanti attho. Bāhirakaṃ vā paribbājakaṃ yaṃkiñci gahaṭṭhaṃ vā abhūtena dosena paribhāsatīti evampettha atthaṃ icchanti porāṇā.
135 “Anarahaṃ santo”意为“并非阿拉汉而存在”,即未断诸漏而存在。“Arahaṃ paṭijānāti”意为“自称阿拉汉”:他宣称“我是阿拉汉”;为使他人知道“他是阿拉汉”,他发出那样的言语,以身表姿态,内心欲求并认同。“Coro”即“贼”,指盗贼。“Sabrahmake loke”意为“于有梵天的世间”:以最高界限说,即于一切世间。在世间,那些通过破壁偷窃、掠夺、入屋抢劫、拦路等途径夺取他人财物之人,称为贼。而在教法中,则以大众成就等吞没资具的人为贼。正如这样所说——显示巴利原文
135.Anarahaṃ santoti akhīṇāsavo samāno. Arahaṃ paṭijānātīti ‘‘ahaṃ arahā’’ti paṭijānāti, yathā naṃ ‘‘arahā aya’’nti jānanti, tathā vācaṃ nicchāreti, kāyena parakkamati, cittena icchati adhivāseti. Coroti theno. Sabrahmake loketi ukkaṭṭhavasena āha – sabbaloketi vuttaṃ hoti . Loke hi sandhicchedananillopaharaṇaekāgārikakaraṇaparipanthatiṭṭhanādīhi paresaṃ dhanaṃ vilumpantā corāti vuccanti. Sāsane pana parisasampattiādīhi paccayādīni vilumpantā. Yathāha –
“比丘们,世间存在五类大盗。是哪五类呢?比丘们,于此,有一类大盗这样想:‘何时我才能被百人千人围绕,于村落、城镇、王都间游走,杀、令人杀,砍、令人砍,烧、令人烧呢?’后来,他被百人千人围绕,于村落、城镇、王都间游走,杀……乃至……烧。正是如此,比丘们,于此,有一类恶比丘这样想:‘何时我才能被百人千人围绕,于村落……乃至……王都间游走,受到在家者与出家者的恭敬、尊重、礼敬、供养、推崇,获得袈裟……乃至……资具呢?’后来,他被百人千人围绕,于村落、城镇、王都间游走,受到恭敬……乃至……获得资具。比丘们,这便是世间所存在的第一类大盗。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, mahācorā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa mahācorassa evaṃ hoti ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍissāmi hananto, ghātento, chindanto, chedāpento, pacanto pācentoti, so aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍati hananto…pe… pācento. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa pāpabhikkhuno evaṃ hoti ‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ satena vā…pe… rājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carissāmi sakkato, garukato, mānito, pūjito, apacito, gahaṭṭhānañceva pabbajitānañca lābhī cīvara…pe… parikkhārāna’nti. So aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati sakkato…pe… parikkhārānaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
再者,比丘们,在此,有一类恶比丘学习了如来所宣说的法与律之后,却将其据为己有。比丘们,这就是世间存在的第二大盗……乃至……。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā attano dahati, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo…pe… lokasmiṃ.
再者,比丘们,有一类恶比丘,对清净修梵行、修持完全清净梵行的人,以毫无根据的非梵行加以毁谤。比丘们,这就是世间存在的第三大盗……乃至……。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco pāpabhikkhu suddhaṃ brahmacāriṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carantaṃ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃseti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo…pe… lokasmiṃ.
再者,比丘们,有一类恶比丘,将僧团的重物、重资具——即园林、园林地、精舍、精舍地、床、椅、褥垫、枕头、铜锅、铜壶、铜瓶、铜盆、刀、斧、手斧、锄、镐、藤、竹、芒草、灯心草、草、泥土、木器、陶器——用来讨好、引诱在家人。比丘们,这就是世间存在的第四大盗……乃至……。显示巴利原文
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco, pāpabhikkhu yāni tāni saṅghassa garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārāni, seyyathidaṃ – ārāmo, ārāmavatthu, vihāro, vihāravatthu, mañco, pīṭhaṃ, bhisi, bimbohanaṃ, lohakumbhī, lohabhāṇakaṃ, lohavārako, lohakaṭāhaṃ, vāsi, pharasu, kuṭhārī, kudālo, nikhādanaṃ, valli, veḷu, muñjaṃ, pabbajaṃ, tiṇaṃ, mattikā, dārubhaṇḍaṃ, mattikābhaṇḍaṃ, tehi gihiṃ saṅgaṇhāti upalāpeti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho…pe… lokasmiṃ.
比丘们,在含天众的世间……乃至……在含天众与人众的世间中,这是最大的大盗——他宣称不真实、并不存在的超人法。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… sadevamanussāya ayaṃ aggo mahācoro, yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti (pārā. 195).
其中,世间盗贼只是偷盗世间钱财谷物等。在佛陀教法所说的盗贼中:第一种只是偷取袈裟等资具;第二种偷取教理法义;第三种偷取他人的梵行;第四种偷取僧团的重物;第五种则偷取禅那、定、等至、道、果等种种世间与出世间的功德财,以及世间袈裟等资具财。正如所说:‘比丘们,由于偷盗,你们吃了国王的施食。’其中,世尊正是针对那第五种大盗而说‘贼在含梵天的世间中’。他确实是:‘比丘们,在含天众的世间……乃至……在含天众与人众的世间中,这是最大的大盗——他宣称不真实、并不存在的超人法。’如此,因偷盗了世间与出世间的财富,他被称为最大的大盗,因此这里也用‘在含梵天的世间’这一最高限定来说明。显示巴利原文
Tattha lokiyacorā lokiyameva dhanadhaññādiṃ thenenti. Sāsane vuttacoresu paṭhamo tathārūpameva cīvarādipaccayamattaṃ, dutiyo pariyattidhammaṃ, tatiyo parassa brahmacariyaṃ, catuttho saṅghikagarubhaṇḍaṃ, pañcamo jhānasamādhisamāpattimaggaphalappabhedaṃ lokiyalokuttaraguṇadhanaṃ, lokiyañca cīvarādipaccayajātaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘theyyāya vo, bhikkhave, raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto’’ti. Tattha yvāyaṃ pañcamo mahācoro, taṃ sandhāyāha bhagavā ‘‘coro sabrahmake loke’’ti. So hi ‘‘sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… sadevamanussāya ayaṃ aggo mahācoro, yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapatī’’ti (pārā. 195) evaṃ lokiyalokuttaradhanathenanato aggo mahācoroti vutto, tasmā taṃ idhāpi ‘‘sabrahmake loke’’ti iminā ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena pakāsesi.
‘他正是贱民中的最下劣者。’在此,‘kho’是表示决定的词,以此断定:‘他正是贱民中的最下劣者’,即贱民中最下等、最末位者。何以故?因为在殊胜的对象上,他表现出了偷盗的性质;而且只要他不舍弃那种宣称,能令成为贱民的法便始终未曾去除。显示巴利原文
Eso kho vasalādhamoti. Ettha khoti avadhāraṇattho, tena eso eva vasalādhamo. Vasalānaṃ hīno sabbapacchimakoti avadhāreti. Kasmā? Visiṭṭhavatthumhi theyyadhammavassanato, yāva taṃ paṭiññaṃ na vissajjeti, tāva avigatavasalakaraṇadhammato cāti.
以上这些便是贱民。第一首偈颂从心性败坏的角度,说出“忿怒者”等五种贱民;若将“覆藏恶行”分作两种,则成六种。第二首偈颂从行为败坏的角度说一种,即杀生者;第三首同样从行为败坏说一种,即掠夺村落市镇者;第四首从偷盗的方式说一种;第五首从欺骗债务说一种;第六首从强行夺取的方式说一种劫道者;第七首从作伪证说一种;第八首从背叛朋友说一种;第九首从不知感恩说一种;第十首从破坏所作与恼害说一种;第十一首从心术欺诈说一种;第十二首从隐秘恶行说两种;第十三首从不知感恩说一种;第十四首从欺诈说一种;第十五首从恼害说一种;第十六首从欺诈说一种;第十七首从自赞毁他说两种;第十八首从行为与心性两种败坏说忿怒等七种;第十九首从辱骂说两种;第二十首从最大的大盗说一种——这样总共有三十三种或三十四种贱民。为了指出这些,他说道:‘这些贱民,我已宣说,是我所开示的。’意思是:我先前以‘婆罗门,你可知贱民?’这样简略所说的贱民,现在从详细方面,上述这些正是我所开示的。又或者,那些依补特伽罗所说的,现在也依于‘法’显示巴利原文
Etekho vasalāti. Idāni ye te paṭhamagāthāya āsayavipattivasena kodhanādayo pañca, pāpamakkhiṃ vā dvidhā katvā cha, dutiyagāthāya payogavipattivasena pāṇahiṃsako eko, tatiyāya payogavipattivaseneva gāmanigamaniggāhako eko, catutthāya theyyāvahāravasena eko, pañcamāya iṇavañcanavasena eko, chaṭṭhāya pasayhāvahāravasena panthadūsako eko, sattamāya kūṭasakkhivasena eko, aṭṭhamāya mittadubbhivasena eko, navamāya akataññuvasena eko, dasamāya katanāsanavihesanavasena eko, ekādasamāya hadayavañcanavasena eko, dvādasamāya paṭicchannakammantavasena dve, terasamāya akataññuvasena eko, cuddasamāya vañcanavasena eko, pannarasamāya vihesanavasena eko, soḷasamāya vañcanavasena eko, sattarasamāya attukkaṃsanaparavambhanavasena dve, aṭṭhārasamāya payogāsayavipattivasena rosakādayo satta, ekūnavīsatimāya paribhāsanavasena dve, vīsatimāya aggamahācoravasena ekoti evaṃ tettiṃsa catuttiṃsa vā vasalā vuttā. Te niddisanto āha ‘‘ete kho vasalā vuttā, mayā ye te pakāsitā’’ti. Tassattho – ye te mayā pubbe ‘‘jānāsi pana tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vasala’’nti evaṃ saṅkhepato vasalā vuttā, te vitthārato ete kho pakāsitāti. Atha vā ye te mayā puggalavasena vuttā, te dhammavasenāpi ete kho pakāsitā. Atha vā ete kho vasalā vuttā ariyehi kammavasena, na jātivasena, mayā ye te pakāsitā ‘‘kodhano upanāhī’’tiādinā nayena.
136 世尊这样开示了贱民之后,因为那位婆罗门对自身的邪见极其固执,为了破除那种邪见,他说道:‘并不是由于出身而成为贱民。’这句话的意思是:从究竟义而言,的确不是由于出身而成为贱民,也不是由于出身而成为婆罗门;而是由于业行而成为贱民,由于业行而成为婆罗门。由于不清净业行的流露而成为贱民,由于以清净的业行去除不清净而成为婆罗门。再者,因为你们把低贱之人视为贱民,把优越之人视为婆罗门,所以为了阐明这样的含义——以低劣的业行而成为贱民,以殊胜的业行而成为婆罗门——他才这样说道。显示巴利原文
136. Evaṃ bhagavā vasalaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā brāhmaṇo sakāya diṭṭhiyā atīva abhiniviṭṭho hoti, tasmā taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭisedhento āha ‘‘na jaccā vasalo hotī’’ti. Tassattho – paramatthato hi na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo, apica kho kammunā vasalo hoti, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo, aparisuddhakammavassanato vasalo hoti, parisuddhena kammunā aparisuddhavāhanato brāhmaṇo hoti. Yasmā vā tumhe hīnaṃ vasalaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ maññittha, tasmā hīnena kammunā vasalo hoti, ukkaṭṭhena kammunā brāhmaṇo hotīti evampi atthaṃ ñāpento evamāha.
137-139 接着,为了以譬喻证成所说的义理,他说出‘此由譬喻亦当知’等三首偈颂。其中两首是四句偈,一首是六句偈。其含义是:我所说的‘并非由出身而成为贱民’等,你们还可通过这一譬喻来了知,正如我举此譬喻,你们也应以同样的原则、以这种共通性来理解这个譬喻。若问是什么譬喻?那就是‘旃陀罗子索帕卡……乃至……得生于梵天界。’显示巴利原文
137-139. Idāni tamevatthaṃ nidassanena sādhetuṃ ‘‘tadamināpi jānāthā’’tiādikā tisso gāthāyo āha. Tāsu dve catuppādā, ekā chappādā, tāsaṃ attho – yaṃ mayā vuttaṃ ‘‘na jaccā vasalo hotī’’tiādi, tadamināpi jānātha, yathā medaṃ nidassanaṃ, taṃ imināpi pakārena jānātha, yena me pakārena yena sāmaññena idaṃ nidassananti vuttaṃ hoti. Katamaṃ nidassananti ce? Caṇḍālaputto sopāko…pe… brahmalokūpapattiyāti.
“旃陀罗子”指旃陀罗的儿子。他得到死狗后煮来自己吃,故称“食狗者”。他名叫“摩登伽”,即以此名著称。如此,他以低贱的出身、低贱的谋生方式和低贱的名字而为人所知。显示巴利原文
Caṇḍālassa putto caṇḍālaputto. Attano khādanatthāya mate sunakhe labhitvā pacatīti sopāko. Mātaṅgoti evaṃnāmo vissutoti evaṃ hīnāya jātiyā ca jīvikāya ca nāmena ca pākaṭo.
“他”与上一句相连:这位摩登伽达到了最高的名声,即获得了稀有、最上、极为殊胜的名声、称誉与赞叹。而“难得到”是指:即使投生于家世显赫的家族也难得,若投生于低贱家族则更为难得。他获得如此名声之后,众多刹帝利、婆罗门等便前来承事他——为了服侍摩登伽,赡部洲的刹帝利、婆罗门,以及吠舍、首陀罗等绝大多数人都前来亲近他。这就是经句的意思。显示巴利原文
Soti purimapadena sambandhitvā so mātaṅgo yasaṃ paramaṃ patto, abbhutaṃ uttamaṃ ativisiṭṭhaṃ yasaṃ kittiṃ pasaṃsaṃ patto. Yaṃ sudullabhanti yaṃ uḷārakulūpapannenāpi dullabhaṃ, hīnakulūpapannena sudullabhaṃ. Evaṃ yasappattassa ca āgacchuṃ tassupaṭṭhānaṃ, khattiyā brāhmaṇā bahū, tassa mātaṅgassa pāricariyatthaṃ khattiyā ca brāhmaṇā ca aññe ca bahū vessasuddādayo jambudīpamanussā yebhuyyena upaṭṭhānaṃ āgamiṃsūti attho.
如此具足承事的摩登伽,因远离烦恼尘垢而“离尘”;他走上“大道”,因为那是诸佛等大成就者所行持的道路;他登上了“天乘”——即能运载至天界的八等至禅乘,有能力将人送达名为梵天的天界。依此行道,他灭除了欲贪,因此身坏命终后,生于梵天界。那低贱的出身并未障碍他往生梵天界——也就是说,他确实往生了梵天界。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ upaṭṭhānasampanno so mātaṅgo vigatakilesarajattā virajaṃ, mahantehi buddhādīhi paṭipannattā mahāpathaṃ, brahmalokasaṅkhātaṃ devalokaṃ yāpetuṃ samatthattā devalokayānasaññitaṃ aṭṭhasamāpattiyānaṃ abhiruyha, tāya paṭipattiyā kāmarāgaṃ virājetvā, kāyassa bhedā brahmalokūpago ahu, sā tathā hīnāpi na naṃ jāti nivāresi brahmalokūpapattiyā, brahmalokūpapattitoti vuttaṃ hoti.
此中义理,应如是知:据说过去有一位大士,以种种方便利益众生,曾投生于一个以狗肉为食的旃陀罗家。他名为摩登伽,容貌鄙陋难看,住在城外的皮屋里,依入城乞食维持生计。一日,城中宣布举办饮酒节,一些浪荡子各携随从嬉戏。又有一位婆罗门豪族之女,年约十五六岁,貌若天女,极其悦目而庄严。她心想:“我应随顺家族的传统去游乐。”于是令人将大量嚼食、啖食等游乐用品装车,自己登上一辆纯白母马拉的车乘,在众多随从簇拥下前往园林。她的名字是“见吉祥”。据说,她不愿见到形貌丑陋、不祥之物,因此众人称她为“见吉祥”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panattho evaṃ veditabbo – atīte kira mahāpuriso tena tenupāyena sattahitaṃ karonto sopākajīvike caṇḍālakule uppajji. So nāmena mātaṅgo , rūpena duddasiko hutvā bahinagare cammakuṭikāya vasati, antonagare bhikkhaṃ caritvā jīvikaṃ kappeti. Athekadivasaṃ tasmiṃ nagare surānakkhatte ghosite dhuttā yathāsakena parivārena kīḷanti. Aññatarāpi brāhmaṇamahāsāladhītā pannarasasoḷasavassuddesikā devakaññā viya rūpena dassanīyā pāsādikā ‘‘attano kulavaṃsānurūpaṃ kīḷissāmī’’ti pahūtaṃ khajjabhojjādikīḷanasambhāraṃ sakaṭesu āropetvā sabbasetavaḷavayuttaṃ yānamāruyha mahāparivārena uyyānabhūmiṃ gacchati diṭṭhamaṅgalikāti nāmena. Sā kira ‘‘dussaṇṭhitaṃ rūpaṃ avamaṅgala’’nti daṭṭhuṃ na icchati, tenassā diṭṭhamaṅgalikātveva saṅkhā udapādi.
就在那时,摩登伽一大早就起床,穿上一块旧破布衣,把铜铃系在手上,拿着钵走进城里去。他远远一看到人,就敲响铜铃。这时,那位“见吉祥”正被随从们引导着前行,随从们对着前面的人喊着“让开,快让开”,驱赶着那些低贱出身的人。在城门的正中间,她看见了摩登伽,便问道:“那是谁?”旁人回答:“是摩登伽旃陀罗。”她一听,就说:“看见这种人之后再往前走,哪里还会有什么吉祥增长?”于是就下令把车乘调转回去了。那些随从的人都很生气地说:“我们本来去园林可以得到嚼食、啖食等好东西,就是被这个摩登伽给障碍了。”他们说道:“抓住这旃陀罗!”于是就用土块打他,以为他被打死了,便抓住他的双脚把他扔到一边,用垃圾盖上,然后就离开了。摩登伽恢复意识后,站起来问别人:“诸位,城门是大家共用的,还是只为婆罗门设的?”众人回答:“是大家共用的。”他便说:“我就是通过这大家共用的城门进城,靠乞食维生,可那见吉祥的人却让我遭了这样的祸害。”他就在一条街又一条街地游走,把这件事告诉众人,最后躺在那个婆罗门家的门口,宣布:“不得到见吉祥,我就不起来。”显示巴利原文
Tadā so mātaṅgo kālasseva vuṭṭhāya paṭapilotikaṃ nivāsetvā, kaṃsatāḷaṃ hatthe bandhitvā, bhājanahattho nagaraṃ pavisati, manusse disvā dūrato eva kaṃsatāḷaṃ ākoṭento. Atha diṭṭhamaṅgalikā ‘‘ussaratha, ussarathā’’ti purato purato hīnajanaṃ apanentehi purisehi nīyamānā nagaradvāramajjhe mātaṅgaṃ disvā ‘‘ko eso’’ti āha. Ahaṃ mātaṅgacaṇḍāloti. Sā ‘‘īdisaṃ disvā gatānaṃ kuto vuḍḍhī’’ti yānaṃ nivattāpesi. Manussā ‘‘yaṃ mayaṃ uyyānaṃ gantvā khajjabhojjādiṃ labheyyāma, tassa no mātaṅgena antarāyo kato’’ti kupitā ‘‘gaṇhatha caṇḍāla’’nti leḍḍūhi paharitvā ‘‘mato’’ti pāde gahetvā ekamante chaḍḍetvā kacavarena paṭicchādetvā agamaṃsu. So satiṃ paṭilabhitvā uṭṭhāya manusse pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ, ayyā, dvāraṃ nāma sabbasādhāraṇaṃ, udāhu brāhmaṇānaṃyeva kata’’nti? Manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇa’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ sabbasādhāraṇadvārena pavisitvā bhikkhāhārena yāpentaṃ maṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya manussā imaṃ anayabyasanaṃ pāpesu’’nti rathikāya rathikaṃ āhiṇḍanto manussānaṃ ārocetvā brāhmaṇassa gharadvāre nipajji – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ aladdhā na vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti.
婆罗门听说“摩登伽躺在了家门口”,就传话说:“给他一个咖咖尼咖,让他用油涂涂身子离开吧。”摩登伽不接受,只是一个劲地说:“不得到见吉祥,我就不起来。”于是婆罗门又说:“给他两个咖咖尼咖,让他用一个咖咖尼咖买饼吃,再用一个咖咖尼咖的油涂身后离开。”他还是不接受,依然那样说。婆罗门听到后,又命令道:“给他一个摩沙伽,一个巴达,半个咖哈巴那,一个咖哈巴那,两个、三个……”一直加到一百个咖哈巴那。他始终不肯接受,只是那样说。就这样,太阳在一群劝求者的面前下了山。这时,婆罗门女从殿堂下来,让人用布幕围成一道墙,然后亲自走近他,恳求道:“亲爱的摩登伽,请你原谅见吉祥的过失吧!拿一千个钱走吧,两千、三千……”一直说到:“拿十万个钱走吧!”他却依然默不作声,就那么躺着不动。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇo ‘‘gharadvāre mātaṅgo nipanno’’ti sutvā ‘‘tassa kākaṇikaṃ detha, telena aṅgaṃ makkhetvā gacchatū’’ti āha. So taṃ na icchati, ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ aladdhā na vuṭṭhahissāmi’’cceva āha. Tato brāhmaṇo ‘‘dve kākaṇikāyo detha, kākaṇikāya pūvaṃ khādatu, kākaṇikāya telena aṅgaṃ makkhetvā gacchatū’’ti āha. So taṃ na icchati, tatheva vadati. Brāhmaṇo sutvā ‘‘māsakaṃ detha, pādaṃ, upaḍḍhakahāpaṇaṃ, kahāpaṇaṃ dve tīṇī’’ti yāva sataṃ āṇāpesi. So na icchati, tatheva vadati. Evaṃ yācantānaṃyeva sūriyo atthaṅgato. Atha brāhmaṇī pāsādā oruyha sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā yāci – ‘‘tāta mātaṅga, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya aparādhaṃ khama, sahassaṃ gaṇhāhi, dve tīṇī’’ti yāva ‘‘satasahassaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āha. So tuṇhībhūto nipajjiyeva.
就这样过了四五天,许多刹帝利青年等人送来了丰厚的礼物,却仍然得不到见吉祥,他们便凑到摩登伽耳边劝告说:“身为男子汉,即使花上多年努力,也终究能达成所愿。你不要灰心,再过两三天,必定能得到见吉祥。”他听后,仍默不作声地躺着。到了第七天,邻居们都站出来说道:“你们要么设法让摩登伽起来,要么就把女儿给他,别让我们所有人都受牵连。”原来,他们持有这样的看法:“若有旃陀罗这样躺倒,死在谁家门口,那么这户人家连同周围七户,便全都会沦为旃陀罗。”于是,他们给见吉祥穿上破旧的蓝布衣,把木碗陶钵等塞到她手里,让她哭着被带到摩登伽面前,对她说:“领上这个女孩,起来离开吧!”她站到他身边说:“你起来吧。”他这才说:“用手拉我起来。”她便拉他起身。他坐起来后说道:“我们不可能住在城内,来,带我到城外的皮屋去吧。”她就牵着他的手,带他去了那里。讲说本生故事者在此处说道:“让她把他背在背上。”将他带回去后,她用油涂抹他的身体,用热水为他沐浴,又煮了粥给他喝。他显示巴利原文
Evaṃ catūhapañcāhe vītivatte bahumpi paṇṇākāraṃ datvā diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ alabhantā khattiyakumārādayo mātaṅgassa upakaṇṇake ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘purisā nāma anekānipi saṃvaccharāni vīriyaṃ katvā icchitatthaṃ pāpuṇanti, mā kho tvaṃ nibbijji, addhā dvīhatīhaccayena diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ lacchasī’’ti. So tuṇhībhūto nipajjiyeva. Atha sattame divase samantā paṭivissakā uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘tumhe mātaṅgaṃ vā uṭṭhāpetha, dārikaṃ vā detha, mā amhe sabbe nāsayitthā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tesaṃ kira ayaṃ diṭṭhi ‘‘yassa gharadvāre evaṃ nipanno caṇḍālo marati, tassa gharena saha samantā sattasattagharavāsino caṇḍālā hontī’’ti. Tato diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ nīlapaṭapilotikaṃ nivāsāpetvā uḷuṅkakaḷopikādīni datvā paridevamānaṃ tassa santikaṃ netvā ‘‘gaṇha dārikaṃ, uṭṭhāya gacchāhī’’ti adaṃsu. Sā passe ṭhatvā ‘‘uṭṭhāhī’’ti āha, so ‘‘hatthena maṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāpehī’’ti āha. Sā naṃ uṭṭhāpesi. So nisīditvā āha – ‘‘mayaṃ antonagare vasituṃ na labhāma, ehi maṃ bahinagare cammakuṭiṃ nehī’’ti. Sā naṃ hatthe gahetvā tattha nesi. ‘‘Piṭṭhiyaṃ āropetvā’’ti jātakabhāṇakā. Netvā cassa sarīraṃ telena makkhetvā, uṇhodakena nhāpetvā, yāguṃ pacitvā adāsi. So ‘‘brāhmaṇakaññā ayaṃ mā vinassī’’ti jātisambhedaṃ akatvāva aḍḍhamāsamattaṃ balaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ahaṃ vanaṃ gacchāmi, ‘aticirāyatī’ti mā tvaṃ ukkaṇṭhī’’ti vatvā gharamānusakāni ca ‘‘imaṃ mā pamajjitthā’’ti āṇāpetvā gharā nikkhamma tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā, kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā, katipāheneva aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca ca abhiññāyo nibbattetvā ‘‘idānāhaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya manāpo bhavissāmī’’ti ākāsenāgantvā nagaradvāre orohitvā diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya santikaṃ pesesi.
她听闻通报后,心中思忖:“想必是我哪位出了家的亲族,知我困苦,特地前来看望。”她便前去,认出正是那位大士(摩登伽)后,就扑倒在他的足上,说道:“您为何令我沦为这般无依无靠的人?”大士说道:“见吉祥,你不必忧愁,我要让全赡部洲的众生都来供养你。”又对她这样说道:“你去这样宣布:‘我的丈夫是大梵天,而不是摩登伽。他将在第七天破开月宫,来到我的身边。’”她回答道:“尊者,我是婆罗门豪族的女儿,因自身恶业才沦落至此旃陀罗的境地,这样的话我实在说不出口。”大士便说:“你尚不知摩登伽的威神力。”于是,为令她生信,他展现了种种教诫神变,待她信服后,依旧如前命令她,随后便回自己的住处去了。她果真依言而行。显示巴利原文
Sā sutvā ‘‘koci maññe mama ñātako pabbajito maṃ dukkhitaṃ ñatvā daṭṭhuṃ āgato bhavissatī’’ti cintayamānā gantvā, taṃ ñatvā, pādesu nipatitvā ‘‘kissa maṃ anāthaṃ tumhe akatthā’’ti āha. Mahāpuriso ‘‘mā tvaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalike dukkhinī ahosi, sakalajambudīpavāsīhi te sakkāraṃ kāressāmī’’ti vatvā etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ ghosanaṃ karohi – ‘mahābrahmā mama sāmiko na mātaṅgo, so candavimānaṃ bhinditvā sattame divase mama santikaṃ āgamissatī’’’ti. Sā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, brāhmaṇamahāsāladhītā hutvā attano pāpakammena imaṃ caṇḍālabhāvaṃ pattā, na sakkomi evaṃ vattu’’nti. Mahāpuriso ‘‘na tvaṃ mātaṅgassa ānubhāvaṃ jānāsī’’ti vatvā yathā sā saddahati, tathā anekāni pāṭihāriyāni dassetvā tatheva taṃ āṇāpetvā attano vasatiṃ agamāsi. Sā tathā akāsi.
众人纷纷讥讽嘲笑她:“她自己因恶业沦为旃陀罗,如今怎么反倒称他为大梵天了?”她却信心增上,日复一日地沿城宣告:“从今天起第六天……第五天……第四天……第三天……明天……今天,他就要来了。”众人听她言辞如此笃定,便想:“此事莫非当真。”于是,他们各自在自家门前搭起凉棚,张设布帷,将适龄的少女们装扮一新,都坐着仰望天空,心想:“待大梵天降临时,我们便献上童女为礼。”而大士在十五月圆之夜,当月宫升上天空时,破开月宫,在众人瞩目之下,以大梵天的形貌从中出现。一时间,众人以为“出现了两个月亮”。接着,见他从空中次第而来,他们便断然下了结论:“见吉祥所言不虚!这位就是大梵天,先前是为了调伏见吉祥,才化作摩登伽的模样。”于是,他在众人的注视下,直接降临到见吉祥的住处。那时,她正值行经期。大士以拇指轻触她的肚脐,藉由这一触,胎儿便得以安住。然后,他对她说:“你已怀有身孕,待儿子出生后,你便可依靠他生活了。”说完,他便在众人显示巴利原文
Manussā ujjhāyanti hasanti – ‘‘kathañhi nāmāyaṃ attano pāpakammena caṇḍālabhāvaṃ patvā puna taṃ mahābrahmānaṃ karissatī’’ti. Sā adhimānā eva hutvā divase divase ghosantī nagaraṃ āhiṇḍati ‘‘ito chaṭṭhe divase, pañcame, catutthe, tatiye, suve, ajja āgamissatī’’ti. Manussā tassā vissatthavācaṃ sutvā ‘‘kadāci evampi siyā’’ti attano attano gharadvāresu maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā, sāṇipākāraṃ sajjetvā, vayappattā dārikāyo alaṅkaritvā ‘‘mahābrahmani āgate kaññādānaṃ dassāmā’’ti ākāsaṃ ullokentā nisīdiṃsu. Atha mahāpuriso puṇṇamadivase gaganatalaṃ upārūḷhe cande candavimānaṃ phāletvā passato mahājanassa mahābrahmarūpena niggacchi. Mahājano ‘‘dve candā jātā’’ti atimaññi. Tato anukkamena āgataṃ disvā ‘‘saccaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikā āha, mahābrahmāva ayaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ dametuṃ pubbe mātaṅgavesenāgacchī’’ti niṭṭhaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ so mahājanena dissamāno diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya vasanaṭṭhāne eva otari. Sā ca tadā utunī ahosi. So tassā nābhiṃ aṅguṭṭhakena parāmasi. Tena phassena gabbho patiṭṭhāsi. Tato naṃ ‘‘gabbho te saṇṭhito , puttamhi jāte taṃ nissāya jīvāhī’’ti vatvā passato mahājanassa puna candavimānaṃ pāvisi.
婆罗门们宣称:“见吉祥是大梵天的妻子,是我们的母亲。”于是从各地纷纷赶来。想要供养她的人们拥挤不堪,使得各个城门都拥堵不通。他们把见吉祥安放在金堆上,为她沐浴、装扮,请她登上车乘,以盛大的供奉仪式让她绕城右旋。之后,在城中央搭起凉亭,让她留在众人皆能看见的地方,并宣告:“这是大梵天的妻子”,又请她暂且安住,说道:“待我们为您建造好合适的住所后,您就先住在这里。”她便在这凉亭中生下了儿子。在洁净日,她与儿子一起洗了头。因为孩子出生在凉亭里,便为他取名为“曼达比耶童子”。此后,婆罗门们簇拥着他,宣称“这是大梵天的儿子”。于是,数十万种礼物源源不断地送来。那些婆罗门便安排人守护童子,结果后来的人便不能很快见到他。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇā ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikā mahābrahmuno pajāpati amhākaṃ mātā jātā’’ti vatvā tato tato āgacchanti. Taṃ sakkāraṃ kātukāmānaṃ manussānaṃ sampīḷanena nagaradvārāni anokāsāni ahesuṃ. Te diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ hiraññarāsimhi ṭhapetvā, nhāpetvā, maṇḍetvā, rathaṃ āropetvā, mahāsakkārena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ kārāpetvā, nagaramajjhe maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā, tatra naṃ ‘‘mahābrahmuno pajāpatī’’ti diṭṭhaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā vasāpenti ‘‘yāvassā patirūpaṃ vasanokāsaṃ karoma, tāva idheva vasatū’’ti. Sā maṇḍape eva puttaṃ vijāyi. Taṃ visuddhadivase saddhiṃ puttena sasīsaṃ nhāpetvā maṇḍape jātoti dārakassa ‘‘maṇḍabyakumāro’’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Tato pabhuti ca naṃ brāhmaṇā ‘‘mahābrahmuno putto’’ti parivāretvā caranti. Tato anekasatasahassappakārā paṇṇākārā āgacchanti, te brāhmaṇā kumārassārakkhaṃ ṭhapesuṃ, āgatā lahuṃ kumāraṃ daṭṭhuṃ na labhanti.
童子渐渐长大,开始行布施。他在堂舍中只布施给婆罗门,对那些到来的贫穷困苦之人却不作布施。大士(菩萨)便心想:“我的儿子在作怎样的布施呢?”观察到儿子只布施给婆罗门后,他心想:“我要设法让他布施给一切人。”于是,他披上袈裟,持钵从空中来到儿子家门口站立。童子看见他,心想:“这个穿着如此丑陋衣服的贱民,究竟是从哪里来的?”一怒之下,说出了这首偈颂:显示巴利原文
Kumāro anupubbena vuḍḍhimanvāya dānaṃ dātuṃ āraddho. So sālāya sampattānaṃ kapaṇaddhikānaṃ adatvā brāhmaṇānaṃyeva deti. Mahāpuriso ‘‘kiṃ mama putto dānaṃ detī’’ti āvajjetvā brāhmaṇānaṃyeva dānaṃ dentaṃ disvā ‘‘yathā sabbesaṃ dassati, tathā karissāmī’’ti cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ gahetvā ākāsena āgamma puttassa gharadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Kumāro taṃ disvā ‘‘kuto ayaṃ evaṃ virūpaveso vasalo āgato’’ti kuddho imaṃ gāthamāha –
你究竟是从何处而来?穿着这身弊陋的衣裳,身体裸露,如同尘土中的毗舍遮鬼一般;
脖子上缠着垃圾堆的破布,喂,你究竟是谁?是个不应供养的人吧?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuto nu āgacchasi dummavāsī, otallako paṃsupisācakova; Saṅkāracoḷaṃ paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe, ko re tuvaṃ hosi adakkhiṇeyyo’’ti.
婆罗门们喊着“抓住他!抓住他!”便将他捉住,拳打脚踢,想让他遭遇灾祸与挫败。他从空中离去,立于城外。天神们因此愤怒,抓住童子的脖颈,将他头朝下、脚朝上地倒吊起来。童子两眼凸出,口中唾液直流,呼出粗重急促的气息,感受着极大的痛苦。见吉祥听说后问道:“是否有什么人来过?”答言:“是的,有一位出家者来过。”又问:“他现在去哪儿了?”答言:“如此这般走了。”她便赶到那里,恳求说:“尊者,请宽恕您自己的仆人吧。”并拜伏在他脚下,身体贴地。那时,大人正好托钵乞食归来,得到一些粥,正坐着喝粥,他便将剩下的一点粥给了见吉祥,嘱咐说:“去吧,把这粥在水缸里搅匀,对那些被非人侵扰的人,将粥水灌入他们的眼、口、耳、鼻等孔窍,并洒在身上,这样他们便会复原了。”她照着做了。童子身体康复后,她说:“来,孩子曼达比耶,我们去请他宽恕你。”便让儿子及所有婆罗门都双膝跪地,伏在他脚下,乞求宽恕。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇā ‘‘gaṇhatha gaṇhathā’’ti taṃ gahetvā ākoṭetvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpesuṃ. So ākāsena gantvā bahinagare paccaṭṭhāsi . Devatā kupitā kumāraṃ gale gahetvā uddhaṃpādaṃ adhosiraṃ ṭhapesuṃ. So akkhīhi niggatehi mukhena kheḷaṃ paggharantena gharugharupassāsī dukkhaṃ vedayati. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā sutvā ‘‘koci āgato atthī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Āma, pabbajito āgacchī’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ gato’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ gato’’ti. Sā tattha gantvā ‘‘khamatha, bhante, attano dāsassā’’ti yācantī tassa pādamūle bhūmiyā nipajji. Tena ca samayena mahāpuriso piṇḍāya caritvā, yāguṃ labhitvā, taṃ pivanto tattha nisinno hoti, so avasiṭṭhaṃ thokaṃ yāguṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya adāsi. ‘‘Gaccha imaṃ yāguṃ udakakumbhiyā āloletvā yesaṃ bhūtavikāro atthi, tesaṃ akkhimukhakaṇṇanāsābilesu āsiñca, sarīrañca paripphosehi, evaṃ nibbikārā bhavissantī’’ti. Sā tathā akāsi. Tato kumāre pakatisarīre jāte ‘‘ehi, tāta maṇḍabya, taṃ khamāpessāmā’’ti puttañca sabbe brāhmaṇe ca tassa pādamūle nikkujjitvā nipajjāpetvā khamāpesi.
他教诫说“应当布施一切大众”,宣说法义后,便回到自己的住处,心想:“女人之中,出名的见吉祥已被调伏;男人之中,出名的曼达比耶童子已被调伏,如今还有谁应当被调伏呢?”接着,他看到依止槃头摩帝城、住在瓮瓦蒂河岸的执著于族姓的苦行者。那苦行者心想:“我凭出身便优于他人,不可用别人受用过之水。”因此他住在上游。大人(菩萨)在上游处住下,当苦行者用水时,便嚼了齿木扔进水中。苦行者看到齿木顺流漂来,心想:“这是谁扔的?”便逆流而上查探。见到大人后问道:“那里是谁?”大人答:“是麻当伽旃陀罗,老师。”苦行者说:“滚开,旃陀罗!莫住上游。”大人说:“好的,老师。”便移往下游居住,可是齿木却逆流又漂回到苦行者处。苦行者再次前来,说:“滚开,旃陀罗!莫住下游,去住上游!”大人说:“好的,老师。”又照做了,同样的事情却再三发生。苦行者生起怒气,说:“他又这样做了!”便诅咒大人:“愿你的头在太阳升起时裂为七瓣!”大人也说:“好的,老师,不过,我不会让太阳升起。”说完便止住了日出。显示巴利原文
So ‘‘sabbajanassa dānaṃ dātabba’’nti ovaditvā, dhammakathaṃ katvā, attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃyeva gantvā, cintesi ‘‘itthīsu pākaṭā diṭṭhamaṅgalikā damitā, purisesu pākaṭo maṇḍabyakumāro, idāni ko dametabbo’’ti. Tato jātimantatāpasaṃ addasa bandhumatīnagaraṃ nissāya kumbhavatīnadītīre viharantaṃ. So ‘‘ahaṃ jātiyā visiṭṭho, aññehi paribhuttodakaṃ na paribhuñjāmī’’ti uparinadiyā vasati. Mahāpuriso tassa uparibhāge vāsaṃ kappetvā tassa udakaparibhogavelāyaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā udake pakkhipi. Tāpaso taṃ udakena vuyhamānaṃ disvā ‘‘kenidaṃ khitta’’nti paṭisotaṃ gantvā mahāpurisaṃ disvā ‘‘ko etthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Mātaṅgacaṇḍālo, ācariyā’’ti. ‘‘Apehi, caṇḍāla, mā uparinadiyā vasī’’ti. Mahāpuriso ‘‘sādhu, ācariyā’’ti heṭṭhānadiyā vasati, paṭisotampi dantakaṭṭhaṃ tāpasassa santikaṃ āgacchati. Tāpaso puna gantvā ‘‘apehi, caṇḍāla, mā heṭṭhānadiyaṃ vasa, uparinadiyāyeva vasā’’ti āha. Mahāpuriso ‘‘sādhu, ācariyā’’ti tathā akāsi, punapi tatheva ahosi. Tāpaso punapi ‘‘tathā karotī’’ti duṭṭho mahāpurisaṃ sapi ‘‘sūriyassa te uggamanavelāya sattadhā muddhā phalatū’’ti. Mahāpurisopi ‘‘sādhu, ācariya, ahaṃ pana sūriyuṭṭhānaṃ na demī’’ti vatvā sūriyuṭṭhānaṃ nivāresi . Tato ratti na vibhāyati, andhakāro jāto, bhītā bandhumatīvāsino tāpasassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘atthi nu kho, ācariya, amhākaṃ sotthibhāvo’’ti pucchiṃsu. Te hi taṃ ‘‘arahā’’ti maññanti. So tesaṃ sabbamācikkhi. Te mahāpurisaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘sūriyaṃ, bhante, muñcathā’’ti yāciṃsu. Mahāpuriso ‘‘yadi tumhākaṃ arahā āgantvā maṃ khamāpeti, muñcāmī’’ti āha.
人们回去对苦行者说:“来吧,尊者,向麻当伽智者求取宽恕吧,别因你们的争执而让我们毁于一旦。”他却说:“我绝不向一个旃陀罗乞求宽恕。”人们说:“你这是要毁了我们!”于是抓住他的手脚,将他拖到大士面前。大士说:“当他以腹部匍匐在我脚下乞求宽恕时,我才会宽恕。”人们对苦行者说:“你就这样照做吧。”苦行者说:“我绝不会向一个旃陀罗行礼。”人们说:“这可由不得你,你不愿行礼也得行!”于是抓住他的手脚、颈部等处,将他按倒在大士脚下。大士说:“我宽恕此人,但我正是出于对他的悲悯,才不释放太阳。因为太阳一旦升起,他的头即刻便会裂成七瓣。”人们问:“尊者,那现在该如何是好?”大士说:“这样,将他置于齐颈深的水中,用一团泥盖住他的头。当泥团被阳光照射后,会裂成七瓣。就在泥团裂开的同时,让他速速逃往别处。”他们便抓住苦行者的手脚等,依教奉行。太阳一经释放,那泥团立刻裂成七瓣掉落,苦行者惊恐地逃走了。众人目睹此景,说道:“诸位请看,这沙门的威神力啊!”于是,从“扔齿木”那件事开始,他们把一切经过详细讲述了一遍,感叹道:“没有像这样的显示巴利原文
Manussā gantvā tāpasaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘ehi, bhante, mātaṅgapaṇḍitaṃ khamāpehi, mā tumhākaṃ kalahakāraṇā mayaṃ nassimhā’’ti. So ‘‘nāhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ khamāpemī’’ti āha. Manussā ‘‘amhe tvaṃ nāsesī’’ti taṃ hatthapādesu gahetvā mahāpurisassa santikaṃ nesuṃ. Mahāpuriso ‘‘mama pādamūle kucchiyā nipajjitvā khamāpente khamāmī’’ti āha. Manussā ‘‘evaṃ karohī’’ti āhaṃsu. Tāpaso ‘‘nāhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ vandāmī’’ti. Manussā ‘‘tava chandena na vandissasī’’ti hatthapādamassugīvādīsu gahetvā mahāpurisassa pādamūle sayāpesuṃ. So ‘‘khamāmahaṃ imassa, apicāhaṃ tassevānukampāya sūriyaṃ na muñcāmi, sūriye hi uggatamatte muddhā assa sattadhā phalissatī’’ti āha. Manussā ‘‘idāni, bhante, kiṃ kātabba’’nti āhaṃsu. Mahāpuriso ‘‘tena hi imaṃ galappamāṇe udake ṭhapetvā mattikāpiṇḍenassa sīsaṃ paṭicchādetha, sūriyarasmīhi phuṭṭho mattikāpiṇḍo sattadhā phalissati. Tasmiṃ phalite esa aññatra gacchatū’’ti āha. Te tāpasaṃ hatthapādādīsu gahetvā tathā akaṃsu. Sūriye muñcitamatte mattikāpiṇḍo sattadhā phalitvā pati, tāpaso bhīto palāyi. Manussā disvā ‘‘passatha, bho, samaṇassa ānubhāva’’nti dantakaṭṭhapakkhipanamādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ vitthāretvā ‘‘natthi īdiso samaṇo’’ti tasmiṃ pasīdiṃsu. Tato pabhuti sakalajambudīpe khattiyabrāhmaṇādayo gahaṭṭhapabbajitā mātaṅgapaṇḍitassa upaṭṭhānaṃ agamaṃsu. So yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā kāyassa bhedā brahmaloke uppajji. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘tadamināpi jānātha…pe… brahmalokūpapattiyā’’ti.
140-141 140-141. 如此论证了“并非因出身而成为贱民,而是因业行而成为贱民”之后,现在为了论证“并非因出身而成为婆罗门,而是因业行而成为婆罗门”这一道理,便说道:“生于诵咒家族……乃至……免于恶趣与呵责。”其中,“生于诵咒家族”是指出生在以诵习经咒为业的婆罗门家庭中。也有读作“生于诵咒族姓家庭”的。意思是:出生在诵习经咒、不被呵责的婆罗门家庭中。因为这些人与经咒有着亲属般的关系,所以称他们为“经咒亲属”,也就是“以吠陀为亲属、以吠陀为依归”的意思。“他们却屡屡现见于恶业之中”:他们虽然如此出生于高贵家庭,并且是经咒亲属,但如果他们在杀生等恶业中屡屡被察觉,那么在现世就成为应受呵责的人,在来世则趣向恶趣。当他们如此屡屡显现于恶业时,就在当前这一生中,连他们的父母也会说:“这些不是我们的儿子,是恶生子,是焚毁家族的炭火,把他们赶出去!”婆罗门们也会说:“这些人是居士,不是婆罗门,别让他们进入具足净信的祭祀、煮食等场合,不要和他们交谈。”其他人也说:“这些人是造恶业者,不是婆罗门。”他们会这显示巴利原文
140-141. Evaṃ ‘‘na jaccā vasalo hoti, kammunā vasalo hotī’’ti sādhetvā idāni ‘‘na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti etaṃ sādhetuṃ āha ‘‘ajjhāyakakule jātā …pe… duggatyā garahāyavā’’ti. Tattha ajjhāyakakule jātāti mantajjhāyake brāhmaṇakule jātā. ‘‘Ajjhāyakākuḷe jātā’’tipi pāṭho. Mantānaṃ ajjhāyake anupakuṭṭhe ca brāhmaṇakule jātāti attho. Mantā bandhavā etesanti mantabandhavā. Vedabandhū vedapaṭissaraṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Te ca pāpesu kammesu abhiṇhamupadissareti te evaṃ kule jātā mantabandhavā ca samānāpi yadi pāṇātipātādīsu pāpakammesu punappunaṃ upadissanti, atha diṭṭheva dhamme gārayhā samparāye ca duggati te evamupadissamānā imasmiṃyeva attabhāve mātāpitūhipi ‘‘nayime amhākaṃ puttā, dujjātā ete kulassa aṅgārabhūtā, nikkaḍḍhatha ne’’ti, brāhmaṇehipi ‘‘gahapatikā ete, na ete brāhmaṇā, mā nesaṃ saddhayaññathālipākādīsu pavesaṃ detha, mā nehi saddhiṃ sallapathā’’ti, aññehipi manussehi ‘‘pāpakammantā ete, na ete brāhmaṇā’’ti evaṃ gārayhā honti. Samparāye ca nesaṃ duggati nirayādibhedā, duggati etesaṃ paraloke hotīti attho. Samparāye vātipi pāṭho. Paraloke etesaṃ dukkhassa gati duggati, dukkhappattiyeva hotīti attho. Na ne jāti nivāreti, duggatyā garahāya vāti sā tathā ukkaṭṭhāpi yaṃ tvaṃ sārato paccesi, jāti ete pāpakammesu padissante brāhmaṇe ‘‘samparāye ca duggatī’’ti ettha vuttappakārāya duggatiyā vā, ‘‘diṭṭheva dhamme gārayhā’’ti ettha vuttappakārāya garahāya vā na nivāreti.
142 142. 世尊如此指明:纵使出生在有诵咒传统的婆罗门家庭,由于那些应受呵责等业行,在现世便已堕落;并且在来世也将投生恶趣,由此说明婆罗门出身并非真实。他先确立了“不是因出身成为婆罗门,而是因业成为婆罗门”这一道理,现在为了总结这两方面的义理,便接着这样说道——显示巴利原文
142. Evaṃ bhagavā ajjhāyakakule jātānampi brāhmaṇānaṃ gārayhādikammavasena diṭṭheva dhamme patitabhāvaṃ dīpento duggatigamanena ca samparāye brāhmaṇajātiyā abhāvaṃ dīpento ‘‘na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti etampi atthaṃ sādhetvā idāni duvidhampi atthaṃ nigamento āha, evaṃ brāhmaṇa –
并非因出身而成为卑贱者,并非因出身而成为婆罗门;
因业而成为卑贱者,因业而成为婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo; Kammunā vasalo hoti, kammunā hoti brāhmaṇo’’ti.
其余义理,与《耕者婆罗堕阇经》中所说的方法一致。特别地,此处“倒下的……扶正”等文句,应作如下配合理解:犹如有人将倒下的东西扶正,世尊将我这位厌离业行、深陷出身论者,从“婆罗门与卑贱者的身份依出身而定”的邪见中扶起;犹如有人揭开被遮盖的东西,世尊为我揭开了被出身论所遮盖的业行论;犹如有人为迷路者指明道路,世尊为我指明了一条不混淆婆罗门与卑贱者身份的直路;犹如有人在黑暗中持来油灯,世尊通过举出摩登伽等低种姓尊者的例子,如同持着明灯,以种种方便为我阐明了法。因此,此法门是以多方面的譬喻而阐明的。显示巴利原文
Sesaṃ kasibhāradvājasutte vuttanayameva. Visesato vā ettha nikkujjitaṃ vātiādīnaṃ evaṃ yojanā veditabbā – yathā koci nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, evaṃ maṃ kammavimukhaṃ jātivāde patitaṃ ‘‘jātiyā brāhmaṇavasalabhāvo hotī’’ti diṭṭhito vuṭṭhāpentena, yathā paṭicchannaṃ vivareyya, evaṃ jātivādapaṭicchannaṃ kammavādaṃ vivarantena, yathā mūḷhassa maggaṃ ācikkheyya, evaṃ brāhmaṇavasalabhāvassa asambhinnaujumaggaṃ ācikkhantena, yathā andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, evaṃ mātaṅgādinidassanapajjotadhāraṇena mayhaṃ bhotā gotamena etehi pariyāyehi pakāsitattā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsitoti.
第八 《慈经》注释显示巴利原文
8. Mettasuttavaṇṇanā
“善于利益与义利者,当行如是”——此句出自《慈经》。其起因何在?据说,有比丘在喜马拉雅山侧修行时,为诸天所逼迫,遂前往舍卫城,来至世尊面前。世尊为他们宣说此经,既可作护卫诵,亦可作禅修业处。此为略说。显示巴利原文
Karaṇīyamatthakusalenāti mettasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Himavantapassato kira devatāhi ubbāḷhā bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ sāvatthiṃ āgacchiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā parittatthāya kammaṭṭhānatthāya ca imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi. Ayaṃ tāva saṅkhepo.
以下是广说。一时,世尊住在舍卫城,临近雨安居。那时,有众多来自不同地区的比丘,从世尊处领受业处后,欲往各处入雨安居,便前来拜见世尊。世尊便随其根性,开示相应的业处:对贪行者,教导有识与无识共十一类不净业处;对瞋行者,教导四种慈等业处;对痴行者,教导死随念业处等;对寻行者,教导入出息念、地遍等;对信行者,教导佛随念业处等;对慧行者,教导四界差别等。如是,世尊依八万四千行门的差别,开示了相配的业处。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana vitthāro – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nānāverajjakā bhikkhū bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā tattha tattha vassaṃ upagantukāmā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamanti. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rāgacaritānaṃ saviññāṇakāviññāṇakavasena ekādasavidhaṃ asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ, dosacaritānaṃ catubbidhaṃ mettādikammaṭṭhānaṃ, mohacaritānaṃ maraṇassatikammaṭṭhānādīni, vitakkacaritānaṃ ānāpānassatipathavīkasiṇādīni, saddhācaritānaṃ buddhānussatikammaṭṭhānādīni, buddhicaritānaṃ catudhātuvavatthanādīnīti iminā nayena caturāsītisahassappabhedacaritānukūlāni kammaṭṭhānāni katheti.
那时,约有五百位比丘从世尊处学取业处后,寻找合适的住处与托钵村落,次第游行。在边地,他们见到一座与喜马拉雅山相连的山:石板岩面如蓝宝石,清凉浓密的绿林点缀其间;地面铺满净沙,如珍珠铺就、银片散落;四方环抱着清澈、惬意而清凉的池塘。比丘们便在那里宿了一夜。次日清晨,整束威仪后,进入距山不远的一座村落乞食。那村庄房舍密集,约有千户人家,人们具足信心,心地清净。边境地方难遇出家人,村民一见比丘们,便生起欢喜与喜悦,供养饮食后请求道:“尊者们,请在这里住满三个月吧。”接着,他们为比丘们建造了五百间精进小屋,并在屋中备好了床、椅、饮用水、洗用水壶等一切必需品。显示巴利原文
Atha kho pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā sappāyasenāsanañca gocaragāmañca pariyesamānāni anupubbena gantvā paccante himavantena saddhiṃ ekābaddhaṃ nīlakācamaṇisannibhasilātalaṃ sītalaghanacchāyanīlavanasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ muttātalarajatapaṭṭasadisavālukākiṇṇabhūmibhāgaṃ sucisātasītalajalāsayaparivāritaṃ pabbatamaddasaṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū tatthekarattiṃ vasitvā pabhātāya rattiyā sarīraparikammaṃ katvā tassa avidūre aññataraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Gāmo ghananivesasanniviṭṭhakulasahassayutto, manussā cettha saddhā pasannā, te paccante pabbajitadassanassa dullabhatāya bhikkhū disvā eva pītisomanassajātā hutvā te bhikkhū bhojetvā ‘‘idheva, bhante, temāsaṃ vasathā’’ti yācitvā pañcapadhānakuṭisatāni kārāpetvā tattha mañcapīṭhapānīyaparibhojanīyaghaṭādīni sabbūpakaraṇāni paṭiyādesuṃ.
第二天,比丘们进入另一座村庄乞食。那里的人们也同样款待他们,并请求他们留下雨安居。比丘们心想“若没有障碍”,便答应了,随后进入那片丛林。他们整日整夜精勤努力,敲击报时板,多行如理作意而住,来到树下坐下。具戒比丘的威光使树神们的威力受挫,她们从各自的天宫下来,抱着孩子四处游走。就像国王或大臣前来村中居住时,房屋被占用的村民离开自己的家,住在别处,远远地观望,心想:“他们何时才会离开?”同样地,这些天神舍弃了自己的天宫,四处游走,远远地望着,心想:“诸位尊者何时才会离开?”于是她们商议道:“这些首次入雨安居的比丘必定会住满三个月,而我们却要长久地抱着孩子迁往别处,无法安住。好吧,我们给比丘们显现一些恐怖的所缘。”于是,在夜间比丘们修习沙门法的时候,她们变现出恐怖的夜叉形象站在前方,并发出令人怖畏的声音。比丘们见到这些形象,听到那种声音,心便开始颤栗,面色变得难看,呈现出黄疸般的苍白。因此,他们无法令心专注。由于心不能专注,又被恐惧一再惊吓,他们便忘失了正念。对那些忘失正念的比丘,诸神又施显示巴利原文
Bhikkhū dutiyadivase aññaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Tatthāpi manussā tatheva upaṭṭhahitvā vassāvāsaṃ yāciṃsu. Bhikkhū ‘‘asati antarāye’’ti adhivāsetvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisitvā sabbarattindivaṃ āraddhavīriyā hutvā yāmagaṇḍikaṃ koṭṭetvā yonisomanasikārabahulā viharantā rukkhamūlāni upagantvā nisīdiṃsu. Sīlavantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tejena vihatatejā rukkhadevatā attano attano vimānā oruyha dārake gahetvā ito cito ca vicaranti. Seyyathāpi nāma rājūhi vā rājamahāmattehi vā gāmakāvāsaṃ gatehi gāmavāsīnaṃ gharesu okāse gahite gharamānusakā gharā nikkhamitvā aññatra vasantā ‘‘kadā nu kho gamissantī’’ti dūrato olokenti; evameva devatā attano attano vimānāni chaḍḍetvā ito cito ca vicarantiyo dūratova olokenti – ‘‘kadā nu kho bhadantā gamissantī’’ti. Tato evaṃ samacintesuṃ ‘‘paṭhamavassūpagatā bhikkhū avassaṃ temāsaṃ vasissanti. Mayaṃ pana tāva ciraṃ dārake gahetvā okkamma vasituṃ na sakkhissāma. Handa mayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhayānakaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassemā’’ti. Tā rattiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ samaṇadhammakaraṇavelāya bhiṃsanakāni yakkharūpāni nimminitvā purato purato tiṭṭhanti, bheravasaddañca karonti. Bhikkhūnaṃ tāni rūpāni passantānaṃ tañca saddaṃ suṇantānaṃ hadayaṃ phandi, dubbaṇṇā ca ahesuṃ uppaṇḍupaṇḍukajātā. Tena te cittaṃ ekaggaṃ kātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tesaṃ anekaggacittānaṃ bhayena ca punappunaṃ saṃviggānaṃ sati sammussi. Tato nesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ duggandhāni ārammaṇāni payojesuṃ. Tesaṃ tena duggandhena nimmathiyamānamiva matthaluṅgaṃ ahosi, bāḷhā sīsavedanā uppajjiṃsu, na ca taṃ pavattiṃ aññamaññassa ārocesuṃ.
有一天,在僧伽上座接受侍奉的时候,所有比丘集结一处。僧伽上座问道:“贤友们,你们初入这片丛林的那几天,肤色极为清净、容光焕发,诸根也明亮澄净,如今却消瘦、难看,脸色苍白如同黄疸,你们在这里有什么不适吗?”于是,一位比丘说:“尊者,我在夜晚见到和听到如此这般的恐怖所缘,又闻到如此这般的气味,所以心无法入定。”其他所有比丘也以同样的方式诉说了这一情况。僧伽上座说:“贤友们,世尊制定了两种入雨安居的日期,而我们所住的这个坐卧处并不合适。来,贤友们,我们去世尊跟前,请问另一合适的坐卧处。”比丘们回答:“好的,尊者。”他们听从上座的话,全体收拾好坐卧处,拿着钵与衣,由于对村落人家毫无染着,也不向任何人告辞,就径直朝着舍卫城的方向出发游行。他们渐次行至舍卫城,来到世尊身边。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ saṅghattherassa upaṭṭhānakāle sabbesu sannipatitesu saṅghatthero pucchi – ‘‘tumhākaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ paviṭṭhānaṃ katipāhaṃ ativiya parisuddho chavivaṇṇo ahosi pariyodāto, vippasannāni ca indriyāni etarahi panattha kisā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍupaṇḍukajātā, kiṃ vo idha asappāya’’nti? Tato eko bhikkhu āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, rattiṃ īdisañca īdisañca bheravārammaṇaṃ passāmi ca suṇāmi ca, īdisañca gandhaṃ ghāyāmi, tena me cittaṃ na samādhiyatī’’ti. Eteneva upāyena sabbe taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Saṅghatthero āha – ‘‘bhagavatā āvuso dve vassūpanāyikā paññattā, amhākañca idaṃ senāsanaṃ asappāyaṃ, āyāmāvuso bhagavato santikaṃ, gantvā aññaṃ sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ pucchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu bhante’’ti te bhikkhū therassa paṭissuṇitvā sabbe senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya anupalittattā kulesu kañci anāmantetvā eva yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamiṃsu.
世尊见到那些比丘,便说:“诸比丘,我已制定了学处:‘不应在雨安居期间游方。’你们为何却在游方?”比丘们便将一切禀告世尊。世尊观察后,发现在整个赡部洲,竟连可容四脚凳大小的合适坐卧处都找不到。于是世尊对诸比丘说:“诸比丘,你们没有其他合适的坐卧处。你们就在那里住下去,便能证得漏尽。去吧,诸比丘,就依止那个坐卧处而住。如果你们希望从诸神那里获得安稳,那么就学习这篇护卫经,它对你们既是护卫,也是业处。”接着便宣说了这篇经。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā te bhikkhū disvā etadavoca – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, antovassaṃ cārikā caritabbāti mayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kissa tumhe cārikaṃ carathā’’ti. Te bhagavato sabbaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā āvajjento sakalajambudīpe antamaso catuppādapīṭhakaṭṭhānamattampi tesaṃ sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ nāddasa. Atha te bhikkhū āha – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ aññaṃ sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ atthi, tattheva tumhe viharantā āsavakkhayaṃ pāpuṇeyyātha. Gacchatha, bhikkhave, tameva senāsanaṃ upanissāya viharatha. Sace pana devatāhi abhayaṃ icchatha, imaṃ parittaṃ uggaṇhatha, etañhi vo parittañca kammaṭṭhānañca bhavissatī’’ti imaṃ suttamabhāsi.
另有论师又说:“‘比丘们,去依止那坐卧处而住吧’——世尊说完这句话,接着又说:‘再者,林野住者应当了知护持的方法。即:在朝夕时分,应修习两种慈心、两种护卫、两种不净、两种死随念,以及思察八种大悚惧事。所谓八种大悚惧事,即生、老、病、死,和四种恶趣之苦。或者说,生、老、病、死为前四种,恶趣之苦为第五种,以及以过去轮回为因之苦、以未来轮回为因之苦、现在为求食而生起之苦。’世尊如此开示了护持之法后,为了比丘们的慈心之利益、护卫之利益,以及作为观之基础的禅那之利益,而宣说了此经。显示巴利原文
Apare panāhu – ‘‘gacchatha, bhikkhave, tameva senāsanaṃ upanissāya viharathā’’ti idañca vatvā bhagavā āha – ‘‘apica kho āraññakena pariharaṇaṃ ñātabbaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – sāyaṃpātaṃ karaṇavasena dve mettā, dve parittā, dve asubhā, dve maraṇassatī aṭṭha mahāsaṃvegavatthusamāvajjanañca. Aṭṭha mahāsaṃvegavatthūni nāma jāti jarā byādhi maraṇaṃ cattāri apāyadukkhānīti . Atha vā jātijarābyādhimaraṇāni cattāri, apāyadukkhaṃ pañcamaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkha’’nti. Evaṃ bhagavā pariharaṇaṃ ācikkhitvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mettatthañca parittatthañca vipassanāpādakajhānatthañca imaṃ suttaṃ abhāsīti.
143 143. 在此,对于“了知义利者应作之事”这第一首偈颂,先作词语解释:“应作”即应被做、值得做之事,意为应被实行。“义利”指行道,或指属于自己的一切利益,这一切由于应被追求而称为“义利”;所谓应被追求,即应被亲近、抵达。“了知义利者”即于义利善巧之人,意为精通义利者。“yaṃ”为不定的体声,“taṃ”为确定的业声;或者,两者皆可为体声。而“寂静之迹”为业声。其中,从特征上说为寂静,从应被证得的角度说为迹,这是涅槃的同义词。“已完全理解”即完全到达、证得之后。“能者”即有能力者,意为能干、堪能之人。“正直”即具足正直的品性。“极正直”即非常地正直。“善语者”即言语和善之人。“应如是”即应成为如此。“柔和”即具足柔和的品性。“不骄慢”即不骄傲自大之人。显示巴利原文
143. Tattha karaṇīyamatthakusalenāti imissā paṭhamagāthāya tāva ayaṃ padavaṇṇanā – karaṇīyanti kātabbaṃ, karaṇārahanti attho. Atthoti paṭipadā, yaṃ vā kiñci attano hitaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ araṇīyato atthoti vuccati, araṇīyato nāma upagantabbato. Atthe kusalena atthakusalena, atthachekenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yanti aniyamitapaccattaṃ. Nti niyamitaupayogaṃ. Ubhayampi vā yaṃ tanti paccattavacanaṃ. Santaṃ padanti upayogavacanaṃ. Tattha lakkhaṇato santaṃ, pattabbato padaṃ, nibbānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Abhisameccāti abhisamāgantvā. Sakkotīti sakko, samattho paṭibaloti vuttaṃ hoti. Ujūti ajjavayutto. Suṭṭhu ujūti suhuju. Sukhaṃ vaco asminti suvaco. Assāti bhaveyya. Mudūti maddavayutto. Na atimānīti anatimānī.
此处是含义的解释:“了知义利者,为完全通达彼寂静之迹,应作此事”。在此,有应作之事,也有不应作之事。简而言之,三学是应作之事;而戒毁坏、见毁坏、行仪毁坏、活命毁坏等,则是不应作之事。同样地,有了知义利之人,也有不了知义利之人。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha atthavaṇṇanā – karaṇīyamatthakusalena yanta santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccāti. Ettha tāva atthi karaṇīyaṃ, atthi akaraṇīyaṃ. Tattha saṅkhepato sikkhattayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, sīlavipatti, diṭṭhivipatti, ācāravipatti, ājīvavipattīti evamādi akaraṇīyaṃ. Tathā atthi atthakusalo, atthi anatthakusalo.
其中,不了知义利者指的是:有人在这教法中出家之后,未能正确地策励自己,戒行有缺损,依二十一种邪命而活。这些方式即是:赠送竹材、赠送钵、赠送花、赠送果、赠送齿木、赠送洗脸水、赠送沐浴、赠送香粉、赠送黏土、谄媚奉承、煮豆汤讨好、抚育侍奉取悦、跑腿传信、从事医疗、充当信使、受差奔走、以食换食变相赠予、看宅地风水、看星宿吉凶、看肢体相貌。而且,他游走于六种非行处:妓女出没处、寡妇住处、粗鲁婢女所在处、年少女孩所在处、黄门所在处、比丘尼住处以及酒馆。他还与国王、国王的重臣、外道及外道弟子们相混杂,进行那种不符合出家人本分、属在家人的污秽交往。还有一些家族,无信仰、不生净信、不堪为盛纳法饮之器,喜好辱骂与诽谤,希望比丘们无义、不利、不安稳、不得瑜伽安稳,乃至对在家女众也是如此期望;他却去亲近、依附、承事那样的家族。这种人便是不了知义利者。显示巴利原文
Tattha yo imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajitvā na attānaṃ sammā payojeti, khaṇḍasīlo hoti, ekavīsatividhaṃ anesanaṃ nissāya jīvikaṃ kappeti. Seyyathidaṃ – veḷudānaṃ, pattadānaṃ, pupphadānaṃ, phaladānaṃ, dantakaṭṭhadānaṃ, mukhodakadānaṃ, sinānadānaṃ, cuṇṇadānaṃ, mattikādānaṃ, cāṭukamyataṃ, muggasūpyataṃ, pāribhaṭutaṃ, jaṅghapesaniyaṃ, vejjakammaṃ, dūtakammaṃ, pahiṇagamanaṃ, piṇḍapaṭipiṇḍadānānuppadānaṃ, vatthuvijjaṃ, nakkhattavijjaṃ, aṅgavijjanti. Chabbidhe ca agocare carati . Seyyathidaṃ – vesiyagocare vidhavāthullakumārikapaṇḍakabhikkhunipānāgāragocareti. Saṃsaṭṭho ca viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena. Yāni vā pana tāni kulāni asaddhāni appasannāni anopānabhūtāni akkosakaparibhāsakāni anatthakāmāni ahitaaphāsukaayogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ…pe… upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati. Ayaṃ anatthakusalo.
然而,有人在这教法中出家之后,正确地策励自己,舍弃一切邪命,愿于四遍清净戒中安立稳固:以信为首,圆满持守巴帝摩卡律仪;以念为首,圆满守护根律仪;以精进为首,圆满活命遍净;以慧为首,圆满资具受用。此人即是了知义利者。显示巴利原文
Yo pana imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajitvā attānaṃ sammā payojeti, anesanaṃ pahāya catupārisuddhisīle patiṭṭhātukāmo saddhāsīsena pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ, satisīsena indriyasaṃvaraṃ, vīriyasīsena ājīvapārisuddhiṃ, paññāsīsena paccayapaṭisevanaṃ pūreti ayaṃ atthakusalo.
或者,为清净七种罪聚而守护巴帝摩卡律仪;为使贪等不善法不于六门触对的所缘中生起而守护根律仪;为回避邪命,并通过受用智者称赞、佛陀与佛弟子所称扬的资具而守护活命遍净;依前说方式省思而受用资具;在四威仪的变化中,以省思是否有利益等要点而净化正知。达到这样的人,也是了知义利者。显示巴利原文
Yo vā sattāpattikkhandhasodhanavasena pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃ, chadvāre ghaṭṭitārammaṇesu abhijjhādīnaṃ anuppattivasena indriyasaṃvaraṃ, anesanaparivajjanavasena viññupasatthabuddhabuddhasāvakavaṇṇitapaccayapaṭisevanena ca ājīvapārisuddhiṃ, yathāvuttapaccavekkhaṇavasena paccayapaṭisevanaṃ, catuiriyāpathaparivattane sātthakādīnaṃ paccavekkhaṇavasena sampajaññañca sodheti, ayampi atthakusalo.
又或者,有人这样了知:如同依靠热水能使污秽的衣服变得洁净,依靠灰能使镜子变得明净,依靠锻冶炉口能使生金变得纯净;同样地,依靠智慧能使戒变得清净。他以智慧之水来洗涤,令戒清净。又如雉鸡守护自己的蛋,牦牛守护自己的尾巴,育有独子的母亲守护她心爱的独子,独眼者守护他唯一的眼睛;同样地,他极度地不放逸,守护着自己的戒蕴。他朝夕省察,连微细的过失也见不到。这样的人,也是了知义利者。显示巴利原文
Yo vā yathā ūsodakaṃ paṭicca saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ vatthaṃ pariyodāyati, chārikaṃ paṭicca ādāso, ukkāmukhaṃ paṭicca jātarūpaṃ, tathā ñāṇaṃ paṭicca sīlaṃ vodāyatīti ñatvā ñāṇodakena dhovanto sīlaṃ pariyodāpeti. Yathā ca kikī sakuṇikā aṇḍaṃ, camarīmigo vāladhiṃ, ekaputtikā nārī piyaṃ ekaputtakaṃ, ekanayano puriso taṃ ekanayanaṃ rakkhati, tathā ativiya appamatto attano sīlakkhandhaṃ rakkhati, sāyaṃpātaṃ paccavekkhamāno aṇumattampi vajjaṃ na passati, ayampi atthakusalo.
或者,有人安住于能带来无悔的戒,继而把握住镇伏烦恼的修行方法;把握之后,便着手遍业处的预备修习;完成遍业处的预备修习后,他便证得诸定成就。这样的人,也是了知义利者。又或者,有人从定成就出定后,全面地审察诸行,进而证得阿拉汉果。这样的人,是了知义利者中最上的。显示巴利原文
Yo vā pana avippaṭisārakarasīle patiṭṭhāya kilesavikkhambhanapaṭipadaṃ paggaṇhāti, taṃ paggahetvā kasiṇaparikammaṃ karoti, kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā samāpattiyo nibbatteti, ayampi atthakusalo. Yo vā pana samāpattito vuṭṭhāya saṅkhāre sammasitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ atthakusalānaṃ aggo.
此处,那些从安住于无悔之戒,到把握镇伏烦恼的修行方法,乃至以道果所称叹的了知义利者们——依此经文之义,所指的正是他们。而这些比丘正是那样的人。因此,世尊针对那些比丘,以一人总摄多人的开示方式,说出了“了知义利者应作之事”这句话。显示巴利原文
Tattha ye ime yāva avippaṭisārakarasīle patiṭṭhānena, yāva vā kilesavikkhambhanapaṭipadāya paggahaṇena maggaphalena vaṇṇitā atthakusalā, te imasmiṃ atthe atthakusalāti adhippetā. Tathāvidhā ca te bhikkhū. Tena bhagavā te bhikkhū sandhāya ekapuggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya ‘‘karaṇīyamatthakusalenā’’ti āha.
接着,针对他们心中生起的“什么是应作之事?”的疑问,世尊说出了“为了完全彻证那寂静之迹”。此处的意趣是:对于那些想要通过通达的方式完全彻证那被佛陀及诸随觉者所称扬的寂静涅槃之迹后而安住的人,什么是应作之事呢?而且,这里的“那”这个词,正如这偈颂开头已经说过的,指的就是“应作之事”。依据上下文的衔接,其语义延续为:“为了完全彻证那寂静之迹”。不过,由于这是一个语意未尽、带有后续补充的读法,其完整含义其实包含了“想要安住的人”这个意思,所以应当这样来理解这句话。显示巴利原文
Tato ‘‘kiṃ karaṇīya’’nti tesaṃ sañjātakaṅkhānaṃ āha ‘‘yanta santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccā’’ti. Ayamettha adhippāyo – taṃ buddhānubuddhehi vaṇṇitaṃ santaṃ nibbānapadaṃ paṭivedhavasena abhisamecca viharitukāmena yaṃ karaṇīyanti. Ettha ca yanti imassa gāthāpādassa ādito vuttameva karaṇīyanti. Adhikārato anuvattati taṃ santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccāti. Ayaṃ pana yasmā sāvasesapāṭho attho, tasmā ‘‘viharitukāmenā’’ti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
或者,另一种解释:“为了完全彻证那寂静之迹”的意思是,一个人通过传闻等方式,以世间智慧了知“涅槃之迹确实是寂静的”之后,由于想要证得它,从上下文顺接前文,“那是所应作的”这一语义便延续下来。也就是说:“那件事,正是追求真舍利益者所应作的”。这也是此处应当理解的意趣。或者,当世尊说出“这是追求真舍利益者所应作的”后,对于正在思考“应作的是什么?”的人们,他又接着说“为了完全彻证那寂静之迹”。对此,应当这样理解其意趣:以世间智知道寂静之迹后,所谓“那”,指的就是那件应作的事情。这整句话的意思就是在说:哪一件是应当做的,那便是应当去做的,恰恰正是那件值得去做的事。显示巴利原文
Atha vā santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccāti anussavādivasena lokiyapaññāya nibbānapadaṃ santanti ñatvā taṃ adhigantukāmena yantaṃ karaṇīyanti adhikārato anuvattati, taṃ karaṇīyamatthakusalenāti evampettha adhippāyo veditabbo. Atha vā ‘‘karaṇīyamatthakusalenā’’ti vutte ‘‘ki’’nti cintentānaṃ āha ‘‘yanta santaṃ padaṃ abhisameccā’’ti. Tassevaṃ adhippāyo veditabbo – lokiyapaññāya santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca yaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, tanti. Yaṃ kātabbaṃ, taṃ karaṇīyaṃ, karaṇārahameva tanti vuttaṃ hoti.
那么,那究竟是什么呢?除了证得涅槃的方法之外,还会是别的什么吗?其实,这件事在开头的偈颂中,便已通过“应作”之义,以三学为彰显而说到了。正如我们在解释其含义时所说:“有应作之事,有不应作之事。其中,简而言之,三学即是应作之事。”然而,因为教导极为简略,那些比丘中有些人已经理解,有些人未能领悟。于是,为了让那些尚未理解的人明白,他便特别地展开那件林住比丘尤应去做的修行,首先说出了这半偈:“他应是能干者、正直者、极正直者,应易受劝导、柔和、无慢。”显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana tanti? Kimaññaṃ siyā aññatra tadadhigamūpāyato. Kāmañcetaṃ karaṇārahatthena sikkhattayadīpakena ādipadeneva vuttaṃ. Tathā hi tassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ avocumhā ‘‘atthi karaṇīyaṃ atthi akaraṇīyaṃ. Tattha saṅkhepato sikkhattayaṃ karaṇīya’’nti. Atisaṅkhepadesitattā pana tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kehici viññātaṃ, kehici na viññātaṃ. Tato yehi na viññātaṃ, tesaṃ viññāpanatthaṃ yaṃ visesato āraññakena bhikkhunā kātabbaṃ, taṃ vitthārento ‘‘sakko ujū ca suhujū ca, suvaco cassa mudu anatimānī’’ti imaṃ tāva upaḍḍhagāthaṃ āha.
这是什么意思呢?一位希望通达‘寂静句’(涅槃)而安住,或者以世间智慧通达后、为证得彼而正在修行的林住比丘,应当具备第二与第四勤行支,于身体和生命皆无所贪恋,为证悟真理而修行,他应是‘能干者’。同样地,在修习遍处相、持守仪轨等事中,在修补自己的钵与衣等事中,以及在处理同梵行者们的各种应做之事与其他类似事务时,他也应是能干者、善巧者、不懒惰、有能力的。虽为能干者,他还应具备第三勤行支,成为‘正直者’。虽为正直者,却不应以一时的正直便感到满足,而应穷尽一生、再三地、不懈怠地成为‘极正直者’。或者,因不狡诈而称为正直者,因不虚伪而称为极正直者。或者,因舍断身语的弯曲而称为正直者,因舍断意的弯曲而称为极正直者。或者,因不彰显自身不具备的功德而称为正直者,因不接受由不实功德所生的利养而称为极正直者。如此,通过前二学处与第三学处,对于所缘、特相的审察,以及精进与心意的净化,他应成为正直者及极正直者。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmo lokiyapaññāya vā taṃ abhisamecca tadadhigamāya paṭipajjamāno āraññako bhikkhu dutiyacatutthapadhāniyaṅgasamannāgamena kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkho hutvā saccapaṭivedhāya paṭipajjituṃ sakko assa, tathā kasiṇaparikammavattasamādānādīsu, attano pattacīvarapaṭisaṅkharaṇādīsu ca yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiṃ karaṇīyāni, tesu aññesu ca evarūpesu sakko assa dakkho analaso samattho. Sakko hontopi ca tatiyapadhāniyaṅgasamannāgamena uju assa. Uju hontopi ca sakiṃ ujubhāvena santosaṃ anāpajjitvā yāvajīvaṃ punappunaṃ asithilakaraṇena suṭṭhutaraṃ uju assa. Asaṭhatāya vā uju, amāyāvitāya suhuju. Kāyavacīvaṅkappahānena vā uju, manovaṅkappahānena suhuju. Asantaguṇassa vā anāvikaraṇena uju, asantaguṇena uppannassa lābhassa anadhivāsanena suhuju. Evaṃ ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānehi purimadvayatatiyasikkhāhi payogāsayasuddhīhi ca uju ca suhuju ca assa.
不仅如此,他不仅是正直与极正直,他还应是‘易受劝导者’。因为,如果有这样一个人,当被劝告‘这事不应做’时,他却回应道:‘你看见了什么?你听到了什么?你是我的什么人,来对我说这些?难道戒师、轨范师是亲厚或同伴吗?’或者以沉默来恼害对方,或是虽然答应了却不照着做,这个人就离殊胜的证得很远。但是,如果有人在被教诲时说道:‘太好了,尊者,说得真好!自己的过失确实难以看见。以后您如果再看见我如此,请出于慈悯告诉我。我已很久没有从您这里得到教诲了。’并且依循教导去修行,这个人就离殊胜的证得不远了。因此,能像这样接受他人的言语并付诸实行,便是‘易受劝导者’。显示巴利原文
Na kevalañca uju ca suhuju ca, apica pana subbaco ca assa. Yo hi puggalo ‘‘idaṃ na kātabba’’nti vutto ‘‘kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ te sutaṃ, ko me hutvā vadasi, kiṃ upajjhāyo ācariyo sandiṭṭho sambhatto vā’’ti vadati, tuṇhībhāvena vā taṃ viheṭheti, sampaṭicchitvā vā na tathā karoti, so visesādhigamassa dūre hoti. Yo pana ovadiyamāno ‘‘sādhu, bhante, suṭṭhu vuttaṃ, attano vajjaṃ nāma duddasaṃ hoti, punapi maṃ evarūpaṃ disvā vadeyyātha anukampaṃ upādāya, cirassaṃ me tumhākaṃ santikā ovādo laddho’’ti vadati, yathānusiṭṭhañca paṭipajjati, so visesādhigamassa avidūre hoti. Tasmā evaṃ parassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā karonto subbaco ca assa.
正如易受劝导一样,他还应是‘柔和’的。所谓‘柔和’,是指当被居士们差遣去传递讯息、办事时,并不在那时表现出柔和,而依然僵硬;他应在义务的履行以及整个梵行生活中保持柔和,如同一块经过极善锻造的金子,能在各处随顺受用。或者,另有解释:‘柔和’是指不蹙眉、面容舒展、言语令人愉悦、具有款待之风,如同一个建得很好的渡口那样容易亲近。不仅仅柔和,他还应是‘无慢者’,即不应以出身、种姓等能生起慢心的事情去轻视他人。他应像舍利弗长老那样,持守与旃陀罗童子等同的心而安住。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca suvaco, evaṃ mudu assa. Mudūti gahaṭṭhehi dūtagamanappahiṇagamanādīsu niyuñjiyamāno tattha mudubhāvaṃ akatvā thaddho hutvā vattapaṭipattiyaṃ sakalabrahmacariye ca mudu assa suparikammakatasuvaṇṇaṃ viya tattha tattha viniyogakkhamo. Atha vā mudūti abhākuṭiko uttānamukho sukhasambhāso paṭisanthāravutti sutitthaṃ viya sukhāvagāho assa. Na kevalañca mudu, apica pana anatimānī assa, jātigottādīhi atimānavatthūhi pare nātimaññeyya, sāriputtatthero viya caṇḍālakumārakasamena cetasā vihareyyāti.
144 世尊为那些想要安住于证悟寂静句,或为证得它而修行的比丘——尤其是阿兰若比丘,宣说了一些应作之事后,还想进一步宣说,于是说出第二首偈颂:「且是易知足者……」显示巴利原文
144. Evaṃ bhagavā santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmassa tadadhigamāya vā paṭipajjamānassa visesato āraññakassa bhikkhuno ekaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ vatvā puna tatuttaripi vattukāmo ‘‘santussako cā’’ti dutiyaṃ gāthamāha.
在此处,「知足」与「感恩」之中,依所说的类别有十二种知足。因为知足,所以称为「知足者」。又或者这样解释:"tussati"(满足)即是"tussako"(能满足者);以自己所得而满足,即"sakena tussako";以已有物而满足,即"santena tussako";以平等心而满足,即"samena tussako";合而为一,便是"santussako"(易知足者)。其中,「自己所得」是指在戒场中被诵出并经自己承许的所谓"依团食受用"等四类资具。若有人对这些资具——无论所得好或不好、恭敬施或不恭敬施——在接受时与受用时,都不表露异常之色,仅以此维持生活,他便被称为「以自己所得满足者」。「已有物」是指凡是已经得到、现前存在的资具。仅以此已有之物便感满足,不再希求更多,舍断过度的贪求,这样的人便被称为「以已有物满足者」。「平等」是指在可意与不可意的境界上,舍断随顺与排斥。以这种平等的心,在一切所缘上都满足,这样的人便被称为「以平等心满足者」。显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘santuṭṭhī ca kataññutā’’ti ettha vuttappabhedena dvādasavidhena santosena santussatīti santussako. Atha vā tussatīti tussako, sakena tussako, santena tussako, samena tussakoti santussako. Tattha sakaṃ nāma ‘‘piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāyā’’ti (mahāva. 73) evaṃ upasampadamāḷake uddiṭṭhaṃ attanā ca sampaṭicchitaṃ catupaccayajātaṃ. Tena sundarena vā asundarena vā sakkaccaṃ vā asakkaccaṃ vā dinnena paṭiggahaṇakāle paribhogakāle ca vikāramadassetvā yāpento ‘‘sakena tussako’’ti vuccati. Santaṃ nāma yaṃ laddhaṃ hoti attano vijjamānaṃ, tena santeneva tussanto tato paraṃ na patthento atricchataṃ pajahanto ‘‘santena tussako’’ti vuccati. Samaṃ nāma iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu anunayapaṭighappahānaṃ. Tena samena sabbārammaṇesu tussanto ‘‘samena tussako’’ti vuccati.
容易护养,所以称为「易养者」,也就是容易护持。假如有这样的比丘:即使施主以满钵的米饭、肉饭等施与他,他依然露出不悦之色与不满之态;或者当着那些施主的面,嫌弃那份钵食,说"你们布施的是些什么呀",并将它拿给沙弥、居士等人——这种人便是「难养者」。人们看见了,远远便会避开,心想:"这比丘实在难养,我们护养不了。"然而如果另有一人,无论得到的食物是粗糙还是殊胜、少量还是大量,都心生欢喜、面容清净地安然度日,这人便是「易养者」。人们看见了,会对他极为信赖,由衷承诺:"我们的尊者真是易养,仅用一点点便已满足,我们应当亲自护养他。"如此前去护养。这里所指的,正是这样的「易养者」。显示巴利原文
Sukhena bharīyatīti subharo, suposoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo hi bhikkhu sālimaṃsodanādīnaṃ patte pūretvā dinnepi dummukhabhāvaṃ anattamanabhāvameva ca dasseti, tesaṃ vā sammukhāva taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ ‘‘kiṃ tumhehi dinna’’nti apasādento sāmaṇeragahaṭṭhādīnaṃ deti, esa dubbharo. Etaṃ disvā manussā dūratova parivajjenti ‘‘dubbharo bhikkhu na sakkā positu’’nti. Yo pana yaṃkiñci lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā labhitvā attamano vippasannamukho hutvā yāpeti, esa subharo. Etaṃ disvā manussā ativiya vissatthā honti – ‘‘amhākaṃ bhadanto subharo thokathokenapi tussati, mayameva naṃ posessāmā’’ti paṭiññaṃ katvā posenti. Evarūpo idha subharoti adhippeto.
他的事务极少,故称“少务者”,指他不像某些人那样沉溺于种种事务,如乐于劳作、乐于谈话、乐于聚会等。或者,也可理解为:在整个寺院中,他远离营造新业、管理僧团财物、差使沙弥与寺男、分配卧具等事务,只是在处理好自己剃发、剪甲、打理衣钵等事宜后,便专心致力于沙门法务。这便是其义。显示巴利原文
Appaṃ kiccamassāti appakicco, na kammārāmatābhassārāmatāsaṅgaṇikārāmatādianekakiccabyāvaṭo. Atha vā sakalavihāre navakammasaṅghabhogasāmaṇeraārāmikavosāsanādikiccavirahito, attano kesanakhacchedanapattacīvaraparikammādiṃ katvā samaṇadhammakiccaparo hotīti vuttaṃ hoti.
他的生活轻便,故称“生活轻便者”。如同某个携带众多物品的比丘,在离开前往他方时,要让众人以头顶、腰担等方式搬运大量钵、衣、坐具、油、糖等物品后才离去——他不那样做;若有比丘资具极少,仅携带钵与衣等八种沙门资具,在离开前往他方时,犹如飞鸟展翅,随身携带便离去。这里所说的,便是这样的生活轻便者。他的诸根寂静,故称“诸根寂静者”,即于可意所缘等,不因贪等而使根门现起浮躁。这便是“诸根寂静者”。“贤善者”意为明智、有辨识、具智慧者,具备护戒之慧、省察衣等资具之慧,以及了知住所等七种合宜之慧——这便是其意趣。显示巴利原文
Sallahukā vutti assāti sallahukavutti. Yathā ekacco bahubhaṇḍo bhikkhu disāpakkamanakāle bahuṃ pattacīvarapaccattharaṇatelaguḷādiṃ mahājanena sīsabhārakaṭibhārādīhi uccārāpetvā pakkamati, evaṃ ahutvā yo appaparikkhāro hoti, pattacīvarādiaṭṭhasamaṇaparikkhāramattameva pariharati, disāpakkamanakāle pakkhī sakuṇo viya samādāyeva pakkamati, evarūpo idha sallahukavuttīti adhippeto. Santāni indriyāni assāti santindriyo, iṭṭhārammaṇādīsu rāgādivasena anuddhatindriyoti vuttaṃ hoti. Nipakoti viññū vibhāvī paññavā, sīlānurakkhaṇapaññāya cīvarādivicāraṇapaññāya āvāsādisattasappāyaparijānanapaññāya ca samannāgatoti adhippāyo.
“不鲁莽”即不轻率,意为远离八种场合的身鲁莽、四种场合的语鲁莽,以及多种场合的意鲁莽。显示巴利原文
Na pagabbhoti appagabbho, aṭṭhaṭṭhānena kāyapāgabbhiyena, catuṭṭhānena vacīpāgabbhiyena, anekaṭṭhānena manopāgabbhiyena ca virahitoti attho.
什么是“八种场合的身鲁莽”?即在僧众中、团体中、面对尊长,以及在食堂、暖房、浴场、乞食的道路、进入村落时,以身行作出不适当的行为。具体来说,有人于僧众中央叉腰而坐,或将脚相叠而坐等;同样在团体中——“团体”指的是四众集会之处;在年长的尊长面前也是如此。在食堂中,不给年长的比丘让座,排挤新来的比丘的座位;在暖房中也如此,并且不征得年长者同意便生火等。在浴场,不遵循“不论年少或年长,皆应依先来后到的顺序入浴”的规矩,后到者直接入水,挤压先到和年长者。在乞食的路上,为了得到最好的座位、最好的水、最好的食物而走在年长者前面,乃至互相用手臂推挤;进入村落时,抢在年长者之前进入,与年少者嬉戏等。这些便是身鲁莽的表现。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ kāyapāgabbhiyaṃ (mahāni. 87) nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalabhojanasālājantāgharanhānatitthabhikkhācāramaggaantaragharapavesanesu kāyena appatirūpakaraṇaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco saṅghamajjhe pallatthikāya vā nisīdati, pāde pādamodahitvā vāti evamādi, tathā gaṇamajjhe, gaṇamajjheti catuparisasannipāte, tathā vuḍḍhatare puggale. Bhojanasālāyaṃ pana vuḍḍhānaṃ āsanaṃ na deti, navānaṃ āsanaṃ paṭibāhati, tathā jantāghare. Vuḍḍhe cettha anāpucchā aggijālanādīni karoti. Nhānatitthe ca yadidaṃ ‘‘daharo vuḍḍhoti pamāṇaṃ akatvā āgatapaṭipāṭiyā nhāyitabba’’nti vuttaṃ , tampi anādiyanto pacchā āgantvā udakaṃ otaritvā vuḍḍhe ca nave ca bādheti. Bhikkhācāramagge pana aggāsanaaggodakaaggapiṇḍatthaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ purato purato yāti bāhāya bāhaṃ paharanto, antaragharappavesane vuḍḍhānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pavisati, daharehi kāyakīḷanaṃ karotīti evamādi.
什么是“四种场合的语鲁莽”?即在僧众中、团体中、面对尊长,以及进入俗人家中时,说出不适当的言语。具体来说,有人于僧众中未经请问便说法;同样地,在前述的团体中及面对年长尊长时也是如此。在那里,有人向他提问,他不先请示年长者便径自回答。在俗人家中则说:“那里有什么?有粥吗?有嚼食、啖食吗?你将给我什么?今天我要嚼什么、吃什么、喝什么?”如此种种,皆是语鲁莽。显示巴利原文
Catuṭṭhānaṃ vacīpāgabbhiyaṃ nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalaantaragharesu appatirūpavācānicchāraṇaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco saṅghamajjhe anāpucchā dhammaṃ bhāsati, tathā pubbe vuttappakāre gaṇe vuḍḍhatare puggale ca. Tattha manussehi pañhaṃ puṭṭho vuḍḍhataraṃ anāpucchā vissajjeti. Antaraghare pana ‘‘itthannāme kiṃ atthi, kiṃ yāgu udāhu khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ, kiṃ me dassasi, kimajja khādissāmi, kiṃ bhuñjissāmi, kiṃ pivissāmī’’ti edamādiṃ bhāsati.
什么是“多种场合的意鲁莽”?即虽然在这些场合中,未以身体或言语犯下不端正的行为,但内心却生起了欲寻等种种不适当的想法。显示巴利原文
Anekaṭṭhānaṃ manopāgabbhiyaṃ nāma tesu tesu ṭhānesu kāyavācāhi ajjhācāraṃ anāpajjitvāpi manasā eva kāmavitakkādinānappakāraappatirūpavitakkanaṃ.
「于诸家中不耽着」的意思是:对于那些他所亲近的家族,不因对资具的贪求,也不因不合宜的在家交往而耽著;不与之同忧、同喜,不在他们快乐时随之快乐,不在他们痛苦时随之痛苦;也不在他们遭遇事务待办时,主动参与其中。再者,这首偈中「应善语者」所提到的「应」字,应当贯穿所有分句来理解,即「应知足」「应易养」等。显示巴利原文
Kulesvananugiddhoti yāni kulāni upasaṅkamati, tesu paccayataṇhāya vā ananulomiyagihisaṃsaggavasena vā ananugiddho, na sahasokī, na sahanandī, na sukhitesu sukhito, na dukkhitesu dukkhito, na uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā vā yogamāpajjitāti vuttaṃ hoti. Imissā ca gāthāya yaṃ ‘‘suvaco cassā’’ti ettha vuttaṃ ‘‘assā’’ti vacanaṃ, taṃ sabbapadehi saddhiṃ ‘‘santussako ca assa, subharo ca assā’’ti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
145 世尊为想要证得寂静境界而安住,或为证得该境界而修行的比丘——特别是林居比丘,已经开示了应做之事。现在,为了进一步表明不应做之事,而说这半首偈:「不应造作任何微小的恶行,乃至会被智者所呵责的。」这句的含义是:如此践行应做之事时,对于被称为「微小」「低劣」的身恶行、语恶行、意恶行,哪怕任何微细的都不应做。而且,不造恶行并非单指粗重的,任何微小的、极微细的也不应做,这便是此处所要表达的意思。显示巴利原文
145. Evaṃ bhagavā santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmassa tadadhigamāya vā paṭipajjitukāmassa visesato āraññakassa bhikkhuno tatuttaripi karaṇīyaṃ ācikkhitvā idāni akaraṇīyampi ācikkhitukāmo ‘‘na ca khuddamācare kiñci, yena viññū pare upavadeyyu’’nti imaṃ upaḍḍhagāthamāha. Tassattho – evamimaṃ karaṇīyaṃ karonto yaṃ taṃ kāyavacīmanoduccaritaṃ khuddaṃ lāmakanti vuccati, taṃ na ca khuddaṃ samācare. Asamācaranto ca na kevalaṃ oḷārikaṃ, kiṃ pana kiñci na samācare, appamattakaṃ aṇumattampi na samācareti vuttaṃ hoti.
接着,为了显示这种行持中现见的过患,而说「乃至会被智者所呵责的」。在这里,愚者不能作为准量,因为他们可能将无过失的说成有过失,或将小过失说成大过失。唯有智者才是准量,他们经过审察与深入判断之后,对值得受到非难的人才说其过失,对值得受到称赞的人才说其功德,因此说「智者」。显示巴利原文
Tato tassa samācāre sandiṭṭhikamevādīnavaṃ dasseti ‘‘yena viññū pare upavadeyyu’’nti. Ettha ca yasmā aviññū pare appamāṇaṃ. Te hi anavajjaṃ vā sāvajjaṃ karonti, appasāvajjaṃ vā mahāsāvajjaṃ. Viññū eva pana pamāṇaṃ. Te hi anuvicca pariyogāhetvā avaṇṇārahassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, vaṇṇārahassa ca vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, tasmā ‘‘viññū pare’’ti vuttaṃ.
如此,世尊以这两首半偈,为那些想要现证寂静界而安住的人,或是为证得此界而修行的人——尤其是林居比丘,并以林居比丘为代表,也为一切欲依业处而住的比丘——开示了应作与不应作的差别,以及业处的近行。之后,为了令他们能防护对天神的恐惧,并以观的基础——禅那为方便,成就护佑与业处,便开始依“愿一切众生快乐、安稳……”的次第,宣讲慈心的开示。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā imāhi aḍḍhateyyāhi gāthāhi santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmassa, tadadhigamāya vā paṭipajjitukāmassa visesato āraññakassa āraññakasīsena ca sabbesampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharitukāmānaṃ karaṇīyākaraṇīyabhedaṃ kammaṭṭhānūpacāraṃ vatvā idāni tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tassa devatābhayassa paṭighātāya parittatthaṃ vipassanāpādakajjhānavasena kammaṭṭhānatthañca ‘‘sukhino va khemino hontū’’tiādinā nayena mettakathaṃ kathetumāraddho.
其中,“快乐者”指具足快乐的人。“安稳者”指安稳、无有恐惧、无有灾祸的人。“一切”指无余的一切。“众生”指有情。“心乐者”指内心快乐的人。应知:由身乐而称为“快乐者”,由心乐而称为“心乐者”,或由兼具二者且远离一切恐惧灾祸而称为“安稳者”。为何这样说?是为了显示慈心的修习方法。因为慈心应如此修习:“愿一切众生快乐,愿他们安稳,愿他们心乐。”显示巴利原文
Tattha sukhinoti sukhasamaṅgino. Kheminoti khemavanto, abhayā nirupaddavāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sabbeti anavasesā. Sattāti pāṇino. Sukhitattāti sukhitacittā. Ettha ca kāyikena sukhena sukhino, mānasena sukhitattā, tadubhayenāpi sabbabhayūpaddavavigamena vā kheminoti veditabbā. Kasmā pana evaṃ vuttaṃ? Mettābhāvanākāradassanatthaṃ. Evañhi mettā bhāvetabbā ‘‘sabbe sattā sukhino hontū’’ti vā, ‘‘khemino hontū’’ti vā, ‘‘sukhitattā hontū’’ti vā.
146 146. 如是,先简要地说明了从近行定到安止定的慈心修习范围,现在为了详细显示,而说出“凡所应有……”等两首偈。或者,由于心在种种所缘上修习,不会一开始便安住于单一所缘,而是随所缘的差别次第安住,因此为使心能依动摇与不动等二类、三类所缘的差别,逐步安住,而说这两首偈。又或者,因为对某位比丘而言,某种所缘较为明显,其心便容易在彼所缘上安止,为令心于各自明显的所缘安住,便阐明了这些关于动摇与不动等二类、三类所缘差别的两首偈。显示巴利原文
146. Evaṃ yāva upacārato appanākoṭi, tāva saṅkhepena mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni vitthāratopi taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ye kecī’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Atha vā yasmā puthuttārammaṇe paricitaṃ cittaṃ na ādikeneva ekatte saṇṭhāti, ārammaṇappabhedaṃ pana anugantvā kamena saṇṭhāti, tasmā tassa tasathāvarādidukatikappabhede ārammaṇe anugantvā anugantvā saṇṭhānatthampi ‘‘ye kecī’’ti gāthādvayamāha. Atha vā yasmā yassa yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vibhūtaṃ hoti, tassa tattha cittaṃ sukhaṃ tiṭṭhati. Tasmā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yassa yaṃ vibhūtaṃ ārammaṇaṃ, tassa tattha cittaṃ saṇṭhāpetukāmo tasathāvarādidukattikaārammaṇappabhedadīpakaṃ ‘‘ye kecī’’ti imaṃ gāthādvayamāha.
于此,有动与不动双、见与未见双、远与近双、已生与求有双,此四种双。复由“长”等六句,令中句成三聚,而“微”句成二聚,由此阐明三种三聚:长‑短‑中聚、大‑微‑中聚、粗‑微‑中聚。其中,“凡是”一词即无余之义。有呼吸的有情,即是“已生有情”;或谓“有情”指具呼吸者,以此摄持与入出息相应的五蕴有众生。“存在”为“已生”,以此摄持一蕴有、四蕴有的众生。“有”即是存在,即现起、可得。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi tasathāvaradukaṃ diṭṭhādiṭṭhadukaṃ dūrasantikadukaṃ bhūtasambhavesidukanti cattāri dukāni, dīghādīhi ca chahi padehi majjhimapadassa tīsu, aṇukapadassa ca dvīsu tikesu atthasambhavato dīgharassamajjhimattikaṃ mahantāṇukamajjhimattikaṃ thūlāṇukamajjhimattikanti tayo tike dīpeti. Tattha ye kecīti anavasesavacanaṃ. Pāṇā eva bhūtā pāṇabhūtā. Atha vā pāṇantīti pāṇā. Etena assāsapassāsapaṭibaddhe pañcavokārasatte gaṇhāti. Bhavantīti bhūtā. Etena ekavokāracatuvokārasatte gaṇhāti. Atthīti santi, saṃvijjanti.
如是,以“凡是已生有情存在”此语,借诸双与三聚总示了所应摄的一切众生之后,今再以“动或不动,无余”此双,含摄而显示这一切。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ‘‘ye keci pāṇabhūtatthī’’ti iminā vacanena dukattikehi saṅgahetabbe sabbe satte ekajjhaṃ dassetvā idāni sabbepi te tasā vā thāvarā vā anavasesāti iminā dukena saṅgahetvā dasseti.
其中,因颤栗故,称为“动”,此是对有渴爱、有怖畏者的称说。因安住不动故,称为“不动”,此是对已断尽渴爱与怖畏的阿拉汉的称说。于他们再无余者,故称“无余”,意即“一切”。第二首偈颂末尾所说,当与诸双、诸三聚结合而观:“凡是已生有情存在,动或不动,无余,愿此一切众生成为有乐者。”同样地,乃至“已生或求有,愿此一切众生成为有乐者。”显示巴利原文
Tattha tasantīti tasā, sataṇhānaṃ sabhayānañcetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tiṭṭhantīti thāvarā, pahīnataṇhābhayānaṃ arahataṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Natthi tesaṃ avasesanti anavasesā, sabbepīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yañca dutiyagāthāya ante vuttaṃ, taṃ sabbadukatikehi sambandhitabbaṃ – ye keci pāṇabhūtatthi tasā vā thāvarā vā anavasesā, imepi sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhitattā. Evaṃ yāva bhūtā vā sambhavesī vā imepi sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhitattāti.
在阐明“长、短、中等”这三类三聚的句中,对于“长”等六句:「长」是指有身长的众生,如龙、鱼、蜥蜴等。因为大海中,龙的有身长达数百寻,鱼、蜥蜴等的有身也可达数由旬。「大」是指有身大的众生,如水中鱼、鳖,陆上象王,非人中的达纳瓦等。如说:“拉胡的有身……”(增支部4.15)。他的有身高四千八百由旬,臂长一千二百由旬,眉间宽五十由旬,指间等亦如此,手掌各二百由旬。「中」是指马、牛、水牛、猪等的有身。「短」是指在各类生中身形矮小者,如侏儒等,相较于长、中之众生,体量较小。「微」是指肉眼所不能见、唯天眼可见的范围,如水中等所生微细有身的众生,或如虱子等。此外,在各类生中,相较于大、中以及粗、中的众生而体量较小者,当知即为「微」。「粗」是指有身呈圆团状的众生,如鱼、鳖、蚌、螺等。显示巴利原文
Idāni dīgharassamajjhimāditikattayadīpakesu dīghā vātiādīsu chasu padesu dīghāti dīghattabhāvā nāgamacchagodhādayo. Anekabyāmasatappamāṇāpi hi mahāsamudde nāgānaṃ attabhāvā anekayojanappamāṇāpi macchagodhādīnaṃ attabhāvā honti. Mahantāti mahantattabhāvā jale macchakacchapādayo, thale hatthināgādayo, amanussesu dānavādayo. Āha ca – ‘‘rāhuggaṃ attabhāvīna’’nti (a. ni. 4.15). Tassa hi attabhāvo ubbedhena cattāri yojanasahassāni aṭṭha ca yojanasatāni, bāhū dvādasayojanasataparimāṇā, paññāsayojanaṃ bhamukantaraṃ, tathā aṅgulantarikā, hatthatalāni dve yojanasatānīti. Majjhimāti assagoṇamahiṃsasūkarādīnaṃ attabhāvā. Rassakāti tāsu tāsu jātīsu vāmanādayo dīghamajjhimehi omakappamāṇā sattā. Aṇukāti maṃsacakkhussa agocarā, dibbacakkhuvisayā udakādīsu nibbattā sukhumattabhāvā sattā, ūkādayo vā. Apica ye tāsu tāsu jātīsu mahantamajjhimehi thūlamajjhimehi ca omakappamāṇā sattā, te aṇukāti veditabbā. Thūlāti parimaṇḍalattabhāvā macchakummasippikasambukādayo sattā.
147 如此,以三种三聚无余地显示一切众生后,现在又以“见或未见”等三个二法来总摄并显示他们。显示巴利原文
147. Evaṃ tīhi tikehi anavasesato satte dassetvā idāni ‘‘diṭṭhā vā yeva adiṭṭhā’’tiādīhi tīhi dukehipi te saṅgahetvā dasseti.
在此,「见」指过去曾进入自己眼门范围而见到者。「未见」指住于其他大海、其他山、其他轮围界等处者。而“远住、近住”这一二法,显示住于自己身体远、近处的众生,应依所依而了知。因住于自己身体内的众生为近,住于身体外的为远。同样,住于内行境范围内者为近,住于外行境范围内者为远。住于自己的寺院、村庄、地区、洲、轮围界内者为近,住于其他轮围界者则称为远住。显示巴利原文
Tattha diṭṭhāti ye attano cakkhussa āpāthamāgatavasena diṭṭhapubbā. Adiṭṭhāti ye parasamuddaparaselaparacakkavāḷādīsu ṭhitā. ‘‘Yeva dūre vasanti avidūre’’ti iminā pana dukena attano attabhāvassa dūre ca avidūre ca vasante satte dasseti. Te upādāyupādāvasena veditabbā. Attano hi kāye vasantā sattā avidūre, bahikāye vasantā dūre. Tathā antoupacāre vasantā avidūre, bahiupacāre vasantā dūre. Attano vihāre gāme janapade dīpe cakkavāḷe vasantā avidūre, paracakkavāḷe vasantā dūre vasantīti vuccanti.
「已生」指已出生、已再生的众生。这是对那些已出生,而不再被归入「再有」之列的众生——也就是诸漏尽者——的称呼。「求有」即寻求再生。这是对那些因未断尽有结、未来仍将寻求再生的有学与凡夫的称呼。或者,在四种生中,卵生与胎生众生,在尚未出离卵壳或胎藏之时,名为「求有」;出离卵壳或胎藏之后,则名为「已生」。湿生与化生众生,在第一个心识刹那,名为「求有」;从第二个心识刹那开始,名为「已生」。或者,依某一种威仪而生,只要尚未获得其他威仪,此时名为「求有」;此后则名为「已生」。显示巴利原文
Bhūtāti jātā, abhinibbattā. Ye bhūtā eva, na puna bhavissantīti saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti, tesaṃ khīṇāsavānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sambhavamesantīti sambhavesī. Appahīnabhavasaṃyojanattā āyatimpi sambhavaṃ esantānaṃ sekkhaputhujjanānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Atha vā catūsu yonīsu aṇḍajajalābujā sattā yāva aṇḍakosaṃ vatthikosañca na bhindanti, tāva sambhavesī nāma. Aṇḍakosaṃ vatthikosañca bhinditvā bahi nikkhantā bhūtā nāma. Saṃsedajā opapātikā ca paṭhamacittakkhaṇe sambhavesī nāma. Dutiyacittakkhaṇato pabhuti bhūtā nāma. Yena vā iriyāpathena jāyanti, yāva tato aññaṃ na pāpuṇanti, tāva sambhavesī nāma. Tato paraṃ bhūtāti.
148 如此,世尊以「愿他们快乐」等两偈半,从种种角度为那些比丘开示:以希愿利乐到来而于众生中修习慈心。现在,再为开示以希愿不利与痛苦不来的方式修习,而说「不欺诳他人」。这是古本的读法,而今也有人读作「paraṃ hī」,但此读法并不典雅。显示巴利原文
148. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘sukhino vā’’tiādīhi aḍḍhateyyāhi gāthāhi nānappakārato tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hitasukhāgamapatthanāvasena sattesu mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni ahitadukkhānāgamapatthanāvasenāpi taṃ dassento āha ‘‘na paro paraṃ nikubbethā’’ti. Esa porāṇapāṭho, idāni pana ‘‘paraṃ hī’’tipi paṭhanti, ayaṃ na sobhano.
在这里,「他人」指其他的人。「他」即其他的人。「不欺诳」即不应欺骗。「不轻慢」即不应自恃而轻慢。「于任何处」指在任何地方,例如在村庄、市镇、田地、亲族中或团体中等。「任何」指任何刹帝利、婆罗门、在家者、出家者、幸福者或不幸者等。「以嗔怒与嗔恚想」:以身业和语业的变化称为嗔怒,以意的变化称为嗔恚想。此处本应说「由嗔怒、由嗔恚想」,却说为「嗔怒、嗔恚想」,就像本应说「由正智而解脱」却说为「正智解脱」,以及本应说「由次第学、次第作、次第道」却说为「次第学、次第作、次第道」一样。「不应彼此期望对方痛苦」即不应该相互期望对方遭受痛苦。这里到底说了什么?意即,不应仅仅以「愿他们成为快乐者、安稳者」等这样的作意修习慈心,还应该一边如此作意,一边修习:「啊,但愿任何一个他人,不以欺诳等诡计去欺骗任何一个他人;不在任何地方,借由生等九种慢处去轻视任何一个他人;并且彼此之间,不藉由嗔怒或嗔恚想而期望对方痛苦。」显示巴利原文
Tattha paroti parajano. Paranti parajanaṃ. Na nikubbethāti na vañceyya. Nātimaññethāti na atikkamitvā maññeyya. Katthacīti katthaci okāse, gāme vā nigame vā khette vā ñātimajjhe vā pūgamajjhe vātiādi. Nanti etaṃ. Kañcīti yaṃ kañci khattiyaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā gahaṭṭhaṃ vā pabbajitaṃ vā sugataṃ vā duggataṃ vātiādi. Byārosanā paṭighasaññāti kāyavacīvikārehi byārosanāya ca, manovikārena paṭighasaññāya ca. ‘‘Byārosanāya paṭighasaññāyā’’ti hi vattabbe ‘‘byārosanā paṭighasaññā’’ti vuccati yathā ‘‘samma daññāya vimuttā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘samma daññā vimuttā’’ti, yathā ca ‘‘anupubbasikkhāya anupubbakiriyāya anupubbapaṭipadāyā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā’’ti (a. ni. 8.19; udā. 45; cūḷava. 385). Nāññamaññassa dukkhamiccheyyāti aññamaññassa dukkhaṃ na iccheyya. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Na kevalaṃ ‘‘sukhino vā khemino vā hontū’’tiādi manasikāravaseneva mettaṃ bhāveyya. Kiṃ pana ‘‘aho vata yo koci parapuggalo yaṃ kañci parapuggalaṃ vañcanādīhi nikatīhi na nikubbetha, jātiādīhi ca navahi mānavatthūhi katthaci padese yaṃ kañci parapuggalaṃ nātimaññeyya, aññamaññassa ca byārosanāya vā paṭighasaññāya vā dukkhaṃ na iccheyyā’’ti evampi manasi karonto bhāveyyāti.
149 这样,从希求不利与痛苦不来的意义上阐释了慈心修习之后,现在又以譬喻来显示它,说道:「如母护独子」。显示巴利原文
149. Evaṃ ahitadukkhānāgamapatthanāvasena atthato mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni tameva upamāya dassento āha ‘‘mātā yathā niyaṃ putta’’nti.
其义为:正如母亲护念自己亲生的儿子——她的独子,为使他免遭痛苦,甚至不惜舍弃自己的生命来保护他;同样地,应当对一切众生修习这份慈心,让它反复生起、不断增长。这慈心以无量众生为所缘,或以无余遍满的方式,对一个众生修习这无量的慈心。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yathā mātā niyaṃ puttaṃ attani jātaṃ orasaṃ puttaṃ, tañca ekaputtameva āyusā anurakkhe, tassa dukkhāgamapaṭibāhanatthaṃ attano āyumpi cajitvā taṃ anurakkhe, evampi sabbabhūtesu idaṃ mettamānasaṃ bhāvaye, punappunaṃ janaye vaḍḍhaye, tañca aparimāṇasattārammaṇavasena ekasmiṃ vā satte anavasesapharaṇavasena aparimāṇaṃ bhāvayeti.
150 如此,以一切方式开示了慈心修习之后,现在为显示其增长而说:「慈心遍及一切世间」。显示巴利原文
150. Evaṃ sabbākārena mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni tasseva vaḍḍhanaṃ dassento āha ‘‘mettañca sabbalokasmī’’ti.
在此,「朋友」一词源于它润泽、保护之意:因为有利益他人的心意而亲近,并保护对方免遭不善之事的侵害。朋友的状态即是「慈」。「于一切中」意为无余。「世间」指有情世间。存在于意中的称为「心」,之所以这样说,是因为它与心相应。「修习」即是增长。没有它的限量,故名为「无量」,这是说它以无量有情为所缘。「上方」即向上,以此指无色有。「下方」即向下,以此指欲有。「横向」即中间,以此指色有。「不狭窄」即没有拥挤、没有逼迫,意思是破除了界限。所谓「界限」即指敌人,即使对敌人也能生起慈心,这便是这句话的含义。「无怨恨」即远离怨恨,意思是无论在什么情况下,都完全没有怨恨之思的生起。「无敌人」即消除了敌人。因为住于慈心的人,人们喜爱他,非人也喜爱他,他没有敌人,因此那心由于没有了敌人而被称为「无敌人」。这里「敌人」与「仇敌」确实是同义词。以上是逐词释义。显示巴利原文
Tattha mijjati tāyati cāti mitto, hitajjhāsayatāya siniyhati, ahitāgamato rakkhati cāti attho. Mittassa bhāvo mettaṃ. Sabbasminti anavasese. Lokasminti sattaloke. Manasi bhavanti mānasaṃ. Tañhi cittasampayuttattā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhāvayeti vaḍḍhaye. Nāssa parimāṇanti aparimāṇaṃ, appamāṇasattārammaṇatāya evaṃ vuttaṃ. Uddhanti upari. Tena arūpabhavaṃ gaṇhāti. Adhoti heṭṭhā. Tena kāmabhavaṃ gaṇhāti. Tiriyanti vemajjhaṃ. Tena rūpabhavaṃ gaṇhāti. Asambādhanti sambādhavirahitaṃ, bhinnasīmanti vuttaṃ hoti. Sīmā nāma paccatthiko vuccati, tasmimpi pavattanti attho. Averanti veravirahitaṃ, antarantarāpi veracetanāpātubhāvavirahitanti vuttaṃ hoti. Asapattanti vigatapaccatthikaṃ. Mettāvihārī hi puggalo manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, nāssa koci paccatthiko hoti, tenassa taṃ mānasaṃ vigatapaccatthikattā ‘‘asapatta’’nti vuccati. Pariyāyavacanañhi etaṃ, yadidaṃ paccatthiko sapattoti. Ayaṃ anupadato atthavaṇṇanā.
而此处是想阐明所意指的含义——正是那句「如此对于一切众生,应修习无量之心」所说的。此无量的慈心,应在一切世间修习、增长,令其达到增长、增广、广大的状态。如何修呢?向上、向下及横向:向上直到有顶,向下直到无间地狱,横向遍及一切其余方向。或者说,向上是无色有,向下是欲有,横向是色有,毫无遗漏地遍满。当他如此修习时,为使那慈心成为不狭窄、无怨恨、无敌对,也应通过消除狭窄、怨恨、敌对来修习。或者,已经达到修习成就的慈心,因遍一切处而无有障碍,故称为「不狭窄」;因断除了自己对他人的愤恨以及他人对自己的愤恨,故称为「无怨恨」;因断除了他人对自己的愤恨,故称为「无敌对」。像这样,不狭窄、无怨恨、无敌对的无量慈心,应在向上、向下、横向这三种分际所划定的一切世间中,去修习、去增长。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha adhippetatthavaṇṇanā – yadetaṃ ‘‘evampi sabbabhūtesu mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Tañcetaṃ aparimāṇaṃ mettaṃ mānasaṃ sabbalokasmiṃ bhāvaye vaḍḍhaye, vuḍḍhiṃ, virūḷhiṃ, vepullaṃ gamaye. Kathaṃ? Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyañca, uddhaṃ yāva bhavaggā, adho yāva avīcito, tiriyaṃ yāva avasesadisā. Uddhaṃ vā āruppaṃ, adho kāmadhātuṃ, tiriyaṃ rūpadhātuṃ anavasesaṃ pharanto. Evaṃ bhāventopi ca taṃ yathā asambādhaṃ, averaṃ, asapattañca, hoti tathā sambādhaverasapattābhāvaṃ karonto bhāvaye. Yaṃ vā taṃ bhāvanāsampadaṃ pattaṃ sabbattha okāsalābhavasena asambādhaṃ. Attano paresu āghātapaṭivinayena averaṃ, attani ca paresaṃ āghātapaṭivinayena asapattaṃ hoti, taṃ asambādhaṃ averaṃ asapattaṃ aparimāṇaṃ mettaṃ mānasaṃ uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāti tividhaparicchede sabbalokasmiṃ bhāvaye vaḍḍhayeti.
151 151. 如此开示了慈心修习的增长之后,现在为了说明:那位专心投入此修习而安住的人,在威仪上并没有固定的限制,而说:「站立、行走……乃至……应安住」。显示巴利原文
151. Evaṃ mettābhāvanāya vaḍḍhanaṃ dassetvā idāni taṃ bhāvanamanuyuttassa viharato iriyāpathaniyamābhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ…pe… adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti.
其义为:修习此慈心的比丘,并非如同“结跏趺坐,端正身体,安住正念”等那样,于威仪设下固定限制;而是依于乐住,为消除某种威仪所生疲倦,或立,或行,或坐,或卧,但凡已离睡眠,便应安住于慈禅那的这一念。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – evametaṃ mettaṃ mānasaṃ bhāvento so ‘‘nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.374; ma. ni. 1.107; vibha. 508) viya iriyāpathaniyamaṃ akatvā yathāsukhaṃ aññataraññatarairiyāpathabādhanavinodanaṃ karonto tiṭṭhaṃ vā caraṃ vā nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvatā vigatamiddho assa, atha etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭheyya.
又或,如此显示慈心修习的增长之后,现在为了显示“自在”而说“或立、或行”。因为得自在的比丘,不论是立、行、坐、卧,只要他想随顺某种威仪而安住于慈禅那的这一念,皆能成就。或者,“或立、或行”并非说站立等威仪会成为他的障碍,而是说:但凡他想安住于此慈禅那之念,那时他便远离睡眠而安住,安住时无有滞碍。是故说:“或立,或行,或坐,或卧,但离睡眠,即应安住于此念。”显示巴利原文
Atha vā evaṃ mettābhāvanāya vaḍḍhanaṃ dassetvā idāni vasībhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘tiṭṭhaṃ cara’’nti. Vasippatto hi tiṭṭhaṃ vā caraṃ vā nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvatā iriyāpathena etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭhātukāmo hoti. Atha vā tiṭṭhaṃ vā caraṃ vāti na tassa ṭhānādīni antarāyakarāni honti, apica kho so yāvatā etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭhātukāmo hoti, tāvatā vitamiddho hutvā adhiṭṭhāti, natthi tassa tattha dandhāyitattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ nisinno va sayāno, yāvatāssa vitamiddho. Etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti.
此中意趣为:对于“应于一切世间修习慈心”这句所说,当如此修习——即于站立等诸威仪中,随顺威仪;或复不执取站立等,但凡他欲安住于此慈禅那之念,那时即离睡眠而安住于此念。显示巴利原文
Tassāyamadhippāyo – yaṃ taṃ ‘‘mettañca sabbalokasmi, mānasaṃ bhāvaye’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ tathā bhāvaye, yathā ṭhānādīsu yāvatā iriyāpathena, ṭhānādīni vā anādiyitvā yāvatā etaṃ mettājhānassatiṃ adhiṭṭhātukāmo assa, tāvatā vitamiddho hutvā etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyāti.
如此,显示慈心修习得自在后,以“应安住于此念”劝导他致力于此慈心住;现在为了称扬此住而说:“这在此法中称为梵住。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ mettābhāvanāya vasībhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti tasmiṃ mettāvihāre niyojetvā idāni taṃ vihāraṃ thunanto āha ‘‘brahmametaṃvihāramidhamāhū’’ti.
其含义为:即从“愿他们快乐、安稳”等句开始,直至“应安住于此念”这段所赞叹的慈心住,在四种住——天住、梵住、圣住、威仪住——之中,由于它无有过失,且能利益自他,因此在这圣者的法与律中,称之为梵住,称之为最胜住。由此,应恒常、持续、无有间断地,无论站立、行走、坐或卧,只要远离睡眠,便安住于此念。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yvāyaṃ ‘‘sukhinova khemino hontū’’tiādiṃ katvā yāva ‘‘etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyā’’ti saṃvaṇṇito mettāvihāro, etaṃ catūsu dibbabrahmaariyairiyāpathavihāresu niddosattā attanopi paresampi atthakarattā ca idha ariyassa dhammavinaye brahmavihāramāhu, seṭṭhavihāramāhūti. Yato satataṃ samitaṃ abbokiṇṇaṃ tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvatāssa vitamiddho, etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyyāti.
152 152. 世尊如此以种种方式为比丘们开示慈心修习后,此时,因慈心以有情为所缘而容易趋近“我见”,为遮止比丘们执取彼见的倾向,并为他们显示以此慈心禅那为根基而证得圣者境地,故说:“及不执取见”。以此偈颂结束了开示。显示巴利原文
152. Evaṃ bhagavā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nānappakārato mettābhāvanaṃ dassetvā idāni yasmā mettā sattārammaṇattā attadiṭṭhiyā āsannā hoti tasmā diṭṭhigahaṇanisedhanamukhena tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tadeva mettājhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ariyabhūmippattiṃ dassento āha ‘‘diṭṭhiñca anupaggammā’’ti. Imāya gāthāya desanaṃ samāpesi.
其义为:那被赞叹为“此是梵住,因此名为梵住”的慈心禅那住,从彼中出定后,把握当时的“寻、伺”等诸法,并随其所依处等,也把握了色法。通过如此区分名色,了知“这仅是纯粹诸行的积聚,此处并无真实众生可得”(《相应部》1.171),如此便已确立无任何邪执的正见。进而,依出世间的戒成就具戒——即与出世间的“入流道正见”相应的见。从此,于事物对象尚未断除的贪着,即“烦恼欲”,又依一来道与不来道,以减弱、无余断除的方式,对“感官对象”的贪着加以彻底调伏、止息、令其寂止。因此,确实不再返入母胎,即决定性地不还至母胎受生,于净居天中化生,唯于此处证得阿拉汉果,入般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yvāyaṃ ‘‘brahmametaṃ vihāramidhamāhū’’ti saṃvaṇṇito mettājhānavihāro, tato vuṭṭhāya ye tattha vitakkavicārādayo dhammā, te, tesañca vatthādianusārena rūpadhamme pariggahetvā iminā nāmarūpaparicchedena ‘‘suddhasaṅkhārapuñjoyaṃ, na idha sattūpalabbhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.171) evaṃ diṭṭhiñca anupaggamma anupubbena lokuttarasīlena sīlavā hutvā lokuttarasīlasampayutteneva sotāpattimaggasammādiṭṭhisaṅkhātena dassanena sampanno. Tato paraṃ yopāyaṃ vatthukāmesu gedho kilesakāmo appahīno hoti, tampi sakadāgāmianāgāmimaggehi tanubhāvena anavasesappahānena ca kāmesu gedhaṃ vineyya vinayitvā vūpasametvā na hi jātu gabbhaseyya puna reti ekaṃseneva puna gabbhaseyyaṃ na eti, suddhāvāsesu nibbattitvā tattheva arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā parinibbātīti.
如此,世尊结束开示后,便对诸比丘说:“去吧,比丘们,就在那片丛林中安居。每月八次闻法之日,击打犍槌集合,诵持此经,讲说法义,相互讨论,随喜功德。以此一处禅修业处,亲近、修习、多行修习。那些非人将不再对你们显示可怖的所缘,反而皆会成为你们的利者、益者。”诸比丘应答:“善哉!”便从座起身,顶礼世尊,右绕之后前往彼处,依教奉行。诸天神心想:“这些长老比丘是于我等有利、有益的。”生起喜悦与欢喜,便亲手打扫坐卧处,准备温水,为诸比丘提供背部和脚部的护理,并安排守护。比丘们即依彼慈心为观门,着手修观。在雨季安居这三月中,一切皆证得最终果位——阿拉汉果,于大自恣之日,行持了“清净自恣”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā desanaṃ samāpetvā te bhikkhū āha – ‘‘gacchatha, bhikkhave, tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe viharatha. Imañca suttaṃ māsassa aṭṭhasu dhammassavanadivasesu gaṇḍiṃ ākoṭetvā ussāretha, dhammakathaṃ karotha, sākacchatha, anumodatha, idameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ āsevatha, bhāvetha, bahulīkarotha. Tepi vo amanussā taṃ bheravārammaṇaṃ na dassessanti, aññadatthu atthakāmā hitakāmā bhavissantī’’ti. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, tattha gantvā, tathā akaṃsu. Devatāyo ca ‘‘bhadantā amhākaṃ atthakāmā hitakāmā’’ti pītisomanassajātā hutvā sayameva senāsanaṃ sammajjanti, uṇhodakaṃ paṭiyādenti, piṭṭhiparikammapādaparikammaṃ karonti, ārakkhaṃ saṃvidahanti. Te bhikkhū tatheva mettaṃ bhāvetvā tameva ca pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā sabbeva tasmiṃyeva antotemāse aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā mahāpavāraṇāya visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāresunti.
正是法主、世尊所宣说的应行之教;
践行之后,便亲证内心最上、究竟的寂静,
智慧圆满者,证入那寂静的境界(涅槃)。
因此,若想证得那不死、稀有、圣者所爱的——
——寂静的境界,并安住其中,
智者则当具备无垢的戒、定与慧。
显示巴利原文 Evañhi atthakusalena tathāgatena, Dhammissarena kathitaṃ karaṇīyamatthaṃ; Katvānubhuyya paramaṃ hadayassa santiṃ, Santaṃ padaṃ abhisamenti samattapaññā. Tasmā hi taṃ amatamabbhutamariyakantaṃ, Santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca viharitukāmo; Viññū jano vimalasīlasamādhipaññā, Bhedaṃ kareyya satataṃ karaṇīyamatthanti.
9. 《雪山经》解说显示巴利原文
9. Hemavatasuttavaṇṇanā
“今日是十五日”等语,此即《雪山经》。此经的缘起为何?缘起于请问。雪山夜叉向世尊请问后,世尊宣说了“世间于六处生起”等法。经中,“今日是十五日”等句,是萨多耆利夜叉所说;“如是萨多耆利”等句,是结集者所记;“你的心是否……”等句,是雪山夜叉所说;“世间于六处”等句,是世尊所说。合此诸语,即称《雪山经》。亦有人称之为《萨多耆利经》。显示巴利原文
Ajjapannarasoti hemavatasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Pucchāvasikā uppatti. Hemavatena hi puṭṭho bhagavā ‘‘chasu loko samuppanno’’tiādīni abhāsi. Tattha ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’tiādi sātāgirena vuttaṃ, ‘‘iti sātāgiro’’tiādi saṅgītikārehi, ‘‘kaccimano’’tiādi hemavatena, ‘‘chasu loko’’tiādi bhagavatā, taṃ sabbampi samodhānetvā ‘‘hemavatasutta’’nti vuccati. ‘‘Sātāgirisutta’’nti ekaccehi.
其中,“今日是十五日”等偈,其缘起如下:于此贤劫,人寿二万岁时,众人出现于世。迦叶正自觉者住世一万六千年后入般涅槃。那时,众人为他举行盛大的供养,办理遗体事宜。他的舍利并未散开,而是凝成完整一块,犹如金块屹立。这是寿量长远诸佛的常法。至于寿量短促的诸佛,由于多数人未及亲见便已般涅槃,故亦举行舍利供养。他们出于慈悯心想:“愿各方众生皆能积集福德”,便决意令舍利散开。以此之故,那些佛陀的舍利如金粉般散开,正如我们世尊的情形那样。显示巴利原文
Tattha yāyaṃ ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’tiādi gāthā. Tassā uppatti – imasmiṃyeva bhaddakappe vīsativassasahassāyukesu purisesu uppajjitvā soḷasavassasahassāyukāni ṭhatvā parinibbutassa bhagavato kassapasammāsambuddhassa mahatiyā pūjāya sarīrakiccaṃ akaṃsu. Tassa dhātuyo avikiritvā suvaṇṇakkhandho viya ekagghanā hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu. Dīghāyukabuddhānañhi esā dhammatā. Appāyukabuddhā pana yasmā bahutarena janena adiṭṭhā eva parinibbāyanti, tasmā dhātupūjampi katvā ‘‘tattha tattha janā puññaṃ pasavissantī’’ti anukampāya ‘‘dhātuyo vikirantū’’ti adhiṭṭhahanti. Tena tesaṃ suvaṇṇacuṇṇāni viya dhātuyo vikiranti, seyyathāpi amhākaṃ bhagavato.
众人为彼世尊建造了一座舍利殿,并立起塔庙:高一由旬,周匝亦一由旬。塔庙设有四座门,门与门之间各距一牛呼。其中一座门由鸡王负责,一座由其子地护王负责,一座由以将军为首的大臣们负责,一座由以长者为首的民众负责。所用之砖皆为纯金整块铸成,如金水映照般光润,间杂种种宝石,每块价值十万。他们以雌黄和雄黄替代泥工,以香油替代水工,如此建成了那座塔。显示巴利原文
Manussā tassa bhagavato ekaṃyeva dhātugharaṃ katvā cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ yojanaṃ ubbedhena parikkhepena ca. Tassa ekekagāvutantarāni cattāri dvārāni ahesuṃ. Ekaṃ dvāraṃ kikī rājā aggahesi; ekaṃ tasseva putto pathavindharo nāma; ekaṃ senāpatipamukhā amaccā; ekaṃ seṭṭhipamukhā jānapadā rattasuvaṇṇamayā ekagghanā suvaṇṇarasapaṭibhāgā ca nānāratanamayā iṭṭhakā ahesuṃ ekekā satasahassagghanikā. Te haritālamanosilāhi mattikākiccaṃ surabhitelena udakakiccañca katvā taṃ cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
佛塔如此建立之后,有两位善男子,本是好友,一同出家,于世尊的亲传弟子诸长老座下出家。须知,于长寿诸佛之教法中,唯有佛陀的亲传弟子才有资格为人剃度、授具足戒并给予依止,余人皆无此权限。两位善男子出家后,便请问长老们:“尊者,教法中有几种责任?”长老们答:“有两种责任:住持责任与学习责任。”其中,“住持责任”是指:出家的善男子应先于轨范师与亲教师座下住满五年,圆满履行弟子应尽的一切义务与职责,将《巴帝摩卡》及篇幅在两三个诵分的诸经典讽诵纯熟,修习禅修业处,做到心不系恋任何在俗家族或僧团群居生活,毅然入于山林,为亲身证悟阿拉汉果而精勤努力。“学习责任”则指:凭自身能力,通达一部、两部乃至五部尼柯耶,且从文词与义理两方面,将教法研析得极为透彻明了。善男子们听后便说:“此二种责任中,住持责任最为殊胜。”接着又道:“然我等如今尚在壮年,可待年迈时再圆成住持责任。今当先趁年少,完成学习之责。”他们由此便投身于教理的学习中。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ patiṭṭhite cetiye dve kulaputtā sahāyakā nikkhamitvā sammukhasāvakānaṃ therānaṃ santike pabbajiṃsu. Dīghāyukabuddhānañhi sammukhasāvakāyeva pabbājenti, upasampādenti, nissayaṃ denti, itare na labhanti. Tato te kulaputtā ‘‘sāsane, bhante, kati dhurānī’’ti pucchiṃsu. Therā ‘‘dve dhurānī’’ti kathesuṃ – ‘‘vāsadhuraṃ, pariyattidhurañcā’’ti. Tattha pabbajitena kulaputtena ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ santike pañca vassāni vasitvā, vattapaṭivattaṃ pūretvā, pātimokkhaṃ dve tīṇi bhāṇavārasuttantāni ca paguṇaṃ katvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā, kule vā gaṇe vā nirālayena araññaṃ pavisitvā, arahattasacchikiriyāya ghaṭitabbaṃ vāyamitabbaṃ, etaṃ vāsadhuraṃ. Attano thāmena pana ekaṃ vā nikāyaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā dve vā pañca vā nikāye pariyattito ca atthato ca suvisadaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñjitabbaṃ, etaṃ pariyattidhuranti. Atha te kulaputtā ‘‘dvinnaṃ dhurānaṃ vāsadhurameva seṭṭha’’nti vatvā ‘‘mayaṃ panamhā daharā, vuḍḍhakāle vāsadhuraṃ paripūressāma, pariyattidhuraṃ tāva pūremā’’ti pariyattiṃ ārabhiṃsu. Te pakatiyāva paññavanto nacirasseva sakale buddhavacane pakataññano vinaye ca ativiya vinicchayakusalā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ pariyattiṃ nissāya parivāro uppajji, parivāraṃ nissāya lābho, ekamekassa pañcasatapañcasatā bhikkhū parivārā ahesuṃ. Te satthusāsanaṃ dīpentā vihariṃsu, puna buddhakālo viya ahosi.
那时,有两位比丘住在一座村落附近的寺院中:一位是宣说正法者,另一位是宣说非法者。非法者性情暴躁、言语尖刻,又多嘴多舌,其犯戒行径被另一位比丘看得十分清楚。于是,那位正法比丘便责备他:“贤友,你这样的行为与教法极不相应。”那人却反问:“你看见了什么?你听见了什么?”加以搪塞。正法比丘道:“持律者们自会知道。”非法比丘心想:“若持律者们依法裁断此事,我于教法中便再无立足之地。”于是他便急着建立自己的派系。他立刻带上日常资具,前往亲近两位长老,供养沙门资具,并请求依止他们而住。他殷勤承事长老,表面上似乎要圆满地履行弟子应尽的义务与职责。一日,他前去侍奉两位长老,礼敬之后,即便长老们示意他可以退下,他依旧站在那里。长老们便问:“你有何事要说吗?”他答道:“是的,尊者。我与另一位比丘因犯戒之事起了争端。若他来此告状,恳请二位切莫依法裁决。”长老们说:“若事情已被郑重提出,不以正当的律法程序来判决,是不如法的。”他随即又道:显示巴利原文
Tadā dve bhikkhū gāmakāvāse viharanti dhammavādī ca adhammavādī ca. Adhammavādī caṇḍo hoti pharuso, mukharo, tassa ajjhācāro itarassa pākaṭo hoti. Tato naṃ ‘‘idaṃ te, āvuso, kammaṃ sāsanassa appatirūpa’’nti codesi. So ‘‘kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ suta’’nti vikkhipati. Itaro ‘‘vinayadharā jānissantī’’ti āha. Tato adhammavādī ‘‘sace imaṃ vatthuṃ vinayadharā vinicchinissanti, addhā me sāsane patiṭṭhā na bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā attano pakkhaṃ kātukāmo tāvadeva parikkhāre ādāya te dve there upasaṅkamitvā samaṇaparikkhāre datvā tesaṃ nissayena viharitumāraddho. Sabbañca nesaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ karonto sakkaccaṃ vattapaṭivattaṃ pūretukāmo viya akāsi. Tato ekadivasaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā vanditvā tehi vissajjiyamānopi aṭṭhāsiyeva. Therā ‘‘kiñci vattabbamatthī’’ti taṃ pucchiṃsu. So ‘‘āma, bhante, ekena me bhikkhunā saha ajjhācāraṃ paṭicca vivādo atthi. So yadi taṃ vatthuṃ idhāgantvā āroceti, yathāvinicchayaṃ na vinicchinitabba’’nti. Therā ‘‘osaṭaṃ vatthuṃ yathāvinicchayaṃ na vinicchinituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti āhaṃsu. So ‘‘evaṃ kariyamāne, bhante, mama sāsane patiṭṭhā natthi, mayhetaṃ pāpaṃ hotu, mā tumhe vinicchinathā’’ti. Te tena nippīḷiyamānā sampaṭicchiṃsu. So tesaṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā puna taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā ‘‘sabbaṃ vinayadharānaṃ santike niṭṭhita’’nti taṃ dhammavādiṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ avamaññanto pharusena samudācarati. Dhammavādī ‘‘nissaṅko ayaṃ jāto’’ti tāvadeva nikkhamitvā therānaṃ parivāraṃ bhikkhusahassaṃ upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘nanu, āvuso, osaṭaṃ vatthu yathādhammaṃ vinicchinitabbaṃ, anosarāpetvā eva vā aññamaññaṃ accayaṃ desāpetvā sāmaggī kātabbā. Ime pana therā neva vatthuṃ vinicchiniṃsu, na sāmaggiṃ akaṃsu. Kiṃ nāmeta’’nti? Tepi sutvā tuṇhī ahesuṃ – ‘‘nūna kiñci ācariyehi ñāta’’nti. Tato adhammavādī okāsaṃ labhitvā ‘‘tvaṃ pubbe ‘vinayadharā jānissantī’ti bhaṇasi. Idāni tesaṃ vinayadharānaṃ ārocehi taṃ vatthu’’nti dhammavādiṃ pīḷetvā ‘‘ajjatagge parājito tvaṃ, mā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Tato dhammavādī there upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘tumhe sāsanaṃ anapekkhitvā ‘amhe upaṭṭhesi paritosesī’ti puggalameva apekkhittha, sāsanaṃ arakkhitvā puggalaṃ rakkhittha, ajjatagge dāni tumhākaṃ vinicchayaṃ vinicchinituṃ na vaṭṭati, ajja parinibbuto kassapo bhagavā’’ti mahāsaddena kanditvā ‘‘naṭṭhaṃ satthu sāsana’’nti paridevamāno pakkāmi.
事后,那些比丘内心震动,深生悔恨,心想:“我们为偏护个人,竟将教法的珍宝弃入深沟!”此悔恨折磨其心,以致死后不能转生天界。两位轨范师中,一位生于雪山,名为雪山夜叉;另一位生于中部地区的萨他山,名为萨他山夜叉。而随从他们的诸比丘,因追随依附,同样不能生天,便分别投生为他们的夜叉眷属而出世。至于曾供养他们衣食的在家居士们,则皆往生天界。雪山夜叉与萨他山夜叉,后成二十八夜叉将军中的上首,乃是具有大威神力的夜叉王。显示巴利原文
Atha kho te bhikkhū saṃviggamānasā ‘‘mayaṃ puggalamanurakkhantā sāsanaratanaṃ sobbhe pakkhipimhā’’ti kukkuccaṃ uppādesuṃ . Te teneva kukkuccena upahatāsayattā kālaṃ katvā sagge nibbattitumasakkontā ekācariyo himavati hemavate pabbate nibbatti hemavato yakkhoti nāmena. Dutiyācariyo majjhimadese sātapabbate sātāgiroti nāmena. Tepi nesaṃ parivārā bhikkhū tesaṃyeva anuvattitvā sagge nibbattitumasakkontā tesaṃ parivārā yakkhāva hutvā nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ pana paccayadāyakā gahaṭṭhā devaloke nibbatiṃsu. Hemavatasātāgirā aṭṭhavīsatiyakkhasenāpatīnamabbhantarā mahānubhāvā yakkharājāno ahesuṃ.
夜叉将军们有这样的惯例:每月八天,为审决法义,天人们齐聚雪山银石板上的龙象凉亭,举行大集会,诸夜叉将军亦当赴会。一次集会中,萨他山夜叉与雪山夜叉相见,彼此认出,互问:“朋友,你生于何处?”得知各自生处后,二人生起懊悔:“朋友,我们已过失。整整两万年勤修沙门法,却因依止恶友,投生于夜叉族中。而我们的施主们,反得生于欲界天。”于是,萨他山说:“贤友,人说雪山稀有而不可思议,你若见闻任何稀有之事,请与我说。”雪山亦说:“贤友,人说中部地区稀有而不可思议,你若见闻稀有之事,也请与我说。”两位挚友如此约定,仍各居其出生处,未再离去。就这样,经历了一佛不出世之间隔,大地表面约增高一由旬三伽浮他。显示巴利原文
Yakkhasenāpatīnañca ayaṃ dhammatā – māse māse aṭṭha divasāni dhammavinicchayatthaṃ himavati manosilātale nāgavatimaṇḍape devatānaṃ sannipāto hoti, tattha sannipatitabbanti. Atha sātāgirahemavatā tasmiṃ samāgame aññamaññaṃ disvā sañjāniṃsu – ‘‘tvaṃ, samma, kuhiṃ uppanno, tvaṃ kuhi’’nti attano attano uppattiṭṭhānañca pucchitvā vippaṭisārino ahesuṃ. ‘‘Naṭṭhā mayaṃ, samma, pubbe vīsati vassasahassāni samaṇadhammaṃ katvā ekaṃ pāpasahāyaṃ nissāya yakkhayoniyaṃ uppannā, amhākaṃ pana paccayadāyakā kāmāvacaradevesu nibbattā’’ti. Atha sātāgiro āha – ‘‘mārisa, himavā nāma acchariyabbhutasammato, kiñci acchariyaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā mamāpi āroceyyāsī’’ti. Hemavatopi āha – ‘‘mārisa, majjhimadeso nāma acchariyabbhutasammato, kiñci acchariyaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā mamāpi āroceyyāsī’’ti. Evaṃ tesu dvīsu sahāyesu aññamaññaṃ katikaṃ katvā, tameva uppattiṃ avivajjetvā vasamānesu ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ vītivattaṃ, mahāpathavī ekayojanatigāvutamattaṃ ussadā.
而我们的菩萨,自从于燃灯佛足下发下大愿,直至须大拏本生那一生,圆满了种种波罗蜜。其后投生兜率天宫,度过应享的天寿。如《法句经注》所说,他受诸天劝请,作五种大观察,告知诸天后,于三十二种前兆现起时,震动一万世界大地,于此世界入胎结生。即便见到这些瑞相,二位夜叉王仍不知“因此因缘,现此诸相”。有说,他们耽著嬉戏,故未留意。于诞生、出家、成道之时,亦复如是。然而,初转法轮时,世尊召唤五比丘,以三转十二行相,转起无上法轮。彼时大地震动等前兆与神变,萨他山夜叉最先亲眼得见。知晓了这些现象的因由后,他便带领眷属,同来世尊座前听法。然而,他未能得特殊的证悟。何以故?因其听法时,心中牵挂雪山夜叉,屡屡顾视随众,心想:“我友来乎?”不见,心即散乱,想:“我友真是大损失,竟不能听闻世尊如此美妙雄辩之教法。”世尊虽知日暮,亦未结束说法。显示巴利原文
Athamhākaṃ bodhisatto dīpaṅkarapādamūle katapaṇidhāno yāva vessantarajātakaṃ, tāva pāramiyo pūretvā, tusitabhavane uppajjitvā, tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā, dhammapadanidāne vuttanayena devatāhi āyācito pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā, devatānaṃ ārocetvā, dvattiṃsāya pubbanimittesu vattamānesu idha paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi dasasahassilokadhātuṃ kampetvā. Tāni disvāpi ime rājayakkhā ‘‘iminā kāraṇena nibbattānī’’ti na jāniṃsu. ‘‘Khiḍḍāpasutattā nevāddasaṃsū’’ti eke. Esa nayo jātiyaṃ abhinikkhamane bodhiyañca. Dhammacakkappavattane pana pañcavaggiye āmantetvā bhagavati tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ varadhammacakkaṃ pavattente mahābhūmicālaṃ pubbanimittaṃ pāṭihāriyāni ca etesaṃ eko sātāgiroyeva paṭhamaṃ addasa. Nibbattikāraṇañca tesaṃ ñatvā sapariso bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma dhammadesanaṃ assosi, na ca kiñci visesaṃ adhigacchi. Kasmā? So hi dhammaṃ suṇanto hemavataṃ anussaritvā ‘‘āgato nu kho me sahāyako, no’’ti parisaṃ oloketvā taṃ apassanto ‘‘vañcito me sahāyo, yo evaṃ vicitrapaṭibhānaṃ bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ na suṇātī’’ti vikkhittacitto ahosi. Bhagavā ca atthaṅgatepi ca sūriye desanaṃ na niṭṭhāpesi.
于是,萨他山心想:‘我应当带上朋友,与他一同前去听法。’便化现出象车、马车、金翅鸟车等种种交通工具,由五百夜叉围绕,向雪山方向飞去。与此同时,雪山夜叉那一边,三十二种前兆只在结生、诞生、出家、成道、般涅槃时才显现即灭,不会久留;而于初转法轮时,这些瑞相则变得格外殊胜,持续较长时间方始息灭。因此,当雪山夜叉在雪山上见到这般稀有的景象显现时,心想:‘从我出生以来,这座山从未如此美丽过。我应带上朋友,一道回来共赏这花团锦簇的壮丽情景。’于是,他也同样朝着中部地域的方向飞来。两位夜叉在王舍城上空相遇,互相询问前来的缘由。雪山夜叉说道:‘贤者,从我出生至今,这山从不曾因非花期的树木开满花朵而变得如此赏心悦目,所以我是想来邀你一起享受这漫山花景的。’萨他山夜叉说道:‘贤者,你知道这片不在花季却遍地开花的奇特瑞相,是因何而产生的吗?’雪山夜叉答道:‘我不知道,贤者。’萨他山夜叉便告诉他:‘贤者,这神变并非只出现在雪山,实则遍现于一万世界之中。’显示巴利原文
Atha sātāgiro ‘‘sahāyaṃ gahetvā tena sahāgamma dhammadesanaṃ sossāmī’’ti hatthiyānaassayānagaruḷayānādīni māpetvā pañcahi yakkhasatehi parivuto himavantābhimukho pāyāsi, tadā hemavatopi. Yasmā paṭisandhijāti-abhinikkhamana-bodhiparinibbānesveva dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni hutvāva pativigacchanti, na ciraṭṭhitikāni honti, dhammacakkapavattane pana tāni savisesāni hutvā, cirataraṃ ṭhatvā nirujjhanti, tasmā himavati taṃ acchariyapātubhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘yato ahaṃ jāto, na kadāci ayaṃ pabbato evaṃ abhirāmo bhūtapubbo, handa dāni mama sahāyaṃ gahetvā āgamma tena saha imaṃ pupphasiriṃ anubhavissāmī’’ti tatheva majjhimadesābhimukho āgacchati. Te ubhopi rājagahassa upari samāgantvā aññamaññassa āgamanakāraṇaṃ pucchiṃsu. Hemavato āha – ‘‘yato ahaṃ, mārisa, jāto, nāyaṃ pabbato evaṃ akālakusumitehi rukkhehi abhirāmo bhūtapubbo, tasmā etaṃ pupphasiriṃ tayā saddhiṃ anubhavissāmīti āgatomhī’’ti . Sātāgiro āha – ‘‘jānāsi, pana, tvaṃ mārisa, yena kāraṇena imaṃ akālapupphapāṭihāriyaṃ jāta’’nti? ‘‘Na jānāmi, mārisā’’ti. ‘‘Imaṃ, mārisa, pāṭihāriyaṃ na kevala himavanteyeva, apica kho pana dasasahassilokadhātūsu nibbattaṃ, sammāsambuddho loke uppanno, ajja dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, tena kāraṇenā’’ti. Evaṃ sātāgiro hemavatassa buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā, taṃ bhagavato santikaṃ ānetukāmo imaṃ gāthamāha. Keci pana gotamake cetiye viharante bhagavati ayamevamāhāti bhaṇanti ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’ti.
153 这里,‘今天’:这一昼夜按半月计算是第十五天;因为应受持斋戒,故称为布萨。在三种布萨中,今天是第十五日布萨,不是十四日布萨,也不是和合布萨。再者,‘布萨’一词用于多种意义,如诵巴帝摩卡、持八支斋戒、制定戒规之日等。在‘来吧,迦宾那贤友,我们去参加布萨吧’等句中,‘布萨’指诵巴帝摩卡。在‘毗舍佉,如此具足八支的布萨已受持’等句中(《增支部》8.43),指的是远离杀生等八支。在‘纯净者永远有清净,纯净者永远有布萨’等句中(《中部》1.79),指的是斋戒。在‘名为布萨的龙王’等句中(《长部》2.246;《中部》3.258),指的是施设的名称。在‘在那布萨日,十五日,他洗了头’等句中(《长部》3.85;《中部》3.256),指的是日子。因此,排除其余意义,特指阿沙荼月月圆日,故说:‘今天是第十五日布萨’。从初一、初二这样算来,今天正是第十五天。显示巴利原文
153. Tattha ajjāti ayaṃ rattindivo pakkhagaṇanato pannaraso, upavasitabbato uposatho. Tīsu vā uposathesu ajja pannaraso uposatho, na cātuddasī uposatho, na sāmaggīuposatho. Yasmā vā pātimokkhuddesaaṭṭhaṅgaupavāsapaññattidivasādīsu sambahulesu atthesu uposathasaddo vattati. ‘‘Āyāmāvuso, kappina, uposathaṃ gamissāmā’’tiādīsu hi pātimokkhuddese uposathasaddo. ‘‘Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho visākhe uposatho upavuttho’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.43) pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādikesu aṭṭhaṅgesu. ‘‘Suddhassa ve sadā phaggu, suddhassuposatho sadā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.79) upavāse. ‘‘Uposatho nāma nāgarājā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.246; ma. ni. 3.258) paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Tadahuposathe pannarase sīsaṃnhātassā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.85; ma. ni. 3.256) divase. Tasmā avasesatthaṃ paṭikkhipitvā āsāḷhīpuṇṇamadivasaṃyeva niyāmento āha – ‘‘ajja pannaraso uposatho’’ti. Pāṭipado dutiyoti evaṃ gaṇiyamāne ajja pannaraso divasoti attho.
存在于天界的即是‘诸天的’,具有诸天特质的即是‘诸天般的’。那是什么?是色。因为在那夜晚,从一万世界聚集而来的诸天,以其身光、衣光、饰光、宫殿光,以及远离云等垢染的月光,令整个赡部洲洲庄严无比。而由那极清净天——世尊的身光,更令其格外庄严。因此说:‘诸天般的夜晚已降临。’显示巴利原文
Divi bhavāni dibbāni, dibbāni ettha atthīti dibbā. Kāni tāni? Rūpāni. Tañhi rattiṃ devānaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuto sannipatitānaṃ sarīravatthābharaṇavimānappabhāhi abbhādiupakkilesavirahitāya candappabhāya ca sakalajambudīpo alaṅkato ahosi. Visesālaṅkato ca paramavisuddhidevassa bhagavato sarīrappabhāya. Tenāha ‘‘dibbā ratti upaṭṭhitā’’ti.
如此,借赞叹夜晚功德之由,激发朋友的净信,宣说佛陀出现于世后,说道:“那位具足无劣名称的导师,来吧,让我们去拜见乔达摩。”其中,“无劣名称”:因其拥有不低劣、无过失、一切行相圆满的功德而得名,故称“无劣名称”。同样,正如“觉悟了诸谛,故为佛陀;令众生觉悟,故为佛陀”等方法(《大义释》192;《小义释·彼岸道赞颂偈释》97;《无碍解道》1.162),因不低劣的功德而有“佛”之名称;又如“已断贪欲,故为世尊;已断嗔恚,故为世尊”等方法(《大义释》84),亦因不低劣的功德而有此名称。“阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行足”等,皆同理可知。在现法利益等义中,能教导人天“舍此取彼,依之而行”,故为“导师”。又依《义释》所说之理,如“世尊是导师,是商队首领,犹如商队主引导众生穿越旷野”等(《大义释》190),亦为导师。即那位具有无劣名称的导师。“来吧”:是表示决断的叹词。“让我们见”:他将自己与同伴一并包含在内,以现在时态表达。“乔达摩”:指乔达摩种姓。其意为何?即:“是否真是导师?”你莫须犹豫,应当决断:“来吧,让我们一道去拜见乔达摩。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ rattiguṇavaṇṇanāpadesenāpi sahāyassa cittappasādaṃ janento buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā āha ‘‘anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ, handa passāma gotama’’nti. Tattha anomehi alāmakehi sabbākāraparipūrehi guṇehi nāmaṃ assāti anomanāmo. Tathā hissa ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 97; paṭi. ma. 1.162) nayena buddhoti anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ, ‘‘bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 84) nayena ca anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno’’tiādīsu. Diṭṭhadhammikādīsu atthesu devamanusse anusāsati ‘‘imaṃ pajahatha, imaṃ samādāya vattathā’’ti satthā. Apica ‘‘satthā bhagavā satthavāho, yathā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāretī’’tiādinā (mahāni. 190) niddese vuttanayenāpi satthā. Taṃ anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ. Handāti byavasānatthe nipāto. Passāmāti tena attānaṃ saha saṅgahetvā paccuppannavacanaṃ. Gotamanti gotamagottaṃ. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti ? ‘‘Satthā, na satthā’’ti mā vimatiṃ akāsi, ekantabyavasito hutvāva ehi passāma gotamanti.
154 154. 听闻此言,雪山夜叉思惟:“这位萨达基罗说‘具足无劣名称的导师’,是在彰显其一切知性。一切知者在世间极为稀有,而世间却被富兰那等自称一切知者所祸害。然而,如果他真是一切知者,则必定成就了如彼之相,我当以此相来检验他。”于是,他询问如彼相,问道:“心意是否……”显示巴利原文
154. Evaṃ vutte hemavato ‘‘ayaṃ sātāgiro ‘anomanāmaṃ satthāra’nti bhaṇanto tassa sabbaññutaṃ pakāseti, sabbaññuno ca dullabhā loke, sabbaññupaṭiññehi pūraṇādisadiseheva loko upadduto. So pana yadi sabbaññū, addhā tādilakkhaṇappatto bhavissati, tena taṃ evaṃ pariggaṇhissāmī’’ti cintetvā tādilakkhaṇaṃ pucchanto āha – ‘‘kacci mano’’ti.
其中,“是否”:是疑问助词。“心意”:即心。“善安住”:即妥善安立,不动摇,不倾动。“于一切众生”:于一切众生之中。“如彼”:指达到了如彼相的人。或者,这也仅是一个问句:“你那位导师,于一切众生中是如彼,抑或不是?”“于可意与不可意中”:于如此这般的所缘之中。“诸寻”:即种种思惟。“已被调伏”:即已被置于掌控之中。其意为何?你所称为导师的那位,当他成就如彼相时,他的心于一切众生是否善加安住?还是说,只是未遇令人动摇之缘时,看似善安住而已?你那位导师,于一切众生,是以平等心而为如彼,还是并非如此?而对于可意与不可意的所缘,因贪嗔所生的那些寻,是否已被他调伏?还是说,他有时仍会随这些寻而转?显示巴利原文
Tattha kaccīti pucchā. Manoti cittaṃ. Supaṇihitoti suṭṭhu ṭhapito, acalo asampavedhī. Sabbesu bhūtesu sabbabhūtesu. Tādinoti tādilakkhaṇappattasseva sato. Pucchā eva vā ayaṃ ‘‘so te satthā sabbabhūtesu tādī, udāhu no’’ti. Iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe cāti evarūpe ārammaṇe. Saṅkappāti vitakkā. Vasīkatāti vasaṃ gamitā. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yaṃ tvaṃ satthāraṃ vadasi, tassa te satthuno kacci tādilakkhaṇappattassa sato sabbabhūtesu mano supaṇihito, udāhu yāva calanapaccayaṃ na labhati, tāva supaṇihito viya khāyati. So vā te satthā kacci sabbabhūtesu samacittena tādī, udāhu no, ye ca kho iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu ārammaṇesu rāgadosavasena saṅkappā uppajjeyyuṃ, tyāssa kacci vasīkatā, udāhu kadāci tesampi vasena vattatīti.
155 于是,萨达基罗对世尊的一切知性确定无疑,便认可一切知者的一切功德,说道:“他的心是善安住的……”等等。其中,“善安住”:指妥善安立之义。如同大地,以不排斥故;如同须弥山,以善安立、不动摇故;如同因陀罗柱,以不被四魔及外道众所动摇故。而这不奇怪:世尊如今已圆具一切行相,安住于一切知性,其心善安住、无有动摇,本应如此。即使在他尚为畜生时——也就是尚有贪等烦恼的时期——他投生于六牙象族,被涂毒的箭射中,心也不为所动,对那加害者不起嗔恨,反而割下自己的象牙施予对方;当他为大猕猴时,头虽被大石砸伤,仍为那人指示路径;当他为维杜罗智者时,被人抓住脚投入六十由旬的黑山悬崖,却反而为那夜叉说法。因此,萨达基罗如此宣说。显示巴利原文
155. Tato sātāgiro bhagavato sabbaññubhāve byavasitattā sabbe sabbaññuguṇe anujānanto āha ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’tiādi. Tattha supaṇihitoti suṭṭhu ṭhapito, pathavīsamo avirujjhanaṭṭhena, sinerusamo suppatiṭṭhitācalanaṭṭhena, indakhīlasamo catubbidhamāraparavādigaṇehi akampiyaṭṭhena. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, bhagavato idāni sabbākārasampannattā sabbaññubhāve ṭhitassa mano supaṇihito acalo bhaveyya. Yassa tiracchānabhūtassāpi sarāgādikāle chaddantanāgakule uppannassa savisena sallena viddhassa acalo ahosi, vadhakepi tasmiṃ nappadussi, aññadatthu tasseva attano dante chetvā adāsi; tathā mahākapibhūtassa mahatiyā silāya sīse pahaṭassāpi tasseva ca maggaṃ dassesi; tathā vidhurapaṇḍitabhūtassa pādesu gahetvā saṭṭhiyojane kāḷapabbatapapāte pakkhittassāpi aññadatthu tasseva yakkhassatthāya dhammaṃ desesi. Tasmā sammadeva āha sātāgiro – ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’ti.
“于一切众生等”:对一切众生,成就了如彼相者的心是善安住的。意思是,并非只在未遇缘时才善安住。其中,世尊的如彼相应知有五种。如说:显示巴利原文
Sabbabhūtesutādinoti sabbasattesu tādilakkhaṇappattasseva sato mano supaṇihito, na yāva paccayaṃ na labhatīti attho . Tattha bhagavato tādilakkhaṇaṃ pañcadhā veditabbaṃ. Yathāha –
“世尊以五种相而为如彼:于可意不可意中为如彼,因已舍离而为如彼,因已解脱而为如彼,因已渡越而为如彼,及因对此的解说而为如彼。如何是世尊于可意不可意中为如彼?世尊于得利时亦为如彼。”(《大义释》38)显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhagavā pañcahākārehi tādī, iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī, cattāvīti tādī, muttāvīti tādī, tiṇṇāvīti tādī, tanniddesāti tādī. Kathaṃ bhagavā iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī? Bhagavā lābhepi tādī’’ti (mahāni. 38).
所有这些内容,都应依照《义释》中所说的方法来理解。关于获得利益等,则应当依据《大注疏》中详细解说的道理来了解。又或者,这仅仅是一个问句:“那位导师对于一切众生,是如如不动者,还是并非如此?”在这里,也可以这样理解:“对于一切众生,以平等心而成为如如不动者,便是我们的导师。”因为世尊怀著希望给予安乐、希望拔除痛苦的心,对一切众生都保持心的平等。如同对待自己一般,也如此对待他人;如同对待母亲摩耶夫人一般,也如此对待旃遮摩纳维;如同对待父王净饭王一般,也如此对待善觉王;如同对待儿子罗睺罗一般,也如此对待伤害他的提婆达多、财护、央掘魔罗等人。即使在包含天人世间中,他也是如此的如如不动者。因此,萨达基罗所说的完全正确:“于一切众生中,他是如如不动者。”显示巴利原文
Evamādi sabbaṃ niddese vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ. Lābhādayo ca tassa mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vitthāritanayena veditabbā. ‘‘Pucchā eva vā ayaṃ. So te satthā sabbabhūtesu tādī, udāhu no’’ti imasmimpi vikappe sabbabhūtesu samacittatāya tādī amhākaṃ satthāti attho. Ayañhi bhagavā sukhūpasaṃhārakāmatāya dukkhāpanayanakāmatāya ca sabbasattesu samacitto, yādiso attani, tādiso paresu, yādiso mātari mahāmāyāya, tādiso ciñcamāṇavikāya, yādiso pitari suddhodane, tādiso suppabuddhe, yādiso putte rāhule, tādiso vadhakesu devadattadhanapālakaaṅgulimālādīsu. Sadevake lokepi tādī. Tasmā sammadevāha sātāgiro – ‘‘sabbabhūtesu tādino’’ti.
另外,“于可意与不可意中”(atho iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe ca)一句,应这样理解其含义:对于任何可意或不可意的所缘,在一切情况下,那些因贪、瞋而可能生起的寻,世尊已以无上之道断除了贪等烦恼,因此这些寻完全被他调伏,他从不随顺这些寻而动。因为世尊具有无浊的寻(anāvilasaṅkappa)、善解脱的心(suvimuttacitta)与善解脱的慧。此处,“善安住心”表示没有不如理作意(ayonisomanasikārābhāva)。“在一切众生中”与“以可意不可意”,是指由于众生(satta)与诸行(saṅkhāra)的差别,所缘被分为两类。由于寻获得自在力,他对那种所缘不再作意,由此说烦恼已断。以善安住心,说明意行清净;以于一切众生中成为如如不动者,说明身行清净;以寻的自在力,因为寻是语的根源,说明语行清净。再者,以善安住心,说明没有贪欲等一切过失;以于一切众生中成为如如不动者,说明具备慈等功德;以寻的自在。显示巴利原文
Atho iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe cāti. Ettha pana evaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo – yaṃ kiñci iṭṭhaṃ vā aniṭṭhaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ, sabbappakārehi tattha ye rāgadosavasena saṅkappā uppajjeyyuṃ, tyāssa anuttarena maggena rāgādīnaṃ pahīnattā vasīkatā, na kadāci tesaṃ vase vattati. So hi bhagavā anāvilasaṅkappo suvimuttacitto suvimuttapaññoti. Ettha ca supaṇihitamanatāya ayonisomanasikārābhāvo vutto. Sabbabhūtesu iṭṭhāniṭṭhehi so yattha bhaveyya, taṃ sattasaṅkhārabhedato duvidhamārammaṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Saṅkappavasībhāvena tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tassa manasikārābhāvato kilesappahānaṃ vuttaṃ. Supaṇihitamanatāya ca manosamācārasuddhi, sabbabhūtesu tāditāya kāyasamācārasuddhi, saṅkappavasībhāvena vitakkamūlakattā vācāya vacīsamācārasuddhi. Tathā supaṇihitamanatāya lobhādisabbadosābhāvo , sabbabhūtesu tāditāya mettādiguṇasabbhāvo, saṅkappavasībhāvena paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññitādibhedā ariyiddhi, tāya cassa sabbaññubhāvo vutto hotīti veditabbo.
156 156. 这样,雪山夜叉先前以意门探问了那种如如不动的状态,并听到世尊对此予以承认;现在为了使信心更坚固,又通过三门来问。或者,他之前简略地问了身、语、意三门的清净,并听到世尊承认了这一点;现在为了使它更坚固,正详细地提问,于是说道:“你是否不取不与?”(kacci adinna)等语。在这里,为方便作偈颂,他首先问远离不与取。“远离放逸处”(ārā pamādamhā),意指从五种欲乐的对象中放下心、远离它们,这是在问关于非梵行的远离。也有读作“远离女人”(ārā pamadamhā)的,那意思就是远离女人。而“不废禅那”(jhānaṃ na riñcatī),则是以此询问那三种身恶行之远离的坚固程度。因为,已得禅那的人,他的远离是强而有力的。显示巴利原文
156. Evaṃ hemavato pubbe manodvāravaseneva tādibhāvaṃ pucchitvā tañca paṭijānantamimaṃ sutvā daḷhīkammatthaṃ idāni dvārattayavasenāpi, pubbe vā saṅkhepena kāyavacīmanodvārasuddhiṃ pucchitvā tañca paṭijānantamimaṃ sutvā daḷhīkammatthameva vitthārenāpi pucchanto āha ‘‘kacci adinna’’nti. Tattha gāthābandhasukhatthāya paṭhamaṃ adinnādānaviratiṃ pucchati. Ārā pamādamhāti pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cittavossaggato dūrībhāvena abrahmacariyaviratiṃ pucchati. ‘‘Ārā pamadamhā’’tipi paṭhanti, ārā mātugāmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Jhānaṃ na riñcatīti iminā pana tassāyeva tividhāya kāyaduccaritaviratiyā balavabhāvaṃ pucchati. Jhānayuttassa hi virati balavatī hotīti.
157 于是,萨塔基罗(心想):世尊不仅现在,即便在过去漫长的劫中,也始终远离不与取等恶行;正是由于每一种远离的威力,他获得了种种大人相,而且包括天界在内的世间都以“沙门乔达摩远离不与取”等方式加以称赞。因此,他以从容的语气发出狮子吼:“他不拿取未给与的东西。”这句话的意思显而易见。在这首偈颂的第三句中,有“远离放逸处”和“远离女人”(pamādamhā pamadamhā)两种读法。至于第四句“不废禅那”,是说不会让禅那变得空虚、空无,也就是不舍弃的意思,应当如此理解。显示巴利原文
157. Atha sātāgiro yasmā bhagavā na kevalaṃ etarahi, atītepi addhāne dīgharattaṃ adinnādānādīhi paṭivirato, tassā tassāyeva ca viratiyā ānubhāvena taṃ taṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhi, sadevako cassa loko ‘‘adinnādānā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo’’tiādinā nayena vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Tasmā vissaṭṭhāya vācāya sīhanādaṃ nadanto āha ‘‘na so adinnaṃ ādiyatī’’ti. Taṃ atthato pākaṭameva. Imissāpi gāthāya tatiyapāde ‘‘pamādamhā pamadamhā’’ti dvidhā pāṭho. Catutthapāde ca jhānaṃ na riñcatīti jhānaṃ rittakaṃ suññakaṃ na karoti, na pariccajatīti attho veditabbo.
158 如是,在听闻身门清净之后,现在为了询问语门清净,他问道:“你是否不说妄语?”等等。在这里,“损毁者”(khīṇo)是损毁、伤害的意思。语言的道路称为“语路”(byappatho),语路带有损毁性的人即是“损毁语路者”(khīṇabyappatho)。通过否定词来询问“是否为非损毁语路者”,意即询问是否不说粗恶语。另外也有读作“不涩滞语路者”(nākhīṇabyappatho)的,意指语不涩滞的人。因为粗恶语仿佛卡在别人心里,滞留不去。这便是问:你是否不是那样说话的人呢?“破坏”(vibhūtī)即是毁灭,作破坏的话语称为“破坏语”(vibhūtikaṃ),也就是“离间语”(vebhūtikaṃ或vebhūtiyaṃ),这些都是离间语的同义词。因为这样的话会使众生相互离间,导致毁灭。其余的意思很容易理解。显示巴利原文
158. Evaṃ kāyadvāre suddhiṃ sutvā idāni vacīdvāre suddhiṃ pucchanto āha – ‘‘kacci musā na bhaṇatī’’ti. Ettha khīṇātīti khīṇo, vihiṃsati badhatīti attho. Vācāya patho byappatho, khīṇo byappatho assāti khīṇabyappatho. Taṃ na-kārena paṭisedhetvā pucchati ‘‘na khīṇabyappatho’’ti, na pharusavācoti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Nākhīṇabyappatho’’tipi pāṭho, na akhīṇavacanoti attho. Pharusavacanañhi paresaṃ hadaye akhīyamānaṃ tiṭṭhati. Tādisavacano kacci na soti vuttaṃ hoti. Vibhūtīti vināso, vibhūtiṃ kāsati karoti vāti vibhūtikaṃ, vibhūtikameva vebhūtikaṃ, vebhūtiyantipi vuccati, pesuññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi sattānaṃ aññamaññato bhedanena vināsaṃ karoti. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
159 于是,萨塔基罗(心想):世尊不仅现在,即便在过去漫长的劫中,也始终远离妄语等恶行;正是由于每一种远离的威力,他获得了种种大人相,而且包括天界在内的世间都以“沙门乔达摩远离妄语”等方式加以称赞。因此,他以从容的语气发出狮子吼:“他不说妄语。”在这里,“妄语”是指扭曲所见等事实以欺骗他人的话语。他不说这样的话。第二句,依第一种意义读作“语不损毁”,依第二种意义读作“语不涩滞”。第四句的“慧”(mantā)是指智慧。世尊以慧抉择之后,只说有意义的话,从不说偏离义理的话,也不说无意义的杂秽语。因为在佛陀身上,绝不存在以无智为主导的无意义之语。所以他说:“以慧,彼说有意义之语。”其余的一切都很容易理解。显示巴利原文
159. Atha sātāgiro yasmā bhagavā na kevalaṃ etarahi, atītepi addhāne dīgharattaṃ musāvādādīhi paṭivirato, tassā tassāyeva ca viratiyā ānubhāvena taṃ taṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ paṭilabhi, sadevako cassa loko ‘‘musāvādā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo’’ti vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Tasmā vissaṭṭhāya vācāya sīhanādaṃ nadanto āha, ‘‘musā ca so na bhaṇatī’’ti. Tattha musāti vinidhāya diṭṭhādīni paravisaṃvādanavacanaṃ. Taṃ so na bhaṇati. Dutiyapāde pana paṭhamatthavasena na khīṇabyappathoti, dutiyatthavasena nākhīṇabyappathoti pāṭho. Catutthapāde mantāti paññā vuccati. Bhagavā yasmā tāya mantāya paricchinditvā atthameva bhāsati atthato anapetavacanaṃ, na samphaṃ . Aññāṇapurekkhārañhi niratthakavacanaṃ buddhānaṃ natthi. Tasmā āha – ‘‘mantā atthaṃ so bhāsatī’’ti. Sesamettha pākaṭameva.
160 如此,听到语门清净之后,为了询问意门清净,他说:“你是否不于诸欲中染着?”(kacci na rajjati kāmesu)等等。这里的“诸欲”指的是事欲。问他是否不以烦恼欲去染着那些事欲,这是在问无贪性。问“无浊”(anāvilaṃ),是考虑到因嗔恚而有浑浊,所以问无嗔性。问“已超越痴”(mohaṃ atikkanto),是在问:因何种痴而迷惑、执取邪见?由超越彼痴,故问正见性。问“于诸法有眼”(dhammesu cakkhu),是问于一切法无障碍的智眼,或者,是在五种眼所及的诸法上,由五种眼的力量而问一切知性;他心中思惟:“仅仅是三门清净,并不就是一切知者吧?”显示巴利原文
160. Evaṃ vacīdvārasuddhimpi sutvā idāni manodvārasuddhiṃ pucchanto āha ‘‘kacci na rajjati kāmesū’’ti. Tattha kāmāti vatthukāmā. Tesu kilesakāmena na rajjatīti pucchanto anabhijjhālutaṃ pucchati. Anāvilanti pucchanto byāpādena āvilabhāvaṃ sandhāya abyāpādataṃ pucchati. Mohaṃ atikkantoti pucchanto yena mohena mūḷho micchādiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, tassātikkamena sammādiṭṭhitaṃ pucchati. Dhammesu cakkhumāti pucchanto sabbadhammesu appaṭihatassa ñāṇacakkhuno, pañcacakkhuvisayesu vā dhammesu pañcannampi cakkhūnaṃ vasena sabbaññutaṃ pucchati ‘‘dvārattayapārisuddhiyāpi sabbaññū na hotī’’ti cintetvā.
161 于是,萨塔基罗认为:世尊虽尚未证得阿拉汉果,但已由不还道断除了欲贪与嗔恚,因此他既不于诸欲中染着,也不因嗔恚而内心浑浊;又由预流道断除了邪见所缘、覆盖真实的痴,因此已超越痴;且亲自现证诸谛,觉悟成佛,获得了如上所述的解脱究竟之称,并得到了诸眼。为此,他为了宣扬世尊的意门清净与一切知性,而说道:“彼不于诸欲中染着。”显示巴利原文
161. Atha sātāgiro yasmā bhagavā appatvāva arahattaṃ anāgāmimaggena kāmarāgabyāpādānaṃ pahīnattā neva kāmesu rajjati, na byāpādena āvilacitto, sotāpattimaggeneva ca micchādiṭṭhipaccayassa saccapaṭicchādakamohassa pahīnattā mohaṃ atikkanto, sāmañca saccāni abhisambujjhitvā buddhoti vimokkhantikaṃ nāmaṃ yathāvuttāni ca cakkhūni paṭilabhi, tasmā tassa manodvārasuddhiṃ sabbaññutañca ugghosento āha ‘‘na so rajjati kāmesū’’ti.
162 雪山夜叉这样听闻了世尊的三门清净及一切知性后,欢喜踊跃。他凭借过去生中多闻明净的智慧,语路通畅而无滞碍,渴望听闻那些稀有、未曾有的一切知功德,于是便问:“你是否已具足明?”(kacci vijjāya sampanno)等等。在这里,“已具足明”是问见的成就;“已清净行”是问行的成就。此处因偈颂的需要而拉长了音,故读作“saṃsuddhacāraṇo”,意思就是已清净行。“漏已尽”,是问由这种见与行的成就所应证得的漏尽,即第一无余涅槃界的证得;“无后有”,则是问证得第二无余涅槃界的能力,或者是指通过省察智,了知最上的安息已得后而安住的状态。显示巴利原文
162. Evaṃ hemavato bhagavato dvārattayapārisuddhiṃ sabbaññutañca sutvā haṭṭho udaggo atītajātiyaṃ bāhusaccavisadāya paññāya asajjamānavacanappatho hutvā acchariyabbhutarūpe sabbaññuguṇe sotukāmo āha ‘‘kacci vijjāya sampanno’’ti. Tattha vijjāya sampannoti iminā dassanasampattiṃ pucchati, saṃsuddhacāraṇoti iminā gamanasampattiṃ. Chandavasena cettha dīghaṃ katvā cākāramāha, saṃsuddhacaraṇoti attho. Āsavā khīṇāti iminā etāya dassanagamanasampattiyā pattabbāya āsavakkhayasaññitāya paṭhamanibbānadhātuyā pattiṃ pucchati, natthi punabbhavoti iminā dutiyanibbānadhātupattisamatthataṃ, paccavekkhaṇañāṇena vā paramassāsappattiṃ ñatvā ṭhitabhāvaṃ.
163 此后,凡是在《怖畏经》等中,以“他随念种种宿住……”(中部1.52)所述方式开示的三种明,以及在《阿摩昼经》等中,以“他这样在入定心中……乃至……心无动转时,导向智见……”(长部1.279)所述方式开示的八种明,世尊皆圆满具足这一切形态的明。而凡是在《有学经》中,先以“摩诃男,在此,圣弟子戒具足,守护根门,饮食知量,专修警寤,具足七种正法,是四种增上心现法安乐住的随意获得者”(中部2.24)作总结,随后又以“摩诃男,圣弟子又如何戒具足呢?”等详细说明的、分为十五种的行,世尊也由于断尽一切随烦恼,令这些行达到极度清净。至于欲漏等四种漏,世尊也连同其眷属与随眠彻底断尽。又因世尊如此具足明与行,成为漏尽者,那时他省察“现在已无后有”而安住,故此萨塔基罗对世尊的一切智性生起决断,心中踊跃,随顺一切功德说:“明亦具足。”显示巴利原文
163. Tato yā esā ‘‘so anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsa’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.52) nayena bhayabheravādīsu tividhā, ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite citte…pe… āneñjappatte ñāṇadassanāya cittaṃ abhinīharatī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.279) nayena ambaṭṭhādīsu aṭṭhavidhā vijjā vuttā, tāya yasmā sabbāyapi sabbākārasampannāya bhagavā upeto. Yañcetaṃ ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hoti, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti , jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti, sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hotī’’ti evaṃ uddisitvā ‘‘kathañca, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlasampanno hotī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.24) nayena sekhasutte niddiṭṭhaṃ pannarasappabhedaṃ caraṇaṃ. Tañca yasmā sabbūpakkilesappahānena bhagavato ativiya saṃsuddhaṃ. Yepime kāmāsavādayo cattāro āsavā, tepi yasmā sabbe saparivārā savāsanā bhagavato khīṇā. Yasmā ca imāya vijjācaraṇasampadāya khīṇāsavo hutvā tadā bhagavā ‘‘natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti paccavekkhitvā ṭhito, tasmā sātāgiro bhagavato sabbaññubhāve byavasāyena samussāhitahadayo sabbepi guṇe anujānanto āha ‘‘vijjāya ceva sampanno’’ti.
164 于是,雪山药叉对“世尊是正自觉者”确信无疑,就这样站在空中,一边赞叹世尊,一边令萨塔基罗信服,说道:“牟尼的心具足……”这句话的意思是:“牟尼的心具足”——通过“他的心善安置”等处所说的状态而成为圆满、完全具足的心;通过“他不与不取”等处所说的身业而成为圆满、完全具足的身;通过“他不在欲上染着”等处所说的意业而成为圆满、完全具足的意;通过“他亦不说妄语”等处所说的语行(即语业)而成为圆满、完全具足的语。这样具足心,又因具足那无上的明行足而成为明行足。凭这些功德,以“他的心善安置”等方式,你是从法上、依据真实、如实、依事赞叹他,并非仅凭一点信心而赞叹。显示巴利原文
164. Tato hemavato ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’ti bhagavati nikkaṅkho hutvā ākāse ṭhitoyeva bhagavantaṃ pasaṃsanto sātāgirañca ārādhento āha ‘‘sampannaṃ munino citta’’nti. Tassattho – sampannaṃ munino cittaṃ, ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’ti ettha vuttatādibhāvena puṇṇaṃ sampuṇṇaṃ, ‘‘na so adinnaṃ ādiyatī’’ti ettha vuttakāyakammunā, ‘‘na so rajjati kāmesū’’ti ettha vuttamanokammunā ca puṇṇaṃ sampuṇṇaṃ, ‘‘musā ca so na bhaṇatī’’ti ettha vuttabyappathena ca vacīkammunāti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ sampannacittañca anuttarāya vijjācaraṇasampadāya sampannattā vijjācaraṇasampannañca imehi guṇehi ‘‘mano cassa supaṇihito’’tiādinā nayena dhammato naṃ pasaṃsasi, sabhāvato tacchato bhūtato eva naṃ pasaṃsasi, na kevalaṃ saddhāmattakenāti dasseti.
165-166 于是,萨塔基罗也怀着“正是这样,贤者,你确实善知且善随喜了”的意思,为使雪山药叉同样信服而说:“具足……牟尼的心……乃至……你从法上随喜。”这样说后,又再次赞叹世尊的相貌,说道:“具足……乃至……来吧,我们去见乔达摩吧。”显示巴利原文
165-166. Tato sātāgiropi ‘‘evametaṃ, mārisa, suṭṭhu tayā ñātañca anumoditañcā’’ti adhippāyena tameva saṃrādhento āha – ‘‘sampannaṃ munino…pe… dhammato anumodasī’’ti. Evañca pana vatvā puna bhagavato dassane taṃ abhitthavayamāno āha ‘‘sampannaṃ…pe… handa passāma gotama’’nti.
167 接着,雪山夜叉依凭自己往昔多闻之力,以心所好乐的功德赞叹世尊,对萨塔基罗说道:“有羚羊胫……乃至……来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”其含义是:他的小腿如同羚羊的小腿,所以称为有羚羊胫。因为诸佛的小腿就像羚羊的小腿一样,次第圆实、线条匀称,不似前面少肉、后如鳄鱼腹般肿胀。诸佛在身体长短合度、诸相圆实之处,皆具此般支节圆满成就,故为“瘦劲”,并非如粗犷之人那样肥硕;或说因以智慧削除烦恼,故称“瘦劲”。由于能摧破一切内外怨敌,故称“英雄”。因坚持一坐食与节量食,故为“少食者”,并非仅以吃三十二口饭为少食。正如所说:显示巴利原文
167. Atha hemavato attano abhirucitaguṇehi purimajātibāhusaccabalena bhagavantaṃ abhitthunanto sātāgiraṃ āha – ‘‘eṇijaṅghaṃ…pe… ehi passāma gotama’’nti. Tassattho – eṇimigasseva jaṅghā assāti eṇijaṅgho. Buddhānañhi eṇimigasseva anupubbavaṭṭā jaṅghā honti, na purato nimmaṃsā pacchato susumārakucchi viya uddhumātā. Kisā ca buddhā honti dīgharassasamavaṭṭitayuttaṭṭhānesu tathārūpāya aṅgapaccaṅgasampattiyā, na vaṭharapurisā viya thūlā. Paññāya vilikhitakilesattā vā kisā. Ajjhattikabāhirasapattaviddhaṃsanato vīrā. Ekāsanabhojitāya parimitabhojitāya ca appāhārā, na dvattimattālopabhojitāya. Yathāha –
“优陀夷,我有时用此钵满满地进食,甚至吃得更多。优陀夷,如果我的弟子们因此这样想:‘沙门乔达摩吃得少,并且赞叹少食’,便以此恭敬、尊重、崇奉、供养我,那是不恰当的。优陀夷,我的那些弟子,有的吃一拘舍量、半拘舍量,有的吃一个木苹果、半个木苹果的食物,他们并不是凭这种法来恭敬我……乃至……依止我而住。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Ahaṃ kho pana, udāyi, appekadā iminā pattena samatittikampi bhuñjāmi, bhiyyopi bhuñjāmi. ‘Appāhāro samaṇo gotamo appāhāratāya ca vaṇṇavādī’ti iti ce maṃ, udāyi, sāvakā sakkareyyuṃ, garuṃ kareyyuṃ, māneyyuṃ, pūjeyyuṃ, sakkatvā, garuṃ katvā, upanissāya vihareyyuṃ. Ye te, udāyi, mama sāvakā kosakāhārāpi aḍḍhakosakāhārāpi beluvāhārāpi aḍḍhabeluvāhārāpi, na maṃ te iminā dhammena sakkareyyuṃ…pe… upanissāya vihareyyu’’nti (ma. ni. 2.242).
由于对食物没有欲贪,故不贪求;他们受用具足八种功德的食物,因牟尼行的成就而为牟尼。出于无家的出家生活,心向远离,故在林中修习禅那。因此,雪山夜叉说道:“有羚羊胫……乃至……来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”显示巴利原文
Āhāre chandarāgābhāvena alolupā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ āhāraṃ āhārenti moneyyasampattiyā munino. Anagārikatāya vivekaninnamānasatāya ca vane jhāyanti. Tenāha hemavato yakkho ‘‘eṇijaṅghaṃ…pe… ehi passāma gotama’’nti.
168 这样说之后,雪山夜叉又因欲于世尊跟前听法,而说出此偈:‘独行如狮子……’(sīhaṃvekacara)。其义为:「如狮子」——从难以接近、堪忍与无畏三义而言,犹如狮子王。「独行者」——因没有那种被称作‘渴爱是人的第二伴侣’的渴爱,故为独行者;又因一世界不可能同时出现两位佛,故为独行者;此处的种种含义,也可依《犀角经》中所说来理解。「象」——是不再趋向‘后有’的不去者、不来者;或者说,不再造作任何罪过,故名为象;又因有大力量,故亦称为象,所指即是那样的大象。「对诸欲无所期望者」——由于对两类欲皆无欲贪,故为无所期望者。「我们前来请问脱死套者」——即我们亲近这位大圣者,请问那脱离三界轮回死套的出离——也就是涅槃;或者,请问那能从被称为苦集的死套中解脱的方法,即请问‘脱死套的方法’。雪山夜叉是面向多闻药叉、多闻药叉的随从及自己的随从而说此偈的。显示巴利原文
168. Evañca vatvā puna tassa bhagavato santike dhammaṃ sotukāmatāya ‘‘sīhaṃvekacara’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tassattho – sīhaṃvāti durāsadaṭṭhena khamanaṭṭhena nibbhayaṭṭhena ca kesarasīhasadisaṃ. Yāya taṇhāya ‘‘taṇhādutiyo puriso’’ti vuccati, tassā abhāvena ekacaraṃ, ekissā lokadhātuyā dvinnaṃ buddhānaṃ anuppattitopi ekacaraṃ. Khaggavisāṇasutte vuttanayenāpi cettha taṃ taṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. Nāganti punabbhavaṃ neva gantāraṃ nāgantāraṃ. Atha vā āguṃ na karotītipi nāgo. Balavātipi nāgo. Taṃ nāgaṃ. Kāmesu anapekkhinanti dvīsupi kāmesu chandarāgābhāvena anapekkhinaṃ. Upasaṅkamma pucchāma, maccupāsappamocananti taṃ evarūpaṃ mahesiṃ upasaṅkamitvā tebhūmakavaṭṭassa maccupāsassa pamocanaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ nibbānaṃ pucchāma. Yena vā upāyena dukkhasamudayasaṅkhātā maccupāsā pamuccati, taṃ maccupāsappamocanaṃ pucchāmāti. Imaṃ gāthaṃ hemavato sātāgirañca sātāgiraparisañca attano parisañca sandhāya āha.
其时,正当阿沙荼星宿节被宣告的时节。那时,王舍城中有一位名叫黑(Kāḷī)的鹧鸪舍优婆夷,她仿佛置身于处处装饰庄严的天城,受用着荣光一般,登上殿堂,打开狮子窗,为消除房内闷热,立于有风处纳凉。就在那里,她从头到尾听到了那两位夜叉将领之间关于佛功德的对话。听后,她生起了‘诸佛确实具足如是种种功德’的、以佛为所缘的喜悦,以此喜悦镇伏了五盖,即于站立处安住于入流果。因此,世尊将她置于最上首的位置,说道:‘比丘们,在我的优婆夷女弟子中,依传闻而生净信者,最为第一的,就是这位鹧鸪舍优婆夷黑。’显示巴利原文
Tena kho pana samayena āsāḷhīnakkhattaṃ ghositaṃ ahosi. Atha samantato alaṅkatapaṭiyatte devanagare siriṃ paccanubhontī viya rājagahe kāḷī nāma kuraragharikā upāsikā pāsādamāruyha sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā gabbhaparissamaṃ vinodentī savātappadese utuggahaṇatthaṃ ṭhitā tesaṃ yakkhasenāpatīnaṃ taṃ buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānato assosi. Sutvā ca ‘‘evaṃ vividhaguṇasamannāgatā buddhā’’ti buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ uppādetvā tāya nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhetvā tattheva ṭhitā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Tato eva bhagavatā ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvikānaṃ upāsikānaṃ anussavappasannānaṃ, yadidaṃ kāḷī upāsikā kuraragharikā’’ti (a. ni. 1.267) etadagge ṭhapitā.
169 那两位夜叉将领,各有一千夜叉随从,他们在中夜时分到达了仙人堕处,上前顶礼仍然结着转法轮跏趺坐的世尊,用此偈赞叹世尊后,请求允许,说道:‘宣说者、转起者……’(akkhātāraṃ pavattāra)。这句话的意思是:「宣说者」——除了渴爱,对于三界诸法,以‘比丘们,此是苦圣谛’等(相应部5.1081;大品14)方式,通过宣说诸圣谛的分别语,而成为宣说者;「转起者」——以‘比丘们,此苦圣谛应被遍知’等的方式,通过让作用智和作已智生起,而成为转起者。或者,对于那些应该那样称呼的法,通过那样称呼的讲述,而成为宣说者;对于那些法,能根据众生的根器使之相应生起,而成为转起者。或者,对于利根和广慧者说法,而成为宣说者;通过教导渐修者去实践,而成为转起者。或者,以总说的方式来讲,而成为宣说者;以分别说的方式,用种种方式来讲,而成为转起者。或者,通过解说菩提分法各自的特征,而成为宣说者;能在众生的心相续中令其生起,而成为转起者。或者,通过三转的方式略说诸圣谛,而成为宣说者;广说的话,而成为转起者。又如‘「信根」是法,他使此法转起,所以称为法轮’(无碍解道2.40)等,依无碍解道的方式所广解那样,因为他令法轮转起,所以是「转起者」。显示巴利原文
169. Tepi yakkhasenāpatayo sahassayakkhaparivārā majjhimayāmasamaye isipatanaṃ patvā, dhammacakkappavattitapallaṅkeneva nisinnaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma vanditvā, imāya gāthāya bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā okāsamakārayiṃsu ‘‘akkhātāraṃ pavattāra’’nti. Tassattho – ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ tebhūmake dhamme ‘‘idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 14) nayena saccānaṃ vavatthānakathāya akkhātāraṃ, ‘‘‘taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyya’nti me bhikkhave’’tiādinā nayena tesu kiccañāṇakatañāṇappavattanena pavattāraṃ. Ye vā dhammā yathā voharitabbā, tesu tathā vohārakathanena akkhātāraṃ, tesaṃyeva dhammānaṃ sattānurūpato pavattāraṃ. Ugghaṭitaññuvipañcitaññūnaṃ vā desanāya akkhātāraṃ, neyyānaṃ paṭipādanena pavattāraṃ. Uddesena vā akkhātāraṃ, vibhaṅgena tehi tehi pakārehi vacanato pavattāraṃ. Bodhipakkhiyānaṃ vā salakkhaṇakathanena akkhātāraṃ, sattānaṃ cittasantāne pavattanena pavattāraṃ. Saṅkhepato vā tīhi parivaṭṭehi saccānaṃ kathanena akkhātāraṃ, vitthārato pavattāraṃ. ‘‘Saddhindriyaṃ dhammo, taṃ dhammaṃ pavattetīti dhammacakka’’nti (paṭi. ma. 2.40) evamādinā paṭisambhidānayena vitthāritassa dhammacakkassa pavattanato pavattāraṃ.
“一切法”指四地所摄的一切法。“到彼岸”是以六种方式到达彼岸:以证知、以遍知、以断除、以修习、以亲证、以等至。世尊由证知一切法而达彼岸,故称“证知彼岸”;由遍知五取蕴而达彼岸,故称“遍知彼岸”;由断除一切烦恼而达彼岸,故称“断彼岸”;由修习四道而达彼岸,故称“修习彼岸”;由亲证涅槃而达彼岸,故称“亲证彼岸”;由入一切等至而达彼岸,故称“等至彼岸”。如是,世尊乃一切法之到彼岸者。“觉者”:因世尊从无明沉睡中觉醒,故名觉者;亦可依《一切皈依注》所说之义而解。“超越怨仇与怖畏”:因已超越五种怨仇与怖畏,故名超越怨仇与怖畏者。这些夜叉以此方式赞叹世尊后,便请求道:“乔达摩,我等欲有所问。”显示巴利原文
Sabbadhammānanti catubhūmakadhammānaṃ. Pāragunti chahākārehi pāraṃ gataṃ abhiññāya, pariññāya, pahānena, bhāvanāya, sacchikiriyāya, samāpattiyā. So hi bhagavā sabbadhamme abhijānanto gatoti abhiññāpāragū, pañcupādānakkhandhe parijānanto gatoti pariññāpāragū, sabbakilese pajahanto gatoti pahānapāragū, cattāro magge bhāvento gatoti bhāvanāpāragū, nirodhaṃ sacchikaronto gatoti sacchikiriyāpāragū, sabbā samāpattiyo samāpajjanto gatoti samāpattipāragū. Evaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ pāraguṃ. Buddhaṃ verabhayātītanti aññāṇasayanato paṭibuddhattā buddhaṃ, sabbena vā saraṇavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttenatthena buddhaṃ, pañcaverabhayānaṃ atītattā verabhayātītaṃ. Evaṃ bhagavantaṃ atitthavantā ‘‘mayaṃ pucchāma gotama’’nti okāsamakārayiṃsu.
170 170. 这时,于诸夜叉中神力与智慧最胜的雪山夜叉,为问出心中所疑,诵出此偈:“世间依何……?”(kismiṃ loko)此偈首句中,“依何”(kismiṃ)是表状态或状态相的处格,意趣为:“依于何者生起时,世间便一同生起?”这是针对有情世间与行世间而发问。“于何而行亲密”(kismiṃ kubbati santhava):即于何处造作了“我”或“我所”的爱见亲密?此中“于何”是表原因的处格。“何所属世间”(kissa loko):此处“何所属”是属格,用作宾格之义;意趣为:“缘于何物,才被称为世间?”“世间为何”(kismiṃ loko):此中“为何”(kismiṃ)是表状态、状态相或原因的处格,意趣为:“因何存在、以何为缘,世间乃受摧残、遭逼恼、被折磨?”显示巴利原文
170. Atha nesaṃ yakkhānaṃ tejena ca paññāya ca aggo hemavato yathādhippetaṃ pucchitabbaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kismiṃ loko’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tassādipāde kisminti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇe bhummavacanaṃ, kismiṃ uppanne loko samuppanno hotīti ayañhettha adhippāyo. Sattalokasaṅkhāraloke sandhāya pucchati. Kismiṃ kubbati santhavanti ahanti vā mamanti vā taṇhādiṭṭhisanthavaṃ kismiṃ kubbati, adhikaraṇatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Kissa lokoti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, kiṃ upādāya lokoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchatīti ayañhettha adhippāyo. Kismiṃ lokoti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇakāraṇatthesu bhummavacanaṃ. Kismiṃ sati kena kāraṇena loko vihaññati pīḷīyati bādhīyatīti ayañhettha adhippāyo.
171 171. 尔时,世尊因六内处与六外处生起时,有情世间及以财物、谷物等为表征的行世间便得生起;又因有情世间即于此六处上造作两种亲密:或执眼处为“我”、为“我所”,或执其余诸处之一。如所说:“若有人说眼是我,那是不成立的”等。复次,正由缘此六处,二种世间方称为“世间”;亦因六处存在,有情世间为苦所显现而备受逼恼。正如所说:显示巴利原文
171. Atha bhagavā yasmā chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesu uppannesu sattaloko ca dhanadhaññādivasena saṅkhāraloko ca uppanno hoti, yasmā cettha sattaloko tesveva chasu duvidhampi santhavaṃ karoti. Cakkhāyatanaṃ vā hi ‘‘ahaṃ mama’’nti gaṇhāti avasesesu vā aññataraṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhu attāti yo vadeyya, taṃ na upapajjatī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.422). Yasmā ca etāniyeva cha upādāya duvidhopi lokoti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, yasmā ca tesveva chasu sati sattaloko dukkhapātubhāvena vihaññati. Yathāha –
诸比丘,有手,则有取放;有足,则有进退;有肢体关节,则有屈曲与伸展;有腹部,则有饥渴。同样地,诸比丘,有眼,便以眼触为缘,内在的乐受、苦受生起……等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Hatthesu, bhikkhave, sati ādānanikkhepanaṃ hoti, pādesu sati abhikkamapaṭikkamo hoti, pabbesu sati samiñjanapasāraṇaṃ hoti, kucchismiṃ sati jighacchāpipāsā hoti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, cakkhusmiṃ sati cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkha’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 4.237).
同样地,以这些处为所依时,行世间由于受到撞击而困扰。正如佛陀所说:显示巴利原文
Tathā tesu ādhārabhūtesu paṭihato saṅkhāraloko vihaññati. Yathāha –
“于不可见、有对碍的眼处被撞击”等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cakkhusmiṃ anidassane sappaṭighe paṭihaññi vā’’iti (dha. sa. 597-8) ca.
“诸比丘,眼为可意或不可意之色所撞击”等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cakkhu, bhikkhave, paṭihaññati manāpāmanāpesu rūpesū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.238) evamādi.
同样地,正是以这些处为原因,两种世间全都受到困扰。正如佛陀所说:显示巴利原文
Tathā tehiyeva kāraṇabhūtehi duvidhopi loko vihaññati. Yathāha –
“眼为可意或不可意之色所妨害”等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cakkhu vihaññati manāpāmanāpesu rūpesū’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.238) ca.
诸比丘,眼是燃烧的,色是燃烧的。被什么燃烧?被贪欲之火燃烧……等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cakkhu, bhikkhave, ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) evamādi.
因此,世尊依六内处与六外处来解答那个问题,说道:“世间依六处而生起。”显示巴利原文
Tasmā chaajjhattikabāhirāyatanavasena taṃ pucchaṃ vissajjento āha ‘‘chasu loko samuppanno’’ti.
172 那时,那位夜叉未能善巧了知世尊以十二处简略解答的、他依自身轮转所问的问题,想了解其义理与对立面,便以简略方式询问轮转与还灭,说道:“什么是那个呢?”在此,因应被执取之义而称为“取”,这是苦圣谛的同义词。正如世尊所说“世间在六处受苦”——世间在哪种六种取中受苦?那到底是什么取?就这样,他以半个偈颂,依自身相询问了苦圣谛。而集圣谛作为它的因,也就一并被包含。至于“询问出离”,由这半偈则问了道圣谛。因为藉由道圣谛,圣弟子遍知苦、断除集、证悟灭、修习道,由此从世间出离,故道称为出离。“如何”的意思是“以何种方式”。“从苦解脱”就是从被称为“取”的轮转之苦中解脱。如此,在此他以自身相直接问了道圣谛,而灭圣谛作为它的境界,也已一并包含其中。显示巴利原文
172. Atha so yakkho attanā vaṭṭavasena puṭṭhapañhaṃ bhagavatā dvādasāyatanavasena saṅkhipitvā vissajjitaṃ na suṭṭhu upalakkhetvā tañca atthaṃ tappaṭipakkhañca ñātukāmo saṅkhepeneva vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ pucchanto āha ‘‘katamaṃ ta’’nti. Tattha upādātabbaṭṭhena upādānaṃ, dukkhasaccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yattha loko vihaññatīti ‘‘chasu loko vihaññatī’’ti evaṃ bhagavatā yattha chabbidhe upādāne loko vihaññatīti vutto, taṃ katamaṃ upādānanti? Evaṃ upaḍḍhagāthāya sarūpeneva dukkhasaccaṃ pucchi. Samudayasaccaṃ pana tassa kāraṇabhāvena gahitameva hoti. Niyyānaṃ pucchitoti imāya pana upaḍḍhagāthāya maggasaccaṃ pucchi. Maggasaccena hi ariyasāvako dukkhaṃ parijānanto, samudayaṃ pajahanto, nirodhaṃ sacchikaronto, maggaṃ bhāvento lokamhā niyyāti, tasmā niyyānanti vuccati. Kathanti kena pakārena. Dukkhā pamuccatīti ‘‘upādāna’’nti vuttā vaṭṭadukkhā pamokkhaṃ pāpuṇāti. Evamettha sarūpeneva maggasaccaṃ pucchi, nirodhasaccaṃ pana tassa visayabhāvena gahitameva hoti.
173 173. 当夜叉显现自身相而后又隐没自身相,依四圣谛提问后,世尊便顺着同一理路解答,说道:“五种欲功德……”在此,由于点出了名为五种欲功德的所缘,与这些功德相对应的五处即被含摄在内。“意是它们的第六个”,故称为“以意为第六”。“已阐明”意为已被开示。在此,因为提到了属于内在的第六意处,以其为所缘的法处也就被包含。如此,在回答“什么是那个取”这一问题时,世尊再次纯粹以十二处的方式开显了苦圣谛。或者,由于提及意,便也含摄了七识界;而前五识界此前已提及,其依处——眼等五处——也已含摄;因为提到了意界和意识界,这二界的依处与所缘差别,即法处,亦被含摄。如此,同样以十二处的方式开显了苦圣谛。但在这里,出世间的意处以及法处的一部分,因为是针对“世间于中受苦”而说,故不被包括在内。显示巴利原文
173. Evaṃ yakkhena sarūpena dassetvā ca adassetvā ca catusaccavasena pañhaṃ puṭṭho bhagavā teneva nayena vissajjento āha ‘‘pañca kāmaguṇā’’ti. Tattha pañcakāmaguṇasaṅkhātagocaraggahaṇena taggocarāni pañcāyatanāni gahitāneva honti. Mano chaṭṭho etesanti manochaṭṭhā. Paveditāti pakāsitā. Ettha ajjhattikesu chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa gahaṇena tassa visayabhūtaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ gahitameva hoti. Evaṃ ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ upādāna’’nti imaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjento punapi dvādasāyatanānaṃ vaseneva dukkhasaccaṃ pakāsesi. Manogahaṇena vā sattannaṃ viññāṇadhātūnaṃ gahitattā tāsu purimapañcaviññāṇadhātuggahaṇena tāsaṃ vatthūni pañca cakkhādīni āyatanāni, manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātuggahaṇena tāsaṃ vatthugocarabhedaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ gahitamevāti evampi dvādasāyatanavasena dukkhasaccaṃ pakāsesi. Lokuttaramanāyatanadhammāyatanekadeso panettha yattha loko vihaññati, taṃ sandhāya niddiṭṭhattā na saṅgayhati.
“在此处,令欲远离染着后”的意思是:对于这十二处所构成的苦圣谛,将那些处种种分别界定为蕴、界、名色,安立三相,修习内观,以阿罗汉道为究竟的观智,将那称为渴爱的欲完全远离、去除、破坏。这便是它的含义。“如此,便能从苦解脱”的意思是:依此方法,便能从这轮转之苦中解脱。如此,这半个偈颂已经回答了“我问出离,如何能从苦中解脱?”这一问题,并开显了道圣谛。而其中的集圣谛与灭圣谛,依前文之理已被含摄,故应知它们也已开显。或者,以这半个偈颂开显了苦圣谛;以“欲”开显了集圣谛;在“令远离染着”中,以离染开显了灭圣谛;或者由“从离染中解脱”之语开显了道圣谛。以“如此”这一指示开显了道圣谛,或者由“从苦解脱”之语开显了道圣谛。以“从苦解脱”中的苦之解脱开显了灭圣谛。如此应知,此处四圣谛皆已开显。显示巴利原文
Ettha chandaṃ virājetvāti ettha dvādasāyatanabhede dukkhasacce tānevāyatanāni khandhato dhātuto nāmarūpatoti tathā tathā vavatthapetvā, tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā, vipassanto arahattamaggapariyosānāya vipassanāya taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ chandaṃ sabbaso virājetvā vinetvā viddhaṃsetvāti attho. Evaṃ dukkhā pamuccatīti iminā pakārena etasmā vaṭṭadukkhā pamuccatīti . Evamimāya upaḍḍhagāthāya ‘‘niyyānaṃ pucchito brūhi, kathaṃ dukkhā pamuccatī’’ti ayaṃ pañho vissajjito hoti, maggasaccañca pakāsitaṃ samudayanirodhasaccāni panettha purimanayeneva saṅgahitattā pakāsitāneva hontīti veditabbāni. Upaḍḍhagāthāya vā dukkhasaccaṃ, chandena samudayasaccaṃ, ‘‘virājetvā’’ti ettha virāgena nirodhasaccaṃ, ‘‘virāgāvimuccatī’’ti vacanato vā maggasaccaṃ. ‘‘Eva’’nti upāyanidassanena maggasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhanti vacanato vā. ‘‘Dukkhā pamuccatī’’ti dukkhapamokkhena nirodhasaccanti evamettha cattāri saccāni pakāsitāni hontīti veditabbāni.
174 174. 如此,以这首蕴含四圣谛的偈颂从特相上开示了出离后,世尊再次以自己独特的言辞归结而说:“这就是世间的出离之道”。在此,“这”是对前文所述之法的指称;“世间”指三界世间;“如实”意为不颠倒。“这就是我对你们所宣说的”:纵使你们上千次地来问,我也只对你们宣说这个,而非其他。为什么呢?因为唯有如此才能从苦中解脱,而非其他方式。这是其用意所在。或者,即使有人依此出离之道已出离了一次、两次,乃至三次,对于他们为证得更高殊胜境界,我也还是只宣说这同一方法。这是其含义。为什么呢?“因为如此,才能从苦中解脱,毫无余遗”——世尊以阿罗汉道为顶点结束了说法。说法终了时,两位夜叉将军连同千名夜叉,皆安住于入流果。显示巴利原文
174. Evaṃ catusaccagabbhāya gāthāya lakkhaṇato niyyānaṃ pakāsetvā puna tadeva sakena niruttābhilāpena nigamento āha ‘‘etaṃ lokassa niyyāna’’nti. Ettha etanti pubbe vuttassa niddeso, lokassāti tedhātukalokassa. Yathātathanti aviparītaṃ. Etaṃ vo ahamakkhāmīti sacepi maṃ sahassakkhattuṃ puccheyyātha, etaṃ vo ahamakkhāmi, na aññaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā evaṃ dukkhā pamuccati, na aññathāti adhippāyo. Atha vā etena niyyānena ekadvattikkhatuṃ niggatānampi etaṃ vo ahamakkhāmi, uparivisesādhigamāyapi etadeva ahamakkhāmīti attho. Kasmā? Yasmā evaṃ dukkhā pamuccati asesanissesāti arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Desanāpariyosāne dvepi yakkhasenāpatayo sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahiṃsu saddhiṃ yakkhasahassena.
175 接着,雪山夜叉本就敬重正法,现今在圣者之地站稳脚跟后,对世尊那辩才无碍的说法犹感不足,于是为请问有学地与无学地,诵出了“谁于此度……”这一偈颂。此处,他以“谁于此度瀑流”这一问题,不加简别地询问谁能度越四种瀑流——这问的是有学地。所谓“海洋”,并非单指宽广,亦非单指甚深,而是指比起前者更为宽广且更为甚深者,方名海洋。轮回海正是如此:此轮回海遍及一切方所、无处觅其边际,故极宽广;向下无立足处、向上无可攀缘,故极深邃。因此他继续问道:“谁能于此度越海洋?在这无立足处、无可攀缘、甚深无比的海洋中,谁能不沉没?”——这问的是无学地。显示巴利原文
175. Atha hemavato pakatiyāpi dhammagaru idāni ariyabhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāya suṭṭhutaraṃ atitto bhagavato vicitrapaṭibhānāya desanāya bhagavantaṃ sekkhāsekkhabhūmiṃ pucchanto ‘‘ko sūdha taratī’’ti gāthamabhāsi. Tattha ko sūdha tarati oghanti iminā caturoghaṃ ko taratīti sekkhabhūmiṃ pucchati avisesena. Yasmā aṇṇavanti na vitthatamattaṃ nāpi gambhīramattaṃ apica pana yaṃ vitthatatarañca gambhīratarañca, taṃ vuccati. Tādiso ca saṃsāraṇṇavo. Ayañhi samantato pariyantābhāvena vitthato, heṭṭhā patiṭṭhābhāvena upari ālambanābhāvena ca gambhīro, tasmā ‘‘ko idha tarati aṇṇavaṃ, tasmiñca appatiṭṭhe anālambe gambhīre aṇṇave ko na sīdatī’’ti asekkhabhūmiṃ pucchati.
176 于是,世尊回答:若有比丘,即使为了活命也不犯戒,任何时候都戒具足;具足世间与出世间的智慧,故为有慧者;依近行定与安止定,乃至在威仪中及以下分道果而善入定;将三相安立其上后,以毘婆舍那而具足内自思惟的习性;具足能引发持续精进的不放逸念——由于此人以第四道毫无残余地渡过了这极难渡越的瀑流,因此为了开示有学地,他宣说了这首蕴含三学的偈颂:“任何时候都戒具足……”(略)。其中,以“戒具足”开示了增上戒学,以“念与定”开示了增上心学,以“内自思惟的智慧”开示了增上慧学。如此,三学连同其助益与利益都已阐明。其中,世间智慧与念是诸学的助益,沙门果是其利益。显示巴利原文
176. Atha bhagavā yo bhikkhu jīvitahetupi vītikkamaṃ akaronto sabbadā sīlasampanno lokiyalokuttarāya ca paññāya paññavā, upacārappanāsamādhinā iriyāpathaheṭṭhimamaggaphalehi ca susamāhito, tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā vipassanāya niyakajjhattacintanasīlo, sātaccakiriyāvahāya appamādasatiyā ca samannāgato. Yasmā so catutthena maggena imaṃ suduttaraṃ oghaṃ anavasesaṃ tarati, tasmā sekkhabhūmiṃ vissajjento ‘‘sabbadā sīlasampanno’’ti imaṃ tisikkhāgabbhaṃ gāthamāha. Ettha hi sīlasampadāya adhisīlasikkhā, satisamādhīhi adhicittasikkhā, ajjhattacintitāpaññāhi adhipaññāsikkhāti tisso sikkhā saupakārā sānisaṃsā ca vuttā. Upakāro hi sikkhānaṃ lokiyapaññā sati ca, anisaṃso sāmaññaphalānīti.
177 如此,以第一首偈颂开示有学地之后,现在为了开示无学地,世尊宣说了第二首偈颂。释义如下:“已远离欲想”:对于任何欲想,依与第四道相应的正断远离,于一切处都已远离。也有读作“已离染”的版本;此时“于欲想”是处格,而在《有偈篇》中也有读作“于诸欲想”的版本。由于通过四种道超越了十种结,故为“超越一切结者”;或者说,仅以第四道便超越了一切上分结。“喜”指对处处生喜的爱染;由于那喜以及三有皆已灭尽,故为“喜与有已尽者”。这样的漏尽比丘,不会沉没于甚深的轮回大海:凭借喜的灭尽,证入有余涅槃彼岸;凭借有的灭尽,证入无余依涅槃彼岸,达到最上的寂静。显示巴利原文
177. Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya sekkhabhūmiṃ dassetvā idāni asekkhabhūmiṃ dassento dutiyagāthamāha. Tassattho virato kāmasaññāyāti yā kāci kāmasaññā, tato sabbato catutthamaggasampayuttāya samucchedaviratiyā virato. ‘‘Viratto’’tipi pāṭho. Tadā ‘‘kāmasaññāyā’’ti bhummavacanaṃ hoti, sagāthāvagge pana ‘‘kāmasaññāsū’’tipi (saṃ. ni. 1.96) pāṭho. Catūhipi maggehi dasannaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ atītattā sabbasaṃyojanātigo, catuttheneva vā uddhambhāgiyasabbasaṃyojanātigo , tatratatrābhinandinītaṇhāsaṅkhātāya nandiyā tiṇṇañca bhavānaṃ parikkhīṇattā nandībhavaparikkhīṇo so tādiso khīṇāsavo bhikkhu gambhīre saṃsāraṇṇave na sīdati nandīparikkhayena saupādisesaṃ, bhavaparikkhayena ca anupādisesaṃ nibbānathalaṃ samāpajja paramassāsappattiyāti.
178 这时,雪山夜叉望了望同伴与夜叉众,心生喜悦与欢喜,以“深慧者……”等偈颂赞叹世尊后,便与同伴一道,向在场所有大众礼敬、右绕,然后回到自己的住处。显示巴利原文
178. Atha hemavato sahāyañca yakkhaparisañca oloketvā pītisomanassajāto ‘‘gambhīrapañña’’nti evamādīhi gāthāhi bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā sabbāvatiyā parisāya sahāyena ca saddhiṃ abhivādetvā, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi.
这些偈颂的释义如下:“深慧者”:即具足甚深智慧者。其中,深慧应依《无碍解道》中所说之理来理解。因为彼处说:“智慧于深奥诸蕴中运转,故为深慧者”等。“见微细义者”:指能洞见刹帝利贤者等善巧所问之义者;或因其照见了他人难以通达的微细因由,故为见微细义者。“无所有”:因无贪等烦恼,故称无所有。“于欲有不着”:指对于依欲爱和邪见而有的两种执着,于彼无所执着。“一切处解脱”:因于诸蕴等一切所缘中皆无欲贪的系缚,故为一切处解脱。“行于天路”:指于八等至所成的天路中,以入等至而行。其中,虽然那时世尊并未行于天路,但依于曾行、有行之力,及于彼已得自在,故如此称说。或者,也可这样说:那些清净的天神即阿罗汉,行于他们之路即寂静住。“大仙”:因寻求广大功德,故为大仙。显示巴利原文
Tāsaṃ pana gāthānaṃ ayaṃ atthavaṇṇanā – gambhīrapaññanti gambhīrāya paññāya samannāgataṃ. Tattha paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttanayena gambhīrapaññā veditabbā. Vuttañhi tattha ‘‘gambhīresu khandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatīti gambhīrapaññā’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 3.4). Nipuṇatthadassinti nipuṇehi khattiyapaṇḍitādīhi abhisaṅkhatānaṃ pañhānaṃ atthadassiṃ atthānaṃ vā yāni nipuṇāni kāraṇāni duppaṭivijjhāni aññehi tesaṃ dassanena nipuṇatthadassiṃ. Rāgādikiñcanābhāvena akiñcanaṃ. Duvidhe kāme tividhe ce bhave alagganena kāmabhave asattaṃ. Khandhādibhedesu sabbārammaṇesu chandarāgabandhanābhāvena sabbadhi vippamuttaṃ. Dibbe pathe kamamānanti aṭṭhasamāpattibhede dibbe pathe samāpajjanavasena caṅkamantaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi na tāya velāya bhagavā dibbe pathe kamati, apica kho pubbe kamanaṃ upādāya kamanasattisabbhāvena tattha laddhavasībhāvatāya evaṃ vuccati. Atha vā ye te visuddhidevā arahanto, tesaṃ pathe santavihāre kamanenāpetaṃ vuttaṃ. Mahantānaṃ guṇānaṃ esanena mahesiṃ.
179 第二首偈颂是以另一种方式开始叹赞,故再次举示“见微细义者”。或者,意思是“能显示微细义者”。“施慧者”:指通过宣说能导向获证智慧的行道,而成为施予智慧者。“于欲着无著”:指对于依欲爱与邪见所成的两种执着,于其中无所执著。“一切知者”:指了知一切法者,即所谓的一切知者。“善慧者”:指具足那成为一切知者之道的、名为波罗蜜慧的智慧。“行于圣路”:指行于八支圣道,或行于果等至。“行”:指以智慧深入——由于了知道相而说法;或由于刹那刹那地进入果等至;又或因依四种道修习所称为行的力用,而曾行。显示巴利原文
179. Dutiyagāthāya aparena pariyāyena thuti āraddhāti katvā puna nipuṇatthadassiggahaṇaṃ nidasseti. Atha vā nipuṇatthe dassetāranti attho. Paññādadanti paññāpaṭilābhasaṃvattanikāya paṭipattiyā kathanena paññādāyakaṃ. Kāmālaye asattanti yvāyaṃkāmesu taṇhādiṭṭhivasena duvidho ālayo, tattha asattaṃ. Sabbavidunti sabbadhammaviduṃ, sabbaññunti vuttaṃ hoti. Sumedhanti tassa sabbaññubhāvassa maggabhūtāya pāramīpaññāsaṅkhātāya medhāya samannāgataṃ. Ariye patheti aṭṭhaṅgike magge, phalasamāpattiyaṃ vā. Kamamānanti paññāya ajjhogāhamānaṃ maggalakkhaṇaṃ ñatvā desanato, pavisamānaṃ vā khaṇe khaṇe phalasamāpattisamāpajjanato, catubbidhamaggabhāvanāsaṅkhātāya kamanasattiyā kamitapubbaṃ vā.
180 “今日我们确实见到了美好”一句,意思是:今日我们见到了殊胜之物,或今日殊胜的景象已被我们看见,这便是“见”的含义。“美好清晨,善起”意思是:今日我们的清晨极为殊胜、美好,今日我们得遇一次善妙的起身——即从睡眠中无碍觉醒。是何缘故呢?“因为我们见到了正自觉者”——正是因为亲眼得见正自觉者。这是他缘于自身所获的利益成就,而流露出的内心喜悦。显示巴利原文
180.Sudiṭṭhaṃ vata no ajjāti. Ajja amhehi sundaraṃ diṭṭhaṃ, ajja vā amhākaṃ sundaraṃ diṭṭhaṃ, dassananti attho. Suppabhātaṃ suhuṭṭhitanti ajja amhākaṃ suṭṭhu pabhātaṃ sobhanaṃ vā pabhātaṃ ahosi. Ajja ca no sundaraṃ uṭṭhitaṃ ahosi, anuparodhena sayanato uṭṭhitaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Yaṃ addasāma sambuddhaṃ, yasmā sambuddhaṃ addasāmāti attano lābhasampattiṃ ārabbha pāmojjaṃ pavedeti.
181 “具神通者”指具备由业果所生神通者。“有名声称”指获得了最上的利养与眷属成就。“他们前往皈依”指虽然他们其实是依于道而前往,但为了彰显入流者的状态并展现其净信,才如此表述。显示巴利原文
181.Iddhimantoti kammavipākajiddhiyā samannāgatā. Yasassinoti lābhaggaparivāraggasampannā. Saraṇaṃ yantīti kiñcāpi maggeneva gatā, tathāpi sotāpannabhāvaparidīpanatthaṃ pasādadassanatthañca vācaṃ bhindati.
182 “从聚落到聚落”指从天界聚落到天界聚落。“从山到山”指从天界山到天界山。“礼敬正自觉者与善说之法性”是说,以“世尊实为正自觉者,世尊所开示的法实为善说”等方式,赞叹佛陀的善自觉与法的善说性;又以“世尊的声闻僧团实为善行道者”等方式,赞叹僧团的善行道。他们便这样一再地赞叹、礼敬,并成为法音的传播者而游化。此处其余文句,其义甚明。显示巴利原文
182.Gāmā gāmanti devagāmā devagāmaṃ. Nagā naganti devapabbatā devapabbataṃ. Namassamānā sambuddhaṃ, dhammassa ca sudhammatanti ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata bhagavā, svākkhāto vata bhagavato dhammo’’tiādinā nayena buddhasubodhitañca dhammasudhammatañca. ‘‘Suppaṭipanno vata bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’tiādinā saṅgha-suppaṭipattiñca abhitthavitvā abhitthavitvā namassamānā dhammaghosakā hutvā vicarissāmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sesamettha uttānatthamevāti.
10. 旷野夜叉经释义显示巴利原文
10. Āḷavakasuttavaṇṇanā
“如是我闻”等,是《旷野夜叉经》。它的缘起为何?在释义过程中,其缘起自会明了。而释义中,“如是我闻,一时,世尊”这一段,意义与前面所说相同。“住在阿腊维,即住在旷野夜叉的住处”:此处,什么是阿腊维?为何世尊住在那夜叉的住处呢?答:阿腊维既是国名也是城名,此处两者皆适用。若住在阿腊维城附近,也可说“住在阿腊维”。那住处即在离城不远约一牛呼之处;若住在阿腊维国境内,也可说“住在阿腊维”,而此住处确实在阿腊维国中。显示巴利原文
Evaṃme sutanti āḷavakasuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Atthavaṇṇanānayenevassa uppatti āvibhavissati. Atthavaṇṇanāya ca ‘‘evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā’’ti etaṃ vuttatthameva. Āḷaviyaṃ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavaneti ettha pana kā āḷavī, kasmā ca bhagavā tassa yakkhassa bhavane viharatīti? Vuccate – āḷavīti raṭṭhampi nagarampi vuccati, tadubhayampi idha vaṭṭati. Āḷavīnagarassa hi samīpe viharantopi ‘‘āḷaviyaṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati. Tassa ca nagarassa samīpe avidūre gāvutamatte taṃ bhavanaṃ, āḷavīraṭṭhe viharantopi ‘‘āḷaviyaṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati, āḷavīraṭṭhe cetaṃ bhavanaṃ.
阿腊维国王舍弃各种戏剧享乐,为了防范盗贼、抵御敌国国王以及锻炼身体,每逢第七日便去狩猎。一日,他与军队立约:“猎物从谁那边逃脱,责任便归谁。”结果,猎物恰好从他那边逃脱。那位脚力迅捷的国王便持弓徒步追赶猎物,一直追了三由旬。须知,羚羊的速度恰好可达三由旬。当那猎物力竭,逃入水中站立时,国王将它杀死,劈成两半。虽不想要那些肉,但为了避免“未能捕获猎物”的讥嫌,他便用扁担挑起猎物折返。在离城不远处,他见到一棵枝叶浓密的大榕树,为了消除疲劳,便走到树下。那时,旷野夜叉已从大王处获得恩准,住在那棵榕树中;每到正午,凡进入树荫遮蔽范围之内的人,夜叉便将其吃掉。它看见国王,便前来想吃他。于是国王与它立约:“放过我,我每日派人送一个人和一份钵饭给你。”夜叉说:“你沉溺于王室的种种享乐,会忘记的。而我对那些既未到住处、又未得允许的人,不能食用。如此下去,恐怕连我的住处都要败坏了。”因此它不放国王。国王便许诺:“若哪一天我没送来,那天你便抓我去吃!”如此,显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana āḷavako rājā vividhanāṭakūpabhogaṃ chaḍḍetvā corapaṭibāhanatthaṃ paṭirājanisedhanatthaṃ byāyāmakaraṇatthañca sattame sattame divase migavaṃ gacchanto ekadivasaṃ balakāyena saddhiṃ katikaṃ akāsi – ‘‘yassa passena migo palāyati, tasseva so bhāro’’ti. Atha tasseva passena migo palāyi, javasampanno rājā dhanuṃ gahetvā pattikova tiyojanaṃ taṃ migaṃ anubandhi. Eṇimigā ca tiyojanavegā eva honti. Atha parikkhīṇajavaṃ taṃ migaṃ udakaṃ pavisitvā, ṭhitaṃ vadhitvā, dvidhā chetvā, anatthikopi maṃsena ‘‘nāsakkhi migaṃ gahetu’’nti apavādamocanatthaṃ kājenādāya āgacchanto nagarassāvidūre bahalapattapalāsaṃ mahānigrodhaṃ disvā parissamavinodanatthaṃ tassa mūlamupagato. Tasmiñca nigrodhe āḷavako yakkho mahārājasantikā varaṃ labhitvā majjhanhikasamaye tassa rukkhassa chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ paviṭṭhe pāṇino khādanto paṭivasati. So taṃ disvā khādituṃ upagato. Atha rājā tena saddhiṃ katikaṃ akāsi – ‘‘muñca maṃ, ahaṃ te divase divase manussañca thālipākañca pesessāmī’’ti. Yakkho ‘‘tvaṃ rājūpabhogena pamatto sammussasi, ahaṃ pana bhavanaṃ anupagatañca ananuññātañca khādituṃ na labhāmi, svāhaṃ bhavantampi jīyeyya’’nti na muñci. Rājā ‘‘yaṃ divasaṃ na pesemi, taṃ divasaṃ maṃ gahetvā khādāhī’’ti attānaṃ anujānitvā tena mutto nagarābhimukho agamāsi.
军队在途中扎营等候,看见国王,便迎上前去迎接,问道:“大王,您为何如此疲惫,仿佛受到了什么灾祸的威胁?”国王未将事情经过告诉他们,径直进了城。用过早餐后,他召见守城官,告知此事。守城官问:“大王,您规定了期限吗?”国王说:“没有规定。”守城官说:“这可不妙了,大王。非人只能接受明确规定了期限的供给;若不定期限,会给整个地方带来灾祸。好了,大王,虽然此事您处置有欠妥当,但请勿忧虑,安心享受王权之乐吧。应办之事,由我来承担。”于是,守城官一早便起身前往监狱,对死囚们说:“谁想活命,便出来!”第一个走出来的人被带回家中,沐浴、饱食之后,被交代说:“将这钵饭送给夜叉!”那人刚走进树荫下,夜叉便化为恐怖的身形,如同啃食块根般将他吃掉。据说,由于夜叉的威力,人的身体连同头发等会变得犹如一团鲜奶油。那些被派去送饭的人见到此景,都惊恐万分,告知各自的朋友。从此以后,人们传闻“国王捉了贼送去给夜叉”,于是无人再敢偷盗。过了一段时日,既无新贼,旧贼也已吃尽,显示巴利原文
Balakāyo magge khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā ṭhito rājānaṃ disvā – ‘‘kiṃ, mahārāja, ayasamattabhayā evaṃ kilantosī’’ti vadanto paccuggantvā paṭiggahesi. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ anārocetvā nagaraṃ gantvā, katapātarāso nagaraguttikaṃ āmantetvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Nagaraguttiko – ‘‘kiṃ, deva, kālaparicchedo kato’’ti āha. Rājā ‘‘na kato, bhaṇe’’ti āha. ‘‘Duṭṭhu kataṃ, deva, amanussā hi paricchinnamattameva labhanti, aparicchinne pana janapadassa ābādho bhavissati. Hotu, deva, kiñcāpi evamakāsi, appossukko tvaṃ rajjasukhaṃ anubhohi, ahamettha kātabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti. So kālasseva vuṭṭhāya bandhanāgāraṃ gantvā ye ye vajjhā honti, te te sandhāya – ‘‘yo jīvitatthiko hoti, so nikkhamatū’’ti bhaṇati. Yo paṭhamaṃ nikkhamati taṃ gehaṃ netvā, nhāpetvā, bhojetvā ca, ‘‘imaṃ thālipākaṃ yakkhassa dehī’’ti peseti. Taṃ rukkhamūlaṃ paviṭṭhamattaṃyeva yakkho bheravaṃ attabhāvaṃ nimminitvā mūlakandaṃ viya khādati . Yakkhānubhāvena kira manussānaṃ kesādīni upādāya sakalasarīraṃ navanītapiṇḍo viya hoti. Yakkhassa bhattaṃ gāhāpettuṃ gatapurisā taṃ disvā bhītā yathāmittaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato pabhuti ‘‘rājā core gahetvā yakkhassa detī’’ti manussā corakammato paṭiviratā. Tato aparena samayena navacorānaṃ abhāvena purāṇacorānañca parikkhayena bandhanāgārāni suññāni ahesuṃ.
于是守城官禀告了国王。国王便将自己的钱财撒在城中条条街道上,心想:“或许有人会因贪心而取走。”结果竟无一人以足触碰。他寻不到贼,便告知大臣。大臣们说:“我们按家族次第,每家送出一名年老者去吧,这些人本也已近死期。”国王制止道:“众人会鼓噪说‘他把我们的父亲、我们的祖父送走了’,会生出事端。不可如此。”大臣们又说:“那么,大王,就送出婴儿吧,就是那些还裹在襁褓中的婴儿。因为这样的婴儿,尚无‘我的母亲、我的父亲’之类的情执。”国王应允了。他们便依此而行。城中婴儿的母亲们与怀孕的妇女们便抱着婴儿逃往外地,在彼处将孩子养大后方才返回。就这样,整整过了十二年。显示巴利原文
Atha nagaraguttiko rañño ārocesi. Rājā attano dhanaṃ nagararacchāsu chaḍḍāpesi – ‘‘appeva nāma koci lobhena gaṇheyyā’’ti. Taṃ pādenapi na koci chupi. So core alabhanto amaccānaṃ ārocesi. Amaccā ‘‘kulapaṭipāṭiyā ekamekaṃ jiṇṇakaṃ pesema, so pakatiyāpi maccumukhe vattatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā ‘‘‘amhākaṃ pitaraṃ, amhākaṃ pitāmahaṃ pesetī’ti manussā khobhaṃ karissanti, mā vo etaṃ ruccī’’ti nivāresi. ‘‘Tena hi, deva, dārakaṃ pesema uttānaseyyakaṃ, tathāvidhassa hi ‘mātā me pitā me’ti sineho natthī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā anujāni. Te tathā akaṃsu. Nagare dārakamātaro ca dārake gahetvā gabbhiniyo ca palāyitvā parajanapade dārake saṃvaḍḍhetvā ānenti. Evaṃ sabbānipi dvādasa vassāni gatāni.
此后有一天,他们寻遍全城也找不到一个孩子,便去禀告国王:“大王,除了您内宫自己的儿子——阿拉瓦迦王子之外,城中已无其他孩子。”国王说:“犹如我的儿子为我所珍爱,世间一切众生亦珍爱其子。然而,对自己而言,更无比生命珍爱之物。去吧,即便献出我的儿子,也当保住我的性命。”那时,阿拉瓦迦王子的母亲已为王子沐浴、装扮,以细软布料将他裹好,置于自己膝上而坐。奉王命前来的差役,不顾她与那一万六千名宫女及保姆的哀哭,强行将王子带走,心中思惟:“明日,他便将被夜叉吃掉。”就在那一天,世尊于破晓时分起身,在祇园大寺的香室中入于悲悯大定。出定之后,世尊以佛眼观察世间,见阿拉瓦迦王子已具足证得不来果之因缘,彼夜叉则具足证得入流果之因缘,且说法终了时,将有八万四千众生得法眼。因此,天刚破晓,世尊处理好午前事务,尚未料理午后之事,便于该黑月布萨日,日没之后,独自一人,无有同伴,持衣钵,从舍卫城徒步行走三十由旬,进入彼夜叉的住处。所以经显示巴利原文
Tato ekadivasaṃ sakalanagaraṃ vicinitvā ekampi dārakaṃ alabhitvā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘natthi, deva, nagare dārako ṭhapetvā antepure tava puttaṃ āḷavakakumāra’’nti. Rājā ‘‘yathā mama putto piyo, evaṃ sabbalokassa, attanā pana piyataraṃ natthi, gacchatha, tampi datvā mama jīvitaṃ rakkhathā’’ti āha. Tena ca samayena āḷavakakumārassa mātā puttaṃ nhāpetvā, maṇḍetvā, dukūlacumbaṭake katvā, aṅke sayāpetvā, nisinnā hoti. Rājapurisā rañño āṇāya tattha gantvā vippalapantiyā tassā soḷasannañca itthisahassānaṃ saddhiṃ dhātiyā taṃ ādāya pakkamiṃsu ‘‘sve yakkhabhakkho bhavissatī’’ti. Taṃ divasañca bhagavā paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya jetavanamahāvihāre gandhakuṭiyaṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā puna buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa āḷavakassa kumārassa anāgāmiphaluppattiyā upanissayaṃ, yakkhassa ca sotāpattiphaluppattiyā upanissayaṃ desanāpariyosāne ca caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammacakkhupaṭilābhassāti. Tasmā vibhātāya rattiyā purebhattakiccaṃ katvā aniṭṭhitapacchābhattakiccova kāḷapakkhauposathadivase vattamāne oggate sūriye ekakova adutiyo pattacīvaramādāya pādagamaneneva sāvatthito tiṃsa yojanāni gantvā tassa yakkhassa bhavanaṃ pāvisi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane’’ti.
那么,世尊究竟是安住在那棵作为阿拉瓦迦住处的榕树之下,还是就在其宫殿之中?答:是在宫殿之中。因为正如那些夜叉能看见自己的宫殿一般,世尊也同样能见。他到那里后,便立于宫殿门前。其时,阿拉瓦迦恰好前往雪山参加夜叉集会。于是,阿拉瓦迦的守门者——一位名叫“驴”的夜叉,来到世尊面前,顶礼后问道:“尊者,世尊为何于非时前来?”世尊说:“是的,驴,我来了。你若不为难,我欲在阿拉瓦迦的宫殿中借宿一夜。”守门夜叉说:“尊者,于我倒是无妨。然而那位夜叉性情粗暴凶恶,对父母尚不行礼敬之事,世尊您在此歇宿恐有不妥。”世尊说:“驴,我知其粗暴,但无有一物能障碍于我。你若不为难,我愿借宿一夜。”显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana bhagavā yasmiṃ nigrodhe āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ, tassa mūle vihāsi, udāhu bhavaneyevāti? Vuccate – bhavaneyeva. Yatheva hi yakkhā attano bhavanaṃ passanti, tathā bhagavāpi. So tattha gantvā bhavanadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Tadā āḷavako himavante yakkhasamāgamaṃ gato hoti. Tato āḷavakassa dvārapālo gadrabho nāma yakkho bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, vanditvā – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, bhagavā vikāle āgato’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma, gadrabha, āgatomhi. Sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekarattiṃ āḷavakassa bhavane’’ti. ‘‘Na me, bhante, garu, apica kho so yakkho kakkhaḷo pharuso, mātāpitūnampi abhivādanādīni na karoti, mā rucci bhagavato idha vāso’’ti. ‘‘Jānāmi, gadrabha, tassa kakkhaḷattaṃ, na koci mamantarāyo bhavissati, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratti’’nti .
驴夜叉再次对世尊这样说:“尊者,阿拉瓦迦就像一块烧得火红的瓦片,不知什么是父母,也不知什么是沙门、婆罗门,更不知什么是法。来到这里的人,他会令其精神错乱,撕开他们的心脏,或者抓住他们的脚,扔到外海或别的轮围界去。”世尊再次回答:“驴,我知道。你若不为难,我想在此借住一夜。”驴夜叉第三次又对世尊这样说:“尊者,阿拉瓦迦就像一块烧得火红的瓦片,不知什么是父母,也不知什么是沙门、婆罗门,更不知什么是法。来到这里的人,他会令其精神错乱,撕开他们的心脏,或者抓住他们的脚,扔到外海或别的轮围界去。”世尊第三次回答:“驴,我知道。你若不为难,我想在此借住一夜。”驴夜叉说:“尊者,这对我倒不为难。可是,如果我不向他通报就擅自应允,那位夜叉会夺我的命。尊者,我这就去禀报。”世尊说:“驴,你去禀报吧。”“那好,尊者,请多保重。”驴夜叉向世尊行礼后,便朝雪山方向离去。他亲手为世尊打开了宫殿大门。世尊进入宫殿内,就在阿拉瓦迦平日喜庆吉显示巴利原文
Dutiyampi gadrabho yakkho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aggitattakapālasadiso, bhante, āḷavako, ‘mātāpitaro’ti vā ‘samaṇabrāhmaṇā’ti vā ‘dhammo’ti vā na jānāti, idhāgatānaṃ cittakkhepampi karoti, hadayampi phāleti, pādepi gahetvā parasamudde vā paracakkavāḷe vā khipatī’’ti. Dutiyampi bhagavā āha – ‘‘jānāmi, gadrabha, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratti’’nti. Tatiyampi gadrabho yakkho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aggitattakapālasadiso, bhante, āḷavako, ‘mātāpitaro’ti vā ‘samaṇabrāhmaṇā’ti vā ‘dhammo’ti vā na jānāti, idhāgatānaṃ cittakkhepampi karoti, hadayampi phāleti, pādepi gahetvā parasamudde vā paracakkavāḷe vā khipatī’’ti. Tatiyampi bhagavā āha – ‘‘jānāmi, gadrabha, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratti’’nti. ‘‘Na me, bhante, garu, apica kho so yakkho attano anārocetvā anujānantaṃ maṃ jīvitā voropeyya, ārocemi, bhante, tassā’’ti. ‘‘Yathāsukhaṃ, gadrabha, ārocehī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, tvameva jānāhī’’ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā himavantābhimukho pakkāmi. Bhavanadvārampi sayameva bhagavato vivaramadāsi. Bhagavā antobhavanaṃ pavisitvā yattha abhilakkhitesu maṅgaladivasādīsu nisīditvā āḷavako siriṃ anubhoti, tasmiṃyeva dibbaratanapallaṅke nisīditvā suvaṇṇābhaṃ muñci. Taṃ disvā yakkhassa itthiyo āgantvā, bhagavantaṃ vanditvā, samparivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Bhagavā ‘‘pubbe tumhe dānaṃ datvā, sīlaṃ samādiyitvā, pūjaneyyaṃ pūjetvā, imaṃ sampattiṃ pattā, idānipi tatheva karotha, mā aññamaññaṃ issāmacchariyābhibhūtā viharathā’’tiādinā nayena tāsaṃ pakiṇṇakadhammakathaṃ kathesi. Tā ca bhagavato madhuranigghosaṃ sutvā, sādhukārasahassāni datvā, bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsuyeva. Gadrabhopi himavantaṃ gantvā āḷavakassa ārocesi – ‘‘yagghe, mārisa, jāneyyāsi, vimāne te bhagavā nisinno’’ti. So gadrabhassa saññamakāsi ‘‘tuṇhī hohi, gantvā kattabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Purisamānena kira lajjito ahosi, tasmā ‘‘mā koci parisamajjhe suṇeyyā’’ti vāresi.
那时,萨塔耆利与雪山两位夜叉,在祇树给孤独园顶礼世尊后,心想“我们去参加夜叉集会吧”,便与各自随从乘种种车驾,从空中前往。然而夜叉于虚空并非处处可行,须绕开空中宫殿,唯有在通道之处方可通过。而阿拉瓦迦的宫殿建在地上,守卫森严,围墙环绕,城门、箭楼、塔门精严布置,上方覆有铜网,形如宝盒,高达三由旬。通道恰好位于宫殿正上方。他们行至此处,便无法通过。因为在佛陀安坐之处的正上方,直至有顶天,无人能逾越。他们心想:“这是何故?”观察后见是世尊,便如被抛向空中的土块般降落,顶礼、闻法后右绕致敬,说道:“世尊,我们去参加夜叉集会了。”就这样赞叹着三件事,前往夜叉集会。阿拉瓦迦见他们到来,便退后让座说:“请坐此处。”他们却对阿拉瓦迦说:“阿拉瓦迦,你真有福报,世尊正在你的住处安住。贤友,去吧,去亲近承事世尊吧。”因此,世尊确实是在那住处安住,而非在阿拉瓦迦作为居所的那棵榕树下。所以经文说:“一时,世尊住在阿显示巴利原文
Tadā sātāgirahemavatā bhagavantaṃ jetavaneyeva vanditvā ‘‘yakkhasamāgamaṃ gamissāmā’’ti saparivārā nānāyānehi ākāsena gacchanti. Ākāse ca yakkhānaṃ na sabbattha maggo atthi, ākāsaṭṭhāni vimānāni pariharitvā maggaṭṭhāneneva maggo hoti. Āḷavakassa pana vimānaṃ bhūmaṭṭhaṃ suguttaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ susaṃvihitadvāraṭṭālakagopuraṃ, upari kaṃsajālasañchannaṃ mañjūsasadisaṃ tiyojanaṃ ubbedhena. Tassa upari maggo hoti. Te taṃ padesamāgamma gantuṃ asamatthā ahesuṃ. Buddhānañhi nisinnokāsassa uparibhāgena yāva bhavaggā, tāva koci gantuṃ asamattho. Te ‘‘kimida’’nti āvajjetvā bhagavantaṃ disvā ākāse khittaleḍḍu viya oruyha vanditvā, dhammaṃ sutvā, padakkhiṇaṃ katvā ‘‘yakkhasamāgamaṃ gacchāma bhagavā’’ti tīṇi vatthūni pasaṃsantā yakkhasamāgamaṃ agamaṃsu. Āḷavako te disvā ‘‘idha nisīdathā’’ti paṭikkamma okāsamadāsi. Te āḷavakassa nivedesuṃ ‘‘lābhā te, āḷavaka, yassa te bhavane bhagavā viharati, gacchāvuso bhagavantaṃ payirupāsassū’’ti. Evaṃ bhagavā bhavaneyeva vihāsi, na yasmiṃ nigrodhe āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ, tassa mūleti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane’’ti.
接着,阿拉瓦迦……就对世尊说了这句话:‘沙门,出来!’那么,他为什么说出这句话呢?回答是:出于想要激怒的意图。这里从最初起的关联应该这样理解:这位夜叉从那些夜叉那里听到了对世尊的赞叹,就像对无信者说信、对破戒者说戒等一样,是逆耳的,于是他内心就像被扔进火里的盐粒一样,由于内在的忿怒而噼啪作响,说道:‘那个闯进我住处的、叫什么世尊的,到底是谁?’那些夜叉告诉他说:‘贤友,你难道不知道世尊——我们的导师吗?他站在兜率天,观察了五种大观察……’他们就这样,从结生等三十二种前兆说起,一直讲到转法轮,最后谴责他说:‘贤友,这些稀有的事,你难道没看见吗?’他虽然看见了,却因为忿怒,嘴硬说:‘没看见。’那些夜叉说:‘贤友阿拉瓦迦啊,你看见也好,看不见也罢,你看得见或看不见,跟我们有什么关系?你能把我们导师怎么样?你跟他一比,就像一头刚出生的小牛犊站在一头肩脊颤动的大公牛旁边,就像一只小雏鸡站在一头三处开裂的壮年大象旁边,就像一只老狐狸站在一头鬃毛灿烂、垂鬣庄严的兽王狮子面前,就像一只断了翅膀的乌鸦或鸽子站在一只身体宽广一百五十由旬的金翅鸟王面前。去吧,去做你该做的事吧。’被这么一说,愤怒的阿拉瓦迦站起身,左脚踩在雄黄石地面上,说道:‘现在你们就看看,到底是你们的导师有大神力,还是我有大神力!’说着便用右脚踩踏了大约六十由旬高的开拉沙山峰。那座山峰就像被铁杵击打而飞溅的铁丸一样,外层的岩石纷纷崩裂。他站在那山顶上,大吼‘我是阿拉瓦迦’,声音响彻了整个赡部洲。显示巴利原文
Atha kho āḷavako…pe… bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘nikkhama samaṇā’’ti. ‘‘Kasmā panāyaṃ etadavocā’’ti? Vuccate – rosetukāmatāya. Tatrevaṃ ādito pabhuti sambandho veditabbo – ayañhi yasmā assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā hoti dussīlādīnaṃ sīlādikathā viya, tasmā tesaṃ yakkhānaṃ santikā bhagavato pasaṃsaṃ sutvā eva aggimhi pakkhittaloṇasakkharā viya abbhantarakopena taṭataṭāyamānahadayo hutvā ‘‘ko so bhagavā nāma, yo mama bhavanaṃ paviṭṭho’’ti āha. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘na tvaṃ, āvuso, jānāsi bhagavantaṃ amhākaṃ satthāraṃ, yo tusitabhavane ṭhito pañca mahāvilokanāni viloketvā’’tiādinā nayena yāva dhammacakkappavattanaṃ kathentā paṭisandhiādinā dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni vatvā ‘‘imānipi tvaṃ, āvuso , acchariyāni nāddasā’’ti codesuṃ. So disvāpi kodhavasena ‘‘nāddasa’’nti āha. Āvuso āḷavaka passeyyāsi vā tvaṃ, na vā, ko tayā attho passatā vā apassatā vā, kiṃ tvaṃ karissasi amhākaṃ satthuno, yo tvaṃ taṃ upanidhāya calakkakudhamahāusabhasamīpe tadahujātavacchako viya, tidhāpabhinnamattavāraṇasamīpe bhiṅkapotako viya, bhāsuravilambakesaraupasobhitakkhandhassa migarañño samīpe jarasiṅgālo viya, diyaḍḍhayojanasatappavaḍḍhakāyasupaṇṇarājasamīpe chinnapakkhakākapotako viya khāyasi, gaccha yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohīti. Evaṃ vutte kuddho āḷavako uṭṭhahitvā manosilātale vāmapādena ṭhatvā ‘‘passatha dāni tumhākaṃ vā satthā mahānubhāvo, ahaṃ vā’’ti dakkhiṇapādena saṭṭhiyojanamattaṃ kelāsapabbatakūṭaṃ akkami, taṃ ayokūṭapahaṭo niddhantaayopiṇḍo viya papaṭikāyo muñci. So tatra ṭhatvā ‘‘ahaṃ āḷavako’’ti ghosesi, sakalajambudīpaṃ saddo phari.
有四种声音响彻了整个赡部洲:一是富那迦夜叉将军在赌博中赢了檀那阇耶科罗毗耶王后,拍手高呼“我赢了”的声音;二是帝释天在迦叶佛的教法衰微时,令天子毗首羯磨化作狗形,高呼“我要吞掉所有恶比丘、恶比丘尼,以及那些讲说非法的男女居士”的声音;三是在拘舍本生中,为争夺巴跋瓦蒂而被七王围城时,大士让巴跋瓦蒂与自己共乘象背,出城后高呼“我是作狮子吼的拘舍大王”的声音;四是阿拉瓦迦夜叉站在开拉沙山顶,高呼“我是阿拉瓦迦”的声音。那时,整个赡部洲犹如有人在每户门前高声宣告一般,连纵横各三千由旬的雪山也因这夜叉的神力而震动了。显示巴利原文
Cattārokira saddā sakalajambudīpe suyyiṃsu – yañca puṇṇako yakkhasenāpati dhanañcayakorabyarājānaṃ jūte jinitvā apphoṭetvā ‘‘ahaṃ jini’’nti ugghosesi, yañca sakko devānamindo kassapassa bhagavato sāsane parihāyamāne vissakammaṃ devaputtaṃ sunakhaṃ kāretvā ‘‘ahaṃ pāpabhikkhū ca pāpabhikkhuniyo ca upāsake ca upāsikāyo ca sabbeva adhammavādino khādāmī’’ti ugghosāpesi, yañca kusajātake pabhāvatihetu sattahi rājūhi nagare uparuddhe pabhāvatiṃ attanā saha hatthikkhandhaṃ āropetvā nagarā nikkhamma ‘‘ahaṃ sīhassarakusamahārājā’’ti mahāpuriso ugghosesi, yañca āḷavako kelāsamuddhani ṭhatvā ‘‘ahaṃ āḷavako’’ti. Tadā hi sakalajambudīpe dvāre dvāre ṭhatvā ugghositasadisaṃ ahosi, tiyojanasahassavitthato ca himavāpi saṅkampi yakkhassa ānubhāvena.
他兴起一阵风轮,心想:“我要用这风把沙门赶走。”那些风从东方等处生起,摧毁了半由旬、一由旬、二由旬、三由旬大小的山峰,将树林、灌木、乔木等连根拔起。当它们扑向阿拉毗城时,粉碎了破旧的象棚等建筑,瓦片在空中飞旋。世尊决意:“不要对任何人造成障碍。”那些风到达十力尊身边时,连他衣角的一丝一毫都无法吹动。接着,他又兴起大暴雨,心想:“我要用水淹没沙门,杀死他。”仗着他的威力,层层叠叠、百层千层的浓云涌起,降下暴雨。雨流极其迅猛,大地都被冲出了孔洞。但当洪水没至树梢,来到十力尊身边时,却连他法衣上的一滴露珠都无法沾湿。接着,他又兴起石雨。摩天的大山冒着烟、燃着火焰,从空中飞来,但到达十力尊身边时,却变成了天界的花鬘。接着,他又兴起刀器雨。单刃剑、双刃剑、刀、矛、斧等种种武器,冒着烟、燃着火焰,从空中飞来,但到达十力尊身边时,却变成了天界的花朵。接着,他又兴起火炭雨。颜色如紫矿花的火炭从空中飞来,但落到十力尊脚下时,却变成了天界的花朵,四处散落。接着,他又兴起热灰雨。显示巴利原文
So vātamaṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi – ‘‘eteneva samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Te puratthimādibhedā vātā samuṭṭhahitvā aḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojanatiyojanappamāṇāni pabbatakūṭāni padāletvā vanagaccharukkhādīni ummūletvā āḷavīnagaraṃ pakkhantā jiṇṇahatthisālādīni cuṇṇentā chadaniṭṭhakā ākāse bhamentā. Bhagavā ‘‘mā kassaci uparodho hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Te vātā dasabalaṃ patvā cīvarakaṇṇamattampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tato mahāvassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘udakena ajjhottharitvā samaṇaṃ māressāmī’’ti. Tassānubhāvena uparūpari satapaṭalasahassapaṭalādibhedā valāhakā uṭṭhahitvā vassiṃsu, vuṭṭhidhārāvegena pathavī chiddā ahosi, vanarukkhādīnaṃ upari mahogho āgantvā dasabalassa cīvare ussāvabindumattampi temetuṃ nāsakkhi. Tato pāsāṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, mahantāni mahantāni pabbatakūṭāni dhūmāyantāni pajjalantāni ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbamālāguḷāni sampajjiṃsu. Tato paharaṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, ekatodhārāubhatodhārā asisattikhurappādayo dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbapupphāni ahesuṃ. Tato aṅgāravassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, kiṃsukavaṇṇā aṅgārā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā vikiriṃsu. Tato kukkulavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, accuṇho kukkulo ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle candanacuṇṇaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato vālukāvassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, atisukhumā vālukā dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā nipatiṃsu. Tato kalalavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, taṃ kalalavassaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbagandhaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato andhakāraṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘bhiṃsetvā samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Taṃ caturaṅgasamannāgatandhakārasadisaṃ hutvā dasabalaṃ patvā sūriyappabhāvihatamivandhakāraṃ antaradhāyi.
就这样,夜叉用风、雨、石、刀、炭、灰、沙、泥、暗这九种攻击,都没能把世尊赶走,便亲自统率着一支手持各种武器、混杂着种种变形鬼众的四兵军队,逼近世尊。那些鬼众显现种种变形,一副要冲上来“抓住他,杀死他”的样子。然而,他们就像苍蝇无法靠近被锻打得通红的铁球一样,根本贴近不了世尊。虽说如此,他们却没有像在菩提道场时魔罗那样一到便退走,而是一直闹腾了大约半个夜晚。就这样,以种种恐怖景象闹腾了半夜,还是不能动摇世尊,阿拉瓦迦便心想:“我不如抛出那件无人能敌的布武器吧。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yakkho imāhi navahi vātavassapāsāṇapaharaṇaṅgārakukkulavālukakalalandhakāravuṭṭhīhi bhagavantaṃ palāpetuṃ asakkonto nānāvidhapaharaṇahatthāya anekappakārarūpabhūtagaṇasamākulāya caturaṅginiyā senāya sayameva bhagavantaṃ abhigato. Te bhūtagaṇā anekappakāre vikāre katvā ‘‘gaṇhatha hanathā’’ti bhagavato upari āgacchantā viya honti, apica te niddhantalohapiṇḍaṃ viya makkhikā, bhagavantaṃ allīyituṃ asamatthā evaṃ ahesuṃ. Evaṃ santepi yathā bodhimaṇḍe māro āgatavelāyameva nivatto, tathā anivattitvā upaḍḍharattimattaṃ byākulamakaṃsu. Evaṃ upaḍḍharattimattaṃ anekappakāravibhiṃsanadassanenapi bhagavantaṃ cāletumasakkonto āḷavako cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ kenaci ajeyyaṃ dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya’’nti.
据说,世间有四种最殊胜的武器:帝释的金刚杵武器,多闻天王的宝杖武器,阎摩的眼武器,以及旷野夜叉的布武器。如果愤怒的帝释将金刚杵击打在须弥山顶,它能贯穿十六万八千由旬高的须弥山,直透山底。多闻天王在还是凡夫时抛出的宝杖,能击碎数千夜叉的头颅,然后又自动回落到手臂可及之处。愤怒的阎摩只需以眼武器一望,无数鸠槃荼鬼众便如滚烫陶器上的芝麻粒一般,纷纷爆裂而消亡。至于旷野夜叉,他若愤怒起来,将布武器抛向空中,天界便十二年不降雨;若掷于地,所有草木之类悉皆枯萎,十二年无法再生;若掷于海,大海之水悉皆干涸,犹如滚烫陶器上的水滴瞬间蒸散;若掷向如须弥山一般的大山,彼山亦将碎为齑粉,四处飞散。他解下搭在上身、具此大神力的布武器,握在手中。此时,一万世界界中的绝大多数天人,都急切地聚集前来,心想:‘今日世尊将调伏旷野夜叉,我们将于彼处闻法。’那些欲观此景的天人也纷纷赶来。如此,整个虚空都挤满了天人。显示巴利原文
Cattāri kira āvudhāni loke seṭṭhāni – sakkassa vajirāvudhaṃ, vessavaṇassa gadāvudhaṃ, yamassa nayanāvudhaṃ, āḷavakassa dussāvudhanti. Yadi hi sakko kuddho vajirāvudhaṃ sinerumatthake pahareyya aṭṭhasaṭṭhisahassādhikayojanasatasahassaṃ sineruṃ vinivijjhitvā heṭṭhato gaccheyya . Vessavaṇassa puthujjanakāle vissajjitagadā bahūnaṃ yakkhasahassānaṃ sīsaṃ pātetvā puna hatthapāsaṃ āgantvā tiṭṭhati. Yamena kuddhena nayanāvudhena olokitamatte anekāni kumbhaṇḍasahassāni tattakapāle tilā viya vipphurantāni vinassanti. Āḷavako kuddho sace ākāse dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya, dvādasa vassāni devo na vasseyya. Sace pathaviyaṃ muñceyya, sabbarukkhatiṇādīni sussitvā dvādasavassantaraṃ na puna ruheyyuṃ. Sace samudde muñceyya, tattakapāle udakabindu viya sabbamudakaṃ susseyya. Sace sinerusadisepi pabbate muñceyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ hutvā vikireyya. So evaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ dussāvudhaṃ uttarīyakataṃ muñcitvā aggahesi . Yebhuyyena dasasahassilokadhātudevatā vegena sannipatiṃsu – ‘‘ajja bhagavā āḷavakaṃ damessati, tattha dhammaṃ sossāmā’’ti. Yuddhadassanakāmāpi devatā sannipatiṃsu. Evaṃ sakalampi ākāsaṃ devatāhi puripuṇṇamahosi.
于是,旷野夜叉在世尊上方盘旋来去,然后掷出了布武器。那武器犹如金刚轮一般,在空中发出可怖的巨响,冒着烟、燃烧着;但到达世尊身边时,为摧折夜叉的傲慢,化作一块擦脚布,落在世尊脚下。旷野夜叉见此情景,如同被折断了犄角的公牛,又像被拔掉了毒牙的毒蛇,威光尽失,傲慢全消,骄慢之幡也就此倒下。他心想:‘布武器尚不能战胜此沙门,是何缘故?’继而思惟:‘此沙门必安住于慈心。那好,让我来激怒他,令他舍离慈心。’正因这个缘故,经文才说:‘那时,旷野夜叉……来到世尊面前,对世尊说了这样的话:“沙门,出来!”’这段话的意思是:你未经我允许,擅自闯入我的宫殿,犹如主人一般坐在我的女眷之中,这岂非不合情理?这种行为对沙门而言,即是未经许可而受用他物,且亲近女人。因此,若你还自许安立于沙门之法,那就从我的宫殿中出来,沙门!另一些论师则说:‘他说这句话时,既怀有此意,也另外说了一些粗暴的言语。'显示巴利原文
Atha āḷavako bhagavato samīpe uparūpari vicaritvā vatthāvudhaṃ muñci. Taṃ asanivicakkaṃ viya ākāse bheravasaddaṃ karontaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ patvā yakkhassa mānamaddanatthaṃ pādamuñchanacoḷakaṃ hutvā pādamūle nipati. Āḷavako taṃ disvā chinnavisāṇo viya usabho, uddhaṭadāṭho viya sappo, nittejo nimmado nipatitamānaddhajo hutvā cintesi – ‘‘dussāvudhampi samaṇaṃ nabhibhosi, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti? Idaṃ kāraṇaṃ, mettāvihārayutto samaṇo, handa naṃ rosetvā mettāya viyojemīti. Iminā sambandhenetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āḷavako yakkho yena bhagavā…pe… nikkhama samaṇā’’ti. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – kasmā mayā ananuññāto mama bhavanaṃ pavisitvā gharasāmiko viya itthāgārassa majjhe nisinnosi, nanu ayuttametaṃ samaṇassa yadidaṃ adinnapaṭibhogo itthisaṃsaggo ca, tasmā yadi tvaṃ samaṇadhamme ṭhito, nikkhama samaṇāti. Eke pana ‘‘etāni aññāni ca pharusavacanāni vatvā evāyaṃ etadavocā’’ti bhaṇanti.
当时,世尊了知:‘此人顽固至极,强硬的方式无法调伏他。如果对他采取强硬的手段,犹如往暴躁的狗鼻子里灌入胆汁,那狗只会变得更加暴戾;同样,他也会变得更加顽固。然而,以柔和的方式便能调伏他。’如此了知后,世尊便以‘好的,朋友!’这般慈和的言语应允了他的要求,然后走了出去。因此,注疏中说:‘世尊说了“好的,朋友!”之后,便走了出来。'显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā ‘‘yasmā thaddho paṭithaddhabhāvena vinetuṃ na sakkā, so hi paṭithaddhabhāve kariyamāne seyyathāpi caṇḍassa kukkurassa nāsāya pittaṃ bhindeyya, so bhiyyoso mattāya caṇḍataro assa, evaṃ thaddhataro hoti, mudunā pana so sakkā vinetu’’nti ñatvā ‘‘sādhāvuso’’ti piyavacanena tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā nikkhami . Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sādhāvusoti bhagavā nikkhamī’’ti.
于是,旷野夜叉心想:“这位沙门真是易受劝告,只说了一句便出去了。让他这么轻易就能出去可不行,我前半夜与他打斗岂不白费了气力?”他的心变得柔和之后,又寻思道:“如今还是无法断定,他究竟是因易受劝告而出,还是出于忿怒?不如我来考验他一下。”于是便说:“沙门,请进!”那时,世尊为了令“此人确是易受劝告”的柔和心想坚固,又以慈爱的言语说:“好的,朋友。”随即走了进来。旷野夜叉为了反复试探他这种顺从的程度,又第二、第三次说:“出去,进来!”世尊都一一照做。倘若世尊不照做,那本就顽固的夜叉,心会愈发顽固,便不能成为承受法谈的容器了。因此,犹如母亲为了哄慰啼哭的幼子,会给他所想要的东西,或依他心意而行;世尊为了哄慰因烦恼而啼泣的夜叉,也随顺他所说的去做。又如乳母要喂不肯喝奶的男童饮乳,先以他法逗引而后喂之;世尊为了给夜叉喂饮出世间的法乳,也通过顺其意说话的方式来引摄,而这样做了。又如有人想往葫芦里灌入四种甘美,需要先将葫芦内部清洗洁净;世尊想在夜叉心中注满出世间法的四种甘美,为涤除他内心的忿怒垢秽,而这样做。显示巴利原文
Tato āḷavako ‘‘suvaco vatāyaṃ samaṇo ekavacaneneva nikkhanto, evaṃ nāma nikkhametuṃ sukhaṃ samaṇaṃ akāraṇenevāhaṃ sakalarattiṃ yuddhena abbhuyyāsi’’nti muducitto hutvā puna cintesi ‘‘idānipi na sakkā jānituṃ, kiṃ nu kho suvacatāya nikkhanto, udāhu kodhena, handa naṃ vīmaṃsāmī’’ti. Tato ‘‘pavisa samaṇā’’ti āha. Atha ‘‘suvaco’’ti mudubhūtacittavavatthānakaraṇatthaṃ punapi piyavacanaṃ vadanto sādhāvusoti bhagavā pāvisi. Āḷavako punappunaṃ tameva suvacabhāvaṃ vīmaṃsanto dutiyampi tatiyampi ‘‘nikkhama pavisā’’ti āha. Bhagavāpi tathā akāsi. Yadi na kareyya, pakatiyāpi thaddhayakkhassa cittaṃ thaddhataraṃ hutvā dhammakathāya bhājanaṃ na bhaveyya. Tasmā yathā nāma mātā rodantaṃ puttakaṃ yaṃ so icchati, taṃ datvā vā katvā vā saññāpeti, tathā bhagavā kilesarodanena rodantaṃ yakkhaṃ saññāpetuṃ yaṃ so bhaṇati, taṃ akāsi. Yathā ca dhātī thaññaṃ apivantaṃ dārakaṃ kiñci datvā upalāḷetvā pāyeti, tathā bhagavā yakkhaṃ lokuttaradhammakhīraṃ pāyetuṃ tassa patthitavacanakaraṇena upalāḷento evamakāsi. Yathā ca puriso lābumhi catumadhuraṃ pūretukāmo tassabbhantaraṃ sodheti, evaṃ bhagavā yakkhassa citte lokuttaracatumadhuraṃ pūretukāmo tassa abbhantare kodhamalaṃ sodhetuṃ yāva tatiyaṃ nikkhamanapavesanaṃ akāsi.
接着,旷野夜叉生起了恶念:“这个沙门真是好说话,叫他‘出去’就出去,叫他‘进来’就进来。我何不就这般让这位沙门疲惫一整夜,然后抓住他的脚,把他扔到恒河对岸去?”于是他第四次说道:“沙门,出去!”世尊了知他的心思,心想:“若我如此回答,他便会寻思下一步当如何行,便会想到请问问题,那便成为我说法的因缘了。”于是,世尊说:“朋友,我不再出去了。”这里,“na”表示拒绝,“kho”表示确实,“ahaṃ”即“我”,“ti”表原因。故此句应理解为:“朋友,因你起彼恶念,我确实不再出去了。你有什么想做的,就尽管去做吧。”显示巴利原文
Atha āḷavako ‘‘suvaco ayaṃ samaṇo, ‘nikkhamā’ti vutto nikkhamati, ‘pavisā’ti vutto pavisati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ evamevaṃ sakalarattiṃ kilametvā, pāde gahetvā, pāragaṅgāya khipeyya’’nti pāpakaṃ citaṃ uppādetvā catutthavāraṃ āha – ‘‘nikkhama samaṇā’’ti. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ta’’nti āha. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte taduttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ pariyesamāno pañhaṃ pucchitabbaṃ maññissati, taṃ dhammakathāya mukhaṃ bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘na khvāhaṃ ta’’nti āha. Tattha naiti paṭikkhepe, khoiti avadhāraṇe. Ahanti attanidassanaṃ, nti hetuvacanaṃ. Tenettha ‘‘yasmā tvaṃ evaṃ cintesi, tasmā ahaṃ āvuso neva nikkhamissāmi, yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohī’’ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
原来,旷野夜叉以往遇到那些凭神通力来到他那如金殿、银殿或宝珠殿般宫殿的具神通者、苦行者和游方僧,当他们从空中飞来时,他便这般思量:“这是什么?是金殿,还是银殿、宝珠殿?且让我看看。”于是便向他们发问。当他们回答不出时,他便以令人精神错乱等方式加以折磨。他如何做呢?须知,非人令人精神错乱有两种方式:一为示现恐怖之相,一为挤压心脏。然而,这个夜叉深知:“具神通者不会因见恐怖之相而生畏。”于是,他以自己的神通力化作微细之身,进入他们体内去挤压心脏。如此一来,心相续便无法安住;心相续不安住,他们便陷入疯狂、精神错乱。对于那些如此疯狂错乱的人,他还会撕裂他们的胸膛,或抓住他们的脚,把他们扔到恒河对岸,心中暗想:“看你们此后还敢不敢再到我这里来!”因此,他忆起这些往事,便想:“我现在何不如法炮制,来折磨这位沙门?”于是说道:“沙门,我问你问题……”等等。显示巴利原文
Tato āḷavako yasmā pubbepi ākāsenāgamanavelāyaṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, etaṃ suvaṇṇavimānaṃ, udāhu rajatamaṇivimānānaṃ aññataraṃ, handa naṃ passāmā’’ti evaṃ attano vimānaṃ āgate iddhimante tāpasaparibbājake pañhaṃ pucchitvā vissajjetumasakkonte cittakkhepādīhi viheṭheti. Kathaṃ? Amanussā hi bhiṃsanakarūpadassanena vā hadayavatthuparimaddanena vāti dvīhākārehi cittakkhepaṃ karonti. Ayaṃ pana yasmā ‘‘iddhimanto bhiṃsanakarūpadassanena na tasantī’’ti ñatvā attano iddhippabhāvena sukhumattabhāvaṃ nimminitvā, tesaṃ anto pavisitvā hadayavatthuṃ parimaddati, tato cittasantati na saṇṭhāti, tassā asaṇṭhamānāya ummattakā honti khittacittā. Evaṃ khittacittānaṃ etesaṃ urampi phāleti, pādepi ne gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipati ‘‘māssu me puna evarūpā bhavanamāgamiṃsū’’ti, tasmā te pañhe saritvā ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ idāni evaṃ viheṭheyya’’nti cintetvā āha ‘‘pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇā’’tiādi.
那么,他的这些问题从何而来?据说,他的父母曾亲近迦叶世尊,学会了八个问题及其解答。在旷野夜叉年幼时,他们也将这些问题教给了他。然而日久岁深,他忘记了答案。于是他想:“不能让这些问题失传。”便让人将问题用天然朱砂书写在金片上,存放于宫殿之中。如此一来,这些问题便成了佛陀的问题,唯属佛陀的领域。世尊听闻此事后,因为对于佛陀们而言,无论是已舍离的利养障碍、生命障碍,还是对一切知智与身光的障碍,任何人都无法制造;为了显示这在世间独一无二的佛陀威力,便说道:“朋友,在包含天神的世界中,我看不到有任何人能够做到。”显示巴利原文
Kuto panassa te pañhāti? Tassa kira mātāpitaro kassapaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsitvā aṭṭha pañhe savissajjane uggahesuṃ. Te daharakāle āḷavakaṃ pariyāpuṇāpesuṃ. So kālaccayena vissajjanaṃ sammussi. Tato ‘‘ime pañhāpi mā vinassantū’’ti suvaṇṇapaṭṭe jātihiṅgulakena likhāpetvā vimāne nikkhipi. Evamete buddhapañhā buddhavisayā eva honti. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā yasmā buddhānaṃ pariccattalābhantarāyo vā jīvitantarāyo vā sabbaññutaññāṇabyāmappabhānaṃ paṭighāto vā na sakkā kenaci kātuṃ, tasmā taṃ loke asādhāraṇaṃ buddhānubhāvaṃ dassento āha ‘‘na khvāhaṃ taṃ, āvuso, passāmi sadevake loke’’ti.
在此,注疏以“以‘含天神的’一词指称五欲界天的天神”等方法,仅简略显示了这些词句的部分义涵,并未按照前后连贯与组合的次第详加阐述。现在详细解说如下:所谓“含天神的”,是以最高界限来涵盖一切天神。然而即便如此,在聚集于此的天众中,仍有人心生疑惑:“拥有大神力、作为六欲天之主、他化自在天的自在魔,是教法的敌对者、憎恨法者、专行残酷恶行者,难道他就不能让(佛陀)精神错乱吗?”为了破除这些天众的疑虑,便说了“含魔罗的”。接着,又有人心想:“梵天有大神力,以一根手指便能照亮一千个轮围世界,以两根手指……乃至以十根手指能照亮一万个轮围世界,并且还体验着无上的禅那等至之乐,难道梵天也不能这样做吗?”为了破除这些天众的疑虑,便说了“含梵天的”。随后,还有人心中想:“众多的沙门、婆罗门是教法的反对者、敌人,具备咒术之力,难道他们也不能这样做吗?”为了破除这些天众的疑虑,便说了“包含所有沙门与婆罗门在内的众生”。这样显示了在最高层次上没有任何人能够做到之后,现在再以“包含所有天与人”一词,同样依最高界限的方式进行区分显示巴利原文
Tattha ‘‘sadevakavacanena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇa’’ntiādinā nayena etesaṃ padānaṃ atthamattadassanena saṅkhepo vutto, na anusandhiyojanākkamena vitthāro. Svāyaṃ vuccati – sadevakavacanena hi ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato sabbadevesu gahitesupi yesaṃ tattha sannipatite devagaṇe vimati ahosi ‘‘māro mahānubhāvo chakāmāvacarissaro vasavattī paccanīkasāto dhammadessī kururakammanto, kiṃ nu kho, sopissa cittakkhepādīni na kareyyā’’ti, tesaṃ vimatipaṭibāhanatthaṃ ‘‘samārake’’ti āha. Tato yesaṃ ahosi – ‘‘brahmā mahānubhāvo ekaṅguliyā ekacakkavāḷasahasse ālokaṃ karoti, dvīhi…pe… dasahi aṅgulīhi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu, anuttarañca jhānasamāpattisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, kiṃ sopi na kareyyā’’ti, tesaṃ vimatipaṭibāhanatthaṃ ‘‘sabrahmake’’ti āha. Atha yesaṃ ahosi ‘‘puthu samaṇabrāhmaṇā sāsanassa paccatthikā paccāmittā mantādibalasamannāgatā, kiṃ tepi na kareyyu’’nti, tesaṃ vimatipaṭibāhanatthaṃ ‘‘sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāyā’’ti āha. Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhaṭṭhānesu kassaci abhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni sadevamanussāyāti vacanena sammutideve avasesamanusse ca upādāya ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva sesasattalokepi kassaci abhāvaṃ dassesīti evamettha anusandhiyojanākkamo veditabbo.
世尊就这样制止了他欲加害的念头后,为了激发他提问的勇气,便说道:“而且,朋友,你想问什么就问吧。”这句话的含义是:你若想问,便请问,于我而言,解答问题并非负担。或者另一种理解是:“无论你想问什么,都请提问,我将为你解说一切。”这是佛陀发起了不共于独觉佛、上首弟子与大弟子们的一切知者的邀请。因为(独觉佛、上首弟子、大弟子等)只会说:“朋友,请问吧,听了之后我们将会了知。”而诸佛则说:“朋友,你想问什么就问吧。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhagavā tassa bādhanacittaṃ paṭisedhetvā pañhapucchane ussāhaṃ janento āha ‘‘apica tvaṃ, āvuso, puccha yadākaṅkhasī’’ti. Tassattho – puccha, yadi ākaṅkhasi, na me pañhavissajjane bhāro atthi. Atha vā ‘‘puccha yaṃ ākaṅkhasi, te sabbaṃ vissajjessāmī’’ti sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāresi asādhāraṇaṃ paccekabuddhaaggasāvakamahāsāvakehi. Te hi ‘‘pucchāvuso sutvā vedissāmā’’ti vadanti. Buddhā pana ‘‘pucchāvuso yadākaṅkhasī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.237, 246) vā,
或者这样说:‘帝释天王,请问我你心中所想的任何问题。’
又如:‘对于婆和利、对于你,乃至对于一切人,你们的一切疑惑,’
或者这样说:‘我已给予机会,你们请问吧,凡心中所想的任何问题,都可提出。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puccha vāsava maṃ pañhaṃ, yaṃ kiñci manasicchasī’’ti vā. (dī. ni. 2.356); ‘‘Bāvarissa ca tuyhaṃ vā, sabbesaṃ sabbasaṃsayaṃ; Katāvakāsā pucchavho, yaṃ kiñci manasicchathā’’ti vā. (su. ni. 1036) –
以如这些方式,诸天与众人向一切知者发出邀请。世尊证得佛地后作此邀请,并非稀有;然而,纵在菩萨地、仅具一分智慧时,他也曾这样行过——显示巴利原文
Evamādinā nayena devamanussānaṃ sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavārenti. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ bhagavā buddhabhūmiṃ patvā evaṃ pavāraṇaṃ pavāreyya, yo bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ padesañāṇe vattamānopi –
憍陈如,请你解答这些问题,良善的仙人们向你求教;
憍陈如,这是人间的法,当其增长时,此负担便来临。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Koṇḍañña pañhāni viyākarohi, yācanti taṃ isayo sādhurūpā; Koṇḍañña eso manujesu dhammo, yaṃ vuddhamāgacchati esa bhāro’’ti. (jā. 2.17.60) –
——被仙人们如此请求之后:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ isīhi yācito –
‘我已给予机会。诸位尊者,任何心中所欲问的问题,都请问吧。’
‘我将为你们一一解答,因为我自己已了知此世间与彼岸。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Katāvakāsā pucchantu bhonto, yaṃ kiñci pañhaṃ manasābhipatthitaṃ; Ahañhi taṃ taṃ vo viyākarissaṃ, ñatvā sayaṃ lokamimaṃ parañcā’’ti. –
如此,在萨罗邦伽菩萨时和《珊婆本生》中,他遍行整个赡部洲洲三次,却寻不着问题的边际。那时,他年仅七岁,正在路上玩着泥沙,一位久修梵行的婆罗门来问他:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sarabhaṅgakāle sambhavajātake ca sakalajambudīpe tikkhattuṃ vicaritvā pañhānaṃ antakaraṃ adisvā jātiyā sattavassiko rathikāya paṃsukīḷikaṃ kīḷanto suciratena brāhmaṇena puṭṭho –
我必定为你解说,就如一位善巧者那样;
然而,国王是否知晓此事,他会不会有所作为,那就不得而知了。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taggha te ahamakkhissaṃ, yathāpi kusalo tathā; Rājā ca kho naṃ jānāti, yadi kāhati vā na vā’’ti. (jā. 1.16.172) –
就这样,世尊发出了宣告一切知的邀请。当世尊向旷野夜叉如此发出宣告一切知的邀请之后,旷野夜叉便以偈颂问世尊:“在这个世间,什么是人最上的财富……”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāresi. Evaṃ bhagavatā āḷavakassa sabbaññupavāraṇāya pavāritāya atha kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ‘‘kiṃ sūdha vitta’’nti.
183 这里,“kinti”是提问用语。“su”仅作填充词。“idha”指“在这个世间”。“vittaṃ”(财富):由于它能使人享受、生起喜悦,故名财富,是钱财的同义词。“suciṇṇaṃ”即“善行”。“sukhaṃ”指“乐”,即身心舒适的感受。“āvahāti”(带来):意思是带来、给予、使生起。“have”是表确定语气的词。“sādutaraṃ”(极甜美):即特别甜美,也读作“sādhutara”。“rasānaṃ”(味):指被称为味的那些法。“kathaṃ”(以何种方式):所谓“怎样的活命”,即活命的方式;为凑合偈颂韵律而带了鼻音,也有读作“kathaṃjīviṃ jīvata”。其意思是对活着的人来说,“怎样的活命”。其余词义清楚。就这样,以这首偈颂提出了四个问题:“在这个世间,什么是男子最上的财富?怎样的善行能带来安乐?哪种味中最甜美?怎样的活命方式被他们称为最上?”显示巴利原文
183. Tattha kinti pucchāvacanaṃ. Sūti padapūraṇamatte nipāto. Idhāti imasmiṃ loke. Vittanti vidati, pītiṃ karotīti vittaṃ, dhanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Suciṇṇanti sukataṃ. Sukhanti kāyikacetasikaṃ sātaṃ. Āvahātīti āvahati, āneti, deti, appetīti vuttaṃ hoti haveti daḷhatthe nipāto. Sādutaranti atisayena sāduṃ. ‘‘Sādhutara’’ntipi pāṭho. Rasānanti rasasaññitānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Kathanti kena pakārena, kathaṃjīvino jīvitaṃ kathaṃjīvijīvitaṃ, gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana sānunāsikaṃ vuccati. ‘‘Kathaṃjīviṃ jīvata’’nti vā pāṭho. Tassa jīvantānaṃ kathaṃjīvinti attho. Sesamettha pākaṭameva. Evamimāya gāthāya ‘‘kiṃ su idha loke purisassa vittaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukhamāvahāti, kiṃ rasānaṃ sādutaraṃ, kathaṃjīvino jīvitaṃ seṭṭhamāhū’’ti ime cattāro pañhe pucchi.
184 于是,世尊便以迦叶佛十力智所解答的方式,同样地解答,说了这首偈颂:“信于此世为财富……”在这里,如同金银等财富能带来受用与享受的快乐,消除饥渴等痛苦,息灭贫穷,成为获得珍珠等宝物的因缘,并带来世间的赞誉;同样地,世间信与出世间信,也各自相应地带来世间与出世间的果报之乐,为以信为前导而修行的人消除生、老等苦,息灭功德上的匮乏,并成为获得念觉支等宝物的因缘。显示巴利原文
184. Athassa bhagavā kassapadasabalena vissajjitanayeneva vissajjento imaṃ gāthamāha ‘‘saddhīdha vitta’’nti. Tattha yathā hiraññasuvaṇṇādi vittaṃ upabhogaparibhogasukhaṃ āvahati, khuppipāsādidukkhaṃ paṭibāhati, dāliddiyaṃ vūpasameti, muttādiratanapaṭilābhahetu hoti, lokasanthutiñca āvahati, evaṃ lokiyalokuttarā saddhāpi yathāsambhavaṃ lokiyalokuttaravipākasukhamāvahati, saddhādhurena paṭipannānaṃ jātijarādidukkhaṃ paṭibāhati, guṇadāliddiyaṃ vūpasameti, satisambojjhaṅgādiratanapaṭilābhahetu hoti.
具足信与戒的人,声誉与财富皆圆满;无论往何处去,即于彼处得敬重。(《法句》303)
信:能带来世间的赞叹与名声,因此称为“财富”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saddho sīlena sampanno, yaso bhogasamappito; Yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tattheva pūjito’’ti. (dha. pa. 303) –
然而,这种信财是随身而行的,不与任何人共有,为一切成就之因,也是世间金银等财富的根本。的确,正是凭着信,人们通过布施等善行才获得财富;而对于无信者,财富只会带来种种祸患。因此,这信财被称为“最胜”。此处以“男子”为例,乃是举其显著者以作界定;不可认为唯有男子如此,当知此信财于女人等其他众生同样是最胜的。显示巴利原文
Vacanato lokasanthutiñca āvahatīti katvā ‘‘vitta’’nti vuttā. Yasmā panetaṃ saddhāvittaṃ anugāmikaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ sabbasampattihetu, lokiyassa hiraññasuvaṇṇādivittassāpi nidānaṃ. Saddhoyeva hi dānādīni puññāni katvā vittaṃ adhigacchati, assaddhassa pana vittaṃ yāvadeva anatthāya hoti, tasmā ‘‘seṭṭha’’nti vuttaṃ. Purisassāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedadesanā; tasmā na kevalaṃ purisassa , itthiādīnampi saddhāvittameva seṭṭhanti veditabbaṃ.
「法」:指十善业道法,或布施、持戒、禅修之法。「善行」:意为完善地行持、如法奉行。「能带来安乐」:即能如长者子赖吒和罗等那样,带来人间的安乐;如帝释天等那样,带来天界的安乐;最终又如大莲华等那样,带来涅槃的安乐。显示巴利原文
Dhammoti dasakusalakammapathadhammo, dānasīlabhāvanādhammo vā. Suciṇṇoti sukato sucarito . Sukhamāvahātīti soṇaseṭṭhiputtaraṭṭhapālādīnaṃ viya manussasukhaṃ, sakkādīnaṃ viya dibbasukhaṃ, pariyosāne ca mahāpadumādīnaṃ viya nibbānasukhañca āvahatīti.
「真实」一词可在多种含义中见到。例如:「应说真实语,不应愤怒」(《法句》224)等,指语真实;「沙门、婆罗门安立于真实中」(《本生》2.21.433)等,指离真实;「何以诸论师各说不同真实,善于言说立论?」(《经集》891)等,指见真实;「比丘们,有这四种婆罗门真实」(《增支部》4.185)等,指婆罗门真实;「真实唯一,无有二」(《经集》890)等,指究竟真实;「于四谛,有多少善?」(《分别》216)等,指圣谛。然在此处,所指的是作为究竟真实的涅槃,或以离真实为内涵的语真实。依凭此真实的威力,能调御水等诸界,渡越生老死之彼岸。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Saccanti ayaṃ saccasaddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ bhaṇe na kujjheyyā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 224) vācāsacce. ‘‘Sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā cā’’tiādīsu (jā. 2.21.433) viratisacce. ‘‘Kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalāvadānā’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 891) diṭṭhisacce. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇasaccānī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.185) brāhmaṇasacce. ‘‘Ekañhi saccaṃ na dutīyamatthī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 890) paramatthasacce. ‘‘Catunnaṃ saccānaṃ kati kusalā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 216) ariyasacce. Idha pana paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ, viratisaccaṃ vā abbhantaraṃ katvā vācāsaccaṃ adhippetaṃ, yassānubhāvena udakādīni vase vattenti jātijarāmaraṇapāraṃ taranti. Yathāha –
‘‘Saccena vācenudakampi dhāvati, visampi saccena hananti paṇḍitā; Saccena devo thanayaṃ pavassati, sacce ṭhitā nibbutiṃ patthayanti. ‘‘Ye kecime atthi rasā pathabyā, saccaṃ tesaṃ sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ; Sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca, taranti jātimaraṇassa pāra’’nti. (jā. 2.21.433);
「Sādutaraṃ」(更甜美):指更加甘甜、更加殊胜。「Rasānaṃ」(味):指的是那些可被品尝的法,例如依“根味、蕴味”等(《法集论》628-630)所说;也指其余那些依言辞之味而成立的文句等法,如“诸比丘,我允许一切果味”(《大品》300)、“乔达摩尊者是无形色者”、“婆罗门,那些色味、声味”(《增支部》8.11;《波罗夷》3)、“非犯于味味”(《波逸提》607-609)、“此法与律唯有一味,即解脱味”(《增支部》8.19;《小品》385)、“世尊是义味、法味的享有者”(《大义释》149;《小义释·阿耆达摩纳婆问义释》2),这些都称为「味」。在这些味中,真实的确最为甜美,只有真实才最为甜美,或者说更为善妙、更为殊胜、最为上等。因为,根味等虽能滋补身体,却带来杂染的快乐;而真实味中的“远离真实”与“言语真实”之味,能通过止与观等滋润内心,带来无杂染的快乐;“解脱味”因被胜义真实味所修习,故而是甜美的;“义味”与“法味”也是由于依止作为证得它们之方便的“义”与“法”,而成为甜美。显示巴利原文
Sādutaranti madhurataraṃ, paṇītataraṃ. Rasānanti ye ime ‘‘mūlaraso, khandharaso’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 628-630) nayena sāyanīyadhammā, ye cime ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ phalarasaṃ (mahāva. 300) arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo, ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūparasā, saddarasā (a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 3), anāpatti rasarase (pāci. 607-609), ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso (a. ni. 8.19; cūḷava. 385), bhāgī vā bhagavā attharasassa dhammarasassā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 149; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 2) nayena vācārasūpavajjā avasesabyañjanādayo dhammā ‘‘rasā’’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ rasānaṃ saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ saccameva sādutaraṃ, sādhutaraṃ vā seṭṭhataraṃ, uttamataraṃ. Mūlarasādayo hi sarīraṃ upabrūhenti, saṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahanti. Saccarase viratisaccavācāsaccarasā samathavipassanādīhi cittamupabrūhenti, asaṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahanti, vimuttiraso paramatthasaccarasaparibhāvitattā sādu, attharasadhammarasā ca tadadhigamūpāyabhūtaṃ atthañca dhammañca nissāya pavattitoti.
「Paññājīviṃ」(以智慧生活者)在此应这样理解:在“无眼者、独眼者、具双眼者”这三类人中,具双眼者,无论是在家人通过如实行持居家之道——诸如从事业务、皈依、布施分享、持戒、布萨羯磨等,还是出家人通过不违犯之戒(即无懊悔之戒),乃至更高层次的心清净等出家之道,以智慧成就而生活。这个以智慧生活者的生命,或者说这种以智慧为生命的生活方式,即被称为最上。显示巴利原文
Paññājīvinti ettha pana yvāyaṃ andhekacakkhudvicakkhukesu dvicakkhupuggalo gahaṭṭho vā kammantānuṭṭhānasaraṇagamanadānasaṃvibhāgasīlasamādānauposathakammādigahaṭṭhapaṭipadaṃ, pabbajito vā avippaṭisārakarasīlasaṅkhātaṃ taduttaricittavisuddhiādibhedaṃ vā pabbajitapaṭipadaṃ paññāya ārādhetvā jīvati, tassa paññājīvino jīvitaṃ, taṃ vā paññājīviṃ jīvitaṃ seṭṭhamāhūti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
185-6 世尊如此解答后,夜叉听了这四个问题,满心欢喜,继续问其余四个问题,说出偈颂:“如何能渡越瀑流?”于是,世尊以相同的方式解答,说偈颂:“以信渡越。”在这里,虽然那渡越四种瀑流者,即渡越了生死之海,超脱轮回之苦,清净烦恼之垢秽,然而,由于无信者不信能渡越瀑流,便不迈入;在五种欲乐功德中放纵心意而起放逸,因执著于此而不能渡越生死海;懈怠者住于苦中,与不善法相杂;无慧者不知清净之道,不得清净。因此,世尊为显示这些的对立面,而说出此偈。显示巴利原文
185-6. Evaṃ bhagavatā vissajjite cattāropi pañhe sutvā attamano yakkho avasesepi cattāro pañhe pucchanto ‘‘kathaṃ su tarati ogha’’nti gāthamāha. Athassa bhagavā purimanayeneva vissajjento ‘‘saddhāya taratī’’ti gāthamāha. Tattha kiñcāpi yo catubbidhaṃ oghaṃ tarati, so saṃsāraṇṇavampi tarati, vaṭṭadukkhampi acceti, kilesamalāpi parisujjhati, evaṃ santepi pana yasmā assaddho oghataraṇaṃ asaddahanto na pakkhandati, pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cittavossaggena pamatto tattheva sattavisattatāya saṃsāraṇṇavaṃ na tarati, kusīto dukkhaṃ viharati vokiṇṇo akusalehi dhammehi, appañño suddhimaggaṃ ajānanto na parisujjhati, tasmā tappaṭipakkhaṃ dassentena bhagavatā ayaṃ gāthā vuttā.
在这首世尊所说的偈颂中,入流支的立足处是信根,因此“以信渡越瀑流”这一句,揭示了见流的渡越、入流道及入流者。再者,入流者因恒常修习善法而具足名为不放逸的精勤,证得第二道后,除了仅再来此世间一次,其余已由入流道超越的有流之基体——生死海,他即由此不放逸而渡过,因此“以不放逸渡海”这一句,揭示了有流的渡越、一来道及一来者。又因一来者以精进证得第三道后,超越了一来道所未超越的欲流基体及名为欲流的欲之苦,故“以精进超越苦”这一句,揭示了欲流的渡越、不来道及不来者。又因不来者以离欲泥的清净慧,证得纯粹清净的第四道慧后,断除不来道所未断除的名为无明的最上垢秽,故“以慧得清净”这一句,揭示了无明流的渡越、阿拉汉道及阿拉汉。在这首以阿拉汉为顶点的偈颂结束时,那位夜叉安住于入流果。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttāya cetāya yasmā sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānaṃ saddhindriyaṃ, tasmā ‘‘saddhāya tarati ogha’’nti iminā padena diṭṭhoghataraṇaṃ sotāpattimaggaṃ sotāpannañca pakāseti. Yasmā pana sotāpanno kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sātaccakiriyāsaṅkhātena appamādena samannāgato dutiyamaggaṃ ārādhetvā ṭhapetvā sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgamanamattaṃ avasesaṃ sotāpattimaggena atiṇṇaṃ bhavoghavatthuṃ saṃsāraṇṇavaṃ tarati, tasmā ‘‘appamādena aṇṇava’’nti iminā padena bhavoghataraṇaṃ sakadāgāmimaggaṃ sakadāgāmiñca pakāseti. Yasmā sakadāgāmī vīriyena tatiyamaggaṃ ārādhetvā sakadāgāmimaggena anatītaṃ kāmoghavatthuṃ; kāmoghasaññitañca kāmadukkhamacceti, tasmā ‘‘vīriyena dukkhamaccetī’’ti iminā padena kāmoghataraṇaṃ anāgāmimaggaṃ anāgāmiñca pakāseti. Yasmā pana anāgāmī vigatakāmapaṅkatāya parisuddhāya paññāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ catutthamaggapaññaṃ ārādhetvā anāgāmimaggena appahīnaṃ avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ paramamalaṃ pajahati, tasmā ‘‘paññāya parisujjhatī’’ti iminā padena avijjoghataraṇaṃ arahattamaggaṃ arahantañca pakāseti. Imāya ca arahattanikūṭena kathitāya gāthāya pariyosāne yakkho sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi.
187 现在,他紧扣“以慧得清净”这句中所说的“慧”字,凭着自己的辩才,提出一个融合世间与出世间的问慧之问,说出这首六句偈:“如何获得慧?”其中,“kathaṃ su”(如何)一词,在这里及一切处,都是在询问义理如何成立。因为他已了知慧等的意义,便进而追问其成立的方式:“如何,以何种方法,由何种原因而获得慧?”此理同样适用于财富等事物。显示巴利原文
187. Idāni tameva ‘‘paññāya parisujjhatī’’ti ettha vuttaṃ paññāpadaṃ gahetvā attano paṭibhānena lokiyalokuttaramissakaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanto ‘‘kathaṃ su labhate pañña’’nti imaṃ chappadagāthamāha. Tattha kathaṃ sūti sabbattheva atthayuttipucchā hoti. Ayañhi paññādiatthaṃ ñatvā tassa yuttiṃ pucchati ‘‘kathaṃ kāya yuttiyā kena kāraṇena paññaṃ labhatī’’ti. Esa nayo dhanādīsu.
188 接着,世尊为显示由四种因缘获得智慧,而说“saddahāno”等偈颂。其意为:阿拉汉、佛陀、独觉佛及声闻,于前行阶段以身善行等法,于后行阶段以三十七菩提分法证得涅槃;若有人信受这些阿拉汉的法,为证涅槃,便获得世间与出世间的智慧。而且,这并非仅凭信就能达成。然而,由于他对法生起了信,即亲近善知识;因亲近而恭敬承事;因恭敬承事而倾耳谛听;因倾耳谛听而听闻正法。因此,从亲近乃至听闻正法,他便获得了“欲闻”(sussūsa,渴望闻法)。此为何义?即:信受彼法后,适时亲近阿阇梨与和尚,通过履行义务而恭敬承事;当因恭敬承事内心得到满足,他们欲有所教诲时,他便依已生起的想闻之意乐,倾耳谛听正法,如是即得欲闻。获得此欲闻之人,又以不舍正念而成为不放逸者,以能辨别善说与不善说而成为具慧者,如此便能获得智慧,否则不能。故说“不放逸、具慧”。显示巴利原文
188. Athassa bhagavā catūhi kāraṇehi paññālābhaṃ dassento ‘‘saddahāno’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – yena pubbabhāge kāyasucaritādibhedena, aparabhāge ca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyabhedena dhammena arahanto buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakā nibbānaṃ pattā, taṃ saddahāno arahataṃ dhammaṃ nibbānappattiyā lokiyalokuttaraṃ paññaṃ labhati. Tañca kho na saddhāmattakeneva, yasmā pana saddhājāto upasaṅkamati, upasaṅkamanto payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati, ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti, tasmā upasaṅkamanato pabhuti yāva dhammassavanena sussūsaṃ labhati. Ki vuttaṃ hoti – taṃ dhammaṃ saddahitvāpi ācariyupajjhāye kālena upasaṅkamitvā vattakaraṇena payirupāsitvā yadā payirupāsanāya ārādhitacittā kiñci vattukāmā honti. Atha adhigatāya sotukāmatāya sotaṃ odahitvā suṇanto labhatīti. Evaṃ susūsampi ca satiavippavāsena appamatto subhāsitadubbhāsitaññutāya vicakkhaṇo eva labhati, na itaro. Tenāha ‘‘appamatto vicakkhaṇo’’ti.
因此,由信而走上导向智慧的修行道,由欲闻而恭敬听取获取智慧的方便,由不放逸而不忘已掌握的内容,由具慧而把握不增不减、无颠倒的义理,并使它广为流布;另一种情况是:由欲闻而倾耳听闻带来智慧的法,由不放逸而在听闻后受持法,由具慧而省察所持的法义,随后次第证悟胜义真实。所以,当被问及“如何获得智慧”时,世尊为了显示这四种原因,而说了此偈:“信……乃至具慧”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ yasmā saddhāya paññālābhasaṃvattanikaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjati, sussūsāya sakkaccaṃ paññādhigamūpāyaṃ suṇāti, appamādena gahitaṃ na sammussati, vicakkhaṇatāya anūnādhikaṃ aviparītañca gahetvā vitthārikaṃ karoti. Sussūsāya vā ohitasoto paññāpaṭilābhahetuṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti, appamādena sutvā dhammaṃ dhāreti , vicakkhaṇatāya dhatānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthamupaparikkhati, athānupubbena paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikaroti, tasmāssa bhagavā ‘‘kathaṃ su labhate pañña’’nti puṭṭho imāni cattāri kāraṇāni dassento imaṃ gāthamāha – ‘‘saddahāno…pe… vicakkhaṇo’’ti.
189 现在,为解答随后的三个问题,世尊说了以“patirūpakārī”开头的这首偈颂。其中,“patirūpakārī”(作适宜者):指不舍弃适宜的时间、处所等,为获得世间或出世间财富而行适宜之方便。“Dhuravā”(担当重担者):指依于心所精进力,从不放弃重担。“Uṭṭhātā”(奋起者):指如“无论寒与暑,不视草为更甚”等(《长老偈》232;《长部》3.253)所说,以身精进而具足奋起,不懈怠、不松懈。“Vindate dhanaṃ”(获得财富):犹如小近事弟子靠一只老鼠,不久便获得二十万数量的世间财富;又如年长的摩诃帝须长老获得出世间财富。这位长老曾立下“我将以三种威仪而住”的誓愿,在昏沉睡眠到来时,便将草垫浸湿,顶在头上,走进齐颈深的水中,以此克制昏沉,历经十二年后证得阿拉汉果。“Saccena”(以真实):指以言语的真实,成为“说真话者、说实语者”;也指以胜义真实,成为“佛、独觉佛、圣声闻”,以此获得名声。“Dadaṃ”(布施):指向他人布施任何想要或期望的物品。显示巴利原文
189. Idāni tato pare tayo pañhe vissajjento ‘‘patirūpakārī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha desakālādīni ahāpetvā lokiyassa lokuttarassa vā dhanassa patirūpaṃ adhigamūpāyaṃ karotīti patirūpakārī. Dhuravāti cetasikavīriyavasena anikkhittadhuro. Uṭṭhātāti ‘‘yo ca sītañca uṇhañca, tiṇā bhiyyo na maññatī’’tiādinā (theragā. 232; dī. ni. 3.253) nayena kāyikavīriyavasena uṭṭhānasampanno asithilaparakkamo. Vindatedhananti ekamūsikāya na cirasseva dvesatasahassasaṅkhaṃ cūḷantevāsī viya lokiyadhanañca, mahallakamahātissatthero viya lokuttaradhanañca labhati. So hi ‘‘tīhi iriyāpathehi viharissāmī’’ti vattaṃ katvā thinamiddhāgamanavelāya palālacumbaṭakaṃ temetvā, sīse katvā, galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ pavisitvā, thinamiddhaṃ paṭibāhento dvādasahi vassehi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saccenāti vacīsaccenāpi ‘‘saccavādī bhūtavādī’’ti, paramatthasaccenāpi ‘‘buddho paccekabuddho ariyasāvako’’ti evaṃ kittiṃ pappoti. Dadanti yaṃkiñci icchitapatthitaṃ dadanto mittāni ganthati, sampādeti karotīti attho. Duddadaṃ vā dadaṃ ganthati, dānamukhena vā cattāripi saṅgahavatthūni gahitānīti veditabbāni. Tehi mittāni karotīti vuttaṃ hoti.
190 如此,先用在家与出家人共通、世间法与出世间法交杂的方式解答了四个问题之后,现在为了解答第五个问题“人死后如何能不忧愁”,世尊便就居家者的情形说道:“若在家者具备这些”(yassete)。其含义是:对于在家营家之人——也就是具备“笃信阿拉汉”句中所说、能生起一切善法的那种信,进而追求、寻求五欲功德的享乐者——他身上具有这四种法:第一是“以真实赢得名声”那句所说的“真实”;第二是“由恭敬听闻而获得智慧”句中,以恭敬听闻与智慧之名所说的“法”;第三是“能担重担、奋力而起者”句中,以重担与奋起之名所说的“坚忍”;第四是“布施能结交朋友”句中所说的“施舍”。如此具足这四法的人,从此世到他世之后,确实不会忧愁(sa ve pecca na socati),也就是说,真的不会忧愁。显示巴利原文
190. Evaṃ gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇena lokiyalokuttaramissakena nayena cattāro pañhe vissajjetvā idāni ‘‘kathaṃ pecca na socatī’’ti imaṃ pañcamaṃ pañhaṃ gahaṭṭhavasena vissajjento āha ‘‘yassete’’ti. Tassattho – yassa ‘‘saddahāno arahata’’nti ettha vuttāya sabbakalyāṇadhammuppādikāya saddhāya samannāgatattā saddhassagharamesino gharāvāsaṃ pañca vā kāmaguṇe esantassa gavesantassa kāmabhogino gahaṭṭhassa ‘‘saccena kittiṃ pappotī’’ti ettha vuttappakāraṃ saccaṃ, ‘‘sussūsaṃ labhate pañña’’nti ettha sussūsapaññānāmena vutto dhammo, ‘‘dhuravā uṭṭhātā’’ti ettha dhuranāmena uṭṭhānanāmena ca vuttā dhīti, ‘‘dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī’’ti ettha vuttappakāro cāgo cāti ete caturo dhammā santi. Sa ve pecca na socatīti idhalokā paralokaṃ gantvā sa ve na socatīti.
191 世尊如此解答了第五个问题后,为了策励那位夜叉,便说:“去问问别的吧。”在此,“iṅgha”是表示策励、催促的助词。“去问问别的”(aññepī)意思是:你去问问其他众多沙门、婆罗门,以及别的法;或者,你去问问其他那些像富兰那等自称为一切知者的众多沙门、婆罗门,以及别的法。如果在我们所说的“以真实得名声”这句话里,那些真实等法还有更殊胜的得名声之因;或者在“由恭敬听闻而获得智慧”那句话里,以恭敬听闻等名义所说的调伏,还有更殊胜的获得世间与出世间智慧之因;或者在“布施能结交朋友”那句话里,那些施舍还有更殊胜的交友之因;或者在“能负重担、奋力而起者”那句话里,以能忍耐大重担为义、依种种义利而以“负重”与“奋起”为名、达到了堪忍状态的精进——也就是“堪忍”,还有更殊胜的获得世间与出世间财富之因;再或者,当宣说“真实、法、坚忍、施舍”时,正是由这四法成为从此世到他世死后不忧愁的因,如果这其中还有什么别的因存在于世间——这就是此处附带要说明的。显示巴利原文
191. Evaṃ bhagavā pañcamampi pañhaṃ vissajjetvā taṃ yakkhaṃ codento āha – ‘‘iṅgha aññepī’’ti. Tattha iṅghāti codanatthe nipāto. Aññepīti aññepi dhamme puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchassu, aññepi vā pūraṇādayo sabbaññupaṭiññe puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchassu. Yadi amhehi ‘‘saccena kittiṃ pappotī’’ti ettha vuttappakārā saccā bhiyyo kittippattikāraṇaṃ vā, ‘‘sussūsaṃ labhate pañña’’nti ettha sussūsanapaññāpadesena vuttā damā bhiyyo lokiyalokuttarapaññāpaṭilābhakāraṇaṃ vā. ‘‘Dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī’’ti ettha vuttappakārā cāgā bhiyyo mittaganthanakāraṇaṃ vā, ‘‘dhuravā uṭṭhātā’’ti ettha taṃ taṃ atthavasaṃ paṭicca dhuranāmena uṭṭhānanāmena ca vuttāya mahābhārasahanaṭṭhena ussoḷhībhāvappattāya vīriyasaṅkhātāya khantyā bhiyyo lokiyalokuttaradhanavindanakāraṇaṃ vā, ‘‘saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo’’ti evaṃ vuttehi imeheva catūhi dhammehi bhiyyo asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ pecca asocanakāraṇaṃ vā idha vijjatīti ayamettha saddhiṃ saṅkhepayojanāya atthavaṇṇanā. Vitthārato pana ekamekaṃ padaṃ atthuddhārapaduddhāravaṇṇanānayehi vibhajitvā veditabbā.
192 世尊如此说后,那夜叉原本可能因疑惑而去询问他人,但由于那种疑惑已被断除,因此他说:“现在我何必再去问众多沙门、婆罗门呢?”为了让那些不知道他为何不再去问的人也能明白,他又说:“因为我今天亲自了知了什么是来世的利益。”在这里,“今天”(ajja)的意思是:从今天开始。“我亲自了知”(pajānāmi)的意思是:我依照前面所说的方式清楚地了知。“什么利益”(yo attho):以此句来总摄——他用“由恭敬听闻而获得智慧”等方式所标示的,是“现法利益”;而用“来世的”(samparāyiko)这个词,则标示出如“若具备此四法”所说的、能令死后无忧的“来世利益”。另外,“利益”(attho)这个词是“原因”的异名。因为attha一词,在“具义具文”等语句中,是指所读诵的义理;在“居士,我需要金银财物”等语句中,是指需要办的事情;在“持戒者得增长……”显示巴利原文
192. Evaṃ vutte yakkho yena saṃsayena aññe puccheyya, tassa pahīnattā ‘‘kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ, puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇeti vatvā yepissa apucchanakāraṇaṃ na jānanti, tepi jānāpento ‘‘yohaṃ ajja pajānāmi, yo attho samparāyiko’’ti āha. Tattha ajjāti ajjādiṃ katvāti adhippāyo. Pajānāmīti yathāvuttena pakārena jānāmi. Yo atthoti ettāvatā ‘‘sussūsaṃ labhate pañña’’ntiādinā nayena vuttaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ dasseti samparāyikoti iminā ‘‘yassete caturo dhammā’’ti vuttaṃ pecca sokābhāvakaraṃ samparāyikaṃ. Atthoti ca kāraṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ayañhi atthasaddo ‘‘sātthaṃ sabyañjana’’nti evamādīsu (pārā. 1; dī. ni. 1.255) pāṭhatthe vattati. ‘‘Attho me, gahapati, hiraññasuvaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.250; ma. ni. 3.258) kiccatthe ‘‘hoti sīlavataṃ attho’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.1.11) vuḍḍhimhi. ‘‘Bahujano bhajate atthahetū’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.15.89) dhane. ‘‘Ubhinnamatthaṃ caratī’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.7.66; saṃ. ni. 1.250; theragā. 443) hite. ‘‘Atthe jāte ca paṇḍita’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.1.92) kāraṇe. Idha pana kāraṇe. Tasmā yaṃ paññādilābhādīnaṃ kāraṇaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ, yañca pecca sokābhāvassa kāraṇaṃ samparāyikaṃ, taṃ yohaṃ ajja bhagavatā vuttanayena sāmaṃyeva pajānāmi, so kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇeti evamettha saṅkhepato attho veditabbo.
193 夜叉在说“我已了知什么是来世的利益”之后,为了显示他的这种智慧是以世尊为根本来源,便继续说:“佛陀确实为了我的利益而来。”此处,“为了利益”(atthāya)的意思是:为了饶益,或者为了增长。他的意思是:依据“若具备此四法”那段中所说的布施,我已经知道了“布施于何处能得大果”——那最上的应受供养者,也就是佛陀。然而有些人却说:“这是针对僧伽而说的。”显示巴利原文
193. Evaṃ yakkho ‘‘pajānāmi yo attho samparāyiko’’ti vatvā tassa ñāṇassa bhagavaṃmūlakattaṃ dassento ‘‘atthāya vata me buddho’’ti āha. Tattha atthāyāti hitāya, vuḍḍhiyā vā. Yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalanti ‘‘yassete caturo dhammā’’ti (jā. 1.1.97) ettha vuttacāgena yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti, taṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyaṃ buddhaṃ pajānāmīti attho. Keci pana ‘‘saṅghaṃ sandhāya evamāhā’’ti bhaṇanti.
194 此夜叉以这首偈颂显示自身已得利益之后,又为开显利益他人的修行,接着说道:“so ahaṃ vicarissāmi(我将如是游行)。”其含义应依《雪山夜叉经》中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
194. Evaṃ imāya gāthāya attano hitādhigamaṃ dassetvā idāni parahitāya paṭipattiṃ dīpento āha ‘‘so ahaṃ vicarissāmī’’ti. Tassattho hemavatasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
这首偈颂的圆满、黎明到来、善哉之声的响起,以及将旷野夜叉童子带回夜叉宫殿——这一切都发生在同一刹那。国王的侍从们听到善哉之声,心想:“这样的善哉之声,除了对佛陀,绝不会为他人而发出。莫非世尊已驾临?”他们正思忖间,望见了世尊身上散发的光芒,于是不再像往常那样停留在外,径直走进夜叉的宫殿。他们看见世尊安坐殿中,夜叉正合掌侍立一旁。见此情景,便对夜叉说:“大夜叉!这是送来给你作祭供的王子,你把他吞食了、享用了,或者随你怎样处置都行。”夜叉因已证得入流果,心生惭愧;尤其在世尊面前被人如此一说,更是羞惭难当。于是他立刻用双手接过那位王子,呈献给世尊,说道:“尊者!这位王子本是送来给我的,我现在把他献给世尊。诸佛悲悯众生、利益众生,恳请世尊为了这孩子的利益与安乐,接受他吧。”接着,他说出以下的偈颂:显示巴利原文
Evamimāya gāthāya pariyosānañca rattivibhāyanañca sādhukārasadduṭṭhānañca āḷavakakumārassa yakkhassa bhavanaṃ ānayanañca ekakkhaṇeyeva ahosi. Rājapurisā sādhukārasaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘evarūpo sādhukārasaddo ṭhapetvā buddhe na aññesaṃ abbhuggacchati, āgato nu kho bhagavā’’ti āvajjentā bhagavato sarīrappabhaṃ disvā, pubbe viya bahi aṭṭhatvā, nibbisaṅkā antoyeva pavisitvā, addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ yakkhassa bhavane nisinnaṃ, yakkhañca añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitaṃ. Disvāna yakkhaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ te, mahāyakkha, rājakumāro balikammāya ānīto, handa naṃ khāda vā bhuñja vā, yathāpaccayaṃ vā karohī’’ti. So sotāpannattā lajjito visesato ca bhagavato purato evaṃ vuccamāno, atha taṃ kumāraṃ ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘ayaṃ bhante kumāro mayhaṃ pesito, imāhaṃ bhagavato dammi, hitānukampakā buddhā, paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ dārakaṃ imassa hitatthāya sukhatthāyā’’ti. Imañca gāthamāha –
这位童子,具足百种福德之相,众肢具备,诸相圆满,
我心怀踊跃,欢喜欣悦地将他献给具眼者,愿您为利益世间而纳受他吧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Imaṃ kumāraṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, sabbaṅgupetaṃ paripuṇṇabyañjanaṃ; Udaggacitto sumano dadāmi te, paṭiggaha lokahitāya cakkhumā’’ti.
世尊纳受了那童子。为给那夜叉与童子作吉祥之缘,世尊在纳受时说了一首吉祥偈。那夜叉为使童子皈依,令他将第四句重复了三遍,其内容如下:显示巴利原文
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā kumāraṃ, paṭiggaṇhanto ca yakkhassa ca kumārassa ca maṅgalakaraṇatthaṃ pādūnagāthaṃ abhāsi. Taṃ yakkho kumāraṃ saraṇaṃ gamento tikkhattuṃ catutthapādena pūreti. Seyyathidaṃ –
‘‘Dīghāyuko hotu ayaṃ kumāro, Tuvañca yakkha sukhito bhavāhi; Abyādhitā lokahitāya tiṭṭhatha, Ayaṃ kumāro saraṇamupeti buddhaṃ…pe… dhammaṃ…pe… saṅgha’’nti.
世尊将童子交给了国王的随从,叮嘱道:“将他抚养大后再交还给我。”就这样,那位童子从国王随从手中,到了夜叉手中;又从夜叉手中,到了世尊手中;再从世尊手中,回到国王随从手中。因此,他被称为“手授旷野者”。当那些国王随从带着他返回时,农夫与林务人见了,怖畏地问:“莫非因这孩子太小,夜叉不愿要?”随从告诉他们:“不必害怕,世尊已使一切安稳。”于是,“善哉、善哉”的欢呼声响彻整座旷野城,大众一齐向夜叉所在的方向涌去。而夜叉在世尊尚未到乞食之时,便拿着衣钵,走到半路又折返回来。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā kumāraṃ rājapurisānaṃ adāsi – ‘‘imaṃ vaḍḍhetvā puna mameva dethā’’ti. Evaṃ so kumāro rājapurisānaṃ hatthato yakkhassa hatthaṃ yakkhassa hatthato bhagavato hatthaṃ, bhagavato hatthato puna rājapurisānaṃ hatthaṃ gatattā nāmato ‘‘hatthako āḷavako’’ti jāto. Taṃ ādāya paṭinivatte rājapurise disvā kassakavanakammikādayo ‘‘kiṃ yakkho kumāraṃ atidaharattā na icchatī’’ti bhītā pucchiṃsu. Rājapurisā ‘‘mā bhāyatha, khemaṃ kataṃ bhagavatā’’ti sabbamārocesuṃ. Tato ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti sakalaṃ āḷavīnagaraṃ ekakolāhalena yakkhābhimukhaṃ ahosi. Yakkhopi bhagavato bhikkhācārakāle anuppatte pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā upaḍḍhamaggaṃ āgantvā nivatti.
那时,世尊在城中托钵乞食,用过斋饭后,在城门附近一处僻静的树下,于铺设好的殊胜佛座上坐下。随后,国王、市民与大众一同聚集,来到世尊跟前,礼敬之后,围绕世尊而坐,问道:“尊者,您是如何调伏如此凶暴的夜叉的?”世尊便从战斗开始叙说,说道:“就这样降下了九种武器之雨,就这样作了恐怖威吓,就这样问了问题,我就这样解答了。”并为他们开示了那部《旷野夜叉经》。开示结束时,八万四千众生获得了法现观。之后,国王与市民们在多闻天王宫殿附近为夜叉建造了住所,并持续以鲜花、香等作庄严供养。那个男孩长大后,具备了辨识能力,他们便让他离去,说:“你仰赖世尊才得以活命,去吧,去亲近承事世尊和比丘僧团吧。”他亲近承事世尊和比丘僧团,不久便安住于不来果,通晓了一切佛语,并拥有五百位在家男众作为随从。世尊将他授记为第一:“比丘们,在我的在家弟子中,能以四摄事摄受大众的,此手授旷野者最为第一。”显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā nagare piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco nagaradvāre aññatarasmiṃ vivitte rukkhamūle paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Tato mahājanakāyena saddhiṃ rājā ca nāgarā ca ekato sampiṇḍitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma vanditvā parivāretvā nisinnā ‘‘kathaṃ, bhante, evaṃ dāruṇaṃ yakkhaṃ damayitthā’’ti pucchiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā yuddhamādiṃ katvā ‘‘evaṃ navavidhavassaṃ vassi, evaṃ vibhiṃsanakaṃ akāsi, evaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi, tassāhaṃ evaṃ vissajjesi’’nti tamevāḷavakasuttaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne caturāsītipāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tato rājā ca nāgarā ca vessavaṇamahārājassa bhavanasamīpe yakkhassa bhavanaṃ katvā pupphagandhādisakkārūpetaṃ niccaṃ baliṃ pavattesuṃ. Tañca kumāraṃ viññutaṃ pattaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ bhagavantaṃ nissāya jīvitaṃ labhi, gaccha, bhagavantaṃyeva payirupāsassu bhikkhusaṅghañcā’’ti vissajjesuṃ. So bhagavantañca bhikkhusaṅghañca payirupāsamāno na cirasseva anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā pañcasataupāsakaparivāro ahosi. Bhagavā ca naṃ etadagge niddisi ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi parisaṃ saṅgaṇhantānaṃ yadidaṃ hatthako āḷavako’’ti (a ni. 1.251).
第十一:《胜利经》的解释显示巴利原文
11. Vijayasuttavaṇṇanā
“若行走,或若站立”——这是《难陀经》。《胜利经》也被称为《身离散经》。它的缘起是什么?据说这部经是在两个地方宣说的,因此它的缘起有两种。其中,世尊次第游化,到达迦毗罗卫,教化释迦族人,让难陀等人出家后,在允许女人出家的因缘成熟时,有三位名叫难陀的女子出家了,她们分别是:阿难尊者的妹妹难陀、黄金匠师王的女儿极美难陀,以及国中第一美女难陀。而在那时,世尊正住在舍卫城。极美难陀天生就非常美丽、好看、令人愉悦,正因为这样,人们才称她为“极美难陀”。国中第一美女难陀也觉得,在容貌上没人能和自己相比。她们俩都沉醉于自己的美貌,心想:“世尊贬低容貌,呵责容貌,用种种方法指出色身的过患。”因此她们都不去承事侍奉世尊,甚至连见都不想见他。如果问:既然这样没有净信,为什么还出家呢?回答是:身不由己,没有办法。因为极美难陀在她婚礼的当天,她的丈夫释迦王子就去世了,然后她的父母就强行让她出了家。国中第一美女难陀则是在难陀尊者证得阿拉汉果之后,断了念想,她想:“我的丈夫、我的母亲摩诃巴阇波提,还有其他亲族都出家了,离开亲族,独自过在家生活实在是太苦了。”她是因为在居家生活中找不到任何乐趣才出家的,并不是出于信心。显示巴利原文
Caraṃvā yadi vā tiṭṭhanti nandasuttaṃ. ‘‘Vijayasuttaṃ kāyavicchandanikasutta’’ntipi vuccati. Kā uppatti? Idaṃ kira suttaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu vuttaṃ, tasmā assa duvidhā uppatti. Tattha bhagavatā anupubbena kapilavatthuṃ anuppatvā, sākiye vinetvā nandādayo pabbājetvā, anuññātāya mātugāmassa pabbajjāya ānandattherassa bhaginī nandā, khemakasakkarañño dhītā abhirūpanandā, janapadakalyāṇī nandāti tisso nandāyo pabbajiṃsu. Tena ca samayena bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Abhirūpanandā abhirūpā eva ahosi dassanīyā pāsādikā, tenevassā abhirūpanandāti nāmamakaṃsu. Janapadakalyāṇī nandāpi rūpena attanā sadisaṃ na passati. Tā ubhopi rūpamadamattā ‘‘bhagavā rūpaṃ vivaṇṇeti, garahati, anekapariyāyena rūpe ādīnavaṃ dassetī’’ti bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ na gacchanti, daṭṭhumpi na icchanti. Evaṃ appasannā kasmā pabbajitāti ce? Agatiyā. Abhirūpanandāya hi vāreyyadivaseyeva sāmiko sakyakumāro kālamakāsi. Atha naṃ mātāpitaro akāmakaṃ pabbājesuṃ. Janapadakalyāṇī nandāpi āyasmante nande arahattaṃ patte nirāsā hutvā ‘‘mayhaṃ sāmiko ca mātā ca mahāpajāpati aññe ca ñātakā pabbajitā, ñātīhi vinā dukkho gharāvāso’’ti gharāvāse assādamalabhantī pabbajitā, na saddhāya.
那时,世尊知道她们智慧成熟的时机已到,便吩咐摩诃波阇波提说:“所有的比丘尼都应按照顺序前来听受教诫。”她们在轮到自己的顺序时,却派别人来替代。于是世尊说:“轮到顺序时,必须亲自前来,不可派他人替代。”后来有一天,极美难陀来了。世尊以神通变现出一个化身,令她心生警惕后,诵出了《法句经》中的这个偈颂——显示巴利原文
Atha bhagavā tāsaṃ ñāṇaparipākaṃ viditvā mahāpajāpatiṃ āṇāpesi ‘‘sabbāpi bhikkhuniyo paṭipāṭiyā ovādaṃ āgacchantū’’ti . Tā attano vāre sampatte aññaṃ pesenti. Tato bhagavā ‘‘sampatte vāre attanāva āgantabbaṃ, na aññā pesetabbā’’ti āha. Athekadivasaṃ abhirūpanandā agamāsi. Taṃ bhagavā nimmitarūpena saṃvejetvā ‘‘aṭṭhīnaṃ nagaraṃ kata’’nti imāya dhammapadagāthāya –
“难陀,你看这疾患、不净、腐烂的聚合之身;
向上涌出、向下流淌着污秽,却为愚痴之人所贪爱。”(《长老尼偈》19)
你应当修习无相,断除我慢的随眠;
由此,当你彻底通达了慢,便将内心寂静,安详度日。”(《经集》344;《长老尼偈》20)——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ; Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhipatthitaṃ. (therīgā. 19); ‘‘Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha; Tato mānābhisamayā, upasantā carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 344; therīgā. 20) –
通过这些长老尼偈,她次第安住于阿拉汉果。此后有一天,舍卫城的居民在食前布施了饭食,受持了布萨,衣着整齐,披好上衣,手持香、花等物,为了听法前往祇园。听法结束时,他们顶礼世尊之后,便进入城中。比丘尼僧团也在听闻法谈后,回到比丘尼的住处。在那里,人们和比丘尼们都称扬世尊的功德。因为世间众生共住之中,依四种衡量标准而见的人:凡是见到正自觉者,无不生起净信。‘以色为衡量标准的人’,见到世尊那嵌以诸相、纷呈随形好、光辉照耀、为一寻光环所缠绕的色身,宛如为庄严世间而生的容貌,便生净信;‘以声为衡量标准的人’,听闻他在于数百本生事中称扬功德的音声、具足八支、如杜鹃般甘甜的音声以及梵音,便生净信;‘以粗朴为衡量标准的人’,见到他钵与衣等生活的粗朴,或者苦行的那种粗朴,便生净信;‘以法为衡量标准的人’,则在审视他‘圣戒蕴’等任何一种法蕴之后,生起净信。因此,在一切场合,他们都称扬世尊的功德。国中第一美女难陀比丘到了比丘尼住处后,听到他们以种种方式称扬世尊的功德,便想去拜见世尊,于是告诉显示巴利原文
Imāhi therīgāthāhi ca anupubbena arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Athekadivasaṃ sāvatthivāsino purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā samādinnuposathā sunivatthā supārutā gandhapupphādīni ādāya dhammassavanatthāya jetavanaṃ gantvā dhammassavanapariyosāne bhagavantaṃ vanditvā nagaraṃ pavisanti. Bhikkhunisaṅghopi dhammakathaṃ sutvā bhikkhuniupassayaṃ gacchati. Tattha manussā ca bhikkhuniyo ca bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Catuppamāṇike hi lokasannivāse sammāsambuddhaṃ disvā appasīdanto nāma natthi. Rūpappamāṇikā hi puggalā bhagavato lakkhaṇakhacitamanubyañjanavicitraṃ samujjalitaketumālābyāmappabhāvinaddhamalaṅkāratthamiva lokassa samuppannaṃ rūpaṃ disvā pasīdanti, ghosappamāṇikā anekasatesu jātakesu kittighosaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ karavīkamadhuranigghosaṃ brahmassarañca sutvā, lūkhappamāṇikā pattacīvarādilūkhataṃ dukkarakārikalūkhataṃ vā disvā, dhammappamāṇikā sīlakkhandhādīsu yaṃkiñci dhammakkhandhaṃ upaparikkhitvā. Tasmā sabbaṭṭhānesu bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Janapadakalyāṇī nandā bhikkhunipassayaṃ patvāpi anekapariyāyena bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantānaṃ tesaṃ sutvā bhagavantaṃ upagantukāmā hutvā bhikkhunīnaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhuniyo taṃ gahetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
世尊预先知道她将到来,正如有人欲以刺挑刺、以楔出楔一般,为了以容貌调伏她的容貌骄慢,便凭借自己的神通力,变现出一位极为美丽、大约十五六岁的女子,站在身旁扇着风。难陀与诸比丘尼一同前来,顶礼世尊后,坐在比丘尼众中。她从脚底至发梢,瞻仰世尊的圆满色身,又看见那位在世尊身旁站立的化现女子,心中想道:“啊,这女子真是殊妙!”于是舍弃了自己的容貌骄慢,转而迷恋那女子的容貌。接着,世尊将那位女子变为二十岁左右的模样示现出来。因为女人仅以十六岁上下的样貌为美,超过这个年纪便不再那般了。难陀见到那位女子的容貌衰坏之后,对她那容颜的欲贪便淡薄了下去。接着,世尊又次第示现她未生育时的容貌、生育一次时的容貌、中年妇女的容貌、老妇的容貌,一直变作一位弯腰驼背、拄杖而行、身上长满斑点的百岁老妪,随后更让难陀眼睁睁看着她死去——尸体膨胀、青瘀,种种败坏,被乌鸦等围拢啄食,变得臭秽、可厌、令人作呕。难陀目睹此规律后,心想:“我也一样,他人也一样,这规律是一切人所共有的。”于是无常想在她心中确立,随之,苦想显示巴利原文
Bhagavā paṭikacceva tassāgamanaṃ viditvā kaṇṭakena kaṇṭakaṃ, āṇiyā ca āṇiṃ nīharitukāmo puriso viya rūpeneva rūpamadaṃ vinetuṃ attano iddhibalena pannarasasoḷasavassuddesikaṃ atidassanīyaṃ itthiṃ passe ṭhatvā bījamānaṃ abhinimmini. Nandā bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ upasaṅkamitvā, bhagavantaṃ vanditvā, bhikkhunisaṅghassa antare nisīditvā, pādatalā pabhuti yāva kesaggā bhagavato rūpasampattiṃ disvā puna taṃ bhagavato passe ṭhitaṃ nimmatarūpañca disvā ‘‘aho ayaṃ itthī rūpavatī’’ti attano rūpamadaṃ jahitvā tassā rūpe abhirattabhāvā ahosi. Tato bhagavā taṃ itthiṃ vīsativassappamāṇaṃ katvā dassesi. Mātugāmo hi soḷasavassuddesikoyeva sobhati, na tato uddhaṃ. Atha tassā rūpaparihāniṃ disvā nandāya tasmiṃ rūpe chandarāgo tanuko ahosi. Tato bhagavā avijātavaṇṇaṃ, sakiṃvijātavaṇṇaṃ, majjhimitthivaṇṇaṃ, mahitthivaṇṇanti evaṃ yāva vassasatikaṃ obhaggaṃ daṇḍaparāyaṇaṃ tilakāhatagattaṃ katvā, dassetvā passamānāyeva nandāya tassā maraṇaṃ uddhumātakādibhedaṃ kākādīhi samparivāretvā khajjamānaṃ duggandhaṃ jegucchapaṭikūlabhāvañca dassesi . Nandāya taṃ kamaṃ disvā ‘‘evamevaṃ mamapi aññesampi sabbasādhāraṇo ayaṃ kamo’’ti aniccasaññā saṇṭhāsi, tadanusārena ca dukkhanattasaññāpi, tayo bhavā ādittamiva agāraṃ appaṭisaraṇā hutvā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Atha bhagavā ‘‘kammaṭṭhāne pakkhantaṃ nandāya citta’’nti ñatvā tassā sappāyavasena imā gāthāyo abhāsi –
从界观之,见其为空,莫再重返世间;
于有之欲离染已,你将寂然而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ; Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhipatthitaṃ. (therīgā. 19); ‘‘Yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ; Dhātuso suññato passa, mā lokaṃ punarāgami; Bhave chandaṃ virājetvā, upasantā carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 205);
于偈颂结束时,难陀安住于入流果。随后,世尊为令她证得更高道果,在开示以空性为随伴的观业处时,宣说了这部经。此是其初次生起因缘。显示巴利原文
Gāthāpariyosāne nandā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Athassā bhagavā uparimaggādhigamatthaṃ suññataparivāraṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ kathento imaṃ suttamabhāsi. Ayaṃ tāvassa ekā uppatti.
世尊住于王舍城时,此事在《衣犍度》(《大品》326)中有详细起因:一位名为西利摩的女子,是妓女沙罗瓦底之女,也是耆婆的妹妹。母亲去世后,西利摩继承其业。在“以不忿胜忿”(《法句》223;《本生》1.2.1)这首偈的因缘中,她曾轻视富楼那长者的女儿,后来请求世尊原谅,闻法后证得入流果,并设立了八种常施之食。以她为缘,一位常受供养的比丘对她生起贪欲,以致无法进食,卧床不起,正如《法句》偈因缘所记。就在那时,西利摩去世,投生为夜摩天苏夜摩天子的天妃。世尊便阻止火化她的尸体,令国王命人弃尸于荒冢,供众人观看。世尊由比丘僧团围绕,带领那位比丘前往,城中民众及国王也一同前去。在那里,众人纷纷说:“昔日纵出十八千金,亦难见西利摩一面;如今哪怕只出一个迦迦尼,也无一人愿看。”已为天女的西利摩也乘五百辆车,由眷属簇拥而来。世尊为聚集的大众开示佛法,也为教诫那位比丘,宣说了这部经与《法句》偈颂:“看这……”显示巴利原文
Bhagavati pana rājagahe viharante yā sā cīvarakkhandhake (mahāva. 326) vitthārato vuttasamuṭṭhānāya sālavatiyā gaṇikāya dhītā jīvakassa kaniṭṭhā sirimā nāma mātu accayena taṃ ṭhānaṃ labhitvā ‘‘akkodhena jine kodha’’nti (dha. pa. 223; jā. 1.2.1) imissā gāthāya vatthumhi puṇṇakaseṭṭhidhītaraṃ avamaññitvā, bhagavantaṃ khamāpentī dhammadesanaṃ sutvā, sotāpannā hutvā aṭṭha niccabhattāni pavattesi. Taṃ ārabbha aññataro niccabhattiko bhikkhu rāgaṃ uppādesi. Āhārakiccampi ca kātuṃ asakkonto nirāhāro nipajjīti dhammapadagāthāvatthumhi vuttaṃ. Tasmiṃ tathānipanneyeva sirimā kālaṃ katvā yāmabhavane suyāmassa devī ahosi. Atha tassā sarīrassa aggikiccaṃ nivāretvā āmakasusāne raññā nikkhipāpitaṃ sarīraṃ dassanāya bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto agamāsi, tampi bhikkhuṃ ādāya, tathā nāgarā ca rājā ca. Tattha manussā bhaṇanti ‘‘pubbe sirimāya aṭṭhuttarasahassenāpi dassanaṃ dullabhaṃ , taṃ dānajja kākaṇikāyāpi daṭṭhukāmo natthī’’ti. Sirimāpi devakaññā pañcahi rathasatehi parivutā tatrāgamāsi. Tatrāpi bhagavā sannipatitānaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ suttaṃ tassa bhikkhuno ovādatthaṃ ‘‘passa cittakataṃ bimba’’nti (dha. pa. 147) imañca dhammapadagāthaṃ abhāsi. Ayamassa dutiyā uppatti.
195 所谓“行”,是指依整个色身朝向应去方向的动作而行。所谓“立”,是指依直立之势而立。“坐”,是指以弯曲下半身、挺直上半身的方式而坐;“卧”,是指以身体横向展开的方式而卧。“屈伸”,是指各肢节的弯屈与伸展。显示巴利原文
195. Tattha caraṃ vāti sakalarūpakāyassa gantabbadisābhimukhenābhinīhārena gacchanto vā. Yadi vā tiṭṭhanti tasseva ussāpanabhāvena tiṭṭhanto vā. Nisinno uda vā sayanti tasseva heṭṭhimabhāgasamiñjanauparimabhāgasamussāpanabhāvena nisinno vā, tiriyaṃ pasāraṇabhāvena sayanto vā. Samiñjeti pasāretīti tāni tāni pabbāni samiñjeti ca pasāreti ca.
这即是此身的动作:上面所说的一切,纯粹是这个有识之身本身在动作、移动、摇动,其中并没有另一个在行走或伸展的实体。而是当“我走”的想法在心中生起时,由心所生的风界弥漫全身,使它朝向要去的方向行进——也就是说,在不同处所有不同的色法显现。因此称为“行”。同样,当“我站”的想法生起时,由心所生的风界弥漫全身,便有了向上挺立的动作,即越升越高而住,有色法显现。因此称为“立”。当“我坐”的想法生起时,由心所生的风界弥漫全身,便有了下身弯曲、上身挺直的动作,依此而有色法显现。因此称为“坐”。当“我卧”的想法生起时,由心所生的风界弥漫全身,便有了横躺展开的动作,依此而有色法显现。因此称为“卧”。显示巴利原文
Esā kāyassa iñjanāti sabbāpesā imasseva saviññāṇakassa kāyassa iñjanā calanā phandanā, natthettha añño koci caranto vā pasārento vā, apica kho pana ‘‘carāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa gantabbadisābhimukho abhinīhāro hoti, desantare rūpantarapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘cara’’nti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘tiṭṭhāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa samussāpanaṃ hoti, uparūpariṭṭhānena rūpapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘tiṭṭha’’nti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘nisīdāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa heṭṭhimabhāgasamiñjanañca uparimabhāgasamussāpanañca hoti, tathābhāvena rūpapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘nisinno’’ti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘sayāmī’’ti citte uppajjante taṃsamuṭṭhānā vāyodhātu kāyaṃ pharati, tenassa tiriyaṃ pasāraṇaṃ hoti, tathābhāvena rūpapātubhāvoti attho. Tena ‘‘saya’’nti vuccati.
同样地,这位具寿——不管他叫什么名字——无论是在行、立、坐、卧中,在各种威仪里,由于不同肢节的屈伸而被说为“他屈伸”。而这同样是因为,当屈伸的心生起时,便是依前文所说的方式而发生。所以说“这即是此身的动作”,其中并没有另一个行走或伸展的实体,没有任何以某种形式在行走或屈伸的众生或个人。只是——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ cāyamāyasmā yo koci itthannāmo caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ, nisinno uda vā sayaṃ yametaṃ tattha tattha iriyāpathe tesaṃ tesaṃ pabbānaṃ samiñjanappasāraṇavasena samiñjeti pasāretīti vuccati. Tampi yasmā samiñjanappasāraṇacitte uppajjamāne yathāvutteneva nayena hoti, tasmā esā kāyassa iñjanā, natthettha añño koci, suññamidaṃ kenaci carantena vā pasārentena vā sattena vā puggalena vā. Kevalaṃ pana –
由于心的种种差异,风界便呈现种种差异;
由于风界的种种差异,身体便有了种种动作。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cittanānattamāgamma, nānattaṃ hoti vāyuno; Vāyunānattato nānā, hoti kāyassa iñjanā’’ti. –
这就是此中的究竟义。显示巴利原文
Ayamettha paramattho.
如此,由于久住于一种威仪会导致身体疲累,为消除此疲累而转换威仪,所以世尊以本偈中的“行”等词语,揭示了被威仪掩盖的苦相。同样地,因为在行走时并没有站立等动作,所以说这一切行、住、坐、卧等差别为“这是此身的动作”,由此揭示了被相续掩盖的无常相。又由于种种条件组合而转起,说“这是此身的动作”以遮破“我”,从而揭示了被我执密集所掩盖的无我相。显示巴利原文
Evametāya gāthāya bhagavā yasmā ekasmiṃ iriyāpathe ciraviniyogena kāyapīḷanaṃ hoti, tassa ca vinodanatthaṃ iriyāpathaparivattanaṃ karīyati, tasmā ‘‘caraṃ vā’’tiādīhi iriyāpathapaṭicchannaṃ dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ dīpeti, tathā caraṇakāle ṭhānādīnamabhāvato sabbametaṃ caraṇādibhedaṃ ‘‘esā kāyassa iñjanā’’ti bhaṇanto santatipaṭicchannaṃ aniccalakkhaṇaṃ. Tāya tāya sāmaggiyā pavattāya ‘‘esā kāyassa iñjanā’’ti ca attapaṭikkhepena bhaṇanto attasaññāghanapaṭicchannaṃ anattalakkhaṇaṃ dīpeti.
196 如此,以三相开示说明空业处之后,为了再观有识与无识之不净,便开始解说“由骨与腱连结”。它的意思是:这个能活动的身体,依《清净道论》对三十二身分的阐明——从颜色、形状、方位、界限的差别及无作用之理加以说明——是由三百六十多块骨与九百条腱连结而成,故说“由骨与腱连结”。同时,又被那里所说明的头发、体毛、指甲、牙齿、皮肤等以及九百片肉所涂覆,因此说“有皮肉涂覆”,当知它是极恶臭、卑下、可厌、不净的。在这里还应知道:如果从中等身材的人整个身体中收集起来的东西有枣核大小,它便不会被那薄如蝇翅、带有青等颜色的皮肤如墙壁般遮盖住。然而,这个身体就这样被极薄的皮肤遮盖着,对于缺乏智慧眼的愚痴凡夫来说,并不能如实见到。事实上,它被皮肤的光泽所装饰;而所谓的皮肤——包裹着极度可恶不净之法的皮层——连同被皮包裹的东西,按分类来说……显示巴利原文
196. Evaṃ lakkhaṇattayadīpanena suññatakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā puna saviññāṇakāviññāṇakaasubhadassanatthaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto’’ti ārabhi. Tassattho – yassa cesā kāyassa iñjanā, svāyaṃ kāyo visuddhimagge dvattiṃsākāravaṇṇanāyaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedabhedena abyāpāranayena ca pakāsitehi saṭṭhādhikehi tīhi aṭṭhisatehi navahi nhārusatehi ca saṃyuttattā aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto. Tattheva pakāsitena aggapādaṅgulitacādinā tacena ca navapesisatappabhedena ca maṃsena avalittattā tacamaṃsāvalepano paramaduggandhajegucchapaṭikūloti veditabbo . Kiñcettha veditabbaṃ siyā, yadi esa yā sā majjhimassa purisassa sakalasarīrato saṃkaḍḍhitā badaraṭṭhippamāṇā bhaveyya, tāya makkhikāpattasukhumacchaviyā nīlādiraṅgajātena gehabhitti viya paṭicchanno na bhaveyya, ayaṃ pana evaṃ sukhumāyapi chaviyā kāyo paṭicchanno paññācakkhuvirahitehi bālaputhujjanehi yathābhūtaṃ na dissati. Chavirāgarañjito hissa paramajegucchapaṭikūladhammasaṅkhāto tacopi tacapaliveṭhitaṃ yaṃ taṃ pabhedato –
「九百片新肉(Navapesisatā maṃsā),涂抹在身体(kaḷevare)上;
被种种虫群覆盖,犹如腐烂的粪坑(miḷhaṭṭhāna)。」——
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Navapesisatā maṃsā, avalittā kaḷevare; Nānākimikulākiṇṇaṃ, miḷhaṭṭhānaṃva pūtikā’’ti. –
正如所说,有九百片肉,以及那些为肉所覆盖者——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vuttaṃ navamaṃsasatampi, maṃsāvalittā ye te –
九百条筋存在于一寻长的身躯之中;如同藤蔓捆缚房屋,它们捆缚着骨聚。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Navanhārusatā honti, byāmamatte kaḷevare;
那些筋与由筋所生、依次排列的三百六十余块腐烂恶臭的骨头,由于未剥去那薄如蝇翅的皮肤,便无法如实显现。然而,这个身体被色泽悦人的皮肤包裹着,使得一切世间都无法看见其内种种不同的尸骸——那些极度不净、恶臭、卑劣、令人厌恶之物。应当以慧眼透彻观察,作如是观:‘肠满、胃满……乃至胆汁与脂肪。’显示巴利原文
Bandhanti aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ, agāramiva valliyā’’ti. –
此中,“肠满”是指肠的充满。“胃满”是指胃的充满。而“胃”实为胃中物的异名,依处所之名而称为“胃”。“肝团”即肝脏之块。“膀胱”是尿液所在之处,依处所假借而称为“膀胱”。“满”是总括之词,因此应连结成“肝团之满”、“膀胱之满”。对于心脏等部分也是如此。所有这些肠等部分,都应依《清净道论》所说,从颜色、形状、处所、界限以及无作用之理来了知。显示巴利原文
Tepi, nhārusamuṭṭhitāni paṭipāṭiyā avaṭṭhitāni pūtīni duggandhāni tīṇi saṭṭhādhikāni aṭṭhisatānipi yathābhūtaṃ na dissanti yato anādiyitvā taṃ makkhikāpattasukhumacchaviṃ. Yāni panassa chavirāgarattena tacena paliveṭhitattā sabbalokassa apākaṭāni nānappakārāni abbhantarakuṇapāni paramāsuciduggandhajegucchanīyapaṭikūlāni, tānipi paññācakkhunā paṭivijjhitvā evaṃ passitabbo ‘‘antapūro udarapūro…pe… pittassa ca vasāya cā’’ti.
197 此中,“肠满”指肠的充满。“胃满”指胃的充满。而“胃”也是胃中物的称呼,依处所之名而称为“胃”。“肝团”指肝的块状。“膀胱”指尿囊,依处所的假借而称为“膀胱”。“满”是总括词,因此应这样连结:肝团之满、膀胱之满。此理同样适用于心脏等部分。所有这些内脏等,都应依据《清净道论》所说之理,从颜色、形状、处所、界限以及无作用的方式来了知。显示巴利原文
197. Tattha antassa pūro antapūro. Udarassa pūro udarapūro. Udaranti ca udariyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi ṭhānanāmena ‘‘udara’’nti vuttaṃ. Yakanapeḷassāti yakanapiṇḍassa. Vatthinoti muttassa. Ṭhānūpacārena panetaṃ ‘‘vatthī’’ti vuttaṃ. Pūroti adhikāro, tasmā yakanapeḷassa pūro vatthino pūroti evaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Esa nayo hadayassātiādīsu. Sabbāneva cetāni antādīni vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedabhedena abyāpāranayena ca visuddhimagge vuttanayavaseneva veditabbāni.
199-200 如此,世尊指出“此身无有一物可如纯净摩尼珠般执取,只是充满不净”后,开示了身内的不净;如今,为了通过从身体流出的不净来显明这内部的不净,并总摄前说,而宣说了包含“复次,此身有九孔”等两首偈颂。显示巴利原文
199-200. Evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘na kiñcettha ekampi gayhūpagaṃ muttāmaṇisadisaṃ atthi, aññadatthu asuciparipūrovāyaṃ kāyo’’ti abbhantarakuṇapaṃ dassetvā idāni tameva abbhantarakuṇapaṃ bahinikkhamanakuṇapena pākaṭaṃ katvā dassento pubbe vuttañca saṅgaṇhitvā ‘‘athassa navahi sotehī’’ti gāthādvayamāha.
其中,「atha」是显示另一种说法,即通过另一种方式观察此不净之状,这是其所指。「assa」是指这个身体的。「从九个孔窍」是指双眼、双耳、双鼻孔、口、肛门、尿道。「不净流出」是指一切世间共知的种种极恶臭、可厌的不净之物在自行流出、流淌、滴落,而非沉香、檀香等任何香物,亦非摩尼、珍珠等宝物。「一切时」是指确确实实在一切时刻,无论黑夜白天、上午傍晚,无论站立、行走。若问:「那是何种不净呢?」即「从眼,眼垢……」等。因为从两眼流出如剔下皮肉般的眼垢,从耳孔流出如尘垢般的耳垢,从鼻孔流出如脓般的鼻涕,从口则有呕出物。若问:「呕出什么?」有时呕出胆汁:当游散的胆汁激增时,那时便呕出胆汁,这是意旨所在。以及痰:不仅是胆汁,在胃膜中还存有约一钵量的痰,有时也呕出痰。而这应依《清净道论》中所说的方法来了解。通过「以及痰」中的「以及」一词,显示呕出的痰,以及与此类似的其他胃中血等不净。如此,在显示了从七个门排出不净之后,彻知时节、彻知人心、彻知大众的世尊,未以特别言辞提及另外两个门,而是以另一显示巴利原文
Tattha athāti pariyāyantaranidassanaṃ, aparenāpi pariyāyena asucibhāvaṃ passāti vuttaṃ hoti. Assāti imassa kāyassa. Navahi sotehīti ubhoakkhicchiddakaṇṇacchiddanāsāchiddamukhavaccamaggapassāvamaggehi. Asuci savatīti sabbalokapākaṭanānappakāraparamaduggandhajegucchaasuciyeva savati, sandati, paggharati, na aññaṃ kiñci agarucandanādigandhajātaṃ vā maṇimuttādiratanajātaṃ vā. Sabbadāti tañca kho sabbadā rattimpi divāpi pubbaṇhepi sāyanhepi tiṭṭhatopi gacchatopīti. Kiṃ taṃ asucīti ce? ‘‘Akkhimhā akkhigūthako’’tiādi. Etassa hi dvīhi akkhicchiddehi apanītatacamaṃsasadiso akkhigūthako, kaṇṇacchiddehi rajojallasadiso kaṇṇagūthako, nāsāchiddehi pubbasadisā siṅghāṇikā ca savati, mukhena ca vamati. Kiṃ vamatīti ce? Ekadā pittaṃ, yadā abaddhapittaṃ kuppitaṃ hoti, tadā taṃ vamatīti adhippāyo. Semhañcāti na kevalañca pittaṃ, yampi udarapaṭale ekapatthapūrappamāṇaṃ semhaṃ tiṭṭhati, tampi ekadā vamati. Taṃ panetaṃ vaṇṇādito visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.203-204, 210-211) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Semhañcā’’ti ca-saddena semhañca aññañca evarūpaṃ udariyalohitādiasuciṃ vamatīti dasseti. Evaṃ sattahi dvārehi asucivamanaṃ dassetvā kālaññū puggalaññū parisaññū ca bhagavā taduttari dve dvārāni visesavacanena anāmasitvā aparena pariyāyena sabbasmāpi kāyā asucisavanaṃ dassento āha ‘‘kāyamhā sedajallikā’’ti. Tattha sedajallikāti sedo ca loṇapaṭalamalabhedā jallikā ca, tassa ‘‘savati sabbadā’’ti iminā saddhiṃ sambandho.
201 201. 就这样,世尊如同煮饭时,米糠、水垢连同泡沫一起浮起,沾染锅沿后溢出流到外面一样;当所食、所饮等食物被业生之火烹煮时,那些饮食等的不净物浮起,以「从眼,眼垢……」等类别排出,沾染眼睛等处后溢流而出。通过此理,也显示了此身体的不净性。现在,为显示即使世间被尊为最胜的头颅——因其极其殊胜,以至于卑劣之人甚至不肯向应受礼敬者行礼——也是没有实质且不净的,世尊说了这首偈颂:「然此有孔之头」。显示巴利原文
201. Evaṃ bhagavā yathā nāma bhatte paccamāne taṇḍulamalañca udakamalañca pheṇena saddhiṃ uṭṭhahitvā ukkhalimukhaṃ makkhetvā bahi gaḷati, tathā asitapītādibhede āhāre kammajena agginā paccamāne yaṃ asitapītādimalaṃ uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘akkhimhā akkhigūthako’’tiādinā bhedena nikkhamantaṃ akkhiādīni makkhetvā bahi gaḷati, tassāpi vasena imassa kāyassa asucibhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni yaṃ loke uttamaṅgasammataṃ sīsaṃ ativisiṭṭhabhāvato paccentā vandaneyyānampi vandanaṃ na karonti, tassāpi nissāratāya asucitāya cassa asucibhāvaṃ dassento ‘‘athassa susiraṃ sīsa’’nti imaṃ gāthamāha.
其中,「susira」意思是孔洞。「充满脑」意思是如同装满凝乳的葫芦一样,充满了脑。而这脑应依《清净道论》中所说的方法来了解。「愚者认为它是净的」:此身虽然如此充满了种种不净物,但心怀邪思的愚者却认为它是净的,即以欲爱、邪见、慢这三种执取方式,执取为「清净、洁净、可爱、美妙、合意」。何以故?因为他为无明所覆——被那遮蔽四圣谛的愚痴所主导、驱使、推动,并被注入「应如是执取,应如是固着,应如是认知」的念头。请看,这无明是多么地带来无义。显示巴利原文
Tattha susiranti chiddaṃ. Matthaluṅgassa pūritanti dadhibharitaalābukaṃ viya matthaluṅgabharitaṃ. Tañca panetaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Subhato naṃ maññati bāloti tamenaṃ evaṃ nānāvidhakuṇapabharitampi kāyaṃ duccintitacintī bālo subhato maññati, subhaṃ suciṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpanti tīhipi taṇhādiṭṭhimānamaññanāhi maññati. Kasmā? Yasmā avijjāya purakkhato catusaccapaṭicchādakena mohena purakkhato, codito, pavattito, ‘‘evaṃ ādiya, evaṃ abhinivisa evaṃ maññāhī’’ti gāhitoti adhippāyo. Passa yāva anatthakarā cāyaṃ avijjāti.
202 世尊这样依有识(活身)的角度显示不净之后,现在为依无识(尸身)的角度来显示;或者说,因为即使是转轮王的身体也如前所说充满不净,所以在以种种方式显示了圆满身中的不净后,现在为显示衰败身中的不净,而宣说了“一旦他死后躺卧”这首偈颂。显示巴利原文
202. Evaṃ bhagavā saviññāṇakavasena asubhaṃ dassetvā idāni aviññāṇakavasena dassetuṃ, yasmā vā cakkavattiraññopi kāyo yathāvuttakuṇapabharitoyeva hoti, tasmā sabbappakārenapi sampattibhave asubhaṃ dassetvā idāni vipattibhave dassetuṃ ‘‘yadā ca so mato setī’’ti gāthamāha.
意思是:当这样一个身体因寿、暖、识的离去而死亡时,便如同充满气的皮囊般膨胀起来,因色泽破坏而变成青黑色,被弃置在坟场中,如被扔弃的无用木片那样无意义地躺着;那时,亲人们便确定无疑地不再挂念,心想“他不会再起来了”。其中,“死”显示无常性,“躺卧”显示无自主性。通过这两者,教人放下对寿命和力量的骄慢。“膨胀”显示形态的破坏,“青黑”显示肤色的破坏。通过这两者,教人放下对色身的骄慢,以及依于肤色和皮肤细滑所起的慢心。“被丢弃”显示没有可执取之处,“在坟场中”显示内里不堪忍受、令人厌恶。通过这两者,教人放下“我的”的执取与净想。“亲人们变得不挂念”显示无可补救,由此教人放下对眷属的骄慢。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – svāyamevaṃvidho kāyo yadā āyuusmāviññāṇāpagamena mato vātabharitabhastā viya uddhumātako vaṇṇaparibhedena vinīlako susānasmiṃ niratthaṃva kaliṅgaraṃ chaḍḍitattā apaviddho seti, atha ‘‘na dānissa puna uṭṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti ekaṃsatoyeva anapekkhā honti ñātayo. Tattha matoti aniccataṃ dasseti, setīti nirīhakattaṃ. Tadubhayena ca jīvitabalamadappahāne niyojeti. Uddhumātoti saṇṭhānavipattiṃ dasseti, vinīlakoti chavirāgavipattiṃ. Tadubhayena ca rūpamadappahāne vaṇṇapokkharataṃ paṭicca mānappahāne ca niyojeti. Apaviddhoti gahetabbābhāvaṃ dasseti, susānasminti anto adhivāsetumanarahaṃ jigucchanīyabhāvaṃ. Tadubhayenapi ‘‘mama’’nti gāhassa subhasaññāya ca pahāne niyojeti. Anapekkhā honti ñātayoti paṭikiriyābhāvaṃ dasseti, tena ca parivāramadappahāne niyojeti.
203 这样,通过这首偈颂从尚未分解的无识(尸体)角度显示不净之后,现在为了也从已分解的角度来显示,而宣说了“它们啃食它”的偈颂。其中,“以及其他”(ye caññe)是指还有像乌鸦、鹫等其他啖食尸体的众生,它们也啃食它。其余的意思容易明白。显示巴利原文
203. Evamimāya gāthāya aparibhinnāviññāṇakavasena asubhaṃ dassetvā idāni paribhinnavasenāpi dassetuṃ ‘‘khādanti na’’nti gāthamāha. Tattha ye caññeti ye ca aññepi kākakulalādayo kuṇapabhakkhā pāṇino santi, tepi naṃ khādantīti attho. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
204 如此,通过“行走时……”等方法从空遍业处的角度,通过“由骨与筋连结……”等从有识不净的角度,以及通过“当他死后躺卧……”等从无识不净的角度,展示了此身。在这个恒常、乐、我体性皆空、纯粹不净的身体中,以“愚者执以为净,为无明所支配”这句显示了愚者的状况,并以无明为门展现了轮回。现在,为了显示智者于此中的状况,并以遍知为门显示出离,而开始了“听闻佛语之后”的偈颂。显示巴利原文
204. Evaṃ ‘‘caraṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena suññatakammaṭṭhānavasena, ‘‘aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto’’tiādinā saviññāṇakāsubhavasena ‘‘yadā ca so mato setī’’tiādinā aviññāṇakāsubhavasena kāyaṃ dassetvā evaṃ niccasukhattabhāvasuññe ekantaasubhe cāpi kāyasmiṃ ‘‘subhato naṃ maññati bālo, avijjāya purakkhato’’ti iminā bālassa vuttiṃ pakāsetvā avijjāmukhena ca vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni tattha paṇḍitassa vuttiṃ pariññāmukhena ca vivaṭṭaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sutvāna buddhavacana’’nti ārabhi.
其中,「听闻了」是指如理作意地听闻。「佛语」指能引发对身体厌离的佛语。「比丘」指有学或凡夫。「具慧者」:「慧」指的是观,因为它运作于无常等类别;这里指具备这种观。「在此」指在教法中。「他便遍知它」:他以三种遍知遍知此身。怎样遍知呢?如同一位精明的商人,察看了货物“这个和那个”后,心里盘算“用这些本钱买入,会有这么多利润”,如此运作后,再以带利润的本金继续投资,而舍弃原来的货物;同样地,比丘以智眼观察“这些是骨、筋等,这些是发、毛等”时,便是以知遍知而遍知;审察“这些法无常、苦、无我”时,便是以度遍知而遍知;这样审度之后,证得圣道,在那里通过断除欲贪,以断遍知而遍知。或者,从有识不净、无识不净的角度观察时,是以知遍知而遍知;从无常等角度观察时,是以度遍知而遍知;经由阿拉汉道从中抽离欲贪、舍弃它,以断遍知而遍知。显示巴利原文
Tattha sutvānāti yoniso nisāmetvā. Buddhavacananti kāyavicchandanakaraṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Bhikkhūti sekkho vā puthujjano vā. Paññāṇavāti paññāṇaṃ vuccati vipassanā aniccādippakāresu pavattattā, tāya samannāgatoti attho. Idhāti sāsane. So kho naṃ parijānātīti so imaṃ kāyaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānāti. Kathaṃ? Yathā nāma kusalo vāṇijo idañcidañcāti bhaṇḍaṃ oloketvā ‘‘ettakena gahite ettako nāma udayo bhavissatī’’ti tulayitvā tathā katvā puna saudayaṃ mūlaṃ gaṇhanto taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ chaḍḍeti, evamevaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhinhāruādayo ime kesalomādayo cā’’ti ñāṇacakkhunā olokento ñātapariññāya parijānāti, ‘‘aniccā ete dhammā dukkhā anattā’’ti tulayanto tīraṇapariññāya parijānāti, evaṃ tīrayitvā ariyamaggaṃ pāpuṇanto tattha chandarāgappahānena pahānapariññāya parijānāti. Saviññāṇakāviññāṇakaasubhavasena vā passanto ñātapariññāya parijānāti, aniccādivasena passanto tīraṇapariññāya, arahattamaggena tato chandarāgaṃ apakaḍḍhitvā taṃ pajahanto pahānapariññāya parijānāti.
若问:“他为什么能这样遍知呢?”因为他如实见,意思是:因为他如实见到。而由于“具慧者”等语已经表达了这一含义,而且他是在听闻佛语之后才具备了智慧;再者,一切众生的身体虽然显而易见,但不听闻佛语便无法遍知,因此为了显示他获得智慧的因由,以及外道之人不能如此看见的无力,才说“听闻佛语之后”。因为这开示是以难陀比丘尼和那位心思颠倒的比丘为缘起而展开的,同时也要显示在殊胜的集会中成就其修持的比丘身份,所以称为“比丘”。显示巴利原文
Kasmā so evaṃ parijānātīti ce? Yathābhūtañhi passati, yasmā yathābhūtaṃ passatīti attho. ‘‘Paññāṇavā’’tiādinā eva ca etasmiṃ atthe siddhe yasmā buddhavacanaṃ sutvā tassa paññāṇavattaṃ hoti, yasmā ca sabbajanassa pākaṭopāyaṃ kāyo asutvā buddhavacanaṃ na sakkā parijānituṃ, tasmā tassa ñāṇahetuṃ ito bāhirānaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhuṃ asamatthatañca dassetuṃ ‘‘sutvāna buddhavacana’’nti āha. Nandābhikkhuniṃ tañca vipallatthacittaṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha desanāpavattito aggaparisato tappaṭipattippattānaṃ bhikkhubhāvadassanato ca ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āha.
205 205. 现在,为了阐明“因为他如实见”这句话中——怎样见才能称为如实见,而这样说:“此如是,彼亦然;彼如是,此亦然”。其含义为:如同此具识不净(活体),在寿、暖、识未曾离去时,能行、能住、能坐、能卧;同样,那个现今卧于坟场的无识死体,在过去那些法未离去时,也是如此。又如同那个现在的死尸,由于那些法的离去,不能走、不能站、不能坐,也不能铺床而卧;同样,此具识活体,也将在那些法离去后变成那样。又如同此具识活体,现今尚未成为卧于坟场的死尸,未达到膨胀等状态;同样,现今那个死尸在过去也未曾那样。又如同那个现今的无识不净死尸,卧于坟场,已到达膨胀等状态;同样,此具识活体,也必将变成那样。显示巴利原文
205. Idāni ‘‘yathābhūtañhi passatī’’ti ettha yathā passanto yathābhūtaṃ passati, taṃ dassetuṃ āha ‘‘yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā ida’’nti. Tassattho – yathā idaṃ saviññāṇakāsubhaṃ āyuusmāviññāṇānaṃ anapagamā carati, tiṭṭhati, nisīdati, sayati; tathā etaṃ etarahi susāne sayitaṃ aviññāṇakampi pubbe tesaṃ dhammānaṃ anapagamā ahosi. Yathā ca etaṃ etarahi matasarīraṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ apagamā na carati, na tiṭṭhati, na nisīdati, na seyyaṃ kappeti, tathā idaṃ saviññāṇakampi tesaṃ dhammānaṃ apagamā bhavissati. Yathā ca idaṃ saviññāṇakaṃ etarahi na susāne mataṃ seti, na uddhumātakādibhāvamupagataṃ, tathā etaṃ etarahi matasarīrampi pubbe ahosi. Yathā panetaṃ etarahi aviññāṇakāsubhaṃ mataṃ susāne seti, uddhumātakādibhāvañca upagataṃ, tathā idaṃ saviññāṇakampi bhavissatīti.
其中,通过“此如是,彼亦然”,将自己的身体视同死尸,由此舍弃对外的嗔恚;通过“彼如是,此亦然”,将死尸视同自己的身体,由此舍弃对内的贪染。藉由了知这两者的共通性,于自他两处皆舍弃痴。如是,在预备阶段便以如实见成就了不善根的断除。由于这样修行的比丘能次第证得阿拉汉道、离染一切欲贪,因此说:“于内于外,于身应离欲”。补遗:这样修行的比丘(证得)是次第的。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathā idaṃ tathā etanti attanā matassa sarīrassa samānabhāvaṃ karonto bāhire dosaṃ pajahati. Yathā etaṃ tathā idanti matasarīrena attano samānabhāvaṃ karonto ajjhattike rāgaṃ pajahati. Yenākārena ubhayaṃ sabhaṃ karoti, taṃ pajānanto ubhayattha mohaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ yathābhūtadassanena pubbabhāgeyeva akusalamūlappahānaṃ sādhetvā, yasmā evaṃ paṭipanno bhikkhu anupubbena arahattamaggaṃ patvā sabbaṃ chandarāgaṃ virājetuṃ samattho hoti, tasmā āha ‘‘ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, kāye chandaṃ virājaye’’ti. Evaṃ paṭipanno bhikkhu anupubbenāti pāṭhaseso.
206 206. 这样显示了有学地之后,现在为了显示无学地,而说“他离染欲贪”。意思是:这位比丘以阿拉汉道智成为具慧者,紧接于道之后证得果位。由于完全断除了欲贪,故称“离染欲贪”;以不死故,或以殊胜义故,称为“不死”;以一切行的寂止故,称为“寂静”;以无有名为渴爱的丛林故,称为“涅槃”;以无退堕故,称为“不坏”——他证得了如此被赞叹的境界。或者,这位比丘以阿拉汉道智成为具慧者,安住于道无间果,名为离染欲贪,并应知他已证得如上所述的那种(不死等)境界。这即说明了:“此是他所断除的,此是他所证得的。”显示巴利原文
206. Evaṃ sekkhabhūmiṃ dassetvā idāni asekkhabhūmiṃ dassento āha ‘‘chandarāgaviratto so’’ti. Tassattho – so bhikkhu arahattamaggañāṇena paññāṇavā maggānantaraṃ phalaṃ pāpuṇāti, atha sabbaso chandarāgassa pahīnattā ‘‘chandarāgaviratto’’ti ca, maraṇābhāvena paṇītaṭṭhena vā amataṃ sabbasaṅkhāravūpasamanato santiṃ taṇhāsaṅkhātavānābhāvato nibbānaṃ, cavanābhāvato accutanti saṃvaṇṇitaṃ padamajjhagāti ca vuccati. Atha vā so bhikkhu arahattamaggañāṇena paññāṇavā maggānantaraphale ṭhito chandarāgaviratto nāma hoti, vuttappakārañca padamajjhagāti veditabbo. Tena ‘‘idamassa pahīnaṃ, idañcānena laddha’’nti dīpeti.
207-208 这样,依照有识与无识的方式,讲说了不净业处及其成就之后,又以略说的开示,为呵斥障碍如此大利益的放逸住,诵出“那两足的”两首偈颂。其中,虽无足等的身体也不净,但此处依所缘,或以最上界限而说;又因其他虽不净的身体,经盐、醋等调治后尚可为人食用,而人的身体决非如此,故为显示其更加不净,才说“两足的”。显示巴利原文
207-208. Evaṃ saviññāṇakāviññāṇakavasena asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ saha nipphattiyā kathetvā puna saṅkhepadesanāya evaṃ mahato ānisaṃsassa antarāyakaraṃ pamādavihāraṃ garahanto ‘‘dvipādakoya’’nti gāthādvayamāha. Tattha kiñcāpi apādakādayopi kāyā asucīyeva, idhādhikāravasena pana ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vā, yasmā vā aññe asucibhūtāpi kāyā loṇambilādīhi abhisaṅkharitvā manussānaṃ bhojanepi upanīyanti, na tveva manussakāyo, tasmā asucitarabhāvamassa dassentopi ‘‘dvipādako’’ti āha.
“这”指的是人的身体。“恶臭地被携带”:此身本即恶臭,却以花香等装饰后被人携带而行。“充满种种腐尸”:充满头发等类种种腐尸。“从各处流漏”:即使有人努力想以花香等来掩盖,那努力也徒劳无功,从九孔流漏唾液、鼻涕等,从毛孔流漏汗垢。在此,且看:拥有这般身体的任何男子或女人、任何愚人,若出于贪欲、邪见、慢心的妄想,依著“我”“我的”“恒常”等见,以为应抬高自己,或以为应轻视他人——譬如依出身等自居高位——那么,除了因为无有见,即以圣道未能见到圣谛之外,还有什么能成为他如此抬高与轻视的原因呢?显示巴利原文
Ayanti manussakāyaṃ dasseti. Duggandho parihīratīti duggandho samāno pupphagandhādīhi abhisaṅkharitvā parihīrati. Nānākuṇapaparipūroti kesādianekappakārakuṇapabharito. Vissavanto tato tatoti pupphagandhādīhi paṭicchādetuṃ ghaṭentānampi taṃ vāyāmaṃ nipphalaṃ katvā navahi dvārehi kheḷasiṅghāṇikādīni, lomakūpehi ca sedajallikaṃ vissavantoyeva. Tattha dāni passatha – etādisena kāyena yo puriso vā itthī vā koci bālo maññe uṇṇametave taṇhādiṭṭhimānamaññanāhi ‘‘aha’’nti vā ‘‘mama’’nti vā ‘‘nicco’’ti vātiādinā nayena yo uṇṇamituṃ maññeyya, paraṃ vā jātiādīhi avajāneyya attānaṃ ucce ṭhāne ṭhapento, kimaññatra adassanā ṭhapetvā ariyamaggena ariyasaccadassanābhāvaṃ kimaññaṃ tassa evaṃ uṇṇamāvajānanakāraṇaṃ siyāti.
开示结束时,难陀比丘尼生起了悚惧:“唉!我真是个愚痴之人,竟未去亲近那位正是为我作如此种种法开示的世尊!”这样悚惧之后,她便专注于同一法开示,以同一业处,于数日之内亲证阿拉汉果。据说,在另一场合,开示结束时,八万四千有情得法现观,天女西利玛证得不还果,而那位比丘住立于入流果。显示巴利原文
Desanāpariyosāne nandā bhikkhunī saṃvegamāpādi – ‘‘aho vata re, ahaṃ bālā, yā maṃyeva ārabbha evaṃ vividhadhammadesanāpavattakassa bhagavato upaṭṭhānaṃ nāgamāsi’’nti. Evaṃ saṃviggā ca tameva dhammadesanaṃ samannāharitvā teneva kammaṭṭhānena katipayadivasabbhantare arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Dutiyaṭṭhānepi kira desanāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, sirimā devakaññā anāgāmiphalaṃ pattā, so ca bhikkhu sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahīti.
12.《牟尼经》的注释显示巴利原文
12. Munisuttavaṇṇanā
209 209. “由交往而生怖畏”是《牟尼经》的内容。此经的缘起为何?整部经并非同一缘起,但开头四首偈颂的缘起如下:据说,世尊住在舍卫城时,在某村落住处,有一位贫苦丧夫的妇女,她让儿子在比丘僧团中出家,随后自己也出家成为比丘尼。两人同在舍卫城进入雨安居后,便常常思念相见。母亲得到任何物品都带给儿子,儿子也同样带给母亲。就这样,他们朝夕相见,分享所得,谈笑风生,互问苦乐,毫不检点。由于这样频繁的相见,便产生了交结;由交结而生亲近;由亲近而予烦恼以可乘之机。当贪欲染污了内心,出家的警觉与母子之念便消逝了。于是,他们逾越界限,犯下罪行,因恶名流布而还俗,住在俗人之中。比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊呵责道:‘诸比丘,这个愚人怎会认为母亲对儿子不起贪染,或儿子对母亲不起贪染呢?’随后,又引用《增支部》5.55中其余的经句,令比丘们心生警惧,说道:‘因此,诸比丘——显示巴利原文
209.Santhavātobhayaṃ jātanti munisuttaṃ. Kā uppatti? Na sabbasseva suttassa ekā uppatti, apicettha ādito tāva catunnaṃ gāthānaṃ ayamuppatti – bhagavati kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharante gāmakāvāse aññatarā duggatitthī matapatikā puttaṃ bhikkhūsu pabbājetvā attanāpi bhikkhunīsu pabbaji. Te ubhopi sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃ upagantvā abhiṇhaṃ aññamaññassa dassanakāmā ahesuṃ. Mātā kiñci labhitvā puttassa harati, puttopi mātu. Evaṃ sāyampi pātopi aññamaññaṃ samāgantvā laddhaṃ laddhaṃ saṃvibhajamānā, sammodamānā, sukhadukkhaṃ pucchamānā, nirāsaṅkā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ evaṃ abhiṇhadassanena saṃsaggo uppajji, saṃsaggā vissāso, vissāsā otāro, rāgena otiṇṇacittānaṃ pabbajitasaññā ca mātuputtasaññā ca antaradhāyi. Tato mariyādavītikkamaṃ katvā asaddhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu, ayasappattā ca vibbhamitvā agāramajjhe vasiṃsu. Bhikkhū bhagavato ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Kiṃ nu so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso maññati na mātā putte sārajjati, putto vā pana mātarī’’ti garahitvā ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekarūpampi samanupassāmī’’tiādinā (a. ni. 5.55) avasesasuttenapi bhikkhū saṃvejetvā ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave –
“犹如哈拉哈拉毒,犹如沸腾的油,
犹如熔化的铜,应当回避女人。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Visaṃ yathā halāhalaṃ, telaṃ pakkuthitaṃ yathā; Tambalohavilīnaṃva, mātugāmaṃ vivajjaye’’ti ca. –
说完之后,世尊再为比丘们说法,宣说了这四首以自身为鉴的偈颂:“由交往而生怖畏……”显示巴利原文
Vatvā puna bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ – ‘‘santhavāto bhayaṃ jāta’’nti imā attupanāyikā catasso gāthā abhāsi.
其中,“亲近交往”如前所说,有爱、见、友三种。此处所指,是爱与见这两种亲近交往。世尊正是针对此而说:“比丘们,你们看,那个愚人如何因这种亲近交往而生起了怖畏。”因为他不断贪求见面等,这种渴爱引发了强烈的烦恼怖畏,令他无法安住出家生活,竟对母亲做出越轨之事;或者说,由于舍戒还俗,他生起了自责等大怖畏。“家”,即依“居士,由于执取色相之家、放逸而心被系缚,故称‘有家者’”(《相应部》)等道理所说的种种所缘。“生起尘垢”,即生起贪、嗔、痴的尘垢。这是什么意思呢?这不单单是说那个愚人因亲近交往而生怖畏;更意味着,那些作为烦恼住处的有漏所缘被称为“家”;如今,因他破坏了防护、逾越了界限,便更强烈地从这些“家”中生起尘垢;带着这种染污的心,他必将遭遇不幸与衰败。或者,也可将这两句结合起来理解:“比丘们,你们看,那愚人如何因亲近交往而生怖畏”,以及“一切凡夫又如何从‘家’中生起尘垢”。显示巴利原文
Tattha santhavo taṇhādiṭṭhimittabhedena tividhoti pubbe vutto. Idha taṇhādiṭṭhisanthavo adhippeto. Taṃ sandhāya bhagavā āha – ‘‘passatha, bhikkhave, yathā idaṃ tassa moghapurisassa santhavāto bhayaṃ jāta’’nti. Tañhi tassa abhiṇhadassanakāmatāditaṇhāya balavakilesabhayaṃ jātaṃ, yena saṇṭhātuṃ asakkonto mātari vippaṭipajji. Attānuvādādikaṃ vā mahābhayaṃ, yena sāsanaṃ chaḍḍetvā vibbhanto. Niketāti ‘‘rūpanimittaniketavisāravinibandhā kho, gahapati, ‘niketasārī’ti vuccatī’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 3.3) nayena vuttā ārammaṇappabhedā. Jāyate rajoti rāgadosamoharajo jāyate. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Na kevalañca tassa santhavāto bhayaṃ jātaṃ, apica kho pana yadetaṃ kilesānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhena sāsavārammaṇaṃ ‘‘niketa’’nti vuccati, idānissa bhinnasaṃvarattā atikkantamariyādattā suṭṭhutaraṃ tato niketā jāyate rajo, yena saṃkiliṭṭhacitto anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇissati. Atha vā passatha, bhikkhave, yathā idaṃ tassa moghapurisassa santhavāto bhayaṃ jātaṃ, yathā ca sabbaputhujjanānaṃ niketā jāyate rajoti evampetaṃ padadvayaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
然而,整个上半偈中,世尊斥责了凡夫之见,而在下半偈则以“无家”等语赞叹自己的所见。其中,透过否定前文所说的“家”,可知为“无家”;透过否定“亲昵”,可知为“无亲昵”。这两者都是涅槃的别称。“这便是牟尼所见”,意思是:此无家与无亲昵已被佛陀牟尼所洞见。在此处,“确实”应看作表示惊奇的语气词。其用意是:当人们因执着家与亲昵而在母子间发生不轨行为时,牟尼却洞见了此无家与无亲昵——啊,真是稀有!或者,“牟尼所见”也可解释为“牟尼的见解”,见解即是忍可与喜好,意思是:他忍可并喜好。显示巴利原文
Sabbathā pana iminā purimaddhena bhagavā puthujjanadassanaṃ garahitvā attano dassanaṃ pasaṃsanto ‘‘aniketa’’nti pacchimaddhamāha. Tattha yathāvuttaniketapaṭikkhepena aniketaṃ, santhavapaṭikkhepena ca asanthavaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ nibbānassādhivacanaṃ. Etaṃ ve munidassananti etaṃ aniketamasanthavaṃ buddhamuninā diṭṭhanti attho. Tattha veti vimhayatthe nipāto daṭṭhabbo. Tena ca yaṃ nāma niketasanthavavasena mātāputtesu vippaṭipajjamānesu aniketamasanthavaṃ, etaṃ muninā diṭṭhaṃ aho abbhutanti ayamadhippāyo siddho hoti. Atha vā munino dassanantipi munidassanaṃ, dassanaṃ nāma khanti ruci, khamati ceva ruccati cāti attho.
210 第二偈中:‘谁断已生者’意思是:谁为了断除已生起、已存在、已发生于某所缘的烦恼,精勤致力于该所缘,如理舍断已生的不善,并以令不再生的方式予以根除;而未来的烦恼,当相应诸缘和合时,因其已趋向生起,从‘现在前’的意义说为‘正在生起者’。他‘不再栽植那正在生起者’,意为:他精勤使未生的不善不生,不会让它发生。如何让它不发生呢?‘不令其渗入它’:不让能生起它的缘渗入,不使它们和合。如此,通过令资具缺失,他不再栽植那正在生起者。或者,由于修习圣道,过去的烦恼已断,因为未来不再有果报;现在的烦恼也不被栽植,因为无有彼;未来的烦恼亦无法渗入心相续,因为其生起能力已遭破坏。因此,依靠修习圣道,谁断除已生者,不栽植正在生起者,不令未来正在生起者渗入他,他们便称他为独一的牟尼、游行的人,他是大仙,见到了寂静处——这是此处应知的关联。由于绝对无垢,故称‘独一’;或因最殊胜,故称独一。‘牟尼’指这位牟尼,或于诸牟尼中为独一。‘游行的人’即以一切方式圆满地行利世间。显示巴利原文
210. Dutiyagāthāya yo jātamucchijjāti yo kismiñcideva vatthusmiṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ nibbattaṃ kilesaṃ yathā uppannākusalappahānaṃ hoti, tathā vāyamanto tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ puna anibbattanavasena ucchinditvā yo anāgatopi kileso tathārūpappaccayasamodhāne nibbattituṃ abhimukhībhūtattā vattamānasamīpe vattamānalakkhaṇena ‘‘jāyanto’’ti vuccati, tañca na ropayeyya jāyantaṃ, yathā anuppannākusalānuppādo hoti, tathā vāyamanto na nibbatteyyāti attho. Kathañca na nibbatteyya? Assa nānuppavecche, yena paccayena so nibbatteyya taṃ nānuppaveseyya na samodhāneyya. Evaṃ sambhāravekallakaraṇena taṃ na ropayeyya jāyantaṃ. Atha vā yasmā maggabhāvanāya atītāpi kilesā ucchijjanti āyatiṃ vipākābhāvena vattamānāpi na ropīyanti tadabhāvena, anāgatāpi cittasantatiṃ nānuppavesīyanti uppattisāmatthiyavighātena, tasmā yo ariyamaggabhāvanāya jātamucchijja na ropayeyya jāyantaṃ, anāgatampi cassa jāyantassa nānuppavecche, tamāhu ekaṃ muninaṃ carantaṃ, so ca addakkhi santipadaṃ mahesīti evampettha yojanā veditabbā. Ekantanikkilesatāya ekaṃ, seṭṭhaṭṭhena vā ekaṃ. Muninanti muniṃ, munīsu vā ekaṃ. Carantanti sabbākāraparipūrāya lokatthacariyāya avasesacariyāhi ca carantaṃ. Addakkhīti addasa. Soti yo jātamucchijja aropane ananuppavesane ca samatthatāya ‘‘na ropayeyya jāyantamassa nānuppavecche’’ti vutto buddhamuni. Santipadanti santikoṭṭhāsaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatavipassanānibbānabhedāsu tīsu sammutisanti, tadaṅgasanti, accantasantīsu seṭṭhaṃ evaṃ anupasante loke accantasantiṃ addasa mahesīti evamattho veditabbo.
211 第三偈中:‘简别后’意为:经过计算、限定、审察,如实了知后,即通过遍知苦而遍知之后。‘诸事’指那些世间所执取的对象,即蕴、处、界等烦恼的立足处。‘损害其种子后’意思是:对于这些‘事’的种子——也就是行作识——进行损害、妨碍,以彻底断除的方式予以舍离。‘不令爱润渗入它’意为:那粒种子若得到爱执与见执的滋润,便会在未来以结生的方式,在那些‘事’的田地中生长;他不让那样的爱润渗入,即通过修习对治的圣道,不令其渗入。‘他确实是牟尼,见到生的尽头的灭尽者’指:这位佛陀牟尼由现证涅槃,见到了作为生与老死终点的涅槃,故被称为‘见到生的尽头的灭尽者’;他舍弃了寻思,不再落入任何概念的称谓。依四谛的修习,他舍弃了九种不善寻,证入有余涅槃界;在行利益世间的事业中,渐次直至最终识灭,证入无余涅槃界,因此不落入‘天’或‘人’等称谓。或者,犹如凡夫因未断除欲寻等寻思,而被贴上‘此人贪染者’、‘此人嗔怒者’的标签,他由于舍弃了寻思,便不再落入这些称谓。这是应如此理解的意义。显示巴利原文
211. Tatiyagāthāya saṅkhāyāti gaṇayitvā, paricchinditvā vīmaṃsitvā yathābhūtato ñatvā, dukkhapariññāya parijānitvāti attho. Vatthūnīti yesu evamayaṃ loko sajjati, tāni khandhāyatanadhātubhedāni kilesaṭṭhānāni. Pamāya bījanti yaṃ tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ bījaṃ abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, taṃ pamāya hiṃsitvā, bādhitvā, samucchedappahānena pajahitvāti attho. Sinehamassa nānuppaveccheti yena taṇhādiṭṭhisinehena sinehitaṃ taṃ bījaṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhivasena taṃ yathāvuttaṃ vatthusassaṃ viruheyya, taṃ sinehamassa nānuppavecche, tappaṭipakkhāya maggabhāvanāya taṃ nānuppaveseyyāti attho. Sa ve muni jātikhayantadassīti so evarūpo buddhamuni nibbānasacchikiriyāya jātiyā ca maraṇassa ca antabhūtassa nibbānassa diṭṭhattā jātikkhayantadassī takkaṃ pahāya na upeti saṅkhaṃ. Imāya catusaccabhāvanāya navappabhedampi akusalavitakkaṃ pahāya saupādisesanibbānadhātuṃ patvā lokatthacariyaṃ karonto anupubbena carimaviññāṇakkhayā anupādisesanibbānadhātuppattiyā ‘‘devo vā manusso vā’’ti na upeti saṅkhaṃ. Aparinibbuto eva vā yathā kāmavitakkādino vitakkassa appahīnattā ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo ratto’’ti vā ‘‘duṭṭho’’ti vā saṅkhaṃ upeti, evaṃ takkaṃ pahāya na upeti saṅkhanti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo .
212 第四偈中:‘了知后’意为:以无常等道理了知后。‘一切’指无余的,‘诸居家’指欲有等诸有。众生居住于这些有中,故称‘居家’。‘不希求其中任何一个’意为:因见到这些居家的过患,他对其中任何一个皆不希求。他这样的佛陀牟尼,依修习圣道之力,灭尽渴爱的贪染,故称‘离贪染者’;因离贪染,故为‘无贪婪者’,并非像某些人那样,虽未真实离贪染,却自称‘我们无贪婪’。‘不积聚’指他不造作能令投生各种居家的善业或不善业。何以故?因为他‘已到彼岸’,意为:这样的牟尼已经到达作为一切居家彼岸的涅槃。显示巴利原文
212. Catutthagāthāya aññāyāti aniccādinayena jānitvā. Sabbānīti anavasesāni, nivesanānīti kāmabhavādike bhave. Nivasanti hi tesu sattā, tasmā ‘‘nivesanānī’’ti vuccanti. Anikāmayaṃ aññatarampi tesanti evaṃ diṭṭhādīnavattā tesaṃ nivesanānaṃ ekampi apatthento so evarūpo buddhamuni maggabhāvanābalena taṇhāgedhassa vigatattā vītagedho, vītagedhattā eva ca agiddho, na yathā eke avītagedhā eva samānā ‘‘agiddhamhā’’ti paṭijānanti, evaṃ. Nāyūhatīti tassa tassa nivesanassa nibbattakaṃ kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā na karoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Pāragato hi hoti, yasmā evarūpo sabbanivesanānaṃ pāraṃ nibbānaṃ gato hotīti attho.
这样,他以第一首偈斥责凡夫之见而称扬己见;以第二首偈赞叹自身因无有那些令凡夫不得寂静的烦恼而证得寂静处;以第三首偈赞叹自身于凡夫未舍寻思、于诸事物上以种种方式堕入称谓之处,依四谛修习而舍断寻思,不落入称谓;以第四首偈赞叹自身于凡夫因希求居家而以有爱积聚之处,因无渴爱而不积聚。他以这四首偈,以阿罗汉果为顶点,结束了围绕同一事由的教说。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya puthujjanadassanaṃ garahitvā attano dassanaṃ pasaṃsanto dutiyagāthāya yehi kilesehi puthujjano anupasanto hoti, tesaṃ abhāvena attano santipadādhigamaṃ pasaṃsanto tatiyagāthāya yesu vatthūsu puthujjano takkaṃ appahāya tathā tathā saṅkhaṃ upeti, tesu catusaccabhāvanāya takkaṃ pahāya attano saṅkhānupagamanaṃ pasaṃsanto catutthagāthāya āyatimpi yāni nivesanāni kāmayamāno puthujjano bhavataṇhāya āyūhati, tesu taṇhābhāvena attano anāyūhanaṃ pasaṃsanto catūhi gāthāhi arahattanikūṭeneva ekaṭṭhuppattikaṃ desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
213 关于「征服一切者」等经文的起源:大丈夫作出大出离后,渐次证得一切知智,为转法轮而前往波罗奈,在菩提道场与伽耶之间,遇到了邪命外道优波迦。优波迦以‘朋友,你的诸根如此明净’等语(《中部》1.285;《大品》11)询问时,他说了‘我是征服一切者’等话。优波迦说:‘朋友,但愿如此。’摇了摇头,便从岔路离去了。此后,他次第到达了宛伽诃罗地区的一个猎鹿人村庄。猎鹿人首领见到他,心想:‘啊!这位沙门真是少欲,连布衣也不穿。他是世间的阿罗汉。’便带他回家,用肉汤供养他。用过餐后,他与妻儿一同礼敬他,邀请道:‘尊者,请您住在这里,我将以资具服侍您。’并为他准备了住处。他便在那里住下。显示巴利原文
213.Sabbābhibhunti kā uppatti? Mahāpuriso mahābhinikkhamanaṃ katvā anupubbena sabbaññutaṃ patvā dhammacakkappavattanatthāya bārāṇasiṃ gacchanto bodhimaṇḍassa ca gayāya ca antare upakenājīvakena samāgacchi. Tena ca ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyānī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.285; mahāva. 11) nayena puṭṭho ‘‘sabbābhibhū’’tiādīni āha. Upako ‘‘hupeyyāvuso’’ti vatvā, sīsaṃ okampetvā, ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi . Anukkamena ca vaṅkahārajanapade aññataraṃ māgavikagāmaṃ pāpuṇi. Tamenaṃ māgavikajeṭṭhako disvā – ‘‘aho appiccho samaṇo vatthampi na nivāseti, ayaṃ loke arahā’’ti gharaṃ netvā maṃsarasena parivisitvā bhuttāviñca naṃ saputtadāro vanditvā ‘‘idheva, bhante, vasatha, ahaṃ paccayena upaṭṭhahissāmī’’ti nimantetvā, vasanokāsaṃ katvā adāsi. So tattha vasati.
夏季,水源丰沛、地方清凉时,鹿群远行觅食。猎鹿人要去远处行猎,临行前他吩咐女儿差瓦:‘你要恭敬地服侍我们的阿罗汉。’便与儿子、兄弟们一同出发。他的女儿姿色秀丽,体态丰满。第二天,优波迦回到家,见到那位少女已准备好一切,上前献食。他被贪欲征服,以致无法进食,便用器皿盛了食物带回住处。他把食物放在一旁,躺卧不起,不吃不喝,心想:‘若能得到差瓦,我便能活;若不能得,我宁可死在这里。’第七天,猎鹿人回来,向女儿询问优波迦的状况。她说:‘他只来过一天,就再也没来了。’猎鹿人说:‘我以他回来的消息为由去见他,顺便问问情况。’即往其处。他一边为优波迦按摩脚,一边问:‘尊者,您身体不适吗?’优波迦只是呻吟着翻了个身。他说:‘尊者,请说,只要我有能力做的,我全都去做。’优波迦说:‘若能得到差瓦,我便能活;若不能得,我宁可死在这里。’‘可是尊者,您懂得任何技艺吗?’‘不懂。’‘尊者啊,不懂任何技艺的人,是无法在俗家安住度日的。’他说:‘我虽不懂任何技艺,但我可以为你们搬运肉、售卖肉。’显示巴利原文
Māgaviko gimhakāle udakasampanne sītale padese carituṃ dūraṃ apakkantesu migesu tattha gacchanto ‘‘amhākaṃ arahantaṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahassū’’ti chāvaṃ nāma dhītaraṃ āṇāpetvā agamāsi saddhiṃ puttabhātukehi. Sā cassa dhītā dassanīyā hoti koṭṭhāsasampannā. Dutiyadivase upako gharaṃ āgato taṃ dārikaṃ sabbaṃ upacāraṃ katvā, parivisituṃ upagataṃ disvā, rāgena abhibhūto bhuñjitumpi asakkonto bhājanena bhattaṃ ādāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā, bhattaṃ ekamante nikkhipitvā – ‘‘sace chāvaṃ labhāmi, jīvāmi, no ce, marāmī’’ti nirāhāro sayi. Sattame divase māgaviko āgantvā dhītaraṃ upakassa pavattiṃ pucchi. Sā – ‘‘ekadivasameva āgantvā puna nāgatapubbo’’ti āha. Māgaviko ‘‘āgataveseneva naṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāmī’’ti taṅkhaṇaññeva gantvā – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, aphāsuka’’nti pāde parāmasanto pucchi. Upako nitthunanto parivattatiyeva. So ‘‘vada, bhante, yaṃ mayā sakkā kātuṃ, sabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti āha. Upako – ‘‘sace chāvaṃ labhāmi, jīvāmi, no ce, idheva maraṇaṃ seyyo’’ti āha. ‘‘Jānāsi pana, bhante, kiñci sippa’’nti? ‘‘Na jānāmī’’ti . ‘‘Na, bhante, kiñci sippaṃ ajānantena sakkā gharāvāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti? So āha – ‘‘nāhaṃ kiñci sippaṃ jānāmi, apica tumhākaṃ maṃsahārako bhavissāmi, maṃsañca vikkiṇissāmī’’ti. Māgavikopi ‘‘amhākaṃ etadeva ruccatī’’ti uttarasāṭakaṃ datvā, gharaṃ ānetvā dhītaraṃ adāsi. Tesaṃ saṃvāsamanvāya putto vijāyi. Subhaddotissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Chāvā puttatosanagītena upakaṃ uppaṇḍesi. So taṃ asahanto ‘‘bhadde, ahaṃ anantajinassa santikaṃ gacchāmī’’ti majjhimadesābhimukho pakkāmi.
那时,世尊住于舍卫城的祇园精舍。世尊事先吩咐比丘们:“诸比丘,若有人前来询问‘无边际胜者’,你们就将他带来见我。”优波迦渐次而行,来到舍卫城。他站在寺院中问道:“此寺院中,我有一位同伴名为无边际胜者,他住在何处?”比丘们便将他带到世尊那里。世尊为他说了相应的法。说法结束时,他证得了不来果。比丘们听说他过去的经历,便议论说:“世尊最初竟然为那位毫无吉祥的裸身沙门说法。”世尊知道他们的议论后,便从香室出来,以与当时因缘相应的神通力坐于佛座,问比丘们:“诸比丘,你们此刻聚在一起在议论什么?”他们便将事情原委禀告。世尊说:“诸比丘,如来并非无因无缘而说法。如来的说法清净无垢,毫无过失可寻。诸比丘,正是以那次说法为因缘,优波迦如今成为不来者。”如此说完,为了阐明自己说法清净无垢,他诵出这首偈颂。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā ca tena samayena sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavanamahāvihāre. Atha kho bhagavā paṭikacceva bhikkhū āṇāpesi – ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, anantajinoti pucchamāno āgacchati, tassa maṃ dasseyyāthā’’ti. Upakopi kho anupubbeneva sāvatthiṃ āgantvā vihāramajjhe ṭhatvā ‘‘imasmiṃ vihāre mama sahāyo anantajino nāma atthi, so kuhiṃ vasatī’’ti pucchi. Taṃ bhikkhū bhagavato santikaṃ nayiṃsu. Bhagavā tassānurūpaṃ dhammaṃ desesi. So desanāpariyosāne anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Bhikkhū tassa pubbappavattiṃ sutvā kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā paṭhamaṃ nissirikassa naggasamaṇassa dhammaṃ desesī’’ti. Bhagavā taṃ kathāsamuṭṭhānaṃ viditvā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena buddhāsane nisīditvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Te sabbaṃ kathesuṃ. Tato bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato ahetuappaccayā dhammaṃ deseti, nimmalā tathāgatassa dhammadesanā, na sakkā tattha dosaṃ daṭṭhuṃ. Tena, bhikkhave, dhammadesanūpanissayena upako etarahi anāgāmī jāto’’ti vatvā attano desanāmalābhāvadīpikaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
其义为:由于断除了对一切有漏蕴、处、界的欲贪,从而不被它们所征服,且自己征服他们一切法而住,故称为“征服一切者”。由于他以一切方式遍知他们法及余一切法,故称为“了知一切者”。由于他具足能开显一切法的善妙智慧,故称为“具妙慧者”。对于依于渴爱与邪见的染着而黏著于有漏蕴等诸法的众生而言,他因无有他们染着,故于一切法中为“无所染者”。又因于一切法已无欲贪,舍离一切法而住,故称为“舍弃一切者”。由于他的心倾向于远离依着的寂止,而在渴爱灭尽的涅槃中得殊胜解脱,故称为“于渴爱灭尽得解脱者”,即“已倾向”之义。“智者们也了知那位牟尼”,意思是:具智慧者亦了知、辨识那位牟尼。“你们看看,这位牟尼多么殊胜!他能有什么说法的瑕疵呢?”——这是在阐明他自己。在此,“也”字有阐明的作用。然而,也有人这样解释:“当时优波迦即使看见了如来,也不肯相信‘这便是佛陀、牟尼’,比丘们因此议论起来,于是世尊为了显示‘信也好,不信也罢,但智者们都能了知那……显示巴利原文
Tassattho – sāsavesu sabbakhandhāyatanadhātūsu chandarāgappahānena tehi anabhibhūtattā sayañca te dhamme sabbe abhibhuyya pavattattā sabbābhibhuṃ. Tesañca aññesañca sabbadhammānaṃ sabbākārena viditattā sabbaviduṃ. Sabbadhammadesanasamatthāya sobhanāya medhāya samannāgatattā sumedhaṃ. Yesaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhilepānaṃ vasena sāsavakhandhādibhedesu sabbadhammesu upalimpati, tesaṃ lepānaṃ abhāvā tesu sabbesu dhammesu anupalittaṃ. Tesu ca sabbadhammesu chandarāgābhāvena sabbe te dhamme jahitvā ṭhitattā sabbañjahaṃ. Upadhivivekaninnena cittena taṇhakkhaye nibbāne visesena muttattā taṇhakkhaye vimuttaṃ, adhimuttanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi paṇḍitā sattā muniṃ vedayanti jānanti. Passatha yāva paṭivisiṭṭhovāyaṃ muni, tassa kuto desanāmalanti attānaṃ vibhāveti . Vibhāvanattho hi ettha vāsaddoti. Keci pana vaṇṇayanti – ‘‘upako tadā tathāgataṃ disvāpi ‘ayaṃ buddhamunī’ti na saddahī’’ti evaṃ bhikkhū kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ , tato bhagavā ‘‘saddahatu vā mā vā, dhīrā pana taṃ muniṃ vedayantī’’ti dassento imaṃ gāthamabhāsīti.
214 “慧力”一句的缘起是什么?这首偈颂是围绕离婆多尊者而说的。应当知道,正如“或在村落或林野”这首偈颂所说,离婆多尊者最初的出家、出家后于羯地罗林的安住、于彼处获得的殊胜成就,以及世尊前往该处并返回的经过。世尊返回后,那位年长比丘因忘了鞋而折返,看到鞋挂在羯地罗树上,便返回了舍卫城。优婆夷毗舍佉问比丘们:“尊者,离婆多尊者的住处令人愉悦吗?”那些赞叹的比丘正要回答时,这位年长比丘却责备道:“优婆夷,他们说的都是空话,那地方并不好,只是极其粗糙、荒凉的羯地罗林罢了。”他从毗舍佉处受用客食后,在午后比丘们于圆堂集会时,向大家抱怨:“贤友们,你们所见的离婆多尊者的住处,果真那么宜人吗?”世尊知道了此事,便从香室出来,以适合当时因缘的教诫神变来到大众中间,坐于佛座,问比丘们:“诸比丘,你们此刻聚在一起在谈什么?”他们回答:“世尊,我们在议论离婆多,说:‘这样一个忙于营造的人,何时才修习沙门法呢?’”世尊说:“诸比丘,离婆多并非营造者,离婆多是诸漏已尽的阿拉汉。”显示巴利原文
214.Paññābalanti kā uppatti? Ayaṃ gāthā revatattheraṃ ārabbha vuttā. Tattha ‘‘gāme vā yadi vāraññe’’ti imissā gāthāya vuttanayeneva revatattherassa ādito pabhuti pabbajjā, pabbajitassa khadiravane vihāro, tattha viharato visesādhigamo, bhagavato tattha gamanapaccāgamanañca veditabbaṃ. Paccāgate pana bhagavati yo so mahallakabhikkhu upāhanaṃ sammussitvā paṭinivatto khadirarukkhe ālaggitaṃ disvā sāvatthiṃ anuppatto visākhāya upāsikāya ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, revatattherassa vasanokāso ramaṇīyo’’ti bhikkhū pucchamānāya yehi bhikkhūhi pasaṃsito, te apasādento ‘‘upāsike, ete tucchaṃ bhaṇanti, na sundaro bhūmippadeso, atilūkhakakkhaḷaṃ khadiravanamevā’’ti āha. So visākhāya āgantukabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā pacchābhattaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannipatite bhikkhū ujjhāpento āha – ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, revatattherassa senāsane ramaṇīyaṃ tumhehi diṭṭha’’nti . Bhagavā taṃ ñatvā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena parisamajjhaṃ patvā, buddhāsane nisīditvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘revataṃ, bhante, ārabbha kathā uppannā ‘evaṃ navakammiko kadā samaṇadhammaṃ karissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, revato navakammiko, arahā revato khīṇāsavo’’ti vatvā taṃ ārabbha tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
其义为:因具备能摧破卑劣烦恼的慧力,或具足神变、决意等种种慧力,故称“具慧力者”;因具足四清净戒与头陀支的功德,故称“具足戒德者”;因被道定、果定及威仪定所等持,故称“得定者”;因乐于或安住于近行定、安止定等诸禅那,故称“乐禅那者”;因已成就念的广大圆满,故称“具念者”;因已从贪等粘着中解脱,故称“脱附着者”;因无五种心荒芜与四漏,故称“无荒芜者、无漏者”。
“智者们也了知那位牟尼”:如此具足智慧等功德、远离粘着等过失的寂默者,或世间有智慧的人们,也了知他即是牟尼。“请看看,这位无漏牟尼何其殊胜!”他又怎会被说成“营造事者”,或被问“何时才修沙门法”呢?他正是以慧力完成了那座住处,并非靠营造;他是所作已办的,绝不是现在才要修沙门法的人。这是在阐明离婆多尊者。此中,“也”字正起阐明的作用。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – dubbalakarakilesappahānasādhakena vikubbanaadhiṭṭhānappabhedena vā paññābalena samannāgatattā paññābalaṃ, catupārisuddhisīlena dhutaṅgavatena ca upapannattā sīlavatūpapannaṃ, maggasamādhinā phalasamādhinā iriyāpathasamādhinā ca samāhitaṃ, upacārappanābhedena jhānena jhāne vā ratattā jhānarataṃ, sativepullappattattā satimaṃ, rāgādisaṅgato pamuttatā saṅgā pamuttaṃ, pañcacetokhilacatuāsavābhāvena akhilaṃ anāsavaṃ taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti. Tampi evaṃ paññādiguṇasaṃyuttaṃ saṅgādidosavisaṃyuttaṃ paṇḍitā sattā muniṃ vā vedayanti. Passatha yāva paṭivisiṭṭhovāyaṃ khīṇāsavamuni, so ‘‘navakammiko’’ti vā ‘‘kadā samaṇadhammaṃ karissatī’’ti vā kathaṃ vattabbo. So hi paññābalena taṃ vihāraṃ niṭṭhāpesi, na navakammakaraṇena, katakiccova so, na idāni samaṇadhammaṃ karissatīti revatattheraṃ vibhāveti. Vibhāvanattho hi ettha vā-saddoti.
215 “独行”之语从何而来?世尊自菩提道场渐次抵达迦毗罗卫城。适值父子相会之际,世尊正与净饭王亲切交谈。净饭王问世尊:“尊者,你们在家时,穿着用香匣熏过的迦尸等布料所制的衣服,如今怎么穿起这割截而成的粪扫衣了?”世尊为开导父王,便说道:显示巴利原文
215.Ekaṃ carantanti kā uppatti? Bodhimaṇḍato pabhuti yathākkamaṃ kapilavatthuṃ anuppatte bhagavati pitāputtasamāgame vattamāne bhagavā sammodamānena raññā suddhodanena ‘‘tumhe, bhante, gahaṭṭhakāle gandhakaraṇḍake vāsitāni kāsikādīni dussāni nivāsetvā idāni kathaṃ chinnakāni paṃsukūlāni dhārethā’’ti evamādinā vutto rājānaṃ anunayamāno –
父亲,您所提到的那些丝绸、细布、迦尸衣,
粪扫衣更为殊胜,此为我所乐著。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ tvaṃ tāta vade mayhaṃ, paṭṭuṇṇaṃ dukūlakāsikaṃ; Paṃsukūlaṃ tato seyyaṃ, etaṃ me abhipatthita’’nti. –
说了这些开场白后,世尊为了向国王说法,示现自身不为世间法所动,便宣说了这首由七个半偈构成的偈颂。显示巴利原文
Ādīni vatvā lokadhammehi attano avikampabhāvaṃ dassento rañño dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ sattapadagāthamabhāsi.
它的意思是:以出家等称为“独一”,依止威仪路等诸行而“行”。因具足牟尼法,故称“牟尼”。于一切处无放逸,故为“不放逸”。骂詈、呵责等称为“讥嫌”,称赞、称颂等称为“称赞”——于此讥嫌与称赞中,不因反感或迎合而动摇。应知此处是以讥嫌与称赞来涵盖八种世间法。“犹如狮子”:如同狮子不因鼓声等声音而惊恐,于八种世间法亦不因本性变异而成为不寂静、无有怖畏;或指于边远住处无所恐惧。“犹如风”:如同风不被线缕等所成之网粘着,他以四圣道而不粘着于渴爱与邪见之网;或于八种世间法中,不因反感或迎合而粘着。“犹如莲华于水”:虽生于世间,但因已断除那些令众生为世间所染的渴爱与邪见之染污,故“不为世间所染”。他生起趣向涅槃之道,以此道为其余天与人作引导。而他自己则无需他人示导而自行于道,故称“不从他人受教”。“智者们亦了知那位牟尼”:即了知此佛牟尼,以此阐明自身。其余的解释皆如前说。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – pabbajjāsaṅkhātādīhi ekaṃ, iriyāpathādīhi cariyāhi carantaṃ. Moneyyadhammasamannāgamena muniṃ. Sabbaṭṭhānesu pamādābhāvato appamattaṃ. Akkosanagarahanādibhedāya nindāya vaṇṇanathomanādibhedāya pasaṃsāya cāti imāsu nindāpasaṃsāsu paṭighānunayavasena avedhamānaṃ. Nindāpasaṃsāmukhena cettha aṭṭhapi lokadhammā vuttāti veditabbā. Sīhaṃva bherisaddādīsu saddesu aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu pakativikārānupagamena asantasantaṃ, pantesu vā senāsanesu santāsābhāvena. Vātaṃva suttamayādibhede jālamhi catūhi maggehi taṇhādiṭṭhijāle asajjamānaṃ, aṭṭhasu vā lokadhammesu paṭighānunayavasena asajjamānaṃ. Padumaṃva toyena loke jātampi yesaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhilepānaṃ vasena sattā lokena lippanti, tesaṃ lepānaṃ pahīnattā lokena alippamānaṃ, nibbānagāmimaggaṃ uppādetvā tena maggena netāramaññesaṃ devamanussānaṃ. Attano pana aññena kenaci maggaṃ dassetvā anetabbattā anaññaneyyaṃ taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayanti buddhamuniṃ vedayantīti attānaṃ vibhāveti. Sesamettha vuttanayameva.
216 “于涉入处”(Yo ogahaṇeti)这则开示的起因是什么?世尊初成正觉时,已于四不可数劫及十万劫中,圆满了十种波罗蜜、十种中等波罗蜜、十种究竟胜义波罗蜜,所有这些都依于誓愿的功德。在兜率天受生与安住,大观察,入胎、住胎、出胎,行七步、遍观十方、作狮子吼,大出家、大精进,成就正觉,转法轮,证得四种道智、四种果智,于八众中无有动摇的智慧,十力智,抉择四生智,抉择五趣智,六种不共智,八种与声闻共通的佛智,十四种佛智,抉择十八佛功德智,十九种省察智,七十七种智事——随顺这十万种功德而生起了广大的利养与恭敬。那些不能容忍的外道,便唆使旃遮摩纳维迦(Ciñcamāṇavikā)前来毁谤。正如偈颂“一法通过未”(ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassa)的事缘中所说,当世尊的恶名在四众中生起时,比丘们便以此因缘发起了议论:‘即使在这样恶名生起时,世尊的心也没有丝毫变异。’世尊了知此事,从香室出来,以与当下相应的神通示现来到众中,坐于佛座,问比丘们:‘比丘们,你们现在共集一处,在议论什么?’显示巴利原文
216.Yoogahaṇeti kā uppatti? Bhagavato paṭhamābhisambuddhassa cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritadasapāramidasaupapāramidasaparamatthapāramippabhedaṃ abhinīhāraguṇapāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavane abhinibbattiguṇaṃ tattha nivāsaguṇaṃ mahāvilokanaguṇaṃ gabbhavokkantiṃ gabbhavāsaṃ gabbhanikkhamanaṃ padavītihāraṃ disāvilokanaṃ brahmagajjanaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ mahāpadhānaṃ abhisambodhiṃ dhammacakkappavattanaṃ catubbidhaṃ maggañāṇaṃ phalañāṇaṃ aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ, dasabalañāṇaṃ, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ, pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ, chabbidhaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhavidhaṃ sāvakasādhāraṇabuddhañāṇaṃ, cuddasavidhaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, aṭṭhārasabuddhaguṇaparicchedakañāṇaṃ, ekūnavīsatividhapaccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ, sattasattatividhañāṇavatthu evamiccādiguṇasatasahasse nissāya pavattaṃ mahālābhasakkāraṃ asahamānehi titthiyehi uyyojitāya ciñcamāṇavikāya ‘‘ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassā’’ti imissā gāthāya vatthumhi vuttanayena catuparisamajjhe bhagavato ayase uppādite tappaccayā bhikkhū kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesuṃ ‘‘evarūpepi nāma ayase uppanne na bhagavato cittassa aññathattaṃ atthī’’ti. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma taṅkhaṇānurūpena pāṭihāriyena parisamajjhaṃ patvā, buddhāsane nisīditvā, bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā’’ti? Te sabbaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tato bhagavā – ‘‘buddhā nāma, bhikkhave, aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu tādino hontī’’ti vatvā tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这句话的意思是——如同在涉入处,也就是人们的沐浴渡口,为了擦身而钉有方形或八角形的柱子,无论是高种姓还是低种姓的人都在上面擦身体,柱子不会因此而抬高或降低。同样地,“于涉入处,犹如柱子生起”(yo ogahaṇe thambhorivābhijāyati)是指:在那件事缘中,他人会说尽极限的话。这是什么意思呢?在某件事上,其他外道或一些人出于称赞,可以说出极端的赞美;出于贬损,也可以说出极端的毁谤。对于这些,他既没有偏爱,也没有抗拒。正因为有那样平等无动的状态,所以说他“于涉入处犹如柱子”。“他是离贪者,善摄诸根的人”(taṃ vītarāgaṃ susamāhitindriyanti):面对可意的所缘,因为没有贪,所以称为“离贪者”;面对不可意的所缘,因为没有嗔、没有痴,所以称为“善摄诸根者”。也就是说,他很好地把诸根统合起来,安立、保护与守护了它们。“那些智者称他为牟尼”(taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayanti):智者知道这位佛牟尼,他的心怎么会有变异呢?这是为了显示显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yathā nāma ogahaṇe manussānaṃ nhānatitthe aṅgaghaṃsanatthāya caturasse vā aṭṭhaṃse vā thambhe nikhāte uccakulīnāpi nīcakulīnāpi aṅgaṃ ghaṃsanti, na tena thambhassa unnati vā onati vā hoti. Evamevaṃ yo ogahaṇe thambhorivābhijāyati yasmiṃ pare vācāpariyantaṃ vadanti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ pare titthiyā vā aññe vā vaṇṇavasena uparimaṃ vā avaṇṇavasena heṭṭhimaṃ vā vācāpariyantaṃ vadanti, tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ anunayaṃ vā paṭighaṃ vā anāpajjamāno tādibhāvena yo ogahaṇe thambhoriva bhavatīti. Taṃ vītarāgaṃ susamāhitindriyanti taṃ iṭṭhārammaṇe rāgābhāvena vītarāgaṃ, aniṭṭhārammaṇe ca dosamohābhāvena susamāhitindriyaṃ, suṭṭhu vā samodhānetvā ṭhapitindriyaṃ, rakkhitindriyaṃ, gopitindriyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayanti buddhamuniṃ vedayanti, tassa kathaṃ cittassa aññathattaṃ bhavissatīti attānaṃ vibhāveti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
217 “自心确立者”(Yo ve ṭhitattoti)这则开示的起因是什么?据说在舍卫城,某位富商的女儿从楼阁下来,走到下层的纺织工坊,看见纺车上的梭子来回转动。因为梭子的运行是笔直的,她便以此取相为所缘,心想:‘啊!但愿一切众生都能舍弃身、语、意的歪曲,内心像梭子一样正直。’她回到楼阁后,还是一次又一次地思维这个所缘而坐着。这样实践不久,无常的相便清楚地在她面前显现了;顺着无常的相,苦的相与无我的相也跟着显现。这时候,她感觉三界犹如被燃烧一般。世尊了知她正在这样观照,便在香室中放出光明。她看见光明,心想:‘这是什么?’随即便见到世尊仿佛就坐在自己面前,于是立刻起身,合掌站立。世尊知道此法是适合她的,便以说法的方式宣说了这首偈颂。显示巴利原文
217.Yo ve ṭhitattoti kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira aññatarā seṭṭhidhītā pāsādā oruyha heṭṭhāpāsāde tantavāyasālaṃ gantvā tasaraṃ vaṭṭente disvā tassa ujubhāvena tappaṭibhāganimittaṃ aggahesi – ‘‘aho vata sabbe sattā kāyavacīmanovaṅkaṃ pahāya tasaraṃ viya ujucittā bhaveyyu’’nti. Sā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvāpi punappunaṃ tadeva nimittaṃ āvajjentī nisīdi. Evaṃ paṭipannāya cassā na cirasseva aniccalakkhaṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ ahosi, tadanusāreneva ca dukkhānattalakkhaṇānipi. Athassā tayopi bhavā ādittā viya upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Taṃ tathā vipassamānaṃ ñatvā bhagavā gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnova obhāsaṃ muñci. Sā taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti āvajjentī bhagavantaṃ passe nisinnamiva disvā uṭṭhāya pañjalikā aṭṭhāsi. Athassā bhagavā sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammadesanāvasena imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
释义如下:他因其心一境性与不动摇的解脱,再无增长与减损,故而被称为“安立者”;又因已灭尽生与轮回,不再投生他处,故而被称为“安立者”。他断除了身、语、意的歪曲,不行邪道,因此像梭子一般“正直”。由于具足惭愧,他“厌离诸恶业”——对于种种恶行,他心生厌恶,如同厌恶粪便、厌恶尿液一般,这便是“有惭”。依据音声论中瑜伽分别的道理,工具格可作对格义来使用,这是成立的。所谓“以慧观察不平与平等”,即以身行等的不平等为“不平”,以身行等的平等为“平等”,经由断除与修习的功用,以道慧来观察、来审察。而“智者称彼为漏尽牟尼”的意思是:像前面所描述的那样,那位以道慧观察不平与平等的安立者,像梭子一样正直,于一切违犯都无所犯,厌离诸恶业,智者们便称他为漏尽牟尼。为了彰明这样的漏尽牟尼,世尊以阿拉汉果为终极,开示了这首偈颂。开示结束时,长者之女安立于入流果。此处的‘vā’字,应视作表示选择或合集。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yo ve ekaggacittatāya akuppavimuttitāya ca vuḍḍhihānīnaṃ abhāvato vikkhīṇajātisaṃsārattā bhavantarūpagamanābhāvato ca ṭhitatto, pahīnakāyavacīmanovaṅkatāya agatigamanābhāvena vā tasaraṃva uju, hirottappasampannattā jigucchati kammehi pāpakehi, pāpakāni kammāni gūthagataṃ viya muttagataṃ viya ca jigucchati, hirīyatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yogavibhāgena hi upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ saddasatthe sijjhati. Vīmaṃsamāno visamaṃ samañcāti kāyavisamādivisamaṃ kāyasamādisamañca pahānabhāvanākiccasādhanena maggapaññāya vīmaṃsamāno upaparikkhamāno. Taṃ vāpi khīṇāsavaṃ dhīrā muniṃ vedayantīti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yathāvuttanayena maggapaññāya vīmaṃsamāno visamaṃ samañca yo ve ṭhitatto hoti, so evaṃ tasaraṃva uju hutvā kiñci vītikkamaṃ anāpajjanto jigucchati kammehi pāpakehi. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti. Yato īdiso hotīti khīṇāsavamuniṃ dassento arahattanikūṭena gāthaṃ desesi. Desanāpariyosāne seṭṭhidhītā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Ettha ca vikappe vā samuccaye vā vāsaddo daṭṭhabbo.
218 “自我调御者”这则开示的缘起是什么呢?据说,世尊住在阿罗毗城时,城中有一位织布工,吩咐他七岁的女儿道:“女儿啊,昨天剩下的梭线不多了,你把梭子绕好,赶快到织坊来,不要耽搁了。”她回答:“好的。”那位织布工便前往织坊,拉展经线,站在那里。那一天,世尊从大悲定中出定,观察世间时,见到这女孩具有证得入流果的因缘,并且还有八万四千有情将在开示结束时得法现观。于是,世尊提前整肃仪容,持钵著衣,进入城内。众人见到世尊,心想:“世尊这么早就进城,今天必定有某位应受摄受的众生。”便都迎向前去。世尊就驻留在女孩去父亲那里的路上。城里的人把那一带清扫干净,洒上净水,供养鲜花,张起帷帐,敷设了座位。世尊坐在铺设好的座位上,大众则围绕在四周站立。那女孩来到那里,看见被大众围绕的世尊,便行了五体投地礼。世尊叫住她,问道:“女孩,你从哪里来?”“我不知道,世尊。”“你将去往何处?”“我不知道,世尊。”“你不知道吗?”“我知道,世尊。”“你知道吗?”“我不知道,世尊。”显示巴利原文
218.Yo saññatattoti kā uppatti? Bhagavati kira āḷaviyaṃ viharante āḷavīnagare aññataro tantavāyo sattavassikaṃ dhītaraṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘amma, hiyyo avasiṭṭhatasaraṃ na bahu, tasaraṃ vaṭṭetvā lahuṃ tantavāyasālaṃ āgaccheyyāsi, mā kho cirāyī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi. So sālaṃ gantvā tantaṃ vinento aṭṭhāsi. Taṃ divasañca bhagavā mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya lokaṃ volokento tassā dārikāya sotāpattiphalūpanissayaṃ desanāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānañca dhammābhisamayaṃ disvā pageva sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya nagaraṃ pāvisi. Manussā bhagavantaṃ disvā – ‘‘addhā ajja koci anuggahetabbo atthi, pageva paviṭṭho bhagavā’’ti bhagavantaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā yena maggena sā dārikā pitusantikaṃ gacchati, tasmiṃ aṭṭhāsi. Nagaravāsino taṃ padesaṃ sammajjitvā, paripphositvā, pupphūpahāraṃ katvā, vitānaṃ bandhitvā, āsanaṃ paññāpesuṃ. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, mahājanakāyo parivāretvā aṭṭhāsi. Sā dārikā taṃ padesaṃ pattā mahājanaparivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandi. Taṃ bhagavā āmantetvā – ‘‘dārike kuto āgatāsī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na jānāmi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ gamissasī’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāmi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Na jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Jānāmi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Na jānāmi bhagavā’’ti.
众人听了这番话,便非议道:“看哪,诸位!这女孩自己从家里来,世尊问她,她却说‘不知道’;问她去织坊,她也说‘不知道’;对她说‘你不知道吗’,她反而说‘知道’;再问‘你知道吗’,她又说‘不知道’。她这完全是在唱反调啊。”世尊为了让大众明白其中的关要,便问她说:“我问了什么?你又是如何回答的?”她答道:“尊者,没人不知道我是从家里出来,要去织坊。然而,您是就结生来问我‘从哪里来’,就死殁来问我‘将去往何处’,这些我的确不知道——我不知道自己是从地狱而来,还是从天界而来;也不知道我将去往地狱,还是去往天界,因此我说‘不知道’。接着,世尊是就‘死亡’这件事来问我:‘你不知道(会死)吗?’我知道一切有情都必有一死,因此我说‘知道’。而后,世尊又针对死亡的具体时刻问我:‘你知道吗?’对于‘我何时会死,是今天还是明天’,我便不知道了,因此我说‘不知道’。”世尊对她所回答的问题称叹道:“善哉,善哉。”大众也纷纷发出数千次的赞叹:“这女孩是何等的聪慧啊!”显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā manussā ujjhāyanti – ‘‘passatha, bho, ayaṃ dārikā attano gharā āgatāpi bhagavatā pucchiyamānā ‘na jānāmī’ti āha, tantavāyasālaṃ gacchantī cāpi pucchiyamānā ‘na jānāmī’ti āha, ‘na jānāsī’ti vuttā ‘jānāmī’ti āha, ‘jānāsī’ti vuttā ‘na jānāmī’ti āha, sabbaṃ paccanīkameva karotī’’ti. Bhagavā manussānaṃ tamatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātukāmo taṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ mayā pucchitaṃ, kiṃ tayā vutta’’nti? Sā āha – ‘‘na maṃ, bhante, koci na jānāti, gharato āgatā tantavāyasālaṃ gacchatī’’ti; apica maṃ tumhe paṭisandhivasena pucchatha, ‘‘kuto āgatāsī’’ti, cutivasena pucchatha, ‘‘kuhiṃ gamissasī’’ti ahañca na jānāmi. ‘‘Kuto camhi āgatā; nirayā vā devalokā vā’’ti, na hi jānāmi, ‘‘kuhimpi gamissāmi nirayaṃ vā devalokaṃ vā’’ti, tasmā ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti avacaṃ. Tato maṃ bhagavā maraṇaṃ sandhāya pucchi – ‘‘na jānāsī’’ti, ahañca jānāmi. ‘‘Sabbesaṃ maraṇaṃ dhuva’’nti, tenāvocaṃ ‘‘jānāmī’’ti. Tato maṃ bhagavā maraṇakālaṃ sandhāya pucchi ‘‘jānāsī’’ti, ahañca na jānāmi ‘‘kadā marissāmi kiṃ ajja vā udāhu sve vā’’ti, tenāvocaṃ ‘‘na jānāmī’’ti. Bhagavā tāya vissajjitaṃ pañhaṃ ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti anumodi. Mahājanakāyopi ‘‘yāva paṇḍitā ayaṃ dārikā’’ti sādhukārasahassāni adāsi. Atha bhagavā dārikāya sappāyaṃ viditvā dhammaṃ desento –
于是,世尊了知适合那位女孩的法,便说法道:
此世间如盲,其中能明见者稀;犹如脱网之鸟,往生天界者极少。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Andhabhūto ayaṃ loko, tanukettha vipassati; Sakuṇo jālamuttova, appo saggāya gacchatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 174) –
世尊宣说了这首偈颂。偈颂结束时,那位女孩安住于入流果,同时八万四千有情获得了法现观。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthamāha. Sā gāthāpariyosāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānañca dhammābhisamayo ahosi.
她礼敬世尊之后,便来到父亲那里。父亲见她这么晚才回来,心中气恼,猛力将梭子掷入织机。梭子弹射而出,刺穿了少女的腹部,她当场便死去了。他见后心想:“我并非存心击打女儿,只是这梭子猛然弹出,才刺破了她的肚子。她究竟是活着还是死了?”仔细检查后,发现女儿确已身亡,他又想:“若是让人知道‘这人被自己的女儿所杀’,大家一定会谴责我,国王还会施以严厉的刑罚。不如趁早逃走。”因为害怕杖罚,他便逃走了。他来到世尊身边求取了业处,随后前往住在林野的比丘们的住处。他走近那些比丘,请求出家。比丘们度他出家后,便授予他“皮等五法”的业处。他领受业处后精勤修习,不久便证得阿拉汉果,那些比丘即成他的亲教师与戒师。事后,于大自恣之日,所有比丘都聚集到世尊跟前,准备进行“清净自恣”。世尊自恣已毕,雨安居结束,便在比丘僧团的围绕下,于各个村落城镇之间次第游行,渐至阿罗毗。那里的人们迎请世尊,作布施等种种供养。众人见到那位比丘时,便嘲笑他说:“你杀了女儿,如今又来杀谁啦!”等种种讥讽之语。比丘们听闻后,在侍奉时间近前,便将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,这位比丘并未杀害女儿,她……”
},
{显示巴利原文
Sā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā pitu santikaṃ agamāsi. Pitā taṃ disvā ‘‘cirenāgatā’’ti kuddho vegena tante vemaṃ pakkhipi. Taṃ nikkhamitvā dārikāya kucchiṃ bhindi. Sā tattheva kālamakāsi. So disvā – ‘‘nāhaṃ mama dhītaraṃ pahariṃ, apica kho imaṃ vemaṃ vegasā nikkhamitvā imissā kucchiṃ bhindi. Jīvati nu kho nanu kho’’ti vīmaṃsanto mataṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘manussā maṃ ‘iminā dhītā māritā’ti ñatvā upakkoseyyuṃ, tena rājāpi garukaṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇeyya, handāhaṃ paṭikacceva palāyāmī’’ti. So daṇḍabhayena palāyanto bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā araññe vasantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasanokāsaṃ pāpuṇi. Te ca bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Te taṃ pabbājetvā tacapañcakakammaṭṭhānaṃ adaṃsu. So taṃ uggahetvā vāyamanto na cirasseva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, te cassa ācariyupajjhāyā. Atha mahāpavāraṇāya sabbeva bhagavato santikaṃ agamaṃsu – ‘‘visuddhipavāraṇaṃ pavāressāmā’’ti. Bhagavā pavāretvā vutthavasso bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto gāmanigamādīsu cārikaṃ caramāno anupubbena āḷaviṃ agamāsi. Tattha manussā bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā dānādīni karontā taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘‘dhītaraṃ māretvā idāni kaṃ māretuṃ āgatosī’’tiādīni vatvā uppaṇḍesuṃ. Bhikkhū taṃ sutvā upaṭṭhānavelāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā – ‘‘na, bhikkhave , ayaṃ bhikkhu dhītaraṃ māresi, sā attano kammena matā’’ti vatvā tassa bhikkhuno manussehi dubbijānaṃ khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ pakāsento bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
它的意思是:一个人以身、语、意三业门的持戒自制,已调御者,不以身、不以语、不以意造作伤害等任何恶行。而且,不论是少年时、中年时还是老年时,任何时候都不造恶。是什么原因呢?因为「他已调御」,也就是由于无上的远离,其心已从一切恶中停歇下来。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yo tīsupi kammadvāresu sīlasaṃyamena saṃyatatto kāyena vā vācāya vā cetasā vā hiṃsādikaṃ na karoti pāpaṃ, tañca kho pana daharo vā daharavaye ṭhito, majjhimo vā majjhimavaye ṭhito, eteneva nayena thero vā pacchimavaye ṭhitoti kadācipi na karoti. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Yatatto, yasmā anuttarāya viratiyā sabbapāpehi uparatacittoti vuttaṃ hoti.
今就“牟尼不可激恼,他不激恼任何人”这些词句,其连接与意旨如下:那位漏尽牟尼是“不可激恼者”,即不应被人以“杀女者”、“织工”等种种方式,由身或语而加以激怒、打击、逼迫。同样地,他自身亦不激恼任何人,不会说出“我不曾杀我女儿,是你,或像你这样的人杀的”等语,去激恼、打击、逼迫任何人,所以他自身也不是激恼别人的人。再者,正如同“且止住龙象,莫击打龙象,应礼敬龙象”这样的教导,他实为应受礼敬之人。于“taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti”此句中,应这样分解:“tampi dhīrāva muniṃ vedayanti”。意思是:愚痴的凡夫不了知“此人不可被激恼”的道理,而去激恼他;唯有诸智者,那些具足智慧的人,才真正了知这样的牟尼,知晓“这是一位漏尽的牟尼”。显示巴利原文
Idāni muni arosaneyyo na so roseti kañcīti etesaṃ padānaṃ ayaṃ yojanā ca adhippāyo ca – so khīṇāsavamuni arosaneyyo ‘‘dhītumārako’’ti vā ‘‘pesakāro’’ti vā evamādinā nayena kāyena vā vācāya vā rosetuṃ, ghaṭṭetuṃ, bādhetuṃ araho na hoti. Sopi hi na roseti kañci, ‘‘nāhaṃ mama dhītaraṃ māremi, tvaṃ māresi, tumhādiso vā māretī’’tiādīni vatvā kañci na roseti, na ghaṭṭeti, na bādheti, tasmā sopi na rosaneyyo. Apica kho pana ‘‘tiṭṭhatu nāgo, mā nāgaṃ ghaṭṭesi, namo karohi nāgassā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.249) vuttanayena namassitabboyeva hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti ettha pana tampi dhīrāva muniṃ vedayantīti evaṃ padavibhāgo veditabbo. Adhippāyo cettha – taṃ ‘‘ayaṃ arosaneyyo’’ti ete bālamanussā ajānitvā rosenti. Ye pana dhīrā honti, te dhīrāva tampi muniṃ vedayanti, ayaṃ khīṇāsavamunīti jānantīti.
219 “Yadaggato”这首偈颂的缘起是什么呢?据说,在舍卫城曾有一位名为“施五最上者”的婆罗门。当庄稼即将成熟时,他施舍田中最上之物;谷堆形成时,施舍谷堆最上之物;仓库装满时,施舍仓库最上之物;锅中煮好食物时,施舍锅中食最上之物;用餐时,施舍饮食最上之物——这便是他所布施的五种最上。其中,他命人取来最先成熟的稻穗、大麦穗、小麦穗,做成粥、饭、炒谷等,秉持着“施最上者得最上,智者施最上,当证最上果”的见解,向以佛陀为首的比丘僧团作布施,这便是他的“田中最上施”。庄稼成熟、收割、打碾后,他又取来最好的谷物,以同样的方式作布施,这便是他的“谷堆最上施”。再用那些谷物装满仓库,于初次开启仓库时,取出第一批谷物,依然同样作布施,这便是他的“仓库最上施”。此外,他家中无论煮好什么饮食,都先供养前来的出家者,连孩童也不先给,而是取出其中最上最好的部分,这便是他的“锅中食最上施”。还有,当他要用餐时,最先端上来的第一份食物,若在午前便布施给僧团,若在午后便布施给前来的乞者;如果没显示巴利原文
219.Yadaggatoti kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira pañcaggadāyako nāma brāhmaṇo ahosi. So nipphajjamānesu sassesu khettaggaṃ, rāsaggaṃ, koṭṭhaggaṃ, kumbhiaggaṃ, bhojanagganti imāni pañca aggāni deti. Tattha paṭhamapakkāniyeva sāli-yava-godhūma-sīsāni āharāpetvā yāgupāyāsaputhukādīni paṭiyādetvā ‘‘aggassa dātā medhāvī, aggaṃ so adhigacchatī’’ti evaṃdiṭṭhiko hutvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ deti, idamassa khettaggadānaṃ. Nipphannesu pana sassesu lāyitesu madditesu ca varadhaññāni gahetvā tatheva dānaṃ deti, idamassa rāsaggadānaṃ. Puna tehi dhaññehi koṭṭhāgārāni pūrāpetvā paṭhamakoṭṭhāgāravivaraṇe paṭhamanīhaṭāni dhaññāni gahetvā tatheva dānaṃ deti, idamassa koṭṭhaggadānaṃ. Yaṃ yadeva panassa ghare randheti, tato aggaṃ anuppattapabbajitānaṃ adatvā antamaso dārakānampi na kiñci deti, idamassa kumbhiaggadānaṃ. Puna attano bhojanakāle paṭhamūpanītaṃ bhojanaṃ purebhattakāle saṅghassa, pacchābhattakāle sampattayācakānaṃ, tadabhāve antamaso sunakhānampi adatvā na bhuñjati, idamassa bhojanaggadānaṃ. Evaṃ so pañcaggadāyakotveva abhilakkhito ahosi.
一天,世尊于破晓时分以佛眼观察世间,见那位婆罗门及其妻子具足证得入流道的因缘,便整理好身体,在极早时就进入了香室。比丘们见香室门已关闭,知晓“今天世尊欲独自入村”,便于乞食时分右绕香室后,外出乞食。世尊也于婆罗门用餐之时出发,进入舍卫城。众人见到世尊,心想:“今日必有哪位众生需被摄受,所以世尊才独自入城”,便未上前邀请。世尊次第而行,来到婆罗门家门口站立。那时,婆罗门正拿着食物坐下,他的妻子则持扇站在一旁。她望见世尊,心想:“这婆罗门若是看见,定会取钵将所有食物尽数布施,那样我免不了要再煮一回。”于是她心生不敬与悭吝,便用扇遮挡,不让婆罗门看见世尊。世尊了知此事,便放出身上光芒。婆罗门见到金色光芒,抬头仰望,便看见了站于门口的世尊。婆罗门妻心想“已被世尊察觉”,连忙放下扇子,上前以五体投地顶礼世尊。世尊知道,在她礼敬后起身之时,正是适宜说法的时机。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ bhagavā paccūsasamaye buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento tassa brāhmaṇassa brāhmaṇiyā ca sotāpattimaggaupanissayaṃ disvā sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā atippageva gandhakuṭiṃ pāvisi. Bhikkhū pihitadvāraṃ gandhakuṭiṃ disvā – ‘‘ajja bhagavā ekakova gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo’’ti ñatvā bhikkhācāravelāya gandhakuṭiṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā piṇḍāya pavisiṃsu. Bhagavāpi brāhmaṇassa bhojanavelāyaṃ nikkhamitvā sāvatthiṃ pāvisi. Manussā bhagavantaṃ disvā evaṃ – ‘‘nūnajja koci satto anuggahetabbo atthi, tathā hi bhagavā ekakova paviṭṭho’’ti ñatvā na bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu nimantanatthāya. Bhagavāpi anupubbena brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ sampatvā aṭṭhāsi. Tena ca samayena brāhmaṇo bhojanaṃ gahetvā nisinno hoti, brāhmaṇī panassa bījaniṃ gahetvā ṭhitā. Sā bhagavantaṃ disvā ‘‘sacāyaṃ brāhmaṇo passeyya, pattaṃ gahetvā sabbaṃ bhojanaṃ dadeyya, tato me puna pacitabbaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti cintetvā appasādañca maccherañca uppādetvā yathā brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ na passati, evaṃ tālavaṇṭena paṭicchādesi. Bhagavā taṃ ñatvā sarīrābhaṃ muñci. Taṃ brāhmaṇo suvaṇṇobhāsaṃ disvā ‘‘kimeta’’nti ullokento addasa bhagavantaṃ dvāre ṭhitaṃ. Brāhmaṇīpi ‘‘diṭṭhonena bhagavā’’ti tāvadeva tālavaṇṭaṃ nikkhipitvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandi, vanditvā cassā uṭṭhahantiyā sappāyaṃ viditvā –
于名色之一切处,若人无一所执取;
对不实之物亦无忧伤,他确实可称为比丘。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa natthi mamāyitaṃ; Asatā ca na socati, sa ve bhikkhūti vuccatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 367) –
世尊诵出此偈。偈毕,她便安住于入流果。婆罗门迎请世尊入内,请坐于最上座,献上净水,将自己备好的食物奉上,说:“尊者,您于天界人间,是最上应供者。请您将这份食物纳受于您的钵中。”世尊为摄受他而纳受,并用食。食毕,世尊了知对婆罗门适宜的法,又诵一偈。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthamabhāsi. Sā gāthāpariyosāneyeva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇopi bhagavantaṃ antogharaṃ pavesetvā, varāsane nisīdāpetvā, dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā, attano upanītabhojanaṃ upanāmesi – ‘‘tumhe, bhante, sadevake loke aggadakkhiṇeyyā, sādhu, me taṃ bhojanaṃ attano patte patiṭṭhāpethā’’ti. Bhagavā tassa anuggahatthaṃ paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. Katabhattakicco ca brāhmaṇassa sappāyaṃ viditvā imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
这首偈颂的含义是:所谓“从最初取”,即从罐中最初取得;“从中间取”,即从尚余大半的罐中取得;“从最后取”,即从仅剩一两匙的罐中取得——比丘不论得到何种团食,皆同样受用。“依他人布施而活”指出家者。因为除了水和齿木之外,他的一切皆依他人布施而活,故称“依他人布施而活”。“不值得称赞,也不贬低”:由于已断除随顺的烦恼,当他得到最先的食物时,既不称赞自己,也不称赞施主;由于已断除嗔恚,当他得到最后的食物时,不会说“他给的是什么呀”之类贬低施主的话,不说令人不悦的言辞。“这样的牟尼,唯有智者能知”:如此断除随顺与嗔恚的牟尼,唯有智者能够了知。世尊正是以这首导向阿拉汉果的偈为婆罗门说法。偈终时,婆罗门便安住于入流果。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yaṃ kumbhito paṭhamameva gahitattā aggato, addhāvasesāya kumbhiyā āgantvā tato gahitattā majjhato, ekadvikaṭacchumattāvasesāya kumbhiyā āgantvā tato gahitattā sesato vā piṇḍaṃ labhetha. Paradattūpajīvīti pabbajito. So hi udakadantapoṇaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ pareneva dattaṃ upajīvati, tasmā ‘‘paradattūpajīvī’’ti vuccati. Nālaṃ thutuṃ nopi nipaccavādīti aggato laddhā attānaṃ vā dāyakaṃ vā thometumpi nārahati pahīnānunayattā. Sesato laddhā ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ iminā dinna’’ntiādinā nayena dāyakaṃ nipātetvā appiyavacanāni vattāpi na hoti pahīnapaṭighattā. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi pahīnānunayapaṭighaṃ dhīrāva muniṃ vedayantīti brāhmaṇassa arahattanikūṭena gāthaṃ desesi. Gāthāpariyosāne brāhmaṇo sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahīti.
220 “牟尼行”一偈的缘起为何?据说在舍卫城,有一位长者的儿子,随着季节在三座宫殿中享受一切荣华。他尚在年少,便生起出家之念。他请求父母,如同《犀牛角经》中“诸欲如实多彩”一偈的缘起故事所述那般,三次出家又还俗,至第四次时,证得了阿拉汉果。由于他过去的这段经历,比丘们便议论说:“贤友,该还俗了吧?”他答道:“贤友们,我如今已不可能再退堕了。”比丘们将此事禀告世尊。世尊说:“的确如此,比丘们,他现在已不可能退堕了。”为彰显这位诸漏已尽的牟尼的真实行迹,世尊诵出了此偈。显示巴利原文
220.Muniṃ carantanti kā uppatti? Sāvatthiyaṃ kira aññataro seṭṭhiputto utuvasena tīsu pāsādesu sabbasampattīhi paricārayamāno daharova pabbajitukāmo hutvā, mātāpitaro yācitvā, khaggavisāṇasutte ‘‘kāmā hi citrā’’ti (su. ni. 50) imissā gāthāya aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ vuttanayeneva tikkhattuṃ pabbajitvā ca uppabbajitvā ca catutthavāre arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ pubbaparicayena bhikkhū bhaṇanti – ‘‘samayo, āvuso, uppabbajitu’’nti. So ‘‘abhabbo dānāhaṃ, āvuso, vibbhamitu’’nti āha. Taṃ sutvā bhikkhū bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā ‘‘evametaṃ, bhikkhave, abhabbo so dāni vibbhamitu’’nti tassa khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ āvikaronto imaṃ gāthamāha.
此偈的含义是:因其具足牟尼行法,故称“牟尼”;因独住而行,或以如前所述的任一方式而行,故称“行”;犹如往昔一般,对淫欲法心不造作,以无上的远离而“离”于淫欲。第二句的连接关系:若问,是什么样的牟尼,在行持中离于淫欲?若有人于青春盛年,对任何女人的形态,都不再像往昔那样以淫欲的贪爱去系缚,这便是“即使在青春时也不在任何地方系缚”之意。或者还可作此解:不论是对自己的青春还是他人的青春,他都不会生起“我尚年轻,或她还年轻,故先享受一番欲乐吧”的贪爱系缚。而且,他不仅离于淫欲,也离于以出身优越而起的骄慢等种种慢心,也离于在享受欲乐时忘失正念的放逸。正是如此远离了慢与放逸,故从一切烦恼的束缚中得以“解脱”。或者说,这并非世间寻常的远离,而是因从一切烦恼束缚中解脱,才得以成就出世间之远离,这也是其中的一层深义。“这样的牟尼,唯有智者能知”:如是之牟尼,唯有智者方能了知,而你……显示巴利原文
Tassattho – moneyyadhammasamannāgamena muniṃ, ekavihāritāya, pubbe vuttappakārāsu vā cariyāsu yāya kāyaci cariyāya carantaṃ, pubbe viya methunadhamme cittaṃ akatvā anuttarāya viratiyā virataṃ methunasmā. Dutiyapādassa sambandho – kīdisaṃ muniṃ carantaṃ virataṃ methunasmāti ce? Yo yobbane nopanibajjhate kvaci, yo bhadrepi yobbane vattamāne kvaci itthirūpe yathā pure, evaṃ methunarāgena na upanibajjhati. Atha vā kvaci attano vā parassa vā yobbane ‘‘yuvā tāvamhi, ayaṃ vā yuvāti paṭisevāmi tāva kāme’’ti evaṃ yo rāgena na upanibajjhatīti ayampettha attho. Na kevalañca virataṃ methunasmā, apica kho pana jātimadādibhedā madā, kāmaguṇesu sativippavāsasaṅkhātā pamādāpi ca virataṃ, evaṃ madappamādā viratattā eva ca vippamuttaṃ sabbakilesabandhanehi. Yathā vā eko lokikāyapi viratiyā virato hoti, na evaṃ, kiṃ pana vippamuttaṃ virataṃ, sabbakilesabandhanehi vippamuttattā lokuttaraviratiyā viratantipi attho. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi dhīrā eva muniṃ vedayanti, tumhe pana naṃ na vedayatha, tena naṃ evaṃ bhaṇathāti dasseti.
221 “了知世间”一偈的缘起为何?那时,世尊住在迦毗罗卫。正值难陀有三重庆典:佩戴饰物庆典、灌顶庆典及娶亲庆典。世尊也受邀前往,与五百比丘一同赴宴。应供毕,世尊临行时将钵递到了难陀手中。国中第一美女见状,对他说道:“圣子,请速归来。”难陀因对世尊极为恭敬,不敢开口说:“尊者,请收回您的钵。”便捧着钵一路跟随至寺院。世尊立于香室近处,唤道:“难陀,将钵递来。”接过钵后,世尊问道:“你要出家吗?”难陀出于对世尊的敬重,不敢回绝,便答道:“我愿出家,世尊。”世尊于是度他出家。然而,他心中一遍又一遍地浮现出国中第一美女的话语,由此心生热恼,不得安宁。比丘们将此事禀告了世尊。世尊为了消除难陀的不乐,便问他:“难陀,你以前可曾去过三十三天?”难陀回答:“尊者,我未曾去过。”显示巴利原文
221.Aññāya lokanti kā uppatti? Bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ viharati. Tena samayena nandassa ābharaṇamaṅgalaṃ, abhisekamaṅgalaṃ, āvāhamaṅgalanti tīṇi maṅgalāni akaṃsu. Bhagavāpi tattha nimantito pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ tattha gantvā bhuñjitvā nikkhamanto nandassa hatthe pattaṃ adāsi. Taṃ nikkhamantaṃ disvā janapadakalyāṇī ‘‘tuvaṭṭaṃ kho, ayyaputta, āgaccheyyāsī’’ti āha. So bhagavato gāravena ‘‘handa bhagavā patta’’nti vattuṃ asakkonto vihārameva gato. Bhagavā gandhakuṭipariveṇe ṭhatvā ‘‘āhara, nanda, patta’’nti gahetvā ‘‘pabbajissasī’’ti āha. So bhagavato gāravena paṭikkhipituṃ asakkonto ‘‘pabbajāmi, bhagavā’’ti āha. Taṃ bhagavā pabbājesi. So pana janapadakalyāṇiyā vacanaṃ punappunaṃ saranto ukkaṇṭhi. Bhikkhū bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā nandassa anabhiratiṃ vinodetukāmo ‘‘tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gatapubbosi, nandā’’ti āha. Nando ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhante, gatapubbo’’ti avoca.
于是,世尊以自身神通力将难陀带到三十三天,立于最胜殿门前。帝释天得知世尊到来,便在天女众的围绕下,从宫殿而下。这些天女,都是由于过去曾向迦叶世尊的弟子们供养涂脚油,而转生为钩足天女。接着,世尊对难陀说:“难陀,你可看见这五百位钩足天女了吗?”(此处应展开全部细节)。须知,在佛陀的全部教法中,从未教导过应执取于女人的整体形相和细部特征。但在此处,世尊为善巧方便,如同医师为令病人吐出毒物而先示以美食一般,为了令难陀吐出贪欲,故而允许他执取形相与细相,这正是无上调御丈夫的所为。随后,世尊见难陀为了希求天女而对梵行生起意乐,便吩咐比丘们:“你们当以雇工的譬喻来呵责难陀。”难陀受到比丘们的责备后,心生羞惭,便如理作意,精勤修行,不久即证得阿罗汉果。住在难陀经行处拐角一棵树上的天神,将此事禀告了世尊。世尊心中也生起了此智。然而,众比丘并不知情,仍像先前那样呵责这位尊者。世尊便说:“诸比丘,如今不应再这样呵责难陀了。”为了显示难陀作为诸漏已尽的牟尼之境界,并为那些比丘说法,世尊诵出了此偈。显示巴利原文
Tato naṃ bhagavā attano ānubhāvena tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ netvā vejayantapāsādadvāre aṭṭhāsi. Bhagavato āgamanaṃ viditvā sakko accharāgaṇaparivuto pāsādā orohi. Tā sabbāpi kassapassa bhagavato sāvakānaṃ pādamakkhanatelaṃ datvā kakuṭapādiniyo ahesuṃ. Atha bhagavā nandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘passasi no, tvaṃ nanda, imāni pañca accharāsatāni kakuṭapādānī’’ti sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Mātugāmassa nāma nimittānubyañjanaṃ gahetabbanti sakalepi buddhavacane etaṃ natthi. Atha ca panettha bhagavā upāyakusalatāya āturassa dose uggiletvā nīharitukāmo vejjo subhojanaṃ viya nandassa rāgaṃ uggiletvā nīharitukāmo nimittānubyañjanaggahaṇaṃ anuññāsi yathā taṃ anuttaro purisadammasārathi. Tato bhagavā accharāhetu nandassa brahmacariye abhiratiṃ disvā bhikkhū āṇāpesi – ‘‘bhatakavādena nandaṃ codethā’’ti. So tehi codiyamāno lajjito yoniso manasi karonto paṭipajjitvā na cirasseva arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. Tassa caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ rukkhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhagavatopi ñāṇaṃ udapādi. Bhikkhū ajānantā tathevāyasmantaṃ codenti. Bhagavā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, idāni nando evaṃ codetabbo’’ti tassa khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ dīpento tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
此偈的含义是:通过确立苦谛,从而了知、通达、确定五蕴等“世间”;通过现证灭谛,而成为“见究竟义者”;通过断除集谛,从而“超越”了四种瀑流,因已断除集故,能忍受色慢等的猛烈冲击,进而超越、越过、度脱了眼等入处的大海;通过修习道谛,而成为“如者”,即如经中所说“其说为如”那样,具足“如”的特相。或者也可这样理解:以断除集,即断除了称为“瀑流”的欲贪等烦恼的堆积,以及称为“大海”的在恶趣中流转的汇集方式,他超越了此瀑流与大海;由于已渡越瀑流,即使现在被你们这样议论,他的心也无丝毫动摇,故亦是“如者”。此中的义理与意趣,应当如此领会。“他断除了结,无所依附,已无诸漏”:这是对他的赞叹之辞。由于依四圣谛的修习,断除了四种结,故为“断结者”;由于对所见或所爱,皆无任何可依附之处,故为“不依附者”;由于全然无有四种漏,故说为“无漏者”。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – dukkhasaccavavatthānakaraṇena khandhādilokaṃ aññāya jānitvā vavatthapetvā nirodhasaccasacchikiriyāya paramatthadassiṃ, samudayappahānena catubbidhampi oghaṃ, pahīnasamudayattā rūpamadādivegasahanena cakkhādiāyatanasamuddañca atitariya atitaritvā atikkamitvā maggabhāvanāya, ‘‘tanniddesā tādī’’ti imāya tādilakkhaṇappattiyā tādiṃ. Yo vāyaṃ kāmarāgādikilesarāsiyeva avahananaṭṭhena ogho, kucchitagatipariyāyena samuddanaṭṭhena samuddo, samudayappahāneneva taṃ oghaṃ samuddañca atitariya atitiṇṇoghattā idāni tumhehi evaṃ vuccamānepi vikāramanāpajjanatāya tādimpi evampettha attho ca adhippāyo ca veditabbo. Taṃ chinnaganthaṃ asitaṃ anāsavanti idaṃ panassa thutivacanameva, imāya catusaccabhāvanāya catunnaṃ ganthānaṃ chinnattā chinnaganthaṃ, diṭṭhiyā taṇhāya vā katthaci anissitattā asitaṃ, catunnaṃ āsavānaṃ abhāvena anāsavanti vuttaṃ hoti. Taṃ vāpi dhīrā muni vedayantīti tampi dhīrāva khīṇāsavamuniṃ vedayanti tumhe pana avedayamānā evaṃ bhaṇathāti dasseti.
222 “两者不等”这首偈的缘起是什么?有一位比丘,住在拘萨罗国一个边地村庄附近的山林中。那个村里有个捕鹿的猎人,他前往比丘的住处附近,布设陷阱猎鹿。猎人进山时,看见长老比丘正进入村庄去乞食;他从山林回来时,又看见长老从村庄出来。由于时常碰面,猎人对长老生起了亲切感。当他猎获大量兽肉时,便会供养美味的饭团给长老。于是人们非议说:“这个比丘告诉猎人,某处有鹿在站立、行走、饮水,猎人便依照他的指示去捕杀鹿,他们二人就是这样合伙谋生的。”那时,世尊正在各地云游,来到了此处。比丘们进村乞食时,听到这些议论,便禀告了世尊。世尊为了揭示那位比丘实为诸漏已尽的牟尼,证明他与猎人并非共同谋生,同时为那些比丘说法,便诵出了此偈。显示巴利原文
222.Asamāubhoti kā uppatti? Aññataro bhikkhu kosalaraṭṭhe paccantagāmaṃ nissāya araññe viharati. Tasmiñca gāme migaluddako tassa bhikkhuno vasanokāsaṃ gantvā mige bandhati. So araññaṃ pavisanto theraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisantampi passati, araññā āgacchanto gāmato nikkhamantampi passati. Evaṃ abhiṇhadassanena there jātasineho ahosi. So yadā bahuṃ maṃsaṃ labhati, tadā therassāpi rasapiṇḍapātaṃ deti. Manussā ujjhāyanti – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu ‘amukasmiṃ padese migā tiṭṭhanti, caranti, pānīyaṃ pivantī’ti luddakassa āroceti. Tato luddako mige māreti, tena ubho saṅgamma jīvikaṃ kappentī’’ti. Atha bhagavā janapadacārikaṃ caramāno taṃ janapadaṃ agamāsi. Bhikkhū gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisantā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā bhagavato ārocesuṃ. Bhagavā luddakena saddhiṃ samānajīvikābhāvasādhakaṃ tassa bhikkhuno khīṇāsavamunibhāvaṃ dīpento tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
其义为:比丘们,那位比丘与那位猎人,这两者并不相等。人们所说“共命者”,实为错误。何以故?因其住处与活命方式皆彼此遥远。此处“住处”指居住之处:比丘住于林野,猎人住在村落。“活命方式”指谋生之道:比丘依村落次第乞食而行,猎人则在林中猎杀鹿、禽为生。再者,猎人在家,育妻养子,即以此业养活子女;而那位比丘则“无我所、善行具足”:于子女妻儿已远离以渴爱与邪见为执着根本的我所,依戒清净、妙行圆满,为诸漏尽者比丘。再者,彼猎人在家,为害他命而“不调伏”,以身、语、意不加收摄地断绝众生命根;而另一位诸漏尽者牟尼,恒常以身、语、意严密防护,善加调御,恒常守护众生。如此,二者如何能是“共命者”呢?显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yo ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu, yo ca luddako, ete asamā ubho. Yaṃ manussā bhaṇanti ‘‘samānajīvikā’’ti, taṃ micchā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Dūravihāravuttino, dūre vihāro ca vutti ca nesanti dūravihāravuttino. Vihāroti vasanokāso, so ca bhikkhuno araññe, luddakassa ca gāme. Vuttīti jīvikā, sā ca bhikkhuno gāme sapadānabhikkhācariyā, luddakassa ca araññe migasakuṇamāraṇā. Puna caparaṃ gihī dāraposī, so luddako tena kammena puttadāraṃ poseti. Amamo ca subbato, puttadāresu taṇhādiṭṭhimamattavirahito sucivatattā sundaravatattā ca subbato so khīṇāsavabhikkhu. Puna caparaṃ parapāṇarodhāya gihī asaññato, so luddako gihī parapāṇarodhāya tesaṃ pāṇānaṃ jīvitindriyupacchedāya kāyavācācittehi asaṃyato. Niccaṃ munī rakkhati pāṇine yato, itaro pana khīṇāsavamuni kāyavācācittehi niccaṃ yato saṃyato pāṇino rakkhati. Evaṃ sante te kathaṃ samānajīvikā bhavissantīti?
223 “如孔雀”一颂的缘起如何?一时,世尊住迦毗罗卫,释迦族中起了这样的议论:“最先证入流者,较之后来证得入流者,于法更尊。因此,后证入流的比丘,应对先证入流的在家人行问讯、起迎等礼。”有托钵比丘闻此言说,便禀告世尊。世尊心想:“此事别有因缘:出身身份有异,所应礼敬者依出家形相。”于是说道:“比丘们,纵使在家人证得不来果,亦当对当日刚出家的沙弥行问讯等礼。”复次,为显明后证入流比丘相比先证入流在家人,实有莫大超胜差别,并为那些比丘说法,世尊遂诵此偈。显示巴利原文
223.Sikhī yathāti kā uppatti? Bhagavati kapilavatthusmiṃ viharante sākiyānaṃ kathā udapādi – ‘‘paṭhamakasotāpanno pacchā sotāpattiṃ pattassa dhammena vuḍḍhataro hoti, tasmā pacchā sotāpannena bhikkhunā paṭhamasotāpannassa gihino abhivādanādīni kattabbānī’’ti taṃ kathaṃ aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu sutvā bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā ‘‘aññā eva hi ayaṃ jāti, pūjaneyyavatthu liṅga’’nti sandhāya ‘‘anāgāmīpi ce, bhikkhave, gihī hoti, tena tadahupabbajitassāpi sāmaṇerassa abhivādanādīni kattabbānevā’’ti vatvā puna pacchā sotāpannassāpi bhikkhuno paṭhamasotāpannagahaṭṭhato atimahantaṃ visesaṃ dassento bhikkhūnaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthamabhāsi.
其义为:因头顶天生冠羽而称“有冠者”,因颈似宝杖而称“蓝颈”的孔雀鸟,其速不及金天鹅十六分之一。此处所说金天鹅,即绿天鹅、红天鹅、乳天鹅、黑天鹅、翼天鹅、金天鹅中的金天鹅。金天鹅顷臾间能飞上千由旬,而孔雀纵使力尽,亦不及一由旬。然二者于“美”则等,皆可称美。同样地,那位先证入流的在家者,虽因见道而可称“美”,在见道之“美”上与后证入流比丘可得比拟,然于速度,则远不如比丘。何等速度?趣向上道的观智速度也。在家人为妻子、儿女等种种系缚所缠,其智因此迟钝;比丘已解诸缠,其智因此猛利。此义,由世尊所说“于远离者,在林中修习禅那的牟尼”,得为阐明。因彼有学牟尼比丘,以身远离、心远离而为远离者,恒以相为所缘,于林中安处禅那。在家人何来如此远离与禅那?此即此处内在深意。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – yvāyaṃ matthake jātāya sikhāya sabbhāvena sikhī, maṇidaṇḍasadisāya gīvāya nīlagīvoti ca mayūravihaṅgamo vuccati. So yathā haritahaṃsatambahaṃsakhīrahaṃsakāḷahaṃsapākahaṃsasuvaṇṇahaṃsesu yvāyaṃ suvaṇṇahaṃso, tassa haṃsassa javena soḷasimpi kalaṃ na upeti. Suvaṇṇahaṃso hi muhuttakena yojanasahassampi gacchati, yojanampi asamattho itaro. Dassanīyatāya pana ubhopi dassanīyā honti, evaṃ gihī paṭhamasotāpannopi kiñcāpi maggadassanena dassanīyo hoti. Atha kho so pacchā sotāpannassāpi maggadassanena tulyadassanīyabhāvassāpi bhikkhuno javena nānukaroti. Katamena javena? Uparimaggavipassanāñāṇajavena. Gihino hi taṃ ñāṇaṃ dandhaṃ hoti puttadārādijaṭāya jaṭitattā, bhikkhuno pana tikkhaṃ hoti tassā jaṭāya vijaṭitattā. Svāyamattho bhagavatā ‘‘munino vivittassa vanamhi jhāyato’’ti iminā pādena dīpito. Ayañhi sekkhamuni bhikkhu kāyacittavivekena ca vivitto hoti, lakkhaṇārammaṇūpanijjhānena ca niccaṃ vanasmiṃ jhāyati. Kuto gihino evarūpo viveko ca jhānañcāti ayañhettha adhippāyoti?
《胜义光明》(Paramatthajotikā)小部注疏。显示巴利原文
Paramatthajotikāya khuddaka-aṭṭhakathāya
《蛇品》(Uragavagga)。显示巴利原文
Uragavaggoti.